This fixes the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-0732: Client DoS due to large DH parameter
* CVE-2018-0737: Cache timing vulnerability in RSA Key Generation
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patch was integrated upstream:
* target/linux/generic/backport-4.9/500-ext4-fix-check-to-prevent-initializing-reserved-inod.patch
This fixes tries to work around the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-3620 L1 Terminal Fault OS, SMM related aspects
* CVE-2018-3646 L1 Terminal Fault Virtualization related aspects
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches were integrated upstream:
* target/linux/ipq40xx/patches-4.14/050-0006-mtd-nand-qcom-Add-a-NULL-check-for-devm_kasprintf.patch
* target/linux/mediatek/patches-4.14/0177-phy-phy-mtk-tphy-use-auto-instead-of-force-to-bypass.patch
This fixes tries to work around the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-3620 L1 Terminal Fault OS, SMM related aspects
* CVE-2018-3646 L1 Terminal Fault Virtualization related aspects
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In "brcm47xx: rework model detection" the file 01_detect was moved
to 01_network, therefore also update the warning message in case
everything fails.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The flash size of the ubnt2 and ubnt5 is limited and the images with
LuCI are getting too big for these boards. Do not build images for these
boards to make the complete build of this target not fail anymore.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The kernel image of the at91-q5xr5 is getting too bing now and this is
breaking the build. Remove the image for the at91-q5xr5 from the build
to at least build images for the other devices.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add a temporary workaround to compile with glibc 2.28
as some constants were removed and others made private
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Add a temporary workaround to compile with glibc 2.28
as some constants were removed and others made private
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Unauthenticated EAPOL-Key decryption in wpa_supplicant
Published: August 8, 2018
Identifiers:
- CVE-2018-14526
Latest version available from: https://w1.fi/security/2018-1/
Vulnerability
A vulnerability was found in how wpa_supplicant processes EAPOL-Key
frames. It is possible for an attacker to modify the frame in a way that
makes wpa_supplicant decrypt the Key Data field without requiring a
valid MIC value in the frame, i.e., without the frame being
authenticated. This has a potential issue in the case where WPA2/RSN
style of EAPOL-Key construction is used with TKIP negotiated as the
pairwise cipher. It should be noted that WPA2 is not supposed to be used
with TKIP as the pairwise cipher. Instead, CCMP is expected to be used
and with that pairwise cipher, this vulnerability is not applicable in
practice.
When TKIP is negotiated as the pairwise cipher, the EAPOL-Key Key Data
field is encrypted using RC4. This vulnerability allows unauthenticated
EAPOL-Key frames to be processed and due to the RC4 design, this makes
it possible for an attacker to modify the plaintext version of the Key
Data field with bitwise XOR operations without knowing the contents.
This can be used to cause a denial of service attack by modifying
GTK/IGTK on the station (without the attacker learning any of the keys)
which would prevent the station from accepting received group-addressed
frames. Furthermore, this might be abused by making wpa_supplicant act
as a decryption oracle to try to recover some of the Key Data payload
(GTK/IGTK) to get knowledge of the group encryption keys.
Full recovery of the group encryption keys requires multiple attempts
(128 connection attempts per octet) and each attempt results in
disconnection due to a failure to complete the 4-way handshake. These
failures can result in the AP/network getting disabled temporarily or
even permanently (requiring user action to re-enable) which may make it
impractical to perform the attack to recover the keys before the AP has
already changes the group keys. By default, wpa_supplicant is enforcing
at minimum a ten second wait time between each failed connection
attempt, i.e., over 20 minutes waiting to recover each octet while
hostapd AP implementation uses 10 minute default for GTK rekeying when
using TKIP. With such timing behavior, practical attack would need large
number of impacted stations to be trying to connect to the same AP to be
able to recover sufficient information from the GTK to be able to
determine the key before it gets changed.
Vulnerable versions/configurations
All wpa_supplicant versions.
Acknowledgments
Thanks to Mathy Vanhoef of the imec-DistriNet research group of KU
Leuven for discovering and reporting this issue.
Possible mitigation steps
- Remove TKIP as an allowed pairwise cipher in RSN/WPA2 networks. This
can be done also on the AP side.
- Merge the following commits to wpa_supplicant and rebuild:
WPA: Ignore unauthenticated encrypted EAPOL-Key data
This patch is available from https://w1.fi/security/2018-1/
- Update to wpa_supplicant v2.7 or newer, once available
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
(cherry picked from commit 1961948585)
They're already in linux.git, so they shouldn't be in pending.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
(cherry picked from commit 14b6c72541)
The previous round of fixes for the 82574 chip cause an issue with
emulated e1000e devices in VMware ESXi 6.5. It also contains changes
that are not strictly necessary. These patches fix the issues introduced
in the previous series, revert the unnecessary changes to avoid
unforeseen fallout, and avoid a case where interrupts can be missed.
The final two patches of this series are already in the kernel, so no
need to include them here.
Patchwork: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/cover/881776/
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
(cherry picked from commit ef025e6417)
Multiple security fixes
* CVE-2018-0497 Remote plaintext recovery on use of CBC based ciphersuites through a timing side-channel
* CVE-2018-0498 Plaintext recovery on use of CBC based ciphersuites through a cache based side-channel
Disable OFB block mode and XTS block cipher mode, added in 2.11.0.
Disable Chacha20 and Poly1305 cryptographic primitives, added in 2.12.0
Patch the so version back to the original one, the API changes are
looking no so invasive.
The size of mbedtls increased a little bit:
ipkg for mips_24kc before:
163.967 Bytes
ipkg for mips_24kc after:
164.753 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This make sit possible to store informations about a session and reuse
it later. When used by a server it increases the time to create a new
TLS session from about 1 second to less than 0.1 seconds.
The size of the ipkg file increased by about 800 Bytes.
ipkg for mips_24kc before:
163.140 Bytes
ipkg for mips_24kc after:
163.967 Bytes
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This makes mbedtls use the POSIX API directly and not use the own
abstraction layer.
The size of the ipkg decreased by about 100 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The 4.4 version hash was accidentally reintroduced while rebasing the
master commit, remove it again.
Fixes ca3174e4e9 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.118")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Backport an upstream fix for a remotely exploitable TCP denial of service
flaw in Linux 4.9+.
The fixes are included in Linux 4.14.59 and later but did not yet end up in
version 4.9.118.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit fefe1da440)
Refreshed all patches.
Compile-tested on: ar71xx
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
(backported from commit f7036a34ac)
this feature has never worked, the fw image name was not passed and the -t
parameter was missing in the tool invocation. drop the feature.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
(cherry picked from commit 5e1b4c57de)
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This reduces build time significantly.
Signed-off-by: Eneas U de Queiroz <cote2004-github@yahoo.com>
(cherry picked from commit 26dbf79f49)
In boards with fdt is impossible to use kmod-w1-gpio-custom.
w1-gpio-custom create platform structure for w1-gpio module,
but if board use fdt, data is ignored in w1-gpio probe.
This workaround fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit aa5838adb7)
The sierra_net driver is using proto_directip_setup for setup. So use
proto_directip_teardown for teardown.
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d05967baec)
'In different versions of coreboot are different names of apu boardname.
No need to check boardname to load module.'
Signed-off-by: Lukas Mrtvy <lukas.mrtvy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f21bcb4db8)
Override the default shutdown action (stop) and close all processes
of dropbear
Since commit 498fe85, the stop action only closes the process
that's listening for new connections, maintaining the ones with
existing clients.
This poses a problem when restarting or shutting-down a device,
because the connections with existing SSH clients, like OpenSSH,
are not properly closed, causing them to hang.
This situation can be avoided by closing all dropbear processes when
shutting-down the system, which closes properly the connections with
current clients.
Signed-off-by: Christian Schoenebeck <christian.schoenebeck@gmail.com>
[Luis: Rework commit message]
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 1e177844bc)
'In different versions of coreboot are different names of apu boardname.
No need to check boardname to load module.'
Signed-off-by: Lukáš Mrtvý <lukas.mrtvy@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d3b8e6b2a7)
Update README to include Openwrt branding and improve wording.
Point at the Openwrt wiki in .github templates.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 5781fc6b3f)
sysupgrade 'upgrade' message more verbose than needs be.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit edf338f248)
Add two patches submitted for upstream review that significantly improve
the dwc2 driver on openwrt from kernel stability and performance
perspectives.
Fixes: FS#1367
Signed-off-by: Antti Seppälä <a.seppala@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 9f451ec698)
* New microcode update packages from AMD upstream:
+ New Microcodes:
sig 0x00800f12, patch id 0x08001227, 2018-02-09
+ Updated Microcodes:
sig 0x00600f12, patch id 0x0600063e, 2018-02-07
sig 0x00600f20, patch id 0x06000852, 2018-02-06
* Adds Spectre v2 (CVE-2017-5715) microcode-based mitigation support,
plus other unspecified fixes/updates.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
(cherry picked from commit 10e393262c)
Correct the mirror hash to reflect whats on the download server.
A locally produced libubox SCM tarball was also verified to yield an identical
checksum compared to the one currently on the download server.
Fixes FS#1707.
Fixes 5dc32620c4 ("libubox: update to latest git HEAD")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 432eaa940f)
a0a1e52 fix compile error
75ee790 interface-ip: fix eui64 ifaceid generation (FS#1668)
ca97097 netifd: make sure the vlan ifname fits into the buffer
b8c1bca iprule: remove bogus assert calls
a2f952d iprule: fix broken in_dev/out_dev checks
263631a vlan: use alloca to get rid of IFNAMSIZE in vlan_dev_set_name()
291ccbb ubus: display correct prefix size for IPv6 prefix address
908a9f4 CMakeLists.txt: add -Wimplicit-fallthrough to the compiler flags
b06b011 proto-shell.c: add a explicit "fall through" comment to make the compiler happy
60293a7 replace fall throughs in switch/cases where possible with simple code changes
5cf7975 iprule: rework interface based rules to handle dynamic interfaces
57f87ad Introduce new interface event "create" (IFEV_CREATE)
03785fb system-linux: fix build error on older kernels
d1251e1 system-linux: adjust bridge isolate mode for upstream attribute naming
e9eff34 system-linux: extend link mode speed definitions
c1f6a82 system-linux: add autoneg and link-partner output
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
(cherry picked from commit 3c4eeb5d21)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit b40316c21a.
That change causes ramips/mt7620 to fail with:
drivers/net/ethernet/mtk/gsw_mt7620.c: In function 'mt7620_hw_init':
drivers/net/ethernet/mtk/gsw_mt7620.c:171:14: error: 'mdio_mode' undeclared (first use in this function); did you mean 'd_move'?
} else if (!mdio_mode) {
^~~~~~~~~
d_move
Back it out for now to restore compilation.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In 4.14.57, a new symbol for Spectre v4 mitigation was introduced for
ARM64. Add this symbol to all ARM64 targets using kernel 4.14.
This mitigates CVE-2018-3639 on ARM64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
(cherry picked from commit 77e3e706ce)
To share mdio addr for IntPHY and ExtPHY,
as described in the documentation (MT7620_ProgrammingGuide.pdf).
(refer: http://download.villagetelco.org/hardware/MT7620/MT7620_ProgrammingGuide.pdf)
when port4 setup to work as gmac mode, dts like:
&gsw {
mediatek,port4 = "gmac";
};
we should set SYSCFG1.GE2_MODE==0x0 (RGMII).
but SYSCFG1.GE2_MODE may have been set to 3(RJ-45) by uboot/default
so we need to re-set it to 0x0
before this changes:
gsw: 4FE + 2GE may not work correctly and MDIO addr 4 cannot be used by ExtPHY
after this changes:
gsw: 4FE + 2GE works and MDIO addr 4 can be used by ExtPHY
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f6d81e2fa1)
When PHY's are defined on the MDIO bus in the DTS, gigabit support was
being masked out for no apparent reason, pegging all such ports to 10/100.
If gigabit support must be disabled for some reason, there should be a
"max-speed" property in the DTS.
Reported-by: James McKenzie <openwrt@madingley.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
(cherry picked from commit 379fe50672)
* Refreshed patches.
* Removed patches:
- target/linux/ar71xx/patches-4.9/103-MIPS-ath79-fix-register-address-in-ath79_ddr_wb_flus.patch superseded by upstream
- target/linux/ar71xx/patches-4.9/403-mtd_fix_cfi_cmdset_0002_status_check.patch superseded by upstream
- target/linux/brcm63xx/patches-4.9/001-4.11-01-mtd-m25p80-consider-max-message-size-in-m25p80_read.patch accepted upstream
- target/linux/brcm63xx/patches-4.9/001-4.15-08-bcm63xx_enet-correct-clock-usage.patch accepted upstream
- target/linux/brcm63xx/patches-4.9/001-4.15-09-bcm63xx_enet-do-not-write-to-random-DMA-channel-on-B.patch accepted upstream
- target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/900-gen_stats-fix-netlink-stats-padding.patch
* New backported patch to address ext4 breakage, introduced in 4.9.112:
- backport-4.9/500-ext4-fix-check-to-prevent-initializing-reserved-inod.patch
Also add ARM64_SSBD symbol to ARM64 targets still running kernel 4.9
Thanks to Koen Vandeputte for pointing out the need to add the ARM64_SSBD symbol, and the ext4 patch.
Compile-tested on: ar71xx
Run-tested on: ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
The Linux headers on arm64 architectures contain references to common
arch/arm/ headers which were not bundled by the SDK so far.
Check if we're packing the SDK for an arm64 target and if we do, also
include arch/arm headers as well.
Fixes FS#1725.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 4bb8a678e0)
2.0.12 change set (as of June 25th 2018)
o Change the unicast TTL default value from 1 to the system default (to be compatable with previous versions.) Mulitcast still defaults to 1.
o adpative formatting bug fix: crash occurs when values exceed 1 Tera. Add support for Tera and Peta and eliminate the potential crash condition
o configure default compile to include isochronous support (use configure --disable-isochronous to remove support)
o replace 2.0.11's --vary-load option with a more general -b option to include <mean>,<stdev>, e.g. -b 100m,40m, which will pull from a log normal distribution every 0.1 seconds
o fixes for windows cross compile (using mingw32)
o compile flags of -fPIE for android
o configure --enable-checkprograms to compile ancillary binaries used to test things such as delay, isoch, pdf generation
o compile tests when trying to use 64b seq numbers on a 32b platform
o Fix GCC ver 8 warnings
2.0.11 change set (as of May 24th, 2018)
o support for -b on server (read rate limiting)
o honor -T (ttl) for unicast. (Note: the default value is 1 so this will impact unicast tests that require routing)
o support for --isochronous traffic with optional frames per second, mean and variance uses a log normal distribution (requires configure w/-enable-isochronous and compile)
o support for --udp triggers (requires configure w/ --enable-udptriggers, early code with very limited support)
o support for --udp-histogram with optional bin width and number of bins (default is 1 millisecond bin width and 1000 bins)
o support for frame (burst) latency histograms when --isochronous is set
o support for --tx-sync with -P for synchonrized writes. Initial use is for WiFi OFDMA latency testing.
o support for --incr-dstip with -P for simultaneous flows to multiple destinations (use case is for OFDMA)
o support for --vary-load with optional weight, uses log normal distribution (requires -b to set the mean)
o support for --l2checks to detect L2 length errors not detected by v4 or v6 payload length errors (requires linux, berkeley packet filters BPFs and AF_PACKET socket support)
o support for server joining mulitcast source specific multicast (S,G) and (*,G) for both v4 and v6 on platforms that support it
o improved write counters (requires -e)
o accounting bug fix on client when write fails, this bug was introduced in 2.0.10
o slight restructure client/server traffic thread code for maintainability
o python: flow example script updates
o python: ssh node object using asyncio
o python: histograms in flows with plotting (assumed gnuplot available)
o python: hierarchical clustering of latency histograms (early code)
o man pages updates
o Note: latency histograms require client and server system clock synchronization. A GPS disciplined oscillator using Precision Time Protocol works well for this.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Bundle the usbip utility sources shipped with the Linux kernel tree in
order to allow the usbip packages from the package feed to build within
the OpenWrt SDK.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit d0e0b7049f)
This includes Linksys EA9500 support, BCM53573 timer fix and
upstream-ready partitions patch that replaces two downstream hacks.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit a07730472c)
USB 3.0 PHY is attached to the MDIO bus and should be supported
(accessed) as a MDIO device. This wasn't known initially which resulted
in writing driver that was working with MDIO bus (using some magic
values) without knowing it.
This commit updates DT to properly describe MDIO & USB 3.0 PHY and
enables required kernel drivers.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 8a175ea219)
This is a new & warm feature that allows nesting partiitons in DT and
mixing their types (e.g. static vs. dynamic). It's very useful for
boards that have most partitions static but some of them require extra
parsing (e.g. a "firmware" partition).
It's required to successfully backport support for new devices using
that new syntax in their DT files.
Since brcm63xx has a custom alternative patch the upstream one is being
reverted for it. The plan is to make brcm63xx use the upstream
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 2a598bbaa3)
Two tiny & trivial patches with no regression risk. One simplifies
bcm53xx downstream patch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 6bcafea2c0)
The 666-Add-support-for-MAP-E-FMRs-mesh-mode.patch kernel patches
break the possibility for using an ip4ip6 tunnel interface as a fall
back interface accepting ip4-in-ip6 tunneled packets from any remote
address. This works out of the box with any normal (non-666-patched)
kernel and can be configured by setting up an 'ip -6 tunnel' with type
'any' or 'ip4ip6' and a remote address of '::'.
The misbehavior comes with line 290 the patch which discards all packets
that do not show the expected saddr, even if no single fmr rule was
defined and despite the validity of the saddr was already approved earlier.
Signed-off-by: Axel Neumann <neumann@cgws.de>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from 65c05301c2)
AT803X_REG_CHIP_CONFIG and AT803X_BT_BX_REG_SEL have been defined
upstream by commit f62265b53ef3 ("at803x: double check SGMII side autoneg")
An existing local patch then added those exact same defines again which
isn't necessary, so remove them.
Fixes: f791fb4af4 ("kernel: add linux 4.9 support")
Fixes: b3f95490b9 ("kernel: generic: Add kernel 4.14 support")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 67fcff6aaf)
The patch was wrongly removed by a kernel version bump to 4.9.106 in
the believe that it was merged upstream thow it wasn't. This lead to
unrecoverable link losses on devices which use those PHYs such as
many ubnt single-port CPEs.
Fixes: 6f8eb1b50f ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.106 for 18.06")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit a497e47762)
This reverts commit 3442ec5d57.
The device behaviour is reportedly erratic so let's not take chances and
leave this out for now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Tested with 18.06.0-rc2/ar71xx/generic/tl-wdr4300-v1, image & list
This PR is based on the work of @fewckert[1] with slight improvements.
Add function `manifest` to show the manifest of the produced image,
before actually building it. The manifest contains an orderd list of
package name and version.
This is usefull to check package dependencies but also determine a
unique and reproducible image name before building the package. The
sysupgrade server[2] builds images on request with individual package
selection. To distignish between created images which contain differnt
packages, the EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME is set to a shortend hash of the
manifest's content. So far the image was renamed afterwards as the
manifests content was unknown, however this corrupts the signed
sha256sums. This patch allows a clean solution as to dtermine the
manifest in advance and set the EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME accordingly.
[1]: https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1591
[2]: https://github.com/aparcar/attendedsysupgrade-server
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry-picked from commit 869b0d11db)
Qxwlan E750G v8 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (PoE support)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
(cherry picked from commit 53a4502013)
Qxwlan E750A v4 is based on Qualcomm QCA9344.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 5G GHz (AR9344)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 7x LED (6 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J23) and LEDs (J2) headers on PCB
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
(cherry picked from commit ac03d51a3f)
Qxwlan E558 v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9558 + AR8327.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558)
- 3x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 4x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 3-pos switch
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (JP5) and LEDs (J8) headers on PCB
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
- Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
- Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
- Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: 张鹏 <sd20@qxwlan.com>
(cherry picked from commit b74f63f81d)
@vahid-dan reported a issue with extracting the rpi images with
Gnome's Archive Manager:
"Ubuntu Archive Manager cannot extract the file and it just
throws a general error message: "An error occurred while
extracting files".
<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/corrupted-pre-built-v18-06-0-rc2-image-for-rpi>
@blogic told me to split the single sdcard.img.gz for the RPi
into a sysupgrade and a factory image for all brcm2708 targets.
The factory images will have no metadata attached, this way
these utilities that can't deal with the attached metadata will
not fail for no reason.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 7516a96011)
When attempting to use any of the functions in network.sh while netifd is
not started yet, the ubus interface dump query will fail with "Not found",
yielding an empty response.
Subsequently, jsonfilter is invoked with an empty string instead of a valid
JSON document, causing it to emit a second "unexpected end of data" error.
This caused the dnsmasq init script to log the following errors during
early boot on some systems:
procd: /etc/rc.d/S19dnsmasq: Command failed: Not found.
procd: /etc/rc.d/S19dnsmasq: Failed to parse json data: unexpected end of data.
Fix the issue by allowing the ubus query to fail with "Not found" but still
logging other failures, and by passing an empty JSON object to jsonfilter
if the interface status cache is empty.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to new iwinfo version.
Adds support for channel survey.
Adds ubus support.
Etc.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
(cherry picked from commit 296ae7ab89)
e59f925 hardware: add device ids for QCA9984, 88W8887 and 88W8964 radios
2a82f87 nl80211: back out early when receiving FAIL-BUSY reply
77c32f0 nl80211: fix code calculating average signal and rate
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
(cherry picked from commit 20b76c0a5b)
e15c63a375 introduced code that was trying
to register GPIO 1 as both an LED and a button. The OEM source makes it
clear that LED1 is not wired to the SoC GPIOs. GPIO 1 is the reset button.
Furthermore the (green) power led default state should also be defined,
(matching OEM source), and it should be used by diag.sh since it's
currently the only software-controllable LED.
This patch fixes these issues and renames the corresponding #defines for
clarity
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
(cherry picked from commit e99f760235)
On brcm47xx boards, the model ID is the combination of the "boardtype" nvram
variable and an optional supplemental "boardnum" variable while the human
readable model name is usually exposed in the "machine" field of the
/proc/cpuinfo file.
Move the extraction of the board nvram variables and model name string into
the 01_sysinfo file and rework the 01_detect board configuration script to
solely use the prepared sysinfo values without performing own detection
logic.
As a consequence, we can drop the ucidef_set_board_id() and
ucidef_set_model_name() invocations in favor to the generic behaviour
which copies the /tmp/sysinfo/{board_name,model} values into the board.json
"id" and "name" fields respectively.
Since "01_detect" only contains network configuration logic after this
change, move it to "01_network" and rename the contained "detect_by_xxx"
functions to "configure_by_xxx" instead, to avoid potential confusion.
Fixes FS#1576
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit d7d10f2c1e)
That upstream commit caused instability in flash reads. It was reported
but there isn't any proper fix as for now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 0417b08b06)
Refresh patches
Upstream commits since last bump:
3b6eb19 Log DNSSEC trust anchors at startup.
f3e5787 Trivial comment change.
c851c69 Log failure to confirm an address in DHCPv6.
a3bd7e7 Fix missing fatal errors when parsing some command-line/config options.
ab5ceaf Document the --help option in the french manual
1f2f69d Fix recurrent minor spelling mistake in french manual
f361b39 Fix some mistakes in french translation of the manual
eb1fe15 When replacing cache entries, preserve CNAMES which target them.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 1e93ef8498)
As dnsmasq is started earlier than netifd usage of network.sh functions
at boottime will fail; therefore don't call at boottime the functions
which construct the dhcp pool/relay info.
As interface triggers are installed the dhcp pool/relay info will be
constructed when the interface gets reported as up by netifd.
At the same time also register interface triggers based on DHCP relay
config.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 2336b942b3)
Refresh patches and backport upstream to current HEAD:
a997ca0 Fix sometimes missing DNSSEC RRs when DNSSEC validation not enabled.
51e4eee Fix address-dependent domains for IPv6.
05ff659 Fix stupid infinite loop introduced by preceding commit.
db0f488 Handle some corner cases in RA contructed interfaces with addresses changing interface.
7dcca6c Warn about the impact of cache-size on performance.
090856c Allow zone transfer in authoritative mode whenever auth-peer is specified.
cc5cc8f Sane error message when pcap file header is wrong.
c488b68 Handle standard and contructed dhcp-ranges on the same interface.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit fbf475403b)
This fixes kernel hang when booting on BCM4718A1 (& probably BCM4717A1).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 4c1aa64b4d)
The most important is probably regression fix in handling platform
NVRAM. That bug stopped hardware from being properly calibrated breaking
e.g. 5 GHz for Netgear R8000.
Other than that it triggers memory dumps when experiencing firmware
problems which is important for debugging purposes.
Fixes: 2811c97803 ("mac80211: backport brcmfmac firmware & clm_blob loading rework")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit b26214adb5)
40e0931 libubus: pass an empty UBUS_ATTR_DATA block if msg is NULL on invoke
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 7316515891)
Reduces .ipk size on MIPS from 41.6k to 41.1k
Changes:
30463d0 zones: add interface/subnet bound LOG rules
0e77bf2 options: treat time strings as UTC times
d2bbeb7 firewall3: make reject types selectable by user
aa8846b ubus: avoid dumping interface state with NULL message
Cherry picked and squashed from commits:
a3f2451fba firewall: update to latest git HEAD
433d71e73e fw3: update to latest git HEAD
ef96d1e34a firewall: compile with LTO enabled
1e83f775a3 firewall3: update to latest git HEAD
3ee2c76ae0 firewall: update to latest git HEAD
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
884be45 libubus: check for non-NULL data before running callbacks
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
(cherry picked from commit a5c3bbaf56)
This watchdog script tries to re-resolve hostnames for inactive WireGuard peers.
Use it for peers with a frequently changing dynamic IP.
persistent_keepalive must be set, recommended value is 25 seconds.
Run this script from cron every minute:
echo '* * * * * /usr/bin/wireguard_watchdog' >> /etc/crontabs/root
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
[bump the package release]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 20c4819c7b)
80b41cd version: bump snapshot
fe5f0f6 recieve: disable NAPI busy polling
e863f40 device: destroy workqueue before freeing queue
81a2e7e wg-quick: allow link local default gateway
95951af receive: use gro call instead of plain call
d9501f1 receive: account for zero or negative budget
e80799b tools: only error on wg show if all interfaces failk
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
[Added commit log to commit description]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 57b808ec88)
* device: print daddr not saddr in missing peer error
* receive: style
Debug messages now make sense again.
* wg-quick: android: support excluding applications
Android now supports excluding certain apps (uids) from the tunnel.
* selftest: ratelimiter: improve chance of success via retry
* qemu: bump default kernel version
* qemu: decide debug kernel based on KERNEL_VERSION
Some improvements to our testing infrastructure.
* receive: use NAPI on the receive path
This is a big change that should both improve preemption latency (by not
disabling it unconditionally) and vastly improve rx performance on most
systems by using NAPI. The main purpose of this snapshot is to test out this
technique.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
(cherry picked from commit 4630159294)
This partly reverts ca32373c95 which lets
profiles that suppress packages to alter the package selection for all
devices of the target when building with CONFIG_TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS.
In particular, this caused the brcm47xx Edimax PS-1208MFG profile to
disable mtd, dropbear, firewall and other essential packages for all
brcm47xx/generic builds.
To solve this problem, prevent profiles from mangling the global
DEFAULT_PACKAGES selection and restrict the supression of negated
packages to the local PACKAGE variable list only.
Fixes ca32373c95 ("target.mk: let profile remove from DEFAULT_PACKAGES")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 69ea512c62)
The WDR4900v1 uses the P1040 SoC, so the device tree pulls in the
definition for the related P1010 SoC. However, the P1040 lacks the
CAAM/SEC4 hardware crypto accelerator which the P1010 device tree
defines. If left defined, this causes the CAAM drivers (if present) to
attempt to use the non-existent device, making various crypto-related
operations (e.g. macsec and ipsec) fail.
This commit overrides the incorrect dt node definition in the included
file.
See also:
- https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1262
- https://community.nxp.com/thread/338432#comment-474107
Signed-off-by: Tim Small <tim@seoss.co.uk>
(cherry picked from commit e97aaf483c)
iproute2's tc was updated to support the recently upstreamed cake qdisc.
Backport this canonical support from upstream into iproute2 v4.16
There is no kernel kmod/userspace tc ABI change in this release from the
previous package bump, so everyone can breath a sigh of relief.
This is largely a code style change, the exception to prove the rule:
option 'autorate_ingress' has been changed to 'autorate-ingress' to fit
in with upstream option naming expectations.
No openwrt package (e.g. sqm-scripts) has knowledge of
'autorate_ingress' thus only users who made their own scripts or used
it within the 'dangerous configuration' options of sqm-scripts will be
affected.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The original vendor's driver programmed the dma controller's
AHB HPROT values to enable bufferable, privileged mode. This
along with the "same priorty for both channels" fixes the
freezes according to @takimata, @And.short, that have been
reported on the forum by @ticerex.
Furtheremore, @takimata reported that the patch also improved
the performance of the HDDs considerably:
|<https://forum.lede-project.org/t/wd-mybook-live-duo-two-disks/16195/55>
|It seems your patch unleashed the full power of the SATA port.
|Where I was previously hitting a really hard limit at around
|82 MB/s for reading and 27 MB/s for writing, I am now getting this:
|
|root@OpenWrt:/mnt# time dd if=/dev/zero of=tempfile bs=1M count=1024
|1024+0 records in
|1024+0 records out
|real 0m 13.65s
|user 0m 0.01s
|sys 0m 11.89s
|
|root@OpenWrt:/mnt# time dd if=tempfile of=/dev/null bs=1M count=1024
|1024+0 records in
|1024+0 records out
|real 0m 8.41s
|user 0m 0.01s
|sys 0m 4.70s
|
|This means: 121 MB/s reading and 75 MB/s writing!
|
|[...]
|
|The drive is a WD Green WD10EARX taken from an older MBL Single.
|I repeated the test a few times with even larger files to rule out
|any caching, I'm still seeing the same great performance. OpenWrt is
|now completely on par with the original MBL firmware's performance.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Restarting service sysctl echos multiple errors like:
sysctl: -e: No such file or directory
After the first filename, all remaining arguments are treated
as files.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
procd needs processes to stay in foreground to remain under its gaze and
control. Failure to do so means service stop commands fail to actually
stop the process (procd doesn't think it's running 'cos the process has
exited already as part of its forking routing)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 9d5a246930)
Drop the parallel-unsafe custom Build/dtb macro and use the .dtb artifacts
produced by the generic image build code.
Also remove unused .dtb references in the mt7623 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(backported from commit 8194f9ef4a)
First of all lengths should be compared after checking all blocks for
being good/bad. It's because requested length may differ from a final
one if there were some bad blocks.
Secondly it makes sense to also compare crc32 since we already have a
new one calculated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 82498a7f7a)
Reading MTD data with (p)read doesn't return any error when accessing
bad block. As the result, with current code, CRC32 covers "data" stored
in bad blocks.
That behavior doesn't match CFE's one (bootloader simply skips bad
blocks) and may result in:
1) Invalid CRC32
2) CFE refusing to boot firmware with a following error:
Boot program checksum is invalid
Fix that problem by checking every block before reading its content.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 0f54489f75)
Bump to the latest cake recipe.
This backports tc class support to kernel 4.9 and other than conditional
kernel compilation pre-processor macros represents the cake that has
gone upstream into kernel 4.19. Loud cheer!
Fun may be had by changing cake tin classification for packets on
ingress. e.g.
tc filter add dev ifb4eth0 parent 800b: protocol ip u32 match \
ip dport 6981 0xffff action skbedit priority 800b:1
Where 800b: represents the filter handle for the ifb obtained by 'tc
qdisc' and the 1 from 800b:1 represents the cake tin number. So the
above example puts all incoming packets destined for port 6981 into the
BULK (lowest priority) tin.
f39ab9a Obey tin_order for tc filter classifiers
1e2473f Clean up after latest backport.
82531d0 Reorder includes to fix out of tree compilation
52cbc00 Code style cleanup
6cdb496 Fix argument order for NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR()
cab17b6 Remove duplicate call to qdisc_watchdog_init()
71c7991 Merge branch 'backport-classful'
32aa7fb Fix compilation on Linux 4.9
9f8fe7a Fix compilation on Linux 4.14
ceab7a3 Rework filter classification
aad5436 Fixed version of class stats
be1c549 Add cake-specific class stats
483399d Use tin_order for class dumps
80dc129 Add class dumping
0c8e6c1 Fix dropping when using filters
c220493 Add the minimum class ops
5ed54d2 Start implementing tc filter/class support
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit c729c43b39)
The previous callback code was fragile, dependent on some UCI callback
bugs and side-effects now fixed in master commit 73d8a6ab.
Update scripts to use callbacks where appropriate and necessary, while
using normal UCI config parsing for all else. This results in smaller,
simpler, more robust code. Use callbacks in generate.sh to only process
'interface' defaults and the varying entries for 'reclassify', 'default'
and 'classify' sections. Also switch qos-stat to use non-callback UCI
handling.
The current changes work independently of 73d8a6ab (i.e. both before and
after), and are consistent with UCI config parsing documentation.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
There are several long-standing issues present in the UCI shell API as
documented in https://wiki.openwrt.org/doc/devel/config-scripting. They
relate both to high-level, user-defined callback functions used to
process UCI config files, and also to low-level functions used within
scripts generally.
The related problems have been encountered now and in the past, e.g.
https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=54295, and include:
a) UCI parsing option() function and user-defined option_cb() callbacks
being erroneously called during processing of "list" config file entries;
b) normal usage of the low-level config_set() unexpectedy calling any
defined option_cb() if present; and
c) handling of the list_cb() not respecting the NO_CALLBACK variable.
Root causes include a function stack "inversion", where the low-level
config_set() function incorrectly calls the high-level option() function,
intended only for processing the "option" keyword of UCI config files.
This change addresses the inversion and other issues, making the option
handling code more consistent and smaller, and simplifying developers'
usage of UCI callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
Starting with 4.14, the "amcc,dwc-otg" needs to be used
in order to get the usb-otg to work.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 12b80f1cab)
Fix broken DHCPv6 servers which provide the server unicast option but
do not reply on DHCPv6 renew messages directed to the IPv6 address
contained in the server unicast option which results in broken IPv6
connectivity.
67ae6a7 odhcp6c: add option to ignore Server Unicast option
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This commit adds the get_status_led method to diag.sh, which sets the
boot-led as status-led for scripts using this method to get a
status-led.
This method is used platform-independent in downstream project gluon to
set the LED used to indicate the config-mode.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 4fc005197a)
On Debian, busybox does have a time applet, but it does not support the -f
flag. Catch this in prereq check to give users to proper error message.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
(cherry picked from commit b123921a92)
An incorrect variable name was referenced in KERNEL_FILE_DEPENDS, leading
to the omission of the backport-* patch dirs in the generation of the
prepared stamp name.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
(cherry picked from commit 36fa1bbf6f)
Backport hot off the press upstream netlink patch. Fixes stats display
from CAKE qdisc on MIPS allowing us to bump CAKE to latest version.
The gen_stats facility will add a header for the toplevel nlattr of type
TCA_STATS2 that contains all stats added by qdisc callbacks. A reference
to this header is stored in the gnet_dump struct, and when all the
per-qdisc callbacks have finished adding their stats, the length of the
containing header will be adjusted to the right value.
However, on architectures that need padding (i.e., that don't set
CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS), the padding nlattr is added
before the stats, which means that the stored pointer will point to the
padding, and so when the header is fixed up, the result is just a very
big padding nlattr. Because most qdiscs also supply the legacy TCA_STATS
struct, this problem has been mostly invisible, but we exposed it with
the netlink attribute-based statistics in CAKE.
Fix the issue by fixing up the stored pointer if it points to a padding
nlattr.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 3698b34a00)
- remove misaligned custom buffer allocation in the NAND driver
- remove broken bounce buffer implementation for 16-byte align
Let the MTD core take care of both
Fixes messages like these:
[ 102.820541] Data buffer not 16 bytes aligned: 87daf08c
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
08719b1 mt76: use a per rx queue page fragment cache
4d2c565 mt76x2: reset HW before probe
f622975 mt76x2: fix CCK protection control frame rate
6780375 mt76x2: add frame protection support
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Using the NAPI or netdev frag cache along with other drivers can lead to
32 KiB pages being held for a long time, despite only being used for
very few page fragment.
This can happen if the ethernet driver grabs one or two fragments for rx
ring refill, while other drivers use (and free up) the remaining
fragments. The 32 KiB higher-order page can only be freed once all users
have freed their fragments, which only happens after the rings of all
drivers holding the fragments have wrapped around.
Depending on the traffic patterns, this can waste a lot of memory and
look a lot like a memory leak
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Allow enabling/commenting/disabling each feed individually by using a
tristate config symbol.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
(cherry picked from commit 16035a7dd3)
FEEDS_ENABLED and FEEDS_DISABLED are derived from FEEDS_AVAILABLE, not
FEEDS_INSTALLED.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
(cherry picked from commit 6dac434c00)
Setting CONFIG_FEED_... symbols combined two different effects: Disabling
a feed in the generated opkg distfeeds.conf, and omitting the feed from
PACKAGE_SUBDIRS.
It does not make sense to omit built feeds from PACKAGE_SUBDIRS, as it will
only lead to packages that can be enabled in .config (and that will
consequently be built) not to be found during rootfs creation, breaking
the build. All feeds that packages are emitted to should simply always be
added to PACKAGE_SUBDIRS instead; the CONFIG_FEED_... only configure the
generated distfeeds.conf like this.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
(cherry picked from commit 9af22f1ac9)
The src-dummy method does not actually obtain any feed, but it can be used
to insert addtional entries into the opkg distfeeds.conf. This is useful to
make package feeds available to users without requiring the corresponding
source feeds to be available during build.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
(cherry picked from commit 6bdd5d8459)
The line that produces factory image was accidentally left by me while
testing before inital commit.
I came to the conclusion that flashing from OEM firmware does not work
(seems to share this behavior with other tplinks based on mt7628).
I have not done any further analysis, as I was unable to open the
case and attach a serial port (too much glue). Maybe i will try once
more.
So the way to do initial flashing (or un-bricking) is to use the
tftp-recover image. It is possible to revert to OEM firmware with tftp
recovery; in this case the first 512 bytes the image file need to be
cut off.
Signed-off-by: Peter Lundkvist <peter.lundkvist@gmail.com>
[add explaination provided via mail as commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Refreshed all patches
Reworked patches to match upstream:
335-v4.16-netfilter-nf_tables-add-single-table-list-for-all-fa.patch
Compile-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Runtime-tested on: cns3xxx, imx6, x86_64
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Enables support for Dynack feature.
When a remote station is far away, we need to compensate for the distance
by allowing more time for an ACK to arrive back before issueing a retransmission.
Currently, it needs to be set fixed to indicate the maximum distance the remote
station will ever be.
While this mostly works for static antennae, it introduces 2 issues:
- If the actual distance is less, speed is reduced due to a lot of wates wait-time
- If the distance becomes greater, retries start to occur and comms can get lost.
Allowing to set it dynamically using dynack ensures the best possible tradeoff
between speed vs distance.
This feature is currently only supported in ath9k.
it is also disabled by default.
Enabling it can be done in 2 ways:
- issue cmd: iw phy0 set distance auto
- sending the NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag to mac80211 driver using netlink
Disabling it can be done by providing a valid fixed value.
To give an idea of a practical example:
In my usecase, we have mesh wifi device installed on ships/platforms.
Currently, the coverage class is set at 12000m fixed.
When a vessel moved closer (ex. 1500m), the measured link capacity was a lot
lower compared to setting the coverage class fixed to 1500m
Dynack completely solved this, nearly providing double the bandwidth at closer range
compared to the fixed setting of 12000m being used.
Also when a vessel sailed to a distance greater than the fixed setting,
communication was lost as the ACK's never arrived within the max allowed timeframe.
Actual distance: 6010m
iperf 60s run avg
Fixed 12150m: 31 Mbit/s
Dynack: 58 Mbit/s
Fixed 6300m: 51 Mbit/s
Dynack: 59 Mbit/s
Fixed 3000m: 13 Mbit/s (lots of retries)
Dynack: 58 Mbit/s
Actual distance: 1504m
iperf 60s run avg
Fixed 12150m: 31 Mbit/s
Dynack: 86 Mbit/s
Fixed 6300m: 55 Mbit/s
Dynack: 87 Mbit/s
Fixed 3000m: 67 Mbit/s
Dynack: 87 Mbit/s
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Partition name is picked by a parser_trx_data_part_name(). It has to
get correct partition offset (taking care of bad blocks) to work
properly.
This fixes UBI support for devices that have kernel flashed on partition
with a bad block.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 7ddba08d87)
Most of the implementations behind cfg80211_get_station will not initialize
sinfo to zero before manipulating it. For example, the member "filled",
which indicates the filled in parts of this struct, is often only modified
by enabling certain bits in the bitfield while keeping the remaining bits
in their original state. A caller without a preinitialized sinfo.filled can
then no longer decide which parts of sinfo were filled in by
cfg80211_get_station (or actually the underlying implementations).
cfg80211_get_station must therefore take care that sinfo is initialized to
zero. Otherwise, the caller may tries to read information which was not
filled in and which must therefore also be considered uninitialized. In
batadv_v_elp_get_throughput's case, an invalid "random" expected throughput
may be stored for this neighbor and thus the B.A.T.M.A.N V algorithm may
switch to non-optimal neighbors for certain destinations.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
(cherry picked from commit 87493dac11)
Board Data File (BDF) is loaded upon driver boot-up procedure. The right
board data file is identified on QCA4019 using bus, bmi-chip-id and
bmi-board-id.
The problem, however, can occur when the (default) board data file cannot
fulfill the vendor requirements and it is necessary to use a different
board data file.
This problem was solved for SMBIOS by adding a special SMBIOS type 0xF8.
Something similar has to be provided for systems without SMBIOS but with
device trees. No solution was specified by QCA and therefore a new one has
to be found for ath10k.
The device tree requires addition strings to define the variant name
wifi@a000000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
wifi@a800000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
This would create the boarddata identifiers for the board-2.bin search
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=RT-AC58U
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=RT-AC58U
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
(cherry picked from commit 1c01e02575)
dfd9827 version: bump snapshot
88729f0 wg-quick: android: prevent outgoing handshake packets from being dropped
1bb9daf compat: more robust ktime backport
68441fb global: use fast boottime instead of normal boottime
d0bd6dc global: use ktime boottime instead of jiffies
18822b8 tools: fix misspelling of strchrnul in comment
0f8718b manpages: eliminate whitespace at the end of the line
590c410 global: fix a few typos
bb76804 simd: add missing header
7e88174 poly1305: give linker the correct constant data section size
fd8dfd3 main: test poly1305 before chacha20poly1305
c754c59 receive: don't toggle bh
Compile-tested-for: ath79 Archer C7 v2
Run-tested-on: ath79 Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 3ce11588f6)
Fixes a potential infinite loop bug when in unlimited (ie not using
built in shaper) mode.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit 4bd4ece9ea)
This bumps to the latest & possibly greatest cake, sadly it's still
inedible but from an SQM point of view quite tasty :-)
Main tweaks since previous bump, improved ack_filter, some extra stats,
support for 64bit netlink parameters (higher rates/byte counters)
0520a6c Fix NAT option handling
8da93e1 Make sure we always call qdisc_watchdog_init() in cake_init()
f65daf6 Fix mismatched parenthesis
51d4ab3 Change flag handling to be safe even when mixing with non-eligible ACKs
f2ea091 ack_filter: protect DCTCP with stricter filtering of ECE marks
28b4560 ACK filter: Handle wrapping sequence numbers and DSACKs
73f62d9 Use the right PAD attribute for options
5969c14 Use 32 for tin backlog
e289f31 Move all the u64 netlink attributes together
36180a0 Check ACK seqno before parsing SACKs
91bbc01 Merge branch 'mine' into cobalt
58c55ec Rework SACK check to compare the ranges of two SACKs
9a5d593 ack_filter: Add proper handling of SACKs
eca95d4 ack_filter: short-circuit TCP flag check
d50a246 compat: backport some ktime functions
7b7ad11 compat: define tcpopt_fastopen for pre-4.1 kernels
ca54cdb Fix ktime compare
9d7dcc0 ack filter: Parse TCP options and only drop safe ones
b119882 Return EOPNOTSUPP on NAT option if conntrack is not available
842d7f0 Don't try to pad stats with tin_stats padding
bd46dc2 Use 64-bit divide helper
8e41bf0 Make sure we never drop SACKs when filtering ACKs
66e5d60 Avoid comparing ktime_t to scalar values
7fab017 Actually commit the ktime_t changes
fca6d13 Switch to ktime_t and get rid of cobalt.h
6f7e5af Can't use do_div with 64-bit divisors
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit abeae38dbb)
Bump iproute2/tc support of cake.
Add support for cake's change to u64 attribute passing for certain
attributes (rate & byte counts)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit a2165f936e)
Netgear R7800 switch LAN ports are numbered backwards in LuCI,
i.e. numbering is not corresponding to the actual physical port labels,
patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandr V. Piskunov <aleksandr.v.piskunov@gmail.com>
[merged with existing board using the same config]
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
To keep the status of a LED connected to the stp during boot, the get
callback is required. If the callback is missing and the LED default
state is set to keep in the devicetree, the gpio led driver errors out
during load.
Fixes: FS#1620
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move SCAN_DEPS to scan.mk to eliminate redundancy with scripts/feeds
Add image/*.mk to SCAN_DEPS for targets to pick up newly added devices
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In some cases, recent builds fail to boot from flash with at least some
MT7621 based devices. The error message is:
"LZMA ERROR 1 - must RESET board to recover"
Booting the same kernel via TFTP works for some reason.
Through testing I figured out that limiting the LZMA dictionary size
seems to prevent these errors
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Move to i2c pins pinmux node to the pinctrl node.
Fixes: a0685deec4 ("ramips: Add i2c support for mt7620n")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Jr. Melnikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
[fix commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove the "firmware" partition definition from the DTS of R7800
to fix sysupgrade.
Commit 4645a6d3 defined CONFIG_MTD_SPLIT_UIMAGE_FW=y for ipq806x
and that causes mtd to misbehave as additional kernel and ubi
partitions are detected from inside the "firmware" partition.
[ 1.111324] 0x000001480000-0x000001880000 : "kernel"
[ 1.121005] 0x000001880000-0x000007900000 : "ubi"
[ 1.283912] 0x000007900000-0x000008000000 : "reserve"
[ 1.296407] 0x000001480000-0x000007900000 : "firmware"
[ 1.468043] no rootfs found after FIT image in "firmware"
[ 2.426860] 2 uimage-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
[ 2.426931] 0x000001480000-0x000001880000 : "kernel"
[ 2.440420] 0x000001880000-0x000007900000 : "ubi"
Both kernel and ubi are already defined in DTS, so this duplication
leads into errors in sysupgrade:
Writing from <stdin> to kernel ...
ubiattach: error!: strtoul: unable to parse the number '6 mtd10'
ubiattach: error!: bad MTD device number: "6 mtd10"
The partition is defined to same area as kernel+ubi, and is not
needed for sysupgrade anymore. Remove it to fix things.
Only tested for the R7800 but all of them should behave equal.
Fixes: FS#1617
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[squashed commits, add "tested on" note]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Increase the available flash memory size in Netgear R7800
by taking into the use the unused "netgear" partition
that is located after the firmware partition.
Available flash space for kernel+rootfs+overlay increases
by 68 MB from 32 MB to 100 MB.
In a typical build, overlay space increases from 15 to 85,
increasing the package installation possibilities greatly.
Reverting to the OEM firmware is still possible, as the OEM
firmware contains logic to initialise the "netgear" partition
if its contents do not match expectations. In OEM firmware,
"netgear" contains 6 UBI sub-partitions that are defined in
/etc/netgear.cfg and initialisation is done by /etc/preinit
Tested with Openwrt master r7093-4fdc6ca31b and OEM V1.0.2.52
Reference to forum discussion in Netgear R7800 exploration thread:
https://forum.lede-project.org/t/netgear-r7800-exploration-ipq8065-qca9984/285/1118
(messages 1118-1158)
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
WN-GX300GR has 5x RJ45 ports (port 0-4), and these ports are
orderd on the device as follows:
4 3 2 1 0
1-4: lan
0: wan
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
With current uboot default configuration the bootloader will
fail to start the OpenWrt firmware with the following error:
-----
unexpected character 'b' at the end of partition
Error initializing mtdparts!
incorrect device type in ubi
Partition ubi not found!
Error, no UBI device/partition selected!
Wrong Image Format for bootm command
Error occured, error code = 112
-----
If the uboot configuration is examined with printenv
I can see that mdtparts line (on a nsa310) is wrong:
-----
mtdparts=mtdparts=orion_nand:0x0c0000(uboot),
0x80000(uboot_env),0x7ec0000(ubi)bootargs_root=
----
The "bootargs_root=" that was appended to it should not be there.
Fix the issue by adding a \0 line terminator at the end of affected lines,
mimicking what is also done by uboot upstream.
This issue was detected and confirmed on a nsa310, nsa325 and
a pogoplug v4, but it's not hardware-specific, so apply the same fix
to other devices as well.
Note that the issue is with the uboot's integrated boot configuration,
which is not used unless the uboot configuration in flash is unavailable
(erased or corrupted), which happens only on first time installation,
or if the user deletes the uboot configuration when upgrading uboot.
People just upgrading from an older uboot without erasing their previous
uboot configuration stored in flash would not have noticed this issue.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
After a very enlightening but unfortunately far too short exchange with Jes
we mutually agreed to drop the patches. They are unfortunately not ready
yet.
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
(cherry picked from commit 66c5696cdf)
Differing from all other archs supported by musl, MIPS defines SO_PEERSEC
to 30 instead of 31.
Patch has also been submitted upstream.
Reported-by: Andrey Jr. Mlenikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
(cherry picked from commit 4b50854a60)
This PR adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
- Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN
Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254
Notes:
TP-Link does not use bootstrap registers so without this patch reference
clock detects as 40MHz while it is actually 25MHz.
This is due to messed up bootstrap resistor configuration on the PCB.
Provided GPL code just forces 25MHz reference clock.
That causes booting with completely wrong clocks, for example, CPU tries
to boot at 1040MHz while the stock is 650MHz.
So this PR depends on PR #672 to remove 40MHz reference clock.
Thanks to Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> for properly patching that.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 5c5bf8b865)
Add support for detecting TP-Link Pharos v2 boards.
They use different format in product-info partition than v1 boards.
Code was written mostly by Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
(cherry picked from commit 2524febf79)
It was described by Arend as:
> This series is intended for 4.17 and includes following:
>
> * rework bus layer attach code.
> * remove duplicate variable declaration.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 0da9303e5b)
This fixes missing rootfs on above device:
[ 2.652292] VFS: Cannot open root device "(null)" or unknown-block(0,0): error -6
(...)
[ 2.687909] Kernel panic - not syncing: VFS: Unable to mount root fs on unknown-block(0,0)
Fixes: 05cb6aa69f ("bcm53xx: replace linux,part-probe with a proper partitions subnode")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
(cherry picked from commit e53d0da775)
This reverts commit 97b1765a45.
The tree is in an inconsistent state and we need to complete some rebranding.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 55df39e684.
The tree is in an inconsistent state and we need to complete some rebranding.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
this makes sure that offloading support is properly included for v4.14 targets.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
(cherry picked from commit ebe1216c7c)
When the 160mhz width is selected the ath10k firmware crash. This fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 134e832814)
Includes specific support for PH8(1e2d-0053) / ELS61(1e2d-005b) modules.
Note for ELS61, the serial driver changes from serial option(ttyUSB) to usb-cdc (ttyACM).
Two additional fixes in this commit resolve issues with ttyACM devices: -
* wwan.sh - sys-fs has a subdirectory indirection (*/tty/ttyACMx) which was not handled properly
* wwan.usb - dependent scripts were not included, so this never actually called proto_set_available for example (and relied on inadvertent call for ttyUSB case)
Signed-off-by: David Thornley <david.thornley@touchstargroup.com>
(cherry picked from commit cb262b0939)
Replace 204-udhcpc_no_msg_dontroute patch by the upstream busybox fix
which removes the code which requires the server ID to be on local
network
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Both version of the vg3503j have the LAN1 labelled port connected to
switch port 4 and the LAN2 labelled port connected to switch port 2.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A
- Flash: 8 MB
- RAM: 64 MB
- Ethernet: 4 FE ports and 1 GE port (RTL8211F on port 5)
- Wireless radio: MT7620 for 2.4G and MT7612E for 5G, both equipped with external PA.
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Flash instruction:
The U-boot is based on Ralink SDK so we can flash the firmware using UART:
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART line as described on the PCB.
4. Power up the device and press 2, follow the instruction to
set device and tftp server IP address and input the firmware
file name. U-boot will then load the firmware and write it into
the flash.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
072fdac mt76x2: mac: consider multicast/broadcast frames in ewma rssi estimation
f450659 mt76x2: improve gain adjustment in noisy environments
1d4ca10 mt76x2: track rssi for gain adjustment per station
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
TP-Link Archer C7 v5 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9563+QCA9880.
Specification:
- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 10x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin via Web interface
Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v5_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Signed-off-by: Arvid E. Picciani <aep@exys.org>
(cherry picked from commit bf39d5594b)
This commit adds support for the AVM Fritz!WLAN Repeater 450E
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9556 (Scorpion) 560MHz MIPS74Kc
RAM: 64MB Zentel A3R12E40CBF DDR2
FLASH: 16MiB Winbond W25Q128 SPI NOR
WLAN1: QCA9556 2.4 GHz 802.11b/g/n 3x3
INPUT: WPS button
LED: Power, WiFi, LAN, RSSI indicator
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4GHz WiFi (correct MAC)
- Installation via EVA bootloader
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- Most LEDs
Not working:
- 2 RSSI LEDs
AVM used for RSSI{0,1} two of the Ethernet PHYs LEDs which they
control over MDIO. Our driver doesn't expose these LEDs as GPIOs.
While it is possible to implement this feature, it would require an
additional kernel patch for a minor functionality.
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 192.168.178.1. Firmware can be uploaded
like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes.
You need to powercycle the Device afterwards to boot OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit b4bf43c667)
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 128 MB Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI
FLASH: 16 MiB Macronix MX25L12845EMI-12G
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac W2 2x2
INPUT: WPS, Mode-toggle-switch
LED: Power, WLAN 2.4GHz, WLAN 5GHz, LAN, WPS
(LAN not controllable by software)
(WLAN each green / red)
SERIAL: Header next to eth-phy.
VCC, TX, GND, RX (Square hole is VCC)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (Correct MAC-address)
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- 5 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Factory installation from tftp
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- LEDs
- WPS Button
Not Working:
- Mode-toggle-switch
Install via TFTP:
Connect to the devices serial. Hit Enter-Key in bootloader to stop
autobooting. Command `tftpboot` will pull an initramfs image named
`C0A86302.img` from a tftp server at `192.168.99.08/24`.
After successfull transfer, boot the image with `bootm`.
To persistently write the firmware, flash an openwrt sysupgrade image
from inside the initramfs, for example transfer
via `scp <sysupgrade> root@192.168.1.1:/tmp` and flash on the device
with `sysupgrade -n /tmp/<sysupgrade>`.
append-cmdline patch taken from chunkeeys work on the NBG6617.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Frühling <skorpy@frankfurt.ccc.de>
Co-authored-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Co-authored-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 4b280ad91a)
This commit adds support for the OCEDO Koala
SOC: Qualcomm QCA9558 (Scorpion)
RAM: 128MB
FLASH: 16MiB
WLAN1: QCA9558 2.4 GHz 802.11bgn 3x3
WLAN2: QCA9880 5 GHz 802.11nac 3x3
INPUT: RESET button
LED: Power, LAN, WiFi 2.4, WiFi 5, SYS
Serial: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - GND - TX - RX (Arrow Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi
- 5 GHz WiFi
- TFTP boot from ramdisk image
- Installation via ramdisk image
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Installation seems to be possible only through booting an OpenWRT
ramdisk image.
Hold down the reset button while powering on the device. It will load a
ramdisk image named 'koala-uImage-initramfs-lzma.bin' from 192.168.100.8.
Note: depending on the present software, the device might also try to
pull a file called 'koala-uimage-factory'. Only the name differs, it
is still used as a ramdisk image.
Wait for the ramdisk image to boot. OpenWRT can be written to the flash
via sysupgrade or mtd.
Due to the flip-flop bootloader which we not (yet) support, you need to
set the partition the bootloader is selecting. It is possible from the
initramfs image with
> fw_setenv bootcmd run bootcmd_1
Afterwards you can reboot the device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit e36f8b3f39)
The QCA9556 only has a SGMII interface. However the speed on the
ethernet link is set for the non-existant xMII interface.
This commit fixes this behavior.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit abb4ab076f)
This commit adds support for the Mikrotik RouterBOARD RBM33g.
=Hardware=
The RBM33g is a mt7621 based device featuring three gigabit ports, 2
miniPCIe slots with sim card sockets, 1 M.2 slot, 1 USB 3.0 port and a male
onboard RS-232 serial port. Additionally there are a lot of accessible
GPIO ports and additional buses like i2c, mdio, spi and uart.
==Switch==
The three Ethernet ports are all connected to the internal switch of the
mt7621 SoC:
port 0: Ethernet Port next to barrel jack with PoE printed on it
port 1: Innermost Ethernet Port on opposite side of RS-232 port
port 2: Outermost Ethernet Port on opposite side of RS-232 port
port 6: CPU
==Flash==
The device has two spi flash chips. The first flash chips is rather small
(512 kB), connected to CS0 by default and contains only the RouterBOOT
bootloader and some factory information (e.g. mac address).
The second chip has a size of 16 MB, is by default connected to CS1 and
contains the firmware image.
==PCIe==
The board features three PCIe-enabled slots. Two of them are miniPCIe
slots (PCIe0, PCIe1) and one is a M.2 (Key M) slot (PCIe2).
Each of the miniPCIe slots is connected to a dedicated mini SIM socket
on the back of the board.
Power to all three PCIe-enabled slots is controlled via GPIOs on the
mt7621 SoC:
PCIe0: GPIO9
PCIe1: GPIO10
PCIe2: GPIO11
==USB==
The board has one external USB 3.0 port at the rear. Additionally PCIe
port 0 has a permanently enabled USB interface. PCIe slot 1 shares its
USB interface with the rear USB port. Thus only either the rear USB port
or the USB interface of PCIe slot 1 can be active at the same time. The
jumper next to the rear USB port controls which one is active:
open: USB on PCIe 1 is active
closed: USB on rear USB port is active
==Power==
The board can accept both, passive PoE and external power via a 2.1 mm
barrel jack. The input voltage range is 11-32 V.
=Installation=
==Prerequisites==
A USB -> RS-232 Adapter and a null modem cable are required for
installation.
To install an OpenWRT image to the device two components must be built:
1. A openwrt initramfs image
2. A openwrt sysupgrade image
===initramfs & sysupgrade image===
Select target devices "Mikrotik RBM33G" in
openwrt menuconfig and build the images. This will create the images
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-initramfs-kernel.bin" and
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" in the output
directory.
==Installing==
**Make sure to back up your RouterOS license in case you do ever want to
go back to RouterOS using "/system license output" and back up the created
license file.**
Serial settings: 115200 8N1
The installation is a two-step process. First the
"openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-initramfs-kernel.bin" must be booted
via tftp:
1. Set up a dhcp server that points the bootfile to tftp server serving
the "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-initramfs-kernel.bin"
initramfs image
2. Connect to WAN port (left side, next to sys-LED and power indicator)
3. Connect to serial port of board
4. Power on board and enter RouterBOOT setup menu
5. Set boot device to "boot over ethernet"
6. Set boot protocol to "dhcp protocol" (can be omitted if DHCP server
allows dynamic bootp)
6. Save config
7. Wait for board to boot via Ethernet
On the serial port you should now be presented with the OpenWRT boot log.
The next steps will install OpenWRT persistently.
1. Copy "openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin" to the device
using scp.
2. Write openwrt to flash using "sysupgrade
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-mikrotik_rbm33g-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin"
Once the flashing completes reboot the router and let it boot from flash.
It should boot straight to OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
0bc4230 version: bump snapshot
ed04799 poly1305: add missing string.h header
cbd4e34 compat: use stabler lkml links
caa718c ratelimiter: do not allow concurrent init and uninit
894ddae ratelimiter: mitigate reference underflow
0a8a62c receive: drop handshake packets if rng is not initialized
cad9e52 noise: wait for crng before taking locks
83c0690 netlink: maintain static_identity lock over entire private key update
0913f1c noise: take locks for ss precomputation
073f31a qemu: bump default kernel
bec4c48 wg-quick: android: don't forget to free compiled regexes
7ce2ef3 wg-quick: android: disable roaming to v6 networks when v4 is specified
9132be4 dns-hatchet: apply resolv.conf's selinux context to new resolv.conf
41a5747 simd: no need to restore fpu state when no preemption
6d7f0b0 simd: encapsulate fpu amortization into nice functions
f8b57d5 queueing: re-enable preemption periodically to lower latency
b7b193f queueing: remove useless spinlocks on sc
5bb62fe tools: getentropy requires 10.12
4e9f120 chacha20poly1305: use slow crypto on -rt kernels on arm too
Compiled-for: ar71xx, lantiq
Run-tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2 & lantiq HH5a
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Commit ecd954d530 installs specific interface triggers which rewrites the dnsmasq config
file and restarts dnsmasq if the network interface becomes active for which a trigger
has been installed.
In case no dhcp sections are specified or ignore is set to 1 dnsmasq will not be started
at startup which breaks DNS resolving.
Fix this by ditching the BOOT check in start_service and always start dnsmasq at startup.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
ELECOM WRC-1167GHBK2-S is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on
MediaTek MT7621A.
Specification:
- MT7621A (2-Cores, 4-Threads)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz
- MediaTek MT7615D
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LEDs, 2x keys
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 57600 bps
Flash instruction using factory image:
1. Rename the factory image to "wrc-1167ghbk2-s_v0.00.bin"
2. Connect the computer to the LAN port of WRC-1167GHBK2-S
3. Connect power cable to WRC-1167GHBK2-S and turn on it
4. Access to "http://192.168.2.1/details.html" and open firmware
update page ("手動更新（アップデート）")
5. Select the factory image and click apply ("適用") button
6. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
I-O DATA WN-GX300GR is a 2.4 GHz band 11n router, based on MediaTek
MT7621S.
Specification:
- MT7621S (1-Core, 2-Threads)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x LEDs, 4x keys (2x buttons, 1x slide switch)
- UART header on PCB
- Vcc, GND, TX, RX from ethernet port side
- baudrate: 115200 bps (U-Boot, OpenWrt)
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect serial cable to UART header
2. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image for WN-GX300GR to "uImageWN-GX300GR"
and place it in the TFTP directory
3. Set the IP address of the computer to 192.168.99.8, connect to the
LAN port of WN-GX300GR, and start the TFTP server on the computer
4. Connect power cable to WN-GX300GR and turn on the router
5. Press "1" key on the serial console to interrupt boot process on
U-Boot, press Enter key 3 times and start firmware download via TFTP
6. WN-GX300GR downloads initramfs image and boot with it
7. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with sysupgrade image for WN-GX300GR
8. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flasing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
NEC Aterm WG2600HP is a 2.4/5 GHz band 11ac router, based on Qualcomm
IPQ8064.
Specification:
- IPQ8064 (384 - 1,400 MHz)
- 512 MB of RAM
- 32 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 4T4R 2.4/5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 12x LEDs, 4x keys
- 1x USB 3.0 Type-A
- UART header on PCB
- RX, TX, NC, GND, Vcc from power connector side
- baudrate: 115200 bps
Flash instruction using initramfs image:
1. Connect serial cable to UART header
2. Connect power cable and turn on the router
3. When the "Press the [f] key and hit [enter] to enter failsafe mode"
message is displayed on the console, press the "f" key and Enter key
sequentially to enter the failsafe mode
4. create fw_env.config file with following contents on failsafe mode:
/dev/mtd9 0x0 0x10000 0x10000
5. Execute following commands to add and change the environment
variables of U-Boot
fw_setenv ipaddr "192.168.0.1"
fw_setenv serverip "192.168.0.2"
fw_setenv autostart "yes"
fw_setenv bootcmd "tftpboot 0x44000000 wg2600hp-initramfs.bin;
bootipq"
6. Set the IP address of the computer to 192.168.0.2, connect to the LAN
port of WG2600HP, and start the TFTP server on the computer
7. Rename OpenWrt initramfs image for WG2600HP to
"wg2600hp-initramfs.bin" and place it in the TFTP directory
8. Remove power cable from WG2600HP, reconnect it and restart WG2600HP
9. WG2600HP downloads initramfs image from TFTP server on the computer,
loads it and boot with initramfs image
10. On the initramfs image, execute "mtd erase firmware" to erase stock
firmware and execute sysupgrade with the sysupgrade image
11. Wait ~180 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Add wpad-mini if wireless drivers are included. Drop the mt76 package if
both of the provided drivers are included with their own packages.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Be compatible with ISPs which don't support the destination option header containing
the tunnel encapsulation limit as reported in FS#1501.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit to ignore; allows to disable the insertion
of the destination option header in the ds-lite packets.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value from 0 till 255
by setting the encaplimit uci parameter accordingly.
If no encaplimit value is specified the default value is 4 as before.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Be compatible with ISPs which don't support the destination option header containing
the tunnel encapsulation limit as reported in FS#1501 for dynamic created ds-lite/map
interfaces.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit_dslite/map to ignore; allows to disable the insertion
of the destination option header for the dynamic created ds-lite/map interface.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value from 0 till 255
by setting the encaplimit_dslite/map uci parameter accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Be compatible with ISPs which don't support the destination option header containing
the tunnel encapsulation limit as reported in FS#1501.
Setting the uci parameter encaplimit to ignore; allows to disable the insertion
of the destination option header in the map-e packets.
Otherwise the tunnel encapsulation limit value can be set to a value from 0 till 255
by setting the encaplimit uci parameter accordingly.
If no encaplimit value is specified the default value is 4 as before.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Since the beginning there's been an issue with initializing the Atheros
based MiniPCIe wireless cards. Here's an example of kerenel log:
OF: PCI: host bridge /soc/pcie@d0070000 ranges:
OF: PCI: MEM 0xe8000000..0xe8ffffff -> 0xe8000000
OF: PCI: IO 0xe9000000..0xe900ffff -> 0xe9000000
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: link up
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: PCI host bridge to bus 0000:00
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [bus 00-ff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [mem0xe8000000-0xe8ffffff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [io 0x0000-0xffff](bus address[0xe9000000-0xe900ffff])
pci 0000:00:00.0: BAR 0: assigned [mem0xe8000000-0xe801ffff 64bit]
pci 0000:00:00.0: BAR 6: assigned [mem0xe8020000-0xe802ffff pref]
[...]
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x3c
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x44
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x4
ath9k 0000:00:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x3c
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0xc
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x4
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x40
ath9k 0000:00:00.0: request_irq failed
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: Posted PIO Response Status: CA,0xe00 @ 0x4
ath9k: probe of 0000:00:00.0 failed with error -22
The same happens for ath5k cards, while ath10k card didn't appear at
all (not detected):
OF: PCI: host bridge /soc/pcie@d0070000 ranges:
OF: PCI: MEM 0xe8000000..0xe8ffffff -> 0xe8000000
OF: PCI: IO 0xe9000000..0xe900ffff -> 0xe9000000
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: link never came up
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: PCI host bridge to bus 0000:00
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [bus 00-ff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [mem0xe8000000-0xe8ffffff]
pci_bus 0000:00: root bus resource [io 0x0000-0xffff](bus address[0xe9000000-0xe900ffff])
advk-pcie d0070000.pcie: config read/write timed out
Following the issue on esppressobin.net forum [1] the workaround seems
to be limiting the speed of PCIe bridge to 1st generation. This fixed
the initialisation of all tested Atheros wireless cards.
The change shouldn't affect the performance for wireless cards,
it could reduce the performance of storage controller cards but since
OpenWrt focuses on wireless connectivity, fixing compatibility with
wireless cards should be a priority.
For the record, the iwlwifi and mt76 cards were not affected by this
issue.
1. http://espressobin.net/forums/topic/which-pcie-wlan-cards-are-supported
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 772258044b)
Busybox time supports the GNU time '-f' syntax used by the build time
logging implemented in ff6e62b288, however the prerequisite check added
only works with GNU time installed as `time` or `gtime`.
As busybox is a multicall binary, the name of the symlink setup by
SetupHostCommand also must be changed from `gtime` to `time` to fix the
value of argv[0]. This causes a number of shells (including bash) to use
their builtin impelementation of time, so the sole invocation has been
changed to use `env time` to use the value found on the $PATH.
Signed-off-by: Andy Boyett <agb@agb.io>
(cherry picked from commit 591780615b)
commit 138c763 ("build: add --force option to gzip in Build/gzip")
added the --force flag to the gzip invocation.
Under environments with busybox gzip (e.g Alpine Linux), this fails
as busybox only recognizes "-f".
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
(cherry picked from commit fba168f574)
Backport a hot off the press upstream kernel ATM fix:
Preserve value of skb->truesize when accounting to vcc
"There's a hack in pskb_expand_head() to avoid adjusting skb->truesize
for certain skbs. Ideally it would cover ATM too. It doesn't. Just
stashing the accounted value and using it in atm_raw_pop() is probably
the easiest way to cope."
The issue was exposed by upstream with:
commit 14afee4b6092fde451ee17604e5f5c89da33e71e
Author: Reshetova, Elena <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Date: Fri Jun 30 13:08:00 2017 +0300
net: convert sock.sk_wmem_alloc from atomic_t to refcount_t
But an earlier commit left the ticking timebomb:
158f323b9868 ("net: adjust skb->truesize in pskb_expand_head()
Sincerest thanks to Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me> for debugging
assistance and to David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org> for further
guidance, cajoling & patience in interpreting the debug I was giving him
and producing a fix!
Fixes FS#1567
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit d600de3ddd)
Shorten the version string in Netgear factory image header in order
to enable u-boot TFTP recovery flash mode to work again.
Strip 'r7210-14cb05909a' into 'r7210' in the Netgear image header
by removing the hash (anything after "-").
background:
Some Netgear routers have recently been unable to flash Openwrt
factory image with the TFTP recovery flash mode provided by Netgear
u-boot. That is due to over-long Openwrt version string overflowing
into the router type string in u-boot code. Modern git versions
produce 10-digit short hashes for the Openwrt main repo, and that
causes the version string to be too long in the image header,
breaking the image ID verification by the TFTP flash routine.
(Other option could be to force a shorter hash in scripts/getver.sh,
but as the problem only concerns Netgear routers, let's patch just
them.)
More detailed explanations in FS#1583
Tested with WNDR3800
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
(cherry picked from commit dcfe2a461e)
The kernel patch *-mips_module_reloc.patch breaks dynamic ftrace as
dynamic ftrace depends on -mlong-calls.
See http://patchwork.linux-mips.org/patch/675/
Thus we always set -mlong-calls if the kernel is being
compiled with dynamic ftrace support.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Wiemann <webmaster@codefetch.de>
(cherry picked from commit 076d2ea682)
This fixup ip align in essedma driver rx path
see cat /proc/cpu/alignment
which reports alignment-fixups without this fix.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8f804f42d5)
Marvell ahci hardware requires a workaround to prevent eSATA failures
on hotplug/reset when used with multi-bay external enclosures.
Errata Ref#226 - SATA Disk HOT swap issue when connected through Port
Multiplier in FIS-based Switching mode.
These patches backport the workaround from 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah McConnell <miah@miah.com>
(cherry picked from commit e820455198)
Add procd file listeners to check files in `/etc/crontabs/`.
Also unified a bit the function style.
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
(cherry picked from commit cbf69fb2ad)
zram.ko needs CONFIG_BLK_DEV activated and it is by default for all
other targets in OpenWrt.
This makes zram.ko compile again.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 6745af9a0d)
Neon and vfpv4 are mandatory extensions in the ARM64 instruction set
now, do not activate them explicitly. GCC will make use of these
extension now by default.
This makes it possible to share the toolchain with other Cortex A53
SoCs.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit 10ce015c65)
Some of the Marvell targets have functional SATA port multiplier
support, which is required for multi-bay eSATA enclosures. Enable
kernel support by setting CONFIG_SATA_PMP.
Closes: FS#1232 and FS#547
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah McConnell <miah@miah.com>
(cherry picked from commit 390c4df2c0)
Without this change, ifx_mei_atm_showtime_check() will always return
"showtime" after one call of MEI_InternalXtmSwhowtimeEntrySignal()
was done, even if MEI_InternalXtmSwhowtimeExitSignal() was called
in the meantime.
The ifx_mei_atm_showtime_check() function is used by the ltq-atm and
ltq-ptm driver.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
(cherry picked from commit eee8ab59dc)
The ART partition of the Lima board stores exactly three mac addresses:
* 0x0: eth0
* 0x6: eth1
* 0x1002: wmac
The first two are correctly assigned in the mach file but the latter points
to 0x800. But this position is set to ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff. Luckily, the
driver falls back in ath9k_hw_init_macaddr to the EEPROM mac address when
it doesn't find a valid mac address in the platform_data.
Remove this bogus offset to the ART partition to directly load the wmac via
the EEPROM data in the ART partition.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
(cherry picked from commit 4f6320704f)
ipq806x is all dual core processors. ipq807x is quad core. Removes this
from dmesg:
RCU restricting CPUs from NR_CPUS=4 to nr_cpu_ids=2.
RCU: Adjusting geometry for rcu_fanout_leaf=16, nr_cpu_ids=2
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit fff65dbe24)
The mtd tool is built with different configurations depending on the
target. For example, brcm47xx adds the fixtrx subcommand, without which
an image fails when booting the second time.
Mark the mtd package as nonshared to really fix FS#484.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
(cherry picked from commit 46d7ced9d1)
Reboot the oxnas target based on Linux 4.14 by rebasing our support on
top of the now-existing upstream kernel support.
This commit brings oxnas support to the level of v4.17 having upstream
drivers for Ethernet, Serial and NAND flash.
Botch up OpenWrt's local drivers for EHCI, SATA and PCIe based on the
new platform code and device-tree.
Re-introduce base-files from old oxnas target which works for now but
needs further clean-up towards generic board support.
Functional issues:
* PCIe won't come up (hence no USB3 on Shuttle KD20)
* I2C bus of Akitio myCloud device is likely not to work (missing
debounce support in new pinctrl driver)
Code-style issues:
* plla/pllb needs further cleanup -- currently their users are writing
into the syscon regmap after acquireling the clk instead of using
defined clk_*_*() functions to setup multipliers and dividors.
* PCIe phy needs its own little driver.
* SATA driver is a monster and should be split into an mfd having
a raidctrl regmap, sata controller, sata ports and sata phy.
Tested on MitraStar STG-212 aka. Medion Akoya MD86xxx and Shuttle KD20.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(squash-picked commit 17511a7ea8 and commit dcc34574ef from master)
TP-Link TL-WR842N v5 are simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. Its very similar to TP-Link TL-MR3420 V5.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- USB 2.0 Port
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED, 2x button, power input switch
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash OpenWrt image in wr842nv5 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tplink_tl-wr842n-v5-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
With this change, the LED trigger is independent from the (wireless)
netdev name. The (wireless) netdev name can be easiliy changed in
OpenWrt and would require an update of the netdev trigger settings each
time it is done.
This change is (for now) applied only to MT7628 devices from TP-Link, as
we only had the possibility to test this change against two of those
devices, namely a TL-WR841 v13 and a Archer C50 v3.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
I found mt7688 watchdog not working. The watchdog registers are identical
for mt7621 and mt7628/mt7688. The first watchdog related register is at
0x10000100, the last one - a 16bit sized - at 0x10000128.
Set the correct register address and size in the dtsi file to get the
watchdog working.
Signed-off-by: lbzhung <gewalalb@gmail.com>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
73edb22 mt76: discard early received packets if not running yet
0b8d1dd mt76: fix beacon timer drift
20c0766 mt7603: adjust rx hang watchdog for MT7628
664e321 mt7603: add extra PSE hang check signature for MT7628
f24b56f update MT7628 firmware to the latest version
d87e4b0 mt7603: clear PSE reset bit if PSE reset fails
0ef26ef mt76: only stop tx queues on offchannel, not during the entire scan
f399da3 mt76: prevent tx scheduling during channel change
21c1e1e mt76: move ieee80211_hw allocation to common core
730c292 mt76: wait for pending tx to complete before switching channel
fcbb49e mt76x2: use udelay instead of usleep_range in mt76x2_mac_stop
792dbe0 mt7603: do not hold dev->mutex while flushing dev->mac_work
9090f9c mt76x2: fix threshold for gain adjustment
2cbaa57 mt76x2: fix swapped values for RXO-18 in gain control
a39ab70 mt76x2: adjust AGC control register 26 based on gain for VHT80
4936c0c mt76x2: clear false CCA counters after changing gain settings
1528fe7 mt76x2: fix variable gain adjustment range
f3522e1 mt76x2: add a debugfs file to dump agc calibration information
65e161b mt76x2: fix tracking rssi for dynamic gain adjustment
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This was caused by a race condition between offload teardown and
conntrack gc bumping the timeout of offloaded connections
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix condir option processing allowing to use the format
"<directory>[,<file-extension>......]," as documented on the dnsmasq man
page which previously resulted into bogus dir being created.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
On bcm53xx and brcm47xx, commands are passed to default_do_upgrade that
expect the image to be passed on stdin, rather than as an argument.
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 ("base-files: always use staged sysupgrade")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Import a revert-commit from Stanislaw Gruszka which significantly
improves WiFi performance on rt2x00 based hardware.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry-picked from commit f4a639a3d7)
This device has only one ethernet port.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
[add the existing eth0 as lan block, shorten commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The AVM package selection partially broke with the addition of the
FRITZ!Box 4020. This commit restores the intended behavior.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Some of the ubi-tools in the upstream mtd-utils have been
broken by a bad patch upstream. It causes major breakage
during sysupgrade when the kernel, rootfs, ... volumes
are deleted in the wrong order.
This patch therefore reverts the faulty upstream commit which
fixes the bug.
linux-mtd mailing-list thread:
<http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2018-June/081562.html>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Reported-by: L. Wayne Leach <LLeachii@aol.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit daf19649db)
Some devices like the Mikrotik RB912 only have 1 USB port
which is shared between an USB A type port, and the mini PCIe socket.
Toggling a gpio selects the output to which USB is connected.
Since kernel 4.9, gpio base is rounded up to a value of 32.
Commit 65da6f9ca1 ("ar71xx: fix secondary gpio controller base values") accounts correctly for that.
In this commit, rb912 sees it's value changed from AR934X_GPIO_COUNT (23) to 32
This means that the USB toggle gpio number actually also changes from 52 to 61.
But ..
Some of these GPIO numbers are also used in other locations, like the boardfile.
The author forgot to also change them over there.
Switching the USB port to mPCIe now shows my modem is correctly discovered again:
[ 2863.864471] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 4 using ehci-platform
[ 2864.055303] usb 1-1: config 1 has an invalid interface number: 8 but max is 3
[ 2864.062728] usb 1-1: config 1 has no interface number 1
[ 2864.074567] qcserial 1-1:1.0: Qualcomm USB modem converter detected
[ 2864.081474] usb 1-1: Qualcomm USB modem converter now attached to ttyUSB0
[ 2864.111960] qcserial 1-1:1.2: Qualcomm USB modem converter detected
[ 2864.118976] usb 1-1: Qualcomm USB modem converter now attached to ttyUSB1
[ 2864.139808] qcserial 1-1:1.3: Qualcomm USB modem converter detected
[ 2864.146777] usb 1-1: Qualcomm USB modem converter now attached to ttyUSB2
[ 2864.165276] qmi_wwan 1-1:1.8: cdc-wdm0: USB WDM device
[ 2864.171879] qmi_wwan 1-1:1.8 wwan0: register 'qmi_wwan' at usb-ehci-platform-1, WWAN/QMI device, 02:00:44:ed:3b:11
Fixes: 65da6f9ca1 ("ar71xx: fix secondary gpio controller base values")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Cc: Robin Leblon <robin.leblon@ncentric.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
(cherry picked from commit 55b4b1eba0)
This reverts a change made in Sep 2017 [1] which introduced
MSG_DONTROUTE flag to prevent udhcpc from reaching out to servers on a
different subnet. That change violates RFC2131 by forcing fully
configured clients, who got their configurations through an offer
relayed by a DHCP relay, from renewing through a unicast request
directly to the DHCP server, resulting in the client resorting to
boradcasting lease extension requests instead of unicasting them,
further breaking RFC2131.
The problem with MSG_DONTROUTE appears when talking to a properly
configured DHCP server that rejects non-compliant requests. Such server
will reject lease extension attempts sent via broadcast rather than
unicast, as is the case with Finnish ISPs Telia and DNA as well as
Estonian ISP Starman. Once the lease expires without renewal, udhcpc
enters init mode, taking down the interfaces with it, and thus causing
interruption on every lease expiry. On some ISPs (such as the ones
mentioned above) that can be once every 10-20 minutes. The interruptions
appear in the logs as such:
----
udhcpc: sending renew to x.x.x.x
udhcpc: send: Network unreachable
udhcpc: sending renew to 0.0.0.0
udhcpc: sending renew to 0.0.0.0
...
udhcpc: lease lost, entering init state
Interface 'wan' has lost the connection
Interface 'wan' is now down
Network alias 'eth0' link is down
udhcpc: sending select for y.y.y.y
udhcpc: lease of y.y.y.y obtained, lease time 1200
Network alias 'eth0' link is up
Interface 'wan' is now up
----
During lease extension, a fully configured client should be able to
reach out to the server from which it recieved the lease for extension,
regardless in which network it is; that's up to the gateway to find. [2]
This patch ensures that.
[1]
http://lists.busybox.net/pipermail/busybox-cvs/2017-September/037402.html
[2]
https://www.netmanias.com/en/post/techdocs/6000/dhcp-network-protocol/
understanding-dhcp-relay-agents
Signed-off-by: Adi Shammout <adi.shammout@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
If log_file is specified, make sure its directory exists.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The kernel bump wrongly modified the patch
generic/pending-4.14/811-pci_disable_usb_common_quirks.patch.
Sync it from master.
Fixes: 1199a91095 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.48 for 18.06")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Refreshed patches. The following patches were upstreamed and have been deleted:
* target/linux/lantiq/patches-4.14/0025-MIPS-lantiq-gphy-Remove-reboot-remove-reset-asserts.patch
* target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/101-clocksource-mips-gic-timer-fix-clocksource-counter-w.patch
* target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/103-MIPS-c-r4k-fix-data-corruption-related-to-cache-coherence.patch
* target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/181-net-usb-add-lte-modem-wistron-neweb-d18q1.patch
Compile-tested: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Run-tested: ramips/mt7621
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Refreshed patches. The following patches were upstreamed and have been deleted:
* target/linux/ar71xx/patches-4.9/106-01-MIPS-ath79-fix-AR724X_PLL_REG_PCIE_CONFIG-offset.patch
* target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/180-net-phy-at803x-add-support-for-AT8032.patch
* target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/181-net-usb-add-lte-modem-wistron-neweb-d18q1.patch
* target/linux/generic/pending-4.9/182-net-qmi_wwan-add-BroadMobi-BM806U-2020-2033.patch
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
We recently increased the kernel partition size of the CPE/WBS 210/510.
This works fine for new installations of the factory image, but on
sysupgrades, the partition table read by the bootloader is not adjusted.
This limits the maximum size of the kernel loaded by the bootloader to the
old partition size.
While adjusting the partition table would be a cleanest solution, such a
migration would have to happen before an upgrade to a new version with a
newer kernel. This is error-prone and would require a two-step upgrade, as
we mark the partition table partition read-only.
Instead, switch from the lzma-loader with embedded kernel to the
okli-loader, so only the tiny lzma-loader is loaded by the bootloader as
"kernel", and the lzma-loader will then load the rest of the kernel by
itself.
Fixes: e39847ea2f ("ar71xx: increase kernel partition size for CPE/WBS 210/510")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
By making the kernel argv array const, the .data section can always be
omitted from the laoder binary.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The text section in the ELF loader is aligned to the maximum page size,
which defaults to 64KB. Reduce it to the actual page size to avoid wasting
flash space for this alignment.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some devices (TP-Link TL-WR1043ND v1) don't boot reliably when the
uncompressed loader is too small. This was workarounded in the loader by
adding 512KB of padding to the .data section of the loader binary.
This approach had two issues:
- The padding was only working when .data was non-empty (otherwise the
section would become NOBITS, omitting it in the binary). .data was only
empty when no CMDLINE was set, leading to further workarounds like
fe594bf90d ("ath79: fix loader-okli, lzma-loader"), and this
workaround was only effective because a missing "const" led to the kernel
argv being stored in .data instead of .rodata
- The padding was not only added to the compressed .gz loader, but also
uncompressed .bin and .elf loaders. The prevented embedding the kernel
cmdline in the loader for non-gz loader types.
To fix both issues, move the creation of the padding from the linker script
to the gzip step.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
There are several long-standing issues present in the UCI shell API as
documented in https://wiki.openwrt.org/doc/devel/config-scripting. They
relate both to high-level, user-defined callback functions used to
process UCI config files, and also to low-level functions used within
scripts generally.
The related problems have been encountered now and in the past, e.g.
https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=54295, and include:
a) UCI parsing option() function and user-defined option_cb() callbacks
being erroneously called during processing of "list" config file entries;
b) normal usage of the low-level config_set() unexpectedy calling any
defined option_cb() if present; and
c) handling of the list_cb() not respecting the NO_CALLBACK variable.
Root causes include a function stack "inversion", where the low-level
config_set() function incorrectly calls the high-level option() function,
intended only for processing the "option" keyword of UCI config files.
This change addresses the inversion and other issues, making the option
handling code more consistent and smaller, and simplifying developers'
usage of UCI callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The console bootarg is being corrupted on boot, causing various issues
including broken sysupgrade.
Utilising the bootargs mangle patch from other targets, hardcode the console
arguments and fetch the rootfs from the bootloader.
Kernel command line: console=ttyS0,115200 root=/dev/mtdblock8
Bootloader command line (ignored): console= root=/dev/mtdblock8
Please cherry pick to 18.06 too
Signed-off-by: Michael Gray <michael.gray@lantisproject.com>
(cherry picked from commit 4fdc6ca31b)
This version bump was made upstream mostly for OpenWRT, and should fix
an issue with a null dst when on the flow offloading path.
While we're at it, Kevin and I are the only people actually taking care
of this package, so trim the maintainer list a bit.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
This is a port of an old commit from mkresin's tree:
09260cdf3e9332978c2a474a58e93a6f2b55f4a8
This has the potential to break sysupgrade but it should be fine as
there is no stable release of LEDE or OpenWrt that support these devices.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 9685f39787)
That commit exposed a bug in the DTS files used by mt7621 where the wrong
reg value for pcie1 (and potentially pcie2) was being used. This was
causing WiFi failures for interfaces in pcie1.
eg. 2.4GHz working but not 5GHz.
As all of these dts entries are already specified in mt7621.dtsi, remove
them.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 02f815d190)
There's nothing connected to i2c on this board, so remove it.
Also edited the gpio group to match the PC2 as they're the same.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8c818fa1f0)
Switch ports 0..3 are connected to external ports LAN{1..4} in sequence,
switch port 4 is not used, and switch port 5 is connected to the CPU.
The WAN port is attached to the CPU's second network interface; it has no
connection to the internal switch.
Reuse the "Dell TrueMobile 2300" entry, which describes the same mapping.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
(cherry picked from commit 7ac238fc98)
The W25N01GV NAND is currently not used in any ipq806x device.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit a436ef992d)
There's no spi-nor in R7800, so disable unequipped interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 8c1c1c4874)
These pins seem to be used by hw exclusively, so claiming it in
kernel causes an error in syslog in k4.14+.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 96cd31655d)
EA8500 has pcie2 slot unequipped.
By EA8500 hw design default pcie2 reset gpio (gpio63) is used to
reset the switch. That's why enabling pcie2 brings the switch into
a working state.
So let's just control the gpio63 without enabling the pcie2 slot.
We have to remove the pcie2_pins node so the gpio63 is not defined
twice. Because pcie2 node has a reference to pcie2_pins we have to
remove it as well.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 7f694ef3d9)
These nodes are common for all revisions so put it into SoC v1.0
dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 7a4f9c5993)
ipq8065 is ipq8064 v3.0
> socinfo_init: v6, id=280, ver=3.0, raw_id=17, raw_ver=17, hw_plat=0, hw_plat_ver=65536
Include dtsi accordingly and remove the unneeded qcom-ipq8065-v1.0.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit e16f9abf6b)
According to OEM bootlog entry mass market devices are ipq8064 SoC
v2.0:
> socinfo_init: v6, id=202, ver=2.0, raw_id=2064, raw_ver=2064, hw_plat=0, hw_plat_ver=65536
I've checked C2600, EA8500 and VR2600v but couldn't find other
boards bootlog. I think it's safe to assume that other boards are
also v2.0. R7500 may be an exception because it was the first
device to hit the market.
So switch to v2.0 dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 067036e875)
According to QCA internal numbering there are 3 versions of
ipq8064/5 SoC:
ipq8064 v1.0 - probably ipq8064 evaluation boards only
ipq8064 v2.0 - probably ipq8064 mass market boards only
ipq8064 v3.0 - aka ipq8065, boards based on ipq8065.
Each next revision includes configuration differences from
previous revision and adds something new.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit adbdf78049)
It keeps failing (R7800) with the stack trace below
BUG: scheduling while atomic: kworker/0:1/26/0x00000002
(unwind_backtrace) from [<c02121d0>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
(show_stack) from [<c03932e4>] (dump_stack+0x7c/0x9c)
(dump_stack) from [<c0239b90>] (__schedule_bug+0x5c/0x80)
(__schedule_bug) from [<c05b7260>] (__schedule+0x50/0x3f4)
(__schedule) from [<c05b76a8>] (schedule+0xa4/0xd4)
(schedule) from [<c05ba430>] (schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock+0xc8/0x100)
(schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock) from [<c05ba480>]
(schedule_hrtimeout_range+0x18/0x20)
(schedule_hrtimeout_range) from [<c05b9f78>] (usleep_range+0x48/0x50)
(usleep_range) from [<c03f333c>] (__clk_hfpll_enable+0x44/0xd0)
(__clk_hfpll_enable) from [<c03f3474>] (clk_hfpll_set_rate+0xac/0xc4)
(clk_hfpll_set_rate) from [<c03ec390>] (clk_change_rate+0xf4/0x1fc)
(clk_change_rate) from [<c03ec510>] (clk_core_set_rate_nolock+0x78/0x94)
(clk_core_set_rate_nolock) from [<c03ec54c>] (clk_set_rate+0x20/0x30)
(clk_set_rate) from [<c0424168>] (dev_pm_opp_set_rate+0x190/0x26c)
(dev_pm_opp_set_rate) from [<c04a8548>] (set_target+0x40/0x108)
(set_target) from [<c04a4.140>] (__cpufreq_driver_target+0x3f4/0x488)
(__cpufreq_driver_target) from [<c04a7494>] (od_dbs_timer+0xcc/0x154)
(od_dbs_timer) from [<c04a7998>] (dbs_work_handler+0x2c/0x54)
(dbs_work_handler) from [<c02309e8>] (process_one_work+0x1c0/0x2f0)
(process_one_work) from [<c02319a8>] (worker_thread+0x2a4/0x404)
(worker_thread) from [<c0235944>] (kthread+0xd8/0xe8)
(kthread) from [<c020eef0>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x24)
Signed-off-by: Marc Benoit <marcb62185@gmail.com>
[slh: rebase for kernel v4.14 as well]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit e40db2907e)
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This change follows the functional example of the Netgear r7800, but
has not been runtime tested on a Netgear Nighthawk X4 R7500v2.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit c3af761e47)
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This change follows the functional example of the Netgear r7800, but
has not been runtime tested on a Netgear Nighthawk X4 R7500
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit c228bbe616)
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This change follows the functional example of the Netgear r7800, but
has not been runtime tested on a Netgear Nighthawk X4 D7800.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Cc: Tathagata Das <tathagata@alumnux.com>
(cherry picked from commit 45b8a7c1a6)
The default image does not fit 2 MB anymore, expand kernel partition
to 3 MB.
Upgrading should work transparently via sysupgrade in both directions.
Another option would be to merge "kernel" and "rootfs" into a single
"firmware" partition using MTD_SPLIT_TPLINK_FW, but just changing the
sizes of the existing partitioning has been deemed safer in the absence
of an actual runtime test on an affected device; the maximum for rootfs
changes from 10.4 MB to 9.4 MB.
This change follows the example for the TP-Link Archer C2600, but has
not been runtime tested on a TP-Link Archer VR2600v.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Cc: Sebastian Quilitz <zeraphim@x-pantion.de>
(cherry picked from commit 0c967d92b3)
The default image does not fit 2 MB anymore, expand os-image partition
to 4 MB.
Upgrading works transparently via sysupgrade in both directions.
Another option would have been to merge "os-image" and "rootfs" into a
single "firmware" partition using MTD_SPLIT_TPLINK_FW, but just
changing the sizes of the existing partitioning has been deemed safer
and actually tested on an affected device; the maximum for rootfs
changes from 27 MB to 25 MB.
Run-tested on TP-Link Archer C2600.
Signed-off-by: Joris de Vries <joris@apptrician.nl>
[slh: extend comments and commit message, rename rootfs]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit b72b36653a)
Starting with kernel 4.14 and gcc 7, the kernel doesn't fit into the
2 MB reserved for the kernel partition by the OEM firmware anymore.
This patch increases the kernel partition from 2 MB to 4 MB, at the
expense of the rootfs, for all supported kernels.
WARNING: This breaks sysupgrade! Flashing a firmware containing this
changed partitioning from an older image with 2 MB reserved for the
kernel partion requires the tftp recovery procedure, thereby losing
all settings.
This patch is based on a corresponding change by Pavel Kubelun
<be.dissent@gmail.com> and has been tested by Michael Yartys
<michael.yartys@protonmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit dc50694bd1)
Disable MSM8960, MSM8974 and APQ8084
- since these are different SoC's than IPQ806x
Removed unrequired serial configs
- since ipq806x uses SERIAL_MSM only
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 7ac6697fe2)
- Rebased the patches for 4.14
- Dropped spi-qup and 0027, 0028, 0029
clk patches since it's already included
in upstream.
Tested on IPQ AP148 Board:
1) NOR boot and NAND boot
2) Tested USB and PCIe interfaces
3) WDOG test
4) cpu frequency scaling
5) ethernet, 2G and 5G WiFi
6) ubi sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
(cherry picked from commit 93dd2f7211)
This commit adds an EVA flashable image for the FRITZ!Box 4040.
The image contains the U-Boot with OpenWRT appended to it. This way we
remove the need to use UART for initial flashing.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 70e6ea319d)
This commit adds an append-uboot command to append U-Boot from the
bin-directory.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 399495a952)
This commit alters the TP-Link Archer C50v3 LED settings to use the phy
trigger instead of the netdev one. This way the WiFi status is displayed
even if the wifi interface name is altered.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit ce91c85e01)
This commit fixes the wrong LED mapping of the Archer C50 v3.
Commit was tested with an EU device.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
(cherry picked from commit 35d00d9a41)
PISEN TS-D084 is an wireless router with a battery and integrated power supply based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz (AR9331)
- 1x USB 2.0
Flash instruction:
The manufacturer are using exactly the same firmware header as TP-LINK TL-WR703N (including device ID!). Simply upload the factory firmware into WebUI and flashing is done.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit a789c0f491)
THIN_ARCHIVES option is enabled by default in the kernel configuration
and no one target config disables it. So enable it by default and remove
this symbol from target specific configs to keep them light.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 67a3cdcbb0)
New FUTEX_PI configuration symbol enabled if FUTEX and RT_MUTEX symbols
are enabled. Both of these symbols are enabled by default in the
generic config, so enable FUTEX_PI by default too to keep platform
specific configs minimal.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit bdc2b58c4b)
OVERLAY_FS config symbol selects EXPORTFS since 4.12 kernel, we have
OVERLAY_FS enabled by default, so enable EXPORTFS in the generic config
of 4.14 and remove this option from platform specific configs.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit a08b0d0c31)
DRM_LIB_RANDOM config symbol selected only by DRM_DEBUG_MM_SELFTEST
which is disable by default, so disable DRM_LIB_RANDOM by default too.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 978543a246)
These options do not used by any supported arch, so disable them by
default to make arch configs a bit more clean.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit ead26e9db6)
Only one arch (x86_64) enables this option. So disable
ARCH_WANTS_THP_SWAP by default and remove referencies to it from all
configs (except x86_64) to make them clean.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit f928c338ad)
uClibc-ng 1.0.28 does not provide PF_VSOCK/AF_VSOCK definitions,
which causes iproute2 v4.16.0 compile errors.
In commit 57f2f80383b5 ("bits/socket.h: add missing defines")
necessary defines were included and iproute2 builds fine.
This commit now is part of uClibc-ng 1.0.30.
Lets update uClibc-ng to latest 1.0.30 version.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
(cherry picked from commit 83e9262703)
Using a version number of 16 character causes a buffer overflow in the
version number overwriting the first bit of the signature in the
mkdapimg2 tool.
I am not sure if the version number should be null terminated or not.
This patch reduces the size of the version number by removing the number
of private commits from it.
This was the original version number which caused problems:
OpenWrt-r6727+10
Now it uses this version number:
OpenWrt-r6727
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
(cherry picked from commit ae8ff1c65c)
Copy and refresh patches and config from 4.9, no more work is need.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 3d69857ac1)
Disable CONFIG_EFI_VARS, since it suffers from sysfs limitation (no
support for variable longer than 1024 bytes).
kmod-fs-efivarfs is the replacement of this, which enables mounting
efivarfs file system and doesn't suffer from 1024 bytes limitation.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
(cherry picked from commit b0a51dab8c)
Use ft_psk_generate_local=1 by default, as it makes everything else fairly
trivial. All of the r0kh/r1kh and key management stuff goes away and hostapd
fairly much does it all for us.
We do need to provide nas_identifier, which can be derived from the BSSID,
and we need to generate a mobility_domain, for which we default to the first
four chars of the md5sum of the SSID.
The complex manual setup should also still work, but the defaults also
now work easily out of the box. Verified by manually running hostapd
(with the autogenerated config) and watching the debug output:
wlan2: STA ac:37:43:a0:a6:ae WPA: FT authentication already completed - do not start 4-way handshake
This was previous submitted to LEDE in
https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1382
[dwmw2: Rewrote commit message]
Signed-off-by: Gospod Nassa <devianca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
(cherry picked from commit 3cc56a5534)
Drop package/network/services/wireguard/patches/100-portability.patch
Instead pass 'PLATFORM=linux' to make since we are always building FOR
linux.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
(cherry picked from commit f06def4221)
BOCCO is a communication robot provided by YUKAI Engineering Inc.
SoC: MT7620A
MEM: 256MB
Flash: 8MB
NAND: 512MB (non support)
Include Sound DAC and AMP.
No Wired Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit d91953cb53)
Wifi button for WNDR3700 dual band routers has been renamed to "rfkill"
and its emitted keycode changed to KEY_RFKILL. This allows OpenWrt/LEDE
to support it 'out of the box' without additional tweaking.
Until this patch, button had been sending BTN_2 keycode which was
ignored by default (no action script present). To get expected behaviour
of switching radios on and off, user had to manually rename/link
'rfkill' script to name 'BTN_2' in /etc/rc.button directory.
This patch follows similar changes for other Netgear ar71xx routers,
for example WNR2000v3. It applies cleanly to both latest trunk and 17.01
branch. Tested on WNDR3700v1.
Signed-off-by: Michal Cieslakiewicz <michal.cieslakiewicz@wp.pl>
(cherry picked from commit 45dc530334)
This patch adds a image with squashfs as the root filesystem.
A rootfs_data partition will be generated on the first boot
and placed inside the rootfs partition (just after the squashfs
image).
advantages:
- it is possible to migrate from an existing -ext4
installation and back via sysupgrade.
- existing partition layout will not be lost.
- slightly smaller image size.
- support for attendedsysupgrade
disadvantages:
- needs f2fs + tools as well. This is because fs-tools decides on the
blocksize of the sdcard. So either f2fs or ext4 can get choosen as
the rootfs_data filesystem (depends on the size of the root partition).
- rootfs_data is placed into the rootfs partition. This makes
it difficult for tools that expect a /dev/mmc0pX device.
It also makes it difficult for data recovery tools since they
might not expect to find a embedded partition or will be
confused.
For people with existing build configurations: make sure to include mkf2fs
and f2fsck package into the image... Otherwise the new -squashfs image will
boot of a ram-overlay and won't keep the configurations after a reboot.
Cc: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Cc: Paul Spooren <spooren@informatik.uni-leipzig.de>
Cc: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
(cherry picked from commit 707b6c815b)
There is a new APU-model available, APU3. The device is configured in
the same way as the APU1 and APU2, so the same LED/network setup can be
used.
I considered changing the case to pc-engines-apu*, but I chose to follow
the existing pattern and add the full board name.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 8f9baf5e1a)
This patch backports several patches that went upstream into
Herbert Xu's cryptodev-2.6 tree:
crypto: Use zeroing memory allocator instead of allocator/memset
crypto: crypto4xx - performance optimizations
crypto: crypto4xx - convert to skcipher
crypto: crypto4xx - avoid VLA use
crypto: crypto4xx - add aes-ctr support
crypto: crypto4xx - properly set IV after de- and encrypt
crypto: crypto4xx - extend aead fallback checks
crypto: crypto4xx - put temporary dst sg into request ctx
The older, outstanding patches from 120-wxyz series have been
upstreamed as well and therefore they have been reassigned to
fit into the series.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 16e39624b7)
The swconfig package is part of the DEFAULT_PACKAGES list in
the apm821xx's nand subtarget. It's enabled by default because
the MX60(W) and WNDR4700 need it for their initramfs. However
the package is not necessary for the MR24's sysupgrade image, as
the MR24 does not have a switch.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit e6e51ce87f)
Not sure how it worked before but ethernet is disabled
by default in ipq4019 dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
(cherry picked from commit 1f42deec8e)
- DGND3700v1: fix port numbers, they're in reverse order
- FaST2704n: there is no WAN port identified as such, only 4 LAN
- AD1018: configure the "FIBRE" port as WAN
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit fbbb977772)
During handshake we are highjack and reset a LED to the configured trigger
afterwards. ltq-xdsl-app need to start after the LED init script, to
ensure that the LED init script doesn't re-highjack the LED we are
currently using for handshake indication.
Drop the comment about the atm dependency. The dependency was fixed quite
some time ago by using hotplug scripts for br2684ctl.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
(cherry picked from commit 0678cc850c)
Our pkg-config wrapper relies on the ability to redefine the $prefix and
$exec_prefix variables in order to construct proper search paths relative
to the build environment.
Patch the .pc file template to construct libdir, sharedlibdir and includedir
relative to the ${prefix} variable so that it can be overridden as needed.
This also fixes the libxml2/host build issue raised at
https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/6073 - it was caused by libxml2's
configure picking up a wrong host search path through zlib.pc, letting it
include the wrong endian.h, causing spurious member redeclaration errors in
system headers.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 4da832e201)
Refreshed all patches
Added new ARM64 symbol: ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718
Compile-tested on: ar71xx
Runtime-tested on: ar71xx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This reverts commit c97189e26d
as it has different issues:
-Host file is not written in a directory unique per dnsmasq instance
-odhcpd writes host info into the same directory but still sends a SIGHUP to dnsmasq
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
1.) "addn-hosts" per default point to a file (but it supports directory)
2.) "hostsdir" only support directory with the additional benefit: New or changed files are read automatically.
Signed-off-by: Christian Schoenebeck <christian.schoenebeck@gmail.com>
The uboot-mvebu package incorrectly used the host pkg-config for the tool
build parts, which broke the build on systems lacking pkg-config and only
worked by accident on those that have it installed.
Export the host-build specific environment variables for the uboot build
to redirect pkg-config invocations to our staged host build pkg-config in
buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 1289e00fff)
The uboot-mvebu package incorrectly used the host pkg-config for the tool
build parts, which broke the build on systems lacking pkg-config and only
worked by accident on those that have it installed.
Export the host-build specific environment variables for the uboot build
to redirect pkg-config invocations to our staged host build pkg-config in
buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 208b984dda)
The uboot-mvebu package incorrectly used the host pkg-config for the tool
build parts, which broke the build on systems lacking pkg-config and only
worked by accident on those that have it installed.
Export the host-build specific environment variables for the uboot build
to redirect pkg-config invocations to our staged host build pkg-config in
buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 01c2ce3c7d)
* chacha20poly1305: add mips32 implementation
"The OpenWRT Commit" - this significantly speeds up performance on cheap
plastic MIPS routers, and presumably the remaining MIPS32r2 super computers
out there.
* timers: reinitialize state on init
* timers: round up instead of down in slack_time
* timers: remove slack_time
* timers: clear send_keepalive timer on sending handshake response
* timers: no need to clear keepalive in persistent keepalive
Andrew He and I have helped simplify the timers and remove some old warts,
making the whole system a bit easier to analyze.
* tools: fix errno propagation and messages
Error messages are now more coherent.
* device: remove allowedips before individual peers
This avoids an O(n^2) traversal in favor of an O(n) one. Before systems with
many peers would grind when deleting the interface.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
When CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE is enabled, the build system touches an additional
".autoremove" stamp file in the cleaned build directory.
Since the autoremove stamp file is touched after the compile process
completed, it ends up being the most recent file of the package build
directory, causing the timestamp.pl check of depends.mk to erroneously
declare the ".built" and ".prepared" stamp files as stale, triggering
a forced clean-build submake process.
Fix the problem by using the ".built" stamp file as modification time
reference when touching the ".autoremove" stamp file.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit b287c82bed)
Includes the public usign certificates used by the 18.06.* release builds.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit 6d108c4a1a)
Also let the new openwrt-keyring package provide lede-keyring for backwards
compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
(cherry picked from commit fd72e67ffe)
Following changes as part of the kernel
upstreaming attempts. And fix a slight fsck up
when calculating overheads for GSO packets.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
b2ecc52 mt76x2: fix avg_rssi estimation
fd58b28 mt76x2: add a polling delay in mt76x2_mac_stop routine
a78673d mt76: fix sending encrypted broadcast packets for secondary interfaces
e87f925 mt76x2: apply coverage class on slot time too
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should
be replaced with IS_ERR().
Fixes: f079b6406348 ("staging: mt7621-eth: add gigabit switch driver (GSW)")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
In case of error, the function of_phy_connect() returns NULL pointer not
ERR_PTR(). The IS_ERR() test in the return value check should be
replaced with NULL test.
Fixes: e3cbf478f846 ("staging: mt7621-eth: add the drivers core files")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
In case of error, the function devm_ioremap_resource() returns ERR_PTR()
and never returns NULL. The NULL test in the return value check should
be replaced with IS_ERR().
Fixes: e3cbf478f846 ("staging: mt7621-eth: add the drivers core files")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
This is an amagalmation of two upstream commits dealing with whitespace
and dead code removal. I'm synching instead of having two separate commits
as they go out of order compared to previous commits here.
Tested on GnuBee PC1.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Mostly whitespace cleanups. Some unneeded code was removed.
MMC init was also moved to the probe function as in
6069bdd087
The cleanup commits are over 100, making it hard to do them individually.
Tested on GnuBee PC1 with an SD card being used as swap.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This makes it easier to distribute prefixes over a wireguard tunnel
interface, by simply setting the ip6prefix option in uci (just like with
other protocols).
Obviously, routing etc needs to be setup properly for things to work; this
just adds the config option so the prefix can be assigned to other
interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Both these devices have a wps and a reset button on
GPIO pins, which need kmod-gpio-button-hotplug
package to work.
Add this package to their default package config.
Troubleshooted and tested on a Viper.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
1. compatible property in node gmac was wrong
2. ag71xx_setup_gmac_933x should use np of gmac-config and
not the pointer to gmac. gmac is only used for the reg address.
Signed-off-by: Johann Neuhauser <johann@it-neuhauser.de>
Refactor mesh initialization into a separate function, do some cleaning
on the way to make the code more readable.
Changes:
* Move iw mesh setup to new mac80211_setup_mesh()
* fallback on 'ssid' parameter in case 'mesh_id' isn't set
* move setting of freq variable to shared code as it is needed for
both, the wpa_supplicant and the iw based setup.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The max_oper_chwidth settings was parsed incorrectly for big endian system.
This prevented the system to switch to VHT80 (or VHT160). Instead they were
mapped to:
* HT20: 20MHz
* VHT20: 20MHz
* HT40: 40MHz
* VHT40: 40MHz
* VHT80: 40MHz
* VHT160: 40MHz
This happened because each max_oper_chwidth setting in the config file was
parsed as "0" instead of the actual value.
Fixes: a4322eba2b ("hostapd: fix encrypted mesh channel settings")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The commit 574e4377fa ("mac80211: properly setup mesh interface") uses
the variable $wpa to decide whether encrypted meshpoint is requested by the
user or not. But the variable $wpa will only be set correctly after the
function wireless_vif_parse_encryption is called.
Fixes: 574e4377fa ("mac80211: properly setup mesh interface")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Linksys WRT32X (Venom) is identical in hardware to the WRT3200ACM
with a different flash layout and boots zImage rather than uImage.
Specification:
- Marvell Armada 385 88F6820 (2x 1.8GHz)
- 256MB of Flash
- 512MB of RAM
- 2.4GHz (bgn) and 5GHz (an+ac wave 2)
- 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- 1x USB 3.0 and 1x USB 2.0/eSATA (combo port)
Flash instruction:
Apply factory image via web-gui.
Signed-off-by: Michael Gray <michael.gray@lantisproject.com>
b45e162 helpers: fix the set_helper in the rule structure
f742ba7 helpers.conf: support also tcp in the CT sip helper
08b2c61 helpers: make the proto field as a list rather than one option
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
These resources are extracted from devicetree, so they aren't
needed here.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Code currently defines:
and then compiles code only if they are defined.
We might want to disable some of these via devicetree one
day, but for now just remove the #defines and the
conditions - all the code for different ports is
easy to identify.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
As the Interrupts for the PCI adapters are listed in
devicetree we shouldn't need to have them explicit in the code.
The simplest way to do this is to use of_irq_parse_and_map_pci()
and specify an interrupt-map which identifies the different
PCI hosts by bus/slot numbers.
This has the advantage that the hwirq number are mapped to virq
numbers for us, so the ugly hack can go.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Remove the owner assignment form the platform driver as
platform_driver_register() already initializes the owner.
Found using coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lütke-Stetzkamp <christian@lkamp.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Setup wpa_supplicant for encrypted mesh or when using DFS channels and
adjust interface setup to pass fixed frequency for mesh mode.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Fix encrypted (or DFS) AP+MESH interface combination in a way similar
to how it's done for AP+STA and fix netifd shell script.
Refresh patches while at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
8206219 uci: fix memory leak in rpc_uci_replace_savedir()
10f7878 exec: close stdout and stderr streams on child signal
92d0d75 uci: use correct sort index when reordering sections
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
6b4a340 version: bump snapshot
faa2103 compat: don't clear header bits on RHEL
4014532 compat: handle RHEL 7.5's recent backports
66589bc queueing: preserve pfmemalloc header bit
37f114a chacha20poly1305: make gcc 8.1 happy
926caae socket: use skb_put_data
724d979 wg-quick: preliminary support for go implementation
c454c26 allowedips: simplify arithmetic
71d44be allowedips: produce better assembly with unsigned arithmetic
5e3532e allowedips: use native endian on lookup
856f105 allowedips: add selftest for allowedips_walk_by_peer
41df6d2 embeddable-wg-library: zero attribute padding
9a1bea6 keygen-html: add zip file example
f182b1a qemu: retry on 404 in wget for kernel.org race
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Drop the "-x lzo" compression type override from MKUBIFS_OPTS since we
do not support it in mkfs.ubifs. Attempting to use LZO compression results
in "Error: bad compressor name".
The build system also appends an explicit "--compr=zlib" to the mkfs command
line, turning the "-x" flag into a no-op anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We cannot depend on CONFIG_OF in the module definition context as this symbol
is not defined for OpenWrt menuconfig. Depend on the targets that appear to
need the kmod-of-mdio module instead.
The target dependency list may not be complete, it is based on the build
failures encountered by the build bots.
Fixes: dc629d9cf5 ("kernel: fix kmod-switch-rtl8366-smi dependency")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Refresh patches and backport upstream to current HEAD:
1f1873a Log warning on very large cachesize config, instead of truncating it.
0a496f0 Do unsolicited RAs for interfaces which appear after dnsmasq startup.
e27825b Fix logging in previous.
1f60a18 Retry SERVFAIL DNSSEC queries to a different server, if possible.
a0088e8 Handle query retry on REFUSED or SERVFAIL for DNSSEC-generated queries.
34e26e1 Retry query to other servers on receipt of SERVFAIL rcode.
6b17335 Add packet-dump debugging facility.
07ed585 Add logging for DNS error returns from upstream and local configuration.
0669ee7 Fix DHCP broken-ness when --no-ping AND --dhcp-sequential-ip are set.
f84e674 Be persistent with broken-upstream-DNSSEC warnings.
Compile & run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The subtarget configurations contained a lot of reduntant symbols, arbitrary
overrides and symbols set to =m.
Remove most of these redundant settings to shrink the subtarget configurations
to a manageable size.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes the following error spotted by the buildbot:
Package kmod-fs-squashfs is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
xz_dec.ko
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Make the call to of_mdiobus_register() dependant on CONFIG_OF to avoid
pulling in an unwanted dependency on of_mdio.ko.
Fixes: 3dc523f232 kernel: add OF support to rtl8355 driver
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Right now interface.update events are sent out by netifd upon interface state,
route, address (lifetime), prefix lifetime changes.
Dnsmasq is only interested in interface state changes and currently adds an
interface trigger for all the "interface.*" events.
In combination with commit 23bba9cb33, which triggers a SIGHUP signal to dnsmasq,
IPv6 address/prefix lifetime changes on the wan will trigger dnsmasq reloads which
can become frequent in case of shorter lifetimes.
To avoid frequent dnsmasq reload, this patch adds specific interface triggers.
During dnsmasq init it loops dhcp uci section; if the value of the ignore option
is set to 0, then the corresponding interface trigger is not installed.
Otherwise, if the ignore option value is 1, then procd_add_interface_trigger is
called which adds the interface trigger.
Signed-off-by: hux <xinxing.huchn@gmail.com>
Fix ART offset (make it universal for 8/16 MB versions of the board) and
while at it, include also GPIO setup for h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B).
Fixes: FS#1532
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
572735e4 Update manual pages
e8d693c3 Bump up version number to 1.32.0, LT revision to 30:2:16
f44dfcd9 Update AUTHORS
1f1b0d93 Update manual pages
ce8c749b Merge pull request #1173 from nghttp2/asio-client-sni
3e4f257b asio: Support client side SNI
86fab997 Upgrade neverbleed to the latest master
c3ecd445 Merge pull request #1171 from nghttp2/h2load-rate-and-duration
c65ca20a h2load: -r and --duration are mutually exclusive
a5c408c5 Ignore all input after calling session_terminate_session
06379b28 Fix treatment of padding
e04de48e Merge pull request #1162 from nghttp2/libressl
00964642 Use LIBRESSL_IN_USE instead of defined(LIBRESSL_VERSION_NUMBER)
8d0b4544 libressl 2.7 has X509_VERIFY_PARAM_*
d8a34131 libressl 2.7 has SSL_CTX_get0_certificate
5db17d0a Compile with libressl 2.7.2
1bf69b56 Define LIBRESSL_LEGACY_API and LIBRESSL_2_7_API
3febaef1 Bump up LT revision to 30:1:16 due to v1.31.1 release
b1bd6035 Fix frame handling
b48bcb21 examples: Use C style comment in .c files
6f3ce2c7 examples: Remove unused lambda capture
2f9121cf Merge branch 'Sp1l-Sp1l/allow-no-npn'
e65e7711 Add comment on #endif
636ef51b Fix compile error with -Wunused-function
400934e5 [PATCH] Allow building without NPN
4c3a3acf Merge pull request #1146 from vszakats/cmakestaticlib
9aa6002c Merge pull request #1144 from hellojaewon/master
f342260b cmake: add ENABLE_STATIC_LIB option to build static lib
a6dd4970 Fix typo
842509da Don't allow 101 HTTP status code because HTTP/2 removes HTTP Upgrade
4add618a Bump up version number to 1.32.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
No functional change. Code tidy ups.
735eaf2 Make sure we don't reallocate q->tins (we didn't anyway but his
really makes sure)
6c5ad6e Get rid of __GFP_NOWARN flag for memory allocation
2a37333 Don't need the wrapper for kvfree, and no need to check before calling it
2b1c631 Whitespace fix
7fe6e28 compat tidyup (for older kernel versions <4.4)
93b805c pedant tidy up superfluous semicolons on switch statements
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The biggest (and the only?) disadventage of this is obviously an
increased image size.
For mips74k the size of vmlinux goes up from 4186684 B to 4701436 B.
Most devices use LZMA compressed kernel so probably more important is
vmlinux.lzma size which goes up from 1342945 B to the 1508498 B.
Still this isn't something that should stop target kernel bump. There
are various adventages of kernel 4.14. If kernel / image size is a
serious concern for anyone, it's perfectly possible to use previous
release which is pretty solid for the brcm47xx.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Cc: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Splitted out the dts file and create the new dts for the 256 MByte RAM and
the 512 MB RAM version.
Migrate both versions to the common board detection.
The install the 512 MByte Version on a board running the 256 MByte image,
a forceful sysupgrade with the -F flag is required.
Signed-off-by: Davide Ammirata <list@davidea.it>
The RavPower WD03 is a battery powered SD card reader and a USB port.
Specifications:
SOC: MediaTek MT7620N
BATTERY: 6000mah
WLAN: 802.11bgn
LAN: 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
USB: 1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
RAM: PM Tech PMD708416CTR-5CN 32 MB
FLASH: Holtek HT66F40 - 8 MB Flash
LED: Power button and 4 leds to indicate power level of the
battery (could not get control of that)
INPUT: Power, reset button
OTHER: USB SD-Card reader with card detect on GPIO#42
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- installation from tftp
- OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving)
- LEDs
- Buttons
Installation:
- Download the sysupgrade image
- Place it in the root of a clean TFTP server running on your computer.
- Rename the image to "kernel" — be sure there is no file extension.
- Plug the WD03 into your computer via ethernet.
- Set your computer to use 10.10.10.254 as its IP address.
- With your WD03 shut down, hold down the power button until the first
white LED lights up.
- Push and hold the reset button and release the power button. Continue
holding the reset button for 30 seconds or until it begins searching
for files on your TFTP server, whichever comes first.
- The WD03 (10.10.10.128) will look for your computer at 10.10.10.254
and install the kernel file. Once it has finished installation of the
kernel file, it will search for a (nonexistent) rootfs file — when it
begins searching for this file, shut down the WD03 by holding the
power button normally.
- Start up your WD03 normally.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Badaire <mbadaire@gmail.com>
Backport patch accepted upstream which removes the reset asserts of the
xrx200 gphy driver on reboot/remove.
While doing a global software reset, these bits are not cleared and let
some bootloader fail to initialise the GPHYs. The bootloader don't expect
these bits to be set, as they aren't during power on.
The asserts were a workaround for a wrong syscon-reboot mask. With a mask
set which includes the GPHY resets of the first reset register, the
resets of the second reset register arn't required any more.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Some of the new ath79 device trees were missing read-only tags on the
u-boot partitions. This adds the tags where previously missing.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This new syntax is slightly better designed & uses "compatible" string.
For details see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt .
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Point at github which is new, maintained location for igmpproxy.
Remove all patches as all have been upstreamed.
Closes FS#1456
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The init sccript for igmpproxy uses the option 'network' both as an interface name for fetching the l3_device name and for creating the firewall rules. This only works if the name of the network and firewall zone are identical.
This commit introduces a new option 'zone' for configuring the upstream and downstream firewall zones in order for the init script to create the required firewall rules automatically. When no such options are given, the init script falls back to not creating the firewall rules and the user can opt to create these manually.
Signed-off-by: Jaap Buurman <jaapbuurman@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for the AVM Fritz!Box 4020 WiFi-router.
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9561 (Dragonfly) 750MHz
RAM: Winbond W971GG6KB-25
FLASH: Macronix MX25L12835F
WiFi: QCA9561 b/g/n 3x3 450Mbit/s
USB: 1x USB 2.0
IN: WPS button, WiFi button
OUT: Power LED green, Internet LED green, WLAN LED green,
LAN LED green, INFO LED green, INFO LED red
UART: Header Next to Black metal shield
Pinout is 3.3V - RX - TX - GND (Square Pad is 3.3V)
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet (LAN + WAN)
- WiFi (correct MAC)
- Installation via EVA bootloader
- OpenWRT sysupgrade
- Buttons
- LEDs
Not working:
- USB port
Installation via EVA:
In the first seconds after Power is connected, the bootloader will
listen for FTP connections on 169.254.157.1 (Might also be 192.168.178.1). Firmware can be uploaded
like following:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put openwrt-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Note that this procedure might take up to two minutes. After transfer is
complete you need to powercycle the device to boot OpenWRT.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Some maintainers prefer DTS files licensed under permissive license like
MIT / BSD. As all DT bindings should be OS independent and DTS files are
pretty separated from Linux code it probably makes sense to share them
across projects.
The safest solution is to use dual licensing: that way it stays clear
these files can be used in GPL projects without depending on current
belief of licenses compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
fixed build error when external kernel is selected from menuconfig.
The patches present in target/linux/generic does not gets applied
to external kernel and build fails while compiling mac82011 &
regmap-core kernel modules. as a fix added check in Makefile for
CONFIG_EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TREE present or not.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
The idea is to easily get the list of packages taking the most time to build,
and see if we can improve them
v1: Use SetupHostCommand as recommended by John
v2: add space after 'time:', remove useless /usr/bin/time from SetupHostCommand
Signed-off-by: Etienne Champetier <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Cake is bearing fruits of kernel upstreaming efforts.
diffserv-llt dropped. DSCP mapping paper died and no one using it.
ack-filter re-written & simplified
tc userspace & cake kmod netlink interface usage changed in non
backwards compatible way, thus this once requires tc & cake to be
in-step. Change due to upstream requirements.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Bearing fruits of the latest upstreaming efforts on cake.
Changes: diffserv-llt dropped. The paper describing this DSCP
allocation has gone stale and doesn't appear used.
The userspace to kernel netlink messages for cake have been reworked in
a backwards incompatible way, so tc & cake must be bumped together this
once.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
print_uint() will silently promote its variable type to uint64_t, but there
is nothing that ensures that the format string specifier passed along with
it fits (and the function name suggest to pass "%u").
Fix this by changing print_uint() to use a native 'unsigned int' type, and
introduce a separate print_u64() function for printing 64-bit values. All
call sites that were actually printing 64-bit values using print_uint() are
converted to use print_u64() instead.
Since print_int() was already using native int types, just add a
print_s64() to match, but don't convert any call sites.
Fixes wonkyness in some stats from some qdiscs under tc
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This target aims to replace ar71xx mid-term. The big part that is still
missing is making the MMIO/AHB wifi work using OF. NAND and mikrotik
subtargets will follow.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This switches bcm53xx from spi-bcm53xx to the spi-bcm-qspi driver. The
later one was developed by Broadcom and is more advanced one. It
supports more modes, setting a speed, setting bits per word and uses
IRQs instead of polling.
This increases kernel size from 1808120 B to the 1811160 B (by 3040 B).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fixes FS#1498. "gccgo -static" can fail for missing linker flag
-lgcc_eh caused by patch 850-use_shared_libgcc.patch
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
When sending script/env diff's output to a file or pipeline, you
don't want escape characters for ANSI color sequences fouling the
byte stream.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
These modules usually require some special arguments to customize the
emulated device and they should be loaded manually by users.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
This adds an interrim patch for v4.14 based on an
upstream commit to get ethernet working on D-Link DNS-313
(probably also on the Wiliboards)
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Since the D-Link devices boot from hard disk we need to
add the following changes to Gemini:
- Supply a bootarg in the device tree so we can boot from
the right partition (/dev/sda4 on DNS-313)
- Disable forced command line in config so the kernel picks
up the right bootargs from the device tree
- Enable EXT4 in the config as this is used for rootfs else
we get nowhere, we cannot load this as a module because,
well, it is supposed to be loaded from the root partition
(chicken and egg problem).
- Enable jbd2 and mbcache (needed by ext4)
Also clean out the premature attempts to dynamically
modify the command line in the Image makefile: we should
pass this with the device tree bootargs instead, it works
much better.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Disable video and input drivers - they are needed only for one
board and can be enabled via modules if/when UI will be available.
Use LED drivers from packages.
Cleanup other things unnecessarily overriding defaults.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
This tool is used to create headers on images for the
D-Link DNS-313 in gemini target.
Will be used after switching gemini to 4.14 kernel.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This adds the patches to get fairly complete Gemini support
using kernel v4.14. It is mainly a backport of patches from
kernel v4.16 with omissions of things like graphics that require
substantial changes and will be better handled once we move
to the v4.16 kernel proper.
On top of this are some WIP patches for USB support.
Tested on Raidsonic NAS4220B and D-link DNS-313.
ChangeLog v4->v5:
- Fix ethernet single gmac usecase
- Fix USB reset (patch from Hans)
- Fix Raidsonic ethernet skew delay
- Fix kernel config (bridge, squashfs, jffs2, usb)
- Disable second usb port on Raidsonic board until fotg210_hcd is fixed
ChangeLog v3->v4:
- Make sure to use tabs rather than spaces in base-files.
- Use the dns313 image tool from the firmware-utils.
- Break out the addition of the v4.14 patches and the removal
of the v4.4 patches to separate (big) patches.
ChangeLog v2->v3:
- Update the kernel config as indicated by Hauke Martens:
- Regenerate again after rebasing using kernel_oldconfig
dropping a few optimization settings that are now generic
- Drop CFG80211 stuff (module)
- Drop CIFS stuff (module)
- Drop MAC80211 (module)
- Drop wireless drivers (module)
- Enabled OverlayFS
- Added proper DNS-313 boot image generation with the special
file header tool.
- Disable CMA in the kernel
- Enable LZMA compression of the kernel
- Consequently name the nas4220b images nas4220b
- Update preinit MAC detection script to handle also DNS-313
- Add board.d/03_hdparm to set the disk to spin down after
1 minute by default, if we have the hdparm tool installed
ChangeLog v1->v2:
- Processed config through kernel_oldconfig
- Processed patches through make target/linux/{clean,refresh} V=99
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Add target device as at91-sama5d2_ptc_ek in SAMA5D2 subtarget and
build images for SAMA5D2 PTC Ek board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
reorganizing at91 subtargets based on sama5 soc features and this fix
below problems.
1. able to set neon flags to sama5d2 & sama5d4 subtargets.
2. fix the make clean which removes all the subtargets in bin folder.
3. able to configure kernel specific to subtarget.
4. able to set vfpu4 flags to samad3 subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
fixed DTC command not found error while compling uboot-at91. The fix
is to set DTC PATH in uboot-at91 MAKE command.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
creating sdcard image with ext4 rootfs only and ignoring creating
other filesystem in sdcard image.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D27 SOM1 with target device as at91-sama5d27_som1_ek
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D27 SOM1 Ek board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
copying at91bootstrap and uboot binaries to sdcard image is done
based on device name instead of dts name and this avoids creating
multiple u-boot and at91bootstrap binaries.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
updating to new version v3.8.10 and copying at91bootstrap.bin to bin folder.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add hotplug handle script for storage devices,
this will add corresponding option in the
/etc/config/samba file automatically.
Signed-off-by: Rosy Song <rosysong@rosinson.com>
Update to latest version of iproute2, refresh patches.
See https://lkml.org/lkml/2018/4/2/349 for a full overview of the
changes in 4.16.
Build and tested on AR7xxx against musl
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Currently, the build system uses an openwrt mirror which does not currently
work and FTP can be unreliable under several circumstances. This change
implicitly allows using all the mirrors to download.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Some options' default values have been changed upstream, others were
accidentally inverted (CONFIG_WOLFSSL_HAS_DES3). Also add options
needed to build hostapd/wpa_supplicant against wolfssl.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
There is no usecase for not protecting symlinks that I know of in OpenWrt.
Not even on desktop systems where you have multiple users with a shell.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
527e700 ustream-ssl: Remove RC4 from ciphersuite in server mode.
39a6ce2 ustream-ssl: Enable ECDHE with OpenSSL.
45ac930 remove polarssl support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Without this patch the extra LDFLAGS of objects were selected based on the
name of the extension being built, which breaks for aggregate so builds.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
SourceForge has supported HTTPS for its downloads for a long time now.
I have not been able to see any failures resulting from this change.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
In typical OpenWrt setups, there are no other users that have a shell spawned for them by default.
This can be overriden by the kernel.dmesg_output syssctl.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
sama5d2 & samad4 have neon feature and sama5d3 does not have neon
feature due to which sama5d3 boot fails with error message Kernel
panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x00000004.
removing neon & VFPv4 support to fix this
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
when external kernel is selected from menuconfig, device wb50n is not
avaliable and build fails. As a fix adding checks for external kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Switched download from SourceForge to GitHub. It seems the author migrated to that.
Also fixed the website URL as the SourceForge link is dead.
Compile tested on ar71xx and mvebu. Small size decrease on ar71xx: 30444 vs. 30099 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
When libressl was linked the libpthread was missing, add it in addition.
Fixes: 2c192b6916 ("tools/libressl: update to version 2.7.2")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When libressl was linked the libpthread was missing, add it in addition.
Also make the mxsimage tool to use the OpenSSL 1.1 API for the recent
libressl version.
Fixes: 2c192b6916 ("tools/libressl: update to version 2.7.2")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When libressl was linked the libpthread was missing, add it in addition.
Fixes: 2c192b6916 ("tools/libressl: update to version 2.7.2")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
MacOSX does not support "-Wl,-Bstatic" so do not force the static
linking.
We only copy the static libz library into the staging libraries
directories, the linker will anyway only find the static version and
link against that on all systems.
Fixes: 8dcd941d8b ("tools/zlib: move zlib build to tools")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Libressl version 2.7.0 and later implement more of the OpenSSL 1.1 API
and this needs some modifications of the code using it.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
010-fix-rpmatch.patch is upstream, removed from our patchset
The file structure is changed, modify patch accordingly
use CONFIGURE_ARGS to disable tests, xattr and lzo
Compile and run tested on mvebu and x86_64
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This version now uses autotools to configure the build system. They are
also using the newly added zlib package.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
These functions are not declared in any header file and only used in
same compile unit, mark them as static to remove one gcc warning and
make it easier for the compiler to optimize them out.
This also fixes some style problems to make this patch match the version
in the packages folder.
This is copied from this commit to the mtd-utils we pack into the image:
56d0dd56e9 ("mtd-utils: Mark some lzma functions as static")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This allows us to link the other tools against our libz and we do not
need the system zlib any more.
Only the static linked library is copied to the staging directory so we
have a statically linked library on all systems and not only on Linux.
This also adds the new dependencies of the packages which are depending
on zlib.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The harden branch predictor was backported for arm64 with 4.9.92-96.
Fixes: 9aa196e0f2 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to bump 4.9.96")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is mainly a bug fix for multi-core MIPS systems where L1 caches besides the primary do not get flushed.
The most obvious problem is data corruption on SATA and USB devices where read requests are typically larger than the cacheline size.
This may also fix ar71xx systems that suffer from similar data corruption but I have not tested if it does.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
Choose first running interface, rather than first "up" interface (Redhat #1403025)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Some Ubiquiti U-boot versions, in particular the "U-Boot 1.1.4.2-s956
(Jun 10 2015 - 10:54:50)" found with AirOS 5.6, do not correctly flush the
caches for the whole kernel address range after decompressing the kernel
image, leading to hard to debug boot failures, depending on kernel version
and configuration.
As a workaround, prepend the relocate-kernels loader, which will invalidate
the caches after moving the kernel to the correct load address.
Reported-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This allegedly fixes compilation of the library bundler preload library on
Apple OS X. The resulting executables have not been runtime tested due to a
lack of suitable test hardware.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit 15e9639159 removed support for
binutils version 2.28 but did not remove it as selectable item
from Binutils Version; let's remove this leftover as well.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Added for convenience. These boards can be used as dev boards running
various operating systems from different media, and this simplifies work
with U-Boot environment.
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
There is no pinmux group "jtag" for mt7628 and the pinmux driver fails
to load due to the use of the not existing group.
Fixes: FS#1515
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The old DTB method (OWRTDTB) is not recognized by the boot process
anymore with 4.9/4.14.
This patch reuses KERNEL_DTB to get a valid DTB applied to the kernel
image.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
The current option driver binds to the usb interface 2,3,4,5.
But the interface 4 and 5 doesn't answer to the AT commands.
On the new openwrt configuration the wwan script select the 5th
interface as control interface, failing to establish the
3G connection.
Backport the fix for the problem.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
* QCA IPQ4019
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (s25fl256s1)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=20,variant=OM-A62
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 36-64)
- QCA9888 hw2.0 (PCI)
- requires special BDF in QCA9888/hw2.0/board-2.bin
bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=OM-A62
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 100-165)
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=21,variant=OM-A62
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x button (reset; kmod-input-gpio-keys compatible)
* external watchdog
- triggered GPIO
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ 802.3at POE+
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
* powered only via POE
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
The initramfs image can be started using
setenv bootargs 'loglevel=8 earlycon=msm_serial_dm,0x78af000 console=ttyMSM0,115200 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(0:SBL1),128k(0:MIBIB),384k(0:QSEE),64k(0:CDT),64k(0:DDRPARAMS),64k(0:APPSBLENV),512k(0:APPSBL),64k(0:ART),64k(0:custom),64k(0:KEYS),15552k(inactive),15552k(inactive2)'
tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-openmesh_a62-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb
set fdt_high 0x85000000
bootm 0x84000000
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The pinctrl initialization fails with the MSM pinctrl code and gpio-hogs
because either the gpio ranges are not yet initialized (missing gpio-range
in DT) or that the msm driver unconditionally tries to re-initializes the
ranges (gpio-range in DT).
To allow gpio-hogs and similar early-boot gpio code, the gpio-ranges must
be in the device tree and the pinctrl-msm code must check whether the range
was already initialized by the DT.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
[drop changes to unrelated dtsi files, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The BDFs for all boards were upstreamed to the ath10k-firmware
repository and are now part of ath10k-firmware 2018-04-19.
We switched to the upstream board-2.bin, hence the files can be removed
here.
Keep the ipq-wifi package in case new boards are added. It might take
some time till board-2.bins send upstream are merged.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The BDFs for all boards were upstreamed to the ath10k-firmware
repository and are now part of ath10k-firmware 2018-04-19.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
4136529 dhcpv6-ia: keep tentative assignments alive for a short time
200cc8f dhcpv6-ia: make assignment lookup more strict
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch was revised upstream before being merged, and OpenWrt's copy
was never updated to reflect the revision.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
[refreshed patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
These devices have only one ethernet port. It doesn't make sense to
expose the unused GMACs as separate network devices.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
The tz and smem reserved-memory information handled in the upstream Linux
sources by the SoC specific dtsi and not by the the boards dts. Using the
same approach in OpenWrt avoids unneccessary duplication.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The reserved-memory regions are mostly undocumented by QCA and are named
very unspecific in the QSDK device trees. It was tried to clean them up by
commit 71ed9f10a3 ("ipq40xx: Use detailed reserved memory for A42") and
similar changes.
The features which require these regions were mostly unknown but
Senthilkumar N L <snlakshm@qti.qualcomm.com> and Sricharan Ramabadhran
<srichara@qti.qualcomm.com> provided some more insight in some of them:
* crash dump feature
- a couple of regions used when 'qca,scm_restart_reason' dt node has the
value 'dload_status' not set to 1
+ apps_bl <0x87000000 0x400000>
+ sbl <0x87400000 0x100000>
+ cnss_debug <0x87400000 0x100000>
+ cpu_context_dump <0x87b00000 0x080000>
- required driver not available in Linux
- safe to remove
* QSEE app execution
- region tz_apps <0x87b80000 0x280000>
- required driver not available in Linux
- safe to remove
* communication with TZ/QSEE
- region smem <0x87b80000 0x280000>
- driver changes not yet upstreamed
- must not be removed because any access can crash kernel/program
* trustzone (QSEE) private memory
- region tz <0x87e80000 0x180000>
- must not be removed because any access can crash kernel/program
Removing the unnecessary regions saves some kilobyte of reserved-memory and
cleans up the device tree:
* 2560 KiB
- 8devices Jalapeno
- AVM FRITZ!Box 4040
- Compex WPJ428
- Meraki MR33 Access Point
- OpenMesh A42
* 14336 KiB
- GL.iNet GL-B1300
- Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. IPQ40xx/AP-DK01.1-C1
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Merge the two existing functions and use a parameter for the type
header field.
It updates the syntax of the former mpc85xx fake ramdisk header
command to be compatible with mkimage from u-boot 2018.03 and fixes the
build error spotted by the build bot.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
7cc2668 version: bump snapshot
860c7c7 poly1305: do not place constants in different sections
5f1e4ca compat: remove unused dev_recursion_level backport
7e4b991 blake2s: remove unused helper
13225fc send: simplify skb_padding with nice macro
a1525bf send: account for route-based MTU
bbb2fde wg-quick: account for specified fwmark in auto routing mode
c452105 qemu: bump default version
dbe5223 version: bump snapshot
1d3ef31 chacha20poly1305: put magic constant behind macro
cdc164c chacha20poly1305: add self tests from wycheproof
1060e54 curve25519: add self tests from wycheproof
0e1e127 wg-quick.8: fix typo
2b06b8e curve25519: precomp const correctness
8102664 curve25519: memzero in batches
1f54c43 curve25519: use cmov instead of xor for cswap
fa5326f curve25519: use precomp implementation instead of sandy2x
9b19328 compat: support OpenSUSE 15
3102d28 compat: silence warning on frankenkernels
8f64c61 compat: stable kernels are now receiving b87b619
62127f9 wg-quick: hide errors on save
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Import two patches from Peter Oh to allow setting channel
bandwidth in the way it already works for managed interfaces.
This fixes mesh interfaces on 802.11ac devices always coming up in
VHT80 mode.
Add a patch to allow HT40 also on 2.4GHz if noscan option is set, which
also skips secondary channel scan just like noscan works in AP mode.
This time also make sure to add all files to the patch before
committing it...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
When a partition offset is given, it is used in an lseek call, which
affects write, but not erase. Add it to the offset for erase calls as
well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Import two patches from Peter Oh to allow setting channel
bandwidth in the way it already works for managed interfaces.
This fixes mesh interfaces on 802.11ac devices always coming up in
VHT80 mode.
Add a patch to allow HT40 also on 2.4GHz if noscan option is set, which
also skips secondary channel scan just like noscan works in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use a syntax compatible with mkimage from u-boot 2018.03 to fix the
build errors spotted by the build bot.
The images are binary identical to the ones generated with mkimage from
u-boot 2014.10.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Before this commit, devices supporting both 2.4GHz and 5GHz would be
configured for 2.4GHz by default - unless they have VHT capabilities.
With this commit, channel 36 is only set when the frequency is supported.
VHT isn't checked unless that is the case.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
Pipe uqmi output from qmi_wds_stop function into /dev/null.
This will supress the following output in proto teardown.
netifd: wwan (x): "No effect"
netifd: wwan (x): Command failed: Permission denied
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
The new mkimage version requires a CONFIG_MKIMAGE_DTC_PATH variable to be
provided during build, in order to hardcode a path to a suitable DT
compiler executable.
Failure to do so will result in stray "sh: 1: -I: not found" errors when
invoking mkimage for FIT image generation.
Fix the issue by supplying "dtc" as CONFIG_MKIMAGE_DTC_PATH value during
build. As we intend our host utilities to be relocatable and since we're
already overriding PATH when invoking mkimage, an absolute path is not
required.
Fixes: b13e981d72 ("tools/mkimage: update to version 2018.03")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This activates support for fit images and some other new mkimage
features. Some of the patches were applied upstream and could be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Several changes has been made:
+ AES support has been removed by
upstream commit c6831c7 (2017-11-14)
[remove patch "200-fw_env_no_aes.patch"]
+ Support for UBI volumes has beed added by
upstream commit 34255b9 (2017-11-15)
[remove patch "300-support-env-in-ubivol-chardev.patch"]
+ A command line argument has beed added ("-c") to manually indicate
the location of the environment configuration file
Also, patch "400-u-boot-2015.10-stdint.patch" is no longer
necessary, and the config option to enable UBI support has
been removed.
Size comparisons:
fw_printenv size:
Target Before After
ar71xx 15,189 bytes 18,133 bytes (+2,944 bytes)
ipq40xx 20,873 bytes 20,987 bytes (+114 bytes)
mvebu 20,881 bytes 20,991 bytes (+110 bytes)
ramips 15,128 bytes 18,072 bytes (+2,944 bytes)
OPKG package size:
Target Before After
ar71xx 11,309 bytes 12,875 bytes (+1,566 bytes)
ipq40xx 11,772 bytes 13,299 bytes (+1,527 bytes)
mvebu 11,609 bytes 13,114 bytes (+1,505 bytes)
ramips 10,975 bytes 12,503 bytes (+1,528 bytes)
Compile tested: ipq40xx (musl, glibc, gcc5-musl), ar71xx, mvebu, ramips
Run tested: ipq40xx (ASUS RT-AC58U)
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
mbedtls changed in version 2.7.0 the soversion of the libmbedcrypto.so
library, all applications using this shared library have to be
recompiled to be able to load the new library.
Some binaries got rebuild to for the 2.7.0 release and are now using
libmbedcrypto.so.1, the older ones are still using libmbedcrypto.so.0.
Fixes: 75c5ab4ca ("mbedtls: update to version 2.7.0")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
bughost.org hasn't existed for 6-8 years, add a couple of current
mirrors to avoid the fallback to http://mirror2.openwrt.org/sources/.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
bughost.org hasn't existed for 6-8 years, add a couple of current
mirrors to avoid the fallback to http://mirror2.openwrt.org/sources/.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The missing dependency causes build problems on systems without PCI
support.
The ath10k_pci kernel module depends on PCI support so this dependency
should be added. ath10k now also supported the ahb interface on the
IPQ4019 SoC, but this SoC also has PCI support so this extra dependency
is not as problem.
Fixes: d0f3dd5b9f ("ath10k-ct: update to latest version, enable AHB.")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Merge upstream patch from Sathishkumar Muruganandam
<murugana@codeaurora.org> for OpenWrt's backports package:
https://lkml.kernel.org/r/<1522049641-19521-1-git-send-email-murugana@codeaurora.org>
Commit-ID: 606204bb863fa3b0bb54929d79b4dc46338f9180
* FW has Smart Logging feature enabled by default for detecting failures
* and processing FATAL_CONDITION_EVENTID (36925 - 0x903D) back to host.
*
* Since ath10k doesn't implement the Smart Logging and FATAL CONDITION
* EVENT processing yet, suppressing the unknown event ID warning by moving
* this under ATH10K_DBG_WMI.
*
* Simulated the same issue by having associated STA powered off when
* ping flood was running from AP backbone. This triggerd STA KICKOUT
* in AP followed by FATAL CONDITION event 36925.
*
* Issue was reproduced and verified in below DUT
* ------------------------------------------------
* AP mode of OpenWRT QCA9984 running 6.0.8 with FW ver 10.4-3.5.3-00053
*
* Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
When CONFIG_PM was not set rsi_sdio_reinit_device() was not compiled
into the driver but referenced.
This is a backport form the mainline Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
RedPine RS9113 wireless module requires rsi91x driver to be built
and linux-firmware/rsi/rs9113_wlan_qspi.rps to be installed.
Also we add patch for successful compilation of rsi91x driver.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
For unencrypted mesh networks our scripts take care of setting
the various mesh_param values. wpa_supplicant changes somes of them
when being used for SAE encrypted mesh and previously didn't allow
configuring any of them. Add support for setting mesh_fwding (which
has to be set to 0 when using other routing protocols on top of
802.11s) and update our script to pass the value to wpa_supplicant.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This reverts commit 1356a66f94.
The change breaks wpa_supplicant.conf generation, more work is needed
to fix mesh+AP.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Our commands setting accept_ra to 0 on all interfaces got lost in the
transition to procd. This remained unnoticed for a long time, as we also
enable forwarding on all interfaces, which prevents RA handling by default.
Restore the commands, while also fixing a possible race condition in the
old version.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This reverts commit 5555545494.
The target supports both NEON and VFPv4, but for this to work properly,
a few more changes are needed:
- enable NEON support in the kernel config
- add the fpu feature flag to the makefile
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The stats update needs to protect against being interrupted by a tasklet
The u64 stats seqlock needs to be initialized
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The pins are used as (LED) GPIOs and can't be used at the same time as
hardware controlled ephy (LED) pins.
Fixes: FS#1500
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
e243683 libfstools: move mount points when switching to JFFS2
3782b59 libfstools: add "const" to char pointer arguments in mount_move()
79721f0 libfstools: fix foreachdir() to pass dir with a trailing slash
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
513eb27 system-linux: check ioctl return value in system_vlan()
df1625d system-linux: check ioctl return value in system_if_flags()
209c508 system-linux: fix segfault on alloc failure in system_if_check()
4a8e20e system-linux: fix segfault on error in system_add_ip6_tunnel()
36e4700 handler: fix resource leak on error in netifd_init_script_handlers()
86a0e7c system-linux: remove unnecessary open call in system_if_dump_info()
1e2cf67 system-linux: fix memory leak on error in system_add_vxlan()
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
1d23142 mt76: add led active low to debugfs
549f43b mt7603: ensure that the ACK flag is set for A-MPDUs with any acked subframe
df9f9f6 mt7603: always try tx rate1 first
9c52f36 mt7603: pull the final rate index from the status descriptor
f36f308 mt7603: improve validation of rx frames
9a23989 mt7603: remove warning on rx with invalid channel info
7a31731 mt76: check for pending reset before attempting to schedule tx
873a7c9 mt7603: call mt76_txq_schedule_all as a barrier to prevent tx during reset
d9e5da3 mt76: add rcu locking in tid reorder function
a8e8921 mt7603: add more checks to avoid dereferencing invalid pointers in wcid lookup
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Let's use /etc/sysctl.d for package-provided snippets and leave
/etc/sysctl.conf to the admin. Don't backup /etc/sysctl.d on upgrades, so
old defaults get replaced properly.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
In the new USB phy driver, it checks the compatible string before
attempting to iomap its mem resource and do the extra PHY init
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We can use /etc/sysctl.d/* for package-supplied sysctl snippets, giving
admins the option to use /etc/sysctl.conf to override settings.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
11_migrate-sysctl has not been updated with new file hashes since 2012.
Let's get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The MX60's uboot disables all the PHYs before starting linux.
This causes the PHY/switch detection code to malfunction
almost all of the time. To get around this, set a compatible
flag to force PHYID.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This firmware has only small changes from the last commit, but
it does have an important fix for at least some PTK rekey logic.
The old firmware would have issues if the driver managed to set
a clear key while encryption was 'enabled'. This new firmware for
both wave-1 and wave-2 should not be susceptible to this type of
bug any more.
And remove mesh-bcast IE flag from wave-2, still need more work before
we can enable that flag in ath10k-ct firmware it seems.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Don't select the firmware with the board file, it prevents an easy use
of the -ct ath10k firmware. Select the firmware within the default
packages instead.
Remove the per device selection of the firmware now that it the
firmware is selected by default.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 256 MB Winbond W632GU6KB12J
FLASH: 16 MiB Macronix MX25L12805D
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n/ac 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac
1x1 (EX6100)
2x2 (EX6150)
INPUT: Power, WPS, reset button
AP / Range-extender toggle
LED: Power, Router, Extender (dual), WPS, Left-/Right-arrow
SERIAL: Header next to QCA8072 chip.
VCC, TX, RX, GND (Square hole is VCC)
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- 5 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Factory installation from WebIF
- Factory installation from tftp
- OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving)
- LEDs
- Buttons
Not Working:
- AP/Extender toggle-switch
Untested:
- Support on EX6100v2. They share the same GPL-Code and vendor-images.
The 6100v2 seems to lack one 5GHz stream and differs in the 5GHz
board-blob. I only own a EX6150v2, therefore i am only able to verify
functionality on this device.
Install via Web-Interface:
Upload the factory image to the device to the Netgear Web-Interface.
The device might asks you to confirm the update a second time due to
detecting the OpenWRT firmware as older. The device will automatically
reboot after the image is written to flash.
Install via TFTP:
Connect to the devices serial. Hit Enter-Key in bootloader to stop
autobooting. Command "fw_recovery" will start a tftp server, waiting for
a DNI image to be pushed.
Assign your computer the IP-address 192.168.1.10/24. Push image with
tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put <OPENWRT_FACTORY>
Device will erase factory-partition first, then writes the pushed image
to flash and reboots.
Parts of this commit are based on Thomas Hebb's work on the
openwrt-devel mailinglist.
See https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2018-January/043418.html
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch adds support for 8devices Jalapeno.
Specification:
QCA IPQ4018, Quad core ARM v7 Cortex A7 717MHz
256 MB of DDR3 RAM
8 MB of SPI NOR flash
128 MB of Winbond SPI NAND flash
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with:
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=8devices-Jalapeno
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with:
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=8devices-Jalapeno
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072 Gigabit Switch (1 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
phy@mdio3:
Label: eth0
gmac0
phy@mdio4:
Label: eth1
gmac1
Installation instructions:
Since boards ship with old version of LEDE installation is simple.
Just use sysupgrade -n -F sysupgrade.bin
Syuspgrade needs to be forced since OpenWRT uses DT detection in recent
releases.
If you get error that FIT configuration is not found during boot it is
due to older U-boot used on your board.
That is because 8devices used custom FIT configuration partition name
as they internally had v1 and v2 boards.
Only v2 boards are sold so now they are shipping boards with never
U-boot using generic config@1 FIT partition name.
Also for old uboot it is possible to force loading config@1 by changing
uboot environment:
setenv boot5 'bootm 0x84000000#config@1’
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Unlike when operating in Ad-Hoc mode, we apparently need to pass the
hostapd control socket interface to wpa_supplicant when using 802.11s
mesh mode.
There also seems to still be something wrong with the logic setting
channel and (v)htmode parameters...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This is important fix for flash parsing in some corner cases. In case
of TRX subpartition with rootfs being aligned to the flash block size it
was incorrectly registered twice. Detecting & registering it as a
standalone partition was resulting in an incorrect "firmware" partition
size and possibly broken sysupgrade.
It wasn't noticed before because "rootfs" alignment depends on a kernel
size. It can happen though - depending on the configuration and the
kernel size.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2e783b227766 ebt_ip: add support for matching IGMP type
b5fbb8d786c9 ebt_ip: add support for matching ICMP type and code
c5e5b784fd1a Move ICMP type handling functions from ebt_ip6 to useful_functions.c
11da52177196 include: sync linux/netfilter_bridge/ebt_ip.h with kernel
Note: the new features require at least kernel 4.17 or backported patches.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
kmod packages without FILES did not have an install step defined, leading
to no package being built. This affected netfilter/iptables packages, which
filter out builtin modules from FILES.
Not building a package that it is selected in .config is problematic, as
the generated empty package may be necessary to satisfy dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Update cmake to 3.11.0
Remove 110-alpine_musl-compat.patch as it's integrated upstream
Rename and refresh patches
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The serial was working before, but not when doing copy&pasting longer
commands in a short time.
Fixes: a4def18f29 ("uboot-omap: Update to u-boot v2017.01")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Having the metainfo between kernel and rootfs prevents us from resizing
the kernel partition as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Previously, tplink_pharos_check_image() would accept any image with ELF
magic and only non-printable data in the support-list, as in this case the
while-read loop would not run at all. Add the new support-list offset and
ensure an image is only accepted when the model string is actually found.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some Airmax devices can establish a Gigabit link even though the MAC only
supports 10/100 MBit/s, leading to broken connectivity. Prevent this from
happening by limiting the speed to 100MBit/s.
Fixes: FS#296
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Split physdev match out of ipt-extra to allow installing ipt-extra without
pulling in br-netfilter.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
While ebtables can be combined with br-netfilter, there is no good reason
to make it a dependency.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
kmod-br-netfilter is not only a support module, but can be useful on its
own, using the net.bridge.bridge-nf-call-* sysctls.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Non-selecting dependencies easily lead to Kconfig failures due to recursive
dependencies. We hit such an issue in Gluon; the easiest fix is to make
the dependency selecting.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
RFC6771 does not exclude the forwarding of the example domain as it
states : "Caching DNS servers SHOULD NOT recognize example names as
special and SHOULD resolve them normally."
Example domains cannot be assigned to any user or person by DNS
registrars as they're registered in perpetuity to IANA meaning
they can be resolved; therefore let's remove the example domains
from the rfc6761.conf file.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This solution is more upstream compatible as it only requires specifying
of_match_table in the parser code and doesn't depend on linux,part-probe
which is solution made generic by a LEDE downstream patch that can't be
upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
These patches were finally accepted and are already present in the
Linus's tree. This should be good enough to make is "backport" material.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
With kernel 4.14 the OpenWrt specific module name collides with the
upstream added module for Mediatek ARM Socs.
During addition of preliminary support for kernel 4.14, the config
symbol used by the out of tree driver was already renamed but the ramips
kernel package wasn't updated.
Fix the build error by updating the config and kernel module name for
the kernel package.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Zorlik ZL5900V2 is an unbranded clone of HAME MPR-A1/2. It is
marketed as "3G Wi-Fi Router". Only the PCB has the model name
"ZL5900V2" printed on it.
Specifications:
- Ralink RT5350F (360 MHz)
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 802.11bgn 1T1R
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
- 5200 mAh battery
The ramdisk image (not the squashfs sysupgrade image) can be flashed
through the web interface (named "GoAhead") of the factory firmware.
However, as the factory firmware does not cleanly unmount the rootfs
before flashing, the device may hang instead of rebooting after
successful write. Power cycling the device gets you in OpenWrt where
the squashfs image may be flashed through normal sysupgrade procedure.
Signed-off-by: Vianney le Clément de Saint-Marcq <code@quartic.eu>
YouHua tech WR1200JS is an AC1200 router with 5 1Gb ports (4 Lan, 1 Wan)
and 1 USB 2.0 port.
Devices is base on MediaTek MT7621AT + MT7603E + MT7612E.
Specification:
- MT7612AT (880 MHz)
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7603E)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (MT7612E)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 10x LED (Power 2G 5G WPS Internet LAN4-1 USB)
- 3x button (reset wifi wps)
- DC jack for main power input (12V)
Installation:
1.) Press reset key 5 sec and restore the factory default
2.) Login webUI and change username to root and set a
new password
3.) Visit http://192.168.2.254/adm/telnetd.shtml and
turn on the telnet service
4.) Copy openwrt-ramips-mt7621-youhua_wr1200js-initramfs-kernel.bin
to a usb pan
5.) Plug the usb pan to the router, telnet to the router
and login by root
6.) cd /media/sda1 and check the initramfs file is there
7.) exec command:
mtd_write write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-youhua_wr1200js-initramfs-kernel.bin Kernel
8.) reboot and visit 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Zheng Qian <sotux82@gmail.com>
The previous fw version require the replacement of the stock bootloader
with u-boot. This prevent an easy stock restore of the original fw.
Now a proper fw util has been developed to manage the stock jboot
bootloader. Therefore make sense have a fw image for the stock
bootloader.
The old fw configuration (u-boot) is not compatible with the new one
and will not be supported anymore.
So at the end 2 image can be generated:
1) factory image with jboot bootloader
openwrt-ramips-rt305x-dwr-512-b-squashfs-factory.bin
2) sysupgrade image with jboot bootloader
openwrt-ramips-rt305x-dwr-512-b-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
The Ralink USB PHY driver merged into mainline has a slightly different
device tree binding than the patch that was used with linux 4.9.
The new driver requires a `ralink,sysctl` node pointing to the `syscon`
node.
This patch also sets `#phy-cells` to 0, as recommended by the mainline
documentation [1].
[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ralink-usb-phy.txt
Signed-off-by: Vianney le Clément de Saint-Marcq <code@quartic.eu>
42a8ecd jshn: fix format string for int64 type
92009b7 utils: ensure that byte-order conversion functions evaluate the argument only once
ace6489 switch from typeof to the more portable __typeof__
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
42a8ecd jshn: fix format string for int64 type
92009b7 utils: ensure that byte-order conversion functions evaluate the argument only once
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
TP-Link Archer C60 v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (web):
Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin and use
OEM System Tools - Firmware Upgrade site.
Flash instruction (recovery):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin and
rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery
Flash instruction (under U-Boot, using UART):
tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Add support for TL-WR940N v6 board. It is pretty much the same as v5
except they only left WAN LED and removed other ones.
Installation: flash factory image through WEB UI or use TFTP.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Rework (again) platform support for dual-role chipidea USB controller:
- include support for QCA9531
- use correct EHCI block size
- drop ar933x_usb_setup_ctrl_config() function
- simplify code after previous "register chipidea only in device mode"
change (fa22714181)
Reworked patch was tested on devices with below QCA WiSOCs (signal/GPIO
name with required bootstrap state for USB bus 0 in device mode):
- AR9331 (GPIO13 pull-down)
- AR9342 (RGMII_TXD1/ETXD1 pull-up)
- AR9344 (GPIO20 pull-up)
- QCA9531 (GPIO13 pull-up)
- QCA9558 (GPIO13 pull-up)
The only way to select device mode for bus 0 is to change SOC bootstrap
configuration which is sampled only once, at hard reset. Likely, other
models, like QCA9556 or AR9341, should also support dual-role USB mode
but they were not tested.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Supports IPv4 flow offloading on MT7621 for Routing, SNAT and DNAT
Supported are regular ethernet->ethernet connections, including one
802.1q VLAN and/or PPPoE encapsulation
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Bug fix release. 1.28.3 has fixes for
* ash and hush (do not leave stray open file destriptors in children),
* cpio (fix for symlink extraction),
* grep ("grep -Fw a" was matching "aa").
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
74b5a3 script: fix possible negative delay
473f248 dhcpv6: always trigger script update in case of IA updates
ea18935 ra: rework route information option handling
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
of_dma_configure() sets a default ->dma_mask of
DMA_BIT_MASK(32), claiming devices can DMA from
the full 32bit address space.
The mtk-mmc driver does not support access to
highmem pages, so it is really limited to the
bottom 512M (actually 448M due to 64M of IO space).
Setting ->dma_mask to NULL causes mmc_setup_queue()
to fall-back to using BLK_BOUNCE_HIGH to tell the
block layer to use a bounce-buffer for any highmem
pages requiring IO.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
- avoid using garbage stack values as dst pointer if lookup fails
- provide the source address for ipv6 dst lookup
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Our .dts files only have one device defined and this is unlikely to
change, so statically initialize host->id to 0.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit adds correct model detection for UniFi
AC-Mesh. Previously said device was incorrectly detected
as UniFi AC-Lite.
The Information about the device is stored at 0xC in the EEPROM
partition. It corresponds to the sysid in /etc/board.info of the
Ubiquiti stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
D-Link DAP-1330 rev. A1 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 650/393/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x external antennas
- 6x LED (2 are bi-color), 2x button
- 4 pin on pcb (looking from eth port and from left to right tx,rx,gnd,vcc)
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
This device has a recovery system that assign the ip addr of env
variable "serverip" via dhcp to a pc, and the "ipaddr" value to itself.
The recovery it's triggered by a not bootable firmware,
or pressing the reset button during the bootloader startup (first 30 seconds).
The recovery uses a http page to restore the firmware, and it's checking
the firmware image header, so use the "factory" image to
restore or the original firmware.
You can access vendor firmware over serial using:
- login: root
- password: linuxrocks
Image was tested only in EU version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.
Signed-off-by: Nicolò Veronese <nicveronese@gmail.com>
Commit d6d3db0543 added more gcc version probes, exceeding the argument
limit of the SetupHostCommand macro, leading to failing GCC/LLVM tests
on OS X.
Extend the handled number of arguments to restore proper functionality.
Fixes FS#1470
Fixes d6d3db0543 ("build: Improve GCC version detection")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Some packages are already using $(1)/var on package install.
On multiuser systems this breaks the build when multiple
users build OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This reverts commit 4fb684a755.
The compile fixes are still required for host systems using GCC 5.x,
such as Ubuntu 16.04 LTS.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It was wrong from the beginning and the trigger for the wan led was
never set due to the typo.
Signed-off-by: Reto Schneider <code@reto-schneider.ch>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It's intentional that some boards within a target don't have all LEDs
which are tried to be setup in a common script. Don't show a warning in
such cases.
Fixes: 4f4fc993db ("base-files: add more name source to get_dt_led helper function")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
We need to reset the GPHYs on reboot as well. Otherwise the bootloader
might have issues to reset/find the GPHYs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The DWR-921-C3 Wireless Routers with LTE embedded modem is based on the
MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
* MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of FLASH
* 802.11bgn radio
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* 2x external, detachable (LTE) antennas
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* 6x LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 1x bi-color Signal Strength LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 2x button
* JBOOT bootloader
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
2.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
3.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The DWR-921-C1 Wireless Routers with LTE embedded modem is based on the
MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
* MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of FLASH
* 802.11bgn radio
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* 2x external, detachable (LTE) antennas
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* 6x LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 1x bi-color Signal Strength LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 2x button
* JBOOT bootloader
The status led has been assigned to the dwr-921-c1:green:sigstrength (lte
signal strength) led. At the end of the boot it is switched off and is
available for lte operation. Work correctly also during sysupgrade
operation.
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
2.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
3.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
Backport patch which adds suport for the BroadMobi BM806U 3G/4G modem,
which is used in D-Link DWR-921 C3.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Backport patch which adds suport for the Wistron NeWeb d18q1 LTE modem
which is used in D-Link DWR-921 C1.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
drivers/mmc/host/mtk-mmc/dbg.c:51:13: warning: 'cmd_buf' defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
static char cmd_buf[256];
^~~~~~~
In addition, msdc_reg[] is completely unused, even in debug
mode.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
msdc_6575_host[] is unused, just remove it. Also, it
was the source of memory corruption up until the
previous fix to this driver.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
pdev->id is -1 when only one device exists, and is used:
* as an index into drv_mode[] to determine whether to use
PIO or DMA mode (via host->id)
* as an index into msdc_6575_host[], to store the
mmc_priv() data.
Obviously, -1 is not a valid index in either case, causing
us to read invalid memory, and memory corruption,
respectively.
The invalid memory read is causing non-deterministic
behaviour, in particular in the v4.4 kernel it still
picked DMA mode, but in the v4.9 it now always picks
PIO mode.
Also, PIO mode doesn't work, causing the following:
/ # echo 3 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches
[ 3845.249237] sh (128): drop_caches: 3
/ # /root/usr/lib/libc.so
[ 3846.096070] do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to libc.so for invalid read access from 7f9cb5a0
[ 3846.104758] epc = 779b0ea4 in libc.so[7792f000+c3000]
[ 3846.109907] ra = 779a8004 in libc.so[7792f000+c3000]
Segmentation fault
/ # /root/usr/lib/libc.so
musl libc (mipsel-sf)
Version 1.1.16-git-40-g54807d47
Dynamic Program Loader
Usage: /root/usr/lib/libc.so [options] [--] pathname [args]
(i.e. initial page-in of any binary causes a segfault,
subsequent access works.)
While this change doesn't fix PIO mode, it at least makes
us deterministically use DMA (which works), and it also
stops us from corrupting memory.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
drivers/mmc/host/mtk-mmc/sd.c:2782:5: warning: this 'if' clause does not guard... [-Wmisleading-indentation]
if ((hw->flags & MSDC_SDIO_IRQ) || (hw->flags & MSDC_EXT_SDIO_IRQ))
^~
drivers/mmc/host/mtk-mmc/sd.c:2785:2: note: ...this statement, but the latter is misleadingly indented as if it is guarded by the 'if'
cd_active_low = !of_property_read_bool(pdev->dev.of_node, "mediatek,cd-high");
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
It seems both issues (GCC5 and Musl) were fixed at some point. Thus, they can be dropped.
Did not bump version as there is no change in functionality or size.
Compile-tested on ar71xx and mvebu, both with musl.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
flash_erase utility allows to erase MTD partitions on NAND flash.
Useful when you want to clean or write an MTD partition from scratch.
e.g., before using kobs-ng to flashing SPL images it's recommended
to erase the MTD partition to ensure it's empty.
Signed-off-by: Adrià Llaudet <adria.llaudet@gmail.com>
Update busybox to 1.28.2, refresh patches and default config.
* modify 230-add_nslookup_lede.patch as opt_complementary was removed
Also move nslookup_longopts variable declaration to be inside
the same conditional as the function itself.
* modify 250-date-k-flag.patch to match upstream (opt_complementary)
* remove 600-cve-2017-16544.patch that is upstreamed
Notes about config changes:
* Some applet-specific LONG_OPTIONS config options were removed
* Config help text indentation changed, caused lots of
text formatting changes for convert_menuconfig.pl
* convert_defaults.pl moved lots of defaults around, summary of
actual changes below
New applets/features:
---------------------
ARCH
HEXEDIT
MINIPS
NETCAT
NUKE
RESUME
RUN_INIT
SETFATTR
New options:
------------
FEATURE_CATN
FEATURE_CROND_SPECIAL_TIMES
FEATURE_LIBBUSYBOX_STATIC
FEATURE_SETPRIV_CAPABILITIES
FEATURE_SETPRIV_CAPABILITY_NAMES
FEATURE_SETPRIV_DUMP
FEATURE_SH_READ_FRAC
FEATURE_SWAPONOFF_LABEL
FEATURE_VOLUMEID_MINIX
FEATURE_XARGS_SUPPORT_ARGS_FILE
FEATURE_XARGS_SUPPORT_PARALLEL
HUSH_GETOPTS
HUSH_READONLY
HUSH_TIMES
Removed:
--------
FEATURE_HAVE_RPC
MSH
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This Adds fixes for the following security problems based on debians patches:
CVE-2016-2125: Unconditional privilege delegation to Kerberos servers in trusted realms
CVE-2017-12163: Server memory information leak over SMB1
CVE-2017-12150: SMB1/2/3 connections may not require signing where they should
CVE-2018-1050: Denial of Service Attack on external print server.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This now makes sure that the beginning of the version number gets checked
and "4.4.5" will not match was a supported version.
GCC 8 and GCC 9 are now marked as supported, but we probably have to fix
some problems for them.
Closes: FS#1433
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These functions are not declared in any header file and only used in
same compile unit, mark them as static to remove one gcc warning and
make it easier for the compiler to optimize them out.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes some minor security problems.
Old size:
162262 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libmbedtls_2.7.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
New size:
163162 bin/packages/mips_24kc/base/libmbedtls_2.8.0-1_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add initial support for Marvell MACCHIATObin, cortex-a72 based Marvell
ARMADA 8040 Community board. Comes in two forms: Single Shot and Double
Shot.
Specifications:
- Quad core Cortex-A72 (up to 2GHz)
- DDR4 DIMM slot with optional ECC and single/dual chip select support
- Dual 10GbE (1/2.5/10GbE) via copper or SFP
2.5GbE (1/2.5GbE) via SFP
1GbE via copper
- SPI Flash
- 3 X SATA 3.0 connectors
- MicroSD connector
- eMMC
- PCI x4 3.0 slot
- USB 2.0 Headers (Internal)
- USB 3.0 connector
- Console port (UART) over microUSB connector
- 20-pin Connector for CPU JTAG debugger
- 2 X UART Headers
- 12V input via DC Jack
- ATX type power connector
- Form Factor: Mini-ITX (170 mm x 170 mm)
More details at http://macchiatobin.net
Booting from micro SD card:
1. reset U-Boot environment:
env default -a
saveenv
2. prepare U-Boot with boot script:
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 1:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
or manually:
setenv fdt_name armada-8040-mcbin.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 1; ext4load mmc 1:1 $kernel_addr $image_name;ext4load mmc 1:1 $fdt_addr $fdt_name;setenv bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti $kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
This release brings various improvements to clearfog support, such as distro-boot.
Obsoletes:
0002-clearfog-reset-usom-onboard-1512-phy.patch
0003-clearfog-enable-distro-boot-code.patch
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
The DTB for Clearfog Pro has been renamed in mainline. However U-Boot
hasn't picked up that change yet :(, so we need to hardcode it for now.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
CONFIG_* variables can easily be set by overriding Build/Configure.
so set NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR=y and CMD_SETEXPR=y here.
This replaces the following patches:
0001-clearfog-generate-random-MAC-address.patch
0004-clearfog-enable-setexpr-command-by-default.patch
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Newer Linksys boards might come with a Winbond W29N02GV which can be
configured in different ways. Make sure we configure it the same way as
the older chips so everything keeps working.
Signed-off-by: Imre Kaloz <kaloz@openwrt.org>
Wave-1 firmware has a fix for 'addba' not finding the peer. Thanks to Hauke
for finding and reporting this.
Wave-2 firmware has a fix for leaking a peer multicast key when a monitor device
is created.
And I re-ordered the '4019' firmware images in the Makefile to match the order
of the others. No functional change for that reorder.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 745d0e7f4b.
It looks like upstream don't want the patch so let's revert it here too.
I hope a fix from upstream is forthcoming.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
CONFIG_NVMEM_BCM_OCOTP was added in kernel 4.10 and it is possible to
activate it on the bcm53xx target. Deactivate it by default to fix the
build of the bcm53xx target.
This was found by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch cleans and reworks the WNDR4700 dts to increase the
now combined dtb+kernel partition to 3.5 MiB. This has become
necessary due to the switch to GCC 7.3 and the ever increasing
kernel binary size.
The dtb+kernel partition was combined in order to finally
fix the problem with out-of-sync device-trees. From now
on, the kernel and device-tree will always be updated together.
Upgrade Note:
Existing installations will have to use the TFTP firmware
recovery option in order to install the update. Affected users
are advised to make a backup of their existing configuration
prior to running sysupgrade:
<https://openwrt.org/docs/guide-user/installation/generic.backup#backup_openwrt_configuration>
Due to the repartitioning of the NAND, the generated backup
should be placed on either the internal HDD, an attached
USB-Stick or on another PC (externally).
To manually trigger the firmware recovery, the reset button has
to be pressed (and hold) during boot. U-boot will enter the "Upgrade
Mode" and starts a tftpserver listening on 192.168.1.1 for a
tftp client from one of the four LAN/Ethernet ports to connect and
upload the new system: (enable tftp binary mode!).
openwrt-apm821xx-nand-netgear_wndr4700-squashfs-factory.img
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The recent change to switch to gcc 7.3 broke the image
generation code, as the kernel would no longer fit into
KERNEL_SIZE.
This patch fixes the issue by reworking the initramfs
creation and packaging, which will get rid of the
KERNEL_SIZE check in the process.
This new initramfs can be loaded through the MR24 U-boot
in the following way:
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
=> setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,$baudrate
=> tftpboot c00000 192.168.1.2:meraki_mr24-initramfs-kernel.bin
[...]
Load address: 0xc00000
Loading: ################################################ [...]
done
Bytes transferred = 5952544 (5ad420 hex)
=> bootm $fileaddr
\## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 00c00000 ...
...
For more information and the latest flashing guide:
please visit the OpenWrt Wiki Page for the MR24:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mr24#flashing>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Fix psidlen becomes negative in case embedded address bit lenght is smaller than
IPv4 suffix length.
While at it improve parameter checking making the code more logical and
easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
There are few symbol changes but only 3 symbols were possible to set:
THERMAL_EMERGENCY_POWEROFF_DELAY_MS
CLK_BCM_SR
PHY_NS2_USB_DRD
Both new drivers don't seem to apply to Northstar so they are disabled.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
opkg currently has some issues with Provides and this change makes the
image builder fail because of that. Revert the change for now until opkg
is fixed
This reverts commit 092d75aa3e.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Changes since last version
dfb68f8 service: initialize supplementary group ids
3db4e6d service: add func for string config change check
c3faabe procd: get rid of putenv usage.
The supplementary group id change fixes FS#988
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The following patches were merged upstream:
000-hostapd-Avoid-key-reinstallation-in-FT-handshake.patch
replaced by commit 0e3bd7ac6
001-Prevent-reinstallation-of-an-already-in-use-group-ke.patch
replaced by commit cb5132bb3
002-Extend-protection-of-GTK-IGTK-reinstallation-of-WNM-.patch
replaced by commit 87e2db16b
003-Prevent-installation-of-an-all-zero-TK.patch
replaced by commit 53bb18cc8
004-Fix-PTK-rekeying-to-generate-a-new-ANonce.patch
replaced by commit 0adc9b28b
005-TDLS-Reject-TPK-TK-reconfiguration.patch
replaced by commit ff89af96e
006-WNM-Ignore-WNM-Sleep-Mode-Response-without-pending-r.patch
replaced by commit adae51f8b
007-FT-Do-not-allow-multiple-Reassociation-Response-fram.patch
replaced by commit 2a9c5217b
008-WPA-Extra-defense-against-PTK-reinstalls-in-4-way-ha.patch
replaced by commit a00e946c1
009-Clear-PMK-length-and-check-for-this-when-deriving-PT.patch
replaced by commit b488a1294
010-Optional-AP-side-workaround-for-key-reinstallation-a.patch
replaced by commit 6f234c1e2
011-Additional-consistentcy-checks-for-PTK-component-len.patch
replaced by commit a6ea66530
012-Clear-BSSID-information-in-supplicant-state-machine-.patch
replaced by commit c0fe5f125
013-WNM-Ignore-WNM-Sleep-Mode-Request-in-wnm_sleep_mode-.patch
replaced by commit 114f2830d
Some patches had to be modified to work with changed upstream source:
380-disable_ctrl_iface_mib.patch (adding more ifdef'ery)
plus some minor knits needed for other patches to apply which are not
worth being explicitely listed here.
For SAE key management in mesh mode, use the newly introduce
sae_password parameter instead of the psk parameter to also support
SAE keys which would fail the checks applied on the psk field (ie.
length and such). This fixes compatibility issues for users migrating
from authsae.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
5d2bf09 uci: fix a potential use-after-free in uci_set()
3b3d63e list: only record ordering deltas if element position changed
4c4d343 cmake: Fix cli shared linking against ubox
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Netfilter flow offload has now started to become useful and suitable for
a wider testing audience. Configuring it via UCI is also integrated in
firewall3 by adding 'option flow_offloading 1' to the 'defaults'
section in /etc/config/firewall
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Improve portability of init script by declaring resolvfile as local
in dnsmasq_stop function.
Fixes resolvfile being set for older busybox versions in dnsmasq_start
in a multi dnsmasq instance config when doing restart; this happens when
the last instance has a resolvfile configured while the first instance
being started has noresolv set to 1.
Base on a patch by "Phil"
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Right patch version this time, sorry!
* Patch 180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch had to be adjusted slightly because of upstream adapted code.
* Refreshed patches.
Compile-tested: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Run-tested: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Cake in kernel space now splits stats structure handling across netlink
messages to reduce stack usage issue flagged by upstream kernel checks.
Update user space (tc) qdisc handling to understand this new regime.
Cake also reports packet overheads & compensation in a different way so
add display code for this. e.g.
'tc -s qdisc show dev eth0' reports this extra detail:
min/max transport layer size: 28 / 1500
min/max overhead-adjusted size: 65 / 1550
average transport hdr offset: 14
Cake also supports output in JSON format.
Patch is bulkier than before because a (slightly out of date - see above
stats) man page is included for reference. Better than nothing!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Relevant changes:
0afc1be Fixes for kernel 4.16
d2d6780 Reinitialise overhead compensation stats when reconfiguring.
a3bab9d Export overhead compensation stats to userspace.
9cd2fa8 Split tin stats to its own structure to decrease size of tc_cake_xstats
71c7b44 Gather more statistics about packet length transformations.
0517357 Rework overhead compensation to use dynamic transport header offset instead of (inaccurate) static one.
c1a0c8e Refactor length handling code to better centralise overhead calculations
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
PKG_EXTMOD_SUBDIRS should be set to the sub directory where the kernel
module gets build in, for the ath10k-ct driver this changed in commit
3888e77c1c from ath10k to ath10k-4.13. Without this fix the depends
line of the ath10*.ko modules is empty and the kernel module load system
will not automatically load the depended modules like mac80211.
Fixes: 3888e77c1c ("ath10k-ct driver: use dma_alloc_coherent, 4.13 based driver")
Fixes: 23a388fe41 ("ath10k-ct: Force loading mac80211 and ath modules.")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The HTT-MGT variants transport management frames over the
normal HTT tx path, just like data frames. This saves
limitted WMI buffers which can become depleted if lots of
management frames become stuck in TX queues due to peer
that went away.
In addition, at least for the wave-1 firmware, htt-mgt is
required in order for 802.11r (fast roaming) authentication
to function properly.
The htt-mgt firmware requires the use of the ath10k-ct
driver. Normal non-htt-mgt ath10k-ct firmware should work
with stock drivers.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This updates to latest ath10k-ct firmware. Hopefully we are
at the end of the development cycle for this firmware release,
so these should be stable.
wave-1 changes since last release:
Release 20
* Allow flushing peer when deleting. Hopefully this will allow the
peer delete command to happen in a reasonable amount of time even
if the RF environment is busy (or peer has died).
To enable this, set the high flag in the mac-addr second word in the
ath10k driver near end of the ath10k_wmi_op_gen_peer_delete method:
cmd->peer_macaddr.word1 |= __cpu_to_le32(0x80000000);
* Attempt to fix crash seen in resmgr-ocs, appearantly due to list corruption.
Use a temporary list instead of trying to rely on for-each-safe.
* Add flag to tx-descriptor to allow driver to request no-ack on data
frames. This is bit 15 on the flag1 field (previously un-used).
* Add option to support specifying the tx-rate-code and retry count on
a per-packet basis. Only a single series is supported at this time.
Useful mainly for radiotap monitor-tx type testing at this point.
* Fix crash on startup when chip is at -40 deg C and calibration fails. Instead
of asserting, just keep retrying calibration, which appears to start working
after a few minutes (when the chip warms up).
* Allow reporting per-chain rssi for management frames. We pack the values into
empty space in the mgt-frame wmi header. This will only be enabled if the driver
requests it, since otherwise the driver is assumed to not understand the new API.
ath10k-ct drivers that support this feature will automatically enable it.
* A customer reports a case that appears to be the hardware not properly detecting
end of AMPDU, so frames were being mis-delivered to the wrong peer. Attempt to
work around this, and in doing so, clean up a bunch of void* abuse in the block-ack
reordering code (could not ever confirm there was a problem in this area).
* Re-work the rx-mem logic to be less complicated and to use less memory.
* Attempt to fix crash that appearanty happens because the driver can sometimes
delete a vdev in 'up' state.
* Attempt to fix hung scan state machine issues.
* Fix crash in tx path due to un-initialized memory.
wave-2 changes since last release:
Release 10
* Fix an assert related to tx scheduling. This hopefully fixes
what appears to be a regression that I added some time back.
* Enable CSI reporting for 9984, and maybe 9888/9886. Only in
non-trimmed builds.
* Other stability improvements, including regression fixes from
some tricky bugs introduced in earlier releases.
* Allow compiling for IPQ4019 chipset.
* Firmware will now send txbf frames to the host (driver) if the
TXBF (0xF00000001) set-special feature is enabled, or when the radio
is in monitor mode. But, if the frame is consumed by the txbf_cv
logic, then the pkt cannot be delivered to the host in this manner. Instead,
a WMI event will be sent and host can find the txbf_cv data in shared
memory. See ath10k_wmi_event_txbf_cv_mesg() in ath10k-ct driver.
* Support rx-all-mgt option. When enabled, the firmware will deliver all
management frames that it can to the host. No RX filters are changed
when this option is enabled.
* Fix at least some problems with sending tx-beamforming frames to SU-MIMO
peers. Looks like this was a regression in my code.
* Fix a crash in rate-ctrl due to nss mismatch. This was something I introduced
while trying to fix other bugs in rate-ctrl some time back.
* Attempt to fix a sw-peer-key object leak in IBSS mode. The peer key code
is very complex, and shares some pointers as union members. I think I fixed
at least some of the issues, but would not be surprised if more exist.
* Improve ath10k user guide to document CT firmware features:
https://www.candelatech.com/ath10k-ug.php
* Add ct-special option to configure the txbf sounding time. See ath10k-ug.php
* Fix and allow the driver to tell the firmware to send sounding frames. See ath10k-ug.php
In further testing, this seems to fail much of the time, and I am not sure why.
Disabling this in diet (trimmed) builds.
* Fix crashes related to deleting peers while they are in power-save mode. Reported
by LEDE user on r7800 with 9984 NIC.
* Make rate-ctrl txbf probe work better. If enabled, the rate-ctrl logic will periodically
send out probes at an NSS that can to txbf. Previously, txbf probes would not reliably happen
if both AP and peer had the same nss (ie, 2x2 talking to 2x2). To enable this feature, you
need to enable the fwtest-cmdid number 20.
* Report rx-timeout error counters. These were previously un-reported, though the
field existed in the wmi struct already.
* txbf: Ignore frames not destined for us. If NIC is in promisc mode, it
could acquire and process NDPA frames that were not destined for it. Check
the dest-MAC and ignore frames not for us (pass them up the stack for monitor
mode instead of save them in the peer's rate-ctrl logic.)
* Port ping-pong crash handling and othe related features to IPQ4019 target. It should
now act similar to 9984 in this regard.
* Fix a few asserts related to txbf and tx-seq logic.
* Add custom-stats support, for rx-reorder-stats. Similar to what I did for wave-1.
* Disable AMSDU for IBSS. This now matches what I did for peregrine. It seems to
work better this way, though I did not debug it in detail.
* Enable the set-special command to re-enable AMSDU for IBSS if user wants to experiment.
* Fix bug where dbglog did not disable IRQs, so if you made dbglog messages from the IRQ
handler, it could cause corruption that could crash the firmware and/or corrupt the log
message buffers.
* Don't assert if there are no buffer descriptors for RX of non-data frame.
* Retry any stuck block-ack sessions every 20 seconds instead of just disabling BA for
ever when we get too many failures.
* Fix SGI flag when reporting tx-rate info. The flag moved since wave-1 days, and
I did not notice that when I ported my changes forward to wave-2.
* Allow disabling special CCA handling for IBSS txqs. Earlier testing indicated this
might improve throughput in some testing on 9984 chips in IBSS mode, but subsequent
testing looks about the same without it. Since I do not really understand what this
setting exists for, leave it at upstream defaults. A new set-special API command (0x12)
can be used to enable this hack for testing. Setting 0x1 bit disables special CCA handling
for non-beacon IBSS txqs, setting 0x2 bit disables it for beacon queues as well.
* Add MCAST-BCAST feature flag. This tells driver we do not need a monitor interface
to do MESH.
* When calculating the rx-address filter (affects ACK & BLOCK-ACK, among other things),
to not add in monitor interfaces if other interfaces are up. There is no need for
a monitor device to ACK frames.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Among other things, this will check for an htt-mgt variant of
ath10k-ct firmware before loading 'normal' firmware, and it disables
verbose printing of firmware DBGLOG messages by default.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Update DEPENDS and PROVIDES so that ath10k-ct firmware
and drivers can be used to replace stock firmware
and drivers. The -htt firmware variant, which requires
ath10k-ct driver now selects ath10k-ct driver when the
firmware is selected.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
During upstreaming the intel phy driver, support for the vr9 v1.1
embedded phys got lost. Backport the upstream send patch adding support
for the vr9 v1.1 embbeded phys to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
cosmetic fixes
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
WHR-G300N has 5 ethernet ports (lan: 4, wan: 1), but there was no
correct configuration in 02_network script and 6 ports was configured
on the switch.
Also, since the MAC address was not acquired from factory partition,
incorrect values was set to LAN and WAN interfaces.
This commit fixes these issues.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The APPSBL and anything after that it not allowed to touch some of the
memory regions which are used by other components. Still trying to write to
the memory can lead to sudden device restarts
(IPQ40xx) # mw 87e80000 0
data abort
pc : [<873149f8>] lr : [<87308578>]
sp : 86edfc28 ip : 86ef4412 fp : 00000000
r10: 00000000 r9 : 00000000 r8 : 86edff68
r7 : 00000003 r6 : 8737e624 r5 : 86ef4420 r4 : 8736c154
r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000010 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 00000000
Flags: nZCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
The device manufacturer only provided a very rough list of regions:
* rsvd1: 0x87000000 0x500000
* wifi_dump: 0x87500000 0x600000
* rsvd2: 0x87b00000 0x500000
A more detailed list for devices using the AP.DK reference design memory
maps was provided by Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv> in commit 56f2df879fd
("ipq806x: ipq4019: add ap-dk01.1-c1 board support"):
* apps_bl: 0x87000000 0x400000
* sbl: 0x87400000 0x100000
* cnss_debug: 0x87500000 0x600000
* cpu_context_dump: 0x87b00000 0x080000
* tz_apps: 0x87b80000 0x280000
* smem: 0x87e00000 0x080000
* tz: 0x87e80000 0x180000
The u-boot function ipq_fdt_mem_rsvd_fixup seems to suggest that only the
rsvd2 (tz_apps, smem, tz) should be protected. All other regions would have
been removed by it when CONFIG_QCA_APPSBL_DLOAD is not enabled. This allows
to reduce the 16MB reserved memory region to only 4.5MB.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The APPSBL and anything after that it not allowed to touch some of the
memory regions which are used by other components. Still trying to write to
the memory can lead to sudden device restarts
(IPQ40xx) # mw 87e80000 0
data abort
pc : [<873149f8>] lr : [<87308578>]
sp : 86edfc28 ip : 86ef4412 fp : 00000000
r10: 00000000 r9 : 00000000 r8 : 86edff68
r7 : 00000003 r6 : 8737e624 r5 : 86ef4420 r4 : 8736c154
r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000010 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 00000000
Flags: nZCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
The device manufacturer only provided a very rough list of regions:
* rsvd1: 0x87000000 0x500000
* wifi_dump: 0x87500000 0x600000
* rsvd2: 0x87b00000 0x500000
A more detailed list for devices using the AP.DK reference design memory
maps was provided by Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv> in commit 56f2df879fd
("ipq806x: ipq4019: add ap-dk01.1-c1 board support"):
* apps_bl: 0x87000000 0x400000
* sbl: 0x87400000 0x100000
* cnss_debug: 0x87500000 0x600000
* cpu_context_dump: 0x87b00000 0x080000
* tz_apps: 0x87b80000 0x280000
* smem: 0x87e00000 0x080000
* tz: 0x87e80000 0x180000
The u-boot function ipq_fdt_mem_rsvd_fixup seems to suggest that only the
rsvd2 (tz_apps, smem, tz) should be protected. All other regions would have
been removed by it when CONFIG_QCA_APPSBL_DLOAD is not enabled. This allows
to reduce the 16MB reserved memory region to only 4.5MB.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
There is currently no code to read the phy reset gpios for the ethernet
PHY. It would also have been better to use the more common name
"phy-reset-gpios" for this property.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The AVM Fritz!Box 4040 uses an IPQ4018 as SoC and not an IPQ4019. The DTS
must be adjusted to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The GPIO configuration in the DTS have as third parameter the active
low/high configuration. This parameter is not easy to parse by humans when
it is only set to 0/1. It is better to use the predefined constants
GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The "Devicetree Specification, Release v0.2 - 2.3.4 status" [1] only allows
the "okay" value for an operational device. The "ok" value will be accepted
by the kernel but should be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The OpenMesh A42 will use the default config entry in the FIT when no other
on is found but prefers the config@om.a42. This only becomes relevant when
a Multi-FIT image is prepared for this device.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Drop providing the virtual package ip by busybox which was added in commit
1cec4d4ef0.
Letting busybox provide the virtual package ip is not optimal for the
following reasons :
- Applications depending on ip expect either the ip-full or
ip-tiny package to be enabled.
- Busybox ip applet cannot be added or removed at runtime
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The driver updates include:
ath10k driver backport to fix WPA 'pn' related security bugs
(4.13 based driver only currently),
a fix for off-channel TX for CT wave-1 firmware, a likely
fix for napi related crashes, and a backport of the firmware fetch
patch.
AHB is needed for the IPQ4019 platform radios.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[use common subject format]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We use the dtc from the kernel and that does not have all the options
which u-boot would like to use now. make these parameters optional.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
[wigyori@uid0.hu: renamed to 221-compatible-old-dtc.patch from 220-]
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
This fixes:
drivers/net/phy/b53/b53_priv.h:325:2: error: enumeration value '<board>' not handled in switch [-Werror=switch]
errors.
Fixes: 0de2213eea ("kernel: b53: look for NVRAM's "robo_reset" entry on every platform")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since kernel 4.1 bcm47xx_nvram_gpio_pin() is now defined in a global
header and can be safely called even on non-Broadcom platforms.
This change makes b53 look for "robo_reset" on ARCH_BCM_5301X and
slightly simplifies the code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The chosen dts configuration linux,initrd-* gives an error message
on bootup of kirkwood-iconnect. Since initramfs/initrd is not used
remove these options from the dts.
Reported-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Add patches for 4.14, undoing upstream changes for Linksys devices
regarding DSA. Instead, the switchdev driver marvell,88e6171 is used.
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
U-Boot now requires GCC > 5
Catch up with upstream and move some configuration options from
the header files to the corresponding defconfig files.
Also move some options of patch 010 affecting the whole platform
to 010's device only.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
A regression seriously affecting the Linksys WRT1900ACv1 (Mamba) was
introduced some time between the OpenWrt/LEDE v4.4 and v4.9 kernels.
The root cause has not yet been identified, despite many attempts for
more than a year. Disabling the SoC specific CPU idle support should
mitigate this issue.
The symptoms on an affected system are unwanted reboots at a variable
frequency. In many cases almost immediately after boot, causing a
bootloop. This effectively disables support for Mamba on OpenWrt
with kernels > v4.4.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
print_int used 'int' type internally, whereas print_uint used 'uint64_t'
These helper functions eventually call vfprintf(fp, fmt, args) which is
a variable argument list function and is dependent upon 'fmt' containing
correct information about the length of the passed arguments.
Unfortunately print_int v print_uint offered no clue to the programmer
that internally passed ints to print_uint were being promoted to 64bits,
thus the format passed in 'fmt' string vs the actual passed integer
could be different lengths. This is even more interesting on big endian
architectures where 'vfprintf' would be looking in the middle of an
int64 type. Symptoms of this included tc qdisc showing bizarre values
for a variety of fields across a variety of qdiscs (e.g. refcnt, flows,
quantum)
print_u/int now stick with native int size.
A similar patch has been sent upstream.
Fixes FS#1425
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
94b6878 Tidy crypto.c of old library compat. Now need libnettle 3.
8b96552 Fix compiler warning.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The latest bootloader versions load the firmware into memory and call
`chk_dniimg` (defined in Netgear GPL release), which expects to find
three consecutive block-aligned uImages. Add two fake uImage headers
after the kernel to fool this check.
This wastes up to 128k of space for alignment. The alternative would be
to put the rootfs in a second uImage, but this would limit the firmware
size to 0x710000 (the number of bytes loaded and verified by the
bootloader) instead of 0x7b0000 (the size of the firmware partition).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
Use the EVA bootloader to load a small linux system into the ram and boot
it from there:
./scripts/flashing/eva_ramboot.py 192.168.178.1 path/to/initramfs-kernel.bin
Signed-off-by: Valentin Spreckels <Valentin.Spreckels@Informatik.Uni-Oldenburg.DE>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC v3 is a pocket-size dual-band (AC750) router
based on MediaTek MT7628N + MT7650E.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* MT7650 ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE/OpenWrt at the moment.
Therefore 5Ghz won' work.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in TL-WR902AC v3 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-tplink_tl-wr902ac-v3-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with the LAN port, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Peter Lundkvist <peter.lundkvist@gmail.com>
[drop p2led_an pinmux, this pin isn't used as gpio, fix whitespace issues]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The DWR-116-A1/2 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
32 MB of RAM
8 MB of FLASH
802.11bgn radio
5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
2x external, non-detachable antennas
UART (J1 in A1, JP1 in A2) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
6x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
WAN LED is drived by uartl tx pin. I decide to use this pin as
uartlite tx pin.
Installation:
Apply factory image via http web-gui.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This callback should have one parameter less, this parameter is not used
so this was not a so big problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Use the UBOOT_MAKE_FLAGS defined in include/u-boot.mk and do not
overwrite them to compile the host tools against the shipped LibreSSL.
In addition add a patch to fix a compile problem when compiling the
tools against LibreSSL caused by differences in the API between OpenSSL
1.1 and LibreSSL.
This should fix the compile problems seen in build bot from time to time
by not depending on the host libssl-dev package any more but using the
LibreSSL version from OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The internal RTC does not work correctly on these Linksys boards based
on Marvell SoCs. It is off by 3 minutes in 10 minutes running, this
was reported by multiple users. On the Linksys Mamba device the device
tree comment says that no crystal is connected to the internal RTC, this
is probably also true for the other devices.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some boards like the Turris Omnia have an RTC chip that does not get
initialized. Initializing the RTC at the driver level helps get rid of
bootloader hacks that write special register values.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
mwlwifi was updated to a new stable. Included in this stable release are the
followin benefits:
- Fixed compiling for kernel 4.14
- Fixed crash on 88W8864 binary
Compiled and tested on: WRT3200ACM and WRT1900AC
Signed-off-by: Gabe Rodriguez <lifehacksback@gmail.com>
The patch breaks LED operation and has already been reverted in 4.4.121.
4.9.87 is still affected; revert it locally until the issue is sorted out
upstream.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Option --client-cert-not-required DEPRECATED is deprecated in v2.4 and removed in OpenVPN 2.5.
Replaced by param --verify-client-cert none|optional|require in v2.4 see
https://community.openvpn.net/openvpn/wiki/ DeprecatedOptions#a--client-cert-not-required
Signed-off-by: Christian Bayer <cave@cavebeat.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_ RELEASE increase]
The deletion of the mdio node childs was meant for testing and were
committed accidentally. Without the mdio nodes the network isn't
initialised.
While at it, remove the orphaned qcom-ipq4019-gl-b1300.dts as well.
Fixes: FS#1439
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
* QCA IPQ4028
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l25635e)
* 128 MB of SPI NAND flash (gd5f1gq4ucy1g)
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- uses AP-DK03 BDF from QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- uses AP-DK03 BDF from QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin
* 2 fully software controllable GPIO-LEDs
* 2 additional GPIO-LEDs which also affect the SIM card detection
* 1x button (reset)
* 1x GPIO buzzer
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* 1x NGFF (USB-only with Dual-SIM support, untested)
* TTL pins are on board (R124 is next to GND, then follows: RX, TX, VCC)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio4:
+ Manual: Ethernet port 0
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ 802.3af POE (HV version)
+ 24v passive POE (LV version)
- phy@mdio3:
+ Manual: Ethernet port 1
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
* DC Jack connector
+ 24-56V (HV version)
+ 12-24V (LV version)
The SPI NAND flash isn't supported at the moment.
The bootloader has to be updated before OpenWrt is installed to fix a
reboot problem. The nor-ipq40xx-single.img from
https://downloads.compex.com.sg/?dir=uploads/QSDK/QCA-Reference/WPJ428/b170123-IPQ40xx-Reference-Firmware
has to be downloaded and the transfered in u-boot via TFTP
set ipaddr 192.168.1.11
set serverip 192.168.1.10
ping ${serverip}
tftpboot 0x84000000 nor-ipq40xx-single.img
imgaddr=0x84000000 && source $imgaddr:script
The sysupgrade image can be installed directly on flash using u-boot:
sf probe
tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-compex_wpj428-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
sf erase 0x00180000 +$filesize
sf write 0x84000000 0x00180000 $filesize
bootipq
The initramfs image can be started using
tftpboot 0x82000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-compex_wpj428-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb
set fdt_high 0x83000000
bootm 0x82000000
The used SIM card slot can be changed using
# slot 1 (also enables orange LED)
echo 1 > /sys/class/gpio/gpio3/value
# slot 2
echo 0 > /sys/class/gpio/gpio3/value
It can be checked whether a SIM card is inserted in the current slot and
the red LED is subsequently on via:
echo 2 > /sys/class/gpio/export
cat /sys/class/gpio/gpio2/value
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Some devices only boot when a special config is found in the image and
completely ignore the default entry during the selection. These devices can
now use the variable DEVICE_DTS_CONFIG in their device image definition.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
There are 2 ethernet ports on Nexx WT1520 and WT3020. These ethernet
ports are assigned as follows, and other ports cannot be used.
- WT1520:
- port0 -> lan
- port4 -> wan
- WT3020:
- port0 -> wan
- port4 -> lan
I dropped ports that cannot be used.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 43be5087a9.
The change is incompatible with the image builder code.
Luckily the RT-AC58U is no longer depending on the initramfs
being available for the target's image generation rules.
Reported-by: Venitex Aveon <aveon@aenote.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Those converted factory images can be used to regain the original
tp-link firmware.
Be aware of firmware upgrade which additional require changes of
other partition than os-image (kernel) & file-system (rootfs).
OEM factory images from tplink can change nearly all partitions.
However using those images, OpenWrt's sysupgrade will only
modify the partitions os-image and file-system.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Hardware highlights:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8064/5 ARM Dual Core CPU
- RAM: (512MB or 1GB) DDR3 System Memory
- Storage: 32MB NOR (Cypress S25FL256S1)
256MB NAND (Micron MT29F2G08ABBEAH4)
- Ethernet: 5 x 1G via QCA8337N
- USB: 1 x USB 2.0/3.0 + 1 x USB 2.0 on mini PCIe3 socket
- PCIe: 3x mini PCIe (third mini PCIE3 is PCIe/USB shared)
- SIM Card Slot: 2 x Slot
- Buttons: Reset Button
- LEDs: 18x, 8x GPIO controllable
- Buzzer
The correct amount of RAM will be passed by the bootloader.
In contrast to the documentation provided by Compex, the third PCIe
doesn't use GPIO16 for PERST. Instead, GPIO3 is shared and used as PERST
for PCIe0 and PCIe2.
So far, no one was able to get USB 3.0 working with the 1GB RAM version,
while it works fine for my 512MB version. Since USB 3.0 doesn't work with
the Compex firmware for the 1G variant either, it could be a hardware
issue with these boards.
OpenWrt will be installed to the NAND flash. Make sure to have a full
working image on the NOR flash. It will be the backup in case anything
goes wrong.
It has been observed that an image loaded via tftpboot might have
bitflips. Hence the extra step to create a crc32 checksum to allow to
compare the checksum with the one from the source file prior to flashing.
In all cases it is necessary to set the following u-boot parameter to an
empty (whitespace) value, to ensure that the chosen bootargs of the dts
isn't overwritten or set to bogus - not working - values:
(IPQ) # set bootargs " "
(IPQ) # set fsbootargs " "
(IPQ) # saveenv
The sysupgrade image can be installed directly on flash using u-boot (put
jumper in JP13 (leave JP9 open) to boot from nand):
(IPQ) # set serverip 192.168.1.20
(IPQ) # set ipaddr 192.168.1.1
(IPQ) # tftpboot 0x42000000 openwrt-ipq806x-compex_wpq864-squashfs-nand-factory.bin
(IPQ) # crc32 0x42000000 $filesize
(IPQ) # nand erase 0x1340000 0x4000000
(IPQ) # nand write 0x42000000 0x1340000 $filesize
The initramfs image can be started using:
(IPQ) # set fdt_high 0x48000000
(IPQ) # tftpboot 0x44000000 openwrt-ipq806x-compex_wpq864-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb
(IPQ) # bootm 0x44000000
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Initialise the UBOOT variable by default. Otherwise it will be
unintended inherit to following images if set and causes an uboot build
where not required.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This makes some of the mtd patches apply again after some generic
patches were changed.
These problems where found by build bot.
Fixes: ac9bcefa3b ("kernel: use V10 of mtd patchset adding support for "compatible" string")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds support for Cisco Meraki MR33
hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4029 Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB DDR3L-1600 @ 627 MHz Micron MT41K128M16JT-125IT
NAND: 128 MiB SLC NAND Spansion S34ML01G200TFV00 (106 MiB usable)
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros AR8035 Gigabit PHY (1 x LAN/WAN) + PoE
WLAN1: QCA9887 (168c:0050) PCIe 1x1:1 802.11abgn ac Dualband VHT80
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN3: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2 VHT80
LEDS: 1 x Programmable RGB+White Status LED (driven by Ti LP5562 on i2c-1)
1 x Orange LED Fault Indicator (shared with LP5562)
2 x LAN Activity / Speed LEDs (On the RJ45 Port)
BUTTON: one Reset button
MISC: Bluetooth LE Ti cc2650 PG2.3 4x4mm - BL_CONFIG at 0x0001FFD8
AT24C64 8KiB EEPROM
Kensington Lock
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has a populated
1x4 0.1" header with half-height/low profile pins.
The pinout is: VCC (little white arrow), RX, TX, GND.
Flashing needs a serial adaptor, as well as patched ubootwrite utility
(needs Little-Endian support). And a modified u-boot (enabled Ethernet).
Meraki's original u-boot source can be found in:
<https://github.com/riptidewave93/meraki-uboot/tree/mr33-20170427>
Add images to do an installation via bootloader:
0. open up the MR33 and connect the serial console.
1. start the 2nd stage bootloader transfer from client pc:
# ubootwrite.py --write=mr33-uboot.bin
(The ubootwrite tool will interrupt the boot-process and hence
it needs to listen for cues. If the connection is bad (due to
the low-profile pins), the tool can fail multiple times and in
weird ways. If you are not sure, just use a terminal program
and see what the device is doing there.
2. power on the MR33 (with ethernet + serial cables attached)
Warning: Make sure you do this in a private LAN that has
no connection to the internet.
- let it upload the u-boot this can take 250-300 seconds -
3. use a tftp client (in binary mode!) on your PC to upload the sysupgrade.bin
(the u-boot is listening on 192.168.1.1)
# tftp 192.168.1.1
binary
put openwrt-ipq40xx-meraki_mr33-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
4. wait for it to reboot
5. connect to your MR33 via ssh on 192.168.1.1
For more detailed instructions, please take a look at the:
"Flashing Instructions for the MR33" PDF. This can be found
on the wiki: <https://openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mr33>
(A link to the mr33-uboot.bin + the modified ubootwrite is
also there)
Thanks to Jerome C. for sending an MR33 to Chris.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Not all LED driver are using the label devicetree property for the led
name. Add support for the TI/National Semiconductor LP55xx Led Drivers,
which are using the chan-name property for the led name, as fallback.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add a fucntion to get the a binary mac address from file. Use the new
function for mtd_get_mac_binary() to limit duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for ASUS RT-AC58U/RT-ACRH13.
hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 128 MiB DDR3L-1066 @ 537 MHz (1074?) NT5CC64M16GP-DI
NOR: 2 MiB Macronix MX25L1606E (for boot, QSEE)
NAND: 128 MiB Winbond W25NO1GVZE1G (cal + kernel + root, UBI)
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: one Reset and one WPS button
LEDS: Status, WAN, WIFI1/2, USB and LAN (one blue LED for each)
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has an unpopulated
1x4 0.1" header. The pinout (VDD, RX, GND, TX) is printed on the
PCB right next to the connector.
U-Boot Note: The ethernet driver isn't always reliable and can sometime
time out... Don't worry, just retry.
Access via the serial console is required. As well as a working
TFTP-server setup and the initramfs image. (If not provided, it
has to be built from the OpenWrt source. Make sure to enable
LZMA as the compression for the INITRAMFS!)
To install the image permanently, you have to do the following
steps in the listed order.
1. Open up the router.
There are four phillips screws hiding behind the four plastic
feets on the underside.
2. Connect the serial cable (See notes above)
3. Connect your router via one of the four LAN-ports (yellow)
to a PC which can set the IP-Address and ssh and scp from.
If possible set your PC's IPv4 Address to 192.168.1.70
(As this is the IP-Address the Router's bootloader expects
for the tftp server)
4. power up the router and enter the u-boot
choose option 1 to upload the initramfs image. And follow
through the ipv4 setup.
Wait for your router's status LED to stop blinking rapidly and
glow just blue. (The LAN LED should also be glowing blue).
3. Connect to the OpenWrt running in RAM
The default IPv4-Address of your router will be 192.168.1.1.
1. Copy over the openwrt-sysupgrade.bin image to your router's
temporary directory
# scp openwrt-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp
2. ssh from your PC into your router as root.
# ssh root@192.168.1.1
The default OpenWrt-Image won't ask for a password. Simply hit the Enter-Key.
Once connected...: run the following commands on your temporary installation
3. delete the "jffs2" ubi partition to make room for your new root partition
# ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=jffs2
4. install OpenWrt on the NAND Flash.
# sysupgrade -v /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
- This will will automatically reboot the router -
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The image production rules does not have the initramfs-image
as a dependency. So, from make’s perspective initramfs
creation can run independently/in parallel with the image
generation code in the target's Makefile.
This is a problem for devices that have to use the initramfs
for the image creation and can lead to broken images.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the patch that was posted to ath10k-devel ML:
<https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/10233491/>
|From: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
|Subject: [PATCH] ath10k: search all IEs for variant before falling back
|Date: Wed, 21 Feb 2018 11:43:39 -0500
|[...]
|This patch fixes the issue by first searching the entire file for the ID
|with variant, and searching for the fallback ID only if that search
|fails. It also includes some code cleanup in the area, as
|ath10k_core_fetch_board_data_api_n() no longer does its own string
|mangling to remove the variant from an ID, instead leaving that job to a
|new flag passed to ath10k_core_create_board_name().
|
|I've tested this patch on a QCA4019 and verified that the driver behaves
|correctly for 1) both fallback and variant BDFs present, 2) only fallback
|BDF present, and 3) no matching BDFs present.
|
|Fixes: 1657b8f84ed9 ("ath10k: search SMBIOS for OEM board file extension")
|Signed-off-by: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
Note: 937-ath10k-calibration-variant.patch has been reassigned a new 081
number, as it now ships with upstream.... But also because this patch
requires the change in ath10k_core_create_board_name().
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Rename the dts file to match the used SoC type and drop the unnecessary
KERNEL_INSTALL from the image build code.
Remove the fixed rootfs and kernel partitions and create an image with
rootfs appended after kernel.
Setup a switch portmap matching the hardware and a default network/switch
configuration to make make the second lan port working. Use eth0 as lan
to have it consistent accross the target.
Use the power LED to indicate the boot status.
Sort the SoC entries within the dts by address and use dtc labels
whenever possible.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This removes the block- and pagesize from the FritzBox 4040
image description, fixing incorrectly working sysupgrade.
With this commit, the default values for block- and pagesize are
used.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[chunkeey@gmail.com: removed 105-mtd-nor-add-mx25l25635f.patch as well]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Sort the soc entries in the dts by address and use dtc labels whenever
possible.
Adjust the DTS files, the OpenMesh A42 is actually an IPQ4018 and not an
IPQ4019.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
There's an interaction issue between the clk changes:"
clk: qcom: ipq4019: Add the apss cpu pll divider clock node
clk: qcom: ipq4019: remove fixed clocks and add pll clocks
" and the cpufreq-dt.
cpufreq-dt is now spamming the kernel-log with the following:
[ 1099.190658] cpu cpu0: dev_pm_opp_set_rate: failed to find current OPP
for freq 761142857 (-34)
This only happens on certain devices like the Compex WPJ428
and AVM FritzBox!4040. However, other devices like the Asus
RT-AC58U and Meraki MR33 work just fine.
The issue stem from the fact that all higher CPU-Clocks
are achieved by switching the clock-parent to the P_DDRPLLAPSS
(ddrpllapss). Which is set by Qualcomm's proprietary bootcode
as part of the DDR calibration.
For example, the FB4040 uses 256 MiB Nanya NT5CC128M16IP clocked
at round 533 MHz (ddrpllsdcc = 190285714 Hz).
whereas the 128 MiB Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI in the ASUS RT-AC58U is
clocked at a slightly higher 537 MHz ( ddrpllsdcc = 192000000 Hz).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
libext2fs breaks krb5 by always installing its own copies of libcom_err.so
and libss.so.
Move the libraries into separate libcomerr and libss packages respectively
and add a host build recipe to stage the required compile_et and mk_cmds
utilities for use by other packages.
This allows the krb5 package to be fixed to use the system wide libcomerr
and libss libraries.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walsh <andy.walsh44+github@gmail.com>
[rename libcom_err to libcomerr, make compile_et and mk_cmds relocatable,
cleanup makefile, add dependency on host build, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In the commit bde5e7a632 ("kernel: backport mtd implementation for
"compatible" in "partitions" subnode") patches that got accepted into
l2-mtd.git were backported to the kernels 4.9 and 4.14. Unfortunately
there was a regression report, patches were dropped and never reached
4.16.
This commit replaces these pseudo-backports with the latest version
that includes regression fix and futher changes that were requested.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Backport the compiler support patches from upstream u-boot to this older
version to make it compile with GCC 7.
This was found by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Revert the changes I applied to aa5014dd1a ("ramips: mt7620n: enable
port 4 as EPHY by default").
The driver expects a node mdio-bus to be present, regardless of the
actual node status. If the node is missing the driver fails to load with
mtk_soc_eth 10100000.ethernet: no mdio-bus child node found
Disable port4 by default again. If the port is enabled but not present, a
"invalid port id 4" warning is shown during boot.
Fixes: FS#1428
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Support configuration in the form...
list ip6prefix 2001:db8:1234::/64
list ip6prefix 2001:db8:5678::/64
... to allow specifying multiple routed IPv6 prefixes.
Implements feature request FS#1361.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Commit f4d9d7a removed support for version specific patches; but it also
broke applying of patches in the patches glibc dir.
Fix the issue by setting PATCH_DIR to $(PATH_PREFIX)/patches similar as
musl/common.mk.
Signed-off-by: Xinxing Hu <xinxing.huchn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
1f5a29c ip: do not add local routes for host dependencies
c06f842 device: add support for setting the isolate options for bridge ports
69aeaab interface-ip: fix route selection for host dependencies
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In kernels 4.0 and older that header file was located in some subdir of
arch/mips/include. Target brcm47xx supports kernels 4.4 and 4.9 only so
that code isn't needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If CONFIG_GPIO_SYSFS=n, compilation fails with
drivers/built-in.o: In function `gpio_export_with_name':
include/asm-generic/gpio.h:128: undefined reference to `__gpiod_export'
This is because the stub in that case has the wrong name,
_gpiod_export() - note the missing underscore (_) at the
start.
Fix the stub, and add the correct prototype for the real
implementation.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
busybox tries to be smart and passes a number of additional flags to the
compiler. Unfortunately, the i386-specific flags break ABI compatiblity
with libc.
Fixes busybox crashes observed on x86-generic with GCC 7.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Newer GCC versions are reported to improve code size on various ARM
devices, which is why newer u-boot versions require them now.
There have also been user reports of data corruption issues fixed on
MIPS by updating from GCC 5 to GCC 7.
This update was previously held up by these two MIPS compile issues,
which have since been fixed:
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=83496https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=84790
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This updates musl from a commit between 1.1.18 and 1.1.19 to the final
release of the version 1.1.19.
This mostly fixes bugs in musl.
The size of the uncompressed binary is increased by about 4 KB.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Optimize the compiler output for larger cache blast cases that are
common for DMA-based networking.
On ar71xx, I measured a routing throughput increase of ~8%
Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts the changes needed for the upstream b53 DSA switch driver
to use the OpenWrt b43 swconfig switch driver instead.
Tested-by: TheWerthFam <thewerthfam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This commit introduces new subtarget for Marvell EBU Armada Cortex A53
processor based devices.
The first device is Globalscale ESPRESSObin. Some hardware specs:
SoC: Marvell Armada 3700LP (88F3720) dual core ARM Cortex A53
processor up to 1.2GHz
RAM: 512MB, 1GB or 2GB DDR3
Storage: SATA interface
µSD card slot with footprint for an optional 4GB EMMC
4MB SPI NOR flash for bootloader
Ethernet: Topaz Networking Switch (88E6341) with 3x GbE ports
Connectors: USB 3.0
USB 2.0
µUSB port connected to PL2303SA (USB to serial bridge
controller) for UART access
Expansion: 2x 46-pin GPIO headers for accessories and shields with
I2C, GPIOs, PWM, UART, SPI, MMC, etc
MiniPCIe slot
Misc: Reset button, JTAG interface
Currently booting only from µSD card is supported.
The boards depending on date of dispatch can come with various U-Boot
versions. For the newest version 2017.03-armada-17.10 no manual
intervention should be needed to boot OpenWrt image. For the older ones
it's necessary to modify default U-Boot environment:
1. Interrupt boot process to run U-Boot command line,
2. Run following commands:
(for version 2017.03-armada-17.06 and 2017.03-armada-17.08)
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 0:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
(for version 2015.01-armada-17.02 and 2015.01-armada-17.04)
setenv bootargs "console=ttyMV0,115200 root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootwait"
setenv bootcmd "ext4load mmc 0:1 ${fdt_addr} armada-3720-espressobin.dtb; ext4load mmc 0:1 ${kernel_addr} Image; booti ${kernel_addr} - ${fdt_addr}"
saveenv
3. Poweroff, insert SD card with OpenWrt image, boot and enjoy.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Adds support for the Turris Omnia and builds an eMMC sysupgrade image in
the same format as the SolidRun ClearFog.
An initramfs image in the simple yet Omnia-specific 'medkit' image format
is also built in order to ease the initial flashing process.
Notable hardware support omissions are support for switching between SFP
cage and copper PHY, and RGB LED control.
Due to a current limitation of DSA, only 1/2 CPU switch uplinks are used.
Specifications:
- Marvell Armada 385 1.6GHz dual-core ARMv7 CPU
- 1GB DDR3 RAM
- 8GB eMMC Flash
- 5x Gigabit LAN via Marvell 88E6176 Switch (2x RGMII CPU ports)
- 1x switchable RJ45 (88E1514 PHY) / SFP SGMII WAN
- 2x USB 3.0
- 12x dimmable RGB LEDs controlled by independent MCU
- 3x Mini PCIe slots
- Optional Compex WLE200N2 Mini PCIe AR9287 2x2 802.11b/g/n (2.4GHz)
- Optional Compex WLE900VX Mini PCIe QCA9880 3x3 802.11ac (2.4 / 5GHz)
- Optional Quectel EC20 Mini PCIe LTE modem
Flash instructions:
If the U-Boot environment has been modified previously (likely manually via
serial console), first use serial to reset the default environment.
=> env default -a
=> saveenv
Method 1 - USB 'medkit' image w/o serial
- Copy openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz and
omnia-medkit-openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-initramfs.tar.gz to the root of a
USB flash drive formatted with FAT32 / ext2/3/4 / btrfs / XFS.
Note that the medkit MUST be named omnia-medkit*.tar.gz
- Disconnect other USB devices from the Omnia and connect the flash drive
to either USB port.
- Power on the Omnia and hold down the rear reset button until 4 LEDs are
illuminated, then release.
- Wait approximately 2 minutes for the Turris Omnia to flash itself with
the temporary image, during which LEDs will change multiple times.
- Connect a computer to a LAN port of the Turris Omnia with a DHCP client
- (if necessary) ssh-keygen -R 192.168.1.1
- ssh root@192.168.1.1
$ mount /dev/sda1 /mnt
$ sysupgrade /mnt/openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz
- Wait another minute for the final OpenWrt image to be flashed. The Turris
Omnia will reboot itself and you can remove the flash drive.
Method 2 - TFTP w/ serial
- Extract omnia-medkit-openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-initramfs.tar.gz and copy
dtb + zImage to your TFTP server (rename if desired)
- Connect Turris Omnia WAN port to DHCP-enabled network with TFTP server
- Connect serial console and interrupt U-Boot
=> dhcp
=> setenv serverip <tftp_server_ip_here>
=> tftpboot 0x01000000 zImage
=> tftpboot 0x02000000 dtb
=> bootz 0x01000000 - 0x02000000
- OpenWrt will now boot from ramdisk
- Download openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz to /tmp/
$ sysupgrade /tmp/openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz
- Wait another minute for the final OpenWrt image to be flashed. The Turris
Omnia will reboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
As at this commit, DSA is not enabled in the kernel config for mvebu, so these
nodes have been ignored. In preparation for the first mvebu board using DSA,
disable these nodes for existing boards to avoid issues.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.5.3-00053 firmware for the QCA9984.
The update fixes "ath10k_pci 0001:01:00.0: Invalid VHT mcs 15 peer
stats" spamming the kernel ring buffer at very high frequencies, but
introduces the new "ath10k_pci 0001:01:00.0: Unknown eventid: 36925".
This new warning doesn't appear to cause problems in practice and is
only emitted relatively rarely, not causing dmesg to overflow within
minutes.
Tested on the ZyXEL NBG6817; early feedback also suggests this firmware
to work well (with the same fixes and caveats) on the Netgear r7800 as
well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to last commit and use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.5.3-00053 firmware for the QCA9888.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Only register the chipidea usb device if the strapping option indicates
device mode. If not, use the regular ehci platform driver.
Add qca955x device mode support, tested on 8devices Rambutan.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
392811a ubus: let fw3_ubus_address() return the number of resolved addresses
359adcf options: emit an empty address item when resolving networks fails
503db4a zones: disable masq when resolving of all masq_src or masq_dest items failed
f50a524 helpers: implement explicit CT helper assignment support
a3ef503 zones: allow per-table log control
8ef12cb iptables: fix possible NULL pointer access on constructing rule masks
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The default fragment low/high thresholds are 3 and 4 MB. On devices with
only 32MB RAM, these settings may lead to OOM when many fragments that
cannot be reassembled are received. Decrease fragment low/high thresholds
to 384 and 512 kB on devices with less than 64 MB RAM.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Copying ./src/* would fail when src exists, but is empty or only contains
hidden files.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
In addition to removing redundant code, this fixes various issues in
IB-generated images that have been fixed in prepare_rootfs before,
including better handling of CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG and enabling of initscripts
from FILES.
We also reuse the opkg macro and remove --force-... flags that have been
removed from rootfs.mk as well.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
/usr/lib/opkg/status must not be removed completely, otherwise the
packages' conffile lists will be missing. Replace it with a reduced version
only containing the conffile entries.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
When a user removes a preinstalled opkg package, the package's prerm script
(and in particular our default_prerm) should run.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Many packages use the opkg conffiles field to list configuration files that
are to be retained on upgrades. Make this work on systems without opkg.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The Lantiq XRX200 aka VR9 doesn't have an asc0. Instead,
there is an USIF module which can either be an UART or a
SPI Controller.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
The package still leaks some user space linker options into the kernel
space. This breaks the build when ASLR is activated, deactivate it for
now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the datasheet the mt7620n have a fixed switch configuration
with 5 ephy (10/100) port. No RGMII configuration is possible.
Drop the mdio node as well. Without RGMII, the mdio node doesn't make any
sense
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
[drop mdio node, enable port4 by default]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In some boards port 4 of mt7620 switch is powered down in bootloader
configuration as lan/wan package leak mitigation.
Reset ephy port 4 to default settings to power up the port.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[clarify issue in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
7c0d711 version: bump snapshot
b6a5cc0 contrib: add extract-handshakes kprobe example
37dc953 wg-quick: if resolvconf/run/iface exists, use it
1f9be19 wg-quick: if resolvconf/interface-order exists, use it
4d2d395 noise: align static_identity keys
14395d2 compat: use correct -include path
38c6d8f noise: fix function prototype
302d0c0 global: in gnu code, use un-underscored asm
ff4e06b messages: MESSAGE_TOTAL is unused
ea81962 crypto: read only after init
e35f409 Kconfig: require DST_CACHE explicitly
9d5baf7 Revert "contrib: keygen-html: rewrite in pure javascript"
6e09a46 contrib: keygen-html: rewrite in pure javascript
e0af0f4 compat: workaround netlink refcount bug
ec65415 contrib: embedded-wg-library: add key generation functions
06099b8 allowedips: fix comment style
ce04251 contrib: embedded-wg-library: add ability to add and del interfaces
7403191 queueing: skb_reset: mark as xnet
Changes:
* queueing: skb_reset: mark as xnet
This allows cgroups to classify packets.
* contrib: embedded-wg-library: add ability to add and del interfaces
* contrib: embedded-wg-library: add key generation functions
The embeddable library gains a few extra tricks, for people implementing
plugins for various network managers.
* crypto: read only after init
* allowedips: fix comment style
* messages: MESSAGE_TOTAL is unused
* global: in gnu code, use un-underscored asm
* noise: fix function prototype
Small cleanups.
* compat: workaround netlink refcount bug
An upstream refcounting bug meant that in certain situations it became
impossible to unload the module. So, we work around it in the compat code. The
problem has been fixed in 4.16.
* contrib: keygen-html: rewrite in pure javascript
* Revert "contrib: keygen-html: rewrite in pure javascript"
We nearly moved away from emscripten'ing the fiat32 code, but the resultant
floating point javascript was just too terrifying.
* Kconfig: require DST_CACHE explicitly
Required for certain frankenkernels.
* compat: use correct -include path
Fixes certain out-of-tree build systems.
* noise: align static_identity keys
Gives us better alignment of private keys.
* wg-quick: if resolvconf/interface-order exists, use it
* wg-quick: if resolvconf/run/iface exists, use it
Better compatibility with Debian's resolvconf.
* contrib: add extract-handshakes kprobe example
Small utility for extracting ephemeral key data from the kernel's memory.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> (git log --oneline description)
6e744662 Update bash_completion
478eac09 Update manual pages
88e2029e Bump up version number to 1.31.0, LT revision to 30:0:16
45d76cf5 nghttpx: Close listening socket on graceful shutdown
54573f28 Merge pull request #1137 from nghttp2/session-set-user-data
17793e99 Add nghttp2_session_set_user_data() public API function
5eac3c90 Update manual pages
e70195ae nghttpx: Update doc
fe51e7fa Merge pull request #1130 from nghttp2/avoid-inet_pton-macro
eb951c2c src: Define nghttp2_inet_pton wrapper to avoid inet_pton macro
39f0ce7c Merge pull request #1126 from nghttp2/nghttpx-expired-client-cert
65157811 Merge pull request #1123 from nghttp2/mruby-client-cert-not-before-after
e8af7afc nghttpx: Add an option to accept expired client certificate
38abfd18 nghttpx: Add mruby tls_client_not_before, and tls_client_not_after
ff3edc09 nghttpx: Fix potential memory leak
0bb15406 Bump up version number to 1.31.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This bumps the 4.4. kernel in master to 4.4.119.
Includes more Meltdown & Spectre mitigation.
* Refresh patches.
* Refresh x86/config for RETPOLINE.
* Deleted 8049-PCI-layerscape-Add-fsl-ls2085a-pcie-compatible-ID.patch (accepted upstream)
* Deleted 8050-PCI-layerscape-Fix-MSG-TLP-drop-setting.patch (accepted upstream)
* Deleted 650-pppoe_header_pad.patch (does not apply anymore (code was replaced)).
Bumps from 4.4.112 to 4.4.115 were handled by Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant.
Compile-tested on: ar71xx & oxnas.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The lantiq components still leak some user space linker options into the
kernel space. This breaks with build when ASLR is activated, deactivate
it for now on these packages.
Fixes: FS#1391
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not leak the user space CFLAGS into the kernel space any more, this
allows us to activate the MIPS16 build.
This decreases the size of the ipk file from 87589 bytes to 81267 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Do not force to build with O3 optimization any more, but take what was
selected by the OpenWrt build system.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The build process does not leak the user space cflags into the kernel
build process any more, this allows to activate MIPS16 builds.
This was fixed with some update of ifxos.
This decreases size of the libifxos.a and the ltq-vdsl-app
old:
78320 libifxos.a
44383 ltq-vdsl-app_4.17.18.6-2_mips_24kc.ipk
new:
66852 libifxos.a
43506 ltq-vdsl-app_4.17.18.6-2_mips_24kc.ipk
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch bumps the 4.14 kernel to .23.
- Refreshed patches.
- Deleted bcm53xx/patches-4.14/089-PCI-iproc-Fix-NULL-pointer-dereference-for-BCMA.patch. Has been accepted upstream.
- Deleted generic/pending-4.14/821-usb-Remove-annoying-warning-about-bogus-URB.patch. The upstream URB code was changed,
the patch no longer applies. I discussed this with the patch author and removed it for now, we'll see how it goes.
Compile-tested on: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Run-tested on: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Remove dependency on net-tools, replacing calls to ifconfig with iproute
equivalent, in functions changing interface MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Cosmetic name change of ClearFog sysupgrade script and its functions to
more generic sdcard. This way it won't be confusing for other future
device additions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Unify boot.scr generation so Makefile for device image generation won't
grow without a reason. Also make boot-scr step optional.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Previously the partition signature was assigned from provided type. Now
both are corrected wherein signature is always generated from
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH. With that the root file system can be identified
by PARTUUID string, without relying on static declaration of device node.
This commit also does some cosmetics, removing trailing whitespace and
replacing spaces with tab.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The IMAGE_NAME redefinition causes overwriting of generated SD card
image when multiple root file system types are selected. In result only
single SD card image is generated. This commit fixes this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
U-Boot already knows where it found the boot.scr, and
figuring out the partition UUID becomes trivial at this point.
This change allows booting OpenWrt from whatever storage it has been
flashed to: SD card, eMMC, USB disk or SATA disk.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
[replace lede with openwrt, redact commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The Armada XP uses a Marvell PJ4Bv7 Processor for which already one
workaround for an errata is activated.
The Armada 285 uses a Cortex A9 r4p1 for which the Linux kernel provides
a workaround for ERRATA_764369, activate this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The split-up into packages gre, grev4 and grev6 causes confusion for the
users as reported in FS#1399.
As IPv4 and IPv6 are considered now as bundled; squash the grev4 and grev6
packages into the gre package and let gre provide both grev4 and grev6.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Fixes the assumption the busybox udhcpc applet is always enabled; in case
the symbolic link check fails the DHCP shell handler script will exit and
as result the DHCP protocol handler will not be registered in netifd.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This is to simplify maintenance. It's easy to say now which patches need
some extra work and/or sending upstream. Updating to newer backports
should be also simpler with this.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit 79a768a90f.
Some devices can go over their power limits with this commit, so this
needs to be handled on a case by case basis instead
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There was a mismatch between indicating factory reset and code actually
starting it. After 5 seconds status LED started blinking rapidly letting
user know it's ready to release reset button. In practice button had to
stay pressed for another second in order to relly start the process.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Remove RPS/XPS support from netifd core, move the logic to a hotplug
script that uses a different policy which provides better performance
and more fairness across flows
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With this change, the timestamp variable is only used in ag71xx_check_dma_stuck. Small tx speedup.
Based on a Qualcomm commit. ag->timestamp = jiffies was not replaced with netif_trans_update(dev) because of this quote:
It should be noted that after this series several instances
of netif_trans_update() are useless (if they occur in
.ndo_start_xmit and driver doesn't set LLTX flag -- stack already
did an update).
From: http://lists.openwall.net/netdev/2016/05/03/87
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Upstream handling of MIPS CPU IRQs is rather hackish and the interrupts
are being enabled unconditionally in various places because of legacy
code.
Performance counter events are routed both through the GIC and through
legacy CPU IRQ7 events, causing spurious interrupts.
Fix this by disabling IRQ7 when trying to access the performance counter
IRQ.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Looking for a wrong LED file name was stopping this code from find any
LED. This affects devices with only a red/amber power LED.
Fixes: 3aaee1ba02 ("bcm53xx: failsafe support")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Support config in the form of ....
add_list sendopts=router:10.10.10.2
add_list sendopts=nissrv:20.20.20.2
add_list sendopts=0x7D:abba
This allows to configure sendopts having white spaces as option value
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When CGROUPS is enabled the new option CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID is
selectable and not handled.
Add this option to the 4.14 kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
With this, `mount -t efivarfs` is available and tools such as efitools
and efibootmgr will be usable.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: some whitespace fixes, match From: with SoB]
As each mvebu device only uses one of the firmwares provided by mwlwifi
package, it makes sense to put them in separate packages and only install
the one that is needed.
Current mwlwifi version's firmware sizes and usages by devices:
88W8864.bin 118776 caiman, mamba, cobra, shelby
88W8897.bin 489932 (none)
88W8964.bin 449420 rango
Changes by this commit:
* indicate in title that mwlwifi also is driver for 88W8897 and 88W8964
* remove mwlwifi package's firmware installation rules
* add 3 new individual firmware packages (all depends on kmod-mwlwifi):
- mwlwifi-firmware-88w8864
- mwlwifi-firmware-88w8897
- mwlwifi-firmware-88w8964
* add firmware package to mvebu devices' DEVICE_PACKAGES accordingly
Signed-off-by: Johnny S. Lee <_@jsl.io>
[Add the used FW files to the PACKAGES of default image]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
/lib/functions.sh can deal with Require-User specifications that only
contain a group, but no user. Adjust metadata.pm to allow such
specifications as well.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add the patch for reprobing phys also for 4.14, as it is still needed.
Fixes: 4ccad92229 ("mvebu: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When SFP support was accepted upstream, the expected GPIO names were
slightly changed, breaking SFP insert detection. Update the DTS file to
the expected name to make SFP work again.
Fixes: 4ccad92229 ("mvebu: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Allow building perf on uncommon targets again.
Depending on the kernel version, not all of these archs will actually use
libunwind in perf. Still, it seems simpler and less error-prone to use the
same list that is defined in the libunwind package.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Works around two incompatiblities between glibc and (POSIX-compliant) musl:
- missing register definitions from asm/ptrace.h
- non-POSIX-compliant ucontext_t on PPC32 with glibc
Compile tested on mpc85xx.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Support configuration in the form...
list ip6prefix 2001:db8:1234::/64
list ip6prefix 2001:db8:5678::/64
... to allow specifying multiple additional IPv6 prefixes.
Implements feature request FS#1361.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This board has:
- mt7621 SoC
- 8MB SPI flash
- 128MB RAM
- 5x ethernet ports from internal (SoC) switch
- 1x ethernet port sitting on gmac2 and IC+ phy (not yet supported)
- 3x PCIe slots
- 1x USB 2.0 and 1x USB 3.0
- sound based on wm8960
- SDXC card slot (full size)
First fw write from interactive u-boot menu, interrupt with 2.
After that sysupgrade.
Tested both with 4.9 and 4.14
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Somewhere in the kernel 4.9 migration process it looks like this patch
was broken. The update should be done when a device is added to the
bridge and when it gets removed, currently it is only done on the remove
path twice which does not make any sense.
I do not have a setup to test this now so this is only compile tested.
Fixes: f791fb4af4 ("kernel: add linux 4.9 support")
Fixes: b3f95490b9 ("kernel: generic: Add kernel 4.14 support")
Reported-by: Andrey Jr. Melnikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
As indicated in #5574 samba fails to build with linker error due to lack
of talloc_* functions when the packet libtalloc also gets build.
According to Makefile it is compiled with "--without-libtalloc" option.
Running ./configure --help shows that there is another option connected
to libtalloc: --enable/disable-external-libtalloc.
Adding this option fixes build.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Tymejczyk <jakub@tymejczyk.pl>
Remove this old patch which prevents showing the xfrm ports for SCTP
This was added in commit 60c1f0f64d ("finally move buildroot-ng to trunk")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
62d52e9 mt76: set RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED for A-MPDU reordered packets
5ba5995 mt76x2: rework tx power handling
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
459b6932 policy: add nft translation for simple policy none/strict use case
255e55b7 tests: xlate-test: no need to require superuser privileges
6990bbc5 extensions: hashlimit: remove space before burst in translation to nft
13ecaeb0 extensions: hashlimit: Rename 'flow table' keyword to meter
c252a2b0 extensions: Add test for cluster nft translation
bda1daa4 extensions: ip6t_{S,D}NAT: add more tests
88fa4543 extensions: ip6t_{S,D}NAT: multiple to-dst/to-src arguments not reported
64a0e098 extensions: libxt_cluster: Add translation to nft
6067208f extensions: add support for 'srh' match
0f387b07 extensions: hashlimit: fix incorrect burst in translations
1ffe6a74 extensions: libxt_hashlimit: Do not print default timeout and burst
27de281d extensions: Add macro _DEFAULT_SOURCE.
75364151 iptables: Remove const qualifier from struct option.
8b0da213 iptables: masquerade: add randomize-full support
e64db006 iptables: patch to correct linker flag sequence
033eac81 extensions: libxt_tcpmss: Add test case for invalid ranges.
505bfa11 iptables: xtables-eb: Remove const qualifier from struct option
a6d6821a iptables: extensions: Fix MARK target help
71de414c libxt_sctp: fix array out of range in print_chunk
1a32381a extensions: add tests for ipcomp protocol
4bd51770 tests: xlate: print output in same way as nft-test.py
d0e3d95f libxt_recent: Remove ineffective checks for info->name
23e6ed71 libxt_TOS: add tests for translation infrastructure
9564595e Update .gitignore
bebce197 iptables: iptables-compat translation for TCPMSS
dbbab0aa extensions: libxt_tcpmss: Detect invalid ranges
0e958281 iptables-translate: add test file for TCPMSS extension
de3c68b6 iptables-compat: do not allow to delete populated user define chains
f4b80ce7 iptables: change large file support handling
f5b46c2f iptables: Constify option struct
21ba5b38 ip{,6}tables-restore: Don't accept wait-interval without wait
60e0ffd3 ip{,6}tables-restore: Don't ignore missing wait-interval value
af468b6e utils: Add a man page for nfnl_osf
1773dcaa utils: nfnl_osf: Fix synopsis in help text
895ce096 extensions: libxt_bpf: fix missing __NR_bpf declaration
3c633296 xtables-compat-restore: fix translation of mangle's OUTPUT
1c32e560 netfilter: xt_hashlimit: add rate match mode
b5331f88 xtables-compat: fix memory leak when listing
91ae12e3 xtables-compat-restore: fix several memory leaks
79e1edd1 iptables-xml: Fix segfault on jump without a target
c49a93f1 xtables-translate: fix double space before comment
79fa7cc2 libip6t_icmp6: xlate: remove leftover space
8e62f572 tests: xlate: generalize owner
8d994bcf iptables: Add file output option to iptables-save
f8e5ebc5 iptables: Fix crash on malformed iptables-restore
80d8bfaa iptables: insist that the lock is held.
c29d99c8 libxtables: Display weird character warning for wildcards
1fe96cfb tests: xlate: check if it is being run as root
3f92b259 tests: xlate: remove python 3.5 dependency
d89dc47a iptables-restore/save: exit when given an unknown option
65801d02 iptables-restore.8: document -w/-W options
9cd3adbe iptables-restore/ip6tables-restore: add --version/-V argument
1ec1fb7a extensions: libxt_hashlimit: fix 64-bit printf formats
27f69f4a iptables: extensions: Remove typedef in struct.
340105fa tests: add regression tests for xtables-translate
b669e184 extensions: libxt_TOS: Add translation to nft
b2a84476 iptables: Remove unnecessary braces.
2963a8df iptables: Remove explicit static variables initalization.
1cf4ba6f iptables: Constify option struct
999eaa24 iptables-restore: support acquiring the lock.
6e2e169e iptables: remove duplicated argument parsing code
836846f0 iptables: move XT_LOCK_NAME from CFLAGS to config.h.
b91af533 iptables: set the path of the lock file via a configure option.
0e94eb2e iptables-translate: print nft iff there are more expanded rules to print
48ad179b libxtables: abolish AI_CANONNAME
9f50bbdf libxtables: remove unnecessary nesting from host_to_ip(6)addr
c6df55d6 iptables-translate: print nft command for each expand rules via dns names
82dacbb8 xtables-translate: Avoid querying the kernel
9f972f45 extensions: libxt_addrtype: Add translation to nft
2c8e251e utils: nfsynproxy: fix build with musl libc
9b8cb756 libiptc: don't set_changed() when checking rules with module jumps
eb66632d extensions: libxt_hashlimit: Add translation to nft
72bb3dbf xshared: using the blocking file lock request when we wait indefinitely
24f81746 xshared: do not lock again and again if "-w" option is not specified
fc3c3b4e libxt_hashlimit: add new unit test to catch kernel bug
516d9191 iptables: update pf.os
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Use the generic board detection based on the device tree compatible
string instead of a target specific one.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The device has a second uart accessible via pin headers, so enable it.
There is also a green power led which was not enabled previously.
Enable it too and use it as status LED.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Valentin <benjamin.valentin@volatiles.de>
This caused v4.14.20 based builds so fail on mediatek.
Fixes: 6112abf186 ("kernel: enable CONFIG_USB_PCI for PCI usb modules").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The missing CONFIG_USB_XHCI_PCI dependency on CONFIG_USB_PCI of the
µPD720201 xhci-pci(e) usb 3.0 chip used by the WNDR4700 was fixed with
6112abf186 ("kernel: enable CONFIG_USB_PCI for PCI usb modules").
Commit c38fb58576 ("kernel: fix disabling common usb quirks on 4.14")
finally fixed the following build error:
drivers/usb/host/xhci-pci.c: In function 'xhci_pci_probe':
drivers/usb/host/xhci-pci.c:749:6: error: implicit declaration of function 'usb_xhci_needs_pci_reset' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (usb_xhci_needs_pci_reset(dev)) {
Hence the CONFIG_USB_PCI symbol isn't required any longer in target kernel
config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
ALFA Network AWUSFREE1 is an USB Wi-Fi N300 adapter based on MT7628.
Specification:
- MT7628AN (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7628) with external FEM (RFFM4203)
- 2x detachable antennas (RP-SMA)
- ASIX AX88772 USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with MT7628 PHY0)
- 4x LED (2 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x mini USB for host and main power input
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power device with reset button pressed and release it after ~5 sec.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/4 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload "sysupgrade" image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GainStrong Oolite V5.2 is a small (39.5 x 78 mm), dual-band system on
module, based on Qualcomm QCA9531 + QCA9887. All QCA9531 SOC GPIOs are
available on castellated pins.
Specification:
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (all ports available on castellated pins)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), with ext. PA and LNA
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887) with ext. FEM (SKY85710-11)
- 3x U.FL
- 1x USB 2.0
The dedicated development board includes 5 FE ports, USB 2.0 port, two
buttons (one directly connected to SOC reset input), header with all
GPIOs and several LEDs.
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt. LuCI or sysupgrade can be used to
flash OpenWrt firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
- combine support for Oolite/MiniBox V1.0 in single mach-*.c file
- fix model/board names
- include correct/full vendor name
- drop redundant package and factory image
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This adds support for AR9331 based Hak5 penetration testing tools:
- WiFi Pineapple NANO
- LAN Turtle
- Packet Squirrel
WiFi Pineapple NANO specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH: 16 MB
- WiFi: 1T1R AR9331 (built-in), 1T1R AR9271 (built-in via USB bus)
- Ethernet: 1x FE over USB (ASIX AX88772A)
- Ports: 2x RP-SMA for antennas, 1x USB 2.0 (host), 1x micro SD
- Power: USB 5 V, 1.5 A
- Other: status LED, reset button
LAN Turtle specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH: 16 MB
- WiFi: none
- Ethernet: 1x FE (AR9331), 1x FE over USB (Realtek RTL8152B)
- Ports: 1x RJ45, version dependent: micro SD or 3G SIM slot
- Power: USB 5 V, 0.5 A
- Other: status LED, reset button (inside, on PCB)
Packet Squirrel specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH: 16 MB
- WiFi: none
- Ethernet: 2x FE (AR9331)
- Ports: 2x RJ45, 1x USB 2.0
- Power: USB 5 V, 0.12 A
- Other: status LED, reset button, 4-way switch
Flash instructions for all 3 devices:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade via SSH to flash.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kinne <contact@sebkinne.com>
[squashed commits, combined and reworked mach files, aligned board
naming with general convention, fixed minor issues, tested on real
hardware, reworded commit subject and description]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Some NBG6716 do not have ath10k calibration data in flash, only in chip
OTP. To determine if flash has a valid calibration data, the first two
bytes telling the length of the calibration data are checked against the
requested length. If the lengths match, calibration data is valid and
read from flash.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <matti.laakso@outlook.com>
Vendor released new model (AP80Q) which is identical from hardware point
of view with already supported AP90Q. Include AP80Q in machine name.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
YunCore T830 is a simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch, detachable
antennas and USB 2.0 port.
Specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), with ext. PA (SKY65174-21) and LNA
- two external, detachable antennas (RP-SMA)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 8x LED (7 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART and JTAG headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. First, gain root access to the device, following below steps:
- Login into web gui (default password/IP: admin/192.168.188.253).
- Go to "Advanced" -> "Management" -> "System" and download backup of
configuration (bakfile.bin).
- Open the file as tar.gz archive, edit/update "shadow" file and change
hash of root password to something known.
- Repack the archive, rename it back to "bakfile.bin" and use to
restore configuration of the device.
- After that, device will reboot and can be accessed over SSH.
2. Then, install OpenWrt:
- Login over SSH and issue command:
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
- Upload "sysupgrade" image and install it (only if previous command
succeeded) with command: "sysupgrade -n -F openwrt-...".
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Samsung WAM250 is a dual-band (selectable, not simultaneous) wireless
hub, dedicated for Samsung Shape Wireless Audio System. The device is
based on Atheros AR9344. FCC ID: A3LWAM250.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (SE2598L, SE5003L) and LNA
- 1x USB 2.0
- 4x LED (all are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wps/speaker add)
- DC jack for main power input (14 V)
- UART header on PCB (J4, RX: 3, TX: 5)
Flash instruction:
This device uses dual-image (switched between upgrades) with a common
jffs2 config partition. Fortunately, there is a way to disable this mode
so that more flash space can be used by OpenWrt image.
You can easily access this device over telnet, using root/root
credentials (the same also work for serial console access).
1. Make sure that your device uses second (bootpart=2) image using
command: "fw_printenv bootpart".
2. If your device uses first image (bootpart=1), perform upgrade to the
latest vendor firmware (after the update, device should boot from
second partition) using web gui (default login: admin/1234567890).
3. Rename "sysupgrade" image to "firmware.bin", download it (you can use
wget, tftp or ftpget) to "/tmp" and issue below commands:
mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin | awk -F' ' '{print $1}')
mtd_debug write /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin)
fw_setenv bootpart
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f070000"
reboot
Revert to vendor firmware instruction:
1. Download vendor firmware to "/tmp" device and issue below commands:
fw_setenv bootpart 1
sysupgrade -n -F SS_BHUB_v2.2.05.bin
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
COMFAST CF-E385AC is an AC2200 ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based
on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9984 + QCA8337N.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558), with external LNA and PA (SE2576L)
- 4T4R 5 GHz (QCA9984), with external FEM (SKY85728-11)
- 7x internal antennas
- 1x RGB LED (driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- UART, LEDs/GPIO and USB headers on PCB
- external watchdog (Pericon Technology PT7A7514)
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There are now supported two versions of the CF-E355AC board which differ
in 802.11ac radio chip. Include version number in board, model, image
filename, etc., also for the v1.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
COMFAST CF-E355AC v2 is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9886.
Short specification:
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 128MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
- 2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a, WAVE 2
- built-in 4x 3 dBi antennas
- output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
[updated kernel config for both boards]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The "QCA9531 v2.0 802.11n 2x2 2.4 GHz Premium SOC for WLAN Platforms"
datasheet (80-Y7991-1 Rev. C - October 2014) doesn't specify support for a
40 Mhz reference clock. The register description for "Bootstrap Options"
(page 31) defines following states for the bit 4 (REF_CLK):
* 0 - CLK25 (default)
* 1 - (reserved)
Devices like the TP-Link CPE210 v2 has this bit set to 1 but is using a 25
Mhz reference clock. OpenWrt is still interpreted this bit as 40 Mhz and
then break the bootup of the system due to this incorrect interpretation.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[refreshed patches]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
WHQX E1700AC v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9563 + QCA9880 + QCA8334.
Specification:
- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9563) with external FEM (SKY85309-11)
- 3T3R 5 GHz (QCA9880) with external FEM (SKY85728-11)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 1x USB 2.0
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 2-pos switch
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J5) and LEDs (J13) headers on PCB
WHQX E600G is based on Qualcomm QCA9531.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531) with external PA (LXK-6601)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J100), SIM (J34), JTAG (J5) and LEDs (J7) headers on PCB
WHQX E600GAC is based on Qualcomm QCA9531 + QCA9887.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887) with external FEM (SKY85703-11)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED (1x RGB, 5 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-12 V)
- UART (J100), USB (J102), JTAG (J5) and LEDs (J7) header on PCB
Important notice:
First version of these boards are using different mtd layout, with ART
data at the end. You should not use v2 images on v1 board because it
will result in lost of ART data!
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
2. Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
4. Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
3. Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: Peng Zhang <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[reworked: image generation code, mach-* files, commit description,
fixed minor code style issues, rebased on master]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
You should not define CFLAGS for the toolchain as this will also leak
into other targets if they share the same toolchain.
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The CN80XX Boot firmware uses an embedded FAT12 filesystem. For some reason
busybox can't mount this unless its enabled static in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
When this target got updated to 4.14, this patch got removed to
re-evaluate if it was still needed.
Extensive testing now shows this issue is still present.
Let's re-add the patch to fix it for now.
As the uart bus is very low bandwidth .. performance impact is negligible.
Boot log:
[ 22.513051] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.522721] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
As a sidenote:
The patch mentiones an issue with RS485, but the bootlog
errors above were recorded with the uart ports in standard RS232 mode.
Compile/Run-tested on imx6/GW5200
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This makes it possible to add an iptables rule that offloads routing/NAT
packet processing to a software fast path. This fast path is much
quicker than running packets through the regular tables/chains.
Requires Linux 4.14
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This only works with nftables for now, iptables support will be added
later. Includes a number of related upstream nftables improvements to
simplify backporting follow-up changes
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the auth or assoc request was denied the reason
was always WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE.
That's why for example the wpa supplicant was always
trying to reconnect to the AP.
Now it's possible to give reasoncodes why the auth
or assoc was denied.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org>
Add Wireless Network Management (IEEE 802.11v)
support to:
- hostapd-full
- wpa_supplicant-full
It must be enabled at runtime via UCI with:
- option ieee80211v '1'
Add UCI support for:
- time_advertisement
- time_zone
- wnm_sleep_mode
- bss_transition
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
Neighbor reports are enabled implicitly on use, beacon reports and BSS
transition management need to be enabled explicitly
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The hardware emits some interrupts while initializing and handling them
can mess up the state or cause infinite loops.
Fix this by disabling IRQs during init and re-enabling them afterwards
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Tama Electric Axing W06 is a 2.4 GHz band 11n router, based on Mediatek
MT7688AN.
Specification:
- MT7688AN (575 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2 SDRAM)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x LEDs (GPIO connected: 3), 1x button
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A (host)
- UART header on PCB (GND, RX, TX, Vcc from RJ45 side)
Flash instruction using sysupgrade image:
1. Connect micro-USB cable for power supply into W06 and turn on the
router
2. Connect to wifi with SSID "tama-*" with password. Complete SSID and
password are listed on the back of the router
3. Access to 192.168.1.1 and login with user name "admin" and password
empty
4. In firmware update（ファームウェア更新） page, click "参照" button
and click "ブラウザー" button to open file browser, select the
sysupgrade image and press OK button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Use the generic board detection for the GnuBee Personal Cloud Two
instead of the target specific one as all recent additions are doing.
Fixup the pinmux to set all pins used as GPIO to the function GPIO.
Request pins where used.
Drop the i2c from the dts. There is nothing connected. While at it fix an
indentation issue and use references instead of duplicating the whole
node path.
Use the same switch config as for the GB-PC1 and drop the led trigger for
the not supported IP1001 phy connected to second rgmii.
Fixes: c60a21532b ("ramips: Add support for the GnuBee Personal Cloud Two")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic board detection for the D-Link DAP-1522 A1 instead of the
target specific one as all recent additions are doing.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Updated the devicetree source files to make use of the following
upstreamed drivers:
- xrx200 ethernet phy
- reset controller unit
- dwc2
- fpi
Use our custom xrx200 ethernet phy compatible to support boards, which
have switched the vr9 revision during lifetime, with a single devicetree
source file.
By switching to the dwc2 driver + usb phy framework, we don't need to used
our custom gpio power patch and can use a fixed regulator instead.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
On danube the USB0 registers are at 1e101000 similar to all other lantiq
SoCs.
On Danube and AR9 the USB core is connected to the AHB bus, hence we need
to enable the AHB Bus as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add a custom xrx200 ethernet phy compatible to load the firmware matching
the vr9 revision without specifing an expected revision.
We have quite a few boards in the tree were later produced ones are using
a more recent vr9. It is impossible to distinguish which revision of the
vr9 is used without opening the case and removing a heatsink for some of
them.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts kernel commit 1eed40043579 ("MIPS: smp-mt: Use CPU interrupt
controller IPI IRQ domain support"). With the patch applied, the kernel
hangs during boot if SMP is active.
The Lantiq IRQ controller gets registered first and it directly handles
the MIPS native SW1/2 and HW0 - HW5 IRQs. It looks like this controller
already registers IRQ 0 - 7 and the generic driver only gets the following
IRQs starting later.
The upstream discussion can be found at
https://www.linux-mips.org/archives/linux-mips/2017-05/msg00059.html.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This just copies the patches, configuration and dts files into the
directories hich are used for kernel 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is fixing multiple compile problems with kernel 4.14 and updates the
code to take care of changes introduced between kernel 4.9 and 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the devicetree source files to a kernel specific directory in
preparation of adding kernel 4.14 support.
Rename the subtarget kernel config files to match a specific kernel
version.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Rename the gphy firmware to match the name requested by kernel 4.14 and
update the devicetree source files to use the new name.
Update the u-boot lantiq Makefile to be compatible with the new names as
well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With upstream commit 2c93e790e825 ("usb: add CONFIG_USB_PCI for system
have both PCI HW and non-PCI based USB HW") the CONFIG_USB_PCI was
introduced.
The option is disabled by default in our generic kernel 4.14 config, hence
we need to set the option for all related kernel modules.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With a9772285a724 ("linux/compiler.h: Split into compiler.h and
compiler_types.h") compiler.h was refactored and most its content was
moved to compiler_types.h. Both files are required to build ppp-mod-pppoa.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add support to allow for per switch port VLAN priority (PCP) bits
for the ar8327/8337 chip using the swconfig utility.
Tested on Netgear R7800
Signed-off-by: Tan Hong Hui <hhtan72@yahoo.com>
The current implementation only checked if uqmi itself executed
correctly which is also the case when the returned value is actually
an error.
Rework this, checking that CID is a numeric value, which can only
be true if uqmi itself also executed correctly.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This issue is also present in kernel 4.9 starting from 4.9.71
Adapted the patch, as the fixed function is in another location here.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
When using pigz, a parallel gzip implementation, the gzip step in the
image build for some targets fails, because the image filename already
has the .gz extension. This results in an emtpy image file. Fix this by
adding the --force option to gzip in the Build/gzip macro.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Martin Schleier <drahemmaps@gmx.net>
This reverts commit 6c2e1ff80f.
GNU gzip does not fail when the image filename already contains the .gz
extension, this is a problem specific to pigz. Revert the commit, as we
now gzip the image twice.
Reported-by: Martin Schleier <drahemmaps@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
1721453 Remove special handling of A-for-A queries.
499d8dd Fix boundary for test introduced in 3e3f1029c9ec6c63e430ff51063a6301d4b2262
6f1cbfd Fix debian/readme typo.
55ecde7 Inotify: Ignore backup files created by editors
6b54d69 Make failure to chown() pidfile a warning.
246a31c Change ownership of pid file, to keep systemd happy.
83e4b73 Remove confusion between --user and --script-user.
6340ca7 Tweak heuristic for initial DNSSEC memory allocation.
baf553d Default min-port to 1024 to avoid reserved ports.
486bcd5 Simplify and correct bindtodevice().
be9a74d Close Debian bug for CVE-2017-15107.
ffcbc0f Example config typo fixes.
a969ba6 Special case NSEC processing for root DS record, to avoid spurious BOGUS.
f178172 Add homepage to Debian control file.
cd7df61 Fix DNSSEC validation errors introduced in 4fe6744a220eddd3f1749b40cac3dfc510787de6
c1a4e25 Try to be a little more clever at falling back to smaller DNS packet sizes.
4fe6744 DNSSEC fix for wildcard NSEC records. CVE-2017-15107 applies.
3bd4c47 Remove limit on length of command-line options.
98196c4 Typo fix.
22cd860 Allow more than one --bridge-interface option to refer to an interface.
3c973ad Use SIGINT (instead of overloading SIGHUP) to turn on DNSSEC time validation.
faaf306 Spelling fixes.
c7e6aea Change references to gPXE to iPXE. Development of EtherBoot gPXE was always development of iPXE core developer Michael Brown.
e541245 Handle duplicate RRs in DNSSEC validation.
84a01be Bump year in Debian copyright notice.
d1ced3a Update copyrights to 2018.
a6cee69 Fix exit code from dhcp_release6.
0039920 Severely fix code formating of contrib/lease-tools/dhcp_release6.c
39d8550 Run Debian startup regex in "C" locale.
ef3d137 Fix infinite retries in strict-order mode.
8c707e1 Make 373e91738929a3d416e6292e65824184ba8428a6 compile without DNSSEC.
373e917 Fix a6004d7f17687ac2455f724d0b57098c413f128d to cope with >256 RRs in answer section.
74f0f9a Commment language tweaks.
ed6bdb0 Man page typos.
c88af04 Modify doc.html to mention git-over-http is now available.
ae0187d Fix trust-anchor regexp in Debian init script.
0c50e3d Bump version in Debian package.
075366a Open inotify socket only when used.
8e8b2d6 Release notes update.
087eb76 Always return a SERVFAIL response to DNS queries with RD=0.
ebedcba Typo in printf format string added in 22dee512f3738f87539a79aeb52b9e670b3bd104
0954a97 Remove RSA/MD5 DNSSEC algorithm.
b77efc1 Tidy DNSSEC algorithm table use.
3b0cb34 Fix manpage which said ZSK but meant KSK.
aa6f832 Add a few DNS RRs to the table.
ad9c6f0 Add support for Ed25519 DNSSEC signature algorithm.
a6004d7 Fix caching logic for validated answers.
c366717 Tidy up add_resource_record() buffer size checks.
22dee51 Log DNS server max packet size reduction.
6fd5d79 Fix logic on EDNS0 headers.
9d6918d Use IP[V6]_UNICAST_IF socket option instead of SO_BINDTODEVICE for DNS.
a49c5c2 Fix search_servers() segfault with DNSSEC.
30858e3 Spaces in CNAME options break parsing.
Refresh patches.
Remove upstreamed patches:
250-Fix-infinite-retries-in-strict-order-mode.patch
260-dnssec-SIGINT.patch
270-dnssec-wildcards.patch
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Support for kernel 4.14 was added 2 months ago, make it now the default
kernel to use for the x86 target.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
The default receive window size in dropbear is hardcoded to 24576 byte
to limit memory usage. This value was chosen for 100Mbps networks, and
limits the throughput of scp on faster networks. It also severely limits
scp throughput on high-latency links.
Add an option to set the receive window size so that people can improve
performance without having to recompile dropbear.
Setting the window size to the highest value supported by dropbear
improves throughput from my build machine to an APU2 on the same LAN
from 7MB/s to 7.9MB/s, and to an APU2 over a link with ~65ms latency
from 320KB/s to 7.5MB/s.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The gzip step in the sdcard image build fails because the image filename
already has the gzip extension. This results in an empty image file, to
which the metadata is finally appended.
Remove the .gz extension from the image filename to fix this.
Fixes: e79b096ee1 ("brcm2708: convert to metadata")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
In the initial patch which adds HSDK board there were no update
of network configuration scripts. Without it by default static IP
is set for br-lan and there is no access to internet.
This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Between mbedtls 2.6.0 and 2.7.0, the void returning mbedtls_MODULE* functions
were deprecated in favor of functions returning an int error code. Use
the new function mbedtls_sha256_ret().
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Between mbedtls 2.6.0 and 2.7.0, the void returning mbedtls_MODULE* functions
were deprecated in favor of functions returning an int error code. Use
the new function mbedtls_sha256_ret().
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The Orange Pi Zero Plus uses a RTL8211E, add the driver for this PHY.
This is probably used on more boards with a Allwinner SoC.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This syncs the Orange Pi R1 device tree files with the one from the
upstream kernel and also uses the default configuration from the Orange
Pi Zero.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some functions used by a lot of other software was renamed and is only
active when deprecated functions are allowed, deactivate the removal of
deprecated functions for now.
Fixes: 75c5ab4caf ("mbedtls: update to version 2.7.0")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The PC Engines APU3b has a new nct5104b version with chip ID 0xc453.
This adds support for that version.
Signed-off-by: Jasper Scholte <NightNL@outlook.com>
Calling nand_do_upgrade() from platform_pre_upgrade() was deprecated
with 30f61a34b4 ("base-files: always use staged sysupgrade").
Update the platform upgrade code to use platform_do_upgrade() for NAND
images as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The watchdog kill command was meant for busybox watchdog. Busybox watchdog
was replaced by the procd watchdog mid 2013 with commit df7ce9301a
("busybox: disable the watchdog utility by default"), which makes the kill
command obsolete since quite some time.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the following security problems:
* CVE-2018-0488: Risk of remote code execution when truncated HMAC is enabled
* CVE-2018-0487: Risk of remote code execution when verifying RSASSA-PSS signatures
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
- removed upstreamed patches
- 0901-spansion_nand_id_fix.patch is disabled, not clear if it's needed
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
On MT7621, the REG_ESW_VLAN_VTIM reads are undefined, causing swconfig
to always report `vid: 0` in swconfig show output.
Since a 4K VLAN table is used on this platform, the VLAN ID always
correponds to the actual VLAN table index so provide a specific MT7621
implementation of the get_vid callback which returns the table index
as VLAN ID.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently, untagged port primary vlan IDs are set to the VLAN table index,
and not the actual VLAN ID, breaking configurations with IDs deviating from
the VLAN index.
Fix the issue by resolving the per-port pvid property to the target VLAN ID
value before committing to the hardware.
Fixes FS#991, FS#1147, FS#1341
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Avoid overwriting vlan entries with remapped vid in later iterations of
the vlan enumeration loop of mt7530_apply_config().
Fix the problem by refactoring the code to first reset the entire table,
then reprogram only vlans with members to prevent overwriting configured
vlans with unconfigured ones.
Fixes FS#1147, FS#1341
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The current image build code has a number of race conditions and interface
contract violations in the custom image build steps:
- Build/install-zImage, solely used by at91, relies on $(PROFILE_SANITIZED)
which is not available when building with CONFIG_TARGET_MULTI_PROFILE
- Build/at91-sdcard, which may run concurrently, creates scratch files at
fixed locations and manipulates target files directly which can lead
to file corruption and other unexpected failures
Rename the install-zImage macro to at91-install-zImage and move it to the
at91 image Makefile since this target is the sole user. Also utilize "$@"
as output file name and switch the usage of $(PROFILE_SANITIZED) to
$(DEVICE_NAME) in order to fix naming under multi profile builds.
Fix the at91-sdcard macro to construct scratch file paths relative to "$@",
which is guaranteed to be unique and store the final artifact output in "$@"
as well, instead of inside $(BIN_DIR). The generic image build code takes
care of moving a build steps "$@" output to the final destination in a
concurrency-safe manner.
Finally remove the broken install-zImage from the generic image-commands
Makefile.
Fixes: d7a679a036 ("at91: Install zImage.")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This drops support for all the !emmc EVB and adds banannaPi-R2
Also drop mtkhnat until the nftables offoad driver is ready
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This patch adds support for GL.iNet GL-B1300
Specification:
- SOC: IPQ4028 / QCA Dakota
- RAM: 256 MiB
- FLASH: 32 MiB
- ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (2 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
- USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
- WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4028 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
- WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4028 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
- INPUT: one reset and one WPS button
- LEDS: 3 leds: Power, WIFI(only for 2.4G currently), and one reserved
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB (3.3V, TX, RX, GND) - 115200 8N1
Installation:
Method 1:
- use serial port to stop uboot
- uboot command: run lf
Method 2:
- push down reset button and power on
- wait until three leds constantly on then release
- upgrade by uboot web at http://192.168.1.1
Note:
- the sysupgrade image need to be renamed to lede-gl-b1300.bin in both method.
- the sysupgrade image can be automatically downloaded if tftp server at
192.168.1.2 have that file.
- the wifi led will be flashing when writing image.
Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
128bc35 logread: fix reconnect logd logic
66347ec logread: move the code setting up the request blob out of the main loop
975a258 logread: move output connection setup code out of main loop
b81bea7 logread: cleanup pid file handling
d73e7d2 ubox: Replace strerror(errno) with %m format.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Synopsys DesignWare HSDK (which stands for ARC HS
Development Kit) is the latest and greatest development
platform that sports quad-core ARC HS38 in real silicon.
Most noticeable features of the board are:
* Quad-core ARC HS38 CPU running at 1GHz
* 4Gb of DDR
* Built-in Vivante GPU (well supported via open source
Etnaviv drivers)
* Built-in Wi-Fi/Bluetooth module (RedPine RS-9113)
And as usual we have:
* [micro] SD-card slot
* 2 USB 2.0 ports
* 1Gbit Ethernet port
* Built-in Digilent JTAG probe
* Serial port accessible via micro-USB port
For more information about HSDK board visit:
https://www.synopsys.com/dw/ipdir.php?ds=arc-hs-development-kit
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
sysfs attributes 'port_mask' & 'speed_mask' held locks whilst doing
mundane tasks such as sprintf. Refactor code to reduce length of time
locks are held unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add sysfs 'mode' attribute to swconfig controlled LEDs.
swconfig 'link state' LEDs blink in the presence of port traffic. This
behaviour becomes more obvious as switches start to support
get_port_stats() e.g. commits 0369e35891,
3056d09b40,
4ddbc43cc1,
4d8a66d934.
This blinking can be confusing/distracting if the switch has other LEDs
used to indicate traffic. Provide a 'mode' sysfs attribute that
controls the blink on traffic behaviour.
mode - either "none" (LED is off) or a space separated list of one or more:
link: LED's normal state reflects whether the link is up (has carrier) or not
tx: LED blinks on transmitted data
rx: LED blinks on receive data
Note that 'link' considers any port speed mask that may be applicable.
e.g. if an LED is configured to indicate 1Gbit link speed and mode is
set to 'link rx tx' but the port is connected at 100Mbit then the LED
will not light or blink. A mode of 'tx rx' will blink in the presence of
traffic only if the port matches the rate (if configured)
This maintains compatibility with existing behaviour.
Attribute is 'link tx rx' by default for backwards compatible behaviour.
Many thanks to Thibaut Varene for providing a more sensible led_event
routine after I had mangled the original, and other coding style hints.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Some people reported problems with the current development version, so
go back to the latests more or less release.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Using PKG_SOURCE_DATE instead of PKG_VERSION will make the build system
generate the version based on the date and the git hash. This way the
tar file name changes when the git hash changes and this avoids problems
when someone forgets to change the version, but changes the git hash.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Changes since last merge into OpenWrt since 2017-12-14:
- Added debugfs file tx_hist.
- Added debugfs file fixed_rate.
- Added debugfs file ba_hist.
- Modified the way to establish BA stream.
- Added code to control BF type.
- Added functions to check/dump dhcp packet.
- Upgrade 88W8964 firmware to 9.3.2.4.
- Added debugfs file coredump.
- Corrected the way to transmit multicast packets.
- Change driver version to 10.3.4.0-20180118.
- Corrected the way to get qos control.
- Assigned broadcast dhcpoffer to another queue.
- Separated broadcast and multicast packets. Bump to latest commit 20180206
Signed-off-by: Chris Breuer <github@chrisbreuer.de>
The name of the PCIe controller node in device tree changed between
kernel 4.9 and kernel 4.14. Migrate the configuration when an update
from kernel 4.9 to 4.14 or back is done to the new name to make
the existing wifi configuration compatible with the new names.
This replaces the "pcie-controller" part with "pcie" on all nodes if the
file exists in sys fs.
This is not done in the uci-defualts, because they are getting executed
to late in the boot process. The kernel module gets loaded before the
uci-defaults scripts are executed. When the mwlwifi driver gets loaded
it will trigger an event via hotplug to detect new devices and as the
paths are not in the uci configuration they will be added again.
When the migration is done before the script will detect that they are
already there.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is needed to prevent copying it into kernel 4.14.
These device tree files are already integrated into kernel 4.14 and we
would like to use the upstream versions only.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Make it easily possible to add a custom script in front of this hotplug
script which adds new devices. This is needed for the mvebu target in
which we want to migrate the old configuration before new devices are
getting detected.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of creating an ubifs file system with format version 5 by
default on empty UBI volumes use the older format 4 by default. This
will make it possible to mount these file systems also on older kernel
versions.
When a user wants to do a sysupgrade from kernel 4.14 to kernel 4.9 the
old kernel has to read the file system created by the more recent kernel
which currently does not work for ubifs.
This fixes the problem by creating file systems which are compatible
with older kernel versions by default.
Kernel 4.14 will still be able to read and write UBI FS file system
version 5, it will just not be used when a ubifs partition is created
implicitly on an empty UBI volume.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The root= parameter overrides the automatic rootfs detection by partition
name, so drop it. Fixes boot from flash after renumeration changes of
partitions due to parser changes.
Fixes FS#1350.
Fixes: a27d59bb42 ("brcm63xx: switch to new partition layout specification")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
In a profile, specifying -pkg in the list of PACKAGES will suppress
it even if it appears in the target's DEFAULT_PACKAGES list.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Instead of writing to the currently booted partition set, this
implements full dual-boot support for sysupgrade by always writing to
the other, currently inactive, partition set and toggling the dualflag
after a successful flash.
The currently active/ booted partition set is determined by parsing
/proc/cmdline for its rootfs parameter (supplied by the DTS), instead
of reading from the 0:DUAL_FLAG mtd, in order to prevent (potentially)
bricking both partition sets.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Instead of hardcoding /dev/loop0, it's safer to query for the first
free loop device and assign that dynamically. While /dev/loop0 is a
reasonable assumption immediately following "losetup --detach-all",
detaching the mounted overlay is no longer strictly necessary once
dual-boot support has been added for the nbg6817.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Harmonize the variable usage for $kernel and $rootfs to always contain
the full device path, instead of just its basename.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
PHY drivers were grouped into vendor specific directories
by upstream commit 0b56e9a7e8358e59b21d8a425e463072bfae523c
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
``make xconfig`` toplevel target will invoke ``make qconf`` inside
./scripts/config directory, which results a ``qconf`` executable.
This commit removes leftover ``qconf`` executable during ``make
config-clean``.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
Add more registers and flags to ar71x_regs.h for QCA955x and QCA956x
SoCs. Values come from Qualcomm Atheros u-boot code.
Patches can be merged into
622-MIPS-ath79-add-more-register-defines-for-QCA956x-SoC.patch
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
D-Link DAP-1522 is a wireless bridge/access point with 4 LAN
ports and a dual-band wireless chipset.
Specifications:
- Ralink RT2880
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of Flash
- 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (RTL8366SR)
- 802.11abgn (RT2850)
Flash Instructions:
1. Download lede-ramips-rt288x-dap-1522-a1-squashfs-factory.bin
2. Open the web interface and upload the image
Signed-off-by: George Hopkins <george-hopkins@null.net>
EG-200 is a DIN rail mountable device with one ethernet port, wifi,
an RS-485 port, and an internal USB attached uSD card reader.
Two leds, "modbus" and "etactica" are managed by userspace applications
in factory firmware.
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
uqmi contains a command for directly querying the modem if there
is a valid data connection, so let's use it.
This avoids the cases were all previous tests are succesful, but the
actual data link is not up for some reasons, leading to states were we
thought the link was up when it actually wasn't ..
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Originally, the implementation only checked if uqmi command
execution succeeded properly without actually checking it's returned data.
This lead to a pass, even when the returned data was indicating an error.
Rework the verification to actually check the returned data,
which can only be correct if the uqmi command itself also executed correctly.
On command execution success, value "pdh_" is a pure numeric value.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Debugging shows that using the general method properly cleans on each
run, while the method specifying the client-ID shows "No effect"
even while in connected state.
Fixes several connectivity issues seen on specific modems.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The tftp.bin image for Buffalo WHR-G300N was not built, so I was fixed
it after rewriting to new image build code. And the code for
factory-EU.bin was broken, so I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
- Remove kernel 4.9 support
- Apply specific 4.14 changes directly to source
- Refreshed all
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
For some boards u-boot binary environment file is required,
which is generated by mkenvimage utility. But in OpenWrt there
is no separate support for mkenvimage, which is a part of u-boot tools.
mkenvimage gets built in u-boot/tools as well as mkimage anyways.
So lets just copy mkenvimage to the $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/bin/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Cavium OCTEON TX is an ARM 64-bit SoC leveraging CPU cores and
periperhals from the Cavium ThunderX SoC.
This initial support provides a 4.14 kernel and kernel+initramfs that is
bootable on the Gateworks Newport GW630x as well as the Cavium sff8104
reference board.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This prevents passing down the HOSTCC stuff set in u-boot.mk
which results in linking errors against openssl:
tools/mxsimage.o: In function `sb_aes_reinit':
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x202): undefined reference to `EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset'
tools/mxsimage.o: In function `mxsimage_generate':
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x110d): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_new'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x114f): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_free'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x11c3): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_new'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x1323): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_free'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x134a): undefined reference to `EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset'
tools/mxsimage.o: In function `mxsimage_verify_print_header':
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x23ce): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_new'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x242c): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_new'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x246b): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_free'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x24ef): undefined reference to `EVP_CIPHER_CTX_reset'
mxsimage.c:(.text+0x2e52): undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_free'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The Device Tree file for I2SE Duckbill boards was updated upstream.
Let's use the upstream version for upcoming kernel 4.14 by keeping
our current version for v4.9 still around.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The GnuBee Personal Cloud Two crowdfunded on https://www.crowdsupply.com
It is a low-cost, low-power, network-attached storage device.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 512 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- Six SATA ports for 3.5" Drives
- One SDcard
- One USB 3.0
- Two USB 2.0
- Gigabit Ethernet: Three Ports
- UART 3.5mm Audio Jack or 3 pin header - 57600 8N1
- Three GPIOs available on a pin header
Flash instructions:
The GnuBee Personal Cloud Two ships with libreCMC installed.
libreCMC is a Free Software Foundation approved fork of LEDE/OpenWrt.
As such one can upgrade using the webinterface or sysupgrade.
Das U-Boot has multiple options for recovery or updates including :
- USB
- http
- tftp
Errata:
- While there are three ethernet ports, the third requires support for
the second GMAC. This will come in kernel 4.14.
- The first hard drive slot has a clearance issue with the two fan
headers. Workaround is to pull the headers out and connect the pins to
jumper wires.
- Using this device as a NAS is problematic with the 4.9 kernel as many
/dev/sdX reads throw silent errors. The current theory behind this is
some kind of unhandled DMA mapping error in the kernel. This is not an
issue with kernel 4.4.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
It is currently possible to enable connlabel-support in iptables.
However, in order for connlabel to work properly, the kernel module must
also be present. This patch adds support for building the
connlabel-module, and selects it by default when connlabel-support is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Updated pfe kernel patch to clean up iounmap(pfe->ddr_baseaddr).
pfe->ddr_baseaddr was got through phys_to_virt() not ioremap(),
so iounmap() for pfe->ddr_baseaddr should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add a known issue of make menuconfig
in README file. This is also a common issue for OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch changes the declarations of ndo_get_stats64 handlers
to the previous struct rtnl_link_stats64 * return type instead of
the mainline void return.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tis patch is to fix up some descriptions in README.
Per-device rootfs had been supported, and a known issue
had been found. These also should be updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
ls1012ardb/ls1012afrdm/ls1046ardb/ls1088ardb firmwares now use ubifs
rootfs. So u-boot env should be set accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Some layerscape devices (ls1012ardb/ls1012afrdm/ls1046ardb/ls1088ardb)
were using ext4 rootfs because there were issues using squashfs.
This patch is to drop using ext4 rootfs and use ubifs rootfs instead
which is more proper for SPI-NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Updated ppfe firmware to NXP LSDK1712 release. Used
ppfe firmware git tree on NXP github since it was
migrated here from qoriq-open-source github.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
NXP LSDK1712 release used two rcw git trees. The
original rcw git tree was still source code but
dropping ls1012a/ls1088a/ls2088a boards in LSDK1712.
Instead another new rcw git tree was used to just
provided rcw binaries for these boards dropped. So
this patch is to update ls-rcw to LSDK1712 release
and add a new ls-rcw-bin package.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
fman-ucode had been migrated from qoriq-open-source
github to NXP github. So the Makefile should be fixed
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Updated MC firmware to NXP LSDK1712 release. Used
MC firmware git tree on NXP github since it was
migrated here from qoriq-open-source github.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to remove USB configs for 32-bit device since
they're already in kmod package. Also removed TI platform
specific configs.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Patches changes
- Updated patches-4.9 to NXP LSDK1712 linux-4.9.
- Merged changes of patch 303 into integrated patch 201.
- Split changes of patch 706 into dpaa part and dpaa2
part, and merged these changes into integrated patches
701 and 705.
- Removed patch 819 since ehci-fsl driver could be compiled now.
- Refreshed these patches.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This device is identical as TP-Link RE450
RE355 is a dual-band AC1200 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9558+QCA9880.
Specification:
720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
3T3R 2.4 GHz
3T3R 5 GHz
1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
7x LED, 3x button
UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Web:
Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
and use OEM System Tools - Firmware Upgrade site.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
For hardware that supports multiple h/w output queues, add
a compatible scheduler (NET_SCH_MULTIQ).
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Current code and also before commit da52dd0c83 was vulnerable to shell
injection using volume lables in the GPT partition table of block
devices. Given that partition names can be freely defined in GPT tables
we really shouldn't evaluate a string which is potentially crafted with
evil intentions. Hence rather use `export -n` to absorb the uevent's
variables into the environment.
Fixes commit da52dd0c83 (base-files: quote values when evaluating uevent)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[mschiffer@universe-factory.net: suggested export -n usage]
The kmod-lp package included both lp.ko and ppdev.ko, but ECP device
drivers may or may not require lp NOT to be loaded, needing only ppdev.
Additionally, There were no packages for any parport interface modules,
such as uss720 or parport_pc, provided here. It has not been otherwise
possible to use PC-style parport hardware for kmod-lp.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
This will introduce a warning on 3.18, but fixes an error when
compiling for 4.9.
Fixes: cf9e0a59aa ("ar7: add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When clearfog was renamed to clearfog pro, it broke sysupgrade from
17.04 as the new images now get rejected as incompatible. Fix this by
adding the legacy boardname to the compatible devices.
Fixes: ec4a8c6dee ("mvebu: ClearFog renamed upstream to ClearFog Pro")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The last_rx field was removed from net_device. Since the field wasn't
used by the generic subsystem, and the driver only writes to it, just
remove the usage.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for kernel 4.9 based on the more upstream comformant
partition defintions. Increases compressed kernel size by ~95k
compared to 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Partitions are supposed to be enclosed in an extra partitions node. Allow
the bcm63xxpart parser to cope with that.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The lookup needs to be called just "reset" for the common code.
Fixes: 054c0d4e31 ("brcm63xx: backport mdio-bus reset gpio support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The arm CPUs uses in the supported Mediatket SoCs have a FPU accordingly
to the datasheet, activate it also. The CPU subtype "neon-vfpv4" is
selected, but the toolcahin generated for this SoC will still be
compiled with soft float and not with the hard float ABI as we haven't
the fpu feature flag set. If this toolchain is reused by other targets
this will even affect other targets.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When sourcing /sys/class/block/*/uevent values have to be quoted as
they may contain spaces (e.g. in PARTNAME).
Fix this by pre-processing with sed before sourcing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The BDFs for OpenMesh A42 were upstreamed [1] to the ath10k-firmware
repository and are now part of ath10k-firmware 2018-01-26. The
ipq-wifi-openmesh_a42 package can now be dropped because OpenWrt already
ships the QCA4019 board-2.bin from this version.
[1] https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/drivers/ath10k/boardfiles
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
* introduces the BDFs for the OpenMesh A42 in
/lib/firmware/ath10k/QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin.
* adds new firmware firmware-6.bin_RM.4.4.1.c1-00037-QCARMSWP-1 for
QCA6174 hw3.0
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
COMFAST CF-E375AC is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9886 + QCA8337.
Short specification:
2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
128MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH
3T3R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a, wave 2
built-in 5x 3 dBi antennas
output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
1x RGB LED, 1x button
built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
With no warning, it just looks like the box has hung during boot.
We don't want users resetting it without having captured a crashdump.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
TP-Link Archer C50 v3 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7612E.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power switch
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in ArcherC50v3 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt7628-ArcherC50v3-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
The D-Link devices with JBOOT bootloader use their own kernel
image header (stag + sch2 headers).
This driver find jImage header and set rootfs start after kernel file.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This commit marks the CPUs switchport explicit as untagged.
Otherwise, an eth0.1 interface is created and the devices
LAN-ports are not working.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Compiling the Intel microcode package results in a
microcode.bin and a microcode-64.bin. As we can
decide based on the subtarget which should be used,
we'll only split the required .bin file with
iucode-tool.
x64 will get the intel-microcode-64.bin
All other variants will get intel-microcode.bin
The microcodes will be updated from preinit via a common
script - that's the earliest place where we can do it.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Use the Debian repository for sourcing the ucode files.
Current (20171205) includes support for fam17h CPUs already.
The microcodes will be updated from preinit via a common
script - that's the earliest place where we can do it.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Add tool to "compile" Intel microcode files. The tool will be
compiled for host (to split the microcode.dat) and for target
(to forcibly reload the microcode if required).
Instead of using the large microcode.bin/microcode-64.bin, the
splitted ucode files (separate for CPU families) will be
installed.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
When we provide the HOSTCFLAGS to the U-Boot build it will fail because
it can not find the u-boot provided header files any more.
Just overwrite and not append the package specific configuration on top
of the configuration provided by u-boot.mk.
uboot-fritz4040 is based on U-Boot 2012.07 and this problem is probably
similar to the problem seen with the lantiq and ar71xx u-boot build.
Fixes: df9781a420 ("u-boot,at91bootstrap: fix incorrect HOSTCPPFLAGS variable")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Use "$(DTS_DIR)", defined at include/image.mk, instead of
"$(LINUX_DIR)/arch/$(LINUX_KARCH)/boot/dts" in order to generalize and
allow a better Device/* device-tree parameterization (i.e. DEVICE_DTS_DIR
and DTS_DIR).
Signed-off-by: Adrià Llaudet <adria.llaudet@gmail.com>
Update Linux kernel version from 4.9 to 4.14 for archs38.
config-4.14 was simply regenerated with "make kernel_menuconfig".
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Once installed fou kernel module allows you to use FOU (Foo over UDP)
and GUE (Generic UDP encapsulation) tunnel protocols.
To get ip fou command working you also need to install ip-full.
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
Since I have no openssl-dev on my machine, I first
get this error:
```
tools/kwbimage.c:21:10: fatal error: openssl/bn.h: No such file or directory
#include <openssl/bn.h>
```
After removing the UBOOT_MAKE_FLAGS the next error is:
```
tools/kwbimage.c:40:6: error: conflicting types for ‘EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup’
void EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup(EVP_MD_CTX *ctx)
```
After removing the OpenSSL patches the next error is:
```
HOSTLD tools/dumpimage
/usr/bin/ld: cannot find -lssl
/usr/bin/ld: cannot find -lcrypto
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
scripts/Makefile.host:108: recipe for target 'tools/dumpimage' failed
make[5]: *** [tools/dumpimage] Error 1
```
So, the final part is to add the build system's
HOST_LDFLAGS to the UBOOT_MAKE_FLAGS.
(which was done in the previous commit)
Then the image builds.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This will make sure that the build system's
paths for linking are available.
This is needed mostly for linking with tools/libressl.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This would should up as `$$(HOSTCPPFLAGS)` in the host CFLAGS.
```
make --jobserver-fds=3,4 -j -C <openwrt>/build_dir/target-arm_cortex-a8+vfpv3_musl_eabi/u-boot-A10-OLinuXino-Lime/u-boot-2017.07 CROSS_COMPILE=arm-openwrt-linux-muslgnueabi- DTC="<openwrt>/build_dir/target-arm_cortex-a8+vfpv3_musl_eabi/linux-sunxi_cortexa8/linux-4.9.76/scripts/dtc/dtc" HOSTCC="gcc" HOSTCFLAGS='-O2 -I<openwrt>/staging_dir/host/include -I<openwrt>/staging_dir/host/usr/include -I<openwrt>/staging_dir/hostpkg/include -I<openwrt>/staging_dir/target-arm_cortex-a8+vfpv3_musl_eabi/host/include $$(HOSTCPPFLAGS)' HOSTLDFLAGS="" BL31=<openwrt>/staging_dir/target-arm_cortex-a8+vfpv3_musl_eabi/image/bl31.bin
```
And then it would complain with:
```
/bin/sh: 1: HOSTCPPFLAGS: not found
```
Also, HOSTCPPFLAGS does not exist.
The correct var is HOST_CPPFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Activate the support for 64 bit on all 64 bit CPUs and not only x86_64.
ARM64 does not provide an xml file, so do not pack any.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This config option was renamed in upstream Linux commit 681bec0367
("tracing: Rename update the enum_map file")
Reported-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
We use the dtc from the kernel and that does not have all the options
which u-boot would like to use now. make these parameters optional.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
3413961 mt7603: avoid reordering qos-null data packets
c60e6db mt76: toggle driver station powersave bit before notifying mac80211
246d548 mt76: stop tx queues from the driver callback instead of common code
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The target it was meant for was updated to a version that this does not
compile with. It probably also hasn't been used in years
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Don't append an empty sendopts value as odhcp6c bails out
immediately on an empty -x option triggering an infinite start
loop of odhcp6c
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Commit a26045049b added support for sendopts as a string; since multiple
sendopts values can be specified it makes more sense to model it as a
list of strings.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Convert userspace code to use generic device-tree compatible board
detection method. Users of the existing code will have to use
sysupgrade -F once to switch to the new generic board naming.
Properly setup pinctrl fixing the switch port LEDs.
Fixes commit 9c4fe103cb (ramips: add support for ZBT-WE1226)
Reported-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The ATM subsystem is different from the generic ethernet NICs. The ATM
subsystem requires a callback when a packet has been sent. It means a
tx skb_buff need to be used after it has sent. While the generic NIC
can fill up the TX ring and free skb_buffs if it encounter a ring buffer slot
with an already sent skbuff.
The ATM drivers need call the pop() function after it has send a
single ATM package. The ATM subsystem controls via this ways the queuing.
The ppe engine use DMA channels for read and write. Every atm_vcc has it's
own TX DMA channel and each TX DMA channel has it's own ring buffer.
The old driver had multiple issues:
- Call the subsystem callback at the beginning of tx function (ppe_send).
Didn't allowed the ATM subsystem to control the enqueued package
amount.
- Filled up the TX ring until full and fail futher
- copy or decouple the skb from all other subsystem before giving it
over to TX ring
The new tx path uses interupts.
- call the subsystem callback _after_ it was sent by hardware
- no need to copy our decouple the skb any more
- gives back control to the atm subsystem over the enqueued packages
- use an interupt for every sent atm package
Using interupts shouldn't be a problem because of the slow uplink bandwidth of
ADSL.
The speed _through_ the DSL router was always as high as it should
be, only traffic generated on the router itself were affected.
After changing to new tx path, the speed of iperf's run on the
router itself reached the same speed. The master/trunk wasn't as much
affected because of TCP optimisations (reboot-5022-gb2ea46fe236a).
The following results are taken on the remote server, which receives
the stream over the internet and the DSL line.
The sync moves between every sync a litte bit, but is so far stable
Latency / Interleave Delay: Down: Fast (0.25 ms) / Up: Fast (0.50 ms)
Data Rate: Down: 13.287 Mb/s / Up: 1.151 Mb/s
reboot-5521-g9f8d28285d without patch
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth Retr
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 947 KBytes 773 Kbits/sec 0 sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 928 KBytes 757 Kbits/sec receiver
reboot-5521-g9f8d28285d with patch
[ 5] 0.00-10.06 sec 1.16 MBytes 970 Kbits/sec 0 sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.06 sec 1.15 MBytes 959 Kbits/sec receiver
v17.01.4-239-g55c23e44f4 without patch
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth Retr
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 87.4 KBytes 71.3 Kbits/sec 0 sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.04 sec 59.6 KBytes 48.7 Kbits/sec receiver
v17.01.4-239-g55c23e44f4 with patch
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth Retr
[ 5] 0.00-10.05 sec 1.18 MBytes 983 Kbits/sec 1 sender
[ 5] 0.00-10.05 sec 1.15 MBytes 959 Kbits/sec receiver
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
- use release build instead of debug to reduce size
- bump to use latest commit in allwinner tree
Tested on Pine64/1G.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2b7fae4 mt76: fix returnvar.cocci warnings
939e3e0 mt76x2: dfs: avoid tasklet scheduling during mt76x2_dfs_init_params()
cf59170 mt76x2: dfs: add set_domain handler
5e4d60e mt76x2: dfs: take into account dfs region in mt76x2_dfs_init_params()
f76e25f mt76x2: fix WMM parameter configuration
34d612d mt76: retry rx polling as long as there is budget left
0f8327a mt76x2: fix TSF value in probe responses
ad3f8e9 mt76: add an intermediate struct for rx status information
58a41f1 mt76: get station pointer by wcid and pass it to mac80211
b0508d3 mt76: implement A-MPDU rx reordering in the driver code
cf3cfc4 mt76: split mt76_rx_complete
461cdf9 mt76: pass the per-vif wcid to the core for multicast rx
9b2c778 mt76: validate rx CCMP PN
302af90 mt76x2: init: disable all pending tasklets during device removal
9f685fe mt7603: init: disable tbtt tasklet during device removal
c6f8cac mt76: let mac80211 validate CCMP PN for fragmented frames
3968dae mt7603: fix 40 mhz channel bandwidth reporting
9c2e03d mt7603: fix rx LDPC reporting
f515dfc mt76: implement AP_LINK_PS
974142c mt76: implement processing of BlockAckReq frames
c5209db mt76: avoid re-queueing A-MPDU rx reorder work if no frames are pending
e67e7a5 mt76x2: do not set status->aggr for NULL data frames
8693864 mt76: check qos ack policy before reordering packets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Locally generated packets weren't forwarded to the isolated interfaces in a
bridge. Isolation should only prevent the flooding of incomming packets to
other interfaces in the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Qualcomm claims this improves the D-cache footprint. Origina commit message below:
From: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Date: Fri, 7 Jun 2013 10:57:28 -0500
Subject: [ag71xx] cluster/align structs for cache perf
Cluster the frequently used, per-packet structures in ag71xx near
to each other, and cacheline-align them. Some other re-ordering
occurred to move "warmer" structures near the per-packet structures.
Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
f0836c7e Update manual pages
25db178b Bump up version number to 1.30.0, LT revision to 29:2:15
1b6713e6 Update AUTHORS
c1a496cf nghttpx: Fix bug that h1 backend idle timeout expires sooner
e098a211 mruby: Fix bug that response header is unexpectedly overwritten
0ba4bf51 Merge pull request #1120 from dylanplecki/issue-1119-mruby-header-overwrite
6deee203 Fix#1119: Stop overwrite of first header on mruby call to env.req.set_header(..)
6761a933 Merge pull request #1105 from nghttp2/nghttpx-upgrade-scheme
5cc3d159 nghttpx: Add upgrade-scheme parameter to backend option
652f57e7 Merge pull request #1104 from nghttp2/allow-ping-after-goaway
acd6b40e Allow PING frame to be sent after GOAWAY
0fbb46ed Merge pull request #1101 from nghttp2/remember-pushed-links
6ad629de Merge pull request #1102 from nghttp2/fix-missing-alpn-validation
74754982 nghttpx: Fix missing ALPN validation (--npn-list)
a31a2e3b nghttpx: Remember which resource is pushed
a776b0db Merge pull request #1092 from nghttp2/define-103
cfd926f0 src: Define 103 status code
72f52716 Bump up version number to 1.30.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Firewall rules don't work as intended without conntrack support. The recent
cleanup removed the kmod-nf-conntrack6 dependency from the iptables
modules; add it to the firewall package instead.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We don't need two versions of this. The escaping quotes
is so that the sed commands aren't misinterpreted by shell;
it has nothing to do with the contents of the file, thus
one version is adequate.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
In addition to backslash and ampersand needing to be escaped for
simple sed RHS strings, we also need to escape comma since we're
using that as our s/// delimiter.
Pass everything through a macro filter to sanitize it.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Remove references to /etc/, /lib/ and /usr/ from the bundled ld.so
interpreter using simple binary patching.
This is needed to prevent loading host system libraries such as
libnss_compat.so.2 on foreign systems, which may result in ld.so
inconsistency assertions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
By default udhcpc asks for a default list of options; the config option
defaultreqopts allows to tweak this behavior.
When set to 0 udhcpc will not ask for any options except for the options
specified in the reqopts config option.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
By default odhcp6c asks for a default list of options; the config option
defaultreqopts allows to tweak this behavior.
When set to 0 odhcp6c will not ask for any options except for the options
specified in the reqopts config option.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This machfile also contains the code for the TL-WR842N/ND v2, which is in
ar71xx-generic and not in ar71xx-tiny.
Fixes: 0cd5e85e7a "ar71xx: create new ar71xx/tiny subtarget for 4MB flash
devices"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
For minimal firewall setups, NAT support may be unnecessary.
It would be possible to further reduce the minimum number of installed
modules, e.g. by separating IPv4 and IPv6 support or moving conntrack
support into a separate kmod package. We go with a more complete
kmod-nft-core for now, until a concrete usecase for smaller packages
arises.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The nf_reject_ipv4 and nf_reject_ipv6 modules are moved into separate
packages, as they are a common dependency of ip(6)tables and nftables. This
avoids a dependency of nftables on kmod-nf-ipt(6). Also, fewer iptables
modules depend on nf-conntrack(6) now.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
It's not needed now since commit a621b8c ("include: clean package
staging dir files before configure")
Fixes FS#1309
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The IGB and IXGBE drivers depend on kmod-hwmon core now.
Fixes: af707a178f ("netdevices.mk: add hwmon to IGB and IXGBE drivers")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Off-chip NICs can run hotter than the CPU, so they're definitely
worth instrumenting.
Adding hardware monitoring increases by ~3744 and ~2672 bytes,
respectively, the sizes of the igb.ko and ixgbe.ko drivers.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
It was only enabled when the target was added back in commit 9b321bc
("lantiq: add Amazon-SE subtarget")
Leave pistachio alone as devices of this target are not likely have
small_flash or low_mem constraint
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
To make it more accessible for nodejs users to configure and run a build
on mips target lacking hardware fpu
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
a0b5e8944 progress-bar: get screen width on windows
65ceb20df test1454: --connect-to with IPv6 address w/o IPv6 support!
eb6e3c4f6 CONNECT_TO: fail attempt to set an IPv6 numerical without IPv6 support
96186de1f docs: fix man page syntax to make test 1140 OK again
af32cd385 http: prevent custom Authorization headers in redirects
993dd5651 curl: progress bar refresh, get width using ioctl()
9d82cde7b RELEASE-NOTES: synced with bb0ffcc36
bb0ffcc36 libcurl-env.3: first take
ec122c4c8 TODO: two possible name resolver improvements
a5e6d6ebc http2: don't close connection when single transfer is stopped
87ddeee59 test558: fix for multissl builds
da07dbb86 examples/url2file.c: add missing curl_global_cleanup() call
ddafd45af SSH: Fix state machine for ssh-agent authentication
9e4ad1e2a openssl: fix potential memory leak in SSLKEYLOGFILE logic
ca9c93e3e openssl: fix the libressl build again
2c0c4dff0 unit1307: test many wildcards too
2a1b2b4ef curl_fnmatch: only allow 5 '*' sections in a single pattern
cb5accab9 ftp-wildcard: fix matching an empty string with "*[^a]"
25c40c9af SMB: fix numeric constant suffix and variable types
945df7410 CURLOPT_TCP_NODELAY.3: fix typo
8dd4edeb9 smtp/pop3/imap_get_message: decrease the data length too...
84fcaa2e7 openssl: enable SSLKEYLOGFILE support by default
e44ddfd47 mime: clone mime tree upon easy handle duplication.
2c821bba8 docs: comment about CURLE_READ_ERROR returned by curl_mime_filedata
a06311be2 test395: HTTP with overflow Content-Length value
67595e7d2 test394: verify abort of rubbish in Content-Length: value
ac17d7947 test393: verify --max-filesize with excessive Content-Length
f68e67271 HTTP: bail out on negative Content-Length: values
0616dfa1e configure.ac: append extra linker flags instead of prepending them.
650b9c1d6 RELEASE-NOTES: synced with 6fa10c8fa
6fa10c8fa setopt: fix SSLVERSION to allow CURL_SSLVERSION_MAX_ values
3b548ffde setopt: reintroduce non-static Curl_vsetopt() for OS400 support
fa3dbb9a1 http2: fix incorrect trailer buffer size
2a6dbb815 easy: fix connection ownership in curl_easy_pause
89f680473 system.h: Additionally check __LONG_MAX__ for defining curl_off_t
14d07be37 COPYING: it's 2018!
a8ce5efba progress: calculate transfer speed on milliseconds if possible
d4e40f069 scripts: allow all perl scripts to be run directly
e4f86025d mail-rcpt.d: fix short-text description
908a9a674 build: remove HAVE_LIMITS_H check
129390a51 openssl: fix memory leak of SSLKEYLOGFILE filename
272613df0 Revert "curl/system.h: fix compilation with gcc on AIX PPC and IA64 HP-UX"
481539e90 test1554: improve the error handling
593dcc553 test1554: add global initialization and cleanup
dc831260b curl_version_info.3: call the argument 'age'
58d7cd28a brotli: data at the end of content can be lost
a0f3eaf25 examples/cacertinmem: ignore cert-already-exists error
859ac3602 tool_getparam: Support size modifiers for --max-filesize
b399b0490 build: Fixed incorrect script termination from commit ad1dc10e61
a9b774a77 Makefile.vc: Added our standard copyright header
22fddb85a winbuild: Added support for VC15
ad1dc10e6 build: Added Visual Studio 2017 project files
d409640d6 build-wolfssl.bat: Added support for VC15
a4e88317d build-openssl.bat: Added support for VC15
c97648b55 curl/system.h: fix compilation with gcc on AIX PPC and IA64 HP-UX
b43755789 examples/rtsp: fix error handling macros
f009bbe1f curl_easy_reset: release mime-related data.
4acc9d3d1 content_encoding: rework zlib_inflate
e639d4ca4 brotli: allow compiling with version 0.6.0.
9c6a6be88 CURLOPT_READFUNCTION.3: refer to argument with correct name
02f207a76 rand: add a clang-analyzer work-around
13ce373a5 krb5: fix a potential access of uninitialized memory
41982b6ac conncache: fix a return code [regression]
5d0ba70e1 curl: support >256 bytes warning messsages
188a43a8f libssh: fix a syntax error in configure.ac
7ef0c2d86 examples/smtp-mail.c: use separate defines for options and mail
621b24505 THANKS: added missing names
cc0cca1ba mailmap: added/clarified several names
9d7a59c8f setopt: less *or equal* than INT_MAX/1000 should be fine
2437dbbf1 vtls: replaced getenv() with curl_getenv()
ef5633d4b RELEASE-NOTES: synced with 3b9ea70ee
3b9ea70ee TODO: Expose tried IP addresses that failed
48c184a60 curl.1: mention http:// and https:// as valid proxy prefixes
76db03dd9 curl.1: documented two missing valid exit codes
63e58b8b4 CURLOPT_DNS_LOCAL_IP4.3: fixed the seel also to not self-reference
671f0b506 Revert "curl: don't set CURLOPT_INTERLEAVEDATA"
4b6f3cff7 tests: mark data files as non-executable in git
98c572ed3 tests: update .gitignore for libtests
e959f16c5 multi_done: prune DNS cache
06a0a26fb mailmap: fixup two old git Author "aliases"
7ab4e7adb openssl: Disable file buffering for Win32 SSLKEYLOGFILE
b1b94305d RESOLVE: output verbose text when trying to set a duplicate name
bbea75ad6 CURLOPT_DNS_CACHE_TIMEOUT.3: see also CURLOPT_RESOLVE
a4a56ec93 sftp: allow quoted commands to use relative paths
9fb5a943f CURLOPT_PRIVATE.3: fix grammar
179ee78e8 curl: remove __EMX__ #ifdefs
9dfb19483 openssl: improve data-pending check for https proxy
9ffad8eb1 curl: don't set CURLOPT_INTERLEAVEDATA
912324024 curl.h: remove incorrect comment about ERRORBUFFER
ebaab4d17 configure: add AX_CODE_COVERAGE only if using gcc
b5881d1fb curl: limit -# update frequency for unknown total size
546e7db78 BINDINGS: another PostgreSQL client
55e609890 CONNECT: keep close connection flag in http_connect_state struct
c103cac3c include: get netinet/in.h before linux/tcp.h
00cda0f9b openldap: fix checksrc nits
ff07f07cc openldap: add commented out debug possibilities
bb0ca2d44 examples: move threaded-shared-conn.c to the "complicated" ones
4fb85b87b RELEASE-NOTES: synced with b261c44e8
b261c44e8 URL: tolerate backslash after drive letter for FILE:
24dcd7466 tests: added netinet/in6.h includes in test servers
76ebd5417 configure: check for netinet/in6.h
0c65678e7 curl-config: add --ssl-backends
ea3a5d07d conncache: only allow multiplexing within same multi handle
415b8dff8 threaded-shared-conn.c: fixed typo in commenta
5254d8bf2 threaded-shared-conn.c: new example
07cb27c98 conncache: fix several lock issues
85f0133ea libssh: remove dead code in sftp_qoute
615edc1f7 sasl_getmesssage: make sure we have a long enough string to pass
440140946 libssh2: remove dead code from SSH_SFTP_QUOTE
6401ddad4 ssh-libssh.c: please checksrc
918530752 libssh: fixed dereference in statvfs access
8dad32bcf RESOURCES: update spec names
a08f5a77c libssh: corrected use of sftp_statvfs() in SSH_SFTP_QUOTE_STATVFS
8843c0939 libssh: no need to call sftp_get_error as ssh_get_error is sufficient
3cef6f22e libssh: fix minor static code analyzer nits
10bb0b471 openssl: pkcs12 is supported by boringssl
8eff32f0b travis: use pip2 instead of pip
b7f534597 lib582: do not verify host for SFTP
a2f396680 libssh: added SFTP support
c75c9d4fb symbols-in-versions: added new symbols with 7.56.3 version
05675ab5a .travis.yml: added build --with-libssh
38aef6dc4 libssh2: return CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED on failure to upload
75427291e libssh2: send the correct CURLE error code on scp file not found
c92d2e14c Added support for libssh SSH SCP back-end
3973ee6a6 RELEASE-NOTES: synced with af8cc7a69
af8cc7a69 curlver: towards 7.57.1
4b4142491 lib: don't export all symbols, just everything curl_*
9194a9959 SSL: Avoid magic allocation of SSL backend specific data
744ee5838 examples/xmlstream.c: don't switch off CURL_GLOBAL_SSL
270494e1a travis: add boringssl build
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 53f62bc5e5.
commit made the builders fail with
"Package kmod-igb is missing dependencies for the following libraries: hwmon.ko"
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This fixes the following errors when doing "make package/install"
/home/yousong/git-repo/lede-project/lede/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/root-malta/lib/functions/procd.sh: line 47: /home/yousong/git-repo/l
ede-project/lede/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/root-malta/var/lock/procd_urandom_seed.lock: No such file or directory
flock: 1000: Bad file descriptor
Fixes FS#1260
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The IGB and IXGBE drivers depend on kmod-hwmon core now.
Fixes: af707a178f ("netdevices.mk: add hwmon to IGB and IXGBE drivers")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
With forced PIE and SSP support I ran into this assertion failure.
backport two patches to fix this problem from the binutils 2.28 branch.
This fix is already included in binutils 2.28.1 and 2.29.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Configure variable SSP_SUPPORT is ambiguous for packages (tor, openssh,
avahi, freeswitch). It means 'toolchain supporting SSP', but for toolchain
and depends it means 'build gcc with libssp'.
Musl no longer uses libssp (1877bc9d8f), it has internal support, so
SSP_SUPPORT was disabled leading some package to not use SSP.
No information why Glibc and uClibc use libssp, but they may also provide
their own SSP support. uClibc used it own with commit 933b588e25 but it was
reverted in f3cacb9e84 without details.
Create an new configure GCC_LIBSSP and automatically enable SSP_SUPPORT
if either USE_MUSL or GCC_LIBSSP.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
GCC supports starting version 5 --enable-default-ssp and starting version 6
--enable-default-pie.
It produces hardened binaries by default without dealing with package
compilation flags.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
Introduce a configuration option to build a "hardened" OpenWrt with
ASLR PIE support.
Add new option PKG_ASLR_PIE to enable Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR)
by building Position Independent Executables (PIE). This new option protects
against "return-to-text" attacks.
Busybox need a special care, link is done with ld, not gcc, leading to
unknown flags. Set BUSYBOX_DEFAULT_PIE instead and disable PKG_ASLR_PIE.
If other failing packages were found, PKG_ASLR_PIE:=0 should be added to
their Makefiles.
Original Work by: Yongkui Han <yonhan@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
When using an external git clone for the kernel repo,
the build would fail because the build won't download
[via git] the kernel tarball.
This is because the `toolchain/kernel-headers` assumes
that the kernel would get downloaded via normal HTTP.
The reason for this is the `HostBuild` rule, which
calls the `Download/default` rule.
To use the `Download/default` we just need to conditionally
adjust some PKG_ vars.
We can safely use `LINUX_VERSION` as it was already adjusted
in the `kernel-version.mk` to avoid collisions with other tarballs.
Fixes:
https://bugs.openwrt.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=503
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
In case there is an external git repo specified,
it could overwrite the kernel tarball that was
downloaded from kernel.org.
The only identifier for such a file is the
KERNEL_GIT_CLONE_URI & KERNEL_GIT_REF symbols,
so if we have to download it we'll use that
information [after some sanitization]
to create a different filename for the kernel tarball.
If KERNEL_GIT_REF symbol is empty, HEAD will be used
as mentioned in the description of KERNEL_GIT_REF.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The Download/git rule will do a `git checkout <git-ref>`.
So, we can use any ref we want.
No need to limit just to branches.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Add support for hostapd's radius_client_addr in order to
force hostapd to send RADIUS packets from the correct source
interface rather than letting linux select the most appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Brunner <s.brunner@stephan-brunner.net>
Off-chip NICs can run hotter than the CPU, so they're definitely
worth instrumenting.
Adding hardware monitoring increases by ~3744 and ~2672 bytes,
respectively, the sizes of the igb.ko and ixgbe.ko drivers.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Revert upstream commit 1bd773c077de "wireless: set correct mandatory rate
flags", as it breaks 11s interoperability: nodes can only associate when
neither or both have this patch. As this is a regression from released
versions, revert to the old code for now.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The only users of this were the python packages
from the `packages` feed.
The 2 python interpreters would export some mk
files (e.g. python-package.mk) and then other
python packages would include it via this rule.
But there's a few things wrong with this approach,
most of them drawing from the fact that python host
needs to be built first, to export these mk files.
By now all uses of include_mk have been corrected
in the feeds and this can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The iptables TRACE target is only available in raw table that's why the
dependency was moved from iptables-mod-trace into kmod-ipt-debug
Fixes FS#1219
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This is mainly for legal considerations and not promoting the usage of
and no redistribution of binaries of patented technologies seems to be
also the established practice in other linux distros.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2b7fae4 mt76: fix returnvar.cocci warnings
939e3e0 mt76x2: dfs: avoid tasklet scheduling during mt76x2_dfs_init_params()
cf59170 mt76x2: dfs: add set_domain handler
5e4d60e mt76x2: dfs: take into account dfs region in mt76x2_dfs_init_params()
f76e25f mt76x2: fix WMM parameter configuration
34d612d mt76: retry rx polling as long as there is budget left
0f8327a mt76x2: fix TSF value in probe responses
ad3f8e9 mt76: add an intermediate struct for rx status information
58a41f1 mt76: get station pointer by wcid and pass it to mac80211
b0508d3 mt76: implement A-MPDU rx reordering in the driver code
cf3cfc4 mt76: split mt76_rx_complete
461cdf9 mt76: pass the per-vif wcid to the core for multicast rx
9b2c778 mt76: validate rx CCMP PN
302af90 mt76x2: init: disable all pending tasklets during device removal
9f685fe mt7603: init: disable tbtt tasklet during device removal
c6f8cac mt76: let mac80211 validate CCMP PN for fragmented frames
3968dae mt7603: fix 40 mhz channel bandwidth reporting
9c2e03d mt7603: fix rx LDPC reporting
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add the Embedded Wireless "Balin" platform
SoC: QCA AR9344 or AR9350
RAM: DDR2-RAM 64MBytes
Flash: SPI-NOR 16MBytes
WLAN: 2 x 2 MIMO 2.4 & 5 GHz IEEE802.11 a/b/g/n
Ethernet: 3 x 10/100 Mb/s
USB: 1 x USB2.0 Host/Device bootstrap-pin at power-up
PCI-Express: 1 x lane PCIe 1.2
UART: 1 x Normal, 1 x High-Speed
JTAG: 1 x EJTAG
GPIO: 10 x Input/Output multiplexed
The module comes already with the current vanilla OpenWrt firmware.
To update, use "sysupgrade" image directly in vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
Autorebuild is disabled for the toolchain to avoid build-order issues.
However, rebuilding musl is safe, so exclude it from that restriction.
Avoids the need for manual cleaning on kernel header <-> libc API
changes like the ones introduced recently
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Widora has updated their Widora Neo board recently.
The new model uses 32MB WSON-8 factor SPI flash
instead of the original 16MB SOP-8 factor SPI flash.
All the other hardware components are the same as
the first revision.
Detailed hardware specs listed below:
CPU: MTK MT7688AN
RAM: 128MB DDR2
ROM: 32MB WSON-8 factor SPI Flash (Winbond)
WiFi: Built-in 802.11n 150Mbps?
Ethernet: 10/100Mbps x1
Audio codec: WM8960
Other IO: USB OTG;
USB Power+Serial (CP2104);
3x LEDs (Power, LAN, WiFi);
2x Keys (WPS, CPU Reset)
1x Audio In/Out
1x IPEX antenna port
1x Micro SD slot
Signed-off-by: Jackson Ming Hu <huming2207@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Rename the Widora neo by adding a flash size prefix. Move the common parts
into a dtsi to be prepare everything for upcomming support of the 32MB
version.
Migrate the Widora neo to the generic board detection as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
When CGROUPS is enabled the new option CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID is
selectable and not handled.
Add this option to the 4.9 kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
commit e15c63a375
ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC)
changed the existing rb-nor-flash-16M-ac image in a way that it would
now only support the rb-wapg-5hact2hnd.
The board show however rather be added to the existing boards in the
rb-nor-flash-16M image template.
Reported-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The USB Ethernet is not working with the patches proposed for upstream,
fix this and activate the SPI node as this board always has a SPI flash.
Both patches are also targeted for upstream kernel 4.16 and 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of using our own device tree definitions use the one provided in
the upstream kernel for 4.16.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Ethernet support was initial added in kernel 4.13, but deactivated
before the final release. This is backports the changes which are
activating it again from kernel 4.15.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is based on the code for kernel 4.9, but a lot of 4.9 patches are
backports from more recent kernel version and can be removed now.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Just refresh the sunxi kernel configuration.
This also moves the CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS_PRNG option to the
config-4.9 file.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 666e9cf222.
The change has not been build-tested on non-x86 targets and leads to
stalled kernel builds due to unset configuration symbols there.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The patch adds support for the MikroTik RB911-2Hn (911 Lite2)
and the RB911-5Hn (911 Lite5) boards:
https://mikrotik.com/product/RB911-2Hnhttps://mikrotik.com/product/RB911-5Hn
The two boards are using the same hardware design, the only difference
between the two is the supported wireless band.
Specifications:
* SoC: Atheros AR9344 (600MHz)
* RAM: 64MiB
* Storage: 16 MiB SPI NOR flash
* Ethernet: 1x100M (Passive PoE in)
* Wireless: AR9344 built-in wireless MAC, single chain
802.11b/g/n (911-2Hn) or 802.11a/g/n (911-5Hn)
Notes:
* Older versions of these boards might be equipped with a NAND
flash chip instead of the SPI NOR device. Those boards are not
supported (yet).
* The MikroTik RB911-5HnD (911 Lite5 Dual) board also uses the
same hardware. Support for that can be added later with little
effort probably.
Installation:
1. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with the following parameters:
* DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name): pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
* DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name): matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image. The usable intramfs files are:
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs-lzma.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-initramfs-kernel.bin
2. Press the reset button on the board and keep that pressed.
3. Connect the board to your local network via its ethernet port.
4. Release the button after the LEDs on the board are turned off.
Now the board should load and start the initramfs image from
the TFTP server.
5. Upload the sysupgrade image to the board with scp:
$ scp openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/fw.bin
5. Log in to the running system listening on 192.168.1.1 via ssh
as root (without password):
$ ssh root@192.168.1.1
7. Flash the uploaded firmware file from the ssh session via the
sysupgrade command:
root@OpenWrt:~# sysupgrade /tmp/fw.bin
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Add patches for the leds-gpio driver to make it usable with
open-drain and open-source kind of GPIO lines.
This type of functionality is required by various MikroTik boards.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Modify the rbspi_platform_setup() function to return the pointer of the
rb_info structure. This allows board specific setup routines to access
the various fields of the information. It is useful for investigating
the hardware option bits for example.
Also update the board setup codes, to ensure that those handle the new
return value correctly.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Add bit definitions for the 'hardware options' tag which is used in
the MikroTik devices' hardware configurations. These values can be
used in board setup codes, to do different initialization sequences.
The values were obtained from the RouterOS 6.41-rc38 patches.
Additionally, introduce two helper functions what make the processing
of the hardware options easy.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
If a device only supports the 2nd verification method (uim),
the first method will fail as expected reporting an error:
"Command not supported"
Silence both separate methods and only report an error regarding
pin verification if both fail.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The kmod-lp package included both lp.ko and ppdev.ko, but ECP device
drivers may or may not require lp NOT to be loaded, needing only ppdev.
Additionally, There were no packages for any parport interface modules,
such as uss720 or parport_pc, provided here. It has not been otherwise
possible to use PC-style parport hardware for kmod-lp.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Support for Winbond NAND flash detection was added into the generic
patches and this conflicted with this patch adding Gigadevice support.
Fixes: 02050f7e7d ("kernel/4.{4, 9}: add manufacturer ID for Winbond NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some part of this patch was added to the generic patches as it was
needed also for some other target. Do not add it here any more.
Fixes: 02050f7e7d ("kernel/4.{4, 9}: add manufacturer ID for Winbond NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for the new configuration option CONFIG_RETPOLINE and
refreshes the configuration.
Fixes: d8565a06dc ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.77")
Fixes: 9ddfac8015 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.14")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This replaces the current patches used to make the kernel headers
compatible with musl with the version which was accepted upstream. This
is included in upstream kernel 4.15.
This was compile tested with iproute2 build on all supported kernel
versions with musl and one one with glibc.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Note this requires libnftnl-1.0.8 or higher, so that update needs
to be merged first.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Also, drop unsupported configure options.
Don't use git retrieve but released tarball instead.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
nftables 0.8.1 generates some new commands which will not work without
this on big endian systems. This patch is included in Linux 4.11 and
later.
My rule matching a TCP port was not working:
nft add rule ip foo bar ct state new tcp dport 22 accept
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
A DNSSEC validation error was introduced in the fix for CVE-2017-15107
Backport the upstream fix to the fix (a simple typo)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
CVE-2017-15107
An interesting problem has turned up in DNSSEC validation. It turns out
that NSEC records expanded from wildcards are allowed, so a domain can
include an NSEC record for *.example.org and an actual query reply could
expand that to anything in example.org and still have it signed by the
signature for the wildcard. So, for example
!.example.org NSEC zz.example.org
is fine.
The problem is that most implementers (your author included, but also
the Google public DNS people, powerdns and Unbound) then took that
record to prove the nothing exists between !.example.org and
zz.example.org, whereas in fact it only provides that proof between
*.example.org and zz.example.org.
This gives an attacker a way to prove that anything between
!.example.org and *.example.org doesn't exists, when it may well do so.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The patch 0022-dts-ipq4019-support-ARMv7-PMU.patch
was merged into 4.8-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
During the integration of the ipq40xx target,
the phy drivers were included into the ipq806x's
target kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch renames the AVM FRITZ!Box 4040's board-2.bin
file and package to match the 'vendor_product' format.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch aligns the device-tree file with the latest
guidelines.
- No longer include qcom-ipq4019-ap.dk01.1.dtsi. This
file is only partially upstream and therefore subjected
to changes that might not be compatible with the board.
As a result, the definitions from the file have been
copied into this dts.
- exclusively use decimal GPIO addresses.
- reorganize the reserved-memory layout to waste less
memory. There's no point in keeping the u-boot loader
around. This should also make it possible to create
an image that will boot with the original EVA/ADAM2 loader
without needing to install the modified u-boot loader.
And finally mark the "tz-apps" as reusable.
There isn't a way to upload apps to the trust-zone in OpenWrt
yet. But it might see some use in the future as a "secure"
key-store/TPM.
- sort the first-level nodes alphabetically.
- sort nodes with an address by the address.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00033 firmware for the QCA988x.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00033 firmware for the QCA9887.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.4-00104 firmware for the QCA9888.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.4-00104 firmware for the QCA9984.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.4-00104 firmware for the QCA4019.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This update automatically includes a new firmware for the QCA6174:
firmware-6.bin_WLAN.RM.4.4.1-00079-QCARMSWPZ-1
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Add sendopts config support allowing to add options in sent DHCPv6 packets.
Options can be configured as follows :
uci set network.wan6.sendopts="sntpservers:3001:3001::1,3001:3001::2 11:00000000000000000000006674692F 0x3e8:ABCDEF"
Based on a patch by Frank Andrieu <fandrieu@gmail.com>
See https://git.openwrt.org/?p=project/odhcp6c.git;a=commit;h=510aaf6d528210c5e8a6159f9b80b32615e88c5f
for a more detailed description.
Latest git changes :
1f93bd4 dhcpv6: rework option passthrough logic
a477e95 odhcp6c: rework userclass and vendorclass command handling
510aaf6 odhcp6c: add -x opt:val support
ab75be1 treewide: update copyrights to 2018
f3a4609 odhcp6c: let odhcp6c_add_state return a success/failure indication
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
According to console log during TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 OEM firmware update
procedure 0x3e0000-0x3f0000 64kB "config" partition, which is used to store
router's configuration settings, is erased and recreated again during every
OEM firmware update procedure, thus does not contain any valuable factory data.
So it is conviniant to use this extra 64kB erase block for jffs overlay due
limited flash size on this device like it used on TP-Link's ar71xx boards.
Signed-off-by: Serg Studzinskii <serguzhg@gmail.com>
The platform_check_image() stub need to return 0 for success, otherwise
the sysupgrade will fail with:
Image check 'platform_check_image' failed.
Fixes: aa6f5f1787 ("kirkwood: use image metadata")
Signed-off-by: 尤晓杰 <yxj790222@163.com>
[reworded commit message}
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the first found directory in the tar archive instead of relying on
a directory named according to the userspace boardname.
It allows to change the boardname without adding another compatibility
layer to the zyxel sysupgrade.
Fixes: 33f09cf151 ("ipq806x: convert to dt-based board-detection")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Obviously not all GPIO controller allow to change the direction. The issue
is around since the beginning of the script but only due to the recent
changes error messages are more visible.
Add a check if a change of the direction is supported by the GPIO
controller and fallback to setting only the value if not.
Fixes: FS#1271
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
GPIOs are exported as active high to the sysfs, hence the logic need to be
inverted.
Fixes: e66c47fb14 ("base-files: gpio switch: set output value with
direction")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
5bae22e ubus/lua: pass notification name to callback
212ceb1 valgrind complained about these
d57907c fix invalid close() call
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Sometimes the hardware will push small packets that trigger a WARN_ON
in mac80211. Discard them early to avoid this issue.
Reported-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This directory is never created, nor is it used anywhere. Using it in
HOST_LDFLAGS causes a linker warning to be emitted on macOS, which
messes with cmake configure tests.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
For eclipse users, .project is always created inside the project.
For users of CDT within Eclipse, add also .cproject, thanks Dirk
Feytons.
Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
The setup code of the OpenMesh OM5P ACv2 device uses nothing
from the mdio-gpio.h header, so remove the inclusion of that.
Also remove the kernel version check which is needed only
because the mdio-gpio.h header exists in a different path
in older kernels.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
In commit fce35bce0f ("config: support new symbol intro'd in kernel
4.12")
I forgot to remove the initial debug test line.
This clearly is wrong as the same symbol is defined conditionally in the
line below as it should be.
I looked over it as I just checked if the symbol was present now upon
testing it.
Fixes: fce35bce0f ("config: support new symbol intro'd in kernel
4.12")
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Commit e15c63a375 ("ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP
G-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC") broke the format of the patches. In unified diff
format, the unchanged, contextual lines must be preceded by a space
character.
Refresh the patches with quilt to fix them.
Fixes: e15c63a375 ("ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAPG-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The patches introduced in commit 20e68f6d39 ("ar71xx: kernel: enable
PCI on QCA9556 SoC") have non standard format. In unified diff format,
the unchanged, contextual lines must be preceded by a space character.
Refresh the patches with quilt to fix them.
Fixes: 20e68f6d39 ("ar71xx: kernel: enable PCI on QCA9556 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The setup code defines four individual structures for the
Reset buttons of the supported boards. The only difference
between the definitions is the GPIO number used for the
button.
Replace the different structures with one generic variant,
and add a helper function to simplify the button registration.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The Gateworks GW5520 board uses 2x intel gigabit mac's, instead of the
internal i.MX6 FEC.
Add support for these.
Signed-off-by: Scott V. Kamp <outbackdingo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
It is no longer actively maintained and does not work well in many
configurations. Fully replaced by wpad-mesh
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
A newer clk and cpufreq drivers for ipq806x platform had been sent upstream.
A change that i have noticed is that now it's possible to set min, cur and max frequencies from sysfs (previously it was bugged and caused nothing).
Following patches are removed:
- 0036-clk-Avoid-sending-high-rates-to-downstream-clocks-du.patch - seems it was dropped from the patchset by current committer.
- 0044-clk-qcom-krait-Remove-CLK_IS_ROOT.patch - already applied to the driver itself in the corresponding patch.
- 0057-clk-qcom-Add-regmap-mux-div-clocks-support.patch - seem to be irrelevant to ipq806x.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
In current state there's huge regression on ipq806x target that causes the device to transmit broken/malformed frames that are not corrected/detected by error control mechanisms and other less severe issues.
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1197
This finally had been narrowed down to patch 0071-pcie-qcom-fixes.patch
Meanwhile QSDK contains a handful of commits that add support for ipq806x to upstream qcom pcie driver
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/log/drivers/pci/host/pcie-qcom.c?h=eggplant
Unfortunately qca developers do not bother to push it upstream.
Using those commits instead of lede 0071 patch fixes mentioned issue and probably many others as it seems that corrupted data has been originating within pcie misconfiguration.
Fixes: FS#1197 and probably others
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Unconditionally enable connmark support and tie it to the conntrack core
module to allow removing this kernel configuration dependency from the
xtables-addons package.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Dnsmasq used SIGHUP to do too many things: 1) set dnssec time validation
enabled, 2) bump SOA zone serial, 3) clear dns cache, 4) reload hosts
files, 5) reload resolvers/servers files.
Many subsystems within LEDE can send SIGHUP to dnsmasq: 1) ntpd hotplug
(to indicate time is valid for dnssec) 2) odhcpd (to indicate a
new/removed host - typically DHCPv6 leases) 3) procd on interface state
changes 4) procd on system config state changes, 5) service reload.
If dnssec time validation is enabled before the system clock has been
set to a sensible time, name resolution will fail. Because name
resolution fails, ntpd is unable to resolve time server names to
addresses, so is unable to set time. Classic chicken/egg.
Since commits 23bba9cb33 (service reload) &
4f02285d8b (system config) make it more
likely a SIGHUP will be sent for events other than 'ntpd has set time'
it is more likely that an errant 'name resolution is failing for
everything' situation will be encountered.
Fortunately the upstream dnsmasq people agree and have moved 'check
dnssec timestamp enable' from SIGHUP handler to SIGINT.
Backport the upstream patch to use SIGINT.
ntpd hotplug script updated to use SIGINT.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The blue LED is what other firmwares use for this device, and it's a lot
easier on the eyes than its shade of yellow, which implies an error
condition.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[merge into existing $boardname:blue:status block]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
TP-Link Archer C20 v4 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7610EN.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
* MT7610EN ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE. Therefore 5Ghz won't
work.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in ArcherC20v4 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt7628-ArcherC20v4-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
This changes device name from "TP-Link Archer C20" to "TP-Link Archer C20 v1"
because of TPLINK released new TP-Link Archer C20 v4. Additionally
migration to the generic board detection has been made.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
Match mapping of the switch LEDs according to the TP-Link
firmware behavior. LAN port 1 triggers the most right LAN LED,
LAN port 2 the second LAN LED from the right and so on.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
As long as we can't enforce image metadata, we need to use (platform)
image checks to have at least soem kind of validation.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Ubifs is disabled for all boards except the evaluation boards and the
Fritz!Box 4040 anyway. According the author, the ubifs support for the
Fritz!Box 4040 wasn't enabled on purpose.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove leftover code used for legacy images. There are no relevant
binary differences for the images after removing the legacy leftovers.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Initialise the filesystem specific build command. Otherwise it will be
unintended inherit to following images and will cause a wrong image
format.
The issue is around for ages but was only recently triggered due to the
added support for the Openmesh a42.
Fixes: FS#1276
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Some newer LTE modems, like the MC7455 or EC25-E do not support
"802.3" mode, and will stay in "raw-ip" regardless of the mode being
set.
In this case, the driver must be informed that it should handle all
packets in raw mode. [1]
This commit fixes connectivity issues for these devices.
Before:
[ Node 5 ] udhcpc -i wwan0
udhcpc: started, v1.27.2
udhcpc: sending discover
udhcpc: sending discover
udhcpc: sending discover
After:
[ Node 5 ] udhcpc -i wwan0
udhcpc: started, v1.27.2
udhcpc: sending discover
udhcpc: sending select for 100.66.245.226
udhcpc: lease of 100.66.245.226 obtained, lease time 7200
udhcpc: ifconfig wwan0 100.66.245.226 netmask 255.255.255.252 broadcast
+
udhcpc: setting default routers: 100.66.245.225
[1] https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/libqmi-
devel/2017-January/002064.html
Tested on cns3xxx using a Sierra Wireless MC7455 LTE-A
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[bumped PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Current EnGenius ENS202EXT factory image recipe version causes factory
images of the following devices to be corrupted. This issue wasn't
visible until recent changes of image Makefile snippets order.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Remove leftover reference to a not existing kmod-usb-musb-tusb6010 from
the omap24xx target, the corresponding module is built into the kernel.
Fixes: 96815fe0a2 ("kernel: remove omap24xx specific kernel module packages")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of grepping for NETWORK after calling ipcalc.sh; pass ipcalc.sh as
argument to eval allowing to use $NETWORK to retrieve the IPv4 prefix
(ip4prefix).
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD (wAP
AC), a small weatherproof dual band, dual-radio 802.11ac wireless AP with
integrated omnidirectional anntennae and one 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
ports.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless:
· Atheros AR9550 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 2 dBi antennae
· Qualcomm QCA9880 802.11a/n/ac 3x3:3, 2 dBi antennae
- Ethernet: Atheros AG71xx (SoC, AR8033), 1x 1000/100/10 port, passive
PoE in
Working:
- Board/system detection
- Sysupgrade
- Serial console
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz radio
- 5 GHz radio
- Reset button
Not working:
- LEDs (added according to Mikrotik's GPL sources but not functional)
Unsupported:
- ZT2046Q SPI temperature and voltage sensor
Contributors: Giuseppe Tipaldi (@Ciusss89)
Ricky (@rickydee)
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: whitespace fix, use PHYADDR instead of PHYMASK]
This patch enables the PCI bus on the QCA9556 SoC, the same way it is
done on the same family SoC QCA9558.
Tested on a MikroTik RouterBoard wAPG-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
ALFA Network AC1200RM is an AC1200 router, with 5-port FE switch and
USB 2.0 port. Device is based on MediaTek MT7620A + MT7612EN.
Specification:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with passive PoE output in WAN and LAN4
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7620A)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (MT7612EN)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 9x LED (8 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (12-24 V)
- 2x UART, I2C, I2S and LED headers
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART and TFTP server):
Select option "2: Load system code then write to Flash via TFTP" and
use "sysupgrade" image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GL.iNet GL-AR750 is a small size, dual-band (AC750) router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: 2AFIW-AR750.
Specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 1x USB 2.0 (power controlled by GPIO)
- 1x microSD (GL857L)
- 3x LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 2-pos switch
- header for optional PoE module
- 1x micro USB for main power input
- UART + I2C header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt/LEDE. GUI or sysupgrade can be used
to flash OpenWrt/LEDE firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network R36A is a successor of the previous model, the R36 (Ralink
RT3050F based). New version is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Specification:
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R (QCA9531) 2.4 GHz, 2x u.fl connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 (power controlled by GPIO)
- 6x LED (5 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi/wps)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Teltonika RUT900 is an industrial 3G router based on Atheros AR9344.
There are available 3 other models in RUT9xx series: RUT905, RUT950 and
RUT955, which differ in availability of additional I/O ports, built-in
GSM modem type, GPS antenna and other features. FCC ID of the RUT950
model (LTE module built-in): 2AET4-RUT950.
This patch adds support for the RUT900 model only but can be easily
extended to cover whole series. Also, as there are several different
3/4G modules (Huawei, Quectel, Telit) used in whole series, packages
required for WWAN support are not included by default. It is up to the
user to install required software for built-in modem.
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support on LAN1
- 2T2R 2,4 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (MGA-22103) and LNA
- built-in 3G module (example: Telit HE910-D)
- 2x miniSIM slot
- 2x RP-SMA/F (Wi-Fi), 2x SMA/F (3G)
- PCA9539 16-bit GPIO I2C expander
- 12x LED (4 are driven by AR9344, 7 by PCA9539)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (9-30 V)
- UART available on PCB edge connector
Serial console pinout:
- RX: pin1 (square) on top side of the main PCB (AR9344 is on top)
- TX: pin1 (square) on bottom side
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC release. Use the "factory" image
directly in GUI (make sure to uncheck "keep settings") or in U-Boot web
based recovery. To avoid any problems, make sure to first update vendor
firmware to latest version - "factory" image was successfully tested on
device running "RUT9XX_R_00.03.960" firmware and U-Boot "3.0.1".
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network N5Q is a successor of previous model, the N5 (outdoor
CPE/AP, based on Atheros AR7240 + AR9280). New version is based on
Atheros AR9344.
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (RFPA5542) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 8x LED (7 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmare which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network AP91-5G is a 5 GHz outdoor AP/CPE board, based on Atheros
AR7240 + AR9280.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (AR9280), with ext. PA (SE5004L) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 6x LED (5 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART and LEDs headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
Use "factory" image in vendor GUI (in case of problems, make sure your
board has up to date firmware). Alternatively, TFTP in U-Boot can be
used: select option "2. Load system code then write to Flash via TFTP"
during early boot and use "sysupgrade" image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The KEXEC_FILE symbol exists for X86 since kernel 3.17, and since 4.10
for PPC64. Add it to x86/config-4.9 and to generic/config-4.14.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Several new DRM symbols that were introduced after 4.9 are missing in
the generic config for 4.14, so add them.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
While working on a new target (meson), the kernel build failed due to
missing DRM_DEBUG_MM_SELFTEST symbol. This can potentially happen on all
targets that enable DRM drivers in the kernel config or via kmod
packages, so add it to the generic config and remove it from x86
subtarget configs, together with DRM_DEBUG_MM.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Prevent emitting broken dependency statements when resolving references
to non existing packages to an empty provider list.
Fixes: 47d6b05ad3 ("metadata: always resolve dependencies through provides list")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The logic for choice between source and binary packages was reversed.
Fixes: 52719c2b67 "metadata: scripts/feeds: distinguish between source
and binary packages, resolve virtual dependencies"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This new subtarget sets the small_flash flag and removes unused kernel
configuration.
small_flash removes KERNEL_KALLSYMS, which saves ~107KB in the default
configuration; removing unneeded hardware support from ar71xx/tiny saves
another ~18KB (both after LZMA).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Rather than including all machines for the generic subtarget in the base
configuration, leave the base configuration without specific machines and
create a proper subtarget config for ar71xx/generic. The configuration
diffs of the mikrotik and nand subtargets get significantly shorter, as
will the configurations of future subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
While we'd like to convert ar71xx to DT-based configuration
eventually, we aren't quite there yet, and shipping half-baked DT support
that is not used at all wastes precious space.
Saves ~120KB before LZMA, ~33KB after LZMA.
Run-tested on TP-Link CPE510 and TL-WR841 v7.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Backport patches that separate spectral scan support from general debugfs
support of ath9k/ath10k; this allows to remove the dependency on
KERNEL_RELAY from these driver packages even with debugfs enabled and
avoids the memory footprint of the relay buffers allocated by ath9k/ath10k
even when they aren't used at all.
The KERNEL_RELAY dependency is moved to a new config symbol that enables
spectral scan support in these drivers.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Eventually the BUILDONLY package flag could be replaced by simply creating
a package Makefile without any BuildPackage calls. This will fail for now,
as BuildPackage also causes the Makefile's compile target etc. to do
something useful at all.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Package "features" seem to be unused for some time. In any case, custom
Config.in snippets and package PROVIDES are a much more flexible way to
express similar options.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Properly resolve build depends to source packages and runtime depends to
binary packages. Dependencies on virtual packages are resolved to the first
provider now.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Instead of adding virtual packages to the normal package list, keep a
separate list for provides, make each package provide itself, and resolve
all dependencies through this list. This allows to use PROVIDES to replace
existing packages.
Fixes FS#837.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Runtime depends cannot have a buildtype suffix, and they never refer to
source package names. In addition, this adds warnings about unsatisfiable
dependencies.
Furthermore, this change fixes the generation of conditional build
dependencies for virtual packages provided by different source packages.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Target build depends are similar to host build depends in that they refer
to source packages rather than binary packages. Therefore, it makes sense
to handle them together, rather than putting them in a list together with
runtime depends and trying to figure out if the entries refer to source or
to binary packages afterwards.
This does lead to PKG_BUILD_DEPENDS entries referring to binary package
names not working anymore, which requires some fixes in the package
repositories.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This feature has been unused for years, and its scope is too limited to be
actually useful.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Every single reference to subdir was concatenated with the source package
name, so it makes sense to store the concatenated value instead.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We often want to access fields of a source packages through pkg->{src}.
Allow accessing them directly instead of resolving the source hash through
srcpackages.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
All build dependencies are between source packages. Interating over source
rather than binary packages simplifies parts of the code and prepares
further improvement.
As a side effect, this changes the implicit default variant of a few
packages (the first defined is used now instead of the lexicographically
first).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Build types are a property of source rather than binary packages. This is a
preparation for followup cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Turn the srcpackage values into hashes to allow storing more information
than just binary package names.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Nothing explicitly depends on base-files, and even if it would, it would
not cause any problems. Remove the unused special case.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
18090d9 overlay: fix compilation with glibc
2a9a6ea libfstools: optimize building directory string for glob
de6b026 libfstools: support file paths longer than 255 chars
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Symbol CONFIG_INITRAMFS_FORCE allows to ignore the value passed by the
bootloader.
By default, all symbols containing INITRAMFS are wiped from the final
config and then re-added conditionally.
Add support for this symbol, as the build will stop otherwise
questioning the user about this option:
* Restart config...
*
*
* General setup
*
Cross-compiler tool prefix (CROSS_COMPILE) []
Compile also drivers which will not load (COMPILE_TEST) [N/y/?] n
...
Initial RAM filesystem and RAM disk (initramfs/initrd) support
(BLK_DEV_INITRD) [Y/n/?] y
Initramfs source file(s) (INITRAMFS_SOURCE) []
Ignore the initramfs passed by the bootloader (INITRAMFS_FORCE)
[N/y/?] (NEW)
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Disable CONFIG_PROC_PAGE_MONITOR in most places and only keep it enabled
for virtual targets such as malta or potent ones like x86.
This saves up to 4KB of uncompressed kernel size and significantly
decreases CPU load under certain workloads.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* QCA IPQ401x
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (s25fl256s1)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=OM-A42
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=OM-A42
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x button (reset; kmod-input-gpio-keys compatible)
* external watchdog
- triggered GPIO
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
* powered only via POE
- 802.3af POE on Ethernet 1
- 18-24v passive POE (mode B) on Ethernet 2
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
The kernel driver gpio-wdt or the userspace tool om-watchdog can be used to
trigger external gpio watchdog chips. The gpio-wdt driver has the benefit
that it can be configured together with the rest of the device in the DTS
and better integrates in the OpenWrt via procd.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Combined Extended Images V1 can be created easily via the new image
commands using
IMAGE/sysupgrade.bin/squashfs := append-rootfs | pad-rootfs | combined-ext-image
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
The new build commands operate on the input image and use it again as
output image. This conflicts with the way combined-ext-image.sh was
operating. It required that input and output files are different files and
and that it can write freely to the output file.
This can be avoided when all intermediate build steps by
combined-ext-image.sh are done in a temporary directory. The output file is
then only overwritten in the last step.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Board Data File (BDF) is loaded upon driver boot-up procedure. The right
board data file is identified on QCA4019 using bus, bmi-chip-id and
bmi-board-id.
The problem, however, can occur when the (default) board data file cannot
fulfill the vendor requirements and it is necessary to use a different
board data file.
This problem was solved for SMBIOS by adding a special SMBIOS type 0xF8.
Something similar has to be provided for systems without SMBIOS but with
device trees. No solution was specified by QCA and therefore a new one has
to be found for ath10k.
The device tree requires addition strings to define the variant name
wifi@a000000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
wifi@a800000 {
status = "okay";
qcom,ath10k-calibration-variant = "RT-AC58U";
};
This would create the boarddata identifiers for the board-2.bin search
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=RT-AC58U
* bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=RT-AC58U
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Use the generic board detection method:
- Board name: First compatible string from the device tree
- Board model: Model property from the device tree
Change occurrences of board name in userspace by the compatible
string, and removed target specific board detection script
Replace the definition of SUPPORTED_DEVICES in Device/Default
to extract the dt compatible string from each device definition.
Additionally, for devices supported by lede-17.01, append
the value of BOARD_NAME to SUPPORTED_DEVICES in the device
definition.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name for board using the
devicetree compat string as boardname.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
This will allow to maintain the current syntax for LEDs config
when switching to a device tree compatible string boardname.
None of the current boards use a comma in the boardname, so they
will be unaffected.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
There are only artifacts for these boards in our tree and not even
partial support.
Drop teh stale files.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The 4.14 kernel configuration defaulted to a v4/v5 multiplatform while
4.9 was using a v6/v7 default configuration. Resync 4.14 against 4.9 so
they are nearly identical.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add a bunch of missing configuration symbols found while building
armvirt for 4.14 after re-synchronization of the configuration between
4.9 and 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Commit 30f61a34b4 claimed to drop -d & -p
options. In reality only -d was dropped. Update command help text to
reflect that -d is no longer a supported option.
Fixes FS#1187
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch updates the apm821xx target to use the 4.14 kernel.
4.14 finally ships with a driver for the WNDR4700's tc654 fan
controller. The custom driver is deprecated in favor of the
upstream driver and the thermal cooling definitions in the DTS
are updated.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
More important bug fix:
402f05c Use full-rate mtu_time in all tins. Fixes an issue where some
cake tins experienced excessive latency since 49776da (dynamically
adjust target)
Minor bug fixes:
31277c2 Avoid unsigned comparison against zero. Fix compiler warning,
no known impact.
8cf5278 ack_filter: fix TCP flag check. A very contrived case may have
lead to dropping a SYN packet that should not be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Without this patch one sdcard image with the following name is created
for all devices:
openwrt-at91-sama5--sdcard.img.gz
This makes the build system create device specific versions like:
openwrt-at91-sama5-at91-sama5d2_xplained-sdcard.img.gz
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When generating per-device rootfs directories, the ./etc/opkg/ directory
is moved away prior to calling opkg install, opkg remove and rootfs_prepare.
After the opkg invocations and the rootfs_prepare macro call, the saved opkg
config directory is supposed to be moved back to its previous ./etc/opkg
location.
The mv command however can fail to properly restore the directory under
certain circumstances, e.g. when the prior opkg or files/ overlay copy
operations caused a new ./etc/opkg/ directory to be created.
In this case, the backed up directory (named target-dir-$hash.opkg) will be
moved into the preexisting ./etc/opkg/ directory instead, causing the opkg
configuration to be located in a wrong path on the final rootfs, e.g. in
/etc/opkg/target-dir-$hash.opkg/distfeeds.conf instead of
/etc/opkg/distfeeds.conf.
Solve this problem by replacing the naive "mv" command with a recursive
"cp -T" invocation which causes the backed up directory tree to get merged
with the destination directory in case it already exists.
Also perform the rootfs_prepare macro call after restoring the opkg
configuration, to allow users to override it again by using the files/
overlay mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This solution is more upstream compatible as it only requires specifying
of_match_table in the parser code and doesn't depend on linux,part-probe
which is solution made generic by a LEDE downstream patch that can't be
upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This backports upstream support for "compatible" DT property set for the
"partitions" subnode of flash node. It allows specifying how partitions
should be created/parsed. Right now only "fixed-partitions" is
supported.
It should eventually replace our downstream "linux,part-probe" solution.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Multicast routing support is not needed in most setups, and increases the
size of the kernel considerably (>10K after LZMA). Add a config switch to
allow disabling it.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The underlying issue breaking Spansion flash has been fixed with "mtd: spi-nor:
wait until lock/unlock operations are ready" and "mtd: spi-nor: wait for SR_WIP
to clear on initial unlock", so we can support unlocking for Winbond flash
again.
This is necessary to have writable flash on certain UBNT devices with some
bootloader versions.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Introduce a name-agnostic PROJECT_GIT variable poiting to
https://git.openwrt.org/ and declare LEDE_GIT and OPENWRT_GIT
as aliases to it.
After some transition time we can drop this alias variables.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Certain DHCP servers push a gateway outside of the assigned interface subnet,
to support those situations, install a host route towards the gateway.
If Gateway and IP are served in same network, openwrt quagga cannot learn
routes (rip routes are not getting added, showing inactive) whereas
working fine when Gateway and IP are in different network.
Signed-off-by: Mogula Pranay <mogula.pranay@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Renaming an atm etherbride using 'ip link' (via hotplug) is racy since the
original netdev might disappear before br2684ctl has finished appling it's
setting:
local2.notice br2684ctl[1667]: Interface "nas0" created sucessfully
local2.notice br2684ctl[1667]: Communicating over ATM 0.8.35, encapsulation: LLC
kern.info kernel: dsl0: renamed from nas0
kern.err kernel: br2684:br2684_regvcc: tried to attach to non-existent device
local2.err br2684ctl[1667]: Could not configure interface:No such device or address
By passing the final used netdev name to br2684ctl_wrap another race
condition workaround will be enabled again.
Change the lantiq ptm driver to create a netdev with the name dsl as well.
Albeit the rename via 'ip link' works fine so far, using a different
approach for ptm then atm could be confusing.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
br2684ctl starts automatically, set up reload triggers, which fire as soon
as a atm driver is loaded. No need to do the reload via the script.
The reload is only required as soon as we can reliable switch between atm
and ptm driver and need to be implemented in a race free way.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the uci option nameprefix to specifc a target netdev name. Patch the
br2684ctl code to accept and set a netdev name via commandline parameters.
It allows to use the same netdev name for ATM and PTM lines on lantiq
xdsl hardware.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathis Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Enable CONFIG_VFP again which was disabled during the 4.9 -> 4.14 bump.
Boot tested both 32 and 64 bit subtargets using initramfs images with the
qemu-system-arm and qemu-system-aarch64 emulators.
Fixes: aa100b66f2 ("armvirt: bump to v4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
These packages are needed to generate the image, better mark them hidden
so we will activate them based on which boards gets build and they will
be activated always when the board which needs then gets build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These packages are needed to generate the image, better mark them hidden
so we will activate them based on which boards gets build and they will
be activated always when the board which needs then gets build.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The fixes following problems
1. changing prefix at91bootstrap to AT91bootstrap will fix the default
selection of at91bootstrap for the selected sama5 subtarget.
2. fixed missing default selection of sama5d4 nand flash for the
selected sama5d4 subtarget.
3. corrected at91bootstrap Title name.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
neon and VFPv4 support is added to this target and uboot-at91 build
fails due to TARGET_CFLAGS -mfloat-abi set to hard. as a fix, setting
uboot-at91 CFLAGS -mfloat-abi=soft.
Fixes: 01cc6bd495 ("at91: sama5: activate fpu")
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Fixes the following dependency error encountered by the buildbots:
Package kmod-w1 is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
hwmon.ko
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
also known as
POGO-V4-A3-02
or
POGO-V4-A3-01
SoC: Marvell 88F6192 800Mhz
SDRAM memory: 128MB
Gigabit ethernet: 1 Marvell 88E1310
Flash memory: 128MB
2 status LEDs (one green one red)
1 "Eject" button on the back (used as "Reset" button)
1 USB 2.0 port (on upper side)
1 sata slot (power + data) for 2.5'' drives (upper side)
2 USB 3.0 ports from a controller on PCIe x1 of the SoC
1 full-size SDcard slot (fits a whole SD card into it)
This device supports the (linux-only) kwboot tool to send
a new uboot over serial console, so it is easy to unbrick
in case the uboot is erased and the device won't boot.
-----
Install instructions:
-----
Since it's not possible to get ssh access to these
devices, the only way to take control is to
solder pins to get TTL serial access.
Case can be opened by removing screws beneath two rubber
feet at back of device, then lifting while prying the
sides of the upper part out to unhook a latch on each
side about 2/3rds of the way toward the front.
Serial connection pins are those labeled "J11", left
of SD as you face SD opening.
Pins are (from left to right, i.e. the first in the list
is the nearest to the SD slot) GND, Rx, Tx.
Do not connect +V pin if you use a USB (self-powered)
TTL-to-USB dongle. Any USB TTL-to-USB converter will work.
Baud rate is 115200, parity "none", databits "8",
flow control "none".
Stock uboot is unable to read ubi partitions (nor usb)
so we will replace it first with our uboot.
Start a TFTP server at IP address 169.254.254.254, and
place the uboot.kwb file in the folder of the server.
Start the serial session and then power up the device.
As soon as you see text on the serial start pressing random
letter keys to stop the boot process.
If you see something like the following line you can proceed:
CE>>
Otherwise if text is still scrolling by you missed the
opportunity, pull the plug and try again.
write
printenv ethaddr
The uboot will write something like this:
ethaddr=00:50:43:00:02:02
This is the device's MAC address, also present in the sticker
under the device.
Write this down as we will need to add it in the
new uboot configuration.
Use the following commands to load the new uboot:
tftp 0x20000 u-boot.kwb
If the uboot confirms that the transfer was successful,
then you can write it to flash with the following commands:
nand erase 0 0x200000
nand write 0x20000 0 0x1c0000
if after the last command the uboot wrote
"xxxx bytes written: OK"
then it was written correctly and we can proceed.
If it did not go well, try again or ask assistence in forums.
Shutting down or rebooting at this time will brick
the device, to unbrick it you will need to use the kwboot
tool from a Linux PC or Virtual Machine.
Now write:
reset
and press enter, the device will reboot and you should see
again text scrolling by.
Press a random key to stop it, and now you should see
pogoplugv4>
We now add the MAC address back, write:
setenv ethaddr '00:50:43:00:02:02'
Confirm that the uboot has understood by writing
printenv ethaddr
If all looks ok, save the setting with
saveenv
At this point the uboot is configured, and we only need to load
the firmware in the flash memory.
Follow the steps below in "Firmware recovery procedure".
----
Firmware recovery procedure
----
The new uboot allows easy recovery from a bad firmware upgrade
where you can't access the device anymore over ssh or luci.
Take a USB flash drive formatted as FAT32, and copy the
initramfs image file in it (it will have "initramfs" in the
file name), then rename it as "initramfs.bin".
Insert the USB drive in the USB 2.0 port of the pogoplug
(the port at the top).
Power up the device, and wait for it to finish booting.
The uboot should find and load the "initramfs.bin"
from usb and if you are connected with serial you should
see the linux kernel boot log (text scrolling by).
Once it is done, press Enter and you will be greeted by
the OpenWRT banner.
If you were not connected with serial just wait a bit and,
you will be able to access it with ssh or luci web interface
(once you find its IP).
The recovery "initramfs" images are run from RAM, so you will
have to do a normal sysupgrade (firmware upgrade) to write
a firmware image to flash memory.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
add an uboot able to boot a kernel in an ubi partition
This uboot also has a "recovery" feature, before
booting from flash it will try to boot a initramfs
image called "initramfs.bin" from a FAT32-formatted
USB drive connected to the USB 2.0 port.
(u-boot lacks drivers for usb 3.0 controllers)
Just rename the initramfs image and place it on
the usb drive, the uboot will load it.
In case there is no USB drive or no such file
is found, the uboot will boot from internal flash.
The whole check takes less than a second, boot times
are not impacted.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name.
Use the BOARD_NAME variable to ensure that the former used boardname is
still used as the subdirectory name for the sysupgrade-tar image, to
not break sysupgrade from earlier versions.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Append and enforce image metadata. Remove the device specific image
checks, they are replaced by image metadata.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Build the Seagate GoFlexHome u-boot for the Seagate GoFlexNet as well. The
name clearly indicates that the u-boot can be used for both boards
Build the Zyxel NSA310 u-boot if the NSA310B image is selected.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no point in being that specifc in a generic dts covering a range
of boards. Keep only the the generic compat string to use it for a
devicetree based boardname.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
No image build code for the Guruplug, Sheevaplug and NSA310S exists. Drop
support for the boards for now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop NAND_BLOCKSIZE, UBI_OPTS and UBIFS_OPTS. They are either used by
not supported filesystems or by the legacy image build code.
Add common used options/images to the default build code and override
the options where necessary.
Don't export the kernel image, it isn't required by any board.
While at it, change the file extension for the sysupgrade images to bin.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The TP-Link firmware uses (primary_mac-1) as MAC-address
for the 5GHz WiFi. This applies the same behaviour to LEDE.
Currently, the MAC-address is retrieved from eth1, which
does not exist on the Archer C7 v4. As a result from this,
every C7 v4 with LEDE carries the same MAC-Address on the 5GHz WiFi.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There are 3 ethernet ports on Y1. LAN1 on port1, LAN2 on port0 and WAN on
port4.
Use a standalone switch configuration to match this and use the switch
trigger so that LAN LED could indicate the connetction status for both
lan ports correctly.
This patch also drop the internet led configuration, because there is a
WAN led for port4 and eth0.2 isn't always used as WAN.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Use the "low" and "high" values to configure the GPIO as an output with
that initial value. It ensures that the gpio doesn't have a unwanted value
during the time the direction is set to ouput and the actual value is
applied.
We don't need to take care of the GPIO polarity for now, since our
exported GPIOs are always active low.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Start gpio_switch before the boot state is set to up/initialised/done.
This way the exported GPIOs are available at the time rc.local is started.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 4.4.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete check from mach-rb4xx.c to clean up the code
a bit.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 4.2.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete check from ag71xx_main.c to clean up the code
a bit.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 3.15.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete checks from the target specific source files
to clean up the code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Disable the drivers for the following ethernet switches:
Realtek RTL8306
Realtek RTL8366/8367
Marvell 88E6060 (DSA)
Marvell 88E6063 (DSA)
Also disable the phy driver for Marvell PHYs.
None of the supported RouterBOARDs are using any device
which needs these drivers.
Disable the DSA framework too, because it is not required
by the remaining switch drivers.
This reduces the compressed kernel size by ~20KB.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The Marvell 88E6063 ethernet switch driver depends on the DSA
framework. Add a 'depends on NET_DSA' statement to its Kconfig
entry to state that explicitly.
Fixes the following Kconfig warning:
warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6063) selects NET_DSA_TAG_TRAILER which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && NET_DSA)
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Previously this was only activated for ADSL, this patch activates the
same setting also for VDSL, this feature is also support for VDSL in the
same way it works for ADSL.
I tested it with DSL FW 5.7.9.5.1.7 against a Broadcom 177.140 DSLCO
(Deutsche Telekom) and saw different data rates and Max. Attainable Data
Rates depending on the ds_snr_offset settings I choose.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The previous commit was incorrectly rebased and referred to a not
yet existing PROJECT_GIT variable.
Fixes: d86a269c1f libubox: update to latest git HEAD
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2a9a6ea libfstools: optimize building directory string for glob
de6b026 libfstools: support file paths longer than 255 chars
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Building Linux 4.4 for ar71xx throws the following warnings in
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:
CC drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.o
In file included from include/linux/irqflags.h:14:0,
from drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:20:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c: In function 'mdiobb_read':
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:63:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:124:3: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_save'
raw_local_irq_save(flags); \
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:162:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_save'
local_irq_save(flags);
^
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:68:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:126:39: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_restore'
#define local_irq_restore(flags) do { raw_local_irq_restore(flags); } while (0)
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:175:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_restore'
local_irq_restore(flags);
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:159:11: warning: unused variable 'i' [-Wunused-variable]
int ret, i;
^
In file included from include/linux/irqflags.h:14:0,
from drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:20:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c: In function 'mdiobb_write':
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:63:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:124:3: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_save'
raw_local_irq_save(flags); \
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:185:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_save'
local_irq_save(flags);
^
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:68:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:126:39: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_restore'
#define local_irq_restore(flags) do { raw_local_irq_restore(flags); } while (0)
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:200:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_restore'
local_irq_restore(flags);
^
These are caused by the 900-mdio_bitbang_ignore_ta_value and
901-phy-mdio-bitbang-prevent-rescheduling-during-command patches.
The first patch removes some code but it does not remove the variable
which is used by the removed code only.
The second patch adds local_irq_{save,restore} calls. The type of the
argument of these calls must be 'unsigned long', but the patch defines
the variable as 'long'.
Fix both patches to silence the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The NXP 74HC164 GPIO expander driver uses a different config symbol
("CONFIG_GPIO_74X164") and module name since since at least Kernel
version 2.6.37.
Update the kmod package definition accordingly by adjusting kconfig
and module file names.
This unrelated, but correct change has been separated from the
WNR2000v5 support commits.
Ref: https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1256
Suggested-by: Raphael Catolino <raphael.catolino@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of inferring the availability of NEON support from the target
optimization flags, use a preprocessor test to decide whether to enable
ARMv8 NEON optimizations.
Fixes the following build error spotted by the mediatek/32 buildbot:
[ 26%] Building C object CMakeFiles/zlib.dir/contrib/arm/inflate.o
In file included from .../zlib-1.2.11/contrib/arm/chunkcopy.h:10:0,
from .../zlib-1.2.11/contrib/arm/inflate.c:87:
.../arm_neon.h:31:2: error: #error You must enable NEON instructions (e.g. -mfloat-abi=softfp -mfpu=neon) to use arm_neon.h
#error You must enable NEON instructions (e.g. -mfloat-abi=softfp -mfpu=neon) to use arm_neon.h
^
In file included from .../zlib-1.2.11/contrib/arm/inflate.c:87:0:
.../zlib-1.2.11/contrib/arm/chunkcopy.h:18:9: error: unknown type name 'uint8x16_t'
typedef uint8x16_t chunkcopy_chunk_t;
^
[...]
CMakeFiles/zlib.dir/build.make:302: recipe for target 'CMakeFiles/zlib.dir/contrib/arm/inflate.o' failed
Fixes: 3acecba520 "package/libs/zlib: Add ARM and NEON optimizations"
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In order to properly support 802.11w, hostapd needs to advertise a group
management cipher when negotiating associations.
Introduce a new per-wifi-iface option "ieee80211w_mgmt_cipher" which
defaults to the standard AES-128-CMAC cipher and always emit a
"group_mgmt_cipher" setting in native hostapd config when 802.11w is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Annex A and Annex B version are using the same (old) userspace
boardname. Update the SUPPORTED_DEVICES to allow an update from lede-17.01.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
A self-dependency is not an error worth a warning; rather, it is very
common: whenever there are dependencies between different binary packages
originating from the same source package, such dependencies occur. Not
actually generating dependency rules is correct, but already handled a few
lines below.
A typo prevented this redundant rule from working, which is the reason the
warning was not actually printed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Supermicro puts "Super Server" into their product_name DMI value
for a whole slew of products, making this value about as useful
as not having been filled in at all. Instead, fall back on the
board_name instead.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
There might be other places (such as vendor-supplied preinit scripts)
where we wish to take a DMI name and clean it up in a consistent way,
so make the sed command into a function.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Rename unwinder config symbols to match upstream changes.
Refresh patches.
Update patch that no longer applies: 202-reduce_module_size.patch
Also enable CONFIG_PAGE_TABLE_ISOLATION. This feature was backported
from 4.15 to the 4.14 stable series. It is enabled by default, so enable
it in OpenWrt as well.
Compile-tested on x86/64.
Runtime-tested on x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
While bumping 4.14, the kernel build failed due to missing CONFIG_KASAN
symbol. Move it to generic config instead of defining it for all arm64
and x86/64 targets.
It was only added in 4.0, so not needed in config-3.18.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
When using the uci.sh wrapper, allow parameters to match those supported
by the uci binary i.e. "uci rename <config>.<section>[.<option>]=<name>".
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
Some packages such as Python/Python3 (host pip/pip3) needs this
to compile.
More detailed explanation provided by Alexandru:
"i need the zlib/host for Python/Python3 ; because, it seems the
host pip/pip3 needs this to work ; i suspect in older versions
this worked, because some of the host's build env would be used
in the build, and then the zlib-dev from the host distro would
be used ; now, the host-build does not seem to have any
-I/usr/include stuff, which is good
and it also seems that Python/Python3 does not like it if the
zlib-dev package is too old, so using this zlib/host would be
good for this as well"
Source:
https://github.com/lede-project/source/pull/1329#issuecomment-351055861
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
a5954cf procd: Add %m to several functions that return errno.
810d7a5 procd: Remove redundant errno variable in several printf functions.
fa5ce1c procd: Replace strerror(errno) with %m.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add the uas(p) module to the modules loaded early on the boot process.
The uas(p) is an modern alternative, which is used by the modern USB3
storage cases, compared to the bot protocol. To be able to use uas(p)
storage cases for extroot, the kernel module has to be loaded before the
search for extroot has been called. This patch changes the load order to
support uas(p) storage cases for extroot.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Albers <daniel.albers@public-files.de>
11efbf3 overlay: fix race condition when switching to jffs2
bdeb95a libblkid-tiny: add support for NTFS superblock
ef2cc03 fstools: Replace strerror(errno) with %m format.
98fd5b4 libblkid-tiny: add support for UBI superblock
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Use flock to protect init script from concurrent execution
(of the same script).
Important for services which generate native config files.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: Andrejs Hanins <ahanins@gmail.com>
This is needed for procd init script protection to work.
flock adds 4248 bytes to stripped busybox binary.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
The CPU sub type was set to a CPU version with FPU, but the FPU feature
was not activated before, so a soft float toolchain was created.
Activate also the FPU feature to create the correct toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This activates neon and VFPv4 support for this target. The CPU support
these feature so also use them.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In current state, if there is START but no STOP, enbale()
will return 1 (failure), which is wrong.
Moreover there is no need to check for START/STOP twice.
Instead, add err variable to save success state and
and return it's value.
Also eliminate the need to disable() by using 'ln -sf',
which will first delete the old symlink if one exists.
Changes from v1:
- fixed description
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
5beb95d lua: additionally return name when looking up sections
ff33bb2 lua: support extended section notation
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix overhead accounting error introduced by f33c4d6 refactor
cake_advance_shaper and ack_filter
Symptoms were links running under rate.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Since BusyBox 1.25.0 dd command supports iflag=skip_bytes which allows
skipping requested amount of bytes without reducing blocksize. Thanks to
this we can leave default blocksize and let dd work more efficiently.
On Netgear R6250 "dd skip=58 iflag=skip_bytes" can be 5 times faster
than "dd bs=58 skip=1" when extracting TRX out of CHK.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's a device based on BCM5365P (0x5365 package 0x00). This SoC has
USB 1.1 controller but device has two USB 2.0 parts. They are handled by
PCI-based controllers: 1106:3038 UHCI and 1106:3104 EHCI.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This was broken in 7bab49fd ("lantiq: add compatible strings to dts
files"), causing for the dm200 garbled serial output during boot, and
likely other issues.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
[fix the compat string of the P2601HNFX as well]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Enabling IPTABLES_NFTABLES resulted in an error during build:#
*** No rule to make target '../extensions/libext.a',
needed by 'xtables-compat-multi'."
Comments from Alexander Lochmann and Fedor Konstantinov in FS#711
provided fixes for this build error, allowing iptables to compile.
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=711.
This commit updates the Makefile.am xtables_compat_multi_LDFLAGS
and _LDADD, moving linking of extensions to LDFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: rektide de la faye <rektide@voodoowarez.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
That patch fixes handling SPI messages with two writing transfers. It's
important when using e.g. by m25p80 driver which uses one transfer for
opcode and another one for data.
Thanks to that fix we can now drop m25p80 workaround patch. It means one
less hack and also a better flash writing performance as there is no
more data buf copying.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since dropbear clears the environment, FAILSAFE was not set as intended in
failsafe mode. This also broke sysupgrade from failsafe mode over SSH.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Unconditionally pass TARGET_CPPFLAGS (not passed at all before) and
TARGET_LDFLAGS (passed only in certain non-default configuration before the
Makefile streamlining). Without these flags, hardening options
(PKG_FORTIFY_SOURCE and PKG_RELRO) were not actually applied to busybox.
The addition of these flags increases the size of the stripped busybox
binary by about 6KB (~4KB with fortify headers, ~2KB with "-znow -zrelro")
with the default hardening options PKG_FORTIFY_SOURCE_1 and PKG_RELRO_FULL.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Use default Build/Install steps where possible. No binary change in default
configuration, so PKG_RELEASE is not incremented.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some packages, e.g. busybox, explicitly remove old .configured stamps
before attempting configuration, rather than after the actual configuration
step. This seems like a good idea, as there will be no stamp left if
configuration fails. Change generic rules to work like this, so package-
specific rules can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Send a SIGHUP signal via procd to the dnsmasq service so the instance(s)
re-read(s) the /tmp/hosts/dhcp config.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
If the hostname in /etc/config/system is modified the dnsmasq should also
get triggered to rewrite/reload the config.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <fe@dev.tdt.de>
A lot of 1U x86_64 servers have NVMe support, which is lower-power
and higher speed than SSD or CFast drives, etc. The drivers
required to make this work are trivial.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
PKG_BUILD_DIR was defined with quoting PKG_VERSION in
layerscape package makefiles. Now PKG_VERSION has been
removed from these makefiles. When PKG_BUILD_DIR quotes
PKG_VERSION, '=' should be used instead ':=' to make
sure PKG_VERSION has been defined in common makefile.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Intel motherboards (as well as the Cavium ThunderX SoC) use a
superset of the I2C protocol called SMBus.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Remove a stray -Wp left in host_c_flags causing build failures for newer
4.14 versions.
Reported-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Advantages:
- preserves existing partition layout on the sd-card.
Only the boot and rootfs partition will be overwritten.
Please note that sysupgrade will refuse to upgrade, if the existing
installation has an incompatible partition layout. Future changes
to the bootfs and/or rootfs partition size will likely cause breakage
to the sysupgrade procedure. In these cases, the ext4-sdcard.img.gz
will have to be written to the sdcard manually.
Please don't forget to backup your configuration in this case.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Use the values populated by the generic board detect function. The
first compatible from the device tree source file will be the board
name in userspace. The model property from the device tree source file
will be the model name.
Change the board name where used in the userspace and drop the target
specific board detect, to use the generic one.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the compatible string for the various RPIs from
4.14 upstream.
Note: The 4.14 upstream does not include the compute modules.
If the CM* would just house the SoC, it could in theory use the
"raw" chip compatible string. However, these CM boards also come
with RAM and eMMC. So they have to have a proper comaptible.
For now, "raspberrypi,compute-module-{1|3}" will be good enough.
Note2: The original CM was renamed to CM1 when CM3 was released.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch converts all the raspberrypi images to utilize
the common metadata-based image verification.
Note: the CM1 and CM3 currently use the same "rpi-cm"
boardname.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
439b9b6c (tag: v1.29.0) Update manual pages
48498452 Bump up version number to v1.29.0, LT revision to 29:1:15
d30f3816 Update manual pages
4d1139f6 Remove SPDY
48f57407 nghttpx: Update doc
c1f14d73 Update manual pages
216f4dad nghttpx: Remove redundant check
a4e27d76 Revert "nghttpx: Use an existing h2 backend connection as much as possible"
2365f12e Fix CMAKE_MODULE_PATH
03f7ec0f nghttpx: Write API request body in temporary file
2056e812 nghttpx: Increase api-max-request-body
1ebb6810 nghttpx: Faster configuration loading with lots of backends
a3ebeeaf nghttpx: Fix crash with --backend-http-proxy-uri option
422ad1be Use NGHTTP2_REFUSED_STREAM for streams which are closed by GOAWAY
97f1735c Bump up version number to 1.29.0
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
f40f84c support PantechMode
d8dc335 support Quanta and Blackberry modes
333e486 fix support for Option modems
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Commit c312cef223 ("ar71xx: spi-rb4xx fix.") replaced the clk_enable() call
with clk_prepare_enable() to meet the common clock framework requirements.
However it did not change the clk_disable() call in the error patch which
thus leads to imbalance.
Fix the code by using the correct counterpart of clk_prepare_enable() in both
places.
Fixes: c312cef223 ("ar71xx: spi-rb4xx fix.")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:
[ 6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[ 6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K
Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:
[ 6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
[ 6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:
[ 6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[ 6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K
Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:
[ 6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
[ 6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:
[ 6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[ 6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K
Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:
[ 6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
[ 6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The value DSL_ChipSetHWVersion is fetched from the dsl frontend
via the dsl_control service, but not really provided by the dsl
frontend firmware and for now always "UNKNOWN".
The lantiq support told us that this information wouldn't be
provided in the foreseeable future, so let's remove this
useless "UNKNOWN" information.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Use a more appropriate compatible string. Fix the wireless led GPIO and
add the default wireless trigger. Use the wireless LED for boot state
indication as well.
Remove the GPIO pinmux for pins not exposed on the board.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link TL-MR3420 v5 are simple N300 router with
5-port FE switch and non-detachable antennas.
Its very similar to TP-Link TL-WR841N V13.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- USB 2.0 Port
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 8x LED, 2x button, power input switch
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in mr3420v5 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tplink_tl-mr3420-v5-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Move common tplink image build code into own recipe. Include the common
parts instead of including a full build recipe and overwriting former set
varaibles.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
7aa2594 odhcpd: Replace strerror(errno) with %m format
750e457 Support muliple RAs on single interface
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD r2
(mANTBox 15s), an outdoor sector antenna with a built-in 802.11ac
wireless router. Additionally, it adds a new profile for devices with
>= 128 MB NAND flash and 802.11ac to the ar71xx/mikrotik subtarget.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB921GS-5HPacD-15S for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: external QCA9822 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE in
- SFP: 1x host
Working:
- Board/system detection
- NAND storage detection
- Wireless
- Ethernet
- 1x user LED
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade
Untested:
- SFP cage (probably not working)
Installation:
- Boot initramfs image via TFTP and then flash sysupgrade image
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Apply code from commits 9e1bc27e6d
(ar71xx: Fix UBIFS work on Mikrotik RB95x devices) and
665bb27499 (ar71xx: fix invalid pointer
dereference in rb95x_nand_scan_fixup()) to RB92x devices too.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
The git hash was changed for multiple layerscape packages without
changing the version number. The LEDE build system will not download the
packages again if the old version is already there and so some people
and the build bots are using wrong version of some packages. Use
PKG_SOURCE_DATE instead of PKG_VERSION to generate packages with the
date and the first charterers of the git hash. This will change the file
name and make the build system download them again, also if in future
the git hash is changed the file name will change and trigger a new
download.
This should fix a problem spotted by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch converts all apm821xx devices to the device-tree
board-detection method. All instances of the legacy
boardnames (mbl,mr24,...) are converted to "vendor,device"
identifier.
The custom board-detection code in apm821xx.sh is removed as
it no longer serves any purpose.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch enables metadata-supported image verification
for all apm821xx supported devices. Since this method comes
with a built-in image verification tool (fwtool), the previous
image checks can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently, the device name handle does not include the
manufacturer. This can make it hard do differentiate
between products from different vendors that have the
same product name. As the handle is used to derive
the image name.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch rename all the DT source files in order to
match upstream's "manufacturer-device.dts" format.
Please note that the DEVICE_DTB isn't changed. This is
because the u-boot of the MyBook Live defines the
fdt_file variable to be "apollo3g/apollo3g.dtb".
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Meraki choose to use their product's codename as the main
compatible string. Mathias Kresin commented that this is
a poor choice as this will confuse the users and devs once
the device-tree compatible is used for board-detection and
possible the image name.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch appends the "apm,bluestone" or "amcc,apollo3g"
machine compatible string to the current device tree source.
Please note that unlike other archs the PPC DT code does
not regard the machine's compatible string as a priority
list. This is explained in the kernel's usage-model.txt as follows:
"PowerPC uses a slightly different scheme where it calls the .probe()
hook from each machine_desc, and the first one returning TRUE is used.
However, this approach does not take into account the priority of the
compatible list, and probably should be avoided for new architecture
support."
For this reason, the "apm,bluestone" compatible string can't be
added to the WNDR4700. As otherwise the target specific pci
fix-up code will get ignored and this causes the ath9k WIFI
to not get initialized.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch sets the BOARD_NAME variable on each affected
apm821xx device. The existing DEVICE_PROFILE and
DEVICE_NAME assignments are deprecated as they no longer
serve any purpose.
The BOARD_NAME variable is used by the sysupgrade-tar
method to specifiy a directory overwrite for the
sysupgrade-$dir directory in the generated tar file.
Keeping the original boardname in this context will be
necessary for targets that utilize the sysupgrade-tar
method. Otherwise, sysupgrade on an previous installation
will not recognize the newly generated images.
This step is necessary since an upcoming patch realigns
the existing shortname for a device with a proper
"manufacturer_device" identifier.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The commit 87b668765e
("image: when using the new image build code, gzip ext4 images by default")
forced that all targets that select the ext4 as the root filesystem
to always compress the generated rootfs. This is fine, but this method
doesn't not allow to append the metadata on a per-target base.
Therefore this patch changes the rootfs image production rule to generate
the gzip step manually. This way the metadata can be appended at a later
date.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
"PandoraBox" is not the name of the manufacturer, it's a firmware made by
the manufacturer actually. Their official English name is "D-Team".
PBR-M1 is the only one they use "PandoraBox" as a brand name. Their other
products are using "Newifi" as their trademark (including Y1 and Y1S which
used to be OEM products for Lenovo).
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Previously Newifi D2 could only use PandoraBox M1's firmware.
It works fine, but LED GPIO is different.
As a result, a separated DTS file for this device should be implemented.
Hardware spec:
* CPU: MTK MT7621A
* RAM: 512MB
* ROM: 32MB SPI Flash
* WiFi: MTK MT7603+MT7612
* Button: 2 buttons (reset, wps)
* LED: 3 single-color LEDs (USB, WiFi 2.4GHz, WiFi 5GHz) &
2 dual-color LEDs (Power, Internet)
* Ethernet: 5 ports, 4 LAN + 1 WAN
Installation method:
Same as Newifi D1, users may need to request unlock code from the device
manufacturer. Otherwise, a SPI flash programmer may be necessary to get
the firmware flashed. After the device is unlocked, press and hold reset
button before power cable plugs in. Then go to http://192.168.1.1 to
upload and flash the firmware package.
Signed-off-by: Jackson Ming Hu <huming2207@gmail.com>
The VAR11N-300 is a tiny wireless-N device with a hardwired Ethernet
cable, one extra Ethernet port, and an internal antenna, based on the
MediaTek MT7620n chipset.
Specs:
- MT7620n WiSoC @ 600MHz
- 32 MB SDRAM
- 4 MB SPI flash
- 2T2R 2.4GHz WiFi-N
- 1 attached 10/100 Ethernet cable (LAN)
- 1 10/100 Ethernet port (WAN)
- 1 attached USB / barrel 5vdc power cable
- 5 LEDs (see notes below)
- 1 reset button
- 1 UART (3 pads on board)
Installation:
The stock firmware does not support uploading new firmware directly,
only checking the manufacturer's site for updates. This process may be
possible to spoof, but the update check uses some kind of homebrew
encryption that I didn't investigate. Instead, you can install via a
backdoor:
1. Set up a TFTP server to serve the firmware binary
(lede-ramips-mt7620-var11n-300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin)
2. Factory reset the device by holding the reset button for a few
seconds.
3. Open the web interface (default IP: 192.168.253.254)
4. Log in with the "super admin" credentials: username `vonets`,
password `vonets26642519`.
5. On the "Operative Status" page, click the text "System Uptime", then
quickly click the uptime value.
6. If successful, an alert dialog will appear reading "Ated start", and
the device will now accept telnet connections. If the alert does not
appear, repeat step 5 until it works (the timing is a bit tricky).
7. Telnet to the device using credentials "admin / admin"
8. Retrieve the firmware binary from the tftp server: `tftp -l lede.bin
-r lede-ramips-mt7620-var11n-300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin -g
<tftp-server-ip>`
9. Write the firmware to flash: `mtd_write write lede.bin /dev/mtd4`
10. Reboot
Tested:
- LAN / WAN ethernet
- WiFi
- LAN / WAN / status LED GPIOs (see notes below)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade
Notes:
LEDs:
The board has 5 LEDs - two green LEDs for LAN / WAN activity, one blue
LED for WiFi, and a pair of "status" LEDs connected to the same GPIO
(the blue LED lights when the GPIO is low, and the green when it's
high). I was unable to determine how to operate the WiFi LED, as it
does not appear to be controlled by a GPIO directly.
Recovery:
The default U-boot installation will only boot from flash due to a
missing environment block. I generated a valid 4KB env block using
U-boot's `fw_setenv` tool and wrote it to flash at 0x30000 using an
external programmer. After this, it was possible to enter the U-boot
commandline interface and download a new image via TFTP (`tftpboot
81b00000 <image-filename>`), but while I could boot this image
sucessfully (`bootm`), writing it to flash (`cp.linux`) just corrupted
the flash chip. The sysupgrade file can be written to flash at 0x50000
using an external programmer.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Crawley <acrawley@gmail.com>
Add a helper variable which contains the boardname separated from the
vendor name. It allows to switch to a device tree compatible string
based boardname, by keeping the $board:colour:function syntax in
scripts handling/adding config for LEDs.
Boards not using the device tree compatible string as based boardname
are unaffected by the change, since none of them uses a comma in the
boardname.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name for board using the
devicetree compat string as boardname.
Replace the underline of the device define, to keep the SUPPORTED_DEVICES
in sync with a devicetree compat string based boardname.
Override the default SUPPORTED_DEVICES for board which are having an
userspace boardname with an underline.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The LinkIt Smart 7688/LinkIt Smart 7688 Duo are identical beside the
extra ATmega32U4 - accessible via UART - on the the Duo.
Since all relevant hardware is identical, drop the Duo special handling
in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In commit 2b1ec44dbd ("layerscape: add ls1012afrdm device support")
The git revision and the mirror hash for this package was updated to a
version which includes ls1012afrdm-uboot.bin, but the file name at
dl/uboot-layerscape-armv8_32b-2017.09.tar.xz staid the same. This way
most user did not download the new version but used the old file.
Convert this package to the normal git clone parameters by using
PKG_SOURCE_DATE instated of PKG_VERSION, now the file name in dl also
contains the git hash and should change every time the git hash is
updated.
This should fix a problem spotted by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
LEDE Flyspray Task 1091:
Fix libiconv-full 'undefined reference' compile linker error using GCC7 Musl
Tested with targets x86 (i386 and x86_64)
Addition of CFLAGS "std=gnu89" fixes the linker issues, credit to harrylwc
Issue found with 'minidlna' package, which depends on 'libiconv-full'
Error in compile log:
../lib/.libs/libiconv.so: undefined reference to `aliases_lookup'
../lib/.libs/libiconv.so: undefined reference to `aliases2_lookup'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:64: recipe for target 'iconv_no_i18n' failed
Signed-off-by: Jake Staehle <jacob@staehle.us>
If we need to set the initial output value to GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH (1) to
enable something, the pin is ACTIVE_HIGH. The same applies to
GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW (0) and ACTIVE_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In the stock firmware both eth0 and eth1 are set to br-lan,
add this behavior to our images.
Fixes: FS#1084
Signed-off-by: Marty E. Plummer <hanetzer@protonmail.com>
The status led part was missed when changing the board name to *-nor.
Fixes: e12c72bb52 ("brcm63xx: Add Sercomm AD1018 support")
Reported-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name.
Use the BOARD_NAME variable to ensure that the former used boardname is
still used as the subdirectory name for the sysupgrade-tar image, to
not break sysupgrade from earlier versions.
While at it, normalise the image filenames by using only lower case
characters and bin as file extension for sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the first compatible string as board name in userspace. Add the new
board name as well as the former used board name to the image metadata
to keep compatibilty with already deployed installations.
Don't add the former used boardname for boards which exists only in
master or evaluation boards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds basic support for kernel 4.14, this was tested in qemu only.
The subtarget configuration was refresh with kernel 4.14 and the
options needed to make it compile on kernel 4.9 were added manually.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Kernel 4.14 has the version number 4.14 and not 4.14.0. This was
different in some older Linux kernel versions, This change makes it
possible to use kernel 4.14 without any minor version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
kmod-lib-lzo and kmod-lib-lz4 depend in kernel 4.14 on
kmod-crypto-acompress, add this missing dependency.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE does not activate new modules any more in
kernel 4.14, but CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE is now a boolean option
which change the kmod-fb package. kmod-fbcon should be split up.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This deactivates the following options which were introduced between
kernel 4.9 and 4.14 in some kernel packages:
CONFIG_INET_ESP_OFFLOAD
CONFIG_INET6_ESP_OFFLOAD
CONFIG_LWTUNNEL_BPF
CONFIG_NET_9P_XEN
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 4.14 kmod-bluetooth depends on kmod-crypto-ecdh, add
kmod-crypto-ecdh to LEDE.
Both packages also depend on the kmod-crypto-kpp package. To build this
we have to fix the dependency of CRYPTO_ECDH which has a typo.
This patch is already accepted upstream.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 4.14 kmod-crypto-hw-ccp depends on kmod-crypto-rsa, add it.
kmod-crypto-rsa also packages the ASN1 parser and some other code which
is currently only used by this module.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 4.14 kmod-dm depends on kmod-dax.
Add DAX: "Direct access to differentiated memory" to LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 4.14 hwmon support can be deactivated for the tg3 driver,
deactivate it by default to save some space.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds initial support for kernel 4.14 based on the patches for
kernel 4.9.
In the configuration I deactivated some of the new possible security
features like:
CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL
CONFIG_SLAB_FREELIST_HARDENED
CONFIG_SOFTLOCKUP_DETECTOR
CONFIG_WARN_ALL_UNSEEDED_RANDOM
And these overlay FS options are also deactivated:
CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_INDEX
CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_REDIRECT_DIR
I activated this:
CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE
CONFIG_POSIX_TIMERS
CONFIG_SLAB_MERGE_DEFAULT
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_HANDLE_BOOT_ENABLED
I am not sure if I did the porting correct for the following patches:
target/linux/generic/backport-4.14/020-backport_netfilter_rtcache.patch
target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/220-gc_sections.patch
target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/321-powerpc_crtsavres_prereq.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/305-mips_module_reloc.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/611-netfilter_match_bypass_default_table.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/680-NET-skip-GRO-for-foreign-MAC-addresses.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Just refresh the kernel configuration, some options are removed because
they are now in the generic kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These are taken from the x86 target and should make support kernel 4.9
and 4.14 in the x86 target easier.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The default e1000e parameters (interrupt throttling rate, MSI/MSI-X
mode) are optimized for desktop and server computers to optimize
user-space execution (i.e. what's typically referred to as "useful"
work). This assumption breaks on a router under load where most of
the "useful" work actually takes place either in hardware interrupt
handlers (IRQ) or at software IRQ (swirq) modes, so we try to reflect
that by overriding these parameters with more appropriate values.
Patch-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cover temperature sensors for all mainstream 64-bit processors, including
AMD 10h and 15h families, Intel iCore, Xeon, Atom, and Via Nano. Also
add CPUID support for user-space applications to detect CPU type.
Include the on-chip sensors for 64-bit CPU's in the generic profile
in case someone builds a 32-bit kernel to run on a Xeon SoC, etc.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Backport the mdio-bus reset gpio support from 4.12 and use it instead
of toggling the reset ourself.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for the Sercomm AD1018 router
This a BCM6328 based board, 128 MB RAM, 128 MiB NAND flash,
with an onboard BCM43217 wifi, 4 ethernet ports and 1 USB
host port (not soldered). The board also has an FXS chip (Si32177)
connected via SPI (SS2#), without support in LEDE.
Since NAND flash chips aren't still supported in brcm63xx, the
support is for now added to work only with SPI flash chips. Therefore
hardware modding, soldering a new SPI flash chip, is required
to make the board work with LEDE (tested and working OK).
The flash at dts is intentionally left without partitioning to let
the user choose a NOR chip of any size (8, 16 or 32 MB).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: renamed ad1018 to ad1018-nor to signify the modification]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Since Linux 4.6, mtd->priv no longer points to the NAND specific
structure. Under 4.9 it contains NULL, thus using it to access
chip->options causes an invalid pointer dereference (FS#1200).
Update the code to use the mtd_to_nand() helper under 4.9 to obtain
the address of the chip specific data.
Fixes: 7bbf4117c6 ("ar71xx: Add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Since Linux 4.6, mtd->priv no longer points to the NAND specific
structure. Under 4.9 it contains NULL, thus using it to access
the fields of the nand_chip structure causes an invalid pointer
dereference.
Update the code to use the mtd_to_nand() helper under 4.9 to obtain
the address of the chip specific data.
Compile tested only.
Fixes: 7bbf4117c6 ("ar71xx: Add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
When mtdsplit_minor.c is compiled under Linux 4.4, the compiler
drops the following warning:
CC drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.o
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.c:106:14: warning: initialization from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
.parse_fn = mtdsplit_parse_minor,
^
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.c:106:14: note: (near initialization for 'mtdsplit_minor_parser.parse_fn')
The second parameter of the parser function must not have a 'const'
qualifier in 4.4. The 001-mtdsplit_backport.patch removes the qualifier
from other partition parsers. Update it to handle mtdsplit_minor.c as
well.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
There has been recent significant activity with the cake qdisc of late
Some of that effort is related to upstreaming to kernel & iproute2
mainline but we're not quite there yet. This commit teaches tc how to
activate and interprete the latest cake operating modes, namely:
ingress mode: Instead of only counting packets that make it past the
shaper, include packets we've decided to drop as well, since they did
arrive with us on the link and took link capacity.
This mode is more suitable for shaping the ingress of a link
(e.g. from ISP) rather than the more normal egress.
ack-filter/ack-filter-aggressive: Filter excessive TCP ACKS. Useful in
highly assymetric links (downstream v upstream capacity) where the
majority of upstream link capacity is occupied with ACKS for downstream
traffic.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
There has been recent significant activity with the cake qdisc of late
but in the cobalt branch. Some of that effort is related to upstreaming
to kernel & iproute2 mainline but we're not quite there yet. Relevant
feature changes:
ingress mode: Instead of only counting packets that make it past the
shaper, include packets we've decided to drop as well, since they did
arrive with us on the link and took link capacity.
This mode is more suitable for shaping the ingress of a link
(e.g. from ISP) rather than the more normal egress.
ptm mode: Minor optimisation in packet overhead calculation.
dual-src/dsthost/triple-isolate: Optimise only calculating src or dst
host hashes only if required.
ack-filter/ack-filter-aggressive: Filter excessive TCP ACKS. Useful in
highly assymetric links (downstream v upstream capacity) where the
majority of upstream link capacity is occupied with ACKS for downstream
traffic.
A separate iproute2 patch to teach it about Cake's new features will
follow.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Remove PACKAGE_uhttpd_debug config as this is an unused leftover
Add CONFIG_uhttpd_lua to PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 256990cbc0.
this commit caused a compile error
"TL_WR1043_V5_GPIO_LED_WANORANGE" is undefined.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Including version.mk sets PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS to config entries used for
VERSION_SED command. We should keep these configs to make sure package
gets refreshed when needed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
When calling a download target, hash verification is now completely
skipped if we set PKG_HASH=skip.
This allows to easily bump package version:
$ make package/<mypackage>/download PKG_HASH=skip V=s
$ make package/<mypackage>/check FIXUP=1 V=s
This will download the new version of the package, and then automatically
update PKG_HASH with the hash of the new version. Of course, it is still
the responsibility of the packager to ensure that the new tarball is
legitimate, because it is downloaded from a possibly untrusted source.
Fixes: b30ba14e ("scripts/download.pl: fail loudly if provided hash is unsupported")
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add missing definitions for the orange WAN LED on the TL-WR1043N(D) v4 and
v5. Minor format correction on a constant for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
mktplinkfw/mktplinkfw2 utilities put JFFS2 EOF market only at 64KB
boundary, this could lead to current device configuration lost during
the sysupgrade on a device, which is equpped with flash with the 4KB
erase block size (e.g. TP-Link Archer C20).
This happens when 64KB and 4KB alignments do not match, so the JFFS2
data is written not exactly at the partition beginnig and startup
scripts can not find the JFFS2 during the first boot just after the
sysupgrade.
Fix this by placing additional JFFS2 EOF marker at a 4KB boundary. Also
keep the marker at 64KB intact, so the utilities will produce images
suitable for devices with both 4KB and 64KB erase blocks.
Fixes: 29a2c2ea80 (add ability to put
jffs2 eof marker into the image)
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the switch port numbering on Mikrotik RB951Ui-2nD (hAP).
Also fixes the switch port numbering shown on LuCI for Mikrotik RB493G.
Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
Since /overlay/upper appeared, -b ignored -c silently (cause it was
still checking for /overlay/etc). Now, if /overlay/upper is absent,
sysupgrade -c will fail and exit verbosely.
Fix -l to consider -c (it never did).
Clean up to always use /overlay/upper/xxx instead of still checking
for /overlay/xxx.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
Advantages:
- preserves existing partition layout. On the hard-drive.
Only the boot and rootfs partition will be overwritten.
Disadvantages:
- The upgrade process takes much longer to run.
from 2-3 seconds to 15-25 seconds.
Please note that sysupgrade will refuse to upgrade, if the existing
installation has an incompatible partition layout. Future changes
to the bootfs and/or rootfs partition size will likely cause breakage
to the sysupgrade procedure. In these cases, the ext4-rootfs.img.gz
has to be written manually onto the disk. Please don't forget to backup
your configuration in this cases.
Note2: This patch requires
"base-files: upgrade: make get_partitions() endian agnostic"
Note3: If your current installation does not host the two
changes, sysupgrading will wipe the existing partition
layout. Don't forget to backup your data!
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Please note that users with a Netgear WNDR4700
will need to update the device-tree partition
manually.
For instructions, please refere to commit 49856a4bb5
("apm821xx: make it possible to update the dtb partition on the WNDR4700")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Lantiq and IPQ806X (which includes IPQ40XX) both define the
same custom function {ipq806x|lantiq}_get_dt_led.
This patch moves the function into the base-file package at
lib/functions/leds.sh to make it more accessible for other
targets as well.
Cc: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The bcm6368 pinctrl driver passed the wrong variable to
devm_regmap_field_alloc, causing it to blow up when later trying to
access the field.
Fixes#1211.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
To not clutter the system when building an opkg free image, generate the
distfeeds.conf only if CLEAN_IPKG is unset.
Since opkg is now a shared package, we can't rely on PACKAGE_opkg, but
since opkg is not reasonably usable without the status information, we
can tie the distfeeds.conf to it.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Ensure /etc/opkg exists before trying to write there. This fixes a build
failure if SIGNED_PACKAGES is disabled.
Reported-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
All the relevant options used for distfeeds.conf are part of base-files,
so it makes more sense to move the file there as well.
This has the added benefit that the we can share the opkg package again,
reducing the amount of target specific packages.
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
For an unknown reason gcc tries to link in crti.o when building with a
glibc toolchain (this does not happen with other targets). Prevent this
by telling gcc explicitly to not do that.
Fixes the following build error:
/home/jonas/git/lede/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-5.5.0_glibc/lib/gcc/mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/5.5.0/../../../../mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/lib/crti.o: In function `_init':
(.init+0x18): relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 against `__gmon_start__'
/home/jonas/git/lede/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-5.5.0_glibc/lib/gcc/mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/5.5.0/../../../../mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/lib/crti.o: In function `_init':
(.init+0x28): relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_CALL16 against `__gmon_start__'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Bump to latest WireGuard snapshot release:
44f8e4d version: bump snapshot
bbe2f94 chacha20poly1305: wire up avx512vl for skylake-x
679e53a chacha20: avx512vl implementation
10b1232 poly1305: fix avx512f alignment bug
5fce163 chacha20poly1305: cleaner generic code
63a0031 blake2s-x86_64: fix spacing
d2e13a8 global: add SPDX tags to all files
d94f3dc chacha20-arm: fix with clang -fno-integrated-as.
3004f6b poly1305: update x86-64 kernel to AVX512F only
d452d86 tools: no need to put this on the stack
0ff098f tools: remove undocumented unused syntax
b1aa43c contrib: keygen-html for generating keys in the browser
e35e45a kernel-tree: jury rig is the more common spelling
210845c netlink: rename symbol to avoid clashes
fcf568e device: clear last handshake timer on ifdown
d698467 compat: fix 3.10 backport
5342867 device: do not clear keys during sleep on Android
88624d4 curve25519: explictly depend on AS_AVX
c45ed55 compat: support RAP in assembly
7f29cf9 curve25519: modularize dispatch
Refresh patches.
Compile-test-for: ar71xx
Run-tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
As MD5 is known weak for many years and more and more
penetration test tools complain about enabled MD5 HMAC
I think it's time to drop it.
By disabling the MD5 HMAC support dropbear will also
automatically use SHA1 for fingerprints.
This shouldn't be a problem too.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This will avoid some conflicts when doing a git rebase or merge,
specially when adding support to a new device.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
[drop brcm47xx changes which rename the images]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set TMPDIR to the same value as the existing TMP_DIR variable in order to
let gcc and various other utilities use the local temporary directory
instead of the system-wide one.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Recent RouterBOOT version (at least version 3.41 on RB911G-5HPacD)
use "Board=" kernel parameter instead of "board=" to pass the board
name to the kernel. Due to this change the board detection code is
not working on the devices shipped with the new RouterBOOT version.
Because the kernel is unable to identify these boards they become
unusable despite that they are supported by the current code.
Update the prom_init code to convert the 'Board' kernel parameter to
'board'. After this change, the board detection works also with the
new RouterBOOT versions.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The target name does not need to included a revision
if all revisions are supported.
This target supports all revisions (v1, v2, v2.1).
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[Keep the version numbers in the device title, it doesn't harm]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove the WW suffix, everything without a region suffix is world wide
anyway.
While at it, normalise the image filenames by using only lower case
characters.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Users are confused which image type they should use and there are more
drawbacks than adavantages in using a r/w ubifs rootfs in constrast to
a read-only squashfs rootfs like:
- less available free flash space due to better compression of squashfs
images
- no support for factory reset due to r/w filesystem
- possibility to break failsafe due to r/w filesystem
Therefore, drop support for r/w ubifs rootfs images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add config option which allows to enable/disable DHCP support at compile
time. Make DHCPv6 support dependant on DHCP support as DHCPv6 support
implies having DHCP support.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
- use %d instead of %n for opkg feed identifiers
- remove %n / %N references from version files
Fixes bf5cef47b3 merge: release/banner: drop release name and update banner.
Fixes FS#1213.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
udhcpc doesn't send a hostname by default. Use the system hostname if
nothing else is specified, to always send a hostname.
It syncs the behaviour to odhcpc, which always sends a hostname.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The boardname isn't used any longer to find the subdirectory in the
sysupgrade tar archive, which makes this override useless.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Kernel and rootfs in a subdirectory matching the userspace boardname,
was intended to use a single sysupgrade-tar archive for multiple boards
with different kernel/rootfs images. This feature was never used.
Use the first found directory in the tar archive instead of relying on
a directory named according to the userspace boardname.
It allows to change the boardname without adding another compatibility
layer - using the nand_board_name() function - for (sub)targets using
the metadata based image validation in favour to
nand_do_platform_check().
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Qualcomm claims this reduces cache misses. Original commit message below:
From: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Date: Tue, 11 Jun 2013 12:18:46 -0500
Subject: [ag71xx] reduce NAPI weight
In an attempt to increase our cache warmth, we are decreasing NAPI.
This increases the warmth of the reused SKBs.
Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The motivation for this was misguided. It turns out tuning the NAPI weight could be useful for testing purposes. Therefore reverting.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Changes:
72656157 fix fgetwc when decoding a character that crosses buffer boundary
a223dbd2 add reverse iconv mappings for JIS-based encodings
105eff9d generalize iconv framework for 8-bit codepages
a71b46cf fix malloc state corruption when ldso rejects loading a second libc
d060edf6 reformat cjk iconv tables to be diff-friendly, match tool output
c21051e9 prevent fork's errno from being clobbered by atfork handlers
a39f20bf add iso-2022-jp support (decoding only) to iconv
5b546faa add iconv framework for decoding stateful encodings
0df5b39a simplify/optimize iconv utf-8 case
9eb6dd51 handle ascii range individually in each iconv case
bff59d13 move iconv_close to its own translation unit
79f49eff refactor iconv conversion descriptor encoding/decoding
30fdda6c fix getaddrinfo error code for non-numeric service with AI_NUMERICSERV
67b29947 fix mismatched type of __pthread_tsd_run_dtors weak definition
13935337 s390x: use generic ioctl.h
4dc44ce8 microblaze: add statx syscall from linux v4.13
ffd048a0 aarch64: add extra_context struct from linux v4.13
6651ef1f add new tcp.h socket options from linux v4.13
14ced228 add new fcntl.h macros from linux v4.13
754f66af ioctl TIOCGPTPEER from linux v4.13
c35a8bf4 add SO_ getsockopt options from linux v4.13
5daaed6a s390x: add syscall number for s390_guarded_storage from linux v4.12
2dc6760f i386: add arch_prctl syscall number from linux v4.12
840d45be aarch64: add new HWCAP_* flags from linux v4.12
4c811227 add ARPHDR_VSOCKMON from linux v4.12
54f04d99 add new SO_ socket options from linux v4.12
9864f60e add statx syscall numbers from linux v4.11
c519658c add TCP_NLA_* enums from linux v4.11
ee3ae782 add TCP_FASTOPEN_CONNECT tcp socket option from linux v4.11
3eb82f73 add ETH_P_IBOE from linux v4.11
bd1560f6 update aarch64 hwcap.h for linux v4.11
cee73f0c add kexec_file_load syscall number on powerpc from linux v4.10
8f569557 add microblaze syscall numbers from linux v4.10
d8004030 add TFD_TIMER_CANCEL_ON_SET that timerfd.h was missing
f5638c22 add ETH_MIN_MTU and ETH_MAX_MTU from linux v4.10
01369691 add IP_RECVFRAGSIZE and IPV6_RECVFRAGSIZE from linux v4.10
5c596ed8 add SCM_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS and related TCP_ enums from linux v4.10
6fc6ca1a adjust posix_spawn dup2 action behavior to match future requirements
Cc: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes two issues with the current get_partitions()
function.
First: "Invalid partition table on $disk" will pop up on
legitimate images on big endian system.
This is because the little-endian representation of "55 AA" is
assumed in the context of little-endian architectures. On these
comparing it to the 16-bit word 0xAA55 does work as intented.
Whereas on big-endian systems, this would have to be 0x55AA.
This patch fixes the issue by replacing the integer conversion
and value match check with just a string comparision.
Second: The extraction of the type, start LBA and LBA num from
the partition table has the same endianness issue. This has been
fixed by using the new hex_le32_to_cpu() function. This function
will translate the stored little-endian data to the correct
byte-order if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch updates ath10k-firmware to use the
firmware-5.bin_10.4-3.2.1-00058 firmware for the QCA4019.
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
d02a05b mt7603: update firmware to version 20160107100755
4d4cd05 Partially revert "mt7603: use mcu command to set timing registers, fix OFDM timeout values"
170f334 mt76x2: remove MAC address limitation for multi-vif setups
3563b8f mt76x2: clean up MAC/BSSID address initialization
9de77e1 mt76x2: drop wiphy->addresses
a6a6e25 mt76x2: init: disable APCLI by default
c64633e mt76x2: configure rx filter based on monitor mode setting
ac815fa mt76x2: init: fix rx filter default value during init
e504656 mt7603: configure other-unicast drop based on monitor mode setting
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit fixes LAN Port 1 not transferring data in case no
other LAN Port has active link-state on TP-Link Archer C58/C59.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
add no-ssl3-method again as 1.0.2n compiles without the ssl3-method(s)
Fixes CVEs: CVE-2017-3737, CVE-2017-3738
Signed-off-by: Peter Wagner <tripolar@gmx.at>
bswap32 undefined is the issue. Added the proper header. Also fixed a few format/conversion warnings that clang complained about without -Wall or -Wextra.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Different invocations of the dnsmasq init script (e.g. at startup by procd)
will rewrite the dhcp host file which might result into dnsmasq reading an
empty dhcp host file as it is being rewritten by the dnsmasq init script.
Let the dnsmasq init script first write to a temp dhcp host file so it does
not overwrite the contents of the existing dhcp host file.
Reported-by: Hartmut Birr <e9hack@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries can't prevent attacks against the Wireless
Network Management (WNM) Sleep Mode handshake. Currently, hostapd
processes WNM Sleep Mode requests from clients regardless of the setting
wnm_sleep_mode. Backport Jouni Malinen's upstream patch 114f2830 in
order to ignore such requests by clients when wnm_sleep_mode is disabled
(which is the default).
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
[rewrite commit subject (<= 50 characters), bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries can't prevent attacks against the
Tunneled Direct-Link Setup (TDLS) handshake. Jouni Malinen suggested
that the existing hostapd option tdls_prohibit can be used to further
complicate this possibility at the AP side. tdls_prohibit=1 makes
hostapd advertise that use of TDLS is not allowed in the BSS.
Note: If an attacker manages to lure both TDLS peers into a fake
AP, hiding the tdls_prohibit advertisement from them, it might be
possible to bypass this protection.
Make this option configurable via UCI, but disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
Tiny variant supports a subset of the ip commands; align the ip help
text so it actually reflects which commands are supported in the
tiny variant.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Preserves optionality of libmnl by letting configuration
script follow the HAVE_MNL environment variable.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This is a variant of the MT7620N-based Asus routers.
Specifications:
- MT7620N (580 MHz)
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 5x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- 2.4 GHz WLAN
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J2) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
Flash instructions:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.75/24
2. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds. All 4 LEDs will
start to blink, which is when the router will accept firmware files via TFTP.
No known limitations on firmware filenames, just send it with a TFTP client
to 192.168.1.1.
3. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
If all configured dns servers return refused in response to a query in
strict mode; dnsmasq will end up in an infinite loop retransmitting the
dns query resulting into high CPU load.
Problem is fixed by checking for the end of a dns server list iteration
in strict mode.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This allows people to build SDK from custom repository (git access using
ssh) and keep original URL in SDK's feeds.conf.default.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
11f42a8 mt76x2: add channel argument to eeprom tx power functions
3bd7e76 mt76x2: initialize channel power limits
19fff41 mt76x2: convert between per-chain tx power and combined output
737cf2b mt7603: rename mt7603_mac_reset to mt7603_pse_reset
8026638 mt7603: rename MT_PSE_RESET register
c4dd32a mt7603: remove watchdog reset on interface stop
d99092b mt7603: remove WARN_ON_ONCE for workaround checks
c8807b4 mt7603: simplify PSE reset
d8a5990 mt7603: warn if PSE reset fails
c079960 mt7603: clean up dma debug reads
96817d6 mt7603: make mt7603_mac_watchdog_reset() static
e953c78 mt7603: clear wtbl PS bit for powersave responses
57a2e33 mt7603: set tx-skip flag for powersave clients
c8e5ab1 mt7603: initialize wtbl ps flag on station add
b4034cf mt76x2: remove some harmless WARN_ONs in tx status and rx path
8e17d36 mt7603: remove some harmless WARN_ONs in rx path
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
layerscape firmware package names collide with existing package contributions.
Ex: layerscape mc and midnight-commander(mc) are in conflict.
Firmware packages: mc, ppa, rcw and dpl are renamed to ls-mc, ls-ppa, ls-rcw
and ls-dpl respectively.
Signed-off-by: Ted Hess <thess@kitschensync.net>
CVE-2017-8816: NTLM buffer overflow via integer overflow
CVE-2017-8817: FTP wildcard out of bounds read
CVE-2017-8818: SSL out of buffer access
For other bugfixes and changes in 7.57.0 see https://curl.haxx.se/changes.html
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Replace in router DEFAULT_PACKAGES odhcpd by odhcpd-ipv6only as
such there's no DHCPv4 server functionality overlap with dnsmasq
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Latencies can be much higher on wifi devices, especially with
aggregation. Tune the network stack setting introduced in the previous
commit to account for that.
This commit reintroduces the previously reverted one with a fix for the
crash issues
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit adds missing the GPIO key used as reset button.
Nexx WT1520 has a GPIO key for factory reset, but it's not defined in
WT1520.dtsi and cannot use it.
Drop the UART (full) from the device tree source file, it was never
used for this board. Adjust the kernel bootargs accordingly.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[add note about dropped UART (full) to the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to improper localization of helper variables, "config host" entries
without a given mac address may inherit the mac address of a preceeding,
leading to invalid generated netive configuration.
Fix the issue by marking the "macs" and "tags" helper variables in
dhcp_host_add() local, avoiding the need for explicitely resetting them
with each invocation.
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 2dc485250d.
This patch needs some additional checks in order to avoid overwriting
unrelated fields for request sockets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
== Changes ==
* compat: support timespec64 on old kernels
* compat: support AVX512BW+VL by lying
* compat: fix typo and ranges
* compat: support 4.15's netlink and barrier changes
* poly1305-avx512: requires AVX512F+VL+BW
Numerous compat fixes which should keep us supporting 3.10-4.15-rc1.
* blake2s: AVX512F+VL implementation
* blake2s: tweak avx512 code
* blake2s: hmac space optimization
Another terrific submission from Samuel Neves: we now have an implementation
of Blake2s using AVX512, which is extremely fast.
* allowedips: optimize
* allowedips: simplify
* chacha20: directly assign constant and initial state
Small performance tweaks.
* tools: fix removing preshared keys
* qemu: use netfilter.org https site
* qemu: take shared lock for untarring
Small bug fixes.
Remove myself from the maintainers list: we have enough and I'm happy to
carry on doing package bumps on ad-hoc basis without the 'official'
title.
Run-tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
939ad5dd Update manual pages
24d92b97 Add deprecation warning when spdylay support is enabled
4c92ff18 Bump up version number to 1.28.0, LT revision to 29:0:15
280db5c6 Update neverbleed
7fbcb2d0 Merge pull request #1074 from nghttp2/fix-doc
53aeb2c3 Fix doc
ff200bfc clang-format-5.0
fee3151f Switch to clang-format-5.0
99a85159 Update manual pages
2a981a3f Merge pull request #1066 from nghttp2/nghttpx-add-affinity-cookie-secure
0028275d nghttpx: Add affinity-cookie-secure parameter to backend option
ee8bfddf Merge pull request #1063 from nghttp2/error_callback2
194acb1f src: Use nghttp2_error_callback2
43a2a70a Add nghttp2_error_callback2
73344ae9 nghttpx: Use plain hex string format for client serial
c479f612 Merge pull request #1060 from nghttp2/nghttpx-add-client-serial
eca0a302 nghttpx: Add $tls_client_serial log variable
4720c5cb nghttpx: Make client serial available in mruby script
cd55ab28 nghttpx: Add function to get serial number from certificate
d402cfdf Merge pull request #1057 from nghttp2/nghttpx-add-tls-client-issuer-name
22502182 Add tls_client_issuer_name log variable and expose it to mruby
05e1fd5e Update manual pages
943d7923 Add Session Affinity section to nghttpx howto
568ecbfb doc: Add missing port
f5ddd7f4 nghttpx: Make initial_addr_idx_ unsigned
88abbce7 nghttpx: Fix compile error with gcc
16e90365 nghttpx: Fix affinity retry
fa7945c6 nghttpx: Refactor
daca43f0 nghttpx: Fix stalled backend connection on retry
16bc11e6 nghttpx: Remove duplicated util::make_socket_nodelay
6f7e94cd Merge pull request #1047 from PiotrSikora/go_vet
61efa15a integration: Fix issues reported by the `go vet` tool.
8c0ea56b Merge pull request #1036 from nghttp2/nghttpx-affinity-cookie
54905371 nghttpx: Refactor
6010d393 integration: Add tests
be5c39a1 src: Add tests
b8fda680 nghttpx: Cookie based session affinity
e29b9c12 Merge pull request #1045 from nghttp2/nghttpx-sha1-fingerprint
539e2781 nghttpx: Add tls_client_fingerprint_sha1 to mruby and accesslog
7008afd4 nghttpx: Refactor get_x509_fingerprint to accept hash function
77a41756 Merge pull request #1041 from nghttp2/fix-examples-client-server
b15045d6 Merge pull request #1040 from nghttp2/nghttpx-mruby-add-more-tls-vars
03084f75 examples: Make client and server work with libevent-2.1.8
60baca27 nghttpx: Add more TLS related attributes to mruby Env object
86990db2 Merge pull request #1038 from nghttp2/nghttpx-add-more-logging-vars
cb376bcd nghttpx: Add client fingerprint and subject name to accesslog
f2b8edd1 nghttpx: Fix memory leak
c4f8afcf nghttpx: Get TLS info only when it is necessary when writing accesslog
1a1a216d Merge pull request #1037 from nghttp2/nghttpx-mruby-tls-client-vars
9f80a82c nghttpx: Add client fingerprint and subject name to mruby env
c573c80b nghttpx: Pass a pointer to SSL instead of TLSSessionInfo to LogSpec
3cd6817e Fix typos
d4a69658 Add another warning about mruby
8e06fe49 Fix typo
aaeeec8f Fix typos
66d5e246 Bump up version number to 1.28.0-DEV
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Build dependency: Please install the GNU C Compiler (gcc) 4.8 or later cc
-dumpversion | grep -E '(4\.[8-9]|5\.[0-9]|6\.[0-9]|7\.[0-9])'
Build dependency: Please install the GNU C++ Compiler (g++) 4.8 or later
g++ -dumpversion | grep -E '(4\.[8-9]|5\.[0-9]|6\.[0-9]|7\.[0-9])'
Prerequisite check failed. Use FORCE=1 to override.
On my Fedora 26 machine gcc and g++ -dumpversion returns a whole number
'7' failing the regex introduced in commit:
b78de6207f
This change makes minor versions optional in the build dependency regex
for gcc and g++ whenever any minor version would be accepted and the
whole number version is sufficient as a dependency check. For versions
4.* a minor version is still required.
Signed-off-by: Justin Kilpatrick <jkilpatr@redhat.com>
Only test for supported versions of GCC
The version bump requirement for GCC is because gdb doesn't build with older
versions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
At the moment, license information can only be specified on a
"per source package" level while other metadata fields (e.g. maintainer)
can be given for each binary package. Apply the same logic for license
fields as well. This can be used e.g. in cases where a library is
distributed under some license while related tools are distributed
under a different one.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
dfb2f6c pkt_sched: make compile again
5ab7026 sch_cake: make compile again
6f28803 codel5: make more checkpatch compliant
bd426aa Fix build error on 4.12
e4a3628 Whitespace tidy up
Signed-off-by: Fushan Wen <qydwhotmail@gmail.com>
Add an ipv6only variant providing server services for RA, stateful and stateless
DHCPv6, prefix delegation and relay support for DHCPv6, NDP and RA.
The full variant called odhcpd supports DHCPv4 server as before.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Bump to latest WireGuard snapshot release:
ed479fa (tag: 0.0.20171122) version: bump snapshot
efd9db0 chacha20poly1305: poly cleans up its own state
5700b61 poly1305-x86_64: unclobber %rbp
314c172 global: switch from timeval to timespec
9e4aa7a poly1305: import MIPS64 primitive from OpenSSL
7a5ce4e chacha20poly1305: import ARM primitives from OpenSSL
abad6ee chacha20poly1305: import x86_64 primitives from OpenSSL
6507a03 chacha20poly1305: add more test vectors, some of which are weird
6f136a3 compat: new kernels have netlink fixes
e4b3875 compat: stable finally backported fix
cc07250 qemu: use unprefixed strip when not cross-compiling
64f1a6d tools: tighten up strtoul parsing
c3a04fe device: uninitialize socket first in destruction
82e6e3b socket: only free socket after successful creation of new
df318d1 compat: fix compilation with PaX
d911cd9 curve25519-neon: compile in thumb mode
d355e57 compat: 3.16.50 got proper rt6_get_cookie
666ee61 qemu: update kernel
2420e18 allowedips: do not write out of bounds
185c324 selftest: allowedips: randomized test mutex update
3f6ed7e wg-quick: document localhost exception and v6 rule
Compile-tested-for: ar71xx
Run-tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The uboot target is named MarsBoard_A10 and it was not build at all.
This fixes a build problem seen by the build bot.
Fixes: 6a3565985f ("sunxi: Added profile for HAOYU Electronics Marsboard A10")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
There are multiple problems on the A64 SoC with the older drivers which
are fixed in the upstream kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fix the target dependency to make it possible to select this module also
on x86 target and its subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The firmware directory in the Linux kernel was removed in kernel 4.14,
take the e100 firmware files now from the linux-firmware repository
instead. To do so create the new package e100-firmware. This will also
work with older kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Adds NFS4 client support:
1. Package kmod-fs-nfs is split into kmod-fs-nfs (nfs.ko) and
kmod-fs-nfs-v3 (nfsv3.ko).
2. A new package kmod-fs-nfs-v4 (nfsv4.ko) is created.
3. Package kmod-fs-nfs-common-v4 is renamed to kmod-fs-nfs-rpcsec
and includes additional module rpcsec_gss_krb5.ko.
CONFIG_NFS_V4 goes into kmod-fs-nfs-v4, CONFIG_NFSD_V4 (NFS4
server) is removed. Missing kernel module oid_registry.ko
needed by auth_rpcgss.ko is added to the package.
A new package kmod-crypto-cts needed by rpcsec_gss_krb5.ko is
also created.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
[add dependency to kmod-crypto-ecb in fs-nfs-common-rpcsec]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The module parameters "nogameport=1" and "nocir=1" are needed,
because this is not supported on recent chips and doesn't
really tell if the system is stable.
As this features will already be removed in linux-4.13 or newer,
this module parameters can be removed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
make check complains about PKG_MIRROR_HASH of the wireless-regdb package:
WARNING: PKG_MIRROR_HASH does not match wireless-regdb-2017-10-20-4343d359.tar.xz
hash 5f5b669f32ae36cb65b1d99efbbbfd42c2983cda32f6448346e3e54ffaba3889
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The DEFINE_PCI_DEVICE_TABLE macro was removed with upstream commit
7e9321599011 ("treewide: remove references to the now unnecessary
DEFINE_PCI_DEVICE_TABLE").
Use the pci_device_id struct to fix the acx-mac80211 build failure on
ramips.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add pinmuxes defined by some board which are including the dtsi files
to the dtsi files itself. Allows to reduce duplication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the datasheet the REFCLK pin is shared with GPIO#37 and
the PERST pin is shared with GPIO#36.
While at it fix a typo inside the pinmux setup code. The function is called
refclk and not reclk.
Update device tree source files accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add kmod-sound-core, it is a dependency of kmod-sound-mt7620 and will
not be autoselected.
Remove kmod-i2c-core, it will be autoselected by kmod-i2c-ralink.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Setting the pins of the UARTF group to GPIO+I2S at the time the I2C
driver loads is to late for the wps GPIO button.
The gpio-keys driver fails to load since the pin used by the wps button
is not yet set to GPIO. The wps button with the rfkill keycode is
essential for this wireless only board.
Add the missing sound and I2C kernel modules corresponding to the
device nodes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Without this change, the instance-specific conf-file is being added to procd_add_jail_mount,
but not used by dnsmasq.
Signed-off-by: Emerson Pinter <dev@pinter.com.br>
The advantage is that we don't have to specify max TRX size anymore and
otrx doesn't allocate a buffer of that size. It saves us allocating
32 MiB for every image we generate.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It can be a replacement for the trx tool. The advantage is that otrx
doesn't alloc buffer for the whole TRX which can be a nice optimization
when creating big images.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Usually this function is called for appending some small files only
(like fs marks) but let's just make it more generic and capable of
handling bigger files easily. Increasing buffer to 1 KiB shouldn't hurt.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It was there in case of adding some "create" command options that should
be parsed before actually creating the output image. It seems we don't
need any at this point so let's drop this function for now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Backported devicetree from Kernel 4.13 with some additions
to enable Ethernet and WiFi module
The following features are working:
- Ethernet
- WiFi
- eMMC and microSD slot
- USB ports
The following features are not working:
* Bluetooth
NanoPi M1 Plus key features
- SoC: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7@1.2GHz
- RAM: 1GB DDR3
- eMMC: 8GB
- microSD slot
- Ethernet 10/100/1000M
- Wifi: AP6212
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
My compilation failed because of missing uint.* definitions:
In file included from mtd.h:33:0,
from bootstream.c:35:
BootControlBlocks.h:58:2: error: unknown type name 'uint8_t'
uint8_t m_u8DataSetup;
^
BootControlBlocks.h:59:2: error: unknown type name 'uint8_t'
uint8_t m_u8DataHold;
^
BootControlBlocks.h:60:2: error: unknown type name 'uint8_t'
uint8_t m_u8AddressSetup;
^
BootControlBlocks.h:61:2: error: unknown type name 'uint8_t'
uint8_t m_u8DSAMPLE_TIME;
Adding the header file fixes the problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
[fold changes into 001-compile.patch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The kernel firmware/ is going away, so pull this firmware
from the linux-firmware git repo instead. No actual changes
to the installed files.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
D-Link DIR-330 is clone of ASUS WL500GP2, by default conf the WAN port is
eth1, it's not working cus eth1 not soldered and wan port function
performs 5th port of the switch.
Signed-off-by: Antony Black <gtrtfm@gmail.com>
Significantly improves throughput on MT76x2, fixes some stability
issues, adds LED support.
Changes:
266ef38 mt76x2: mcu: remove unused parameter in mt76x2_mcu_msg_alloc signature
758376d mt7603: mcu: remove unused parameter in mt7603_mcu_msg_alloc() signature
e764787 Fix errors found by cppcheck
a6fce8a mt7603: add LED definition registers
f658dd2 mt76x2: add LED register definitions
f6a021d mt76x2: Support using PCI ID as chip ID
c9bdcd8 mt76: add led support using mac80211 led framework
58e9138 mt76x2: init: add ma80211 led callbacks
8ea8da3 mt7603: init: add ma80211 led callbacks
ded88cd mt76x2: Add PCI identifier for MT7602
51a6764 mt7603: remove unnecessary mcu register read function
fbdbf65 debugfs: add support for changing the LED pin
cc02e49 mac80211: move DT led configuration to the "led" child node
e4e7734 mt76x2: limit client WCID entries to 0-127
60172cc mt76x2: clear drop flag for all WCIDs on init
d8140b6 mt76x2: clear per-WCID tx rate lookup register
0ce7923 mt76x2: add helper function for setting drop mask
ccc4baf mt76x2: clear drop mask when sending a PS response
ff60d14 mt76: increase rx ring size for mt76x2
b57ada5 mt76x2: add rx statistics registers
af425de mt76x2: fix LNA gain register annotation
efd7724 mt76x2: sync channel gain value with latest reference driver
4af37bd mt76x2: implement dynamic AGC tuning based on false packet detection count
70f2002 mt76x2: add more gain tuning based on the latest reference driver
8f1c8ab mt76x2: sync tx power related values with reference driver
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Latencies can be much higher on wifi devices, especially with
aggregation. Tune the network stack setting introduced in the previous
commit to account for that
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Currently local TCP performance on wifi devices can be limited because
the TSQ (TCP Small Queues) code is tuned for wired ethernet latencies.
With this patch drivers can increase the amount of local buffering to
allow TCP to trigger larger aggregation sizes
This commit is modified from the upstream version to allow #ifdef based
backport feature detection
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The wireless regdb is now loaded via firmware loading, CRDA support and
built-in regdb support have been removed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
9c13096 ubus: Remove unnecessary memset calls.
6d1ea6c libubus: Fix deletion from context's object AVL tree when removing object
e02813b ubusd: don't free messages in ubus_send_msg() anymore
be146ad ubusd: rename goto label from `error` to `out`
27d712d ubusd_monitor: alloc & free the buffer outside of the loop
5f87f54 ubusd: move global retmsg per client
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This is a variant of the ZBT WG3526 with a few minor modifications.
The wifi chips are swapped, and there is no GPIO controllable status
LED. There is also no SATA port.
Specifications:
- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 512 MB RAM
- 16 MB Flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1Gbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- MT7612E 802.11ac 5 GHz WLAN
- MT7603E 802.11n 2.4 GHz WLAN
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
These adapters support SR-IOV. Thus the host can assign Virtual Functions
(VFs) to different VMs by the PCI-E Passthrough (e.g. VFIO for KVM), to
gain different advantages (performance, VF to VF communications, host
kernel offload, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Chris Blakely <cpblakely@gmail.com>
Add the parent of the sysupgrade script to the list of pids not getting
killed
Signed-off-by: Mat Trudel <mat@geeky.net>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The IRQ controller can only set the affinity to a single CPU. Update the
mask in the controller data.
Suggested-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
- Remove obsolete patch chunks regarding fixed_freq
- Instead of patching in custom HT40+/- parameters, use the standard
config syntax as much as possible.
- Use fixed_freq for mesh
- Fix issues with disabling obss scan when using fixed_freq on mesh
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Passing the ctrl iface to wpa_supplicant will automatically cause wpa_supplicant
to send "STOP_AP" messages to the hostapd. This breaks the AP interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
The beacon_int is currently set explicitly for hostapd and when LEDE uses
iw to join and IBSS/mesh. But it was not done when wpa_supplicant was used
to join an encrypted IBSS or mesh.
This configuration is required when an AP interface is configured together
with an mesh interface. The beacon_int= line must therefore be re-added to
the wpa_supplicant config. The value is retrieved from the the global
variable.
Fixes: 1a16cb9c67 ("mac80211, hostapd: always explicitly set beacon interval")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [rebase]
The wpa_supplicant code for IBSS allows to set the mcast rate. It is
recommended to increase this value from 1 or 6 Mbit/s to something higher
when using a mesh protocol on top which uses the multicast packet loss as
indicator for the link quality.
This setting was unfortunately not applied for mesh mode. But it would be
beneficial when wpa_supplicant would behave similar to IBSS mode and set
this argument during mesh join like authsae already does. At least it is
helpful for companies/projects which are currently switching to 802.11s
(without mesh_fwding and with mesh_ttl set to 1) as replacement for IBSS
because newer drivers seem to support 802.11s but not IBSS anymore.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Tested-by: Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [refresh]
TP-Link TL-WR802N v1 and v2 are set up with almost same configuration in
the mach-files. Merge the mach-files of these devices.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
TP-Link TL-WR1043N v5 appears to be identical to the TL-WR1043ND v4,
except that the USB port has been removed and there is no longer a
removable antenna option.
The software is more in line with the Archer series in that it uses a
nested bootloader scheme.
Specifications:
- QCA9563 at 775 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 16 MB flash
- 3 (non-detachable) Antennas / 450 Mbit
- 1x/4x WAN/LAN Gbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
- reset and Wi-Fi buttons
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
The TL-WA901ND v5 has the same hardware as v4, although the PCB has
a different layout. Installation from factory is done via TFTP.
(rename -factory image to wa901ndv4_tp_recovery.bin for tftp)
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD mAP 2nD
https://mikrotik.com/product/RBmAP2nD
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: builtin QCA9531, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 2x100M (802.3af/at POE in and passive POE out on ETH2)
- USB: microUSB type AB port
This patch adds missing code to fully support mAP. Machfile already
contained configuration for mAP 2nD, but device specific configuration
like LEDs etc., was missing.
Note: The POE LED works but doesn't turn on when POE passthrough is
enabled, despite being configured with GPIO trigger.
Installation
1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
- DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
- DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image
3. Connect the port labeled internet to your local network
4. Keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The Ubiquiti UniFi APs just have eth0. Until now, the setup script fell
through to the default case and configured the (not present) eth1 as
WAN with DHCP.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP
https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAP2nD
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9533 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: built-in QCA9533, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x100M (802.3af/at POE in)
This patch adds missing code to fully support wAP. Machfile already
contained configuration for wAP 2nD but device specific configuration
like LEDs etc. was missing.
Installation:
1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
- DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
- DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image
3. Connect the port labeled internet to your local network
4. Keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Wallys DR342 is a 5 GHz, 2T2R AP/CPE board based on Atheros AR9342.
Short specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x Gbps Ethernet (AR8035) with passive PoE support (24-56 V)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 5 GHz with external FEM (SKY85728-11), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors
- miniPCIe connector with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses
- optional miniSIM slot
- 7x LED, 1x button
- UART, (E)JTAG and LED headers
- 1x DC jack for main power (12-56 V)
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):
1. tftp 0x82000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-dr342-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
UniElec U7628-01 is a router platform board based on MediaTek MT7628AN.
The device has the following specifications:
- MT7628AN (580MHz)
- 64/128/256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (MT7628 built-in switch)
- 1x 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (MT7628)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses)
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 7x single-color LEDs (GPIO-controlled)
- 1x bi-color LED (green GPIO-controlled, red -> LED_WLAN# in miniPCIe)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x SDXC/GPIO header (10-pins, connected with microSD slot)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)
The following has been tested and is working:
- Ethernet switch
- miniPCIe slot (tested with modem and Wi-Fi card)
- miniSIM slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
- USB 2.0 port*
Due to a missing driver (MMC over GPIO) this is not supported:
- microSD card reader
* Warning:
USB buses in miniPCIe and regular A-type socket are connected together,
without any proper analog switch or USB HUB.
Installation:
This board might come with a different firmware versions (MediaTek SDK,
PandoraBox, Padavan, etc.). If your board comes with PandoraBox, you can
install LEDE using sysupgrade. Just SSH to the router and perform forced
sysupgrade (due to a board name mismatch). The default IP of this board
should be: 192.168.1.1 and username/password: root/admin. In case of a
different firmware, you can use web based recovery described below.
Use the following command to perform the sysupgrade (for the 128MB
RAM/16MB flash version):
sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt76x8-u7628-01-128M-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Recovery:
This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.
SDXC/GPIO header (J3):
1. SDXC_D3 / I2C_SCLK
2. SDXC_D2 / I2C_SD
3. SDXC_D1 / I2S_DI
4. SDXC_D0 / I2S_WS
5. SDXC_CMD / I2S_CLK
6. SDXC_CLK / GPIO0
7. SDXC_CD / UART_RXD1
8. UART_TXD1
9. 3V3
10. GND
Other notes:
1. The board is available with different amounts of RAM and flash. We
have only added support for the 128/16 MB configuration, as that seems
to be the default. However, all the required infrastructure is in place
for making support for the other configurations easy.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
UniElec U7621-06 is a router platform board based on MediaTek MT7621AT.
The device has the following specifications:
- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 256/512 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 8/16/32/64 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1 Gbps Ethernet (MT7621 built-in switch)
- 1x ASMedia ASM1061 (for mSATA and SATA)
- 2x miniPCIe slots (PCIe bus only)
- 1x mSATA slot (with USB 2.0 bus for modem)
- 1x SATA
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x USB 3.0
- 12x LEDs (3 GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x GPIO header (30-pins)
- 1x FPC connector for LEDs (20-pin, 0.5 mm pitch)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)
The following has been tested and is working:
- Ethernet switch
- miniPCIe slots (tested with Wi-Fi cards)
- mSATA slot (tested with modem and mSATA drive)
- miniSIM slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
- microSD slot
Installation:
This board might come with a different firmware versions (MediaTek SDK,
PandoraBox, Padavan, etc.). If your board comes with PandoraBox, you can
install LEDE using sysupgrade. Just SSH to the router and perform forced
sysupgrade (due to a board name mismatch). The default IP of this board
should be: 192.168.1.1 and username/password: root/admin. In case of a
different firmware, you can use web based recovery described below.
Use the following command to perform the sysupgrade (for the 256MB
RAM/16MB flash version):
sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt7621-u7621-06-256M-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Recovery:
This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.
LEDs list (top row, left to right):
- LED_WWAN# (connected with pin 42 in LTE/mSATA slot)
- Power (connected directly to 3V3)
- CTS2_N (GPIO10, configured as "status" LED)
- TXD2 (GPIO11, configured as "led4", without default trigger)
- RXD2 (GPIO12, configured as "led5", without default trigger)
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi0 slot)
LEDs list (bottom row, left to right):
- ESW_P0_LED_0
- ESW_P1_LED_0
- ESW_P2_LED_0
- ESW_P3_LED_0
- ESW_P4_LED_0
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi1 slot)
Other notes:
1. The board is available with different amounts of RAM and flash. We
have only added support for the 256/16 MB configuration, as that seems
to be the default. However, all the required infrastructure is in place
for making support for the other configurations easy.
2. The manufacturer offers five different wireless cards with MediaTek
chipsets, based on MT76x2, MT7603 and MT7615. Images of the board all
show that the miniPCIe slots are dedicated to specific Wi-Fi cards.
However, the slots are generic.
3. All boards we got access to had the same EEPROM content. The default
firmware reads the Ethernet MAC from offset 0xe000 in factory partition.
This offset only contains 0xffs, so a random MAC will be generated on
every boot of the router. There is a valid MAC stored at offset 0xe006
and this MAC is shown as the WAN MAC in the bootloader. However, it is
the same on all boards we have checked. Based on information provided
by the vendor, all boards sold in small quantities are considered more
as samples for development purposes.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
This increases kernel partition size and fixes rootfs (file-system)
partition size on TP-Link RE450 v1. Also, while we are at it, switch
from statically defined kernel and rootfs partitions in kernel cmdline
to "tplink-fw" mtd splitter.
Fixes: FS#1072.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This patch increases kernel partition size and re-enables image
generation for below TP-Link boards:
- archer-c58-v1
- archer-c60-v1
- tl-wr902ac-v1
- tl-wr942n-v1
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[commit message and title reworded]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There is no need to allocate buffer as big as the whole image in order
to calculate CRC32. It's enough to use small buffer and just read file
content block by block.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This requires changing this helper to accept initial/current CRC32
value as argument but it allows dropping duplicated (complex?) code
calculating the CRC32.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Remove multicast routing firewall rules when the igmpproxy is stopped by
triggering a firewall config change.
Keeping the firewall open from the wan for igmp and udp multicast is not
desired when the igmpproxy service is inactive.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When a library is using fortify-packages GCC will complain about
"error: format not a string literal, argument types not checked".
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
don't set no-ssl3-method when CONFIG_OPENSSL_WITH_SSL3 di disabled otherwise the compile breaks with this error:
../libssl.so: undefined reference to `SSLv3_client_method'
Fixes CVE: CVE-2017-3735, CVE-2017-3736
Signed-off-by: Peter Wagner <tripolar@gmx.at>
Check if the compiler defines __linux__, instead of assuming that the
host OS is the same as the target OS.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There was a typo in module.mk for pfe module autoload.
This patch is to fix this and remove useless rc.local
which was for loading pfe module.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The QorIQ FRDM-LS1012A Board is an ultra-low-cost
development platform for QorIQ LS1012A Series Network
Processors built on ARM Cortex-A53 processor.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add PPA (The Primary Protected Application)
package and also enable it for all layerscape devices.
LSDK github provides ppa source code git tree, but it
only could be compiled with 64-bit toolchain. For 32-bit
devices, there was no method to use it.
https://github.com/qoriq-open-source/ppa-generic
This patch is to directly use a private ppa binary tree for
both 32-bit and 64-bit devices.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to use ppfe git tree on LSDK github
instead of private git tree, and support the latest
ppfe on ls1012ardb.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Some new options were introduced by kernel patches.
And some options should be removed/added.
The config-4.9 should be updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Updated kernel patches to align layerscape kernel
with latest LSDK linux (LSDK-17.09-update-103017-V4.9 tag).
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Default profile had to enable many packages for all devices
support. This made these packages still enabled when built
for single device. This patch is to remove default profile.
For multiple devices build, it's proper to build with multiple
devices profile.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
restool is a user space application providing the
ability to dynamically create and manage Layerscape
DPAA2 containers and objects from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add data path layout files for the
second generation Data Path Acceleration Architecture.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add package support for Management
Complex Firmware for the second generation Data Path
Acceleration Architecture.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
A previous patch disaggregated kernel patch 601 intending to
reverse the ndo_get_stats64 change, but it also dropped
many other changes without a reason. This caused build issue
for layerscape. This patch is to fix that with below steps.
1. Reversed patch "1c4415a layerscape: reverse changes to ndo_get_stats64",
but kept kernel patch 701 which was a proper fix.
2. Reversed the ndo_get_stats64 change in kernel patch 601.
3. Renamed patch 601 (net patch) to 202 (core-linux patch). Maybe it's
more proper.
Fixes: 1c4415a679 ("layerscape: reverse changes to ndo_get_stats64")
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
On the Asus RT-N16, the ports are not mapped the in the same way as
the RT-N12. It is, however, the same as the Linksys E3000v1.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <timfthorpe@gmail.com>
The memcpy of the init data relies on chip->registers to be initialized,
which only happens later in the code. Move this initialization further
down to make it work.
This was breaking PCIe/USB on some MikroTik RouterBoard devices.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Shell function return code only has range [0, 255]. Other values will
be truncated, e.g. return 65536 will have the same effect as return 0
While at it, drop other "return $rc" where rc will almost always take
value 0 and whose value current callers actually do not check
Fixes FS#988
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The MAC addresses were not being set for LAN and WAN. This will now use the
same MAC mechanism as the rest of the target.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 is simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas, based on MediaTek MT7628NN (aka MT7628N) WiSoC.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 1x LED (GPIO-controlled), 1x button
* LED in TL-WR840N v5 is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Orange LED is registered so you can later use it for your own purposes.
Flash instruction:
Unlike TL-WR840N v4 flashing through WEB UI works in v5.
1. Download lede-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr840n-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin image.
2. Go to 192.168.0.1
3. Flash the sysupgrade image through Firmware upgrade section of WEB UI.
4. Wait until green LED stops flashing and use the router.
Notes:
TFTP recovery is broken since TP-Link reused bootloader code for v4 and
that does not take into account only 4 MB of flash and bricks the device.
So do not use TFTP Recovery or you will have to rewrite SPI flash.
They fixed it in later GPL code,but it is unknown which version of
bootloader you have.
After manually compiling and flashing bootloader from GPL sources TFTP
recovery works properly.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
When we run "opkg install" on a package that installs an uci-defaults
script, functions.sh will fail to evaluate that script in its
default_postinst function.
This happens because there is no "./" present and it searches for the
file in paths specified by the PATH variable. This would work on bash,
but it will not work on ash and some other shells like sh, zsh. This
applys to the ". filename" directive used in this case.
This patch will make the path relative to the /etc/uci-defaults
directory.
Fixes: FS#1021
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
The splitter ignored the rootfs offset from the header, probably
because until c1e6e61 it was invalid.
This patch fixes the splitter to use the now correct header data.
Regarding target/linux/ar71xx/files/drivers/mtd/tplinkpart.c,
this particular splitter "falls back" to the correct rootfs offset
reading and as such it doesn't need to be updated, although it will
report a kernel partition length that can be larger than the actual
length as it assumes that partition fills the entire segment up to
the rootfs partition.
Tested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
With '-a' specified on the command line, the current code:
- computes an aligned _kernel length_ instead of an aligned _rootfs
offset_.
- does not update the rootfs offset after computing the new kernel
length, and instead retains the layout default.
When the kernel length exceeds the available space left with this
fixed offset, the resulting image header contains invalid data, with
the recorded rootfs offset overlapping the kernel area.
This patch ensures that rootfs offset is correctly computed and
reflected in the final image.
Furthermore, the build_fw() function special cases the rootfs_align
option because of the above invalid logic. This is also fixed and
the computed (or command-line provided, or layout-provided) rootfs_ofs
value is used in all cases.
There seems to be no valid reason to extend the kernel length beyond
the actual length of the kernel itself (OFW images don't do it) so this
part of the existing behavior is dropped.
Example image before the patch:
Kernel data offset : 0x00000200 / 512 bytes
Kernel data length : 0x00158438 / 1410104 bytes
Kernel load address : 0x00000080
Kernel entry point : 0x00000080
Rootfs data offset : 0x00140000 / 1310720 bytes
Rootfs data length : 0x001e4f7e / 1986430 bytes
Example image after the patch:
Kernel data offset : 0x00000200 / 512 bytes
Kernel data length : 0x001583fe / 1410046 bytes
Kernel load address : 0x00000080
Kernel entry point : 0x00000080
Rootfs data offset : 0x00158600 / 1410560 bytes
Rootfs data length : 0x001e4e22 / 1986082 bytes
Tested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Due to limitations in the symvers treatment and the mei drivers
exporting the same funtions, modpost might use the wrong mei driver
to link against.
Work around this by renaming them all to the same name, making it
always the "right" module name even if the wrong file was used.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Apearently we need to ensure mwlwifi loads before mwifiex on
the WRT3200ACM, else mwifiex will claim the wifi.
Fix this by reverting to AutoLoad, but keep the removal of
mac80211 line.
This partially reverts commit 471d5dc6e3.
Fixes: 471d5dc6e3 ("mwlwifi: switch to AutoProbe")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
If PKG_BUILD_DIR contains symlinks, the generated Module.symvers will
contain the resolved paths, not the virtual path with the symlink name.
This breaks the filter for the module's own symbols, so to fix this
ensure we also grep for the resolved path.
Reported-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Tested-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Let the generic postinstall script invoke "kmodloader" when the just
installed package contains any /etc/module.d/ entries.
This allows us to skip the explicit "insert_module()" calls in the
package postinstall.
Due to the removed insert_module calls we do not need to assemble a
complete list of modules per package anymore, which allows for vast
simplification of the package generation code.
While we're at it, also support specifying default parameters for
modules using either the MODPARAM or MODPARAM.modulename variables
in KernelPackage.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest Git in order to fix potential memory corruption and invalid
memory access when handling query strings in conjunction with active basic
authentication.
a235636 2017-11-04 file: fix query string handling
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
By default, hostapd assumes r1_key_holder equal to bssid. If LEDE
configures the same static r1 key holder ID on two different APs (BSSes) the
RRB exchanges fails behind them.
Signed-off-by: Yury Shvedov <yshvedov@wimarksystems.com>
- H3 @ 1.3 GHz
- 1GiB DDR3
- 10/100Mbps Ethernet
- Realtek RTL8189ETV wifi
- 4 USB 2.0
Difference to the "Orange Pi Plus" is the lack of Gbit ethernet
and lack of onboard flash.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Current jumbo frame support code allocates rxbuffers of the maximum size
supported by the hardware (~14KB). This happens at the device open time
even if the configured MTU is lower (e.g. if it configured to standard
1500 bytes). Such behavior effectivly prevents interface start on boards
with a low ammount of RAM (e.g. WRT300N v2), since the kernel simly can
not allocates of ~0.8MB (14KB x 64).
So remove jumbo frame support for now.
Reported-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
The patch, which adds multiphy support, adds new path for non-standard
PHYs (e.g. MV88E6060 switch IC) to avoid using kernel phy framework. All
work well except the link status traking (Duplex and Speed), which is
reseted as soon as PHY connection procedure is done. This leads to lost
of the link status of non-standard PHY, which is configured exactly in
the ixp4xx_phy_connect() function.
Move the generic reset of a link state to the ixp4xx_phy_connect()
function to the code path, which is intended for handling of a normal
PHY.
Reported-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Defining it will let the build tool download the tarball file from
a buildbot server, avoiding a clone of the source repo.
Signed-off-by: Arjun AK <lede@arjunak.com>
On NOR based Mikrotik devices, 4K sectors significantly slow down
firmware flashing and jffs2 usage. On NAND based devices they may be
necessary to run rbcfg (the boot loader config is often on SPI NOR).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Some targets need 4K sectors for small flash chips (e.g. some
routerboards, where the entire chip is just one "erase block"), whereas
on other devices 4K sectors lead to horrible flash erase/write
performance.
Set the default limit in the generic kernel configuration to 4 MiB to
ensure that all new platforms don't use 4K sectors for bigger flash
chips. On all existing targets use 16 MiB for now to avoid regressions.
They will be changed individually in follow-up commits.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
7a49632 logd: use uloop instead of ustream_fd for syslog
69d6542 logd: only create pipe in stream mode
df30c8c logread: terminate after EOF
bdcacad logd: implement oneshot mode for stream log read
4a10d4e logread: use oneshot mode without -f, wait for logd to close
ea3d7fa logd: enforce line length limit for ubus based log messages as well
960a29d logread: remove leftover debug code
a081904 logread: fix line buffer size
2c0d9cf logd: move stripping of newlines to log_add()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This changes the cmdline from:
Kernel command line: root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootfstype=squashfs,ext4 rootwait noinitrd
Bootloader command line (ignored): board=NBG6817 root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootwait zld_ver=2.04 console=ttyHSL1,115200n8 mtdparts=m25p80:0xC0000(SBL)ro,0x40000(TZ)ro,0x40000(RPM)ro,0x80000(u-boot)ro,0x10000(env)ro,0x10000(ART)ro,0x10000(dualflag),0x210000(reserved)
to
Kernel command line: rootfstype=squashfs,ext4 rootwait noinitrd root=/dev/mmcblk0p5
Bootloader command line (ignored): board=NBG6817 root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootwait zld_ver=2.04 console=ttyHSL1,115200n8 mtdparts=m25p80:0xC0000(SBL)ro,0x40000(TZ)ro,0x40000(RPM)ro,0x80000(u-boot)ro,0x10000(env)ro,0x10000(ART)ro,0x10000(dualflag),0x210000(reserved)
As a consequence booting from the alternative dual-boot partition set
(root=/dev/mmcblk0p8) becomes possible.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Newer devices tend to only support the newer version of the pin
verification command, so also try that one.
Fixes PIN issues with modems like the Sierra Wireless MC7455
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Without this change, when a user disables seccomp support in .config,
procd does not get recompiled unless the package is cleaned manually.
It is because when -D option is missing from cmake command line, cmake
uses cached value from the previous run where seccomp was enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Sojka <sojkam1@fel.cvut.cz>
AP-DK01.1-C1 is QCA dev board with:
- ipq4018 quad core ARM @716.8MHz, 2x2 dual (11n+11ac) radio
- 256MB RAM
- 32MB SPI flash
- QCA8075 multiport ethernet phy (WAN port, 4x LAN ports)
First installation via u-boot:
sf probe
sf erase 0x180000 0x1a00000
tftpboot 0x84000000 lede-ipq806x-AP-DK01.1-C1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
sf write 0x84000000 0x180000 $filesize
Further upgrades via sysupgrade.
Changes:
- add partitions
- set memory size to 256MB
- add reserved memory mapping
- add correct compatible string
- add image generation
- extract pre-cal data from ART partition
Compile and run tested.
Wirespeed NAT can be achieved with spreading rx interrupts over different
cores. Wifi speed is ~550Mbps @5GHz in open air.
Note:
AP-DK01.1-C1 is fully compatible with AP-DK01.2-C1, which has
ipq4028 instead of ipq4018 on board.
Changes since v2:
- based on dts(i) rework/cleanup submitted:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/lede-dev/2017-October/009596.html
- precise reserved memory mapping
- more precise description
- compatible string
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Supported frequencies of all ipq40xx chips are 48, 200, 500 and 716.8 MHz.
Previous 666MHz setting was most likely related to instability of early
chips/boards made before mass production.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
If we enable -fstack-protector while building libunwind, function
__stack_chk_fail_local will be referred to for i386 and powerpc32
arches. This will cause link failure because the default gcc build
specs says no link_ssp if -nostdlib is given.
The error message:
OpenWrt-libtool: link: ccache_cc -shared -fPIC -DPIC .libs/os-linux.o mi/.libs/init.o mi/.libs/flush_cache.o mi/.libs/mempool.o mi/.libs/strerror.o x86/.libs/is_fpreg.o x86/.libs/regname.o x86/.libs/Los-linux.o mi/.libs/backtrace.o mi/.libs/dyn-cancel.o mi/.libs/dyn-info-list.o mi/.libs/dyn-register.o mi/.libs/Ldyn-extract.o mi/.libs/Lfind_dynamic_proc_info.o mi/.libs/Lget_accessors.o mi/.libs/Lget_proc_info_by_ip.o mi/.libs/Lget_proc_name.o mi/.libs/Lput_dynamic_unwind_info.o mi/.libs/Ldestroy_addr_space.o mi/.libs/Lget_reg.o mi/.libs/Lset_reg.o mi/.libs/Lget_fpreg.o mi/.libs/Lset_fpreg.o mi/.libs/Lset_caching_policy.o x86/.libs/Lcreate_addr_space.o x86/.libs/Lget_save_loc.o x86/.libs/Lglobal.o x86/.libs/Linit.o x86/.libs/Linit_local.o x86/.libs/Linit_remote.o x86/.libs/Lget_proc_info.o x86/.libs/Lregs.o x86/.libs/Lresume.o x86/.libs/Lstep.o x86/.libs/getcontext-linux.o -Wl,--whole-archive ./.libs/libunwind-dwarf-local.a ./.libs/libunwind-elf32.a -Wl,--no-whole-archive -L/var/lib/bbmnt/buildbot/slaves/dave-builder/i386_i486/build/sdk/staging_dir/target-i386_i486_musl-1.1.16/usr/lib -L/var/lib/bbmnt/buildbot/slaves/dave-builder/i386_i486/build/sdk/staging_dir/target-i386_i486_musl-1.1.16/lib -L/var/lib/bbmnt/buildbot/slaves/dave-builder/i386_i486/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-i386_i486_gcc-5.4.0_musl-1.1.16/usr/lib -L/var/lib/bbmnt/buildbot/slaves/dave-builder/i386_i486/build/sdk/staging_dir/toolchain-i386_i486_gcc-5.4.0_musl-1.1.16/lib -lc -lgcc -Os -march=i486 -fstack-protector -Wl,-z -Wl,now -Wl,-z -Wl,relro -nostartfiles -nostdlib -Wl,-soname -Wl,libunwind.so.8 -o .libs/libunwind.so.8.0.1
.libs/os-linux.o: In function `_Ux86_get_elf_image':
os-linux.c:(.text+0x588): undefined reference to `__stack_chk_fail_local'
x86/.libs/Lregs.o: In function `_ULx86_access_fpreg':
Lregs.c:(.text+0x25b): undefined reference to `__stack_chk_fail_local'
x86/.libs/Lresume.o: In function `_ULx86_resume':
Lresume.c:(.text+0xdc): undefined reference to `__stack_chk_fail_local'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:2249: recipe for target 'libunwind.la' failed
The snippet from gcc -dumpspecs
%{!nostdlib:%{!nodefaultlibs:%(link_ssp) %(link_gcc_c_sequence)}}
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Update wireguard to latest snapshot:
9fc5daf version: bump snapshot
748ca6b compat: unbreak unloading on kernels 4.6 through 4.9
7be9894 timers: switch to kees' new timer_list functions
6be9a66 wg-quick: save all hooks on save
752e7af version: bump snapshot
2cd9642 wg-quick: fsync the temporary file before renaming
b139499 wg-quick: allow for saving existing interface
582c201 contrib: add reresolve-dns
8e04be1 tools: correct type for CTRL_ATTR_FAMILY_ID
c138276 wg-quick: allow for the hatchet, but not by default
d03f2a0 global: use fewer BUG_ONs
6d681ce timers: guard entire setting in block
4bf32ca curve25519: only enable int128 if compiler support is sound
86e06a3 device: expand scope of destruct lock
e3661ab global: get rid of useless forward declarations
bedc77a device: only take reference if netns is different
7c07e22 wg-quick: remember to rewind DNS settings on failure
2352ec0 wg-quick: allow specifiying multiple hooks
573cb19 qemu: test using four cores
e09ec4d global: style nits
4d3deae qemu: work around ccache bugs
7491cd4 global: infuriating kernel iterator style
78e079c peer: store total number of peers instead of iterating
d4e2752 peer: get rid of peer_for_each magic
6cf12d1 compat: be sure to include header before testing
3ea08d8 qemu: allow for cross compilation
d467551 crypto/avx: make sure we can actually use ymm registers
c786c46 blake2: include headers for macros
328e386 global: accept decent check_patch.pl suggestions
a473592 compat: fix up stat calculation for udp tunnel
9d930f5 stats: more robust accounting
311ca62 selftest: initialize mutex in routingtable selftest
8a9a6d3 netns: use time-based test instead of quantity-based
e480068 netns: use read built-in instead of ncat hack for dmesg
Compile-tested-for: ar71xx
Run-tested-on: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Unset the default LED gpio pin if the same gpio pin is used by a button
defined via platform button. It prevents the change of the GPIO value
on wireless up/down or wireless traffic.
Fixes: FS#1129
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the LED configuration for the D-Link DIR-869 A1. In order to
support the device I probed around using an initramfs image for the
UniFi AC. Pulling GPIO 15 to low enabled the LEDs while high disabled them.
GPIO 16 set to low meant that the color was white while pulling it to high
made the color change to orange. The past code was written based upon these
findings.
However, running a flashed image I now discovered that GPIO 15 controls the
orange LEDs while GPIO 16 controls the white ones and that both are active
when low. This means that the GPIOs were inverted and one active_low was set
wrong which this patch fixes.
Behavior of the LED front after this patch is applied:
cat /sys/devices/platform/leds-gpio/leds/d-link:white:status/brightness
0 -> white LEDs are OFF
255 -> white LEDs are ON
cat /sys/devices/platform/leds-gpio/leds/d-link:orange:status/brightness
0 -> orange LEDs are OFF
255 -> orange LEDs are ON
If the brightness of both is set to 255 the LED front will be white.
If the brightness of both is set to 0 the LED front will be off.
Signed-off-by: Florian Beier <beier.florian@gmail.com>
The GPIOs are used for defined LEDs and therefore are ignored/unset in
the ath9k driver since 192f0a3db8. The wireless led led trigger is
added in userspace since e20965811d, which makes the
ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_led_pin() superfluous.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Upgrade uboot-kirkwood to upstream release 2017.09
Catch up with upstream and move configuration options from
simple defines to Kconfig, as otherwise dependencies would
not be resolved and code would not compile.
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The platform data was missing the num_registers element which is now
mandatory in linux 4.9
Without this patch, the gpio probing would fail with:
gpio gpiochip1: (74x164): tried to insert a GPIO chip with zero lines
Fixes: #1106
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The ZyXEL NBG6817 calculates all MAC addresses based on the ethaddr
value stored in the U-Boot environment (0:APPSBLENV). No MAC addresses
are stored in the ART partition and the generated MAC addresses for the
wlan interfaces alternate randomly between 12:34:56:78:90:12 and
00:03:7f:12:34:56.
interface new/ OEM MAC old MAC
wlan-2.4g (phy1): ethaddr undefined
wlan-5g (phy0): ethaddr + 1 undefined
lan : ethaddr + 2 ethaddr
wan : ethaddr + 3 ethaddr + 1
This patch defines stable MAC addresses for the wlan interfaces for
the first time instead of generating them at random. The previously
defined values for lan/ wan are changed to follow the settings of the
OEM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The ZyXEL NBG6817 uses an eMMC flash for the rootfs, which is split
into the readonly squashfs and ext4 for the overlay. This adds the
required package to the device packages to allow mounting the overlay
by default.
/dev/root on /rom type squashfs (ro,relatime)
proc on /proc type proc (rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime)
sysfs on /sys type sysfs (rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime)
tmpfs on /tmp type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime)
/dev/loop0 on /overlay type ext4 (rw,noatime,data=ordered)
overlayfs:/overlay on / type overlay (rw,noatime,lowerdir=/,upperdir=/overlay/upper,workdir=/overlay/work)
tmpfs on /dev type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755)
devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600,ptmxmode=000)
debugfs on /sys/kernel/debug type debugfs (rw,noatime)
mountd(pid1040) on /tmp/run/blockd type autofs (rw,relatime,fd=7,pgrp=1,timeout=30,minproto=5,maxproto=5,indirect)
Before this commit, the ext4 based overlayfs could not be mounted,
which left only the tmpfs based/ volatile emergency overlay in place.
Fixes: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/zyxel-nbg6817-flashing-from-oem/768
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Commit 2e496876c6 fixed the generation of the depends line for external
kernel modules which makes it possible for the build system to
automatically detect this missing dependency.
This fixes the packaging of kmod-ltq-atm for the ar9, xway and
xway-legacy subtarget.
Fixes: FS#1124
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Unmodified dns and domain variables could be needed in user script (/etc/udhcpc.user).
Signed-off-by: Tero Jänkä <tero.janka@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> (cleanup)
mpc85xx uses this for firmware image files, since the dtb data is not
directly part of the kernel image. This causes build failures in the
image builder.
Fix this by adding a separate build step that runs this call earlier,
reusing the generated file for any calls from kernel or image build
commands.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add xconfig target to include/toplevel.mk, so that ``make xconfig`` can
be invoked from $TOPDIR to use Qt based configuration tool to prepare
.config file.
The qconf related sources are taken from linux 4.9.13 archive.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
This commit adds qconf related files to .gitignore.
The files to be tracked are qconf.cc, qconf.h, and images.c.
The files to be ignored are qconf*.o, qconf*, qconf.moc, and
.tmp_qtcheck.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
qconf is kconfig UI utilizing QT toolkit. This makes it possible to use
graphical interface interaction to configure LEDE build target.
This commit adds qconf target to ./script/config/Makefile to be used by
toplevel ``make xconfig`` later.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
On some devices the flash chip needs to be in 3-byte addressing mode during
reboot, otherwise the boot loader will fail to start.
This mode however does not allow regular reads/writes onto the upper 16M
half. W25Q256 has separate read commands for reading from >16M, however
it does not have any separate write commands.
This patch changes the code to leave the chip in 3-byte mode most of the
time and only switch during erase/write cycles that go to >16M
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Switch from git to xz release tarball as there's no good reason to keep
using git when release tarballs are provided.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
OpenSSL is built with the generic linux settings for most targets,
including aarch64. These generic settings are designed for 32-bit CPU and
provide no assembler optmization: this is widely suboptimal for aarch64.
This patch simply switches to the aarch64 settings that are already
available in OpenSSL.
Here is the output of "openssl speed" before the optimization, with
"(...)" representing build flags that didn't change:
OpenSSL 1.0.2l 25 May 2017
options:bn(64,32) rc4(ptr,char) des(idx,cisc,2,int) aes(partial) blowfish(ptr)
compiler: aarch64-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc (...)
And after this patch, OpenSSL uses 64 bit mode and assembler optimizations:
OpenSSL 1.0.2l 25 May 2017
options:bn(64,64) rc4(ptr,char) des(idx,cisc,2,int) aes(partial) blowfish(ptr)
compiler: aarch64-openwrt-linux-musl-gcc (...) -DSHA1_ASM -DSHA256_ASM -DSHA512_ASM
Here are some benchmarks on a pine64+ running latest LEDE master r5142-20d363aed3:
before# openssl speed sha aes blowfish
The 'numbers' are in 1000s of bytes per second processed.
type 16 bytes 64 bytes 256 bytes 1024 bytes 8192 bytes
sha1 3918.89k 9982.43k 19148.03k 24933.03k 27325.78k
sha256 4604.51k 10240.64k 17472.51k 21355.18k 22801.07k
sha512 3662.19k 14539.41k 21443.16k 29544.11k 33177.60k
blowfish cbc 16266.63k 16940.86k 17176.92k 17237.33k 17252.35k
aes-128 cbc 19712.95k 21447.40k 22091.09k 22258.35k 22304.09k
aes-192 cbc 17680.12k 19064.47k 19572.14k 19703.13k 19737.26k
aes-256 cbc 15986.67k 17132.48k 17537.28k 17657.17k 17689.26k
after# openssl speed sha aes blowfish
type 16 bytes 64 bytes 256 bytes 1024 bytes 8192 bytes
sha1 6770.87k 26172.80k 86878.38k 205649.58k 345978.20k
sha256 20913.93k 74663.85k 184658.18k 290891.09k 351032.66k
sha512 7633.10k 30110.14k 50083.24k 71883.43k 82485.25k
blowfish cbc 16224.93k 16933.55k 17173.76k 17234.94k 17252.35k
aes-128 cbc 19425.74k 21193.31k 22065.74k 22304.77k 22380.54k
aes-192 cbc 17452.29k 18883.84k 19536.90k 19741.70k 19800.06k
aes-256 cbc 15815.89k 17003.01k 17530.03k 17695.40k 17746.60k
For some reason AES and blowfish do not benefit, but SHA performance
improves between 1.7x and 15x. SHA256 clearly benefits the most from the
optimization (4.5x on small blocks, 15x on large blocks!).
When using EVP (with "openssl speed -evp <algo>"):
# Before, EVP mode
type 16 bytes 64 bytes 256 bytes 1024 bytes 8192 bytes
sha1 3824.46k 10049.66k 19170.56k 24947.03k 27325.78k
sha256 3368.33k 8511.15k 16061.44k 20772.52k 22721.88k
sha512 2845.23k 11381.57k 19467.69k 28512.26k 33008.30k
bf-cbc 15146.74k 16623.83k 17092.01k 17211.39k 17249.62k
aes-128-cbc 17873.03k 20870.61k 21933.65k 22216.36k 22301.35k
aes-192-cbc 16184.18k 18607.15k 19447.13k 19670.02k 19737.26k
aes-256-cbc 14774.06k 16757.25k 17457.58k 17639.42k 17686.53k
# After, EVP mode
type 16 bytes 64 bytes 256 bytes 1024 bytes 8192 bytes
sha1 7056.97k 27142.10k 89515.86k 209155.41k 347419.99k
sha256 7745.70k 29750.06k 95341.48k 211001.69k 332376.75k
sha512 4550.47k 18086.06k 39997.10k 65880.75k 81431.21k
bf-cbc 15129.20k 16619.03k 17090.56k 17212.76k 17246.89k
aes-128-cbc 99619.74k 269032.34k 450214.23k 567353.00k 613933.06k
aes-192-cbc 93180.74k 231017.79k 361766.66k 433671.51k 461731.16k
aes-256-cbc 89343.23k 209858.58k 310160.04k 362234.88k 380878.85k
Blowfish does not seem to have assembler optimization at all, and SHA
still benefits (between 1.6x and 14.5x) but is generally slower than in
non-EVP mode.
However, AES performance is improved between 5.5x and 27.5x, which is
really impressive! For aes-128-cbc on large blocks, a core i7-6600U
@2.60GHz is only twice as fast...
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Serial output was broken since 3.16 for shared uarts between
kernel and login. Fix this by adding a fix sent upstream.
While at it, drop a useless patch that adds duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Newer kernels treat differing signatures an error, not just a warning,
so fix the signatures to match.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Minimum supported kernel is 3.18, so we don't need to test for anything
older. In addition, the API hasn't changed since then, so we don't need
to check for any kernel version at all. This helps to keeps the amount
of changes more managable.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Refresh patches
Remove 320-curl-confopts.m4-fix-disable-threaded-resolver.patch as
integrated upstream
See https://curl.haxx.se/changes.html for the bugfixes in 7.56.0 and
7.56.1
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Changes in v1.27.0 :
build: Fixed accidental compiler flags concatenation for MSVC (Patch from LazyHamster) (GH-1029)
build: Reduce libxml2 version requirement to 2.6.26 (Patch from Mike Lothian) (GH-1020)
asio: Support for Windows / MinGW (Patch from Daniel Evers) (GH-1027)
h2load: Print out h2 header fields with --verbose option (GH-1015)
nghttpx: Send non-final response to HTTP/1.1 or HTTP/2 client only (GH-1016)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Commit 2e496876c6 fixed the generation of the depends line for external
kernel modules which makes it possible for the build system to
automatically detect this missing dependency. This fixes the build bot
build of the lantiq/aes target.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The build system already defines KERNEL_CROSS which defaults to TARGET_CROSS.
Make use of this variable for kernel makefiles.
Signed-off-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
The NXP LSDK kernel backported changes for interface ndo_get_stats64
functions from mainline, this causes a compile error with
backports/mac80211, which expects the original 4.9 defintion.
As reversing the ndo_get_stats64 change signifcantly reduces the size of
patch 601, the patches that were aggregated into it have been
disaggregated.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
These conflict with the kmod packages (such as nf-netlink)
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
[Add same changes for arm8_32b subtarget and refresh config]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Mark target arc770 as source-only as it has package compile issues
(e.g. iproute2) due to the usage of uClibc.
As a prerequisite to be included in future releases the arc770 target
needs to switch either to glibc or musl.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The creation was accidentally moved to the wrong hook, fix it by moving
it to the pre hook.
Fixes: e5e5c3f5fd ("build: ensure PKG_INFO_DIR exists before trying to use it")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
PKG_INFO_DIR is only created at the finish step of the first package
build, but kernel modules now use it at the start. Doing a parallel build
could cause a kernel module to be the first package, breaking the build.
Fix this by ensuring the directory exists.
Fixes: 2e496876c6 ("kernel: collect module symvers for external modules")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Reoder the build to build the glue module first and pass the glue module's
Module.symvers to the wl driver builds.
This allows modpost to properly store a wl_glue dependency in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
We already have a DEPENDS on mac80211, which should be enough to ensure
headers are available before build.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Now that we have working module dependency generation, we can switch to
AutoProbe and let modprobe handle loading required modules.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Collect module symvers for all external modules to make them available
for modpost. This fixes dependencies for most external modules.
Example:
Before:
root@LEDE:/# modinfo mt76
module: /lib/modules/4.4.74/mt76.ko
license: Dual BSD/GPL
depends:
After:
root@LEDE:/# modinfo mt76
module: /lib/modules/4.4.74/mt76.ko
license: Dual BSD/GPL
depends: mac80211,cfg80211
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This reverts commit e7373e489d.
Support of "-s" depends on the CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG compile time flag which
is not enabled for all build variants.
Revert the change for now until we can properly examine the size impact of
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG.
Fixes FS#1117.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Remove the ephy-pins from the ethernet device tree node. The ephy-pins
are useed to controll the ePHY LEDs and this board doesn't have these.
Instead one of the ePHY pins is used in GPIO mode to control the WAN
LED.
Use the switch LED trigger to control the WAN LED. Move the power LED
handling to diag.sh to show the boot status via this LED.
Add the missing kernel packages for USB and microSD card reader to the
default package selection.
Fix the maximum image size value. The board has a 32MByte flash chip.
Fixes: FS#1055
Signed-off-by: Edmunt Pienkowsky <roed@onet.eu>
[make the commit message more verbose, remove GPIO pinmux for pins not
used as GPIOs]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.
Fixes: FS#1017
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.
Fixes: FS#1018
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.
Fixes: FS#1015
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.
Fixes: FS#1016
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
The init script generated something like "DEVICE=/dev/sda" when it should
have been generating "DEVICE /dev/sda". mdadm errors on this. Patch by jow.
Also changed the default sendmail path to /usr/sbin/sendmail. No package
in LEDE provides /sbin/sendmail. msmtp provides /usr/sbin/sendmail so use
that.
Also add a patch to fix file paths for mdadm runtime files. mdadm currently
errors on them since /run is missing. Once /run is added to stock LEDE, this
patch can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The package kmod-ipt-debug builds the module xt_TRACE, which allows
users to use '-j TRACE' as target in the chain PREROUTING of the table
raw in iptables.
The kernel compilation flag NETFILTER_XT_TARGET_TRACE is also enabled so
that this feature which is implemented deep inside the linux IP stack
(for example in sk_buff) is compiled.
But a strace of iptables -t raw -I PREROUTING -p icmp -j TRACE reveals
that an attempt is made to read /usr/lib/iptables/libxt_TRACE.so, which
fails as this dynamic library is not present on the system.
I created the package iptables-mod-trace which takes care of that, and
target TRACE now works!
https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/16694https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/19661
Signed-off-by: Martin Wetterwald <martin.wetterwald@corp.ovh.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: also remove trace extension from builtin extension list
and depend on kmod-ipt-raw since its required for rules]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Tested-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Without this, posix_[fm]advise does not work. This causes issues with
btrfs-progs, which uses fadvise to drop caches.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Backport two fixes for the fix of CVE-2017-13080, preventing side channel
attacks and making it work for TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This commit fix 5GHz wireless interface used in Archer C58/C59/C60v1
and set correctly MAC address on this interface.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
IMG_PREFIX can be modified in ImageBuilder by passing EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME
on command line, but Image/Prepare is not run in ImageBuilder. This
causes missing files when IMG_PREFIX is used for target file names in
Image/Prepare, then as source file names in Image/BuildKernel or
Image/Build.
Fix this by using a fixed output file name in Image/Prepare, and copy to
the expected file name in Image/BuildKernel instead, which is run by
ImageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove reference to pinmux group "wdt rst" on EW1200, ZBT-WG2626 and
ZBT-WG3526 devices. "wdt rst" is a pinmux function and not a pinmux
group.
Fixes the following error message during boot:
rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: invalid group "wdt rst" for function "gpio"
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Zyxel NBG6817 features a WiFi button, which becomes functional by setting
correct GPIO. It is a switch-type button, so it emits KEY_RFKILL on each ON
and OFF state. This is achieved by setting input-type to EV_SW.
Signed-off-by: Tolga Cakir <tolga@cevel.net>
Add the respective colour to the LED's names for the GL-AR150 to be conform
to the kernel. Also add netdev triggers for the LAN and WAN LED.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Append and enforce image metadata. Remove the device specific image
checks, they are replaced by image metadata.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the values populated by the generic board detect function. The
first compatible from the device tree source file will be the board
name in userspace. The model property from the device tree source file
will be the model name.
Change the board name where used in the userspace and drop the target
specific board detect, to use the generic one.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
initramfs is not the proper name for this, as it stores a boot ramdisk
and not a filesystem. Update the name to reflect it's usage correctly.
If CMDLINE_OVERRIDE is enabled, the chosen bootargs aren't used at all.
Drop them from the device tree source file to not cause confusion.
Remove the noinitrd bootarg. Due to the empty ramdisk this parameter
isn't required any longer:
[ 0.000000] Initrd not found or empty - disabling initrd
Use the LEDE mtd-mac-address* device tree properties to set the interfaces
MAC-Addresses.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the kernel config changes added with the HiveAP 330 to the
subtarget the board belongs to instead of changing the target kernel
config.
While at it, move the TL_WDR4900_V1 config symbol to the containing
subtarget and disable boards we don't support.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following moves the mpc85xx target (generic & P1020) to the new
build code style.
Compile & Flash tested on an Aerohive HiveAP-330.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
That device does not have a USB port. It as the same board as the
WT3020-8M, but without soldered USB port port. Also the case lacks the
opening for the port.
Reported-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
the nexx wt3020-8M has a usb 2.0 port,
add usb 2.0 support packages to its default package list.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Backport HANDSHAKE and TRAINING notification from ltq-vdsl-app. It
unifies the dsl led blinking pattern accross all subtargets and allows
to get the current line status from the dsl led.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The lantiq ATM driver is load for all subtargets on demand now. There
is not need to handle the xrx200 ATM driver in a special way any
longer.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This change makes it possible to configure the wan/dsl ppp interface
settings independantly from the used TC-Layer (ATM/PTM).
By using dsl0 as interface name as for the xrx200 we can get rid of a
few conditionals which were introduced because of the different default
TC-Layer in xway and xrx200.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set a default Annex matching the the annex of the selected adsl
firmware.
Set Annex B for xrx200 board which are known to have an ADSL hybrid for
Annex B.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With removing the boards from the the default case to fix the xDSL WAN
MAC-Address, the setting for the default LAN interface wasn't added.
Fixes: 92a12c434c ("lantiq: fix avm fritz box mac addresses")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
During the initial configuration phases, we have not set-up the kernel
source directory, which would lead to such messages:
cat:
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/linux-uml/linux-4.9.58/include/config/kernel.release:
No such file or directory
Just silence it, since it does not create a functional problem.
Fixes: 8e0e0e7d8b ("include: Determine MODULES_DIR correctly for external/git kernels")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
On RB91x (and possibly others), there is a small SPI flash to store boot
loader and configuration. It needs 4K sectors to be able to write the
configuration using rbcfg
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In 4.9, gpio count is rounded up to 32 due to the use of bgpio in the
ath79 gpio controller driver.
Fix base values in mach files to account for that
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Change the Makefile to use LTO for better code optimisations. Gains are
very low, only 270 bytes saved, but it's only Makefile changes.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
Some bootloaders set a cache cohenrency to a very slow mode. Use code from
Linux kernel to set it to "Cacheable, noncoherent, write-back, write
allocate".
Perfomance impact is significant on TP-Link EAP245 board, kernel
decompression time fall from 33 seconds to less than 1.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
Due a compiler bug on ARM targets
( https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=64516 )
unaligned access was disabled on all targets other than i386 and
x86_64 with commit 061319ec3d .
A fix has been added to lzo-2.09 so it is not necessary to disable
unaligned access within the Makefile anymore.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Oberhumer <stefan@obssys.com>
The kernel calls both ppc64 and ppc32 "powerpc", so we need to fixup
LINUX_KARCH when building with ARCH=powerpc64.
Signed-off-by: Florian Larysch <fl@n621.de>
Neither uClibc nor musl currently have working support for powerpc64 in
big endian mode. Thus, default to using glibc for this architecture.
Signed-off-by: Florian Larysch <fl@n621.de>
The powerpc64 feature flag was introduced with the PS3 support, which
has been removed for quite a while and is now unused. Remove it and the
special biarch handling it triggered during the toolchain build.
Signed-off-by: Florian Larysch <fl@n621.de>
This backports the upstream commit fixing stale references to
CONFIG_SUNXI_GMAC which have been later replaced by CONFIG_SUN7I_GMAC.
This fixes the designware MAC pinmuxing on e.g: Lamobo R1.
Refresh patches while we are at it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Starting with commit d5d332d3f7e8 ("devicetree: Move include prefixes
from arch to separate directory") included in 4.12 and newer relocated
the dt-bindings directory, so account for that while passing CPPFLAGS
before DTC runs.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This driver supports the Bosch Sensortec BMP180/BMP280 pressure and
temperature sensors. It also supports the BME280 sensors with an
additional humidity channel.
Tested I2C and SPI modes with a BME280 sensor on a Raspberry Pi Zero W.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The Raspberry Pi bootloader reads configuration values from config.txt
in the boot partition. This file allows to specify the amount of memory
to assign to the GPU, the license keys for hardware MPEG-2 and VC-1
decoding, Device Tree parameters and overlays, and lots of other things.
Since sysupgrade only restores the configuration after booting the newly
flashed image, these values will not be active, even if sysupgrade would
save /boot/config.txt. To solve this, add the file to the files to be
backed up, and restore it in platform_copy_config, before reboot.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This affects the following boards:
* dr344
* archer-c58-v1
* archer-c60-v1
* tl-wr902ac-v1
* tl-wr942n-v1
* ubnt-uap-pro
* ubnt-unifi-outdoor-plus
The build fails for any of these boards because the resulting kernel
image will not fit into the kernel partition.
When CONFIG_KERNEL_KALLSYMS is not set it could be that the kernel will
fit onto the board again, this is the case for release images.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Kernel 4.9 support was added about 2 weeks ago and we haven't seen any
major regression so far. This patch was not ported to kernel 4.9, this
needs some additional work:
821-serial-core-add-support-for-boot-console-with-arbitr.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When the kmod-at91-adc package is activated for the at91 target the new
option CONFIG_AT91_SAMA5D2_ADC is selectable and not handled. Add this
option to the kernel 4.9 configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
TP-Link Archer C7 v4 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9888.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin via Web interface
Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v4_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f040000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f040000 $filesize
4. reset
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 256MB
- Storage: 1MB NOR, 128 MB NAND flash
- Ethernet: 1x1000M
Installation:
1. Connect to serial console on the board
2. Boot initramfs image over u-boot
3. Copy image to the device and run sysupgrade
Installation without serial console is not supported at this time
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Kernel 4.9 is now working on the brcm47xx boards, we just recently fixed
the problem that some boards did not boot at all, by changing the memory
regions used to relocate the kernel to in the loader.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When porting the kernel patches from 4.4 to 4.9, they were missing a
small chunk that ensures that ftrace sections are kept in the vmlinux
image, even when linked with --gc-sections
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The ARV752DPW22 has the same generic mac address in the EEPROM as it
was already noticed for other lantiq boards using a ralink wireless.
Use the base mac address from the boardconfig partition as it is done
by the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds support for kernel 4.9 and replaces the kernel 4.4 support.
These are lynxis test results:
panda-board a3 - works, but no network, but master/4.4 doesn't have network either.
panda-board-a4 - u-boot SPL refuse to boot.
beaglebone-black - works
beagle-board - usb attached network doesn't come up and I doesn't have a serial around.
beagle-board-xm - ToDo: image code is missing.
Kernel 4.4 does not look better, so we merge this anyway.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
No patch refresh required.
Compile-tested for ar71xx - Archer C7 v2
Runtime-tested on ar71xx - Archer C7 v2
Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-15265
- CVE-2017-0786
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The previous commit did not adjust PKG_RELEASE, therefore the
hostapd/wpad/wpa_supplicant packages containing the AP-side workaround
for KRACK do not appear as opkg update.
Bump the PKG_RELEASE to signify upgrades to downstream users.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This is a simple version bump. Changes:
* noise: handshake constants can be read-only after init
* noise: no need to take the RCU lock if we're not dereferencing
* send: improve dead packet control flow
* receive: improve control flow
* socket: eliminate dead code
* device: our use of queues means this check is worthless
* device: no need to take lock for integer comparison
* blake2s: modernize API and have faster _final
* compat: support READ_ONCE
* compat: just make ro_after_init read_mostly
Assorted cleanups to the module, including nice things like marking our
precomputations as const.
* Makefile: even prettier output
* Makefile: do not clean before cloc
* selftest: better test index for rate limiter
* netns: disable accept_dad for all interfaces
Fixes in our testing and build infrastructure. Now works on the 4.14 rc
series.
* qemu: add build-only target
* qemu: work on ubuntu toolchain
* qemu: add more debugging options to main makefile
* qemu: simplify shutdown
* qemu: open /dev/console if we're started early
* qemu: phase out bitbanging
* qemu: always create directory before untarring
* qemu: newer packages
* qemu: put hvc directive into configuration
This is the beginning of working out a cross building test suite, so we do
several tricks to be less platform independent.
* tools: encoding: be more paranoid
* tools: retry resolution except when fatal
* tools: don't insist on having a private key
* tools: add pass example to wg-quick man page
* tools: style
* tools: newline after warning
* tools: account for padding being in zero attribute
Several important tools fixes, one of which suppresses a needless warning.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Commit 2127425434 introduced an AP-side
workaround for key reinstallation attacks. This option can be used to
mitigate KRACK on the station side, in case those stations cannot be
updated. Since many devices are out there will not receive an update
anytime soon (if at all), it makes sense to include this workaround.
Unfortunately this can cause interoperability issues and reduced
robustness of key negotiation, so disable the workaround by default, and
add an option to allow the user to enable it if he deems necessary.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This reverts commit 13e5e47369.
This commit causes a severe regression in LAN->WAN routing performance
for several devices. This appears to be caused by the extra requirement
to validate the SKB checksum early in the rx path, which the ethernet
hardware does not do
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The previous CVE bugfix commit did not adjust PKG_RELEASE, therefore the
fixed hostapd/wpad/wpa_supplicant packages do not appear as opkg update.
Bump the PKG_RELEASE to signify upgrades to downstream users.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The build system took the DTB_SIZE definition from Default and not from
production-dtb under some conditions. Move the size definitions to
Default now as it is only used in production-dtb anyway.
Thanks Mathias Kresin for helping me with this.
Fixes: c2f052acae ("at91: convert boards to generic build target")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes a compile problem recently introduced by me.
Fixes: f40fd43ab2 ("ppp: fix compile warning")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Move wireguard from openwrt/packages to base a package.
This follows the pattern of kmod-cake and openvpn. Cake is a fast-moving
experimental kernel module that many find essential and useful. The
other is a VPN client. Both are inside of core. When you combine the two
characteristics, you get WireGuard. Generally speaking, because of the
extremely lightweight nature and "stateless" configuration of WireGuard,
many view it as a core and essential utility, initiated at boot time
and immediately configured by netifd, much like the use of things like
GRE tunnels.
WireGuard has a backwards and forwards compatible Netlink API, which
means the userspace tools should work with both newer and older kernels
as things change. There should be no versioning requirements, therefore,
between kernel bumps and userspace package bumps.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
These options where deactivated in the malta kernel, take the default
options form the generic kernel configuration now to better match the
other targets.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This change makes it possible to configure the wan/dsl ppp interface
settings independantly from the used TC-Layer (ATM/PTM).
Now you can move a device from an ADSL/ATM port to an VDSL/PTM port
without any configuration changes for example.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[use the dsl0 interface name for the default netdev trigger in 01_led,
add ip dependency]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes a build problem with many targets.
Fixes 618ed77a17 ("mac80211: add ath6kl kernel modules")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
MACsec/IEEE 802.1AE is useful to secure communication to and
from endpoints at Layer 2.
Starting with 4.6, the linux kernel provides a universal
macsec driver for authentication and encryption of traffic
in a LAN, typically with GCM-AES-128, and optional replay
protection.
http://standards.ieee.org/getieee802/download/802.1AE-2006.pdf
Note:
LEDE can utilize MACsec with a static connectivity association
key (static PSK) with the ip-full package installed.
<http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man8/ip-macsec.8.html>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It is unclear why so many packages are selected for ClearFog Base compared
to its big brother, and there is no reason to not append metadata for Base.
Tidy this up as the only hardware difference between Base/Pro is the
presence of a switch and a different board name / device tree.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Remove redundancy for platform_do_upgrade_clearfog
Fix platform_copy_config_clearfog to reflect -base/-pro split
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This patch adds the help tool wpan-ping to test the 6LoWPAN
network to help the user debug network problem.
Signed-off-by: Yunhui Fu <yhfudev@gmail.com>
This is the final bugfix release in the gcc-5 series.
Compile and run tested on macOS 10.13 (Xcode 9), mvebu/ar71xx.
Removed redundant patch for macOS (backported upstream by yours truly)
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This module from Laird includes the following:
- CPU Atmel SoC SAMA5D31
- Wifi QCA6004
- Bluetooth CSR8811
- RAM 64MB LPDDR
- FLASH 128MB
The flash is a dual image layout, kernel a/b, rootfs a/b, and a user
partition.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
This module from Laird includes the following:
- CPU Atmel SoC ARM926EJS
- Wifi AR6003
- Bluetooth CSR8510
- RAM 64MB LPDDR
- FLASH 128MB
The flash is a dual image layout, kernel a/b, rootfs a/b, and a user
partition.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Instead of applying global defaults based on selected board, transition
to using a per board setting for UBIFS and UBINIZE.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
The platform generates squashfs images in a UBI block but misses the
kernel module to be able to mount the block.
DMA is also enabled to allow systems which include them in the DTS to
use it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Ethernet: 5x100M (1 PoE in, 4 PoE out)
- Outdoor use ready
This ethernet router is based on the same platform as the hEX PoE lite.
Installation
1. login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with:
* DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
Server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
* DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image
3. connect the port labled internet to your local network
4. keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
Server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via ssh
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
* rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
* rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
* rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now netinstall sees routerboard
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Kimax U-25AWF-H1 is is a 2,5" HDD Enclosure with Wi-Fi/Eth conection
and battery, based on MediaTek MT7620A.
Patch rewritten from: https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=305643
Specification:
- MT7620A CPU
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 802.11bgn WiFi
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 Host
- UART for serial console
Flash instruction:
1. Download lede-ramips-mt7620-u25awf-h1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. Open webinterface a upgrade
3. After boot connect via ethernet to ip 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kucera <daniel.kucera@gmail.com>
[fix reset button gpio, don't add a lan/wan vlan config for single
port board, add -H1 suffix do make sure that this revision of the
board is supported/tested]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following adds the Aerohive HiveAP-330 Access Point to LEDE under
the mpc85xx/p1020 subtarget.
Hardware:
- SoC: Freescale P1020NSE2DFB
- NAND: Intel JS28F512M29EWH 64MB
- Memory: 2x ProMOS V59C1G01168QBJ3 128MB (Total of 256MB)
- 2.4GHz WiFi: Atheros AR9390-AL1A
- 5.0GHz WiFi: Atheros AR9390-AL1A
- Eth1: Atheros AR8035-A PoE
- Eth2: Atheros AR8035-A
- TPM: Atmel AT97SC3204
- LED Driver: TI LP5521
Flashing:
1. Hook into UART (9600 baud) and enter U-Boot. You may need to enter a
password of administrator or AhNf?d@ta06 if prompted.
2. Once in U-Boot, tftp boot the initramfs image:
dhcp;
tftpboot 0x1000000 192.168.1.101:lede-
mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330-initramfs.zImage;
tftpboot 0x6000000 192.168.1.101:lede-mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330.fdt;
bootm 0x1000000 - 0x6000000;
3. Once booted, scp over the sysupgrade file and sysupgrade the device
to flash LEDE to the NAND.
sysupgrade /tmp/lede-mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330-sysupgrade.img
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This patch adds a new kernel option called CONFIG_CMDLINE_OVERRIDE. This
setting is for devices with locked down u-boot environments, where users
are unable to change the default bootargs. When set, the fdt driver will
propagate the cmdline for the kernel from chosen/bootargs-override
instead of chosen/bootargs as long as it exists within the DTB.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The following patch enables building of initramfs images by default for
the P1020 subtarget in mpc85xx.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Add ext4 filesystem for creating sdcard image with ext4 rootfs and
removing ext2 as it superset of ext4.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Enabled SDHCI for sama5 in kernel default config and this is needed
to mount sdcard rootfs partition during boot.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
removed copying of binaries to BIN_DIR during install and using
default/install to install binaries to BIN_DIR folder.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Added sama5 to BUILD_SUBTARGET variable.This will populate at91bootstrap
menu options in bootloader menu only when SAMA5 devices are selected as
SUBTARGET and to avoid showing up this menu when legacy device is
selected as SUBTARGET and fixed typo mistake: sama5d3 -> sama5d2.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
This fixes the following problems:
* Add BUILD_DEVICES for legacy subtarget
* Use features from u-boot.mk for sama5 subtarget This is mainly done
by changing the prefix from uboot to U-Boot. This makes them depend
on the sama5 subtarget and not selectable for the legacy subtarget
any more
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Revert an accidental change that was introduced by having an old version
of the patch in my git tree, which was merged in 609208597b
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch adds a parser for the uci representation of
dnsmasq's "-a | --listen-address" option.
In summary, this option forces dnsmasq to listen on the
given IP address(es). Both interface and listen-address
options may be given, in which case the set of both
interfaces and addresses is used.
Note that if no interface option is given, but listen_address is,
dnsmasq will not automatically listen on the loopback interface.
To achieve this, the loopback IP addresses, 127.0.0.1 and/or ::1
must be explicitly added.
This option is useful for ujailed dnsmasq instances, that would
otherwise fail to work properly, because listening to the
"This host on this network" address (aka 0.0.0.0 see rfc1700 page 4)
may not be allowed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> (PKG_RELEASE increase)
This PHY requires some extra programming to work reliably with all
devices. Backport upstream fix for it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
e781569 update to latest mac80211/cfg80211 API changes
37654d7 mt76x2: fix tx status ampdu length corner case
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This backports a patch from kernel 4.14 to the ath10k-ct version based
on kernel 4.13.
Some devices are using a user space script to load the calibration data
from the flash and this was not trigged any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This should help ath10k work on systems with little or no IOMMU
memory. apu2 can boot two 9888 NICs now, for instance. From
upstream patch by Adrian Chadd.
And, start building the 4.13 based CT ath10k driver.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Changes since last LEDE release include:
* Fix key-setting bug that broke sending the EAPOL 2/4 in some cases. This was a
bug I introduced some time back while trying to fix .11r and simplify the key
handling logic. (Patch to wpa_supplicant fixed the race with sending the 4/4
and setting the key...un-patched supplicant will still have this race and the 4-way
auth will not work as reliably.)
* Increase amount of active-tids that can be scheduled. This fixes a tx-stall
seen with many station vdevs.
* Fix bug in upstream code that would cause the maximum peer to never be scheduled
for tx.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This is no requirement and plan to support 32-bit for ls1088ardb
and ls2088ardb. Current 32-bit firmware for them couldn't work,
so only keep 64-bit support for these two boards in menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
When build firmware for layerscape target with CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED=y,
there would be a compile issue of usb ehci-fsl driver. Actually this
driver was for PPC platforms initially and was not ready for non-PPC
now, but a kernel kconfig patch removed PPC dependency for it. So that
kernel patch should be reverted.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This add support for kernel 4.9 to the ar71xx target.
It was compile tested with the generic, NAND and mikrotik subtarget.
Multiple members of the community tested it on their boards and did not
report any major problem so far.
Especially the NAND part received some changes to adapt to the new
kernel APIs. The serial driver hack used for the Arduino Yun was not
ported because the kernel changed there a lot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
By default we are reusing the stack provided by CFE, like it is intended
by CFE. On my WRT54GS it is located at 0x8043BF30, so a big kernel image
could overwrite it. Relocate it to a different memory region which is
still under the 8MB RAM, but in the higher area. We only need this
memory region for the stack of the loader, Linux will set up this
for its own.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The boot process on a WRT54GL works the following way:
1. CFE gets loaded by the boot rom from flash
2. CFE loads the loader from the flash and gzip uncompresses it
3. CFE starts the loader
4. The loader stores the FW arguments and relocates itself to
BZ_TEXT_START (now 0x80600000)
5. The loader reads the Linux image from flash
6. The loader lzma decompresses the Linux image to LOADADDR (0x80001000)
7. The loader executes the uncompress Linux image at LOADADDR
The BZ_TEXT_START was set to 0x80400000 before. When the kernel gets
uncompressed and is bigger than BZ_TEXT_START - LOADADDR it overwrote
the loader which was currently uncompressing it and made the board
crash. Increase the BZ_TEXT_START my 2 MB to have more space for the
kernel. Even on 16MB RAM devices the memory goes till 0x80FFFFFF so this
should not be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The tplink 841n v13 requires an tplink v2 image header in
front of an initramfs image.
To boot an initramfs image:
- break the uboot by holding the '4' key
- setup your tftp server 192.168.0.255
- tftp 81000000 lede-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr841n-v13-initramfs-kernel.bin
- bootm
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
If you unplug a QMI device, the /dev/cdc-wdmX device
disappears but uqmi will continue to poll it endlessly.
Then, when you plug it back, you have 2 uqmi processes,
and that's bad, because 2 processes talking QMI to the
same device [and the same time] doesn't seem to work well.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
There have been a number of interesting fixes in conntrack-tools since
the current latest release. Most notable is that this fixes IPv6
conntrack table syncing when cross-compiling conntrack-tools.
7e7748d src/main: refresh help message
fe32043 conntrackd.8: refresh file
47a4dda conntrackd.8: add reference to systemd
0cfe7ff doc/manual: include some bits about init systems
74a418b conntrackd: cthelper: ftp: Set match offset/len for PORT mangling
d833bed conntrackd: cthelper: ftp: Fix debug print
dd4b5a1 conntrackd: cthelper: Add new mdns helper
498d698 Link nfct and helper modules with `-z lazy`
9e94e85 sync-mode: print errno message on failure
ab81c35 log: print messages to stdout/sderr if running in console mode
631d92b log: introduce a mechanism to know if log was initialized
ccb1c8b conntrackd: replace error reporting in the config parser with dlog()
bee121e conntrackd: replace fprintf calls with dlog()
5a51b04 conntrack-tools: update Arturo Borrero Gonzalez email address
abb9984 helper: remove copy and paste from uapi kernel header
a91a004 src: add log message when resync is requested by other node
c2d8be1 systemd: fix missing log.h include
f6ca216 config: drop old/obsolete/deprecated conntrackd.conf config options
8b83771 conntrack: send mark filter to kernel iff set
1ba5e76 conntrackd: cthelper: Don't leak nat_tuple
832166d conntrackd: cthelper: Free pktb after use
ff843bc conntrackd: config: Do not strdup() tokens
b61c454 conntrackd: cthelper: ssdp: Track UPnP eventing
8ea394e conntrackd: Remove obsolete rule to catch ambiguous Checksum option
39398cd conntrackd: CommitTimeout breaks DisableExternalCache set On
29b390a conntrack: Support IPv6 NAT
381827a conntrackd: factorice tx_queue functions
131df89 conntrackd: factorize resync operations
d31bacc conntrackd: consolidate more code to use resync_send()
3d98496 conntrackd: request resync at startup
ef410bf conntrackd: remove use of HAVE_INET_PTON_IPV6
9d38445 conntrackd: evaluate configuration earlier
6feded7 conntrackd: cleanup if failed forking
dbfdea7 conntrackd: deprecate unix backlog configuration
210f542 conntrackd: make the daemon run in RT mode by default
37cc7f0 conntrackd: remove warning for -S
d2849d1 conntrack: Show multiple CPUs stats from proc
bc0b49a conntrackd: cthelper: ssdp: fix build with musl
0c77a25 tests: don't fail on modprobe since the driver might be built-in
eefe649 conntrack.8: refresh manpage
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
In order to build conntrack-tools from git, a newer version of
libnetfilter_conntrack is required. As 1.0.6 is currently the latest
release, switch to git.
b0a7cf7 include: expose a copy of nf_conntrack_common.h
f68f7b3 conntrack: fix missing break in setobjopt_undo_dnat()
79dac5a conntrack: revert getobjopt_is_nat() condition
b266523 libnetfilter_conntrack: bump version to 1.0.7
e870432 labels: don't crash on NULL labelmap
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
b39cac7 src: Correct typo in the location of internal.h in #include
58cb066 src: Declare the define visibility attribute together
e84b559 Revert "src: Declare the define visibility attribute together"
003c2b1 examples: set dummy connmark value to show use of NFQA_CT nested attribute
63973da doc: extend the doxygen section about NFQA_CFG_F_GSO
d7f74c7 build: bump version to 1.0.3
3f9eb57 build: bump library release version too
601abd1 doc: Add information about retrieving UID/GID/SECCTX fields
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
As git.netfilter.org seems to support HTTPS, use that instead of HTTP
which is insecure, or GIT which is blocked on many corporate networks.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Enable dwmac-sun8i Ethernet core to use the built-in FastEthernet port.
Enable exposed UART, USB and I2C pins.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The lantiq patch 0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch and sunxi
patch 0051-stmmac-form-4-11.patch no longer applied after applying the
the "generalize napi_complete_done()" patch.
Update them so they apply, and refresh patches while at it.
Fixes: 9aeb7ce8dc ("generic: net: generalize napi_complete_done")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Backport upstream commit that improves ethernet performance by a
small amount.
Compile and run tested on ipq8065.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
These options are deactivating some kernel modules for IP blocks not
uses on this SoC. I saw the same when working with the ARM64 Marvell
board so it is better to move them to generic.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Layerscape uses Cortex-A53 or Cortex-A72 CPU. It's proper
to set below CPU_TYPE for 32-bit mode.
CPU_TYPE:=cortex-a15
CPU_SUBTYPE:=neon-vfpv4
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add linux 4.9 support for layerscape.
All these kernel patches are from NXP LSDK 1709 release.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
NXP Layerscape LSDK had set up its own open source web site
and github for release.
https://lsdk.github.iohttps://github.com/qoriq-open-source
This patch is to update rcw/fman_ucode/u-boot packages with LSDK
git trees. Also add some patches of packages to support LEDE.
Since ARMv8 32-bit u-boot images are same with ARMv8 64-bit images
but 64-bit toolchain couldn't be used for 32-bit targets, we still
use a private tree for ARMv8 32-bit u-boot images. This is in plan
to move this private tree to NXP Layerscape github.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Rename subtargets 32b/64b with armv8_32b/armv8_64b which are
more proper, and update makefile files. There also will be other
subtargets added in the future, like armv7.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
A default rssileds config exists for the TP-Link WA850RE v1 but the
rssiled package is not included by default.
The compressed 17.01.3 image size increases by 3302 bytes which should
be tolerable even for a 4MB flash board.
Fixes: FS#1043
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With kernel commit 7630ea4bda18 ("Documentation: net: phy: improve
explanation when to specify the PHY ID") the purpose of using phy id
specific compatibles was clarified.
Remove the phy id specific compatibles since they are meant to be used
if the phy reports an incorrect or no phy id at all.
Reported-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The generic nand driver fails to load with:
gen_nand 14000000.nand-parts: platform_nand_data is missing
gen_nand: probe of 14000000.nand-parts failed with error -22
and the xway-nand driver is used afterwards.
Drop the gen_nand compatible to get rid of the error message.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.
Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-1000252
- CVE-2017-12153
- CVE-2017-12154
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The nghttp2 library is an implementation of the Hypertext Transfer
Protocol version 2 in C; it supports RFC7540 and RFC7541.
The package enables only the reusable C library; binary size is 130K (X86)
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch implements CPU frequency control as found on several
routerboard devices.
Supported SoCs:
- QCA953X
- AR9344
Tested on hAP lite and mAP lite (QCA953x): steps of 50MHz
Tested on LHG 5 (AR9344): steps of 50MHz
On unsupported hardware, this patch is a NOP: it will not alter the
new field.
"rbcfg help" will display an empty "cpu_freq" help listing.
"rbcfg show" will not show the cpu_freq field.
"rbcfg set/get cpu_freq" will return an error code.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[adjusted subject]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Evaluation board 2.2 uses a different status LED pin
The other removed LEDs were never present
Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Handle AR9344 as well. Disable the EHCI platform device when device mode
is active, to avoid resource conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
A recent commit in hostapd added a build option to specify the default
TLS ciphers. This build option is passed via CFLAGS. Due to the way
CFLAGS are handled when building wpad, the compiler tries to recursively
expand TLS_DEFAULT_CIPHERS, resulting in the following error:
../src/crypto/tls_openssl.c: In function 'tls_init':
<command-line>:0:21: error: 'DEFAULT' undeclared (first use in this function)
../src/crypto/tls_openssl.c:1028:13: note: in expansion of macro 'TLS_DEFAULT_CIPHERS'
ciphers = TLS_DEFAULT_CIPHERS;
^
Escape double quotes in the .cflags file to avoid this.
Fixes: 2f78034c3e ("hostapd: update to version 2017-08-24")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
5df3f01 config: suppress error if no wireless config present (FS#1030)
3429bd8 system-linux: add support for hotplug event 'move'
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This patch moves build_fw() to mktplinkfw-lib.c
The versions of mktplinkfw.c and mktplinkfw2.c had slight
differences in code flow, the version from mktplinkfw.c has been
preferred.
While it's expected that this change will not affect mktplinkfw2,
all use cases could not be tested and so this particular change
is committed separately.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch carves out the duplicated code of mktplinfw.c and
mktplinkfw2.c and moves it to mktplinkfw-lib.c
This change is a semantic NOP (the code is unchanged).
To ensure compatibility with gcc-5.x and newer without changing
the code, -fgnu89-inline is added to the build flags for these
two binaries.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch removes all the hardcoded board-specific values from
mktplinkfw2.c, and as well as the corresponding support code.
By design, this change also deletes all of the broken matching logic
that was embedded in mktplinkfw2 and aligns the "inspect" behavior
with that of mktplinkfw (i.e. print the parsed header content as
they are without further processing).
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds all the board-specific values currently hardcoded
in mktplinkfw2.c back to the respective device declarations in the
makefiles.
The rationale is to avoid modifying the source code every time a
new board or board variant is added.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
632688e utils: nuke bitfield functions and macros
f714be1 uloop: make SIGCHLD signal handling optional
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Keep Archer C20 Power LED in the same state as it was configured by
bootloader (keep it hightlighed) to avoid unexpectable LED turning off
during kernel boot.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
The module fails to compile with falcon. Remove the falcon depends from
the module to not (try to) compile it for falcon any longer.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Albeit ltq-ptm is supported on AmazonSE, the package fails to compile.
Mark the AmazonSE variant as broken to not mark it unnecessary harder
to fix (and test) the compile error.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add the missing USB related kernel config options to target config.
Enable wireless as well, wireless is supported via USB.
Fixes compile/packaging errors with the libertas wireless kernel
module.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not disable SPI in the subtarget, otherwise the SPI driver can not
be used.
Disable SPI by default and enable it in the board specific device tree
source file.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
AmazonSE and Falcon do not have support for PCI and it can't be
unselected in the subtarget kernel config. This way the enabled PCI
support is inherit from the higher level config to the subtarget.
If CONFIG_PCI is selected, PCI_SUPPORT will be autoselected as well and
all packages depending on this config symbol will be build and at least
some of them fail due to missing pci functions.
The issue can be observed if all kmods and all non-shared packages are
build. Fix the issue by enabling PCI support only in subtargets with
PCI support.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The subtarget kernel config options CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE and
CONFIG_HAVE_IRQ_EXIT_ON_IRQ_STACK are already set by the target or
global kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CONFIG_SPI_LANTIQ was replaced by CONFIG_SPI_LANTIQ_SSC with the switch
to the upstreamed driver.
All other removed subtarget kernel config options are already set by
the target specific or global kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CONFIG_MTSCHED & CONFIG_PERFCTRS were never defined in the kernel.
CONFIG_LANTIQ_PHY was replaced by CONFIG_INTEL_XWAY_PHY with the switch
to the upstreamed driver.
Add autoselected dependecies to the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CONFIG_GPIO_DEVRES was removed with kernel commit f9c22ec6c1c5 ("gpio:
Remove GPIO_DEVRES option") during kernel 4.9 development.
CONFIG_HAVE_BPF_JIT was removed with kernel commit 6077776b5908 ("bpf:
split HAVE_BPF_JIT into cBPF and eBPF variant") during kernel 4.7
development.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following features are working and tested:
* both Ethernet ports
* MMC
* LED
The following features are not working:
* Wifi (There is a crappy driver we could port)
* SPI flash (I haven't looked into this)
I haven't tried out the rest.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Including linux/interrupt.h in linux/hrtimer.h causes this error message
on PowerPC builds on x86, ARM and MIPS it works:
CC [M] /backports-4.14-rc2-1/compat/main.o
In file included from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/backport-include/linux/printk.h:5:0,
from ./include/linux/kernel.h:13,
from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/backport-include/linux/kernel.h:3,
from ./include/linux/list.h:8,
from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/backport-include/linux/list.h:3,
from ./include/linux/module.h:9,
from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/backport-include/linux/module.h:3,
from /backports-4.14-rc2-1/compat/main.c:1:
./include/linux/ratelimit.h: In function 'ratelimit_state_exit':
./include/linux/ratelimit.h:62:11: error: dereferencing pointer to incomplete type 'struct task_struct'
current->comm, rs->missed);
^
./include/linux/printk.h:279:37: note: in definition of macro 'pr_warning'
printk(KERN_WARNING pr_fmt(fmt), ##__VA_ARGS__)
^
./include/linux/ratelimit.h:61:3: note: in expansion of macro 'pr_warn'
pr_warn("%s: %d output lines suppressed due to ratelimiting\n",
^
The backport of the hrtimer_start() functions needs the
linux/interrupt.h because some parts are defined there. Fix this by
moving the hrtimer_start() backport to the linux/interrupt.h backport
header file.
Fixes: a8f63a0717: ("mac80211: update to backports-4.14-rc2")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
check if the config option CONFIG_LANTIQ is defined.
This fixes the following warning:
CC [M] drivers/misc/owl-loader.o
drivers/misc/owl-loader.c: In function 'ath9k_pci_fixup':
drivers/misc/owl-loader.c:92:5: warning: "CONFIG_LANTIQ" is not defined [-Wundef]
#if CONFIG_LANTIQ
^
Fixes: e9401a2335 ("kernel: owl-loader for delayed Atheros ath9k fixup")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the device tree changes needed to make the GMAC stmmac driver
working for the Allwinner H3 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the device tree changes needed to make the GMAC stmmac driver
working for the Allwinner A64 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for the GMAC which is use in the A64 and other
Allwinner chips by backporting the changes from the kernel versions
4.13.
Some commits are not backported which are adding support for newly
introduced APIs which are not available in kernel 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This updates mac80211 to backprots-4.14-rc2.
This was compile and runtime tested with ath9k, ath10k and b43
with multiple stations and ieee80211w and in different scenarios by many
other people.
To create the backports-4.14-rc2-1.tar.xz use this repository:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/backports/backports.git
from tag v4.14-rc2-1
Then run this:
./gentree.py --git-revision v4.14-rc2 --clean <path to linux repo> ../backports-4.14-rc2-1
This also adapts the ath10k-ct and mt76 driver to the changed cfg80211
APIs and syncs the nl80211.h file in iw with the new version from
backports-4.14-rc2.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The /bin/config_generate script and some other scripts are assuming the
/etc/config directory exists in the image. This is true in case for
example the package firewall, dropbear or dnsmasq are included, which
are adding the files under /etc/config/. Without any of these package
the system will not boot up fully because the /etc/config/ directory is
missing and some init scripts just fail.
Make sure all images with the base-files contain a /etc/config/
directory.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This reverts commit b428f45c06.
If the optimized firmware download is disabled, the xdsl subsystem
hangs in the "idle request" state after physically disconnecting and
reconnecting the xdsl modem from the line.
It might fix the failing line init on boot as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The empty version.sh script causes a problem when run by make:
make[3]: /usr/bin/env bash: Shell program not found
Adding a shebang line in version.sh seems to solve it.
Fixes FS#977.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
getrandom blocks until the random pool is being initialized.
Unfortunately, this code is being called early during init to create the
overlay filesystem, on some devices leaving little chance for a
successful random pool init.
True randomness is not that important here, so fix this issue by
sticking to using /dev/urandom, like in older versions of this code.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add -static-libstdc++ to TARGET_LDFLAGS to avoid a hard dependency on
libstdc++, and -Wl,--gc-sections to further reduce the size on platforms
that support it.
Fixes CVE-2017-9778.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This is useful for tuning some more exotic parameters where it doesn't
make sense to attempt to cover everything in uci directly
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Booting from jffs2 directly is no longer supported, use
rootfstype=squashfs consistently for all subtargets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Adds config option to enable compression support which is usefull
when using a terminal sessions over a slow link. Impact on binary
size is negligible but additional 60 kB (uncompressed) is needed for
a shared zlib library.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
b84fdac Add debug output for service_timeout
8f7e3bc Remove incorrect comma in http service json config
9f40133 Remove ttl==255 restriction for queries
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
ee582d1 instance: properly compare and reload respawn config
260a4cd utrace: Start the tracee only after uloop initialization
520ad3c utrace: Switch all logging to ulog
1c48104 utrace: Support non-contiguous syscall numbers
582cf97 utrace: Forward SIGTERM to the traced process
32534f7 utrace: Report ptrace errors
ccde3fb seccomp: Improve error message
7f9b174 preload-seccomp: Use proper log level for error messages
e3c4302 Start seccomp-enabled services via seccomp-trace
5e4ad02 seccomp: Log seccomp violations with utrace
2661b2f utrace: Use PTHREAD_SEIZE instead of PTHREAD_TRACEME
b5d53c6 utrace: Deliver signals to traced processes
b416ed9 utrace: Support tracing multi-threaded processes and vfork
8b7d47a utrace: Trace processes across forks
c6b6ec6 utrace: Sort syscalls by number of invocations
592c532 Update trace attribute
c8faedc Do not disable seccomp when configuration is not found
017f3a1 utrace: Fix off-by-one errors
5acaf15 utrace: Fix environment initialization
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This commit improves support for the Xiaomi Mi Router 3G originally
added in commit 6e283cdc0d
Improvements:
- Remove software watchdog as hardware watchdog now working as per
commit 3fbf3ab44f for all mt7621
devices.
- Reset button polarity corrected - length of press determines reboot
(short press) vs. reset to defaults (long press) behaviour.
- Enable GPIO amber switch port LEDs on board rear - lit indicates 1Gbit
link and blink on activity. Green LEDs driven directly by switch
indicating any link speed and tx activity.
- USB port power on/off GPIO exposed as 'usbpower'
- Add access to uboot environment settings for checking/setting uboot
boot order preference from user space.
Changes:
- Front LED indicator is physically made of independent Yellow/Amber,
Red & Blue LEDs combined via a plastic 'lightpipe' to a front panel
indicator, hence the colour behaviour is similar to an RGB LED. RGB
LEDs are not supported at this time because they produce colour results
that do not then match colour labels, e.g. enabling 'mir3g:red' and
'mir3g:blue' would result in a purple indicator and we have no such
label for purple.
The yellow, red & blue LEDs have been split out as individual yellow,
red & blue status LEDs, with yellow being the default status LED as
before and with red's WAN and blue's USB default associations removed.
- Swapped order of vlan interfaces (eth0.1 & eth0.2) to match stock vlan
layout. eth0.1 is LAN, eth0.2 is WAN
- Add 'lwlll' vlan layout to mt7530 switch driver to prevent packet
leakage between kernel switch init and uci swconfig
uboot behaviour & system 'recovery'
uboot expects to find bootable kernels at nand addresses 0x200000 &
0x600000 known by uboot as "system 1" and "system 2" respectively.
uboot chooses which system to hand control to based on 3 environment
variables: flag_last_success, flag_try_sys1_failed & flag_try_sys2_failed
last_success represents a preference for a particular system and is set
to 0 for system 1, set to 1 for system 2. last_success is considered *if*
and only if both try_sys'n'_failed flags are 0 (ie. unset) If *either*
failed flags are set then uboot will attempt to hand control to the
non failed system. If both failed flags are set then uboot will check
the uImage CRC of system 1 and hand control to it if ok. If the uImage
CRC of system is not ok, uboot will hand control to system 2
irrespective of system 2's uImage CRC.
NOTE: uboot only ever sets failed flags, it *never* clears them. uboot
sets a system's failed flag if that system's was selected for boot but
the uImage CRC is incorrect.
Fortunately with serial console access, uboot provides the ability to
boot an initramfs image transferred via tftp, similarly an image may
be flashed to nand however it will flash to *both* kernels so a backup
of stock kernel image is suggested. Note that the suggested install
procedure below set's system 1's failed flag (stock) thus uboot ignores
the last_success preference and boots LEDE located in system 2.
Considerable thought has gone into whether LEDE should replace both
kernels, only one (and which one) etc. LEDE kernels do not include a
minimal rootfs and thus unlike the stock kernel cannot include a
method of controlling uboot environment variables in the event of
rootfs mount failure. Similarly uboot fails to provide an external
mechanism for indicating boot system failure.
Installation - from stock.
Installation through telnet/ssh:
- copy lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin and
lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin to usb disk or wget it
from LEDE download site to /tmp
- switch to /extdisks/sda1/ (if copied to USB drive) or to /tmp if
wgetted from LEDE download site
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
- run: nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
- run: nvram commit
- run: reboot
Recovery - to stock.
Assuming you used the above installation instructions you will have a
stock kernel image in system 1. If it can be booted then it may be used
to perform a stock firmware recovery, thus erasing LEDE completely. From
a 'working' LEDE state (even failsafe)
Failsafe only:
- run: mount_root
- run: sh /etc/uci-defaults/30_uboot-envtools
Then do the steps for 'All'
All:
- run: fw_setenv flag_try_sys2_failed 1
- run: reboot
The board will reboot into system 1 (stock basic kernel) and wait with
system red light slowly blinking for a FAT formatted usb stick with a
recovery image to be inserted. Press and hold the reset button for
around 1 second. Status LED will turn yellow during recovery and blue
when recovery complete.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The RT5350F's second UART pins are available on the base module and on
the EVB as well, so enable it in the device tree.
In order to keep the origian serial port numbering (ttyS0 is the serial
console), aliases added for the UART devices.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The RT5350F i2c pins is available on the base module and on
the EVB as well, so enable it in the dts.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The polarity of WLAN_ACT LED on the base module needs to inverted
in order to be 'on' when the WiFi interface is active
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The RT5350F-OLINUXINO(-EVB).dts files' content are nearly the same, so to avoid
code duplication this patch creates RT5350F-OLINUXINO.dtsi file which
covers the base board's features. The corresponding RT5350F-OLINUXINO.dts
just includes the new .dtsi and the RT5350F-OLINUXINO-EVB.dts adds the EVB
specific GPIO config.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 3G uses this deranged vlan portmap. Add support so
that packets are not leaked across all switch ports when reset.
Fix a whitespace nit while we're here.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[fix wrong pvids order]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Disable VLANs on mt7621 boards with mt7530 switches on failsafe entry.
Allows failsafe networking to work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[fixed default case syntax error]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With ltq-vdsl-mei 1.5.17.6 an optimized firmware download was added and
enabled by default. As soon as the optimized firmware download is
enabled, a watchdog based reboot is trigger between 24h to 48h of
uptime if the board isn't connected to a xdsl line.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is a backport form drv_dsl_cpe_api-4.18.10 and fixes some PM
thread handling issues which lead to high system load and watchdog
trigger within 1h of uptime for boards not connected to a xdsl line.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Fixes CVE-2017-12166: out of bounds write in key-method 1.
Remove the mirror that was temporarily added during the
2.4.3 release.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Added CONFIG_EAP_FAST=y because it was the only
missing flag about EAP compared to full config.
Removed NEED_80211_COMMON flag because it is not part
of config file, it is set by the hostapd upstream Makefile.
Other flags are the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Enabled flags are the same as before.
Removed NEED_80211_COMMON flag because it is not part
of config file, it is set by the hostapd upstream Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Enabled flags are the same as before.
Commented CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y flag because it is
set in the Makefile, only if the driver supports it.
Removed NEED_80211_COMMON flag because it is not part
of config file, it is set by the hostapd upstream Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Enabled flags are the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update the config file to the latest version.
Enabled flags are the same as before.
Removed flag CONFIG_WPS2 because it is no more
needed due to this changelog (2014-06-04 - v2.2):
"remove WPS 1.0 only support, i.e., WSC 2.0
support is now enabled whenever CONFIG_WPS=y is set".
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[add punctuation to commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Bump to 7.55.1 broke the disable threaded resolver feature as reported
in https://github.com/curl/curl/issues/1784.
As a result curl is always compiled with the threaded resolver feature
enabled which causes a dependency issue on pthread for uclibc.
Fix this issue by backporting the upstream curl commit which fixes
disable threaded resolver.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 31e9445b7e.
"Linksys E1200 V1" is not a valid board name, as the brcm47xx arch code
can not detect this device. Stefan Lippers-Hollmann also found a typo in
this patch "cybetran" instead of "cybertan".
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes the following build issue: "undefined reference to `EVP_MD_CTX_create'"
From: Jelle van der Waa <jelle@vdwaa.nl>
The rsa_st struct has been made opaque in 1.1.x, add forward compatible
code to access the n, e, d members of rsa_struct.
EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup has been removed in 1.1.x and EVP_MD_CTX_reset should be
called to reinitialise an already created structure.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
Since version 8.0, gdb requires at least gcc 4.8. Unfortunately some of
the buildbot slaves don't meet this requirement, and fail to build LEDE
after the gdb upgrade. Revert to the previous gdb version for now.
This reverts commit 592abe9ef5.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[replaced u-boot patch with original version from u-boot git]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fix segmentation fault caused by implicit declaration of function 'reallocarray'. Added patch will enable
reallocarray() prototype in glibc 2.26+ on Linux systems. This fix will be included in flex 2.6.5.
Fixes LEDE issue: FS#1003 (Flex does not build with GCC 7.2)
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
x86_64 platforms typically don't lack memory, so don't needlessly
economize memory if fq_codel on capable platforms.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
[Add a comment to the patch]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This will allow you to build and package the uas.ko module.
With more routers supporting USB 3.0 host this could help
speed up activities like DLNA and Samba, as well as reduce
CPU utilization over BOT mass storage drivers.
Signed-off-by: James Christopher Adduono <jc@adduono.com>
mediatek MT7621 soc watchdog DTS id was renamed from "mtk,mt7621-wdt" to
"mediatek,mt7621-wdt" when driver upstreamed to kernel 4.5
Update mt7621.dtsi & mt7628an.dtsi definitions to match upstreamed
kernel.
Restores hardward watchdog functionality on mt7621 devices under linux
4.9
Tested on: MIR3G
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
3fd58e9 2017-08-19 uhttpd: add manifest support
88c0b4b 2017-07-09 file: fix basic auth regression
99957f6 2017-07-02 file: remove unused "auth" member from struct
path_info
c0a569d 2017-07-02 proc: expose HTTP_AUTH_USER and HTTP_AUTH_PASS
ad93be7 2017-07-02 auth: store parsed username and password
fa51d7f 2017-07-02 proc: do not declare empty process variables
a8bf9c0 2017-01-26 uhttpd: Add TCP_FASTOPEN support
e6cfc91 2016-10-25 lua: ensure that PATH_INFO starts with a slash
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-14106
- CVE-2017-14497
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The arm-trusted-firmware-sunxi package is only used by the Allwinner
A64, so only make it selectable for its subtarget sunxi/cortexa53.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
at91bootstrap is a second-level bootloader for Microchip(Atmel AT91) SoCs.
It provides a set of algorithms to manage the hardware initialization and
to download the main application or a third-level bootloader(i.e. uboot)
from specified boot media to main memory and execute it.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D4 Xplained board and options to select & build
u-boot configs for different media storage.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D2 Xplained board and options to select & build
u-boot configs for different media storage.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D3 Xplained board and options to select & build
u-boot configs for different media storage.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D4 with target device as at91-sama5d4_xplained
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D4 Xplained board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D2 with target device as at91-sama5d2_xplained
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D2 Xplained board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Renaming at91 subtarget sama5d3 to sama5 and using at91-sama5d3_xplained
as a target device in sama5 subtarget.This will enable to add other
sama5d2 & sama5d4 target devices in sama5 subtraget.This will avoid
code duplication when sama5d2 & sama5d4 added as different subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Since $(DownloadMethod/unknown) is being invoked in the expansion of
$(call locked ...) anyway, you can't have an @ because the shell
doesn't know what to do with it.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This option is used to specify a file containing PEM certs, to complete the
local certificate chain. Which is quite usefull for "split-CA" setups.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Instead of manually downloading the files again we can also take the
same files directly from the ath10k-firmware git which was cloned
before.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds initial support for the A64 Allwinner SoC to LEDE.
It will be build in the new cortexa53 subtarget.
Currently it only supports the pine64 and the image is able to boot on
this SoC.
Camera, Ethernet, HDMI and other parts are currently not working.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This backports some more patches from kernel 4.11 adding more devices
to the device tree of the A64 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This backports multiple patches from kernel 4.10 which are adding
missing support for the A64 and the pine64 board. These are the device
tree files, the pinctlk and the clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is required to support kernel 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
[rewrite commit message (subject <= 50 characters)]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Init script won't append --no-dhcp-interface option if interface
protocol is one of: ncm, directip, qmi, mbim.
This is caused by IP address assigned to dynamically created netifd
interfaces. As a result there's no netmask assigned to the main
interface and dhcp_add() function returns prematurely.
By moving network subnet check we can ensure that --no-dhcp-interface is
properly generated for wwan interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase; move network checks]
Setting ipv6 to auto in case of a pppoe interface will trigger the
creation of a dynamic wan_6 interface meaning two IPv6 interfaces
(wan6 and wan_6) will be active on top of the pppoe interface.
This leads to unpredictable behavior in the network; therefore set
ipv6 to 1 which will prevent the dynamic creation of the wan_6
interface.
Further alias the wan6 interface on top of the wan interface for pppoe
as the wan6 interface can only be started when the link local address is
ready. In case of pppoe the link local address is negotiated during the
Internet Protocol Control Protocol when the PPP link is setup meaning
all the IP address info is only available when the wan interface is up.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on ipq8065/nbg6817 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on ipq8065/nbg6817 and x86/64.
Fixes CVE-2017-1000251.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
[adapt qcom_nandc.c patches to match upstream changes, test ipq8065/nbg6817]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Delete a bunch of fixes that are already included.
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on malta/mipsel
Runtime-tested on malta/mipsel
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When bumping tcpdump from 4.9.1 to 4.9.2, I did not include the fixed
CVEs in the commit message. As the list of fixed CVEs is quite long,
we should probably mention them in the changelogs of the releases to
come. This commit will make sure this happens.
The following CVEs were fixed in 21014d9708:
CVE-2017-11541
CVE-2017-11541
CVE-2017-11542
CVE-2017-11542
CVE-2017-11543
CVE-2017-11543
CVE-2017-12893
CVE-2017-12894
CVE-2017-12895
CVE-2017-12896
CVE-2017-12897
CVE-2017-12898
CVE-2017-12899
CVE-2017-12900
CVE-2017-12901
CVE-2017-12902
CVE-2017-12985
CVE-2017-12986
CVE-2017-12987
CVE-2017-12988
CVE-2017-12989
CVE-2017-12990
CVE-2017-12991
CVE-2017-12992
CVE-2017-12993
CVE-2017-12994
CVE-2017-12995
CVE-2017-12996
CVE-2017-12997
CVE-2017-12998
CVE-2017-12999
CVE-2017-13000
CVE-2017-13001
CVE-2017-13002
CVE-2017-13003
CVE-2017-13004
CVE-2017-13005
CVE-2017-13006
CVE-2017-13007
CVE-2017-13008
CVE-2017-13009
CVE-2017-13010
CVE-2017-13011
CVE-2017-13012
CVE-2017-13013
CVE-2017-13014
CVE-2017-13015
CVE-2017-13016
CVE-2017-13017
CVE-2017-13018
CVE-2017-13019
CVE-2017-13020
CVE-2017-13021
CVE-2017-13022
CVE-2017-13023
CVE-2017-13024
CVE-2017-13025
CVE-2017-13026
CVE-2017-13027
CVE-2017-13028
CVE-2017-13029
CVE-2017-13030
CVE-2017-13031
CVE-2017-13032
CVE-2017-13033
CVE-2017-13034
CVE-2017-13035
CVE-2017-13036
CVE-2017-13037
CVE-2017-13038
CVE-2017-13039
CVE-2017-13040
CVE-2017-13041
CVE-2017-13042
CVE-2017-13043
CVE-2017-13044
CVE-2017-13045
CVE-2017-13046
CVE-2017-13047
CVE-2017-13048
CVE-2017-13049
CVE-2017-13050
CVE-2017-13051
CVE-2017-13052
CVE-2017-13053
CVE-2017-13054
CVE-2017-13055
CVE-2017-13687
CVE-2017-13688
CVE-2017-13689
CVE-2017-13690
CVE-2017-13725
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Do not create one big package with all the Intel firmware files
supported by the iwlwifi driver, but use a separate package for each
chip.
This also updates some 7000 and 8000 series firmware files to more
recent version. The older versions shipped are not supported by the
current driver any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
dev_coredumpm() was added with kernel 4.7, but it is used by iwlwifi.
When the dev coredump framework form compat-wireless is used this is not
a problem because it already contains this, but this is deactivated if
the build system finds out that it is already included in the kernel we
compile against. This option was now activated by the bluetooth driver
btmrvl. Having dev coredump in the kernel adds about 400 bytes to the
lzma compressed kernel for brcm47xx.
This is copied from a more recent backports version to add the
dev_coredumpm() function when the internal core devdump is not used.
Fixes: a5922f6 ("kernel: bluetooth: add marvell sdio bluetooth module")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the build of this module and should fix the build bots.
Fixes: a5922f6 ("kernel: bluetooth: add marvell sdio bluetooth module")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[removed mveub dependency and update commit comment]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
4.4.80+ contains 71a165f6397df07a06ce643de5c2dbae29bd3cfb, 4.9.41+ contains
6c78197e4a69c19e61dfe904fdc661b2aee8ec20 which are all backports of upstream
commit 0878fff1f42c18e448ab5b8b4f6a3eb32365b5b6 ("net: phy: Do not perform
software reset for Generic PHY").
Our local patch is no longer needed, all this patch was doing was utilizing
gen10g_soft_reset which does nothing either, so just keep the code unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
With the introduction of the ubus notifications, we would now fail building
dnsmasq with external toolchains that don't automatically search for headers.
Pass TARGET_CPPFLAGS to the Makefile to resolve that.
Fixes: 34a206bc11 ("dnsmasq: add ubus notifications for new leases")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
We will be prompted with this config symbol when performance monitoring is
enabled in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This commit add support for Marvell bluetooth with SDIO interface.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[Fix KCONFIG and FILES option]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
update firmware mrvl/sd8887_uapsta.bin
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[update to version 2017-09-06]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Update e2fsprogs to 1.43.6
Disable compilation of fuse2fs (we don't package it)
Disable thread support (only affects fuse2fs)
Enable linking with libblkid instead of using private (included) version.
The libblkid is ~210KBytes in size, but with using the shared library
the binaries are ~25KBytes smaller. This also brings it in sync with
most other Linux distributions.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Some symbols have been renamed.
Some are default enabled/disabled, so we need
to adjust semantics against that.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This seems to cause a false-positive warning/error
while building `libwebsockets-cyassl`.
```
make[6]: Leaving directory '/home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/libwebsockets-cyassl/libwebsockets-2.2.1'
make[6]: Entering directory '/home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/libwebsockets-cyassl/libwebsockets-2.2.1'
[ 2%] Building C object CMakeFiles/websockets.dir/lib/base64-decode.c.o
In file included from /home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/target-x86_64_musl/usr/include/wolfssl/ssl.h:31:0,
from /home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/target-x86_64_musl/usr/include/cyassl/ssl.h:33,
from /home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/target-x86_64_musl/usr/include/cyassl/openssl/ssl.h:30,
from /home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/libwebsockets-cyassl/libwebsockets-2.2.1/lib/private-libwebsockets.h:256,
from /home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl/libwebsockets-cyassl/libwebsockets-2.2.1/lib/base64-decode.c:43:
/home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/target-x86_64_musl/usr/include/wolfssl/wolfcrypt/settings.h:1642:14: error: #warning "For timing resistance / side-channel attack prevention consider using harden options" [-Werror=cpp]
#warning "For timing resistance / side-channel attack prevention consider using harden options"
```
Hardening is enabled by default in libwolfssl at build-time.
However, the `settings.h` header is exported (along with other headers)
for build (via Build/InstallDev).
This looks like a small bug/issue with wolfssl.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This is to eliminate any ambiguity about the cyassl/wolfssl lib.
The rename happened some time ago (~3+ years).
As time goes by, people will start to forget cyassl and
start to get confused about the wolfSSL vs cyassl thing.
It's a good idea to keep up with the times (moving forward).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Until other packages from feeds decide to rename the
dependency of `+libcyassl` to `+libwolfssl`, this allows
for a bit of backwards compatibility with those packages.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Method used:
```
cd package/network/utils/wwan/files/data
sed -e 's/}}/}/g' -i *
sed -e 's/}\t"acm": 1/\t"acm": 1/g' -i *
sed -e 's/}\t"generic": 1/\t"generic": 1/g' -i *
```
Manually adjusted commas.
Validated with
```
for f in `ls` ; do echo $f ; python -m json.tool < $f || break ; done
```
Thanks to @lynxis for pointing out the commas.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Update e2fsprogs to 1.43.6
* Remove FreeBSD patch as it's not needed, FreeBSD 9.1 is EoL and this
is compiling on FreeBSD 11.1.
* Remove libmagic patch, RHEL 5 is EoL (End of Production Phase) since
March 31, 2017.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Bump gcc from 7.1 to 7.2
Compile & run tested: ar71xx
Trace history of current patches and update with commit ref & comment
to give more clue as to why they're still around/needed. Some have
changed form since the original commit but some clue is better than no
clue at all.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Instead of blindly enabling the odhcpd v6 server and RA server on the
lan port, only do that if the lan port protocol is "static"
This prevents the unhelpful case of a device being a dhcpv4 client and
v6 server on the same ethernet port.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
[PKG_SOURCE_DATE increase; odhcpd.defaults script cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The factory partition of the Phicomm K2P contains two MAC addresses.
The lower MAC address is at offset 0xe006 and the higher one is at
offset 0xe000.
Use the lower MAC address as base mac-address which the switch driver
increments by one for the second (wan) vlan.
The MAC addresses are still inverted in contrast to the stock firmware
where the lower MAC address is used for wan. But at least the use of a
MAC address not intended/reserved for this particular board is fixed.
Signed-off-by: Jiawei Wang <me@jwang.link>
In commit b11c51916c ("ramips: Improve Sanlinking D240 config") I made
a mistake with regards GPIO numbering. And in addition to specifying the
wrong GPIO for controling the power of one of the mini-PCIe, I recently
discovered that the power of both slots can be controlled.
This patch specifies the correct GPIO for the left-most mini-PCIe slot
of the D240 (labeled power_mpcie2 since the slot is attached to SIM2),
and adds a GPIO that can be used to control the power of the other
mini-PCIe slot (labeled power_mpcie1).
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[do not use the gpio active macros for the gpio-export value]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link Archer C20 v1 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's very similiar to TP-Link Archer C50.
Also it's based on MediaTek MT7620A+MT7610EN.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
- 1 x USB 2.0 port
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the blue part of the LED.
* MT7610EN ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE. Therefore 5Ghz won't
work.
Factory image notes:
These devices use version 3 of TP-Link header, fortunately without RSA
signature (at least in case of devices sold in Europe). The difference
lays in the requirement for a non-zero value in "Additional Hardware
Version" field. Ideally, it should match the value stored in vendor
firmware header on device.
We are able to prepare factory firwmare file which is accepted and
(almost) correctly flashed from the vendor GUI. As it turned out, it
accepts files without U-Boot image with second header at the beginning
but due to some kind of bug in upgrade routine, flashed image gets
corrupted before it's written to flash. So, to flash this device we must
to prepare image using original firmware from tp-link site with uboot.
Flash instruction:
Until (if at all) TP-Link fixes described problem, the only way to flash
LEDE image in these devices is to use tftp recovery mode in U-Boot.
There are two ways to flash the device to LEDE:
1) Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Place lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin in tftp
server directory
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "4" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
setenv serverip 192.168.0.66
tftp 0x80060000 lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin
erase tplink 0x20000 0x7a0000
cp.b 0x80060000 0x20000 0x7a0000
reset
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE
2) Using tftp mode without UART connection but require some
manipulations with target image
- Download and unpack TP-Link Archer C20 v1 firmware from original web
site
- Split uboot.bin from original firmware by this command (example):
dd if=Archer_C20v1_0.9.1_4.0_up_boot(160427)_2016-04-27_13.53.59.bin of=uboot.bin bs=512 count=256 skip=1
- Create ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin using this command:
cat uboot.bin lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin > ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin
- Place ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin in tftp server directory.
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
- Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
The implementation is not efficient on ar8xxx switches. It triggers high
CPU load and degrades device performance.
The high CPU load has been traced down to the ar8xxx_reg_wait() call in
ar8xxx_mib_op(), which has to usleep_range() till the MIB busy flag set
by the request to update the MIB counter is cleared.
This commit removes the get_port_stats() code introduced in 4d8a66d and
leaves a note for future hacker's beware.
Fixes: FS#1004
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Fix multiple syntax errors in shelscripts (of packages only)
These errors were causing many conditions to not working properly
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina@edu.unito.it>
[increase PKG_RELEASE, drop command substitution from directip.sh]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.em>
Set sysctl fs.suid_dumpable = 2
This allows suid processes to dump core according to kernel.core_pattern
setting. LEDE typically uses suid to drop root priviledge rather than
gain it but without this setting any suid process would be unable to
produce coredumps (e.g. dnsmasq)
Processes still need to set a non zero core file process limit ('ulimit
-c unlimited' or if procd used 'procd_set_param limits
core="unlimited"') in order to produce a core. This setting removes an
obscure stumbling block along the way.
>From https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/sysctl/fs.txt
suid_dumpable:
This value can be used to query and set the core dump mode for setuid
or otherwise protected/tainted binaries. The modes are
0 - (default) - traditional behaviour. Any process which has changed
privilege levels or is execute only will not be dumped.
1 - (debug) - all processes dump core when possible. The core dump is
owned by the current user and no security is applied. This is
intended for system debugging situations only. Ptrace is unchecked.
This is insecure as it allows regular users to examine the memory
contents of privileged processes.
2 - (suidsafe) - any binary which normally would not be dumped is dumped
anyway, but only if the "core_pattern" kernel sysctl is set to
either a pipe handler or a fully qualified path. (For more details
on this limitation, see CVE-2006-2451.) This mode is appropriate
when administrators are attempting to debug problems in a normal
environment, and either have a core dump pipe handler that knows
to treat privileged core dumps with care, or specific directory
defined for catching core dumps. If a core dump happens without
a pipe handler or fully qualifid path, a message will be emitted
to syslog warning about the lack of a correct setting.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
The addresses were read from the 'config' partition, which would not always
contain the addresses at the same offsets, depending on the stock firmware
version used before flashing LEDE. Change this to get the addresses from
the 'product-info' partition, which is read-only.
Reported-and-tested-by: Andreas Ziegler <ml@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The ZBT WE1026-5G
(http://www.zbtlink.com/products/router/WE1026-5G.html) is the follow-up
to the ZBT WE1026 and is based on MT7620. For the previous WE1026, the
ZBT WE826 image could be used. However, as the name implies, the -5G
comes equipped with a 5GHz wifi radio. As the WE826 only has a 2.4GHz
radio, the addition of 5GHz means that a separate image is needed for
the WE1026-5G. I suspect that this image will also work on the previous
WE1026, but I don't have a device to test with.
The WE1026-5G has following specifications:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 64 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port.
* 1x mini-PCIe slots.
* 1x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x 5GHz wifi (MT7612)
* 1x button.
* 3x controllable LEDs.
Works:
* Wifi.
* Switch.
* mini-PCIe slot. Only tested with a USB device (a modem).
* SIM slot.
* Sysupgrade.
* Button (reset).
Not working:
* The 5GHz WIFI LED is completely dead. I suspect the issue is the same
as on other devices with Mediatek 5Ghz wifi-cards/chips. The LED is
controlled by the driver, and mt76 (currently) does not support this.
Not tested:
* SD card reader.
Notes:
* The modem (labeled 3G/4G) and power LEDs are controlled by the
hardware.
* There is a 32MB version of this device available, but I do not have
access to it. I have therefor only added support for the 16MB version,
but added all the required infrastructure to make adding support for the
32MB version easy.
Installation:
The router comes pre-installed with OpenWRT, including a variant of
Luci. The initial firmware install can be done through this UI,
following normal procedure. I.e., access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to
keep existing settings.
Recovery:
If you brick the device, the WE1026-5G supports recovery using HTTP. Keep the
reset button pressed for ~5sec when booting to start the web server. Set the
address of the network interface on your machine to 192.168.1.2/24, and
point your browser to 192.168.1.1 to access the recovery UI. From the
recovery UI you can upload a firmware image.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The upstream ath10k driver disables the intermediate softqueues for some
devices. This patch reverts that behaviour and always enables the
softqueues (and associated bufferbloat fixes). We have had reports of people
running this with good results:
https://lists.bufferbloat.net/pipermail/make-wifi-fast/2017-September/001497.html
This also refreshes mac80211 patches.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Currently, if the provided hash is unsupported (length different from 32
or 64 bytes), we happily download the requested file without any kind of
checksum verification.
This is quite dangerous and may provide a false sense of security, because
a single typo in the hash (e.g. one character deleted by mistake) may skip
checksum verification entirely.
Instead, fail immediately if we don't support the provided hash.
In particular, if an external package repository decides to change the
hash algorithm one day, we will now fail loudly instead of skipping
checksum verification without complaints.
Note: if some users of scripts/download.pl knowingly provide an empty hash
because they don't need checksum verification, this change will break
them. This does not seem to be the case currently, but if this feature is
ever needed, an option should be added to download.pl instead of relying
on the hash being empty.
Fixes: eaa4eba10a ("scripts/download.pl: add SHA-256 support")
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
On a TL-WN710N, this patch increases iperf performance from ~92.5 to ~93.5 mbps. Keep in mind the WN710N is a 100mbps device. I expect greater numbers from gigabit devices.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The cns3xxx interrupt controller uses a single register and as such
the 'mask' reg/functions must be used as opposed to the 'enable'/'disable'
reg/functions.
This fixes an issue that occurs if more than one GPIO on a specific controller
(there is GPIOA and GPIOB each having 32 GPIO's) uses interrupts. When one
would get enabled all others would be disabled prior to this patch.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Fixes CVE-2017-11600.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Fixed an authentication bypass issue in SSL/TLS. When the TLS
authentication mode was set to 'optional',
mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result() would incorrectly return 0 when the
peer's X.509 certificate chain had more than
MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA intermediates (default: 8), even when
it was not trusted. This could be triggered remotely on both the client
and server side. (Note, with the authentication mode set by
mbedtls_ssl_conf_authmode()to be 'required' (the default), the handshake
was correctly aborted).
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Tested-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
This adds metadata to wpj344 and wpj558 images to prevent loading
firmware of wpj344 into wpj558 and vice versa. This until now was
possible and break the units and had to be recovered from the uboot.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Giraldo <enrique.giraldo@galgus.net>
COMFAST CF-E355AC is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9882.
Short specification:
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 64MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
- 2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a
- built-in 4x 3 dBi antennas
- output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Giraldo <enrique.giraldo@galgus.net>
[whitespace fixes, ac radio caldata offset fix]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GL.iNet GL-USB150 is an USB dongle WiFi router, based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- Realtek RTL8152B USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with AR9331 PHY4)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 2x LED, 1x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC. GUI or sysupgrade can be used
to flash LEDE firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ifname variable were not assigned due to syntax error
causing the hostapd config file to have an empty iapp_interface= option
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Santina <lorenzo.santina.dev@gmail.com>
For the Archer C50v1, the EU and US versions are differentiated by their
respective HW additional version (0x0 for US, 0x2 for EU).
The stock web interface checks this field before flashing, making it
impossible to flash the current (US) factory image on EU hardware.
However the bootloader does not check this field, making it possible to use
a single sysupgrade image for both hardware.
This patch adds the necessary build bits to generate both EU and US factory
images, and renames the target as "Archer C50v1" since there are as of now
3 different versions of Archer C50 (all with different CPUs).
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The HNET C108
(http://www.szhwtech88.com/Product-product-cid-100-id-4374.html) is a
mifi based on MT7602A, which has the following specifications:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 64 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port. Only power is connected, this port is meant for
charging other devices.
* 1x mini-PCIe slots.
* 1x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x button.
* 6000 mAh battery.
* 5x controllable LEDs.
Works:
* Wifi.
* Switch.
* mini-PCIe slot. Only tested with a USB device (a modem).
* SIM slot.
* Sysupgrade.
* Button (reset).
Not working (also applies to the factory firmware):
* Wifi LED. It is always switched on, there is no relation to the
up/down state or activity of the wireless interface.
Not tested:
* SD card reader.
Notes:
* The C108 has no dedicated status LED. I therefore set the LAN LED as
status LED.
Installation:
The router comes pre-installed with OpenWRT, including a variant of
Luci. The initial firmware install can be done through this UI,
following normal procedure. I.e., access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to
keep existing settings.
Recovery:
If you brick the device, the C108 supports recovery using TFTP. Keep the
reset button pressed for ~5sec when booting to trigger TFTP. Set the
address of the network interface on your machine to 10.10.10.3/24, and
rename your image file to Kernal.bin.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
In case the link changes from down to up, the register is only updated
on read. If the link failed/was down, this bit will be 0 until after
reading this bit again.
Fixes a reported link down by swconfig alebit the link is up (query for
the link again will show the correct link status)
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In conditions where none of the switch ports is connected during boot,
the priv->port[i].link != priv->port[i].phydev->link condition is false
since both link values are equal (false). The carrier of the switch
netdev is never set to off and the link state reported by ip is UNKNOWN.
Turn the carrier off if none of the switch ports has a link, regardless
whether something has been changed. Add a check for a carrier to
prevent unnecessary calls to netif_carrier_off() if the carrier is
already off.
Based on a patch send by Martin Schiller.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't return arcount=1 if EDNS0 RR won't fit in the packet.
Omitting the EDNS0 RR but setting arcount gives a malformed packet.
Also, don't accept UDP packet size less than 512 in received EDNS0.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Remove LEDE partial fix for CVE-2017-13704.
Backport official fix from upstream.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> (PKG_RELEASE increase)
Commit 77645ffcd9 ("ramips: add support for the GnuBee Personal Cloud
One") dropped the execution permission from 01_leds with the result
that the file isn't started during first boot and no default LED
configuration is added.
Revert the introduced file permission change.
Fixes: FS#979
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[cherry picked the fix from a board support patch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Extendprefix is typically used to extend an IPv6 RA prefix from a mobile
wan link to the LAN; such scenario requires correct RA prefix settings
like the on link flag not being set.
However some mobile manufacter set the RA prefix on link flag which breaks
basic IPv6 routing.
Work around this issue by filtering out the route being equal to the
extended prefix.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The WAN port on the Netgear WNDR4300 router has two LEDs,
amber and green. Use the switch LED trigger to behave as the
rest of the LAN HW controlled LEDs
- Green: 1 Gbps
- Amber: 100/10 Mbps
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
1. Add support to LAN/WAN LEDs attached to ar8327.
2. Fix the problem that LAN/WAN LEDs does not blink in hardware (auto)
mode when connected to 10M/100M ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Kuang Rufan <master@a1983.com.cn>
51733a6 ra: align RA update interval with RFC4861 (FS#964)
Add ra_holdoff config option which allows to configure the RA minimum
update interval which is by default 3 seconds as stated in RFC4861.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
b1bc8d5 kmodloader: log error message in case of out of memory
f346111 kmodloader: lift restriction on module alias info
f1ef2c3 kmodloader: fix possible segfaults
9cb63df kmodloader: fix endianess check
2cff779 kmodloader: Check module endian before loading
d54f38a kmodloader/get_module_info: initialized aliases to make it more clean
a0b6fef kmodloader: insmod: fix a memoryleak in error case
278c4c4 kmodloader/get_module_name: null-terminate the string
16f7e16 syslog: remove unnecessary sizeof struct between messages
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This generic structure defines tx_bytes and rx_bytes as unsigned long (u32),
while several devices would typically report unsigned long long (u64).
The code can work as is, but there's a chance that with a sufficiently fast
interface the overflow might happen too fast to be correctly noticed by the
consumers of this data.
This patch makes both field unsigned long long and updates the only known
consumer of this data: swconfig_leds.c
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
The implementation uses a generic callback that select the correct MIB counter
index based on chip version.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Properly quote the arguments so that you can register a service with TXT
entries that contains spaces.
Example:
procd_add_mdns myservice tcp 9999 "key=descriptive text field 1" \
"another=something equally verbose"
Output before:
$ avahi-browse -r -v _myservice._tcp
_myservice._tcp local
hostname = [blah.local]
address = [192.168.255.74]
port = [9999]
txt = ["verbose" "equally" "another=something" "1" "field" "text" "key=descriptive"]
Output now:
$ avahi-browse -r -v _myservice._tcp
_myservice._tcp local
hostname = [blah.local]
address = [192.168.255.74]
port = [9999]
txt = ["another=something equally verbose" "key=descriptive text field 1"]
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
This patch fixes the switch port numbering on Mikrotik RB750r2 (hEX lite) and RB750UPr2 (hEX PoE lite).
Tested on a RB750UPr2. Maybe this patch is applicable to other devices (e.g. RB951Ui-2nD, RB952Ui-5ac2nD) but I have no way to test them.
Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
ssh and scp commands interfere with OpenSSH when installed in /usr/bin .
One use case is when installing dropbear to get root access when only OpenSSH is available (OpenSSH disallows root password logins). Once dropbear installs, it replaces OpenSSH's executables, even when removed with opkg. OpenSSH must be reinstalled to get them back.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Fixes critical issues for memset() & fflush()
Changes:
5f7efb8 move IPPORT_RESERVED from netdb.h to netinet/in.h
5f3b652 add powerpc64 and s390x to list of supported archs in INSTALL
file
9d4c902 fix undefined behavior in memset due to missing sequence points
c7f56b4 __init_libc: add fallbacks for __progname setup
cc08669 add SIOCGSTAMPNS socket ioctl macro to ioctl.h
02b50c9 fix mips ioctl macros to match linux asm/sockios.h
670d6d0 fix unsynchronized access to FILE structure in fflush(0)
Tested on cns3xxx & imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refresh patches, delete patches backported from upstream.
This fixes ntpd sync issues (ntpd would not sync if the first provided
peer address was unreachable).
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
IPQ806x AP148 and DB149 boards didn't have the UCI ubootenv
section initialized, so the usage of fw_printenv required manual
configuration. With this change, the "fw_printenv" and "fw_setenv"
command will automatically work on NOR and NAND based platforms.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
busybox currently installs passwd into /usr/bin which prevents its
'full' shadow-utils variant from being installed.
Move the passwd applet to /bin to avoid that collision.
shadow also provides /usr/bin/login which doesn't collide with busybox
as the busybox login applet is installed at /bin/login.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
busybox currently installs traceroute and traceroute6 into /usr/bin
which prevents their 'full' iputils variants from being installed.
Move those applets to /bin so they can coexist with their iputils
siblings using the same PATH convention already applied for coreutils
and other drop-in 'full' versions.
Refresh existing patch while at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
printer support is removed using 200-remove_printer_support.patch. the syslog parameter requires samba to be compiled with --with-syslog. Currently samba does not log to syslog and probably has not for a long time.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
If CONFIG_DOWNLOAD_FOLDER is set to for example "~/dl", the download
script fails to create the .hash and .dl files with the following
errors:
Cannot create file ~/dl/dropbear-2017.75.tar.bz2.dl: No such file or directory
sh: 1: cannot create ~/dl/dropbear-2017.75.tar.bz2.hash: Directory nonexistent
If the tarball already exists in the ~/dl dir, it's properly found and
used, so this issue only affects the download.pl script.
This patch calls glob() on the target dir parameter, which will expand `~`.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
Changes:
1698fe6 fix build failure for sh4a due to missing colon in asm statement
80bf595 trap UB from attempts to join a detached thread
e31c8c2 ppc64: fix setjmp/longjmp handling of TOC pointer
52cf5c1 qsort: add a short comment about the algorithm
dc2f368 disable global visibility override hack (vis.h) by default
947d330 add _NL_LOCALE_NAME extension to nl_langinfo
a08910f fix missing volatile qualifier on lock in __get_locale
2e6e084 remove ineffective compiler assist from printf
bc42dcb fix undefined behavior in ptrace
d906fa3 unify the use of FUTEX_PRIVATE
60ab365 fix undefined behavior in free
f688884 reapply va_arg hacks removal to wprintf
bd00cc8 remove useless declarations in string.h
f3055e0 allow specifying argv[0] when invoking a program via ldso
command
43c423a fix regression in dlopen promotion from RTLD_LOCAL to
RTLD_GLOBAL
66b53cf ldso: avoid spurious & possible erroneous work for libs with no
deps
94f7441 powerpc64: add single-instruction math functions
9d12a6a fix clang CFLAGS checks and silence unused argument warnings
ce385fc s390x: add single-instruction math functions
e6def54 fix arm run-time abi string functions
91d34c4 fix regression in getspnam[_r] error code for insufficient
buffer size
5948bc1 fix omission of microblaze user.h definitions
b7bfb5c fix iconv conversions for iso88592-iso885916
64f8558 handle errors from localtime_r in ctime_r
2d7d05f set errno when getpw*_r, getgr*_r, and getspnam_r fail
5c10c33 handle localtime errors in ctime
1c86c7f handle mremap failure in realloc of mmap-serviced allocations
1080008 getdate: correctly specify error number
af05173 catopen: set errno to EOPNOTSUPP
84eff79 fix glob failure to match plain "/" to root directory
bc313e8 use hard-coded sh4a atomic opcodes to avoid linker errors on sh
179766a towupper/towlower: fast path for ascii chars
1c49700 remove long-obsolete clang workarounds from mips* syscall_arch.h
files
4073f03 fix fstatat syscall on mips64
81f4a12 fix fchown fallback on arches without chown(2)
97bd6b0 fix iconv conversions to legacy 8bit encodings
f9f686b have posix_spawnattr_setflags check for supported flags
77e895d add no-op POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK to spawn.h
5555041 s390x: provide sigcontext struct definition
bb439bb implement new posix_spawn flag POSIX_SPAWN_SETSID
58e2396 remove va_arg hacks in printf core with undefined behavior
e1232f5 make ttyname[_r] return ENODEV rather than ENOENT
1a7fa5e fix regression in support for resolv.conf attempts option
8c44a06 fix scalbn when result is in the subnormal range
2577b1b allow full-range file offsets to mmap on archs with 64-bit
syscall args
b3751c3 fix dl_iterate_phdr in static PIE binaries
1ca5975 fix read past end of buffer in getaddrinfo backend
54807d4 aarch64: add single instruction math functions
b6e1fe0 fix strptime output for %C without %y
834ef7a fix processing of strptime %p format
85dfab7 fix off-by-one in strptime %j
9571c53 regex: fix newline matching with negated brackets
e6917ec increase limit on locale name length from 15 to 23 bytes
e4fc9ad search locale name variants for gettext translations
16319a5 make setlocale return a single name for LC_ALL if all categories
match
0c53178 fix dlopen/dlsym regression opening libs already loaded at
startup
dbff2bb fix POSIX-format TZ dst transition times for southern hemisphere
74bca42 s390x: fix fpreg_t and remove unused per_struct
a393d5c precalculate gnu hash rather than doing it lazily in find_sym
inner loop
8cba1dc fix threshold constants in j0f, y0f, j1f, y1f
cb52539 remove unused refcnt field for shared libraries
c49d3c8 avoid loading of multiple libc versions via explicit pathname
3ec8b3a fix one-byte overflow in legacy getpass function
733d1ea fix wide scanf's use of a compound literal past its lifetime
6a209f1 fix possible fd leak, unrestored cancellation state on dns
socket fail
500f5be in static dl_iterate_phdr, fix use of possibly-uninitialized aux
data
6582baa fix free of uninitialized buffer pointer on error in regexec
6476b81 emulate lazy relocation as deferrable relocation
4823b13 reorder addend handling before symbol lookup in relocation code
4ff234f rework ldso handling of global symbol table for consistency
c9783e4 treat STB_WEAK and STB_GNU_UNIQUE like STB_GLOBAL in find_sym
fc85fb3 fix ld-behavior-dependent crash in ppc64 ldso startup
827c4e6 fix lsearch and lfind to pass key as first arg to the compar
callback
0a4a16d allow page size to vary on arm
b261a24 fix build regression in arm atomics asm with new binutils
9201c3a s390x: implement dlsym
d6601f0 avoid unbounded strlen in gettext functions
dbbb373 fix use of uninitialized pointer in gettext core
01e6bbe fix bindtextdomain logic error deactivating other domains
6894f84 fix spurious EINTR errors from multithreaded set*id, etc.
1f53e7d fix crashes in x32 __tls_get_addr
27b3fd6 fix crash from corrupted tls module list after failed dlopen
809ff8c treat base 1 as an error in strtol-family functions
786fda8 fix getopt[_long] clobbering of optopt on success
150747b reduce impact of REG_* namespace pollution in x86[_64] signal.h
Tested on cns3xxx & imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It's redundant and also buggy. IPv6 link local addresses and ::1 are not resolved for example. Doesn't matter since lo and br-lan for example, resolve to them.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
guest ok is set per share and as such, don't override it. also, fix an error introduced in the last commit.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The ramips subtargets of mt7628 and mt7688 dts files all #include "mt7628an.dtsi"
They are essentially a single subtarget.
This patch merges the ramips subtargets mt7628 and mt7688 into a single subtarget mt76x8.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Fix SIGSEGV in rfc1035.c answer_request() line 1228 where memset()
is called with header & limit pointing at the same address and thus
tries to clear memory from before the buffer begins.
answer_request() is called with an invalid edns packet size provided by
the client. Ensure the udp_size provided by the client is bounded by
512 and configured maximum as per RFC 6891 6.2.3 "Values lower than 512
MUST be treated as equal to 512"
The client that exposed the problem provided a payload udp size of 0.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* fixes default affinity
* adds a napi watchdog - we were seeing stalled TX queues
* adds up/down locking
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Replace the string array containing the fmrs parameters by a nested data
json object holding an array of fmrs parameters
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Install kmod-rt2800-pci instead of only the rt2x00 library.
Fixes missing wireless interface on AudioCodes AC-MP252.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
commit 2d6c7c2526 introduced a reference to g_xdata_addr which isn't
defined in that context. Use xdata_addr here instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Select the other CONFIG_ALL_* options in the hierarchy when the master
option is selected. Currently CONFIG_ALL_KMODS is not selected when the
build bot selects CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED for example.
Now the rtc kmods should get build when CONFIG_ALL_KMODS,
CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED or CONFIG_ALL and CONFIG_RTC_SUPPORT are selected
like it is done by the build bots for targets with rtc support.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Neon and vfpv4 support are activated by GCC on all ARMv8 CPUs because
this is now a mandatory part of the architecture. There is not need to
activate is manually.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add support for the Comtrend AR-5315u router
This a BCM6318 based board, 64 MB RAM, 16 MB SPI flash,
with an onboard BCM43217 wifi, 4 ethernet ports and 1
USB host port
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: refreshed patch]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Currently, dnsmasq support assigning multiple tags to a host record
(--dhcp-host), but we only support only 1 tag for a host. The commit
makes the following config to be valid:
config host
option name 'computer'
option mac '00:11:22:33:44:55'
option ip '192.168.1.100'
list tag 'vendor_class'
list tag 'vendor_id'
config tag 'vendor_class'
list dhcp_option 'option:vendor-class,00:...<omitted>'
config tag 'vendor_id'
option force '1'
list dhcp_option 'option:vendor-id-encap,00:...<omitted>'
Signed-off-by: Kuang Rufan <kuangrufan@pset.suntec.net>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Override the failing check in configure with CONFIGURE_VARS instead of
carrying a patch that's unlikely to be accepted by upstream.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The order of LAN ports shown in Luci is reversed compared to what is
written on the case of the device. Fix the order so that they match.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Changes:
89d1b80 xt_condition: namespace support #2
c839e87 xt_geoip: check for allocation overflow
a587f95 compat_xtables: use more accurate printf format for NIPQUAD
1874fcd xt_DNETMAP: fix a buffer overflow
21ea7b7 xt_LOGMARK: resolve new gcc7 warnings
ee8da2b build: support for Linux 4.12
19a4359 xt_condition: add support for namespaces
1b37966 xt_psd: resolve compiler warning
Tested on cns3xxx
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Samba could also be usefull for sending commands to windows pc (like shoutdown command). This new package add the bin to include this kind of command to the samba package.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This commit adds support for Xiaomi Mi WiFi Router 3G.
Short specification:
- MT7621AT + MT7603EN + 7612EN
- 256MB DDR3 RAM
- 128MB NAND flash
- 1+2 x 1000M Ethernet
- 1x USB 3.0 port
- reset button
- yellow, blue, red leds
Installation through telnet/ssh:
- copy lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin and
lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin to usb disk or wget it
from LEDE download site to /tmp
- switch to /extdisks/sda1/ (if copied to USB drive) or to /tmp if
wgetted from LEDE download site
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
- run: mtd erase kernel0
- run: reboot
Originally stock firmware has following partitions:
- ...
- kernel0 (primary kernel image)
- kernel1 (secondary kernel image, used by u-boot in failsafe routine)
- rootfs0 (primary rootfs)
- rootfs1 (secondary rootfs in case primary fails)
- overlay (used as ubi overlay)
This commit squashes rootfs0, rootfs1 and overlay partitions into 1, so
it can be used by LEDE fully for package installation, resulting in 117,5MiB.
This device lacks hw watchdog, so adding softdog instead (stock does the same).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Commit e505f59bd9 "utils/util-linux: Update to 2.30.1" bumped util-linux
without properly adjusting the dependencies of all applets.
Add missing ncursesw dependencies to sfdisk and dmesg applets to fix
packaging issues.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
c1a03e8 nl80211: request split information about frequencies
5638567 nl80211: store info about freq being not available for some bandwidths
ce51cb8 Allow storing more info about each frequency
5c10efa nl80211: support receiving split frequencies
335967c nl80211: improve error handling
ab089dd nl80211: propagate netlink errors to callers
7bba117 nl80211: handle netlink errors in nl80211_wait()
d22c64c iwinfo: add device id for Ubiquiti NanoStation Loco M2
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Revert this commit as it introduces a patchfile at a wrong location.
Since the patch was never effective, we can assume that this particular
commit was not properly tested.
This reverts commit dde9da46c1.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix memory leak on nvram_open() and nvram_open_rdonly().
For nvram_open(), the 'fd' should be closed on error, and
mmap_area should be unmap when nvram magic can not be found.
For nvram_open_rdonly(), the 'file' variable should free before
return. Once nvram_find_mtd() return successfully, it will allocate
memory to save mtd device string.
Signed-off-by: BangLang Huang <banglang.huang@foxmail.com>
get platform_data from gpio_keys_button_dev.pdata, and fix a illegal pointer
dereference like this:
[ 51.143776] gpio-keys-polled gpio-keys-polled: missing poll_interval value
[ 51.150852] gpio-keys-polled: probe of gpio-keys-polled failed with error -22
[ 828.159993] gpio-keys-polled gpio-keys-polled: no memory for button data
[ 828.166821] gpio-keys-polled: probe of gpio-keys-polled failed with error -12
Signed-off-by: Furong Xu <xfr@outlook.com>
Backing up the current firmware from U-Boot over serial can take hours.
Booting a working Linux image for backup purposes is not always an option.
Using the tftpput command in U-Boot is the fastest and easiest way.
tftpput will upload the contents of a memory region to the TFTP server.
The IP address of the server is stored in the serverip variable.
Usage:
tftpput <memaddr> <length> <filename>
Example for a complete flash backup of an o2 Box 6431 (VGV7510KW22):
VGV7510KW22 # tftpput 0xB0000000 0x1000000 o2boxbackup.bin
Signed-off-by: Carl-Daniel Hailfinger <c-d.hailfinger.devel.2006@gmx.net>
The Gateworks System Controller (GSC) mimics a standard AD7418 device on
I2C bus 0 at slave 0x29.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refresh patches.
Adapt 704-phy-no-genphy-soft-reset.patch.
Remove brcm2708/950-0005-mm-Remove-the-PFN-busy-warning.patch.
Compile-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708 and x86/64.
Fixes the following vulnerabilities:
- CVE-2017-7533
- CVE-2017-1000111
- CVE-2017-1000112
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
94e65ee ndp: use IPv4 address list when comparing IPv4 addresses
ff5020d dhcpv6-ia: rework reconfigure accept logic
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The VoCore2 Lite uses the same PCB as the Vocore2.
This patch moves the common VoCore2 parts into dtsi.
Removed memory node in the device tree source file.
Memory is detected automatically.
http://vocore.io/http://vonger.net/http://vonger.cn/
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7688AN
- RAM: 64MB DDR2 EtronTech EM68B16CWQH-25H
- Flash: 8MB NOR SPI Flash GigaDevice GD25Q64CWIG
- Wireless: Built into MT7688AN with onboard IPEX connector
Firmware installation:
- VoCore2-Lite ships with firmware forked from OpenWrt.
- Installation from the bootloader is recommended.
- If using luci/sysupgrade use the -n option (do not keep settings)
original firmware uses a modified proprietary MediaTek wireless driver.
- The wireless is disabled by default in LEDE.
- If reverting to factory firmware using the bootloader is recommended.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Tested by: Noble Pepper <noblepepper@gmail.com>
By adding the ICPlus IP1001 phy driver an already set RGMII delay mode
is reset during driver load.
Set the rgmii rx delay to fix corrupt/no packages in case the WAN port
negotiates to 1000MBit.
Fixes: FS#670
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
While debugging an issue with a client device, wpa_supplicant did not
seem to log anything at all. Make wpa_supplicant log to syslog instead
of stdout, to make debugging easier and to be consistent with hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Update (lib)expat to 2.2.3
Remove poor entropy hack, 2.2.3 uses /dev/urandom in worst case
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
USB doesn't work in some danube boards because otg_cap
is missing since previous changes made on the USB-dwc2
lantiq driver. Fix it.
Tested on the ARV7518PW router.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
With failsafe disabled there is no point in early network setup. We
don't send announcement over UDP and there is no way to ssh to the
device.
A side effect of this is avoiding a possibly incorrect network config
(only with failsafe disabled). This problem is related to possible
changes made by user in /etc/config/network.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
By default the wlan eprom contains the generic ralink MAC which is not
the vendor (TP-Link) one. Based on OFW bootlog, it appears that addresses
are decremented from the ethernet MAC.
This patch fixes the MAC address for wlan2g in line with OFW.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
If xfer_mode is set to auto the vdsl_cpe_control daemon assumes that
ATM should be used for ADSL and PTM for VDSL.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
If xfer_mode is set to auto the vdsl_cpe_control daemon assumes that
ATM should be used for ADSL and PTM for VDSL.
xfer_mode and line_mode can be set to fixed value independantly from
each other.
The syntax for the tc_layer argument of vdsl_cpe_control is as follow:
-T<TcADSL>:<TcCfgUsADSL>:<TcCfgDsADSL>_<TcVDSL>:<TcCfgUsVDSL>:<TcCfgDsVDSL>
where TcADSL and TcVDSL can be: 1=ATM, 2=PTM/EFM, 4=Auto TC-Layer
and TcCfgUsADSL, TcCfgUsVDSL, TcCfgDsADSL, TcCfgDsVDSL can be:
1=64/65-octet encapsulation supported
2=64/65-octet encapsulation with pre-emption
3=64/65-octet encapsulation with short packets
Default: In case of no '-T' option is given, ADSL will be configured
in ATM and VDSL in PTM/EFM: -T1:0x1:0x1_2:0x1:0x1
The '-M' argument of dsl_cpe_control defines the initial DSL mode
(NextMode) for ADSL/VDSL multimode handling.
Possible Values: 0=API-default, 1=ADSL, 2=VDSL
Default: In case of no '-M' option is given, '0' (API-default) will
be selected.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This is needed to be able to load the ltq-atm/ltq-ptm driver
from a notify script during synchronization, because the line can
reach showtime state before the driver is fully loaded.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This makes it possible to simply add additional notification handlers
by putting new scripts in the /etc/hotplug.d/dsl directory.
the following Environment Variables are used:
(values marked with an * are only available when bonding support is
compiled in)
DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE with one of these values:
- DSL_STATUS
- DSL_INTERFACE_STATUS
- DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_US
- DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_DS
DSL_LINE_NUMBER=<0|1> *
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_STATUS, these variables are set:
- DSL_XTU_STATUS=<ADSL|VDSL>
- DSL_TC_LAYER_STATUS=<ATM|EFM>
- DSL_EFM_TC_CONFIG_US=<NORMAL|PRE_EMPTION>
- DSL_EFM_TC_CONFIG_DS=<NORMAL>
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_INTERFACE_STATUS, these variables are
set:
- DSL_INTERFACE_STATUS=<DOWN|READY|HANDSHAKE|TRAINING|UP>
- DSL_BONDING_STATUS=<INACTIVE|ACTIVE> *
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_US, these variables are
set:
- DSL_DATARATE_US_BC0=<Upstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 0>
- DSL_DATARATE_US_BC1=<Upstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 1> *
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_DS, these variables are
set:
- DSL_DATARATE_DS_BC0=<Downstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 0>
- DSL_DATARATE_DS_BC1=<Downstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 1> *
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
The esi call was added to workaround a race condition between applying
a configured mac address to the wan interface and starting the protocol
(handler) as it was observed in a DHCP over ATM bridge configuration.
Martin Schiller, TDT GmbH was so kind to test with their local
infrastructure if the race condition still exists. The provided package
dumps captured behind the DSLAM shows that it doesn't. It was most
likely fixed with adding carrier support to the lantiq ptm/atm driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix when add 'mediatek,cd-poll' to dts cause the sd card be removed randomly.
Special for the device without card-detect pin.
Signed-off-by: Qin Wie <me@vonger.cn>
296b4a0 dhcpv6: assign all viable DHCPv6 addresses by default (FS#402, FS#524)
f4d38e0 treewide: reflect managed mode is related to RA
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Use the GPIO dt-bindings macros and add compatible strings in the
ramips device tree source files.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Netgear EX3800 is essentially an EX3700 with a mains output socket.
Both devices use the exact same firmware image (original firmware is named
EX3700-EX3800-version.chk).
This patch adds suport by renaming the EX3700 device to EX3700/EX3800 and
updating the necessary glue.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch cleans up the WN3000RPv3 and EX2700 setup, bringing it in line
with other similar devices:
The power led is a bicolor one. The bootloader brings the red side on at
powerup.
Instead of blinking the red side in diag.sh and need to forcefully turn it off
in 01_leds, this patch simplifies the setup by relying on the default off state
of the gpio-led driver for the red side and blinking the green side as with
other devices.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Cleanup the dtsi files and remove one layer of dtsi. Set the size of
the firmware partition to a value matching the flash size from the
board (variant) name.
Remove the usb led trigger. There is neither a default config for the
usb led trigger nor a LED for usb activity indication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Reference the Omnima MiniEMBWiFi device tree source file in the image
build code. Otherwise the dts of the image processed before is used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
So, this is kind of complicated. This has been upstream for a while,
imported from OpenWRT/LEDE with some cleanups. LEDE ramips has stayed
on linux-4.4 this whole time, with the old(er) version of the patch
that had correct behavior[0], while upstream got changed[1].
When LEDE updated to kernel 4.9, the older version of the code from
the patch got replaced with the upstream version containing the bug.
The original behavior, however, seems to be correct here, as the
official programming guide[2] indicates that bit 31 (PDRV_SW_SET)
in register PPLL_CFG1 is reserved, but bit 23 (added as PPLL_LD)
is the PPLL lock state (which also happens to line up with the
error message).
The original confusion probably comes from the double definition
of PDRV_SW_SET[3, 4] in the upstream code, with one correct definition
(31) and one incorrect one (23).
I've also used the opportunity to clean up the error message a bit -
it's still not really helpful to anyone who doesn't already know what
the PPLL is, but at least it's slightly more readable now.
This will probably need to be upstreamed as well, since with the way
it's currently set up, it's unlikely PCI ever worked for anyone who's
running an upstream kernel on that SoC.
[0]: 05d6e92594/target/linux/ramips/patches-4.4/0009-PCI-MIPS-adds-mt7620a-pcie-driver.patch (L259)
[1]: 026d15f6b9/arch/mips/pci/pci-mt7620.c (L246)
[2]: http://www.anz.ru/files/mediatek/MT7620_ProgrammingGuide.pdf
[3]: 026d15f6b9/arch/mips/pci/pci-mt7620.c (L36)
[4]: 026d15f6b9/arch/mips/pci/pci-mt7620.c (L39)
Signed-off-by: Ilya Katsnelson <me@0upti.me>
When -e option it specified a corresponding flag is set in the
custom_board. By using custom_board as fallback -e option gets respected
for unknown boards.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
01_leds had a workaround for the power led to compensate for the
inverted GPIO state. This patch was missing from my previous commit.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[add the power led default-state which was omitted in the last commit
by me]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Luci shows switch ports in wrong order on that device.
This patch fixes switch port numbering and matches them to the device
silkscreen.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
All LEDs GPIOs are active low on this device.
WAN and POWER states were inverted. Add default state for power.
Tested on Archer C50v1.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
With d2b6bf1416 ("ramips: fix image validation errors") the board
name was changed to fix an image validation error. But this change
wasn't applied to all other files using the board name, which broke
sysupgrade.
Revert this change and use the former board name in the metadata
instead.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Make the behaviour of clk_get_rate consistent with common clk's
clk_get_rate by accepting NULL clocks as parameter. Some device
drivers rely on this, and will cause an OOPS otherwise.
Fixes: FS#735
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Make the behaviour of clk_get_rate consistent with common clk's
clk_get_rate by accepting NULL clocks as parameter. Some device
drivers rely on this, and will cause an OOPS otherwise.
Fixes: FS#735
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Make the behaviour of clk_get_rate consistent with common clk's
clk_get_rate by accepting NULL clocks as parameter. Some device
drivers rely on this, and will cause an OOPS otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Commits since last 2017-07-11:
4bd8601 pkg_parse: fix segfault when parsing descriptions with leading newlines
Fixes FS#933.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix incorrect offset and size of linux partition.
Fixes: 97b36aca09 ("brcm63xx: add pflash for remaining pflash equipped boards")
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The kernel 4.4 patches where already removed with the bump to 4.9. Drop
the the subtarget configs as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The WMDR-143N is a small module originally used as a Wifi client
in some Loewe smart TV sets. It is sold cheaply at german surplus
shops. The module contains a RT3662 SOC.
Specifications:
- 500 MHz CPU Clock
- 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (pin header)
- 32 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T3R 2.4/5 GHz (SOC internal)
- 3 Antennas on PCB
- UART pads on PCB (J3: 1 = +3.3V, 2 = RX, 3 = TX, 4 = GND), TX
and RX are 3,3V only! The square hole is pin 1
- Power supply pads on PCB (J6: 1 and 2 = +5V, 3 and 4 = GND)
The square hole is pin 1
The original firmware has two identical kernel/rootfs images and
two "Factory" calibration data blocks in flash. The LEDE image
leaves only the first "Factory" block in place and uses both
"Kernel" blocks and the redundant "Factory" block together to gain
enough space for the jffs2 partition.
Flash instructions:
You need UART and Ethernet connections to flash the board. Use
the LEDE "sysupgrade.bin" image with tftp.
Apply power to the board and in the first 5 seconds, hit 2 to
select TFTP upload. The bootloader asks for board- and server IP
addresses and filename.
Alternate method: With the vendor firmware running, assign an IP
address to the ethernet port, tftp the firmware image to
/tmp and write to mtd4 ("KernelA").
Signed-off-by: Oliver Fleischmann <ogf@bnv-bamberg.de>
[remove pinctrl node from dts, no pin is used as GPIO]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Children of the pinctrl0 node are optional. Return EINVAL (=missing)
instead of 0. Fixes a hang if the pinctrl0 has no children.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
When a package declares a PKG_BUILD_DEPENDENCY or HOST_BUILD_DEPENDENCY on
a not existing build type, the metadata script will emit a reference to an
unresolvable build target in tmp/.packagedeps, causing the make process to
fail hard in a way not catchable by the IGNORE_ERRORS mechanism.
In a situation where a package "test-a" declares a build dependency
"PKG_BUILD_DEPENDS:=test-b/host" while the Makefile of "test-b" does not
implement a HostBuild, make fails with an unrecoverable error in the form:
make[1]: Entering directory '...'
make[1]: *** No rule to make target 'package/test-b/host/compile',
needed by 'package/test-a/compile'. Stop.
make[1]: Leaving directory '...'
.../toplevel.mk:200: recipe for target 'package/test-a/compile' failed
make: *** [package/test-a/compile] Error 2
Extend the metadata generation script to catch such unresolved references
and emit a visable warning upon detection.
After this change, the script will emit a warning similar to:
WARNING: Makefile "package/test-a/Makefile" has a build dependency on
"test-b/host" but "package/test-b/Makefile" does not implement a
"host" build type
Fixes a global build cluster outage which occured after the "python-cffi"
feed package removed its HostBuild which the "python-cryptography" package
build-depended on.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
there were 2 bugs
*) core1 came up with a bad bogo mips, looks like the clock needed time to stabilize
*) HPT frequency was not set making r4k timers not come up properly
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The GnuBee Personal Cloud One crowdfunded on https://www.crowdsupply.com
It is a low-cost, low-power, network-attached storage device.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 512 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- Six SATA ports for 2.5" Drives
- One micro SDcard
- One USB 3.0
- Two USB 2.0
- Gigabit Ethernet: 1 x WAN and 1 x LAN
- UART 3.5mm Audio Jack or 3 pin header - 57600 8N1
- Four GPIOs available on a pin header
Flash instructions:
The GnuBee Personal Cloud One ships with libreCMC installed.
libreCMC is a Free Software Foundation approved fork of LEDE/OpenWrt.
As such one can upgrade using the webinterface or sysupgrade.
Das U-Boot has multiple options for recovery or updates including :
- USB
- http
- tftp
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
[use switchdev led trigger, all interfaces are in vlan1; rename leds
according to board.d setting; remove ge2 group from the pinmux, this
group doesn't exist in the driver]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Luci shows switch ports in inverted order on that device.
This patch fixes switch port numbering and matches them to the device
silkscreen.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The tftp and irc netfilter modules are provided by nf-nathelper-extra
and not by nf-nathelper.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Arnold <donvipre@gmail.com>
[move the irc module as well]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The VoCore2 features 128MB of RAM, therefore set
memory in DTS to 128*1024*1024 = 0x8000000
The board's LED is connected to GND, set it to
ACTIVE_HIGH here.
Make serial console working again on kernel 4.9 by
change of pinmux configuration.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The TP-Link RE350 is a wall-wart AC1200 range extender/access point with
a single gigabit ethernet port and two non-detachable antennas, based on
the MT7621A SoC with MT7603E and MT7612E radios.
Firmware wise it is very similar to the QCA based RE450.
SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880MHz)
Flash: 8MiB (Winbond W25Q64)
RAM: 64MiB (DDR2)
Ethernet: 1x 1Gbit
Wireless: 2T2R 2.4Ghz (MT7603E) and 5GHz (MT7612E)
LEDs: Power, 2.4G, 5G (blue), WPS (red and blue), ethernet link/act
(green)
Buttons: On/off, LED, reset, WPS
Serial header at J1, 57600 8n1:
Pin 1 TX
Pin 2 RX
Pin 3 GND
Pin 4 3.3V
Factory image can be uploaded directly through the stock UI.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
Only mangle argv[0] of the first executed process and leave the argument
vector of subsequent invocations as-is to allow child programs to properly
discover resources relative to their binary locations.
Fixes "cc1" discovery when executing the host gcc through the bundled
"ccache" executable.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The flag needs to be cleared for the last packet in the list, not the
first one. Fixes some issues with multicast packet loss for powersave
clients connected to an ath9k AP.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
FCC regulatory rules allow for up to 3 dBi antenna gain. Account for
this in the EEPROM based tx power reduction code.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
As we can now use combined mode in "mktplinkfw" tool to generate the
same header/image, this tool is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
We will need "mktplinkfw-combined" command also in the "ramips" target
for new MediaTek based TP-Link devices, with "safeloader" image type.
Also, rename the command to "tplink-v1-header", use "VERSION_DIST"
variable instead of "OpenWrt" and allow passing additional parameters.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
We use combined option in "mktplinkfw" tool for generating initramfs
kernel images and header for kernel inside "safeloader" image type (in
fact, only for TL-WR1043ND v4 at this moment).
There is also "mktplinkfw-kernel" tool, a stripped-down version, used
only for generating "simple" header, for safeloader image types.
This changes how "mktplinkfw" handles combined images (which then will
allow us to drop the stripped-down version of the tool):
- drop "ignore size" command line option (it was used only for combined
images anyway)
- don't require "flash layout id" for combined images (we don't need and
shouldn't limit size of the initramfs kernel and for kernels inside
safeloader images, the "tplink-safeloader" tool does the size check)
- require kernel address and entry point in command line parameters for
combined images (consequence of previous point)
- don't include md5 sum and firmware length values in header (they are
needed only for update from vendor GUI and are ingored in case of
initramfs and "tplink-safeloader" images)
- drop "fake" flash layout for TL-WR1043ND v4 as it's no longer needed
Also, adjust "mktplinkfw-combined" command in ar71xx/image/tp-link.mk to
match introduced changes in "mktplinkfw" tool.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network AP121F is a pocket-size router dedicated for VPN/TOR users.
Device is based on Atheros AR9331 WiSoC and is running a custom version
(updated from OpenWrt CC to LEDE 17.01 release) of NetAidKit firmware.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 1x microSD (optional, on separate PCB)
- 3x LED, 1x button, 1x switch
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (under U-Boot web recovery mode):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with RJ45 port, press the reset button, power up device,
wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup), then keep
button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Browseable is now set through LuCI per share, so remove it. Same with
writeable (inverted synonym for read only). domain master and preferred
master seem to be legacy settings for Windows 9x. encrypt passwords
defaults to yes. Probably should not be disabled either.
Also reordered alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[rewrap commit message, fix SoB, fix author, bump pkg revsion]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This change currently causes some issues with loading out of tree kernel modules
so revert that commit for now.
Reverts commit 34c01e68b5. Fixes FS#919.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Intent is to link against it, and have the option to
not install the ipset utility (if needed).
One example/use-case is keepalived (from package)
feeds, where it would be nice to just depend on a
`libipset` (sub)package.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Introduce a new UCI list setting `list dhcp_option_force` which is available
in sections of type `dnsmasq` and `dhcp`.
The `dhcp_option_force` setting has the same semantics as `dhcp_option` but
generates `dhcp-option-force` directives instead of `dhcp-option` ones in
emitted native configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Internet2 isn't considered a trusted issuer meaning that https links to
rit.edu will fail.
The host mirror.csclub.uwaterloo.ca has a trusted SSL cert and peering
is good so it can replace rit.edu without performance issues.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rewrapped commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit 72d751cba9 "build: rework library bundling" introduced a new helper
binary "runas" whose sole purpose was mangling the argv vector passed to
the actual called ELF image so that the renamed executable could obtain the
proper name from argv[0].
This approach, however totally defeated the purpose of calling bundled ELF
executables through the shipped ld.so loader since the execv() invocation
performed by "runas" would cause the kernel the interprete the final program
image through the system ELF loader again.
To solve the problem, use an alternative approach of shipping a shared object
"runas.so" which uses an ELF ".init_array" function pointer to obtain the
argv[] vector of the to-be-executed main() function and mangle it in-place.
The actual argv[0] value to use is communicated out-of-band using an
environment variable "RUNAS_ARG0" by the shell wrapper script. The wrapper
script also takes care of setting LD_PRELOAD to instruct the shipped ELF
loader to preload the actual ELF program image with the "runas.so" helper
library.
Fixes FS#909.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
On Asus RT-N12 and RT-N16 models, the WAN and LAN4 ports are swapped in the
initial switch configuration since the presets present in nvram appear to be
wrong.
Add special casing for these models to detect_by_model() in order to ensure
a proper switch configuration.
Fixes FS#502.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When processes don't die on SIGKILL (usually because of kernel bugs), it's
better to give up instead of looping forever.
upgraded will trigger a reboot in this case (and if this fails, a hardware
watchdog will eventually time out and reset the system, if present).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The Power LED of RB912UAG-{2,5}HPnD boards can be controlled by sofware,
so use it for diag purposes and make the User LED free for other tasks.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
It is quite unexpected behaviour when the Power LED switches off as soon
as the kernel starts booting. So set the default state to 'Keep' for
the Power LEDs of all RouterBOARDs (e.g. RB91x, SXT Lite series, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[switch the default state to keep instead of on]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It uses one MT7615D radio chip with DBDC mode enabled. This mode allows
this single chip act as an 2x2 11n radio and an 2x2 11ac radio at the
same time. However mt76 doesn't support it currently so there is no
wireless available.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- Flash: 16 MB
- RAM: 128 MB
- Ethernet: 1 x WAN (10/100/1000Mbps) and 4 x LAN (10/100/1000 Mbps)
- Wireless radio: MT7615D on PCIE0
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Issue:
- Wireless radio doesn't work due to the lack of driver.
Flash instruction:
Using UART:
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART line as described on the PCB.
4. Power up the device and press 2,then follow the instruction to
set device and tftp server IP address and input the firmware
file name.U-boot will then load the firmware and write it into
the flash.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
In the xrx200_close() function we call napi_disable(), that could
sleep, with priv->hw->chan[i].lock held. This could lead to deadlock
and causes the kernel to complain.
Look at the code I couldn't convince myself about why we
need to protect that specific code part with the lock. IMHO there
seems no reason to protect the refcount variables, because AFAIK
ndo_close() and ndo_open() callbacks are already called with a
semaphore held. Neither I could figure out why napi_disable() have to
be called with that lock held. The only remaining code part for
which I could guess the lock is useful for is ltq_dma_close()
function call.
This patch reduces the lock to the said function call, avoiding the
sleep-with-spinlock-held situation
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
[fold into 0025-NET-MIPS-lantiq-adds-xrx200-net.patch, backport to
kernel 4.4]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Builtin modules are always present, and trying to load them will cause
modprobe to spew errors when installing the empty kmod packages.
Fix this by never generating any postinst module install instructions
for builtin modules.
Fixes#842.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Backport upstream commit f44f1e7da7c8e3f4575d5d61c4df978496903fcc ("um:
Avoid longjmp/setjmp symbol clashes with libpthread.a") to fix build
issues on hosts that only have a static libpthread.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Remove ping check in DHCPDISCOVER case as too many buggy clients leave
an interface in configured state causing the ping check to fail.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Expat release 2.2.2 requires support for either syscall(SYS_getrandom) which
is available on Linux 3.17 or support for getrandom() which is only available
in glibc 2.25 or later.
Since some of our builders still run on Linux 3.16, we need to forcibly
disable the use of getrandom() for the host builds.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Xen serial console has been broken since the xen_domu subtarget
was merged in the generic x86 subtarget (commits 1d6879ee and 371b382a).
The reason for the broken serial console seems to be an IRQ conflict
between the serial console driver and the PATA_LEGACY driver:
[ 1.330125] genirq: Flags mismatch irq 8. 00000000 (hvc_console) vs. 00000000 (platform[pata_legacy.4])
[ 1.330134] hvc_open: request_irq failed with rc -16.
[ 1.330148] Warning: unable to open an initial console.
Just drop the PATA_LEGACY driver from the x86/generic and x86_64
subtargets, since this driver is marked experimental and only supports
very old ISA devices anyway. It is still included in the x86/legacy
subtarget where it rightfully belongs.
Fixes: FS#787
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Xen support for x86/generic was added in 1d6879ee. This commit also
enables it for x86/64.
This was successfully tested with Xen 4.5, although the serial console
is broken in the same way as x86/generic (see FS#787)
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
All x86 subtargets enable USB support, so it makes sense to enable it
in the target config instead, to avoid duplication.
Also refresh subtarget configs accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
This was done by simply running `make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget`
and then saving without changing any option.
Most of the removed options can be explained because they are already
present in the target config or in the generic 4.9 config:
- PAE-related options, enabled by default on x86 by 961c0eac
- LZO-related options, enabled by default since 4.9
As far as I understand the build system, this shouldn't have any
user-visible impact, because the build system already merges the
various kernel configs during build.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Do not parse /tmp/sysinfo/board_name, /proc/cpuinfo or the device tree
compatible string directly. Always use the board_name function to get
the board name.
The admswconfig package still reads /proc/cpuinfo directly. The code
looks somehow broken and the whole adm5120 which uses this package
looks unmaintained. Leave it as it is for now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
For targets using the generic board detection and board specific
settings in diag.sh, the board name is still unset at the time the
set_state() provided by diag.sh is called by 10_indicate_preinit.
Change the execution order to ensure the boardname is populated before
required the first time. Do the target specific board detection as
early as possible, directly followed by the generic one to allow a
seamless switch to the generic function for populating /tmp/sysinfo/.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
If TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS and DEVICE_PACKAGES are used for ar71xx
legacy images:
- an already jffs2 padded squashfs rootfs is overwritten
with an unpadded/raw one.
- the squashfs-raw and squashfs-64k rootfs are not replaced by the
ones including the DEVICE_PACKAGES
Call Image/Build/squashfs after the DEVICE_PACKAGES are added to the
base squashfs rootfs to fix the issues.
Fixes: FS#904
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Correct MAC address lookup to appropriate offset based on vendor
source.
Override the WAN MAC to use the same address as LAN. The switch driver
increments the base MAC address for the WAN vlan but the stock firmware
uses the same MAC address for all interfaces.
Based on vendor source commit
https://github.com/domino-team/lede-1701/commit/efb0518
Signed-off-by: John Marrett <johnf@zioncluster.ca>
- Refreshed all patches
- Removed upstreamed
- Adapted 4 patches:
473-fix-marvell-phy-initialization-issues.patch
-----------------------------------------------
Removed hunk 5 which got upstreamed
403-net-phy-avoid-setting-unsupported-EEE-advertisments.patch
404-net-phy-restart-phy-autonegotiation-after-EEE-advert.patch
--------------------------------------------------------------
Adapted these 2 RFC patches, merging the delta's from an upstream commit
(see below) which made it before these 2.
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux-
stable.git/commit/?h=v4.9.36&id=97ace183074d306942b903a148aebd5d061758f0
180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch
-----------------------------------------------------------
- Moved fake_doorbell bitmask due to new item
Compile tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Run tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This was already done in commit 91e262c6b3 ("tools: flex: fix build
with automake 1.15.1")
This reverts commit 6b127d8639.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Commit 6f5f328003 removed freebsd.sh
because it was outdated and bad practice. Let's be consistent and remove
openbsd.sh as well.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Non-US versions of the TP-Link TL-WR710N v1 don't have a region code so
far, so we can just set US unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Unlike /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/INTF/rp_filter flag, rule iptables -t raw
-I PREROUTING -m rpfilter --invert -j DROP prevents conntrack table to
become full when a packet flood with randomly selected source IP addresses
is received from the lan side.
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Depending on busybox applet selection, paths of basic utiilties may differ,
and may not work as symlinks to busybox. Simply using whatever binary is
found in PATH and detecting symlinks automatically is more robust and
easier to maintain.
The list of binaries is also slightly cleaned up and duplicates are
removed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
RAMFS_COPY_* are moved to platform.sh toplevel. The nand_do_upgrade call is
moved to platform_do_upgrade.
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 "base-files: always use staged sysupgrade"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
RAMFS_COPY_* are moved to platform.sh toplevel. The unneeded
linksys_preupgrade function is removed, and the nand_do_upgrade call is
moved to platform_do_upgrade.
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 "base-files: always use staged sysupgrade"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Commit 5cd88f4 "dnsmasq: remove use of uci state for getting network ifname"
broke the ability to specify unmanaged network device names for inclusion
and exclusion in the uci configuration.
Restore support for raw device names by falling back to the input value
when "network_get_device" yields no result.
Fixes FS#876.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC has another one, tiny LED inside RJ45 socket which is
attached to GPIO15. Add support for it, use it as a "lan" LED and rename
old one to "internet". Also, fix uci option name for "lan" LED in system
configuration ("wan" -> "lan").
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Until we enable requirement for metadata in sysupgrade images under
ar71xx target, this prevents users from using wrong image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This commit fixes build factory image for TP-Link Archer C60v1.
Size of partition "SupportList" is only 256 bytes, and can
contain only 3 entries.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
This commit adds metadata to TP-Link sysupgrade images
created by tplink-safeloader with uImage kernel header.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
It seems simpler to store all custom (command line set) option values in
a struct identical to the predefined ones. It doesn't require:
1) Having so many global variables
2) Copying data from the predefined boards
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
With kernel 4.8 common used code was moved to a shared kmod. Add the
missing dependency to the shared snd-soc-simple-card-utils.ko.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no device tree property named phynmode0. Use phy-mode as it is
done for the other ethernet nodes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Netgear DM200 is an inexpensive VDSL modem:
CPU: VRX220 MIPS 34Kc 5.6 @ 500Mhz
RAM: 64MiB
Flash: 8MiB
Ethernet: 1x100M
DSL: VDSL2+, ADSL2+
reset button, 3x bi-color LEDs
Serial port is 115200 baud, on the 4 pin header; pins from the bottom to
top are GND, RX, TX.
To upgrade from the vendor firmware, upload factory.img
The DM200 bootloader supports flashing over TFTP; hold the reset button
while powering on the device, and wait for the power light to start
flashing green before releasing. The device is now listening on
192.168.0.1/24, and can be sent a factory.img or a netgear image with a
TFTP put.
Once the image is loaded, it will be written to the flash, and the
device will reboot; this will take a few minutes.
Thanks to Edward O'Callaghan and Baptiste Jonglez, who implemented their
own ports for this device and provided valuable feedback.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
This is necessary for devices using the PSB80108/VRX220LD front-end
(currently only known on the Netgear DM200).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
Most of the ubnt-erx definition can be reused; the package removals in
DEVICE_PACKAGES have become redundant after d17cb4a68a "ramips: purge
default packages on MT7621".
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
f0d78e7 ndp: optimize check_addr6_updates code
94afe3b ndp: fix syslog tracing for netlink neigbor and address events
18df6cc treewide: rework logic to retrieve IPv6 interface addresses
803b83e router: use enum to specify order and index of iov struct
5dad295 treewide: rework code to get rid of fixed IPv6 address arrays
3e4c8ad config: rework code to get rid of IFNAMSIZ usage
ab7813e treewide: use angle-brackets to include libubox header files
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This change enables .itb image generation for AP148,
It will help us to boot and test AP148 with NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
Fixes mt7603 stablity and performance issues
af32615 mt7603: change auto rate control register initialization
01fb9ba mt7603: fix control/status retries count estimation
cf4ba12 mt7603: avoid tx rate sampling using no retransmissions
32eab50 mt7603: set wtbl entry vif index
c4e3dea mt7603: use the real vif index in txwi header for normal tx.
e90a81a mt7603: fix channel width fall back in TXWI
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
After the update of GNU automake, the flex configure fails with
configure.ac:31: error: version mismatch. This is Automake 1.15.1,
configure.ac:31: but the definition used by this AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
configure.ac:31: comes from Automake 1.15.
Apply the autoreconf host fixup to properly regenerate configure before
to avoid triggering the version mismatch. Also refresh the patch while
we're at it.
Fixes FS#885.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Other distributions incl. the OpenWrt ImageBuilder and SDK
expect to find the bzip2 executable in /bin.
Create a symlink at that location for compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The warning will be triggered by jffs2 or UBI, and partial writes are no
issue for most flash chips.
Fixes: 2a2b16210b ("brcm63xx: backport upstream solution for SPI message size limits")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add patches-4.9, some of them (heavily) rewritten:
- ea4500 is upstream available, keep only LEDE changes in dts
- ea3500 is changed to match the structure of the upstream ea4500 dts
- nsa310s rewritten to include the common dtsi
- nsa325 is dropped, since already upstream
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[refresh kernel config, add on100, use the switchdev based mv88e6171
driver for the linksys boards, keep lede specific rootfs/kernel
partition names for linksys boards, reorder patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Netgear UI in basic mode refuses the upgrade file if the the
fileextension is not img. The expert/advanced mode accepts any
fileextension. Use img to make it work in any case.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds command line option in "mktplinkfw" tool for endianness swap
in kernel load address and entry point fields. As in "mktplinkfw2" tool,
we will need this for little-endian targets, like "ramips".
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Rename TPLINK_BOARD_NAME to TPLINK_BOARD_ID for two ommited devices.
Fixes: 7d6c63d ("build: rename TPLINK_BOARD_NAME to TPLINK_BOARD_ID")
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1 is a pocket-size, dual-band (AC750), successor of
TL-MR3020 (both devices use very similar enclosure, in same size). New
device is based on Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: TE7WR902AC.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 (GPIO-controlled power)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button, 1x 3-pos switch
- UART pads on PCB (TP1 -> TX, TP2 -> RX, TP3 -> GND, TP4 -> 3V3, jumper
resitors are missing on TX/RX lines)
- 1x micro USB (for power only)
Flash instructions:
Use "factory" image under vendor GUI.
Recovery instructions:
This device contains tftp recovery mode inside U-Boot. You can use it to
flash LEDE (use "factory" image) or vendor firmware.
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr902ac-v1-squashfs-factory.bin"
to "wr902acv1_un_tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server dir.
3. Connect PC with LAN port, press the reset button, power up the router
and keep button pressed until WPS LED lights up.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Root access over serial line in vendor firmware: root/sohoadmin.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
We can use "tplink-fw" mtd splitter for TP-Link devices which use kernel
with TP-Link header embedded inside "safeloader" image type and thus get
rid of statically defined "kernel" and "rootfs" partitions in cmdline.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Refresh mikrotik subtarget kernel config and enable kernel support for
boards which belong to this subtarget only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Refresh nand subtarget kernel config and enable kernel support for
boards which belong to this subtarget only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Refresh target kernel config and disable kernel support for all boards
which belong to nand and mikrotik subtargets only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This is functionally the same as --server, but provides some syntactic sugar to
make specifying address-to-name queries easier.
For example --rev-server=1.2.3.0/24,192.168.0.1 is exactly equivalent to
--server=/3.2.1.in-addr.arpa/192.168.0.1
Signed-off-by: DUPONCHEEL Sébastien <sebastien.duponcheel@corp.ovh.com>
LEDE supports few devices using TP-Link firmware format (V2 or V3):
ArcherC20i, ArcherC50, ArcherMR200, TDW8970, TDW8980, TL-WR840N v4,
TL-WR841N v13 and VR200v
Testing mktplinkfw2 tool with official (vendor generated) firmware files
for above devices has shown an error when comparing calculated and
included MD5 sum, e.g.:
> mktplinkfw2 -i Archer_C20iv1_0.9.1_3.2_up_boot\(170221\)_2017-02-21_17.14.03.bin | grep -A 1 MD5Sum1
Header MD5Sum1 : 22 5a cb 92 10 d2 95 7b df 62 9a f8 62 17 37 10 (*ERROR*)
--> expected : ad 19 11 d1 78 98 a7 42 5f 2e 64 da 8a 34 ec cb
This problem has been verified to occur with:
Archer_C20iv1_0.9.1_3.2_up_boot(170221)_2017-02-21_17.14.03.bin
Archer MR200v1_0.9.1_1.1_up_boot_v004a.0 Build 160905 Rel.60037n.bin
TD-W8970v3_0.9.1_2.0_up_boot(160816)_2016-08-16_10.40.57.bin
TD-W8980v1_0.6.0_1.8_up_boot(150514)_2015-05-14_11.16.43.bin
Archer_VR200vv2_0.2.0_0.8.0_up_boot(161202)_2016-12-05_14.39.06.bin
For some images, e.g.:
Archer_C50v3_EU_0.9.1_0.3_up_boot[170417-rel52298].bin
TL-WR840Nv4_EU_0.9.1_4.16_up_boot[170421-rel70692].bin
TL-WR841Nv13_0.9.1_3.16_up_boot(161012).bin
mktplinkfw2 calculates zero MD5 so these has to be fixed separately:
> mktplinkfw2 -i TL-WR841Nv13_0.9.1_3.16_up_boot\(161012\).bin | grep -A 1 MD5Sum1
Header MD5Sum1 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 (*ERROR*)
--> expected : 6f 1d 9b 57 5d 42 14 6d bf a2 03 9d 46 7d 55 55
It's most likely that MD5 salt used in mktplinkfw2 has been always wrong
(and it's not a matter of e.g. a vendor change). Update it to fix MD5
calculation.
This has been also verified to calculate MD5 correctly for other (not
yet supported) devices, e.g.:
Archer_C3150v2_0.1.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160812)_2016-08-12_10.52.54.bin
Archer_C3200v1_0.9.1_0.1_up_boot(160704)_2016-07-04_15.48.28.bin
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
I tested this on a WRT54GS and a WRT610N V1.
The WRT610N does not boot when the kernel is too big, so I deactivated KALLSYMS
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
On the Linksys WRT54GSv1, the Power LED flickers in the "off" state.
Indicate status using the DMZ LED if available, since it has solid "on" and
"off" states.
This change was tested on the WRT54GSv1, but may also affect other brcm47xx
devices.
Fixes FS#793.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
On the Linksys WRT54GSv1, the adm6996 switch driver and the
gpio_button_hotplug module both claim GPIO 6, which is connected to the
Reset button. When the switch driver's request wins, the Reset button
cannot work. This makes it impossible to enter failsafe mode without a
serial console.
Stop requesting the "adm_rc" GPIO in the switch driver, since it is not
used anywhere.
Fixes FS#792.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
SOC: Broadcom BCM6368 (2 * Broadcom BMIPS4350 V3.1 / 400 MHz)
Flash size: 32MB (split 16/16 dual boot)
RAM size: 64MB
Wireless: BCM432x 802.11a/b/g/n(pci)
Ethernet: Broadcom BCM53115
USB: 1 x USB 2.0
Known issues:
- Unable to detect 53115 switch attached to MDIO. Not supported
- No support for the cable port
More info on the device and the research can be found at:
http://www.actiontec.com/212.html
Same FCC ID as:
https://wikidevi.com/wiki/Actiontec_V1000H_(Telus)
Signed-off-by: Anthony Sepa <anthonysepa@yahoo.ca>
[jonas.gorski: fix commit subject/message]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The pinmux register is at relative offset 0x8, not 0xc. Fixes hang
when trying to modify pins >= 32.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Commit 9fec39a (ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WA855RE v1) introduced a
typo in 02_network, fix it by removing the stray paren.
Reported-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
TPLINK_HWID hasn't been specified for TP-Link RE450 since the begin.
As we don't want to break sysupgrade (all existing LEDE release images
for this board have TPLINK_HWID set to 0x0), set it explicitly to 0x0.
Fixes FS#852
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link TL-WR840N v4 and TL-WR841N v13 are simple N300 routers with
5-port FE switch and non-detachable antennas. Both are very similar
and are based on MediaTek MT7628NN (aka MT7628N) WiSoC.
The difference between these two models is in number of available
LEDs, buttons and power input switch.
This work is partially based on GitHub PR#974.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- TL-WR840N v4: 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 1x button
- TL-WR841N v13: 8x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input
switch
* WAN LED in TL-WR841N v13 is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Factory image notes:
These devices use version 3 of TP-Link header, fortunately without RSA
signature (at least in case of devices sold in Europe). The difference
lays in the requirement for a non-zero value in "Additional Hardware
Version" field. Ideally, it should match the value stored in vendor
firmware header on device ("0x4"/"0x13" for these devices) but it seems
that anything other than "0" is correct.
We are able to prepare factory firwmare file which is accepted and
(almost) correctly flashed from the vendor GUI. As it turned out, it
accepts files without U-Boot image with second header at the beginning
but due to some kind of bug in upgrade routine, flashed image gets
corrupted before it's written to flash.
Tests showed that the GUI upgrade routine copies value of "Additional
Hardware Version" from existing firmware into offset "0x2023c" in
provided file, _before_ storing it in flash. In case of vendor firmware
upgrade files (which all include U-Boot image and two headers), this
offset points to the matching field in kernel+rootfs firmware part
header. Unfortunately, in case of LEDE factory image file which contains
only one header, it points to the offset "0x2023c" in kernel image. This
leads to a corrupted kernel and ends up with a "soft-bricked" device.
The good news is that U-Boot in these devices contains well known tftp
recovery mode, which can be triggered with "reset" button. What's more,
in comparison to some of older MediaTek based TP-Link devices, this
recovery mode doesn't write whole file at offset "0x0" in flash, without
verifying provided file in advance. In case of recovery mode in these
devices, first "0x20000" bytes are always skipped and "0x7a0000" bytes
from rest of the file are stored in flash at offset "0x20000".
Flash instruction:
Until (if at all) TP-Link fixes described problem, the only way to flash
LEDE image in these devices is to use tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tl-wr84...-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
To access U-Boot CLI, keep pressed "4" key during boot.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There are already two targets (lantiq, ramips) which use mktplinkfw2
tool for creating images. This de-duplicates code, introduces two new
build commands: tplink-v2-header, tplink-v2-image and makes use of
them in place of old, (sub)target specific ones.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
As it turned out, some of new MediaTek based TP-Link devices use value
from field at 0x3c offset in version 3 of TP-Link header to specify
"Additional Hardware Version".
Value from this field is validated during regular (GUI) firmware upgrade
on devices like TL-WR840N v4 or TL-WR841N v13. If it's zero (based on
some tests, it seems that firmware will accept anything != 0), errors
like below are printed on console and upgrade fails:
[ rsl_sys_updateFirmware ] 2137: Firmware Additional HardwareVersion
check failed
[ rdp_updateFirmware ] 345: perror:4506
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link Archer C58 v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm
QCA9561 + QCA9886. It looks like Archer C59 v1 without USB port.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED, 3x button
- UART header on PCB, RX, TX at TP4+5 (backside)
QCA9886 wlan needs pre_cal_data file and enable ieee80211 phy hotplug to
patch macaddress.
Flash instruction:
Use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Recovery method:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66/24.
2. Download "lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c58-v1-squashfs-factory.bin" and
rename it to "tp_recovery.bin".
3. Start a tftp server with the file "tp_recovery.bin" in its root
directory.
4. Turn off the router.
5. Press and hold Reset button.
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds.
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server.
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
This commit is based on GitHub PR#1112
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
TP-Link TL-WA855RE v1 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/397/198 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x external antennas
- 2x LED (green and orange in the same package), 2x button
- UART: TP5(TX) and TP4(RX) test points on PCB
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.
You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin
Image was tested only in EU version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.
Signed-off-by: Federico Cappon <dududede371@gmail.com>
Use statically defined sizes for kernel and rootfs mtd partitions.
Vendor upgrade script writes both firmware parts independently which
ends up in a gap between kernel and rootfs images. This results in
incorrectly calculated rootfs_data start offset.
Also, fix IMAGE_SIZE, DEVICE_PACKAGES and drop redundant KERNEL
definition.
Fixes FS#835
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Migrate Arduino Yun from legacy to generic building code.
Note: the mtd partitioning is changed to adopt the LEDE default
partitioning. It allows to have a kernel bigger than 1280k. It is
necessary as kernel > 4.4 with default LEDE configuration grows
bigger.
To use the new partitioning, you need to update your U-Boot env in
advance:
setenv mtdparts "spi0.0:256k(u-boot)ro,64k(u-boot-env),15936k(firmware),64k(nvram),64k(art)ro"
setenv bootcmd "run addboard; run addtty; run addparts; run addrootfs; bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fea0000"
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Camille Bilodeau <camille.bilodeau@protonmail.com>
This way, the assigned addresses match those on the barcode labels.
Otherwise, the addresses appear to vary on boot.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
The kernel configs for all targets should have the version in the
filename, for clearness and consistency across all targets.
It is also expected by the update_kernel.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Backport upstream dnsmasq patch fixing DNS failover when first servers
returns REFUSED in strict mode; fixes issue FS#841.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add a uci option to set the new max auth tries paramater in dropbear.
Set the default to 3, as 10 seems excessive.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Add support for '-T n' for a run-time specification for maximum number
of authentication attempts where 'n' is between 1 and compile time
option MAX_AUTH_TRIES.
A default number of tries can be specified at compile time using
'DEFAULT_AUTH_TRIES' which itself defaults to MAX_AUTH_TRIES for
backwards compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
RADIUS protocol could be used not only for authentication but for
accounting too. Accounting could be configured for any type of networks.
However there is no way to configure NAS Identifier for non-WPA
networks without this patch.
Signed-off-by: Yury Shvedov <yshvedov@wimarksystems.com>
[cleanup commit message]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
I did not port the regulator and power patches from Stefan Wahren
because I talked to him and he told me that work on this is currently
stalled. And since AFAIK nothing depends on these patches, leaving them
out seems reasonable.
I build minimum default configurations and run-tested them on both
I2SE Duckbill devices and Olimex Olinuxino Maxi boards successfully [1].
[1] Tested:
- debug uart is working
- boot without any obvious kernel problem
- network is coming up and data transfer is possible
- Olinuxino: USB detects a plugged-in pen drive
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
[refreshed config and patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In preparation for bumping mxs target to 4.9, disable a bunch of configuration
symbols that provoked config prompts.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
ath10k-firmware: add qca9888 firmware
the firmware files for qca9888 were previously not packaged. add the meta
information for doing so.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
- Refreshed all patches
- Adapted 1 (0031-mtd-add-SMEM-parser-for-QCOM-platforms.patch)
Compile tested on: brcm2708, cns3xxx, imx6
Run tested on: brcm2708, cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[Compile and run tested on brcm2708]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The sum variable need to be initialised, otherwise it will points to
random stack memory and a bogus image checksum might be calculated.
While at it, fix the segfault in case the product region code isn't
specified and enable compiler warnings which had revealed all the code
issues.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't start ping-check of address in DHCP discover if there already
exists a lease for the address. It has been reported under some
circumstances android and netbooted windows devices can reply to
ICMP pings if they have a lease and thus block the allocation of
the IP address the device already has during boot.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Expose "term_timeout" parameter in procd.sh to allow init scripts to
request a longer termination timeout.
This is required to fix FS#859 in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Adjust default permissions and ownership of /dev/tty* nodes from
0600/root:root to 0660/root:tty in order to support granting
unprivileged user access when needed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This is needed for an upcoming change to the hotplug default rules which
will cause /dev/tty* nodes to get assigned to the "tty" group in order
to support unprivileged user access when needed.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes some security issues (no remote exploits), and introduces
some changes. See release notes for details:
https://tls.mbed.org/tech-updates/releases/mbedtls-2.5.1-2.1.8-and-1.3.20-released
* Fixes an unlimited overread of heap-based buffers in mbedtls_ssl_read()
* Adds exponent blinding to RSA private operations
* Wipes stack buffers in RSA private key operations (rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt(), rsa_rsaes_oaep_decrypt())
* Removes SHA-1 and RIPEMD-160 from the default hash algorithms for certificate verification.
* Fixes offset in FALLBACK_SCSV parsing that caused TLS server to fail to detect it sometimes.
* Tighten parsing of RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 signatures, to avoid a potential Bleichenbacher/BERserk-style attack.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Use --mtime when SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is set.
Use gzip -n9z instead of tar z to remove
timestamp in gzip header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This patch fixes a problem where the AR8035 PHY can't be
detected on the Cisco Meraki MR24, when the ethernet cable
is not connected during boot.
Russell Senior reported:
|This appears to be a problem during probing of the AR8035
|phy chip. When ethernet has no link, the phy detection fails,
|and eth0 is not created. Plugging ethernet later has no effect,
|because there is no interface as far as the kernel is
|concerned. The relevant part of the boot log looks like this:
|
|[ 0.876611] /plb/opb/emac-rgmii@ef601500: input 0 in RGMII mode
|[ 0.882532] /plb/opb/ethernet@ef600c00: reset timeout
|[ 0.888546] /plb/opb/ethernet@ef600c00: can't find PHY!
(<https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=687>)
Fixes FS#687
Cc: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Fixes: 23fbb5a87c56e98 ("emac: Fix EMAC soft reset on 460EX/GT")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Specifications:
* SoC: AR7242 (Virian 400MHz)
* RAM: 64 MB DDR (W9751G6JB-25)
* Flash: 16MB SPI flash (S25FL129PIF)
* WiFi: AR9382 (2.4/5GHz) + 2x SE2595L
* LAN: 1x1000M (PEF7071V)
To install LEDE via EVA bootloader, a FTP connection need to be
established to 192.168.178.1 within the first seconds after power on:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put lede-ar71xx-generic-fritz300e-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add upstream send AR724x PCIe patches to get the PCIe controller out of
reset during driver init.
The AVM Fritz 300E bootloader doesn't take care of releasing the
different PCIe controller related resets which causes an endless hang
as soon as either the PCIE Reset register (0x180f0018) or the PCI
Application Control register (0x180f0000) is read from.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The driver is used for boards outside the lantiq target as well. Move
it to generic to make it available for more targets.
The phy driver is included in kernel 4.8 as INTEL_XWAY_PHY.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the size of the input file as maximum tffs size instead of a fixed
value. The tffs on a AVM Fritz 300E can be up to 512KByte for example.
Fixes a read error for the AVM Fritz 3370 where the tffs partition size
is 64Kbyte and smaller than the former default value of 256KByte.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
During auto channel selection we may wish to prefer certain channels
over others.
e.g. we can just squeeze 4 channels into europe so '1:0.8 5:0.8 9:0.8
13:0.8' does that.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This is a backport from the busybox repository
(192dce4b84fb32346ebc5194de7daa5da3b8d1b4); it enables the use of the
suppress_{prefixlength,ifgroup} flags for policy routing rules.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Tomanek <stefan.tomanek@wertarbyte.de>
Except for renames and line changes the only conflict was in
allocate_partition in handling MTD_WRITEABLE. Hopefully it was handled
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This mtd_roundup_to_eb helper was introduced years ago in the commit
daec7ad768 ("kernel/3.10: add separate rootfs partition parser") and
it was probably supposed to simplify code a bit.
With the recent upstream commit 1eeef2d7483a7 ("mtd: handle partitioning
on devices with 0 erasesize") the logic in allocate_partition got
slightly more complex and we can't use this simple helper anymore as it
doesn't support MTD_NO_ERASE properly.
There also isn't any real gain from this helper, so it's probably easier
to just don't use it *or* work on upstreaming it to avoid maintenance
cost.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Including version.mk sets PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS to config entries used for
VERSION_SED command. We should keep these configs to make sure package
gets refreshed when needed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
dnsmasq can match tags in its dhcp-range configuration, this commit adds
the option to configure it in the dhcp section
uci configuration:
config dhcp 'lan'
option interface 'lan'
list tag 'blue'
list tag '!red'
option start '10'
option limit '150'
option leasetime '12h'
generated dnsmasq configuration:
dhcp-range=tag:blue,tag:!red,set:lan,192.168.1.10,192.168.1.159,255.255.255.0,12h
Signed-off-by: Grégoire Delattre <gregoire.delattre@gmail.com>
453116e system: introduce new attribute board_name
e5b963a preinit: define _GNU_SOURCE
e5ff8ca upgraded: cmake: Find and include uloop.h
f367ec6 hotplug: fix a memory leak in handle_button_complete()
796ba3b service/service_stopped(): fix a use-after-free
79bbe6d system: return legacy board name
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
When an external kernel tree is used the version should not get
modified by the LEDE build scripts. This was added by Florian some time
ago.
The commit 0aed054bec ("build: add KERNEL_MAKE and
KERNEL_MAKE_FLAGS variables and move to kernel.mk") breaks this feature
introduced in b6746a6ffb ("include: Do not alter KERNELRELEASE for
external/git kernels").
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Use the timestamp from the enviroment SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
if set instead of the build time.
Fixes reproducible builds for certain firmware images.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The script will now detect uid/gid collision and can generate a table of
current allocation
./scripts/package-metadata.pl usergroup tmp/.packageinfo \
| sort -k 1,1r -k 3,3n \
| column -t
This should ensure that no collision will happen for each single build
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
There already exist static assignment of uid/gid 65533 in packages feed
and we have nobody/nogroup taking 65534 as their ids. Let's change the
pid of dynamic assignment to start from 65536 so that the two assignment
scheme will not collide with each other
While at it, fix the scan command checking existence of uid/gid
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The offset and factor are only related for LEDs which can have
different brightness values. But binary LEDs are more common and don't
require any further configuation than setting the factor to 1.
Use offset = 0 and factor = 1 in case nothing else is specified.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
On boards which don't have a distinct internet and dsl led, use the
shared LED to indicate the xdsl line state and any traffic that is
send/received via the netdev. This traffic doesn't necessarily need to
be internet traffic.
Rename the shared LED of existing configs to "dsl", to match the new
defaults. The configuration of the to be renamed LED is identical with
the new defaults.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Allows to use a single LED for line init status indication and to show
any rx/tx activity on a synchronized dsl line.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
As of now OTP is being correctly parsed and the driver requires to parse pre-caldata to follow corresponding routine.
Rename cal file into pre-calfile so the board initialized correctly with API 2 board data (board-2.bin).
Also remove the now unneeded for qca9984 board.bin symlink to 5GHz calfile.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
No longer rewrite opkg list output in package_list function, remove
the awk call in the pipe (which was intended for a single specific
use-case).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
commit 19ac879954 (imagebuilder: add package_list function) introduced
a new function 'package_list' to the imagebuilder Makefile.
Unfortunately the package list was poluted by stdout noise of the
Makefile itself as well as opkg. Redirect those outputs to stderr to
make sure that the package_list returned doesn't contain progress
info output but really only packages.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The imagebuilder can now list all available packages by using make
package_list. This is usefull for scripts to retrieve a list of all
packages with versions (and size)
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <paul@spooren.de>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: fixed commit message]
The Cisco ON100 device is a Kirkwood based router:
SoC: Marvell 88F6282 1600Mhz
SDRAM memory: 512MB DDR3 1333Mhz
Gigabit ethernet: 2x Marvell 88E1310 (over RGMII)
Flash memory: 512MB
2 bi-colour status LEDs (green/red)
1 Reset button
1 USB 2.0 port (on back)
1 SDIO slot (on back)
This commit adds a target profile of "Cisco Systems ON100" under the target
system "Marvell Kirkwood".
Flashing can be performed over tftp, once "dhcp" has been issued:
tftpboot ${loadaddr} lede-kirkwood-on100-squashfs-factory.bin
nand erase 0x0c0000 ${filesize}
nand write ${loadaddr} 0x0c0000 ${filesize}
Once flashed, set environment variables to boot:
setenv bootcmd nand read \${loadaddr} 0x0c0000 0x540000\; setenv bootargs
\; bootm
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Makoto Takeuchi <mak0@lxsys.co.uk>
Evaluation boards are left in component form to ease flashing
using vendor tooling and instructions. These boards also do
not include the EOF marker in the UBIFS as the bootloaders
are recent and easily upgradeable.
The end product boards use factory.bin images based on the
dts layout and include EOF markers as bootloader UBI support
is not determined.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With this patch the dnsmasq init script manages resolv.conf if and only if
when dnsmasq will listen on 127.0.0.1#53 (is main resolver instance).
Also, resolvfile is now set irrespective of the value of noresolv.
Fixes (partially) FS#785
Signed-off-by: Paul Oranje <por@xs4all.nl>
All TP-Link TL-WR710N versions share the same machine code.
This has been working since the beginning as we don't use double-quotes
to protect spaces inside command line values. Thus, kernel interprets
'board=TL-WR710N v2' as 'board=TL-WR710N' and separate parameter 'v2'.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Keep TP-Link devices definitions in alphabetical order whenever it's
possible. Also group together similar devices or devices from the same
series.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This adds the necessary firmware layout definitions for the Archer C25.
It has an addtional partition containing some static data ("extra-para")
without which no factory flash is possible, therefore put_data() has been
added.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
TP-Link TL-WR942N v1 is a 2.4 GHz single-band N450 router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x USB 2.0
- 11x LED (most are controlled by 74HC595)
- 2x button
- UART header on PCB*
* Serial console is disabled in OEM non-beta firmwares and corresponding
GPIO pins 14 and 15 are assigned to control USB1 and USB2 LEDs by
production (non-beta) U-Boot and firmware.
Currently not working:
1. USB1 and USB2 LEDs if UART RX and TX pins are assigned to their GPIOs
by some U-Boot versions.
Flash instruction under vendor GUI:
1. Download "lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr942n-v1-squashfs-factory.bin".
2. Go to WEB interface and perform usual firmware upgrade.
FLash instruction under U-Boot recovery mode (doesn't work in beta
firmware):
1. Setup PC with static IP "192.168.0.66/24" and tftp server.
2. Change "*-factory" image filename to "WR942v1_recovery.bin" and make
it available to download from your tftp server.
3. Press "reset" button and power up the router, wait till "WPS" LED
turns on.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART (can be done only with
preinstalled UART-enabled U-Boot version!):
1. Use "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr942n-v1-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Serg Studzinskii <serguzhg@gmail.com>
[minor code style fixes, extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Use "GL.iNet" as vendor name (based on information from the vendor, this
is registered name of the company) and align model names with official
website.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Most of the custom Build/* functions in ar71xx target are rarely used by
image building code for devices from more than one subtarget. As they
don't need to be always included, move them to corresponding *.mk files.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Some TP-Link routers (C25, C59, C60) contain a version string instead
of a binary structure in the soft_version partition.
Flashing LEDE from the original firmware's GUI, this version string
taken from the soft_ver partition of the firmware image is written to
the router's config partition.
When using tftp recovery to go back to the original Archer C25 firmware,
a version check compares that version to the version of the firmware to
be flashed.
Without proper contents in the config partition, reverting to the
original firmware fails.
Therefore, write the string "soft_ver:1.0.0\n" to that soft_ver
partition.
Signed-off-by: Jan Niehusmann <jan@gondor.com>
'non-wildcard' interfaces enables dnsmasq's '--bind-dynamic' mode. This
binds to interfaces rather than wildcard addresses *and* keeps track of
interface comings/goings via a unique Linux api.
Quoting dnsmasq's author "bind-dynamic (bind individual addresses, keep
up with changes in interface config) ... On linux, there's actually no
sane reason not to use --bind-dynamic, and it's only not the default for
historical reasons."
Let's change history, well on LEDE at least, and change the default!
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ag71xx_ethtool_set_ringparam() will return an uninitialized value on
success.
Found-by: Coverity Scan #1330877
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Don't pass the value unconditionally to swconfig as a parameter but
instead only call reset if it is 1.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Instead of bit banging SPI to talk to the GPIO chip, use the hardware
led controllers intended for controlling the LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
split kexec-tools into two packages, kexec and kdump.
* kexec to simply execute a new kernel
* kdump is for loading and collecting debris of a crashed kernel with
support for kdump forensics.
In order to properly support booting into a crashkernel, an init script
as well as UCI configuration has been added.
As modifying the kernel cmdline is required for this to work in x86
platforms use an uci-defaults script to modify /boot/grub/grub.cfg.
To test collecting crash information, use the 'c' sysrq-trigger, ie.
echo c > /proc/sysrq-trigger
This should result in the crash kernel being executed and (depending
on the configution) dmesg and/or vmcore getting saved.
To check if the crash kernel was loaded properly, use the 'status'
command of the kdump init script.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Commit b32689afd6 added support for dhcp-script hook.
Adding dhcp-script config option results into two instances of dnsmasq being run
which triggered oom issues on platforms having low memory.
The dnsmasq dhcp-script config option will now only be added if at least one of the
dhcp, tftp, neigh hotplug dirs has a regular hotplug file or if the dhcpscript uci
config option is specified.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* Change network_get_subnet6() to sensibly guess a suitable prefix
Attempt to return the first non-linklocal, non-ula range, then attempt
to return the first non-linklocal range and finally fall back to the
previous behaviour of simply returning the first found item.
* Fix network_get_ipaddrs_all()
Instead of replicating the flawed logic appending a fixed ":1" suffix
to IPv6 addresses, rely on network_get_ipaddrs() and network_get_ipaddrs6()
to build a single list of all interface addresses.
* Fix network_get_subnets6()
Instead of replicating the flawed logic appending a fixed ":1" suffix
to IPv6 addresses, rely on the ipv6-prefix-assignment.local-address
field to figure out the proper network address.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When git-https request a service (e.g. github) which ask for credentials
git will pass this request to the user resulting download.pl to wait for
user input. Set GIT_ASKPASS to stop asking.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Rework the network_get_ipaddr6() and network_get_ipaddrs6() functions to
fetch the effective local IPv6 address of delegated prefix from the
"local-address" field instead of naively hardcoding ":1" as static suffix.
Fixes FS#829.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It ensures that make download can parallelize downloads, even when some
packages download the same files (e.g. gcc/initial, gcc/final)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes the following security vulnerabilities:
CVE-2017-8890
The inet_csk_clone_lock function in net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c in the
Linux kernel through 4.10.15 allows attackers to cause a denial of service
(double free) or possibly have unspecified other impact by leveraging use
of the accept system call.
CVE-2017-9074
The IPv6 fragmentation implementation in the Linux kernel through 4.11.1
does not consider that the nexthdr field may be associated with an invalid
option, which allows local users to cause a denial of service (out-of-bounds
read and BUG) or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted socket
and send system calls.
CVE-2017-9075
The sctp_v6_create_accept_sk function in net/sctp/ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9076
The dccp_v6_request_recv_sock function in net/dccp/ipv6.c in the Linux
kernel through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to
cause a denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via
crafted system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9077
The tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock function in net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9242
The __ip6_append_data function in net/ipv6/ip6_output.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.3 is too late in checking whether an overwrite of an skb data
structure may occur, which allows local users to cause a denial of service
(system crash) via crafted system calls.
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-8890
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9074
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9075
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9076
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9077
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9242
Ref: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/ChangeLog-4.9.31
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous commit f4a4f324cb ("kernel: update kernel 4.4 to
4.4.71") missed the line which changes the kernel version, add it now.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Fixes the following security vulnerabilities:
CVE-2017-8890
The inet_csk_clone_lock function in net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c in the
Linux kernel through 4.10.15 allows attackers to cause a denial of service
(double free) or possibly have unspecified other impact by leveraging use
of the accept system call.
CVE-2017-9074
The IPv6 fragmentation implementation in the Linux kernel through 4.11.1
does not consider that the nexthdr field may be associated with an invalid
option, which allows local users to cause a denial of service (out-of-bounds
read and BUG) or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted socket
and send system calls.
CVE-2017-9075
The sctp_v6_create_accept_sk function in net/sctp/ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9076
The dccp_v6_request_recv_sock function in net/dccp/ipv6.c in the Linux
kernel through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to
cause a denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via
crafted system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9077
The tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock function in net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9242
The __ip6_append_data function in net/ipv6/ip6_output.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.3 is too late in checking whether an overwrite of an skb data
structure may occur, which allows local users to cause a denial of service
(system crash) via crafted system calls.
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-8890
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9074
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9075
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9076
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9077
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9242
Ref: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/ChangeLog-4.4.71
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Build broke as distributions now include Perl 5.26 and automake
triggered an "Unescaped left brace in regex" error.
Import upstream commit 13f00eb449 to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Error is:
```
ompile-loc2c.o compile-c-support.o inflow.o init.o \
../sim/ppc/libsim.a -lreadline ../opcodes/libopcodes.a ../bfd/libbfd.a -L./../zlib -lz ../libiberty/libiberty.a ../libdecnumber/libdecnumber.a -lncurses -lm ../libiberty/libiberty.a build-gnulib/import/libgnu.a -ldl -Wl,--dynamic-list=./proc-service.list
../sim/ppc/libsim.a(idecode.o): In function `update_time_from_event':
idecode.c:(.text+0x170): undefined reference to `error'
../sim/ppc/libsim.a(idecode.o): In function `event_queue_tick':
idecode.c:(.text+0x1cc): undefined reference to `error'
idecode.c:(.text+0x28c): undefined reference to `error'
idecode.c:(.text+0x318): undefined reference to `error'
../sim/ppc/libsim.a(idecode.o): In function `cpu_halt.constprop.6':
idecode.c:(.text+0x398): undefined reference to `error'
../sim/ppc/libsim.a(idecode.o):idecode.c:(.text+0x4e4): more undefined references to `error' follow
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:1420: recipe for target 'gdb' failed
make[5]: *** [gdb] Error 1
```
Seems others are running into this as well.
The problem seems to be that some code may be built
as C++ and not C, which may explain the linker error.
On this thread reply:
https://sourceware.org/ml/gdb/2016-11/msg00045.html
it mentions that the simulator should not call GDB's
"error" function directly, but rather use the "host_callback"
struct.
I have no idea about the use of the GDB simulator within
the OpenWrt/LEDE community.
So, I took the easier route, which is to disable the simulator.
(Also suggested here: https://sourceware.org/ml/gdb/2016-11/msg00047.html )
If needed, I can make an effort to fix the simulator for PPC.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
CONFIG_SG_POOL symbol is selected only by CONFIG_SCSI, since the last
one is disabled by default then disable CONFIG_SG_POOL by default too.
And explicitly enable it only for platforms that use CONFIG_SCSI.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Add HAVE_IRQ_EXIT_ON_IRQ_STACK kernel configuration symbol that was
missed during backporting separate IRQ stack for MIPS from upstream.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Commit 86c966a8ae caused HOST_LOADLIBES to
include -lncurses. This was added for fixing build issues on macOS.
This introduces issues on Linux when wide-character ncurses is being
used for compiling, but the non-wide-character version is linked in.
Fix this by adding the extra override for HOST_LOADLIBES only on macOS.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This allows packages to use kernel make options without the forced
-C $(LINUX_DIR). It also makes it more clear that it to be called from
kernel module packages directly.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
PHY core treats any positive return value as the auto-negotiation done
indication. Since we do not actually check any device register in this
callback then update it to return positive value with a neutral meaning
instead of the register flag to avoid confusing for future readers.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
The Marvel 88E6060 switch has an MDIO interface, but does not emulate
regular PHY behavior for the host. The network core can not detect using
the generic code, whether the connection via the attached PHY can be
used or not. The PHY's state machine is stuck in a state of
auto-negotiation and does not go any further so the Ethernet interface
of the router stay forever in the not-runing state.
Fix this issue by implementing the aneg_done callback to be able to
inform the network core that the Ethernet interface link to which the
switch is connected can be marked as RUNNING.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Drop the own PHY polling function and switch to using the kernel PHY
state machine. This change allows driver to work correctly with devices
that do not support PHY behaviour but whose driver could emulate
autonegotiation completion (e.g. MV88E6060 and IP17xx switches).
NB: earlier this driver rely on flaws in PHY core code and could use PHY
device without really starting it. But now (at least in kernel 4.9)
this trick no more work and network interface could stuck in not-running
state.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Few tiny fixes for issues caused by changes in the upstream:
- do not touch PHY IRQ array (core code initializes it itself now)
- add missed SET_NETDEV_DEV() invocation (causes segfault during phy
connection)
- use phy API inside the MDIO probe function instead of direct field
access (consider phy structure changes in upstream and prevent
similar issues in the future)
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Ubiquiti EdgeRouter X-SFP and
improves support for the EdgeRouter X (PoE-passthrough).
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- Flash: 256 MiB
- RAM: 265 MiB
- Ethernet: 5 x LAN (1000 Mbps)
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB (3.3V, RX, TX, GND) - 57600 8N1
- EdgeRouter X:
- 1 x PoE-Passtrough (Eth4)
- powered by Wallwart or passive PoE
- EdgeRouter X-SFP:
- 5 x PoE-Out (24V, passive)
- 1 x SFP (unknown status)
- powered by Wallwart (24V)
Doesn't work:
* SoC has crypto engine but no open driver.
* SoC has nat acceleration, but no open driver.
* This router has 2MB spi flash soldered in but MT
nand/spi drivers do not support pin sharing,
so it is not accessable and disabled. Stock
firmware could read it and it was empty.
Installation
via vendor firmware:
- build an Initrd-image (> 3MiB) and upload the factory-image
- initrd can have luci-mod-failsafe
- flash final firmware via LuCI / sysupgrade on rebooted system
via TFTP:
- stop uboot into tftp-load into option "1"
- upload factory.bin image
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
This change add IPQ40xx AP-DK04.1-C1 board image support,
enables ubi image for IPQ40xx AP-DK04.1-C1 board and also
add sysupgrage support for AP-DK04.1-C1 and generates a
sysupgrade.tar image.
Testing:
*Tested on IPQ40xx AP-DK04.1-C1:
a. NAND boot
b. ubi sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
x86 board.d only contains a case for the APU2, not the APU1. This
causes, for example, network configuration not to be created correctly.
Even though the APU1 seems to reaching EOL, there a still a lot of them
out there.
The APU1 and APU2 is configured in the same way and this patch should
also be considered for stable, as the error also exists there.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
The kernel needs to have PERF_EVENTS built otherwise we will run into
the following:
root@(none):/# perf top
perf_event_open(..., PERF_FLAG_FD_CLOEXEC) failed with unexpected error
89 (Function not implemented)
perf_event_open(..., 0) failed unexpectedly with error 89 (Function not
implemented)
Error:
The sys_perf_event_open() syscall returned with 89 (Function not
implemented) for event (cycles).
/bin/dmesg may provide additional information.
No CONFIG_PERF_EVENTS=y kernel support configured?
Make sure this functional dependency is captured.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Now that we always provide these partitions through DT, we don't need to
pass their data through parser data from board files anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Allow the parser to be invoked from DT without fixed cfe/linux/nvram
partitions. This allows flash to be probed from DT also for multi
flash-size images.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Override {HOST_}QUILT before making decisions based on it, else it will
cause target/linux/refresh to fail on first run.
Fixes: 36ba6237d6 ("build: fix quilt for mixed package/host builds")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The patch 0008 removes the vanilla kernel gptu.c of lantiq.
But the replacement file timer.c does not work Amazon-SE and
is also protected therefore with an CONFIG_SOC_AMAZON_SE :-)
This commit will re-activate the default vanilla kernel code
in gptu.c for Amazon-SE.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
[refresh patches and add same change for kernel 4.9]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The ltq-adsl-mei package is used for 3 lantiq device types:
danube, amazon-se and ar9.
These different SoC's need also different definitions.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
[fix LTQ_USB_OC_INT for AR9 to match documentation]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds support for the Allnet ADSL2+ Modem ALL0333CJ.
Specifications:
- SoC: Amazon-SE
- RAM: 16MB
- Storage: 4MB NOR FLash
- LEDs: Power, Ethernet, DSL (Sync)
- Buttons: 1x Reset Button (not currently supported, will be done)
- 1x Ethernet-Port: 1x RJ45 10/100BaseTX
- 1x WAN-Port: AnnexB & J, G.992.1(ADSL), G.992.3(ADSL2), G.992.5(ADSL2+)
Installation:
- can be done via telnet+tftp or serial console
- default passwords:
- via telnet (root:admin)
- via webinterface http://172.16.1.254:8235/ (admin:coolwhite)
Installation via telnet / tftp:
host: # your own host must have an tftpd daemon, then do this:
host: ifconfig eth0:172 172.16.1.1 up
host: # telnet to allnet modem, root:admin
host: telnet 172.16.1.254
modem: # kill this daemon, it spams your console
modem: killall dsl_cpe_control
modem: # change to some place in ram:
modem: cd /ramdisk/tftp_upload
modem: # load lede-lantiq-ase-ALL0333CJ-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin alias uImage
modem: tftp -g -r uImage 172.16.1.1
modem: # load these extra tools from your tftpd via:
modem: # source: https://github.com/mcmilk/uboot-utils/releases/download/0.1/mips32.tar.gz
modem: tftp -g -r flashwrite 172.16.1.1
modem: tftp -g -r fw_setenv 172.16.1.1
modem: tftp -g -r fw.conf 172.16.1.1
modem: ln -s fw_setenv fw_printenv
modem: chmod +x *
modem: ./fw_setenv disable_recovery y
modem: ./fw_setenv kernel_addr 0xb0010000
modem: ./flashwrite /dev/mtd/1 uImage 0
Installation via serial line at uboot:
uboot: # erase everything exept bootloader
uboot: protect on b0000000 +10000; protect on b03f0000 +10000
uboot: erase all
uboot: # get new firmware via tftp:
uboot: tftpboot 0x80100000 uImage; setenv kernel_addr 0xb0010000
uboot: # copy to flash:
uboot: cp.b 0x80100000 $(kernel_addr) $(filesize)
uboot: # disable proprietary image checking:
uboot: setenv disable_recovery=y; saveenv
uboot: # reboot with LEDE ;)
uboot: reset
Ethernet works as expected, DSL syncronization does not work properly
currently, I am working on this issue.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
Enable the building of Netgear DGN1000B images. I have an
example device here, but it was not tested currently.
Also WLAN and USB is not ready in the moment.
This is just the proper way, so that developing on this
device is known to be done in the near future.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
This patch makes possible to tweak the downstream SNR margin on
Lantiq DSL devices.
The UCI parameter 'network.dsl.ds_snr_offset' is used to set the SNR
margin offset. It accepts values in range -50 to +50 in 0.1 dB units.
The SNR margin can thus be modified in range -5.0 to +5.0 dB in 0.1 dB
steps.
Currently this should only affect ADSL (not VDSL). It should be very
easy to make this work also on VDSL lines, but since I couldn't test
on VDSL lines this patch does not do that yet.
I have also a patch for LUCI about this, that I could submit.
Tested on FB3370 (Lantiq VR9) and Telecom Italia ADSL2+ line.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
Add block device sd to kernel config otherwise AHCI/eSATA devices won't get enumerated in /dev
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Explicitely disable X2APIC support on legacy targets since the targeted
processor types do not support it anyway there.
Fixes FS#285.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The umdns init script includes function/network.sh globally, outside of any
service procedure. This causes init script activation to fail in buildroot
and IB context if umdns is set to builtin.
Additionally, the network.sh helper is not actually used.
Drop the entire include in order to repair init script activation in build
host context. Fixes FS#658.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
mvebu was modifying RAMFS_COPY_BIN and RAMFS_COPY_DATA from a
sysupgrade_pre_upgrade hook. As the ramfs is created from stage2, this
did not have an effect anymore after the staged sysupgrade changes.
As it doesn't really hurt to copy fw_printenv and fw_setenv
unconditionally, simply add them in /lib/upgrade/platform.sh, so stage2
will see them.
Config copying is moved to a function called by platform_copy_config, where
it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Fixes: FS#821
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 "base-files: always use staged sysupgrade"
Assign the virtual DHCPv6 interface the firewall zone of the parent interface
so fw3 knows the zone to which the virtual DHCPv6 interface belongs.
This guarantees the firewall settings are applied correctly for the virtual
DHCPv6 interface and allows to query the zone to which the virtual DHCPv6
interface belongs via the fw3 network option.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
If nand chip has no NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE flag on its options
ubifs can't use it mtd devices and the kernel crashes with error:
__nand_correct_data: uncorrectable ECC error
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
remove files which include the following mode options
BlackberryMode OptionMode PantechMode QuantaMode
Signed-off-by: Julian Labus <julian@labus-online.de>
The sender domain has a DMARC Reject/Quarantine policy which disallows
sending mailing list messages using the original "From" header.
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This patch is in continuation of: commit 93aa860405
"procd: nand: make it possible to configure kernel and ubi partition"
The $CI_KERNPART variable should be used in place
of the fixed "kernel" partition name. This allows
targets to specifiy alternate names for the kernel
partition.
Cc: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Fixes these prints on boot:
[ 13.785600] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 13.793134] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 13.798721] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
Based on following upstream patch by Tim Harvey (Gateworks):
80a01b6582
TX complete DMA messages are getting missed.
This is also currently an issue in mainline.
For now we will disable DMA in serial/imx.c.
This resolves an issue encountered with RS485 transmit.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The "reserved" partition should probably be read-only, just in case. Even
not knowing it's content, other devices have marked it as such, so it
seems a good idea to do so also for this device.
Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
CC: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CC: Hanqing Wong <hquu@outlook.com>
easy-rsa v3 is now a single script. It expects a 'vars'
configuration file which path can be set using easy-rsa
options, environment variables or just looking in the
current directory.
The default usage would be:
# cd /etc/easy-rsa
# easy-rsa COMMAND [command-options]
Following upstream changes, /etc/easy-rsa/pki replaces
/etc/easy-rsa/keys directory.
The default /etc/easy-rsa/pki dir is marked to be kept during
upgrade (WARN: priv keys are saved in the system backup)
/etc/easy-rsa/openssl.1.0.cnf is now marked as config file while
index and serial got removed.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
On Linux, symlink permissions cannot be altered and are always 0777.
On Mac OS X they can be 0755. Force 0777 here to keep tarballs
reproducible across systems
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This fixes wrong GPIO numbers for LEDs and button in Wallys DR344 board
and sets color of all LEDs to green as the mass production boards have
only green one.
Actually, DR344 has 6 GPIO-connected LEDs and one button:
- GPIO11: status
- GPIO12: sig1
- GPIO13: sig2
- GPIO14: sig3
- GPIO15: sig4
- GPIO16: reset button
- GPIO17: lan
WAN LED is connected directly with AR8035 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This aligns default network interfaces configuration with vendor
firmware: GE (eth0) -> wan, FE (eth1) -> lan.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GMAC0 interface of AR9344 SOC in Wallys DR344 board is connected with
AR8035, not with AR8327. Without this fix, GE interface doesn't work at
all or shows high packet loss ratio.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
EnGenius ENS202EXT is an outdoor wireless access point with
2-port 10/100 switch, detachable antennas and proprietery PoE.
The device is based on Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 v1.
Specifications:
- 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- UART (J1) header on PCB (unpopulated)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz, up to 26dBm
- 2x external, detachable antennas
- 7x LED, 1x button
Flash instructions:
You have three options:
- Use the vendor firmware upgrade page on the web interface and give
it the factory.img. This is the easiest way to go about it.
- If you have serial access during u-boot, interrupt the normal boot
(any key before timeout) and run 'run failsafe_boot'; this will bring
you to a minimal openwrt luci image on ip 192.168.1.1 useful if you've
bricked the normal firmware.
- Use the vendor's management cli, which can be accessed via telnet
with the same credentials as the web login (default admin:admin), then
issue the following commands:
*** Hi admin, welcome to use cli(V-1.6.7) ***
---========= Commands Help =========---
stat -- Status
sys -- System
wless2 -- 2.4G-Wireless
mgmt -- Management
tree -- Tree
help -- Help
reboot -- Reboot
ens202ext>mgmt
Management
---========= Commands Help =========---
admin -- Administration
mvlan -- Management VLAN settings
snmp -- SNMP settings
backup -- Backup/Restore settings
autorb -- Auto reboot settings
fwgrade -- Firmware upgrade
time -- Time settings
wifisch -- Wifi schedule
log -- Log
diag -- Diagnostics
disc -- Device Discovery
logout -- Logout
help -- Help
exit -- Exit
ens202ext/mgmt>fwgrade
Management --> Firmware upgrade
---========= Commands Help =========---
fwup -- Firmware upgrade
help -- Help
exit -- Exit
ens202ext/mgmt/fwgrade>fwup http://web.server/lede-ar71xx-generic-ens202ext-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Marty Plummer <ntzrmtthihu777@gmail.com>
The single SFP port is meant for direct media access to WAN, such as
VDSL2, GPON). While it could also be used for in-home fiber, it is much
more likely that the LAN is standard ethernet, especially considering
that SFP is the onmly port that can go beyond 1Gbps.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Take explicit note of what physical ports eth{0,1,2} refer to.
Also repair port assignment:
At some point between 4.9.20 and 4.9.29 the numbering changed.
Keep previous port assignment that was:
LAN = SFP+Switch
WAN = standalone ethernet
Also use the same assignment for Clearfog-Base to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Installing all armada-388-clearfog-* DTBs in the same sdcard image,
it now becomes much easier to swap sdcards between different device variants.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
U-Boot provides standard variables for load addresses, and
filesystem-agnostic load-commands. Furthermore thanks to distro-boot,
the device and partition from which the system boots is known.
The new boot-script makes use of all this information.
Tested on the only board that uses this boot-script: Clearfog Pro
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Add a patchfile that implements distro-boot and is meant to go upstream
Also make the other patches git-am'able for easier maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
This fixes GCC 7 compilation when GRAPHITE is selected.
The path is replaced with $(TOOLCHAIN_DIR), while it should be
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST). To keep in sync with the path of gmp,
mpfr and mpc, I'm using $(TOPDIR)/staging_dir/host.
Fixes: f62f4b3c5c ("build: stop overriding STAGING_DIR_HOST for toolchain build")
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
sunxi sysupgrade was based on the x86 implementation; sync fixes and other
changes from the current x86 version:
x86: fix sysupgrades on disks with 4k block size
x86: sysupgrade: move partition table change check to platform_check_image
x86: sysupgrade: refactor platform_do_upgrade
x86: sysupgrade: explicitly rescan disk after writing partition table
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
When existing partitions are retained, the dd call writing the uboot image
in the space before the first partition was accidentally writing the whole
image, making the code for individual partitions redundant. Limit the copy
to 1016KiB (the first 8KiB are skipped, and the first partition starts at
1024KiB).
In addition, conv=notrunc is replaced with conv=fsync. It seems this was an
oversight, as notrunc doesn't make sense for block devices and all other dd
commands use conv=fsync.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This should ensure that the kernel partition can be mounted in
platform_copy_config when its size has changed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
By returning early when no upgrade device can be found and handling the
SAVE_PARTITIONS=0 case differently, we can get rid of two levels of if.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The staged sysupgrade will prevent us from using ask_bool in
platform_do_upgrade; therefore, the check is moved to platform_check_image.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
All targets with NAND support should gradually move their nand_do_upgrade
calls from platform_pre_upgrade to platform_do_upgrade.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some functions only used by stage2 are moved there from common.sh.
One piece that could still use more cleanup is platform_pre_upgrade: many
targets reference files from there are aren't available in the ramfs, so
we need to evaluate it before the switch; conversely, flash writes happen
in that function on some targets. Targets that do the latter should be
fixed eventually to use platform_do_upgrade for that purpose.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We can reuse the kill_remaining and run_ramfs facilities of the stage2 run
by upgraded.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Support for the -d and -p options is dropped; it may be added again at some
point by adding these flags to the ubus sysupgrade call.
A downside of this is that we get a lot less information about the progress
of the upgrade: as soon as the actual upgrade starts, all shell sessions
are killed to allow unmounting the root filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
We always want to support staged upgrades now, so it's better to include
upgraded into the main package. /lib/upgrade/nand.sh is moved to
base-files.
The procd-nand-firstboot package is removed for now, it may return later
as a separate package.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
992b796 rcS: add missing fcntl.h include
63789e5 init: add support for sysupgrades triggered from preinit
5b1fb35 Remove code that has become unnecessary after sysupgrade changes
5918b6d upgraded: add support for passing a "command" argument to stage2
056d8dd upgraded: link dynamically, chroot during exec
7c6cf55 system: always support staged sysupgrade
d42b21e procd/rcS: Use /dev/null as stdin
e0098d4 service/instance: add an auto start option
1247db1 procd: Log initscript output prefixed with script name
8d720b2 procd: Don't use syslog before its initialization
2555474 procd: Add missing \n in debug message
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Use install_bin to copy upgraded with all dependencies. The old name
/tmp/upgraded is temporarily retained as a symlink to avoid breaking
things.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Insight hasn't been touched since 2009 and I can't find any references at
least 6 years back of being used. Ubuntu and Debian removed insight years ago
from their repos so I think we can safely remove this too.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This change adds QPIC BAM dma and NAND driver node's in IPQ4019
device tree, also enable this for AP-DK04.1 based boards.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
This change adds support for below:
- Bam transaction which will be used for any NAND request.
- Reset function for NAND BAM transaction
- Add support for additional CSRs.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
The existing qcom_nand driver supports ADM DMA which is mainly
required for ipq806x family based boards,
IPQ40xx based boards uses BAM DMA in NAND driver, so this patch
adds BAM DMA support with compatible string as qcom,ebi2-nandc-bam.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
GPIO_PULL bits configurations in TLMM_GPIO_CFG register
differs for IPQ40xx from rest of the other qcom SoC's.
This change add support to configure the msm_gpio_pull
bits for ipq40xx, It is required to fix the proper
configurations of gpio-pull bits for nand pins mux.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
The previous commit introduced a faulty continue statement which might
lead to faulty rules not getting freed or reported.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest Git HEAD in order to import a number of fixes and other
improvements:
3d2c18a options: improve handling of negations when parsing space separated values
0e5dd73 iptables: support -i, -o, -s and -d in option extra
4cb06c7 ubus: increase ubus network interface dump timeout
e5dfc82 iptables: add exception handling
f625954 firewall3: add check_snat() function
7d3d9dc firewall3: display the section type for UBUS rules
53ef9f1 firewall3: add UBUS support for include scripts
5cd4af4 firewall3: add UBUS support for ipset sections
02d6832 firewall3: add UBUS support for forwarding sections
0a7d36d firewall3: add UBUS support for redirect sections
d44f418 firewall3: add fw3_attr_parse_name_type() function
e264c8e firewall3: replace warn_rule() by warn_section()
6039c7f firewall3: check the return value of fw3_parse_options()
Fixes FS#548, FS#806, FS#811.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The generic preinit code is now able to setup network and switch vlan settings
from the /etc/board.json file, therefor drop the target specific code.
Fixes FS#790.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
You can flash via tftp recovery (serve factory image as /mr6400_tp_recovery.bin
on 192.168.0.66/24, connect to any ethernet port and power on device while
holding the reset button). Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
Hardware Specification (v1.0 EU):
- SoC: QCA9531
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64FV (8MiB)
- RAM: EtronTech EM6AB160TSE-5G (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 2NIC (3x100M + 1x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 12V 1A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
Neither the AsiaRF AWM002 or AWM003 actually has an LED on the module
board. The ld1 and ld2 do not represent actual LEDs. These pins might
connect to LEDS on an eval board or other carrier board, but that is
outside the scope of this device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
This commit contains the following changes
- Use local shell var where appliable
- The $(sort $$$$$$$$mods) call will have no expected effect
- Avoid EEXIST when creating symlinks in /etc/modules-boot.d/
- Avoid duplicate arguments for insert_modules() in postinst-pkg
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
UML statically links against libutil, librt and libpthread. Some hosts do not
necessarily have these libraries installed and we should find out sooner than
later (during the final vmlinux linking stage) about that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
We are starting to add more and more kernel configurable options, to the
point where the Global build options menu is not really usable anymore,
hide all kernel-related configuration options behind a menu.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
elfutils turns on -Werror by default, and patch 100-musl-compat.patch
changes how strerror_r is used and we no longer use the function's
return value. This causes the following build error/warning to occur
with glibc-based toolchains:
dwfl_error.c: In function 'dwfl_errmsg':
dwfl_error.c:158:18: error: ignoring return value of 'strerror_r',
declared with attribute warn_unused_result [-Werror=unused-result]
strerror_r (error & 0xffff, s, sizeof(s));
^
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors
Fixing this would be tricky as there are two possible signatures for
strerror_r (XSI and GNU), just turn off unused-result warnings instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Adds a script which acts as a hook for when dnsmasq creates/destroys a
lease, or completes a TFTP file transfer. The hook loops through scripts
in appropriate directories inside '/etc/hotplug.d', executing each one with
the same arguments supplied by dnsmasq.
In case dnsmasq is jailed by ujail the dhcp-script hook will not work as
expected as ujail does not yet support executing a script within a jail.
Signed-off-by: Nick Brassel <nick@tzarc.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The device tree is at /proc/device-tree/ without a base subdir.
Fixes: da472e5b30 ("treewide: access device tree from userspace via /proc/")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit e96a9a9af8.
The change breaks sysupgrade through LuCI and two-stage sysupgrade on
NAND targets. There is also a mismatch of file paths in lock and unlock
operations.
This commit was apparently neither properly tested, nor reviewed, so
drop it for now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch adds supports for the GL-inet GL-MT300N-V2.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR
- Ethernet: 1 x WAN (100 Mbps) and 1 x LAN (100 Mbps)
- USB: 1 x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1 x switch button, 1 x reset button
- LED: 3 x LEDS (system power led is not GPIO controller)
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB (JP1: 3.3V, RX, TX, GND)
Installation through Luci:
- The original firmware is LEDE, so both LuCI or sysupgrade can be used.
- Do not keep settings, for sysupgrade please use the -n option.
Installation through bootloader webserver:
- Plug power and hold reset button until red LED blink to bright.
- Install sysupgrade image using web interface on 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: Kyson Lok <kysonlok@gmail.com>
[match maximum image size with firmware partition]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Access the device tree via /proc/device-tree/ is the documented way to
access the properties. Everything else might not work in future.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
commit 961c0eacea ('x86: fix lifting kernel CPU requirements and always
enable PAE') broke some older geode boards such as Soekris net4826.
Hence disable PAE on x86/legacy again in order to still support those
very old non-PAE capable CPUs.
Fixes FS#773 - PAE broke Soekris net4826
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This PR allow the 3G modem embedded in the DWR-512 to be managed
by the wwan-ncm scripts. The modem will use the usb-option and
usb-cdc-ether drivers.
The DWR-512 DT is updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
These drivers are in many reference-design Xeon, iCore, or
Atom64 based server boards.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This causes various issues in other places that assume that host
binaries are staged in STAGING_DIR_HOST.
Since all the right places use HOST_BUILD_PREFIX, override that instead.
This fixes some issues with quilt on toolchain dirs
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
When using external or git cloned kernels, any kind of modifications
will alter KERNELRELEASE. LEDE still tries to stage modules in
lib/modules/$(LINUX_UNAME_VERSION) and LINUX_UNAME_VERSION is based on
KERNEL_PATCHVER (indirectly) so this does not work, and we lose all
kinds of automatic modules loading.
To remedy that, just cat $(LINUX_DIR)/include/config/kernel.release
which is late enough the kernel has prepared this file, and is correctly
tracking changes done throughout the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
In case we use external and/or git cloned kernels, let the kernel
determine the appropriate KERNELRELEASE. We cannot used
LINUX_UNAME_VERSION because that one gets determined at a later time,
when the kernel is already built proper.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 0df2c6563a since it
gets in the way of identifying properly which kernel we are running.
This is particularly important if LEDE is using external kernels/git
cloned kernels. We want to make sure we only load modules from that
specific kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This change is required to make the GBit switch work on my Mikrotik Routerboard RB2011UiAS-RM, and I assume that the other RB2011 variants are exactly the same in terms of the switch. I have tested the board without and with the patch and confirm that the GBit ports are not supported at all (i.e. no communication works) with the current version in trunk and that everything works with the patch applied. The test box has been running for a few days with the patch applied, and does not show any performance problems in a test setting. I have not used it with LEDE in production so far, but with a previous turnk version of OpenWRT for many years - with the same patch applied. I therefore have good indication that it is stable.
For the record, the switch chip on my test box is identified as
switch0: Atheros AR8327 rev. 4 switch registered on ag71xx-mdio.0
The value 0x6f000000 has been taken from the table at https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb2011uias with the previous discussion thread still online at https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2014-December/029949.html.
One definite improvement from the older OpenWRT trunk version I have been running in production and current LEDE trunk is that the SFP interface can be kept in the default configuration without excessive kernel messages about it constantly going up and down. I have not yet tested an actual SFP module, though.
Performance seems to be reasonable. Routing between two GBit ports on that switch separated by different VLANs with the default firewall ruleset (and one additional rule two allow traffic between the VLANs), but without NAT, iperf3 results are:
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth Retr
[ 4] 0.00-10.00 sec 508 MBytes 426 Mbits/sec 102 sender
[ 4] 0.00-10.00 sec 506 MBytes 425 Mbits/sec receiver
With a connection going through NAT (also 2 ports on the same GBit switch, same ruleset, but NAT active), routing performance drops to around 250 MBit/s.
(Note that RouterOS achieves beyond 900 MBit/s on the same hardware with the default rule set and the FastTrack rule active even for NAT, see https://wiki.mikrotik.com/index.php?title=Manual:IP/Fasttrack and http://www.mikrotik.com/download/share/FastTrack.pdf).
Summarizing, I strongly recommend to apply this patch in trunk, so that the GBit switch chip rev. 4 can be supported upstream in the next LEDE release (hopefully soon).
Signed-off-by: René Mayrhofer <rene@mayrhofer.eu.org>
changes the image version from hardcoded OpenWrt to
$VERSION_DIST. AirOS shows a notification with the image version
during a firmware upgrade.
fixes#582
Signed-off-by: Matthias Fritzsche <txt.file@txtfile.eu>
With cpufreq disabled, the CPU stays locked at the frequency set by the
bootloader. This severely degrades performance as the bootloader sets
the CPU at the lowest frequency by default.
Enable cpufreq for all subtargets and use the ondemand governor.
Tested bcm2708 on RPi0W. Tested bcm2709 and bcm2710 on RPi3.
Reported-by: Bryan Mayland <bmayland@capnbry.net>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Some small tweaks and improvements :
9828ab1 Fix compiler warning.
f77700a Fix compiler warning.
0fbd980 Fix compiler warning.
43cdf1c Remove automatic IDN support when building i18n.
ff19b1a Fix &/&& confusion.
2aaea18 Add .gitattributes to substitute VERSION on export.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
7573880 system-linux: parse 6rd specific settings as nested json data object
a063705 system-linux: remove redundant check for strtoul() return value
e6ebe0b build: disable unknown warning option error in clang
08d8f47 interface: add new "ifup-failed" hotplug event
20a1bac bridge: reset primary only after marking the member not present
6b9c267 build: suppress format truncation warnings to avoid errors with gcc7
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This includes following changes:
0e8b948 Support specifying instance name in JSON file
49fdb9f Support PTR queries for a specific service
26ce7dc Allow filtering with instance name in service_reply
920c62a Store instance name in the struct service
ff09d9a Rename service_name function to the service_instance_name
64f78f1 Rename mdns_hostname variable to the umdns_host_label
Previous package update pulled commit 70c66fbbcde86 ("Fix sending
replies to PTR questions") which introduced a regression which this
update fixes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
88d48d5 libfstools: silence mkfs.{ext4,f2fs}
a19f2b3 build: disable the format-truncation warning error to fix gcc 7 build errors
633a8d0 libfstools: fix multiple volume_identify usages with the same volume
c43ae11 fstools: use -Wno-format-truncation instead of -Wno-error=format-truncation
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Addresses CVE-2015-3239: Off-by-one error in the dwarf_to_unw_regnum
function in include/dwarf_i.h in libunwind 1.1 allows local users to
have unspecified impact via invalid dwarf opcodes.
Upstream stable-v1.2 fixed the missing unwind_i.h issue but no new
tarball is released yet
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
- Security: Fix double-free in server TCP listener cleanup A double-free
in the server could be triggered by an authenticated user if dropbear is
running with -a (Allow connections to forwarded ports from any host)
This could potentially allow arbitrary code execution as root by an
authenticated user. Affects versions 2013.56 to 2016.74. Thanks to Mark
Shepard for reporting the crash.
CVE-2017-9078 https://secure.ucc.asn.au/hg/dropbear/rev/c8114a48837c
- Security: Fix information disclosure with ~/.ssh/authorized_keys
symlink. Dropbear parsed authorized_keys as root, even if it were a
symlink. The fix is to switch to user permissions when opening
authorized_keys
A user could symlink their ~/.ssh/authorized_keys to a root-owned file
they couldn't normally read. If they managed to get that file to contain
valid authorized_keys with command= options it might be possible to read
other contents of that file.
This information disclosure is to an already authenticated user.
Thanks to Jann Horn of Google Project Zero for reporting this.
CVE-2017-9079 https://secure.ucc.asn.au/hg/dropbear/rev/0d889b068123
Refresh patches, rework 100-pubkey_path.patch to work with new
authorized_keys validation.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add support for Realtek RTL8821AE/RTL8812AE PCIe adapter.
This device supports 802.11ac and bluetooth
testet on PC Engines APU with AP and STA mode
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulli Kroll <ulli.kroll@googlemail.com>
The generic SPI code calculates how long the issued transfer would take
and adds 100ms in addition to the timeout as tolerance. On my 500 MHz
Lantiq Mips SoC I am getting timeouts from the SPI like this when the
system boots up:
m25p80 spi32766.4: SPI transfer timed out
blk_update_request: I/O error, dev mtdblock3, sector 2
SQUASHFS error: squashfs_read_data failed to read block 0x6e
After increasing the tolerance for the timeout to 200ms I haven't seen
these SPI transfer time outs any more.
The Lantiq SPI driver in use here has an extra work queue in between,
which gets triggered when the controller send the last word and the
hardware FIFOs used for reading and writing are only 8 words long.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Refresh patches. A number of patches have landed upstream & hence are no
longer required locally:
062-[1-6]-MIPS-* series
042-0004-mtd-bcm47xxpart-fix-parsing-first-block
Reintroduced lantiq/patches-4.4/0050-MIPS-Lantiq-Fix-cascaded-IRQ-setup
as it was incorrectly included upstream thus dropped from LEDE.
As it has now been reverted upstream it needs to be included again for
LEDE.
Run tested ar71xx Archer C7 v2 and lantiq.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[update from 4.4.68 to 4.4.69]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This model also contains few partitions non-discoverable partitions we
need to "protect". Othen than that it uses non-deprecated serial entry
in DTS that doesn't work with LEDE so we need to workaround it as well.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Bug introduced with 6713694.
I did not count on procd handling reload as mentioned
in this doc:
https://wiki.openwrt.org/inbox/procd-init-scripts
```
procd_set_param file /var/etc/your_service.conf # /etc/init.d/your_service reload will restart the daemon if these files have changed
procd_set_param netdev dev # likewise, except if dev's ifindex changes.
procd_set_param data name=value ... # likewise, except if this data changes.
```
The service would be restarted regardless of any of those params.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
While we have CRASHLOG on MIPS it makes sense to support 'classic'
kexec-based CRASH_DUMP on x86 and arm platforms.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Teltonika RUT900 is a Router with LTE dual SIM, WiFi, 4x Ethernet
ports, I/O, RS232, RS485, GPS.
The device ist based on a Atheros AR9344 rev 3,
Specifications:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- Serial Console header on a Card Board edge connector
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (3x LAN, 1x WAN)
- 2.4 GHz Wifi
- 2x external, detachable Wifi antennas
- LTE Modem Huawei ME909u-521 (Also other Modem seen)
- 2x LTE antennas
- 1x GPS antenna
- 7x LED, 1x button
- 1x USB Connector
- 1x Serial RS232
- 1x Serial RS485
- 1x MicroSD Card
The GPL sources of the device are available at www.teltonika.lt/gpl/
and are based on OpenWRT Barrier Breaker (14.07)
Running from tftp:
The Router starts into the uboot Webupdater if the Button ist pressed
more than 3 seconds, if no Network cable is attached it starts the
uboot serial console, from there the router loads the firmware image
via tftpboot from 192.168.1.2:firmware.bin (the router has the
192.168.1.1). With bootm the loaded image will be booted.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Weinreich <steve@weinreich.org>
At some point kernel.org decided to drop xz generated tarballs, switch to gz which they still provide.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Use chanreg and dccal helpers to reduce the size of ePA code.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: fixed white-space so patch applies]
I think I added these respawn params [a while back],
when I did the conversion to procd init script format.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This firmware shoul have the same general feature set as the
rest of the 10.4 CT firmware (9984, 9980, etc). Build-tested
only in LEDE, but firmware has been tested with ath10k-ct driver
on other OSs, so likely works just fine.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
The 988x and 9887 firmwares include a bugfix for a case where blockack
did not work sometimes, and many fixes for compiler warnings detected
by newer gcc compilers.
The 9980 and 9984 firmware includes a large backport of upstream QCA
firmware changes to bring it up to date.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Supports disabling firmware hex logging that many found too verbose.
Increase BMI timer so system works more often with 9888 Compex NIC
(and maybe others).
Allow configuring a specific board-file per NIC using fwcfg file.
Maybe fix a scan-busy problem when using CT firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Remove support for NCT6775/6 from W83627EHF driver so the NCT6775
driver will still be used for those chips.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
When in ra server mode, configure nameservers passed in router
announcements from the dns value (which is already used by odhcpd).
This also fixes FS#677 by using the global IPv6 address of the router
instead of the link local address (if no nameservers are configured).
Signed-off-by: Arjen de Korte <build+lede@de-korte.org>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
We enabled lua interpreter by default as it doesn't make any problem in the uhttpd config file and we modify the index page to use it.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
This adds support for Aerohive AP-121 access point.
Specification:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344-BC2A at 560MHz
- WiFi 1: 2.4GHz Atheros AR9340? - SoC
- WiFi 2: 5.0GHz Atheros AR9382-AL1A
- Memory: 128MB from 2x Nanya NT5TU32M16DG-AC
- SPI: 1MB Macronix MX25L8006E
- NAND: 128MB Hynix H27U1G8F2BTR-BC
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8035-A
- USB: 1x 2.0
- TPM: Atmel SC3204
Flashing:
1. Hook into UART (9600 baud) and enter U-Boot. You may need to enter
a password of administrator or AhNf?d@ta06 if prompted.
2. Once in U-Boot, download and flash LEDE factory image over tftp:
dhcp;
setenv serverip tftp-server-ip;
tftpboot 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-nand-hiveap-121-squashfs-factory.bin;
nand erase 0x800000 0x800000;
nand write 0x81000000 0x800000 0x800000;
reset;
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
[minor text changes in commit subject and description, fixed
alphabetical order in etc/diag.sh, use only model name in lib/ar71xx.sh,
fixed code style issues in mach-hiveap-121.c, ubinized factory image]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Rambutan is a Wifi module based on QCA9550/9557
http://www.8devices.com/products/rambutan
This commit adds basic support for Rambutan development kit
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of DDR2 RAM
- 128 MB of NAND Flash
- 1x 100Mbps Ethernet
- 1x 1000Mbps Ethernet (PHY on dev-kit)
- 1x Wifi radio 2x2 MIMO, dualband 2.4 and 5 GHz
- 2x U.FL connectors on module, chip antennas on dev-kit
- 1x miniPCIe slot
- 1x USB2.0 host socket + 1x USB2.0 pins on 2.54mm header
Flash instructions:
Stock firmware is OpenWrt, so use:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/lede-ar71xx-nand-rambutan-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
or upgarde from GUI (don't save config)
Use factory image to flash from U-Boot:
tftpboot 80060000 lede-ar71xx-nand-rambutan-squashfs-factory.ubi
nand erase.part ubi
nand write 80060000 ubi ${filesize}
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
[split support in uboot-envtools package into a separate commit,
fixed alphabetical order in lib/preinit/05_set_iface_mac_ar71xx]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This adds the build option for the new UniFi AC Mesh.
It is a direct hardware copy from the AC Lite.
- SoC: QCA9563-AL3A (775Mhz)
- RAM: 128MiB
- Flash: 16MiB - dual firmware partitions!
- LAN: 1 1000M - POE
- Wireless:
2.4G: QCA9563
5G: UniFi Chip, QCA988X compatible
Thanks to Frank Dietz for testing.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
[wrapped too long lines in mach-ubnt-unifiac.c]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Add rut5xx GPIO PIN selection to om-package startup script.
Testet on a RUT500 device, the timeout value of the hardware watchdog
is about 280 sec.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Weinreich <steve@weinreich.org>
[split into two commits, bump PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This fixes switch port mapping for: TL-WR841N/ND v8, TL-MR3420 v2 and
TL-WR941N/ND v5. All of them share the same Atheros ap123 reference
design.
The order of switch ports (shown in "swconfig dev eth1 show") is CPU,
LAN 4, LAN 1, LAN 2, LAN 3.
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
[included 2 more devices]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
93abe6f config: fix invalid hoplimit in RA message
2ae08d1 config: fix invalid retranstime in RA message
0005cb4 config: fix invalid reachabletime in RA message
5683dd2 config: limit ra_mtu to 65535
f8d40a5 router: fix interface mtu read error
f8f4b87 config: limit ra_retranstime to 60000
a2d8bf6 dhcpv4: display two hex digits per octet in syslog
a9e9bc4 config: make RA retransTime configurable via uci
2cb6b48 config: make RA reachableTime configurable via uci
e4504db config: make RA curHopLimit configurable via uci
9dd5316 config: make RA mtu configurable via UCI
29cb2ff config: fix dhcpv4 server being started
0ef74ec ndp.c: add switch/case fallthrough comments
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
these two devices have a Sata led for each sata port.
These leds must be controlled separately by a special
sata led trigger already used in oxnas target.
Both these devices have a single USB led, and to keep
consistent behaviour with the Sata leds that show
sata activity, this led uses usb-host trigger
to show usb activity.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
uci_set_leds_ataport() allows to set a led to show activity
on a specific (s)ata port, which is needed for devices that have
a Sata led for each sata port.
The led trigger is from the 834-ledtrig-libata.patch LEDE kernel patch.
uci_set_leds_usbhost() allows to set a led to show total usb activity.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: use a single underscore to denote private functions]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
create a function with code common to all led functions,
create another function with code common to functions setting
a simple led trigger, restore alphabetical order in function names.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: use a single underscore to denote private functions]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Some files (e.g. /etc/dropbear) need to be owned by root. Add cpio
option to ensure that.
Other image types (at least targz and squashfs) already have this.
Signed-off-by: Michal Sojka <sojkam1@fel.cvut.cz>
Gracefully handle cases where the to-be-created wireless interface already
exists on the system which might commonly happen with non-multi-SSID capable
wireless drivers.
This fixes commit 8301e61365 which caused
previously ignored "Too many open files in system (-23)" errors to fail the
wireless setup procedure.
With the updated approach we'll still try recreating the vif after one
second if the first attempt to do so failed with ENFILE but we will now
consider the operation successfull if a second attempt still yields ENFILE
with the requested ifname already existing on the system.
Fixes FS#664, FS#704.
Suggested-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Refer to LINUX_KARCH instead of ARCH when bundling DTS files in the image
builder tarball.
While we're at it, also dereference symbolic links when copying as some
kernel architectures contain symbolic links in their DTS directories.
This fixes aarch64 imagebuilders such as brcm2708/bcm2710 ones in particular
as the kernel refers to "aarch64" as "arm64" internally.
Ref: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/lede-image-builder-problem/3680
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add support for SolidRun ClearFog Base board.
The base model is a smaller version of ClearFog Pro without
the DSA switch, replacing it with a second copper gigabit
port, and only one PCIe socket.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
Add device tree files for Solidrun ClearFog Base board.
We also need to backport some improvements for Armada
388 MicroSoM.
The base model is a smaller version of ClearFog Pro without
the DSA switch, replacing it with a second copper gigabit
port, and only one PCIe socket.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
The conventional model is now known as the "Clearfog Pro".
We keep the old armada-388-clearfog.dts file for compatibility reasons.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
One of the latest mac80211 updates added sanity checks, requiring the
beacon intervals of all VIFs of the same radio to match. This often broke
AP+11s setups, as these modes use different default intervals, at least in
some configurations (observed on ath9k).
Instead of relying on driver or hostapd defaults, change the scripts to
always explicitly set the beacon interval, defaulting to 100. This also
applies the beacon interval to 11s interfaces, which had been forgotten
before. VIF-specific beacon_int setting is removed from hostapd.sh.
Fixes FS#619.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
None of the variables in this "local" declaration are actually set in
wpa_supplicant_add_network().
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
libthread-db is a package that can be configured for external
toolchains, so let's have the script probe for it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Some external toolchains may be configured to enable OpenMP. Provide a
package for these libraries which can be used by other packages.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add the necessary changes to CMakeLists.txt to search zlib.h. Fixes
build issues with external toolchains that don't have STAGING_DIR in the
default search path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Toolchain built for ARCv1 (read for ARC700 cores) by default has
disabled atomic ops (-mno-atomic). When we build Linux kernel for ARC770
which has LL/SC instructions and thus may handle normally atomic ops we
explicitly add "-matomic" in CFLAGS. But since user-space perf utility has
no way to extract CPU config options from Kconfig/defconfig it uses
compiler default settings.
In case of ARCv2 (read ARC HS38) atomics are enabled by default and so
perf builds perfectly fine thus reenabling perf for ARC HS38 (actually
for non-ARC700 targets).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
When running "make {config|defconfig|oldconfig}" with symlinked .config
(e.g. to env/.config) it renames symlink to .config.old, creates new
.config file, and writes the updated configuration into it.
This breaks the desired workflow when changes in the configuration can
be checked using "scripts/env diff" and commited using "scripts/env
save". Since the env/.config file is not updated.
The things become even worse when working with feeds, since feeds script
quite often silently invokes "make {oldconfig|defconfig}" and breaks the
symlink.
Fix this issue by exporting KCONFIG_OVERWRITECONFIG=1, which forces
mconf to overwrite the .config content, instead of renaming it and
creating a new file. This variable is set only if .config is a symlink,
otherwise the variable is not exported and the old behaviour is
preserved.
This change uses the same behaviour as "make menucofig", which has
already been fixed in commit 5bf98b1acc.
Also make a tiny cosmetic update to the "make menuconfig" target code
layout to make it look like other config handling targets.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Add missing include of ramips.sh in order to import the missing
ramips_board_name() procedure.
Fixes FS#774.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A (580 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MiB (Winbond W9751G6JB-25)
- Flash: 16 MiB (Spansion S25FL128SAIF00)
- LAN: x4 100M
- WAN: x1 100M
- Others: USB 2.0, reset button, wps button and 9 LEDs
Issues:
- 5 GHz band is not functional (missing driver support)
Installation:
Asus windows recovery tool:
- install the Asus firmware restoration utility
- unplug the router, hold the reset button while powering it on
- release when the power LED flashes slowly
- specify a static IP on your computer:
IP address: 192.168.1.75;
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
- Start the Asus firmware restoration utility, specify the sysupgrade
image, and press upload
TFTP Recovery method:
- set computer to a static ip, 192.168.1.75
- connect computer to the LAN 1 port of the router
- hold the reset button while powering on the router for a few seconds
- send firmware image using a tftp client; i.e from linux:
$ tftp
tftp> binary
tftp> connect 192.168.1.1
tftp> put lede-ramips-mt7620-rt-ac51u-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
tftp> quit
Signed-off-by: Ørjan Malde <foxyred333@gmail.com>
This device exactly same as NBG-419N but with USB port and USB Led.
Specification:
- SoC: Ralink RT3052 (MIPS24Kc) @384MHz
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Flash: 8 MiB
- WLAN: WiSoC 2T2R/300Mbps (2.4GHz)
- LAN: 4x100M
- WAN: 1x100M
- USB: 1x2.0
Installation via serial console (57600 8N1) from TFTP server
- rename the firmware to something shorter, for example
"sysupgrade.bin" (max. 32 chars)
- copy firmware TFTP server's directory
- when you power on device, and see U-Boot log, immediatly push "2"
once.
- You will see this message:
2: System Load Linux Kernel then write to Flash via TFTP.
Warning!! Erase Linux in Flash then burn new one. Are you sure?
- Push "y", and enter: device IP, then TFTP server's IP, and then
image firmware file name.
The firmware will be downloaded within ~30 seconds and flashed to the
device (It will take about 2 minutes).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Belyaev <spider@spider.vc>
[squash commits, compact commit message, fix compatible string, remove
superfluous pinmuxes]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds the interface-name option for each dhcp config
in /etc/config/dhcp.
With the interface_name option users can define a DNS name for each dhcp section
that will be resolved by dnsmasq with the underlaying interface address.
For example:
config dhcp 'lan'
option interface 'lan'
...
list interface_name 'home.lan'
...
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [PKG_RELEASE increase]
Build profile for Asmax AR 1004g refers to an invalid DTS "rg100a". The
correct DTS for this device is "ar1004g".
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
It has been shown that the Fritz boxes have the correct mac address set
in the wireless calibration data/eeeprom. Use this mac address as base
for the ethernet and xdsl interface increment/decrement the address to
match the values stored in the tffs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
commit 89878f60f4 x86: lift kernel minimum CPU requirement to Pentium MMX
caused kconfig havoc. Fix this and make sure PAE is enabled even on legacy
CPUs as the minimum required CPU has been Pentium MMX for a while now and
hence PAE is supported even on the x86_legacy target.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Significantly reduces time spent processing those targets and should
also silence some log clutter which could confuse buildbot
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Anything older than that isn't supported since commit f4f8f4a180,
hence also switch to Pentium MMX when building the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
commit 4b4f739373 switched on HIGHMEM4G which implicitely disabled
PAE and hence also NX and other useful and security-relevant features.
Re-enable PAE by switching to HIGHMEM64G.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
If there's a TFTP root directory configured, create it with mkdir -p
(which does not throw an error if the folder exists already)
before starting dnsmasq. This is useful for TFTP roots in /tmp, for example.
Originally submitted by nfw user aka Nathaniel Wesley Filardo
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
In order to have a smaller initramfs image remove all packages not
needed on all devices and add them explicitely for those actually
needing them. Also remove wpad-mini from ramips default package set
and add it to all sub-targets except for MT7621.
While at it reorder packages alphabetically and replace kmod-mt76 with
kmod-mt7603 and/or kmod-mt76x2 depending on the chip actually used on
a specific board.
Hopefully fixes FS#758
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Module definitions for kmod-wdt-sunxi and kmod-eeprom-sunxi are removed
(wdt-sunxi was builtin anyways; nvmem-sunxi, which is the new name of
eeprom-sunxi is changed to builtin). As kmod-eeprom-sunxi was specified
in DEFAULT_PACKAGES, but not available on kernel 4.4, it was breaking the
image builder.
Support for kmod-sunxi-ir is added for kernel 4.4 (it is unclear why it
was disable before, it builds fine with with kernel 4.4).
Condtionals only relevant for pre-4.4 kernels are removed from modules.mk,
as sunxi does't support older kernels anymore.
Fixes FS#755.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
It was originally only enabled for the "32" subtarget along with the
"usb" feature which is now also shared by the "64" target
This should fix the phase1 build of armvirt/64
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Do not assign the CPU port twice, this confuses LuCI and possible other
programs relying on topology information in board.json.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/1086
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Setting legacy_rates to 0 disables 802.11b data rates.
Setting legacy_rates to 1 enables 802.11b data rates. (Default)
The basic_rate option and supported_rates option are filtered based on this.
The rationale for the change, stronger now than in 2014, can be found in:
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/14/11-14-0099-00-000m-renewing-2-4ghz-band.pptx
The balance of equities between compatibility with b clients and the
detriment to the 2.4 GHz ecosystem as a whole strongly favors disabling b
rates by default.
Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup, defaults change]
When sta is configured, hostapd receives 'stop' and 'update' command from
wpa_supplicant. In the update command, hostapd gets sta parameters with
which it configures ap.
Problem is, with the default wireless configuration:
mode:11g freq:2.4GHz channel:1
If sta is connected to 5GHz network, then ap does not work. Ideally with
340-reload_freq_change.patch hostapd should reload the frequency changes
and start ap in 5GHz, but ap becomes invisible in the network.
This issue can be reproduced with following /etc/config/wireless:
config wifi-device radio0
option type mac80211
option channel 1
option hwmode 11g
option path 'virtual/uccp420/uccwlan'
option htmode 'none'
config wifi-iface 'ap'
option device 'radio0'
option encryption 'none'
option mode 'ap'
option network 'ap'
option ssid 'MyTestNet'
option encryption none
config wifi-iface 'sta'
option device radio0
option network sta
option mode sta
option ssid TestNet-5G
option encryption psk2
option key 12345
This change updates current_mode structure based on configured hw_mode
received from wpa_supplicant. Also prepare rates table after frequency
selection.
Signed-off-by: Abhilash Tuse <Abhilash.Tuse@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup, patch refresh]
Commit 2036ae4 (base-files: support hostname and ntp servers through board.d)
was supposed to implement these procedures but lacked the required changes
to uci-defaults.sh.
Add the missing procedures now to fix config generation on targets relying
on hostname or NTP server presetting.
Fixes FS#754.
Reported-by: Cristian Morales Vega <cristian@samknows.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When busybox customisation is enabled, we should depend on config
symbols CONFIG_BUSYBOX_CONFIG_xxx to form alternatives specs
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Otherwise ipkg packages may wrongly take on alternatives specs of
another package sharing the same package Makefile
Fixes FS#753
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
A number of small tweaks & improvements on the way to a final release.
Most notable:
Improve DHCPv4 address-in-use check.
Remove the recently introduced RFC-6842 (Client-ids in DHCP replies)
support as it turns out some clients are getting upset.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Changes since last version
546bc72 pkg: alternatives support
7a96972 libbb: xreadlink: fix memory leak on failure case
3f13edd pkg_run_script: use pkg->dest in half installed case
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
It's a list of specs of the following form seprated by commas to
describe alternatives provided by this package
<prio>:<path>:<altpath>
<path> will be a symbolic link to <altpath> of the highest <prio>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
With update of ARC tools to arc-2016.09 based on GCC v6.x
we have to bump Linux kernel version so both toolchain and
the kernel use the same ARC ABIv4.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
With update of ARC tools to arc-2016.09 based on GCC v6.x
we have to bump Linux kernel version so both toolchain and
the kernel use the same ARC ABIv4.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
arc-2016.09 is the most recent toolchain for ARC cores and
it is based on top of upstream Binutils 2.27 and GCC 6.2.1.
With updated major version of GCC we copied all GCC 6.x patches
for ARC as well as Bintils 2.27 patches.
Note that toochain sports ARCv4 ABI and so must be used
with 4.8+ Linux kernels. Even though it will build v4.4 kernel
perfectly fine on attempt to run user-space apps they won't
work with older kernel. That said previuosly sent RFC patches with
Linux kernel update are required:
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/726686/
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/726687/
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
DWC3 driver uses of_usb_get_phy_mode() which is
implemented in drivers/usb/phy/of.c and in bare minimal
configuration it might not be pulled in kernel binary.
In case of ARC or ARM this could be easily reproduced with
"allnodefconfig" +CONFIG_USB=m +CONFIG_USB_DWC3=m.
On building all ends-up with:
---------------------->8------------------
Kernel: arch/arm/boot/Image is ready
Kernel: arch/arm/boot/zImage is ready
Building modules, stage 2.
MODPOST 5 modules
ERROR: "of_usb_get_phy_mode" [drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3.ko] undefined!
make[1]: *** [__modpost] Error 1
make: *** [modules] Error 2
---------------------->8------------------
This was affecting Lede in case of CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y.
The patch is already scheduled for v4.12 and once it is backported to
4.9.y it must be removed from here.
Note this patch makes sense not only for ARC instead it fixes
a generic issue which may affect more arches and platforms thus
putting it in "generic/" folder.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [patch rename]
Since commit:
7120438e5d
Seems that fsl_rstcr_restart() has been converted
to a reset handler and dropped as hook/callback.
Apply the same to the `tl_wdr4900_v1` target.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Re-applied patches:
001-powerpc-85xx-add-gpio-keys-to-of-match-table.patch
100-powerpc-85xx-tl-wdr4900-v1-support.patch
Dropped patch:
200-spi-fsl-espi-preallocate-local-buffer.patch
now part of kernel upstream hash
1423877b73
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Even it's unknown if it's booting with thumb, because the lack of hardware.
Enable it for now, so the build succeed, because without thumb it can not fit
into spl.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Early SoC versions with an ECO of 1 required the gpio reset.
Mass production SoCs no longer need this work around.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
9268ca6 ndp: don't trigger IPv6 ping when neighbor entry is invalid
2b3355f ndp: fix adding proxy neighbor entries
7dff5b4 ndp: fix wrong interface name in syslog message
a54afb5 dhcpv6-ia: Fix segfault when writing DHCPv4 leases in state file
c0e9dbf ubus: don't segfault when there're no leases
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Configuring dhcp_option as an option does not allow the usage of white
spaces in the option value; fix this by supporting dhcp_option as a list
config while still supporting the option config to maintain backwards
compatibility
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Add the changes suggested by FS#716 to fix the switch driver initialization
on the ZTE Q7.
Also remove the `pinctrl-names` field obsoleted by the changes.
Reported-by: Harry Lau <harrylwc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When invoking "nslookup_lede" with a domain argument and without explicit
query type, issue both A and AAAA queries and display the resulting IP
addresses in a numbered list style, similar to how the old BusyBox nslookup
used to output the records.
This is required for compatibility with certain scripts.
Ref: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/nslookup-ipv6-in-lede-17-01-1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ":*" optstring syntax was only recently introduced with BusyBox v1.26,
older versions need a corresponding hint in the "opt_complementary" variable
to denote flag values that should be stored as llist entries.
Add the required opt_complementary entry to fix random SIGBUS, SIGILL or
SIGSEGV related crashes on BusyBox 1.25.x when attempting to use the "-q"
flag of the "nslookup_lede" applet.
Ref: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/nslookup-ipv6-in-lede-17-01-1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix a copy/paste error and include the ZBT-WE826 dtsi instead of the
ZBT-WG3526 one.
Fix the syntax error in the ZBT-WE826 dtsi to prevent an compile error.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Install procd interface triggers only for interfaces which are enabled
so dropbear instances running on (an) enabled interface(s) are not
restarted due to an interface trigger of an interface which is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The IMX6 PCIe host controller does not fire legacy interrupts if MSI is
enabled. A patch is being worked on to enable MSI at runtime only when
it is needed but meanwhile this patch will disable MSI for the imx6 kernel.
This fixes the no interrupt issue on cards/drivers that use legacy interrupts
such as ath9k.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
When running "make menuconfig" with symlinked .config (e.g. to
env/.config) it renames symlink to .config.old, creates new .config file
and writes updated configuration here.
This breaks the desired workflow when changes in the configuration could
be checked using "scripts/env diff" and commited with
"scripts/env save". Since the env/.config file is not updated.
Fix this issue by exporting KCONFIG_OVERWRITECONFIG=1, which forces
mconf to overwrite the .config content, instead of renaming it and
creating a new file. This variable is set only if .config is a symlink,
otherwise the variable is not exported and the old behaviour is
preserved.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Both of these boards share the same DTS, and hardware. The only
difference would be the PCI-E slot, and ath9k card found on the MX60W.
Due to the similarities, it would be more efficient to merge these
profiles.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This moves core router packages to the NAND target, to ensure they are
applied to all images. This change is being done due to an issue found
when flashing the MX60W image, which came without these when built as a
multi image.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The patch 523-MIPS-ath79-OTP-support only supports the OTP offsets for
AR933x chips, which has changed on newer platforms such as the AR934x.
The follwoing change is to add support for reading the OTP on the
AR934x. Tested on an Aerohive AP-121.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Seems to be useful only for old and unsupported operating systems. Removed and adjusted the mtd-utils Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The ZBT-WG826 is available with 16 or 32 MByte of flash. Split the
device tree source file, rename the currently supported 16 MByte
version and add the 32 MByte variant.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Digineo AC1200 Pro is the 32MB flash variant of the ZBT-WG3526 with
unpopulated/exposed sdhci slot. Rename to board to the OEM/ODM name and
add the sdhci kernel module to use it for multiple clones.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The ZBT-WG3526 is available with 16 or 32 MByte of flash. Rename the
current supported 16MByte version to indicate which flash size variant
is supported.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specification:
- SoC: MT7621AT, MT7603EN and MT7612EN
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 512 MiB (EM6GE16EWXD-12H)
- Ethernet: 1 x WAN (10/100/1000Mbps) and 4 x LAN (10/100/1000 Mbps)
- Others: USB 2.0, micro SD slot, reset button and 8 x LEDs
Issues:
- Two LEDs for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Wi-Fi do not work, can't find GPIOs.
- The pwr LED is not GPIO controllable
How to install:
- The original firmware is OpenWrt, so both LuCI or sysupgrade can be used.
- Do not keep settings, for sysupgrade please use the -n option.
Signed-off-by: Jiawei Wang <buaawjw@gmail.com>
The wan port is connected to switch port 0. Fix the mediatek,portmap as
well as the default switch config.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Belyaev <spider@spider.vc>
Make switch port LEDs blink on activity as they do with stock firmware.
The u-boot loader sets suitable values in the LED control register that
unfortunately get blown away by the linux switch driver init. Restore
that value by using driver 'initvals'. 0x0431 is the led control
register, the value 0x0960. Each nybble represents each LED's mode
(LED3,2,1,0) in this case OFF, 1000LINK+Activity, 100/10LINK+Activity,
OFF. Only LED1&2 are physically present.
Enabling the blinkenlights exposed the fact that an RRCP packet was
being emitted by the switch on all ports every second. Further initvals
copied from stock firmware's u-boot driver disabled this 'feature'.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Allow per-device initvals in the DTS file for rlt8366rb
switches.
Shamelessly copies 30494598f8
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Based on a patch by Alexandru Ardelean.
netifd ubus reload call returns the actual reload error status;
return error status as well in reload_service
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
11cb9cf ubus: add interface method to trigger renew event
4375d1b system-linux: allow "throw" route type
5fbd904 netifd: propagate error code on netifd_reload()
6e0acec interface-ip: fix device name for IPv6 link-local DNS server
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Migrate to new image generation and
introduce sdcard generation (based on sunxi).
Profile now generated via image/Makefile instead
of profiles/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The beagleboard doesn't boot with Thumb enabled, but without Thumb the
SPL (first stage bootloader) is too big to fit into SRAM.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Do as the vendor driver does -- however, some devices apparently
patched support for external PA into the driver similar to how it was
done on Rt3352, using EEPROM_NIC_CONF1 rather than EEPROM_NIC_CONF2,
hence we check for both fields. Somehow the vendor driver also no
longer offers the option of only one of the TX paths having an external
PA (which was probably to weird to ever be implemented in practise,
though it doesn't seem like a particularly bad idea to me). Do the same
in rt2x00 and enable support for external PA on both TX paths whenever
it is set for TX0 in EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Import change to make external PA capability consistent with the
vendor driver instead of having the logic inverted.
While at it, apply patches in the same order as they got merged
upstream.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
boardnames were changed with the recent target update. the sysupgrade board
detection was not updated properly.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Without patch unloading the dwc3-of-simple module went stuck after
successfully removing hcd.1 during the hcd.0 removal:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 21.391846] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.391931] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.397038] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 21.401111] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.406685] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.412848] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 21.417248] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.422521] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
followed by nothing.
Sometimes a stall CPU was detected, or a kernel panic,
or a reboot occurred after a couple of minutes.
At the same time unloading the dwc3 module followed by dwc3-of-simple
module was working repeatedly.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 53.827328] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.827412] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.832630] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 53.836452] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.842314] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.848412] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 53.852542] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.857882] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.863956] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 53.867875] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.873696] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.879742] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
root@LEDE:/#
For the non-working case, the code was stuck in a readl() in
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/host/xhci.c#L91
because
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3-of-simple.c#L126
was disabling the wrong clocks when removing hcd.1 (it was disabling
the clock of hcd.0). That's why the readl() went stuck when removing
hcd.0
The patch however addresses the clock assignment from the Netgear R7500
dts file and backs off the previous attempt.
Now unloading and repeated module loading is working just fine.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 24.089679] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.089765] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.094856] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 24.098963] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.104522] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.111194] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 24.115086] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.120396] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.126503] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 24.130347] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.135948] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.142085] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/#
Fixes: dwc3-of-simple module unloading for Netgear R7500
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
The patch follows the qualcomm code comments setting
SSUSB_CTRL_TEST_POWERDOWN to 0x1 and is testing and clearing the
bit during USB superspeed PHY init. According to Andy Gross it
needs to be BIT(26).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Acked-by: Andy Gross <andy.gross@linaro.org>
We need to ensure there is enough headroom to push extra header,
but we also need to check if we are allowed to change headers.
skb_cow_head() is the proper helper to deal with this.
Fixes Ethernet<->WiFi bridge for Raspberry Pi and probably other devices.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The script can be used to quickly spin up QEMU virtual machines with lan
and wan network. Please read the initial part of the script for
instructions about how to configure host machine
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Original armvirt target is now subtarget 32. Other than that the built
result should remain the same as before
Besides old features already available with arm64, the new armvirt/64
subtarget will also have those features originally enabled for
armvirt/32 with commit 44ecfc2 ("armvirt: new target")
- pl011, uart
- pl031, rtc
- pl061, gpio
- pci-host-generic
- virtio_{mmio,pci,net,blk,scsi,9p,console,balloon}
- smp with NR_CPUS=4
- cpu-hotplug
- ext4
- DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE for debug purposes
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Not sure since when the issue emerged, but according to the current doc of gcc
and as, armv8-a is intended as argument of -march
The change will affect at the moment arm64 and layerscape/64b
Below is the relevant error messages when building toolchain
Assembler messages:
Error: unknown cpu `armv8-a'
Error: unrecognized option -mcpu=armv8-a
/home/yousong/git-repo/lede-project/lede/build_dir/toolchain-aarch64_armv8-a_gcc-5.4.0_musl/gcc-5.4.0/libgcc/libgcc2.c:1:0: error: unknown value 'armv8-a' for -mcpu
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The dep for the nftables support was wrong, if someone actually enable
that option gain a compilation error. This fix this problem.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix a '==' that should be a '=' in a test condition. Busybox fortunately
doesn't care.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Protect any IPv6 related with appropriate guards to fix compilation with
disabled IPv6 support in Busybox.
Fixes#728.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add red:internet led on gpio 30 previously claimed as missing.
Wifi led was claimed as blue however there are no blue leds on the
board at all. Actually there are two wifi leds, green & amber so add
definitions for those. Make the newly discovered green wifi led gpio
14 the default.
There is no amber power led on this board. The mention of the amber
power led in the manual means power red and power green at the same
time.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[removed unnecessary aliases, add migration script]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use fixed led names and add each board variant instead of manipulating
the board name.
It makes the ramips board name function less different to the one used
in other targets and allows to merge them with a common function.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
We need to keep the former used (unmodified) boardname in the metadata.
Otherwise an upgrade from an board using the old boardname will be
refused.
Fixes: a75ce960ac ("ramips: use different board names for variants")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
PSG1218 got only 4 Ethernet ports and WAN on port 3 while
PSG1218K2C got 5 Ethernet ports and WAN on port 4
Switch to use kmod-kt76x2 instead of kmod-mt76 for both devices while
at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use the stateless 4-byte op codes for this flash chip to fix reboot
hangs on SoCs expecting the flash chip in 3-byte mode.
Fixes: FS#179
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
update RF register 47 and 54 values according to vendor driver
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: moved changes into a separate patch]
Use register values from init LNA function instead of the ones from
restore LNA function. Apply register values based on rx path
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Tomislav Požega <pozega.tomislav@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: moved changes into a separate patch]
Make brcmfmac depend on !TARGET_uml.
Technically, brcmfmac could be built for uml because only SDIO support
won't work on that target. However, selectively avoiding the dependency
propagation of !TARGET_uml from kmod-mmc to avoid including a reference
to BRCMFMAC_SDIO doesn't work.
In practice, brcmfmac is completely useless on uml, so let's just
disable it there.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
minor/cosmetic: fixes the following misleading message:
root@box:~ /etc/init.d/dnsmasq restart
sh: out of range
Signed-off-by: Bastian Bittorf <bb@npl.de>
This reverts commit 51397d7d95.
There are some unresolved random crashes on WRT1900AC v1 that still need
to be sorted out
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This fixes:
Thermal sensors on bcm2835 SoC (BCM2835_THERMAL) [N/m/y/?] (NEW) aborted!
This symbol depends on ARCH_BCM2835 so it should be OK to disable it at
brcm2708 target only.
Fixes: 7d32caa61fb0 ("brcm2708: backport upstream sdhost controller driver")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since 192f0a3db8 ("ath9k: unset the default LED pin if used by
platform leds") the default ath9k wireless LED is not set as soon as
any pin of the ath ath9k gpio controller is used.
All touched boards have leds defined which are using the gpio pins
exposed by the ath9k driver but rely on a default set wireless led
trigger.
Add the wireless leds were missing and setup the wireless phy trigger
in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Netgear R6220 requires the kmod-usb3 package and misses
kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport package to setup the configured usb led
trigger.
Drop the already target selected kmod-mt76.
Fixes: FS#686
Fixes: 38bee61dab ("ramips: add support for Netgear R6220")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix the PCIe 5GHz wireless by using the on flash eeprom/caldata.
Disable the 2.4GHz band as this band has no antennas attached but is
enabled in the eeprom/caldata.
Fixes: FS#691
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix the PCIe 5GHz wireless by using the ralink mtd-eeprom property as
this board have a RT5592 and uses the rt2x00 driver. The mediathek
device tree bindings do not work here.
Fixes: FS#691
Fixes: d8dd207ea6 ("ramips: use the ralink,mtd-eeprom device tree property")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The factory image has an uImage header covering the entire image and
not only the kernel. The original uImage header which covers only the
kernel is appended to the end of the image.
During LEDE boot the uImage rootfs splitter skips the whole filesystem,
can't find a valid filesystem magic and panics.
The last known working version was OpenWrt 14.07, which simply kept on
searching for an uImage header if the first found didn't resulted into
a working rootfs. This behaviour is kind of error prone since it could
produce false positives.
Since the sysupgrade image works fine in combination with the tftp
recovery for doing the initial installation of LEDE, simply drop the
factory image.
Related: FS#462
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since the LEDE nslookup applet is already specific to LEDE, move the
libresolv detection into the busybox Makefile that LEDE uses.
This fixes builds with external toolchains that don't automatically
search for headers and/or libraries without being told so.
Fixes: de5b8e5d2f ("busybox: add musl compatible nslookup replacement")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Apply the !UML dependency to both the symbol and the DEPENDS so there is
no recursive dependency anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The original implementation loaded the count register with (wrong) semi-
random values due to its implemenation nature.
If the wrongly calulated value was below the kickrate,
the WD was triggered and rebooted the system.
Rework this, partly based on upstream patches, to dynamically fetch the
current clockrate and calculate the proper offset for the WD countdown
register.
Before:
[ 143.800000] count val: 27219720
[ 148.820000] count val: 50623201
[ 153.830000] count val: 96425250
[ 158.830000] count val: 89735401
[ 163.840000] count val: 4756110
After:
[ 0.700000] MPCore WD init. clockrate: 299984500 prescaler: 256
countrate: 1171814 timeout: 60s
[ 358.530000] count val: 35154751
[ 363.540000] count val: 35154750
[ 368.540000] count val: 35154751
[ 373.550000] count val: 35154750
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
binutils 2.27 checks if the target compiler supports -Wstack-
usage=262144, and also uses this setting for the host compiler. If the
host compiler is gcc < 4.9 binutils build will fail. This backports 2
commits which are fixing this problem for binutils 2.28.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This was also working before, with a slightly
different semantic.
[ Original semantic ]
If no reload hooks was implemented, the default one would
kick in, it would return fail, and restart would happen.
This would happen also in the case where a reload hook
would be implemented, it would fail, and it would restart
the service.
[ New semantic ]
The default reload hook calls restart.
Services can implement their own reload.
If reload fails, then the '/etc/init.d/<service> reload'
would return a non-zero code, and the caller can choose
a way to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Recent attempts to use it have shown that it does not work properly
except for a few undocumented cases. It's better to remove this now to
avoid having more people fall into the same trap
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update OpenVPN to 2.4.1
Remove 200-small_build_enable_occ.patch as it's included upstream.
Refresh patches
Add mirror and switch to HTTPS
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
In preparation for bumping arm64 to 4.9, add a bunch of configuration
symbols that are available under arm64.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Drop sample command line to use against the ARM Foundation v8 model and
replace the path to something that matches LEDE's directory structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This required us to both download the Foundation emulator but also build
a boot wrapper. QEMU is now fully usable and is a much better
replacement.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add an alternative nslookup applet implementation which is compatible with
musl libc wrt. name server selection and which supports a number of additional
features such as query type selection.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Commit f4e312ddf8 adds libnetlink to
staging dir but did not add the header files libgenl.h and ll_map.h
which define functions belonging to libnetlink lib
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Similar to odhcpd, allow using ISC DHCPd instead of dnsmasq.
Disable DHCP and/or DHCP6 in case ISC DHCP is present and
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Instead of renaming the default wireless led attached to the wireless
chip, add a new led using the platform leds with the phy0tpt trigger
set in userspace.
When switching ar71xx to device tree, the same can be done by using the
build in GPIO controller and without adding new bindings.
Drop the now unused platform code.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't setup the default led pin if the ath9k GPIO controller is used
via device tree to prevent collision. In case any of the pins exposed
by the ath9k is used, the phyNtpt trigger needs to be set in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In case that the atheros device tree binding is used, enable access to
the GPIO chip only if the gpio-controller device tree parameter is used
for the ath9k node.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Unset the default LED gpio pin if the same gpio pin is used by a LED
defined via platform LED. This prevents that the default led trigger
gets assigned to this LED and the GPIO value gets changed on
wifi up/down in case the led is not used for signaling the wifi state.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With the fritz-tools a userspace parser for the Tiny Flash File System
is available and makes the tffs2 kernel patches obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Split the fritz-tools into subpackages. fritz_tffs_read is usefull for
all Fritz boards where fritz-cal_extract is only required for the
Fritz 4040 at the moment.
Rename the tffs related binary to the more catchy name fritz_tffs and
move the whole package to utilities since the package doesn't really
provide a firmware file.
Make the fritz-tools available for all targets and build them shared.
The tffs is used by avm on lantiq and ar71xx as well.
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix the list order instead of adjusting the controller scan order.
Revert the former required changes to the lantiq PCIe driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Update to latest Git in order to import the following fixes:
1d0263b check_data_file_clashes_change: remove duplicated offline root in paths
a00a6a9 buildReplaces: do not add duplicated replacees
9fbedd8 opkg: compare-versions doesn't need any state
45b54f6 opkg_cmd: fix segmentation fault in opkg_compare_versions_cmd()
93de62b opkg_cmd: fix return of opkg compare-versions
51275a8 pkg_src_list_push: remove unused function
947d3d4 pkg_src_list_pop: remove unused function
980cfb2 str_list_push: remove unused function
52c31c1 str_list_prev: remove unused function
7d24212 str_list_last: remove unused function
48142a3 conffile_list_pop: remove unused function
46c5de5 pkg_dest_list_push: remove unused functions
368bb62 nv_pair_list_prev: remove unused function
2985c00 nv_pair_list_last: remove unused function
f5082ac conffile_list_pop: remove unused function
89bf8b9 conffile_list_push: remove unused function
23d31fb active_list_sort: remove unused function
7fe45f2 active_list_add_depend: remove unused function
86b584d pkg_dependence_satisfied: remove unused function
816d330 Fix typo in pkg_hash_fetch_best_installation_candidate.
07f3b02 set_flags_from_control: remove function
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* adds MT7530 DSA support
* backport latest ethernet driver
* add PMIC leds
* add auxadc support
* add efuse support
* add thermal sensor support
* add irq affinity support for ethernet
still todo
* DSA multi cpu support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Support for the nct6775/6776 hwmon chips, and other compatibles
in the family as well as the Intel on-chip thermal sensors.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Keeping it in base-files was resulting in adding it to the base-files
package. This file is meant to be included manually for initramfs
images only.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If someone creates a target and indicates a CPU_TYPE, but there's
no corresponding support for that CPU_TYPE's flags in include/target.mk
then that should probably be indicated rather than silently ignored.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
update the qca988x firmware to firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00029.
According to LEDE Forum, the new firmware supports mesh mode.
Also, it seems to have several improvements.
Signed-off-by: Changmin Jang <ckdalsdk12@gmail.com>
There are currently several supported TP-Link devices without specified
version number in image name and/or DEVICE_TITLE (e.g. WBS210, WBS510,
TL-WR810N, TL-WA7510N, TL-WPA8630), but vendor website shows that there
are already more than one version of them on the market.
For devices like Archer C5, which second version is based on a total
different platform, missing version number in DEVICE_TITLE (used in
menuconfig) might be misleading for users.
To make it less confusing for users and easier to maintain in future,
include version number in image name and DEVICE_TITLE for all TP-Link
devices, even if there is only one version of device at the moment.
Also, keep DEVICE_TITLE in same format for all TP-Link devices.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Kernel/hardware support for this board has been implemented since
Chaos Calmer. This set of patches is to get the board identified in
userland. This will allow support for things like sysupgrade,
configuring initial LED state, configuring initial switch state, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ron Angeles <ronangeles@gmail.com>
This router has the same hardware as TP-LINK TL-WR841N/ND v11 (same FCC
ID, same TFTP image name...).
If the stock firmware web interface doesn't accept LEDE factory image,
it can be flashed via the U-Boot TFTP recovery mode, by long-pressing
the reset button after power on.
The TFTP image name is wr841nv11_tp_recovery.bin (yes, v11, not v12).
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
On the more sophisticated (i.e. deeper FIFO) serial controllers,
flow-control might be needed to avoid dropping output.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Couple of important upstream patches (slated for 2.0.15) that
are necessary for kexec to run on MUSL and on x86 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
If you're using Chrony or NTPD you don't want the busybox NTP server
as well. Make it's installation truly conditional.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [simplify]
Intel(R) 82576 is an adapter which supports SR-IOV. Thus the host can
assign Virtual Functions (VFs) to different VMs by the PCI-E Passthrough
(e.g. VFIO for KVM), to gain different advantages (performance, VF to VF
communications, host kernel offload, etc.).
The driver of the passthroughed VFs is the igbvf (igb is NOT
compatible).
This is essential for VM guests, to enable them to utilize this feature.
Signed-off-by: Ye Tao <tydus@hongo.wide.ad.jp>
Some of our local patches have been accepted upstream. And there are
some more relevant changes (mostly for rt2800usb). Import them and
rebase our remaining local patches on top.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563 (775 MHz, MIPS 74Kc)
- RAM: 128 MiB
- Storage: 16MB NOR flash
- Wireless: Built into QCA9563 (Dragonfly), PHY modes b/g/n, 3x3 MIMO
- Ethernet: 2x1G
Tested and working:
- ethernet / switch / lan / wan
- 2.4GHz SoC wifi
- PCIe
- leds
- buzzer
Ramload:
- tftpboot 0x84000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-wpj563-16M-initramfs-uImage.bin
- bootm 0x84000000
Install:
- tftpboot 0x80500000 lede-ar71xx-generic-wpj563-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
- erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
- erase 0x9f680000 +1
- cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
Erasing 0x9f680000 is required because uboot defines
"bootcmd=bootm 0x9f680000 || bootm 0x9f030000", so it first tries to boot
the higher address. I think the 16 mb flash are intended to be used as
8+8mb for a fallback image. In my hardware only the lower address has a
bootable image. But to make sure future hardware will boot lede too, I
erase one block, so uboot will skip this address.
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
RGMII RX delay setting needs to be always specified for AR8337 to
avoid port 5 RX hang on high traffic / flood conditions.
Also, the HOL registers that set per-port and per-packet-priority
buffer sizes are updated with the reduced values suggested by the
QCA switch team.
Finally, AR8327 reserved register fixups are disabled for the AR8337.
This patch is adapted from the Code Aurora QSDK, but with magic
values mapped to proper defines.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
The relay section should use the logical interface name and
not the linux network device name directly. This to be
consistent with other sections of the dnsmasq config where
'interface' means the logical interface.
Signed-off-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
20c16fc cmake: Make blockd link against libjson-c
92b4c2c libfstools: add basic documentation of mount functions
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This is a 3rd party chipset which is not present on all Intel
reference designs, so make it a module rather than baked in (this
will also alleviate conflicts with drivers which also detect some
of the same chipsets).
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
These are recommended practices by REC-22 and REC-24 of RFC6092:
"Recommended Simple Security Capabilities in Customer Premises Equipment
(CPE) for Providing Residential IPv6 Internet Service"
Fixes FS#640
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Without patch unloading the dwc3-of-simple module went stuck after
successfully removing hcd.1 during the hcd.0 removal:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 21.391846] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.391931] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.397038] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 21.401111] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.406685] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.412848] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 21.417248] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.422521] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
followed by nothing.
Sometimes a stall CPU was detected, or a kernel panic,
or a reboot occurred after a couple of minutes.
At the same time unloading the dwc3 module followed by dwc3-of-simple
module was working repeatedly.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 53.827328] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.827412] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.832630] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 53.836452] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.842314] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.848412] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 53.852542] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.857882] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.863956] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 53.867875] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.873696] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.879742] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
root@LEDE:/#
For the non-working case, the code was stuck in a readl() in
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/host/xhci.c#L91
because
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3-of-simple.c#L126
was disabling the wrong clocks when removing hcd.1 (it was disabling
the clock of hcd.0). That's why the readl() went stuck when removing
hcd.0
The patch however addresses the clock assignment from the .dtsi
file. Most probably it went into openwrt here:
https://dev.openwrt.org/browser/trunk/target/linux/ipq806x/patches-3.18/101-ARM-qcom-add-USB-nodes-to-ipq806x-ap148.patch?rev=45261
copied from Qualcomms attempt here: https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/11/20/116
Now unloading and repeated module loading is working just fine,
no matter if you'd remove dwc3-of-simple or dwc3.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 24.089679] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.089765] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.094856] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 24.098963] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.104522] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.111194] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 24.115086] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.120396] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.126503] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 24.130347] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.135948] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.142085] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/#
Fixes: dwc3-of-simple module unloading
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Allow module unloading by fixing a mistake.
qcom_dwc3_phy_write_readback() is expecting (phy, offset, mask, value)
while the mistake was calling it with (phy, offset, value, mask)
The patch is swapping value and mask.
Without the patch unloading the dwc3 module was showing a
write to QSCRATCH failed and repeated module loading was
failing:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 19.167998] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.168084] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.173371] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 19.177134] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.182960] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.189023] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 19.192989] qcom-dwc3-usb-phy 110f8830.phy: write: 8000000 to QSCRATCH: 0 FAILED
[ 19.199064] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.205912] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.211611] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 19.215905] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.221751] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.227307] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
[ 19.231795] qcom-dwc3-usb-phy 100f8830.phy: write: 8000000 to QSCRATCH: 0 FAILED
root@LEDE:/# modprobe dwc3
[ 29.583343] phy phy-100f8830.phy.4: phy init failed --> -110
[ 29.583399] dwc3 10000000.dwc3: failed to initialize core
[ 29.588169] dwc3: probe of 10000000.dwc3 failed with error -110
[ 29.652943] phy phy-110f8830.phy.2: phy init failed --> -110
[ 29.652988] dwc3 11000000.dwc3: failed to initialize core
[ 29.657735] dwc3: probe of 11000000.dwc3 failed with error -110
root@LEDE:/#
With patch repeated module unloading and loading is working good:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 22.622214] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.622298] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.627401] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 22.631492] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.637054] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.643721] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 22.647421] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.652910] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.659219] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 22.662768] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.668604] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.674803] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/# modprobe dwc3
[ 25.404592] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.404694] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1
[ 25.409444] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: hcc params 0x0228f065 hci version 0x100 quirks 0x00010010
[ 25.416589] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: irq 168, io mem 0x10000000
[ 25.426509] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.431626] hub 1-0:1.0: 1 port detected
[ 25.435472] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.439206] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2
[ 25.444573] usb usb2: We don't know the algorithms for LPM for this host, disabling LPM.
[ 25.452926] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.460420] hub 2-0:1.0: 1 port detected
[ 25.525037] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.525099] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 3
[ 25.529750] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: hcc params 0x0228f065 hci version 0x100 quirks 0x00010010
[ 25.537002] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: irq 169, io mem 0x11000000
[ 25.546583] hub 3-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.551997] hub 3-0:1.0: 1 port detected
[ 25.555734] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.559621] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 4
[ 25.564942] usb usb4: We don't know the algorithms for LPM for this host, disabling LPM.
[ 25.573063] hub 4-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.580842] hub 4-0:1.0: 1 port detected
root@LEDE:/#
Fixes: dwc3 module unloading
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
ath10k tries to fetch board id via otp, but that fails for many chips
like QCA988x, QCA9984 etc. Recent commit cc189c0b7f removed the earlier
hack that had allowed QCA radios to work, as that hack was incompatible
with the new wifi chips being introduced to the source tree.
Restore functionality for the existing wifi chips by modifying the
return value of the 'board id via otp' function to a value that is recognised
as a harmless error, so that name evaluation continues by using the board file.
Patch originally suggested by Christian Lamparter in forum discussion.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Many (most?) devices can't boot raw kernel using tftp and probably none
allows flashing it. It's way more usable to have TRX with kernel
containing initrams as such an image can be actually flashed.
An exception are Buffalo devices which have recovery mode with support
for booting kernels over TFTP. For them keep building default images.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Makes use of the syscon tcsr and enables both USB ports. Cleans up
qcom-ipq8064.dtsi from previous attempts.
Fixes FS#497
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
With upstream changes, the last update to U-Boot 2017.03
broke the nsa310 and nsa325 targets. Also fix some redefines.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
- remove unused code within 500-ar9_vr9.patch
- fixed return of IFX_ERROR (solves SIGSEGV in asterisk at failure)
- align it a bit with 400-falcon.patch
- remove 600-kernel-4.9.patch since changed parts
are removed during cleanup
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Current driver shows temp in full degrees while other apps await it
to be in millidegrees.
Initially the driver represents termal data in millidegrees but then
it gets divided by TSENS_FACTOR. So lets just set it to '1'.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Deactivate all the ARM64 erratums by default. The target code should
activate them if needed. This fixes a problem with a new erratum added
in kernel 4.9.17 breaking brcm2708.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Make scan output useful for 802.11s meshes. The common print_ssid function
is used, so this doesn't add any additional code.
Based-on-patch-by: Jan-Tarek Butt <tarek@ring0.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This gets us in sync with dts from kernel 4.11. Two patches were already
backported earlier.
I decided to use 03x prefix as it's kind of similar to the 3xx prefix:
3xx - architecture specific patches
It isn't any documented or strict rule though. We don't need to stick to
it if we hit any problems.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
modify 0152-lantiq-VPE.patch from
commit e0229a16b0 ("lantiq: added support for VPE1")
- remove wdog function declarations from header (asm/vpe.h)
- remove wdog command line init functions (vpe.c)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
- remove patched header (vpe.h) because kernel
already provides one (asm/vpe.h)
- remove module softdog_vpe since watchdog functionality is unused
- remove module softdog_vpe from Makefile
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Even the commit message of the patch adding support for the MiWiFi Nano
says that a 16 MB flash chip is used. Extend the firmware partition to
make use of all available flash space.
Fixes: FS#622
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not select the qca988x by default as soon as kmod-ath10k is
selected. We do support more ath10k chips than the qca988x in the
meantime, so this dependency doesn't make sense any longer.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Netgear X4 R7500 comes with a QCA988X. Select a firmware that matches
the ath10k chipset
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Commit 23dac14d058f ("MIPS: PCI: Use struct list_head lists") changed
the controller list from reverse to straight order. Use the last entry
in the controller list to get the fist conroller of the system.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Upstream commit 23dac14d058f ("MIPS: PCI: Use struct list_head lists")
changed the controller list from reverse to straight order without
taking care of the changed order for the scan of the recorded PCI
controllers.
Traverse the list in reverse order to restore the former behaviour.
This patches fixes the following PCI error on lantiq:
pci 0000:01:00.0: BAR 0: error updating (0x1c000004 != 0x000000)
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Right now all brcm2708 patches are extracted from the non-mainline
raspberrypi/linux git tree. Many of them are hacks and/or are unneeded
in LEDE. Raspberry Pi is getting better and better mainline support so
it would be nice to finally start maintaining patches in a cleaner way:
1) Backport patches accepted in upstream tree
2) Start using upstream drivers
3) Pick only these patches that are needed for more complete support
Handling above tasks requires grouping patches - ideally using the same
prefixes as generic ones. It means we should rename existing patches to
use some high prefix. This will allow e.g. use 0xx for backported code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
P&W (full name: Shenzhen Progress&Win Technologies) R602N (could be also
labeled as R602F, R602, etc.) is a simple N300 router with 5-port
10/100 Mbps switch, non-detachable antennas and USB.
CPE505 is an outdoor CPE with PoE support and detachable antennas.
Both devices are based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Common specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- UART (J2) header on PCB
R602N specification:
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external LNA and PA (SE2576L), up to 28 dBm
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- 7x LED, 1x button
CPE505N specification:
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (both ports support passive PoE 12-24 V)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external LNA and PA (SKY65174-21), up to 30 dBm
- 2x external, detachable antennas (RP-SMA connectors)
- 1x RGB LED, 2x LEDs (in RJ45 sockets), 1x button
Flash instructions:
It seems that there are many different versions of the firmware which
these devices are shipped with. The generic/standard one is based on
some modified OpenWrt and LEDE firmware can be flashed directly from
vendor's webgui or with sysupgrade (root password is "admin123").
Before flashing, make sure (use "fw_printenv") that the kernel load
address in your device is set to "0x9f050000" (bootcmd variable is
"bootm 0x9f050000"). If your device uses different load address, you
should first change it, under vendor's firmware, with command:
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm OLD_ADDRESS"
Where OLD_ADDRESS is previous kernel load address (in CPE505 version
I got access to, it was "0x9fe80000"). This will allow you to use
both the vendor's and LEDE firmware.
If version of your device contains empty U-Boot environment (you will
get information about this after issuing "fw_printenv"), you should
use U-Boot, serial line access and TFTP to perform firmware upgrade:
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-...-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm OLD_ADDRESS"
5. saveenv && reset
These devices contain also web recovery mode inside U-Boot. It can be
started with pressing the reset button for around 3 seconds just after
the device powerup. Web recovery panel is available on "192.168.10.9"
and to be able to use it, IP on your PC must be set to "192.168.10.10".
Make sure to change kernel load address before using recovery mode or
the U-Boot will not be able to load LEDE firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This patch adds initial support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hAP ac
(RB962UiGS-5HacT2HnT).
All functions are supported except:
-SFP cage (eth1) is not working
-WLAN LEDs are not working
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hAP ac lite
(RB952Ui-5ac2nD).
The hAP ac lite is nearly identical to the hAP, with an added QCA9887
5GHz radio. The 2.4GHz radio ID is also changed in the hAP ac lite.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
v4.9 CM code has a few bugs on this HW. Disable the GCR register access
during boot. This caused a cpu stall.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
0463b05 dhcpv6: rebind capability support in reconfigure message (rfc6644)
53767fc dhcpv6: respect renew end point when handling reconfigure message
dd892e2 dhcpv6: calculate T1, T2 and T3 in a more sane manner
8a6ca6e md5: use libubox md5 library as local implementation
89822de dhcpv6: don't return renew msg in case of invalid msg type in reconfigure msg
4160c0e treewide: align coding style
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The tx power applied by set_txpower is limited by the CTL (conformance
test limit) entries in the EEPROM. These can change based on the user
configured regulatory domain.
Depending on the EEPROM data this can cause the tx power to become too
limited, if the original regdomain CTLs impose lowr limits than the CTLs
of the user configured regdomain.
To fix this issue, set the initial channel limits without any CTL
restrictions and only apply the CTL at run time when setting the channel
and the real tx power.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If a device uses the default EEPROM code, typically only the main CTLs
are valid, and they do not apply properly when switching to a different
regulatory domain. If the regdomain deviates from the EEPROM one, force
the world roaming regdomain to ensure that power limits are sane
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
quilt.mk needs to be included first, to ensure that STAMP_PREPARED does
not include the hash if quilt is used.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update util-linux to 2.29.2
Remote 0001-fix-uClibc-ng-scanf-check.patch as it's been merged upstream.
Refresh patches
Change ncurses to ncursesw to fix compilation and avoid confusion
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [remove faulty dependency changes]
The Pistachio target is a MIPS interaptiv based SoC developed by
Imagination Technologies. It includes blocks for i2c, spi, audio,
usb and WiFi.
This also adds the base support for the 'Creator Ci40 (marduk)'
device which uses the Pistachio SoC to create an IoT hub by
including Bluetooth, WiFi and 6lowpan on one board. Additionally 2x
Mikrobus ports are available to expand with further RF technologies
or add sensors. You can find out more here http://creatordev.io.
Note, this commit is just the initial board support hence the
following are not expected to work yet:
* WiFi
* Bluetooth
* 6lowpan
* Audio
* Mikrobus uarts, user leds (clock dependency of 6lowpan chip)
The aim of this commit is to essentially have the same level of
support that currently exists in the mainline kernel.
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Mahajani <Abhijit.Mahajani@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <francois.berder@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Pozella <Ian.Pozella@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Mayank Sirotiya <Mayank.Sirotiya@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Kelly <Sean.Kelly@imgtec.com>
This adds kernel support for the Pistachio SoC and the Marduk (Ci40)
board which uses it.
Much of the code for Pistachio has been upstreamed however some
patches are still required to boot from the Marduk board:
* spi bug fixes
* dma bug fixes
* pistachio internal clock tree bug fixes
* spi-nand implementation
* dts based mtd device naming scheme
* dts backports and bug fixes
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Mahajani <Abhijit.Mahajani@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <francois.berder@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Pozella <Ian.Pozella@imgtec.com>
In the drv_mac80211_setup function, mac80211_interface_cleanup
is called to ask the kernel to delete all existing interfaces
for the phy that is being configured via netlink.
Later in the first function, mac80211_prepare_vif is called to
set up the new interfaces as required.
But sometimes, when mac80211_prepare_vif (and so the relevant
`iw phy x interface add y` command) runs, the kernel might still
be cleaning up the old interface with the same ifname. It usually
takes very few time to do that; possibly a few milliseconds of
sleep in the script after detecting this error condition could be
enough, but the busybox sh does not support sub-second sleep
intervals.
When this happens, iw obviously fails to create the new interface;
and the following message is printed in the system log, followed by
subsequent failure messages from hostapd in case this would have been
an AP interface.
Tue Mar 14 04:21:57 2017 daemon.notice netifd: radio1 (2767): command failed: Too many open files in system (-23)
This was a long-standing issue existing since at least OpenWrt Backfire,
and today I finally managed to debug and (hopefully) solve it.
It was happening very few times on most devices; but it was happening
a lot more frequently on fast platforms with multiple radios, such as
the powerpc-based dual-ath9k-radio tl-wdr4900-v1.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
On the ath10k-devel ML Michael Kazior stated:
"board-2 is a key-value store of actual board files.
Some devices, notably qca61x4 hw3+ and qca4019 need
distinct board files to be uploaded. Otherwise they
fail in various ways." [0].
Later on Rajkumar Manoharan explained:
"In QCA4019 platform, only radio specific calibration
(pre-cal-data) is stored in flash. Board specific contents
are read from board-2.bin. For each radio appropriate board
data should be loaded. To fetch correct board data from
board-2.bin bundle, pre-cal/radio specific caldata should
be loaded first to get proper board id.
|My understanding until now was that:
|
| * pre-cal data + board-2.bin info == actual calibration data
Correct." [1].
The standard board-2.bin from the ath10k-firmware-qca4019
barely works on the RT-AC58U. Especially 5GHz clients fail
to connect at all and if they do, they have very low
throughput even right next to the router.
Currently, the solution for this problem is to supply a
custom board-2.bin for every device.
To implement this feature, this method makes use of:
Rafał Miłecki's "base-files: add support for overlaying
rootfs content". This comes with a few limitations:
1. Since there can only be one board-2.bin at the right
location, there can only one board overwrite installed
at any time. (All packages CONFLICT with each other.
It's also not possible to "builtin" multiple package.)
2. updating ath10k-firmware-qca4019 will also replace
the board-2.bin. For this cases the user needs to
manually reinstall the wifi-board package once the
ath10k-firmware-qca4019 is updated.
To create the individual board-2.bin: Use the ath10k-bdencoder
utility from the qca-swiss-army-knife repository:
<https://github.com/qca/qca-swiss-army-knife>
The raw board.bin files have to be extracted from the
vendor's source GPL.tar archieves.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <agreen@cococorp.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
This patch adds support for AVM FRITZ!Box 4040.
hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB Nanya NT5CC128M16IP
FLASH: 32 MiB MXIC MX25L25635FMI
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
1 x 2.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: one WLAN and one WPS button
LEDS: Power, WAN/Internet, WIFI, INFO (red and amber) and LAN.
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The SoC's serial port is right
next to the MXIC FLASH chip. The board has a unpopulated 1x4 0.1"
header for it. Use a multimeter to figure out the pinout!
This board currently needs an additional u-boot image in order to boot
properly. Booting with EVA isn't possible ATM.
Install Procedure:
0. It's highly recommended to connect to the serial port.
The serial settings are listed above.
1. install a u-boot image for AVM Fritz!Box 4040
(see <https://github.com/chunkeey/FritzBox-4040-UBOOT/releases> and
<https://github.com/chunkeey/FritzBox-4040-UBOOT/blob/master/upload-to-f4040.sh>)
2. upload the initramfs.itb image via tftp (u-boot listens to
192.168.1.1 - use binary transfer mode!)
3. connect to the FB4040 and use sysupgrade sysupgrade.bin
to install the image.
Works:
- Switch and Ethernet (99%)
- Buttons (WLAN, WPS)
- FLASH (1 x 32MiB NOR Chip)
- WLAN2G and WLAN5G
- CPUFREQ scaling
- PRNG
- serial
- Crypto Accelerator
- sysupgrade (Read the flash instructions to avoid bricking)
- full LEDE Install (Read the flash instructions to avoid bricking)
- LEDs (Power, WAN, Info (red and amber), LAN)
The LEDs are connected to the QCA8075 LED ports.
The AR40xx driver contains a gpio-controller to
handle these special "GPIOs".
- USB Both 3.0 and 2.0 ports
- many packages from other ARMv7 boards
(This does include the RaspberryPi Model 2!)
- ...
Not planned:
- WAN<->LAN short-cut
- Qualcomm Secure Execution Environment
- ...
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
With this patch, the nand.sh script no longer overwrites
CI_KERNELPART and CI_UBIPART if they have been set before.
This allows platforms specify alternative values for these
variables.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch enables the ATH10K_AHB support for the QCA4019
devices on the AHB bus.
This patch also removes 936-ath10k_skip_otp_check.patch
because it breaks the AHB device identification.
"Patch is wrong. I find it frustrating OpenWRT/LEDE doesn't
try to work with upstream on ixing these things right."
[1] <https://www.mail-archive.com/ath10k@lists.infradead.org/msg05896.html>
It also limits ath10k memory hunger (This is a problem with 128MiB RAM)
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This change protects the openvpn instances to be marked as "in a crash
loop" and thereby the connection retries will run infinitely.
When the remote site of an openvpn connection goes down for some time
(network failure etc.) the openvpn instance in an openwrt/lede device
should not stop retrying to establish the connection.
With the current limit of 5 retries, there is a user interaction
required, which isn't really what you want when the device should
simply do everything to keep the vpn connection up.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Update util-linux to 2.29.2
Remote 0001-fix-uClibc-ng-scanf-check.patch as it's been merged upstream.
Refresh patches
Change ncurses to ncursesw to fix compilation and avoid confusion
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This includes following changes:
480d7bc Fix sending unicast questions on cache expire
a0403cd Keep source sockaddr for every cached DNS record
1478293 Fix code freeing cached non-A(AAA) records too early
9f1cc22 Fix replying to "QU" questions received on unicast interface
943bedb Fix reading port of incoming packets
c725494 Use MCAST_PORT define for port 5353
ce7e9e9 Use one define for DNS-Based Service Discovery service name
e1bacef Drop entries cached for interface we're going to delete
496aeba Fix comment typo in cache_gc_timer
f89986b Fix refreshing cached A(AAA) records that expire
Previous updates made umdns work as expected on startup but there were
still many bugs. They were mostly related to runtime - cache management
and requests + responses. E.g. umdns was never able to send question on
DNS record expire. It was also ignoring all incoming unicast questions.
Since these issues are quite serious it makes sense to backport this
update to the stable branch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
a032166 interface-ip: set prefix indicator flag when IPv6 prefix lifetime changes
b4f8984 system-linux: parse vti specific settings as nested json data object
7e3b89a system-linux: parse gre specific settings as nested json data object
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This adds support for describing GPIO chips placed on PCIe cards. Thanks
to this we get working 2.4 GHz LED on Tenda AC9.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This is the standard way we handle this. Please note (it seems) I could
drop few symbols as they are hidden under (disabled) DRM_LEGACY now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
For targets with i2c not built-in this fixes following error:
Package kmod-drm is missing dependencies for the following libraries:
i2c-core.ko
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This can be used to indicate that a target does not support the optional mips16
extension even when it is a mips32r2 or later CPU.
This will generate a separate toolchain and a separate package folder,
e.g. mips_24kc_nomips16
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Without this change the code checked if the string was contained in the
feature option and not if the string matches the complete word. This only
removes the nand option from the omap24xx target, the other changes are
only removing options which were added twice.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Remove upx from repo, it hasn't been used for a very long time and serves little to no purpose.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update to 4.1
Remove 0001-mkfs-Default-to-64-32-heads-sectors-for-targets-smal.patch
as it's included in upstream repo.
Refresh patch
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Add back support for the independent_clocks definition that has been
removed between kernel 4.4 and 4.9 by upstream commits
eb96924acddc709db58221c210ca05cd9effb1df and
e86eee6bc2aaa6b3637f6497b26beee09a91bde9
* extend the new cpufreq_dt_platform_data definition in cpufreq-dt.h
* revert the removal of its usage in cpufreq-dt.c
* use new cpufreq-dt.h in qcom-cpufreq.c
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
For IPQ806x targets, TZ protects the registers that are used to
configure the routing of interrupts to a target processor.
To resolve this, this patch uses scm call to route GPIO interrupts
to application processor. Also the scm call interface is changed.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
At the moment as a workaround definition for scm firmware in DT is used as if it is
apq8064 board. This leads to incomplete scm firmware initialization and as a result
cpuidle driver fails to configure.
By design unlike other qcom boards ipq do not use clocks to connect to scm.
Considering this we're removing from DT and scm driver clocks for ipq boards.
As a result cpuidle does not produce errors about failed configuration anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
This fixes GIC interrupts (required before switching to 4.9), adds few
new entires & introduces DTS for Archer C5.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If noresolv is set, we should not generate a --resolv-file parameter.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [minor cleanup]
9f02db7 mt76x2: fall back to software crypto for IBSS/Mesh per-sta GTK
4a54ab3 mt7603: fall back to software crypto for IBSS/Mesh per-sta GTK
712b8e8 mac80211: claim RSN IBSS support
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch adds support for the Zbtlink ZBT-WE2026.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620N (580MHz)
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Flash: 8 MiB SPI
- LAN: 4x100M
- WAN: 1x100M
Installation through bootloader webserver:
- With the power unplugged press and hold reset button.
- Plug power and hold reset button until LED starts to blink.
- Install sysupgrade image using web interface on 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: Vaclav Svoboda <svoboda@neng.cz>
SMP state is generally affected by
- CONFIG_SMP build-time kernel configuration option and
- 'nosmp' runtime kernel commandline option
The SMP state within vpe-mt.c is determined by CONFIG_SMP option.
A runtime check is needed if VPE functionality
should be used with a kernel image that supports SMP.
This fix introduces a check for 'nosmp' command line option
if CONFIG_SMP kernel configuration option is enabled.
Note: This patch is needed to use lantiq FXS if CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP
(that activates CONFIG_SMP) is enabled within kernel configuration
and the 'nosmp' command line argument is given to disable SMP at runtime.
Without this patch CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP must be disabled before using FXS.
With this patch setting the 'nosmp' parameter is enough.
In general, concurrent usage of FXS and SMP
is incompatible and will cause kernel panics.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
It is not needed for anything on the system and skipping this saves some
build time, especially in cases where there is nothing to do.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
KERNELRELEASE contains a $(shell) call which is evaluated over and over
again.
The call to checksyscalls.sh is unnecessary for LEDE and also takes a
few seconds to complete.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The problem is caused by the incorrect handling of the parent inode's
i_nlink count for the dentry to be RENAME_EXCHANGED. There are 3 cases
to consider. Assume we want to RENAME_EXCHANGE struct dentry *a and
struct dentry *b, and inode_a is pointed to by dentry_a, inode_b is
pointed to by dentry_b:
1. If inode_a is a directory, but inode_b isn't, then we must decrease
the i_nlink count of old_dir_i, and increase the i_nlink of new_dir_i.
2. If inode_a isn't a directory, but inode_b is a directory, then we
must increase the i_nlink of old_dir_i, and decrease the i_nlink count
of new_dir_i.
3. If the types of inode_a and inode_b are the same, we don't change the
i_nlink for either old_dir_i or new_dir_i.
Signed-off-by: Jing Qiu <aqiu0720@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The short log of changes since the 2016-06-10 release is below.
Jouni Malinen (1):
wireless-regdb: Remove DFS requirement for India (IN)
Ryan Mounce (1):
wireless-regdb: Update rules for Australia (AU) and add 60GHz rules
Seth Forshee (2):
wireless-regdb: Update 5 GHz rules for Canada
wireless-regdb: update regulatory.bin based on preceding changes
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
uClibc doesn't implement strerror_l() and thus libnl starting from
3.2.29 couldn't be compiled with it any longer, see
6c2d111177
To work-around that problem we'll just do a check on strerror_l()
availability during configuration and if it's not there just fall back
to locale-less strerror().
Patch for libnl is alreadfy merged upstream, see
e15966ac7f
and once the next libnl release happens this one must be removed from
Lede/OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Switch to the common LED related status_led_blink_* functions in
set_state() as it's done in most of other targets.
Also, use "status_led_on" instead of "status_led_set_heartbeat"
and incorrect "status_led_set_on" in the "done" state.
Moreover, remove outdated comment from the script.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ntpd from Busybox supports peer-less (standalone) mode when it's started
with option -l and without any peer provided with option -p. In this
mode ntpd uses local time as reference and acts as stratum 1 server.
This mode can be used in isolated networks, where Internet access and/or
other NTP server/s are not available, but the device has some other way
of getting correct time, like e.g. GPS (ugps supports setting local time
by default).
Support for this mode was incorrectly disabled/removed in:
1527f96ca6
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When the device name doesn't already contain "RouterBOARD", this patch adds
this string to the machine name.
Most NOR devices already have "RouterBOARD" in their hardware-stored device name,
but not all of them.
This patch also makes the code more robust against buffer overflows.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
musl provides a /lib/libc.so file which should be integrated into the libc
package when the external toolchain with musl is used.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
03e44dc mt76x2: remove unnecessary headroom check
cc70498 mt76x2: clarify queue selection field
b056a78 dma: fix endian issue in mt76_dma_get_buf
f020a60 mt7603: support loading the entire EEPROM from OTP
29b08d3 mt7603: fix endian issue in mt7603_mcu_set_timing
dce8aac mt7603: fix endian issue in mt7603_mac_fill_rx
f22273b mt7603: init WTBL entry before setting capabilities
da8e796 mt7603: check wtbl busy status and stop/start tx queues when clearing sta entry
e54add5 mt7603: move napi/tasklet enable/disable outside of the locked section
59ce2b4 mt7603: set tx vif own MAC index (needed for beacons)
93ce124 mt7603: enable beacons for other virtual interfaces
c91e660 mt7603: set secondary beacon time offsets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This driver supports CPU-specific idle features on recent Intel
processors. It does not conflict with the ACPI idle driver and
that driver will continue to be used for unsupported and non-Intel
processors.
Signed-off-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
The x86_64 build already has the k10temp driver for AMD processors
built in, so this patch adds the coretemp driver for the same
functionality on Intel processors.
Signed-off-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
This includes 3 cleanups:
fd5a160 Don't cache hosts as services
80dd246 Refresh DNS records A and AAAA directly
6515101 Access cached records (instead of services) to read list of hosts
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes the following security problems:
* CVE-2017-2784: Freeing of memory allocated on stack when validating a public key with a secp224k1 curve
* SLOTH vulnerability
* Denial of Service through Certificate Revocation List
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
SMP state is generally affected by
- CONFIG_SMP build-time kernel configuration option and
- 'nosmp' runtime kernel commandline option
The SMP state within vpe-mt.c is determined by CONFIG_SMP option.
A runtime check is needed if VPE functionality
should be used with a kernel image that supports SMP.
This fix introduces a check for 'nosmp' command line option
if CONFIG_SMP kernel configuration option is enabled.
Note: This patch is needed to use lantiq FXS if CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP
(that activates CONFIG_SMP) is enabled within kernel configuration
and the 'nosmp' command line argument is given to disable SMP at runtime.
Without this patch CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP must be disabled before using FXS.
With this patch setting the 'nosmp' parameter is enough.
In general, concurrent usage of FXS and SMP
is incompatible and will cause kernel panics.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
The available amount of coherent DMA memory is very limited. On Linux
4.4 this issue was worked around by increasing the pool size.
It turns out that using coherent memory here is completely unnecessary.
This change reworks the driver code to use kzalloc+dma_map_single
instead.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Do not patch upstream files, overwrite them entirely. The upstream files
are buggy for a number of devices and this significantly simplifies the
patch structure
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Netgear WNDR4300, equipped with an Atheros AR8327 Gigabit Switch,
has two LEDs on each port for monitoring LAN activity, but it currently
only uses one. Fix the configuration to use both.
The patch provides this new configuration:
- green LED: 1 Gbps link, 4Hz blink frequency
- amber LED: 10/100 Mbps link. 4Hz for 100Mbps, 2Hz for 10Mbps
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
At now there is no general rule about what part of (or whole) machine
name string should be used for board name assignment/detection and every
target handles this in a different way.
For most of the boards in ar71xx we already use only part of the string,
generally without the vendor name.
This shortens wildcards patterns in case statement for board name
assignment, wherever possible (e.g. where it won't be misleading).
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Be consistent and always use double quotes for case statement patterns,
as in other targets. With this approach it should be less confusing for
users adding support for new devices.
Also, be consistent with MikroTik boards wildcard pattern.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
It's unused since commit 7427007193 ("x86: remove the olpc subtarget,
it has been unmaintained for a long time").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The MV88E6176 switch is present on the GW16083 and the GW5904
As of a5c32a1f19 these drivers are to be
enabled static in per-target kernels.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
If a 'fixfdt' uboot script exists, execute it prior to bootm to allow
easy bootloader env based fdt fixups and tweaks
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The kernel unconditionally pulls in a header file that defines
'current', which conflicts with the lua extension code.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update from 3.3.2 to 3.3.4 & refresh patches.
Remove 110-disable-assembler-support as ccache now understands the
'.incbin' directive.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fix a kernel crash caused when CONFIG_FIXED_PHY used for fixed phy drivers
in phy-add-aneg-done-function patch.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Specifications:
* SoC: MT7620A
* RAM: 64 MB DDR
* Flash: 8MB NOR SPI flash
* WiFi: MT7612E (5Ghz) and builtin MT7620A (2.4GHz)
* LAN: 1x100M
The -factory images can be flashed from the device's web
interface or via nmrpflash.
Co-authored-by: Paul Oranje <por@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Paul Oranje <por@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
This patch makes specifying NETGEAR_REGION optional, in which case
mkchkimage will default to region 1 (WW).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Netgear R6220, aka Netgear AC1200 and
R6220-100NAS.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST (880 MHz)
- Falsh: 128 MiB (Macronix MX30LF1G08AA-TI)
- RAM: 128 MiB (Nanya NT5CB64M16FP-DH)
- Wireless: MediaTek MT7603EN b/g/n , MediaTek MT7612EN an+ac
- LAN speed: 10/100/1000
- LAN ports: 4
- WAN speed: 10/100/1000
- WAN ports: 1
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600
Installation through telnet:
- Copy kernel.bin and rootfs.bin to a USB flash disk, plug to usb port
on the router.
- Enable telnet with link: http://192.168.1.1/setup.cgi?todo=debug
(login if required, default: admin password)
- You will see "Debug Enabled!"
- Telnet 192.168.1.1 and login with "root"
- ls /mnt/shares/ to find out path of your USB disk. 'myUdisk' for
example.
- cd /mnt/shares/myUdisk
- mtd_write write rootfs.bin Rootfs
- mtd_write write kernel.bin Kernel
- reboot
nmrpflash can be used to recover to the netgear firmware if a broken
image was flashed.
Signed-off-by: Hanqing Wong <hquu@outlook.com>
Introduce RT6352 instead of matching against RF7620.
Clean up channel setting rfvals.
Port bandwidth filter calibration.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The port is labeled as wan and was only used as lan port because of the
"tx ring full" issues fixed with 8f02f7c.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Using the lantiq,wan device tree property for one interface node and
the lantiq,switch device tree property for another interface node at
the same time was never intended/isn't supported at the moment.
The property is meant to be used in two phy operation mode where one
phy is assigned to an interface without lantiq,* device tree property
and the other phy is assigned to an interface with the lantiq,wan
device property to have two netdevs.
If both properties are used at the same time, the lantiq,wan interface
is shown as independent netdev but not able to operate independent. The
port needs to be managed via swconfig. These dependency is not obvious
and fooled already a lot of users.
Add a default WAN vlan for xrx200 devices having an ethernet WAN port
and remove the lantiq,wan device tree property. Leave it up to the user
to set the ethernet WAN port as default WAN interface or to use this
port as additional LAN port.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Overwrite an already set proto if a new one is passed to
_ucidef_set_interface() similar to what is done for the interface.
It is required when using ""ucidef_set_interface_wan 'ptm0' 'pppoe'"
after some initial wan interface configuration is already done by
ucidef_add_switch.
The "json_is_a protocol string" guard is meant to not reset an earlier
set interface proto in case something like
"ucidef_set_interface_lan 'eth0'" is used afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The two phy operation mode where one phy is assigned to an interface
without lantiq,* device tree property and the other phy is assigned to
an interface with the lantiq,wan device property was broken with the
multicast package leaks between vlans fixes.
Move the multicast packages relevant portmap settings to the condition
which handles multicast packages for better readability.
Replace the priv->port_map based port_map only for the interface which
has the lantiq,switch device tree property set, to allow tagged
multicast packages in two phy mode where the lantiq,switch device tree
property isn't used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
* The left most mini-PCIe slot (the one attached to SIM2) can be
power-cycled by setting GPIO 0 to high/low.
* The D240 only needs the MT76x2 module, so update makefile to reflect this.
Note that until the default mt7620 target is updated, then kmod-mt76 (and thus
kmod-mt7603) will be selected by default.
v2->v3:
* Indentation error.
v1->v2:
* Rename gpio and remove redundant comment (thanks Piotr Dymacz)
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
mtk-mmc/mtk_sd.ko only depends on mmc_core and mmc_block.
And, we remove kmod-sdhci dependence assignment from all related target devices.
Signed-off-by: Furong Xu <xfr@outlook.com>
This fixes crash in interface_start caused by freeing interface in
interface_free without stopping a timeout.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
So here is another round of improvements for MT7620 WiFi.
This commit fixes a few significant issues related to TX_PWR_CFG_x and
TX_ALC and also makes the code more readable by adding register
descriptions for things added for MT7620 and use the usual bit-field
access macros and the now defined macros instead of plain bit-ops and
magic numbers.
Properly describe EEPROM_TARGET_POWER at word 0x68 (== byte 0xD0) and
thereby fix internal TXALC which would otherwise just read
out-of-bounds of the EEPROM map.
Split-out tx-power/ALC related stuff into an additional function.
Fix VCO calibration, it was carried out properly in the channel
switching but incomplete in the actual VCO calibration function.
Also there is no need to trigger VCO calibration in channel switching,
the VCO calibration function is already being called at this point.
Remove it from channel switching function to avoid redundant code.
The TX power calibration differs significantly from all other
Mediatek/Ralink chips: They finally allow 0.5dB steps stored as 8-bit
values for (almost) each bitrate -- and promptly ran out of space and
for some reason didn't want to change the EEPROM layout. The hence
opted for a scheme of sharing values for some adjecent bitrates and
a highly over-complicated (or obfuscated?) way to populate the
TX_PWR_CFG_x registers with the values stored in the EEPROM.
The code here now looks much less complicated than what you see in the
vendor's driver, however, it does the exact same thing:
bGpwrdeltaMinus is a constant and always TRUE, hence half of the
code was dead. Gpwrdelta is always 0 (rather than using the value read
from the EEPROM). What remains is some very grotesque effort to avoid
0x20, probably some hardware bug related to some misunderstanding of
what a singed 8-bit value is (imagine: if it was a signed 6-bit value
then someone could believe that 0x20 == 0x0). And then they didn't
clean it up once they later on anandonned that whole story of having a
constant offset for 40 MHz channels and just set the offset to be
constant 0 -- there is no effort for avoiding 0x20 for the 20 MHz
values stored in the EEPROM, hence that's probably just a forbidden
value in the EEPROM specs and won't appear anyway...
Anyway, the whole thing felt like solving some college math test
where in the end everything cancels out and the result equals 0 ;)
To make sure that channel bandwidth power compensation really doesn't
need to be taken care of, output a warning when the corresponding
value stored in the EEPROM is non-zero.
Also there is no apparent reason to refrain from initializing RFCSR
register 13, it doesn't fail what-so-ever.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
RFC 6761 defines a number of top level domains should not be forwarded
to the Internet's domain servers since they are not responsible for
those domains.
This change adds a list of domains that will be blocked when 'boguspriv'
is used and augments that which is already blocked by dnsmasq's notion
of 'local service' using '--bogus-priv' i.e. RFC 1918 private addresses
and IPv6 prefixes as defined in RFC 6303.
To make this configurable rather than hard coded in dnsmasq's init
script, a new file /usr/share/dnsmasq/rfc6761.conf is conditionally
included.
The default file matches the RFC 6761 recommendation along with a few
other top level domains that should not be forwarded to the Internet.
Compile & run tested Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Change dts file to add default sata trigger to sata led.
Backport upstream accepted patch to add sata trigger to device tree
source files already upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[backport upstream accepted patch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The ASL56026 is a VDSL2 router with dual 100mbit ethernet,
also known as the ECI B-FOCuS V-2FUb/I.
CPU: Lantiq XRX268 v1.1 at 333MHz
Modem: Lantiq VRX208
RAM: 32MiB DDR2 at 167MHz
Flash: 8MiB NOR, Spansion S29GL064N90TF04
UART is at JP1:
Pin 1 TX
Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 +3.3V
Pin 4 NC
Pin 5 RX
Boot selection pins are exposed via several resistor jumpers:
boot_sel0 is at J15, on the rear of the board. Default is high.
boot_sel1 is at J3, next to the flash - it is also the flash CE# pin. Default is low.
boot_sel2 is at J12, directly below the SoC. Default is low.
boot_sel3 is at J16, on the rear of the board. Default is low.
The boot_sel pins should never be shorted, the jumper must be moved or
a lower value resistor used to change the pull (existing resistors are 4k7, 1k should work)
To install with the stock bootloader you must break the built in image selection process
which uses at least the following vars: f_upgrade_addr, f_upgrade2_addr, loadaddr, kernel_addr, activeregion, committedregion
This is done by setting loadaddr and both f_upgrade_addr vars to the same address:
VR9 # setenv loadaddr 0xB0040000
VR9 # setenv f_upgrade_addr 0xB0040000
VR9 # setenv f_upgrade2_addr 0xB0040000
VR9 # saveenv
Then flash the firmware image:
VR9 # tftpboot 0x81000000 lede-lantiq-xrx200-ASL56026-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
VR9 # erase B0040000 +${filesize}
VR9 # cp.b 0x81000000 0xB0040000 ${filesize}
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
The ugps tool expects device path in last argument. If it's provided
before other options, they won't be processed at all.
Additionally, make it possible to use absolute path for gps character
device in related uci configuration.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This backports fixes for setting of_node and making it possible to read
extra info from DT. This was partially fixed by:
[PATCH] leds: leds-gpio: Set of_node for created LED devices
but it didn't work during initialization.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
continue work started here: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/520859
Extend /etc/config/system with parameters to set the default respawn treshold and respawn timeout
for procd launched services that have respawn enabled.
This results in cleaner init scripts, while making sure services have respawn parameters set.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Brasovean <cbrasho@gmail.com>
Open-code usb_phy_generic_register instead of calling it, since it is
really trivial. Avoid pulling CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV into the kernel
config and add a proper dependency instead
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If ehci platform driver is loaded before the chipidea controller driver,
both are competing for the same IO resources and the generic driver gets
used for the hardware. This results in USB device mode being
unavailable.
Split generic EHCI support code out of kmod-usb2, so that the chipidea
driver can be included without also pulling in the generic one. Also
rework the load order, so that the chipidea driver gets loaded first, in
case both are installed
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Honour the parent interfaces peerdns option when spawning a virtual DHCPv6
interface in order to avoid pulling in IPv6 DNS servers when the user opted
to inhibit peer DNS servers in the configuration.
Fixes#597.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
8f218f5 procd: service gets deleted when its last instance is freed
35209a0 procd: update modprobe path
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Update to latest Git in order to import the following fixes:
19070b6 unarchive: fix possible segmentation fault in deb_extract()
758527e pkg: forward "provided_by_hand" flag in pkg_merge()
1fdc2ca pkg: mark bit fields in pkg_t unsigned
15fc1ee opkg_cmd: avoid null pointer dereference in opkg_what_depends_conflicts_cmd()
439c89e opkg_cmd: fix endless loop in whatprovides/whatreplaces
0fb3e9f pkg_depends: propagate virtual provided detail flag to providers
793155f pkg_depends: fix unsatisfied dependency installation order
b1dc770 libopkg: fix some overly aggressive line wrapping in pkg_depends.c
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The malta "be" and "le" subtargets share the arch with many devices of
ar71xx and ramips. They can be handy for testing, debugging, trying
both snapshot and release builds.
This commit makes the "be" subtarget part of the ci and release builds
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
We need to let external toolchains be able to specify the path and
specification file to the libthread-db POSIX thread debugging shared
libraries.
This fixes GDB not being able to be installed because it is depending on
libthread-db:
Collected errors:
* satisfy_dependencies_for: Cannot satisfy the following dependencies
* for gdb:
* libthread-db *
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package gdb.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
As usual these patches were extracted and rebased from the raspberry pi repo:
https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-4.9.y
- Remove led1 from diag.sh for RPi3 since it causes boot issues.
- Fix modules.mk typos.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Bump kernel from 4.4.50 to 4.4.52
Refresh patches
Compile tested all 4.4. targets
Run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The current way of creating a STAMP_CONFIGURED filename for OpenSSL can
lead to an extremely long filename that makes touch unable to create it,
and fail the build.
Use mkhash to produce a hash against OPENSSL_OPTIONS which creates a
shortert stamp file,
Fixes#572
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Pass down TARGET_CPPFLAGS for path to header files, and append the
libraries we depend on in TARGET_LDFLAGS. Put TARGET_LDFLAGS at the end
of the command line as is required by modern GCC/binutils.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Fixes build issues with external toolchains that do not have STAGING_DIR
in their default search path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Fixes linking failures observed with external toolchains:
/home/florian/dev/toolchains/stbgcc-4.8-1.5/bin/../lib/gcc/mipsel-linux-gnu/4.8.5/../../../../mipsel-linux-gnu/bin/ld:
warning: libubox.so, needed by
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so,
not found (try using -rpath or -rpath-link)
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so:
undefined reference to `blobmsg_open_nested'
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so:
undefined reference to `blobmsg_parse'
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so:
undefined reference to `blob_nest_end'
/home/florian/dev/openwrt/trunk/staging_dir/target-mipsel-unknown-linux-gnu_glibc/usr/lib/libuci.so:
undefined reference to `blobmsg_add_field'
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Make sure we pass down TARGET_CPPFLAGS to let toolchains with no default
search paths to find the mbdetls headers, and override TARGET_LDFLAGS to
include libraries we are linking against.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Brings the following changes:
22f041e18df0 Extend StandardEject sequence to include LUN 1
61fdf7e9b1cc cmake: Search for libjson-c
2769852e76b5 cmake: Find libubox/blobmsg_json.h
8a47c4b6649f add TargetClass support
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
thc-ipv6 did not allow an external environment to override CFLAGS, which
would lead to our CFLAGS not being passed properly (relro,
optimizations, etc...)
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
These modules are not needed by the EX2700, since it does not
have an external wifi chip (MT7620A is covered by rt2x00).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
This device features both a 2.4 and 5Ghz radio, and supports
802.11a/b/g/n/ac modes.
It has 5 Gb-Ethernet ports and a USB 3.0 host port.
It is powered by the Mediatek MT7621 SoC, and the MT7602E and MT7612E wifi
chipsets, together with 128MB of RAM and 16 MB of SPI Flash.
The stock firmware is in fact based on some openwrt barrier breaker, with a
mediatek SDK kernel, and an afoundry custom made web interface (not LuCI
based).
Firmware update page on the stock web interface can not accept sysupgrade
images, it bricks the device.
At this point, the only working solution I found was to connect to the
serial console port (available on J4 header) and to use opkg to install
dropbear.
Then scp the sysupgrade file in the device's /tmp and run sysupgrade from
console without preserving configuration files.
Signed-off-by: Francois Goudal <francois@goudal.net>
Somewhere between 4.4 and 4.9 there was a change that made
OF_EARLYCON_DECLARE adding entries to the __earlycon_table instead of
__earlycon_of_table. We need to keep this table as well.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This driver has been added instead of improving spi-bcm53xx. It has some
advantages: allows SPI speed control & hopefully doesn't have bug that
was stopping us from using multiple SPI messages for writing flash data.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
the mtd_get_mac_ascii function called within this script requires the inclusion of /lib/functions/system.sh
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
This patch adds supports for the HiWiFi HC5962(gee4) http://www.hiwifi.com
Short specification:
- MT7621AT + MT7612EN + 7603EN
- 256MB DDR3 RAM
- 128MB NAND flash
- 1+3 x 1000M Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 port. 1x USB 3.0 port.
- reset button
- UART pad on PCB (JP3: TX, RX, GND, 3.3V)
Flash instruction:
1, Download lede-ramips-mt7621-hc5962-squashfs-factory.bin
2, Login as root via SSH on 192.168.199.1 and then copy factory.bin(using wget or nc or...) to /tmp/
3, use the following commands:
$ mtd write /tmp/lede-ramips-mt7621-hc5962-squashfs-factory.bin firmware
$ mtd erase firmware_backup && reboot
After reboot you should be able to login as root via SSH on 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: ZengFei Zhang <zhangzengfei@kunteng.org>
Fixes the following build error:
CC arch/mips/boot/compressed/decompress.o
OBJCOPY arch/mips/boot/compressed/vmlinux.bin
XZKERN arch/mips/boot/compressed/vmlinux.bin.z
OBJCOPY arch/mips/boot/compressed/piggy.o
LD vmlinuz
arch/mips/boot/compressed/decompress.o: In function `lzma2_lzma':
/tmp2/mehrtens/linux/arch/mips/boot/compressed/../../../../lib/xz/xz_dec_lzma2.c:884: undefined reference to `memmove'
make[1]: *** [vmlinuz] Error 1
make: *** [vmlinuz] Error 2
lib/decompress_unxz.c only defines its own memmove function if there is no
macro with the same name.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add SPROM wifi to the kernel board data.
After this fix, the wifi won't work anyway due the lack
of RAM memory (16 MB). It will throw a kernel panic
when loading the b43 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Fix the register for configuring rising/falling edge
Rising should be sense=1, and falling sense=0.
The old driver used these values, but the new one have
them flipped.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
The confvar macro is adjusted to not only consider if a variable has a
value or not, but also the value itself. Instead of creating a string of
'y' and 'n' characters, all variable names and values are concatenated
and hashed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Binutils recently updated the ABI version to 5, which broke glibc, as it
refuses to load anything > 3. Upstream reverted the ABI version update,
so backport the commit.
Fixes the following error on boot:
/bin/sh: error while loading shared libraries: /lib/libcrypt.so.1: ELF file ABI version invalid
[ 0.920077] Kernel panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x00007f00
[ 0.920077]
[ 0.929450] Rebooting in 1 seconds..
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
HC5661A is almost the same as HC5661 but MT7628AN is used instead of MT7620A.
- MT7628AN
- 128 MiB DDR2 RAM (W971GG6KB-25)
- 16 MiB SPI NOR flash (W25Q128)
- SD slot (not work yet)
- 1+4 x 100M Ethernet
- 802.11 b/g/n Wi-Fi
- 3 x LED
- 1 x button
- UART pad on PCB (JP1: TX, RX, GND, 3.3V)
The factory flash layout seems different from HC5661.
"hwf_config" is renamed to "oem" and its size changes to 0x20000.
It is modified accordingly in the dts file.
0x000000000000-0x000000030000 : "u-boot"
0x000000030000-0x000000040000 : "hw_panic"
0x000000040000-0x000000050000 : "Factory"
0x000000050000-0x000000160000 : "kernel"
0x000000160000-0x000000fc0000 : "rootfs"
0x000000bb0000-0x000000fc0000 : "rootfs_data"
0x000000fc0000-0x000000fe0000 : "oem"
0x000000fe0000-0x000000ff0000 : "bdinfo"
0x000000ff0000-0x000001000000 : "backup"
0x000000050000-0x000000fc0000 : "firmware"
To install LEDE, enabled the "developer mode",
which will *void your warranty* and open the SSH server at port 1022.
sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt7628-hc5661a-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
SD slot:
- Tried to add modules kmod-sdhci kmod-sdhci-mt7620, and corresponding dts block.
- It will block WAN + 3xLAN ports, only one LAN works.
- I'm not sure why, everything else works fine.
Signed-off-by: Wang JiaWei <buaawjw@gmail.com>
The following will enable the TPM kernel module, as well as support for
the atmel i2c TPM driver. Tested and confirmed working on an Aerohive
AP-121
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The more straight forward approach for generating the pure and unpadded
kernel file which then can be used for initramfs straight.
Build options for factory.img and sysupgrade.tar are handeled
seperately.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Instead of using a separate .clean stamp file, remove the install info
file on compile, then append the install package list afterwards
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
On Mikrotik SPI NOR devices, the firmware partition must be erased when flashing
from stock firmware, otherwise leftover bits (in particular a kernel signature)
can trigger a boot loop.
When booted from initramfs (the only way to flash LEDE on these devices),
this patch unconditionally erases the firmware partition in the pre_upgrade()
stage for all supported SPI NOR devices.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch frees up flash space on the EX2700, by
removing unused mt76 drivers and firmware.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
Backport kernel patches for LS1043A Rev1.1 support from upstream,
patchwork, and SDK. And update to latest u-boot to support LS1043A
Rev1.1.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Drops a LEDE carried patch now upstream.
Convert to autotools.
A number of nits fixed upstream (dns & short packet handling most
notable)
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
c09e4f0 ubusd: fix incomplete copy of shared buf during queue-ing
453b87f cli: add support for subscribing to objects
6eb3c96 cli: do not use default timeout for listen
dfe3383 libubus: reset ctx->sock.error when doing ubus reconnect
34c6e81 cli: fix listen_timeout compile issue
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This is required for default wireless configuration of malta target to
work out of the box again. Fixes "77ece30e: hostapd: Add ability to
specify that that wireless driver supports 802.11ac"
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
When not defining 'device' or 'vlan' in relevant switch_port uci
sections, behaviour is inconsistent due to *devn, *port and *vlan
pointers not being zero initialized.
Signed-off-by: Ben Kelly <ben@benjii.net>
This is needed for the definition of $(LINUX_DIR). This is used in
u-boot.mk to change the device-tree compiler to the dtc used by
linux.
Without this, the build will use the system dtc. This results in a
build failure when a dtc does not exist outside the buildroot.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
stop() is overwritten by rc.common, so implement stop_service instead.
While at it, remove the now unnecessary restart() override
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch splits `kmod-mt76` into three separate packages:
`kmod-mt76-core`, `kmod-mt76x2` and `kmod-mt7603`. By making
`kmod-mt76` a metapackage containing these new packages,
the previous behaviour of including all drivers and firmware
is left unchanged, unless explicitly unselected in
`DEVICE_PACKAGES`.
This splitting is especially beneficial for devices with
small flash chips, since the `kmod-mt76` package currently
requires ~160K on squashfs (after compression).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup]
The ethernet driver uses a port map override via special tag to control
the ports on which multicast packets are sent. This was added to work
around an issue in the switch that was occasionally leaking packets onto
the wrong vlan.
Unfortunately the change had some leftover lines that were overwrting
the port map with a list of all ports, thus always leaking packets onto
the wront vlan.
Fix this by only enabling the override with the VLAN port map and only
if a matching VLAN port map was actually found
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Bump kernel from 4.4.49 to 4.4.50
Compile tested: All targets
Run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Update to latest Git head to get rid of a stray printf() causing unwanted
output in the "opkg list-upgradable" command.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The @ sign in front of the "mv" command was significantly suppressing
output to stdout. When reviewing the make/build logs it was tricking
me a whole lot and it mad me lose time. Removing the @ sign will get
stdout and logs right about what happened when.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
This patch enables mtdsplit for the MikroTik subtarget.
It converts mach-rbspi.c to use a single "firmware" partition.
Finally, it converts the SPI NOR profile to metadata images:
the original combined-image format is gone, the images are now
"standard" sysupgrade images with metadata appended.
Note: kernel2minor apparently pads the kernel container to erase-block
boundary, but this is undocumented behaviour, so we do not rely on it
and call pad-to anyway.
Note: in platform.sh, the boards are tested last in platform_check_image()
as this should eventually become the "*)" default case when more devices
switch to metadata images.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The RouterBOOT bootloader does not care where the kernel lives in the SPI
flash, all that matters is that the kernel is wrapped in the custom yaffs
container as generated by kernel2minor.
This container has a fixed signature as follows:
00000000 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 01 ff ff 6b 65 72 6e 65 6c |..........kernel|
This patch adds mtdsplit support for identifying that signature and
triggering the search for the rootfs. rootfs is expected at EB boundary since
we use wget mtd_find_rootfs_from(). We make no use of the yaffs file size
field because it contains invalid data in the image generated by kernel2minor.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
--bogus-priv now applies to IPv6 prefixes as specified in RFC6303 - this
is significantly friendlier to upstream servers.
CNAME fix in auth mode - A domain can only have a CNAME if it has no
other records
Drop 2 patches now included upstream.
Compile & run tested Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
A missing list pointer initialization caused opkg to ignore conffile entries
from status files, breaking the conffile tracking on the target.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The fakeroot header is expected by the netgear bootloader in the last
64 bytes of the last block used by the uImage. With the current
linux-4.9 uImage being more than 128k smaller than the linux-4.4 uImage
the bootloader was unable to locate the rootfs ih_magic and was
refusing to load and start the kernel.
Fixes: FS#542
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
c553354 cmake: fix typo
8973576 kmodloader: fix not being able to find some modules
fce9382 cmake: Check for getrandom system call
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CONFIG_FB_EFI and CONFIG_FB_SIMPLE are needed to display console text on
EFI framebuffer.
CONFIG_FB_EFI is needed when the kernel is directly launched via EFI
shell or EFI startup.nsh script.
CONFIG_FB_SIMPLE is needed when launching the kernel via grub2 efi. In
this case, grub2 has prepared a gfxterm framebuffer and the kernel just
need to use the already prepared grub's gfxterm framebuffer to display
console text.
Signed-off-by: Alif M. Ahmad <alive4ever@live.com>
px5g-standalone only supports SHA1 for certificates, which is strongly
deprecated. The new px5g-standalone is about 27k bigger (compressed),
and has identical behavior to px5g-mbedtls (it uses SHA256).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
cmake checks the build system and its variables on its own to detect if
the makefiles need to be regenerated.
Unfortunately this can invalidate overrides passed in the
Build/Configure step. On non-Linux systems this breaks the build when
switching between targets of the same package architecture.
Fix this by forcibly disabling the build system check and relying on the
LEDE build system to take care of these things
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The feeds script sets value of TOPDIR in a way that is inconsistent
with how toplevel Makefile sets it. The inconsistency manifests when I
use a "build directory" with symlinks to LEDE source (see below).
When make is invoked in such a directory, make's TOPDIR variable is
set to that directory, whereas scripts/feeds sets TOPDIR to the top of
LEDE source, which results in creating feeds directory inside the LEDE
source instead of in the build directory.
This patch changes the script so that it reuses the TOPDIR value form
the environment if it exists. The result is that 'make
package/symlinks' correctly fetches feeds to the build directory
instead in the source.
I use the following commands to create the build directory:
ln -s $SRC/config config
ln -s $SRC/Config.in Config.in
ln -s $SRC/feeds.conf.default feeds.conf.default
ln -s $SRC/include include
ln -s $SRC/Makefile Makefile
mkdir package
ln -s $SRC/package/base-files package/base-files
ln -s $SRC/package/boot package/boot
ln -s $SRC/package/devel package/devel
ln -s $SRC/package/firmware package/firmware
ln -s $SRC/package/kernel package/kernel
ln -s $SRC/package/libs package/libs
ln -s $SRC/package/Makefile package/Makefile
ln -s $SRC/package/network package/network
ln -s $SRC/package/system package/system
ln -s $SRC/package/utils package/utils
ln -s $SRC/rules.mk rules.mk
ln -s $SRC/scripts scripts
ln -s $SRC/target target
ln -s $SRC/toolchain toolchain
ln -s $SRC/tools tools
This allows me to easily test changes in LEDE on multiple targets.
Signed-off-by: Michal Sojka <sojkam1@fel.cvut.cz>
The switch to cmake caused the -DHAVE_USIGN flag to get lost, disabling
compilation of the correspondinf support code.
Update to latest Git head which enables usign support by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit cc66f819b4.
This commit causes opkg to install px5g-standalone instead of px5g when
installing luci-ssl. As luci-ssl depends on mbedtls, using
px5g-standalone makes no sense. Next to that, it creates deprecated SHA1
certificates. Revert the commit to avoid pxg5-standalone to be
installed by accident.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
- Fix eap test to work with standalone hostapd builds
- Fix 11n test to check the correct define
- Add 11ac, 11r and 11w tests
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
New test release (since test1) includes 2 LEDE patches that are
upstream and may be dropped, along with many spelling fixes.
Add forthcoming 2017 root zone trust anchor to trust-anchors.conf.
Backport 2 patches that just missed test3:
Reduce logspam of those domains handled locally 'local addresses only'
Implement RFC-6842 (Client-ids in DHCP replies)
Compile & run tested Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
For AR71XX devices, GMAC1 always connects port 0 of the built-in switch,
as the CPU port.
This patch sets correct vlan for some devices with wrong settings:
a) mark port 0 as CPU port, tagged
b) reverse port order, marking these ports untagged
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
Specifying USE_PRIVATE_LIBGCC is no longer needed, as it is the
default.
Patch 001 is removed, since it was already merged upstream. Patches
100 and 101 are removed because they do not appear to be needed
anymore, and they do not conform with the sign-off and commit message
procedures.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
Because they were hidden, there was no way to disable the uboot
targets in menuconfig, so they had to be built every time. The omap
target is the only one to hide uboot packages. To be consistent with
the other targets, and have more control over the build, un-hide the
u-boot packages.
Note that the default behavior remains unchanged, as uboot will be
built unless explicitly disabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <alex.g@adaptrum.com>
This patch adds support for the TP-Link TL-WR802N Version 2.
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (560 MHz, MIPS 24Kc)
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Storage: 4 MiB of FLash on board
- Wireless: Built into QCA9533 (Honey Bee), PHY modes b/g/n
- Ethernet: 1x100M (port0)
Installation through OEM Web Interface:
- Connect to TL-WR802N by Ethernet or Wi-Fi
- Go to http://192.168.0.1 (default user is "admin" & password is "admin)
- Go to "System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade"
- Browse for firmware "*.factory-us.bin" or "*.factory-eu.bin" for eu model
- Click upgrade
Installation through tftp:
Note: T_OUT, T_IN and GND on the board must be connected to USB TTL
Serial Configuration 115200 8n1
- Boot the TL-WR802N
- When "Autobooting in 1 seconds" appears type "tpl" followed by enter
- Connect to the board Ethernet port
(IPADDR: 192.168.1.1, ServerIP: 192.168.1.10)
- tftpboot 0x80000000 <Firmware Image Name>
- Record the result of "printenv bootcmd"
- Enter "erase <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> +0x3c0000"
(e.g erase 0x9f020000 +0x3c0000)
- Enter "cp.b 0x80000000 <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'> 0x3c0000"
(e.g cp.b 0x80000000 0x9f020000 0x3c0000)
- Enter "bootm <Result of 'printenv bootcmd'>"
(e.g bootm 0x9f020000)
Signed-off-by: Thomas Roberts <tom.p.roberts@gmail.com>
Properly resolve symbolic tag names when constructing the base feed Git url
and avoid emitting "HEAD" references when building from detached commits.
Fixes#495, #501.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Switch to our own fork of opkg to significantly reduce the required amount
of memory when updating lists or installing packages.
Preliminary tests showed a usage drop of about 90% during these operations,
from ~3.7MB with unmodified opkg to ~360KB with our custom fork.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes the following warning on first boot if the ltq_atm modules are
not included in the image:
ls: /lib/modules/4.4.49/ltq_atm*: No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the nas0 interface for the netdev trigger as default. Use the ptm0
interface for xRX200 boards to match the default wan interface set in
02_network.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the code to check if the current system is a system with vdsl
support to a dedicate function to make it reusable.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
QCA956x is configured like AR934x, not like the older chips.
Should fix ethernet hangs when using the WAN port without SGMII
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Prior to commit 1496b95a0 ("x86: clean up default grub baudrate
settings") we had three different baud rates for the Geode targets:
19200 for net5501, 38400 for alix2, and 115200 for Geos.
It doesn't seem that there's a very good reason for varying from our
default 115200 baud, so let's make the Geode target do that instead.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This makes the Geode images actually useful again. The Geos profile
should include the relevant hardware for that board, and the Default
profile adds the via-rhine adapter which seems to have been present in
the net5501 and alix targets killed in commit 9e0759ea26 ("x86: merge
all geode based subtargets into one").
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Lima is a module for the (IoE) internet of everything applications,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA4531.
Specification:
- 650/600/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 32 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 Host
- PCIe
- UART for serial console
- 14x GPIO
Flash instruction:
1. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-lima-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
and rename it to 8dev_recovery.bin
2. Binary file copy to USB stick and plug into slot USB
3. Press S2 (reset) button
4. Press and hold the S1 button by 5 seconds
5. Wait ~40 seconds to complete recovery
Tested on:
- Lima development kit
Signed-off-by: Karol Dudek <karoiz@sli.pl>
commit 33b72b8e0f
"ar8216: adjust ATU flushing in case of link changes"
introduced portwise flushing on link down events. Now the ARL table could
be in a chaotic state after boot where ar8xxx_sw_get_arl_table looped
forever (depending on the entries collected while booting).
Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
GPIO18 and GPIO19 on OMEGA2(+) should be GPIO mode, enable PWM lead to a conflict
[ 0.290633] rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: pin io18 already requested by pinctrl; cannot claim for 10005000.pwm
[ 0.299722] rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: pin-18 (10005000.pwm) status -22
[ 0.305729] rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: could not request pin 18 (io18) from group pwm0 on device rt2880-pinmux
[ 0.315131] mtk-pwm 10005000.pwm: Error applying setting, reverse things back
Keep PWM disabled.
Signed-off-by: Furong Xu <xfr@outlook.com>
Removing redundant spaces from the name of the option. Without fix:
root@LEDE:~# opkg install ugps
Installing ugps (2016-10-24-32a6b2b7-1) to root...
Downloading http://downloads.lede-project.org/releases/17.01-SNAPSHOT/packages/mips_24kc/base/ugps_2016-10-24-32a6b2b7-1_mips_24kc.ipk
Configuring ugps.
uci: Parse error (invalid character in name field) at line 3, byte 23
uci: Parse error (invalid character in name field) at line 3, byte 23
sh: out of range
root@LEDE:~# uci show gps
uci: Parse error (invalid character in name field) at line 3, byte 23
With this fix:
root@LEDE:~# uci show gps
gps.@gps[0]=gps
gps.@gps[0].tty='ttyACM0'
gps.@gps[0].adjust_time='1'
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
- Check for changes in toolchain/ only
- Only replace the stamp file if it was changed
- Fix dependencies for staging dir prepare
- Move the stamp file to TOOLCHAIN_DIR
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The Asus WL-500W buttons are active high,
but the software treats them as active low.
Fix the inverted logic.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
BCM4704 SoC has only USB 1.1 core:
ssb: Core 3 found: USB 1.1 Hostdev (cc 0x808, rev 0x03, vendor 0x4243)
but this device actually comes with two USB 2.0 ports.
It appears embedded controller isn't used but instead there are two PCI
attached controllers (next to the BCM4321 wireless card):
1106:3038 VT82xx/62xx UHCI USB 1.1 Controller
1106:3104 USB 2.0
Choose a set of USB drivers which actually support this hardware.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
When memory is tight, modules may need to be loaded into vmalloc()
space. The code then has to generate jump trampolines which enable
relocations between vmalloc space and physical address space.
The code had a bug that was freeing these trampolines even when the
module was successfully loaded.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This update includes numerous small fixes for:
1) Interfaces setup
2) Packets parsing
3) Sending replies
Without this there were multiple problems with exchanging information
between (u)mdns and other implementations (including (u)mdns as well).
This also follows project rename to umdns which was required to avoid
confusion with Apple's mdnsd from mDNSResponder project.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The cAP 2nD, mAP 2nD and wAP 2nD apparently all share the same QCA953x/SPI-NOR
platform.
This patch adds preliminary kernel support based on init data used in
Mikrotik's linux-3.3.5 kernel patch. Since this is totally experimental and
untested, the necessary glue in base-files has not been added, the code is
provided as a starting point in case somebody with that hardware wants to help
getting it supported.
The cAP lite (cAPL 2nD) should also be supported once it is determined whether
or not it uses the same board identifier as the mAP lite.
Code has been successfully built and has no side effect (no impact on already
supported devices).
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hEX lite
https://routerboard.com/RB750r2
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (850MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Ethernet: 5x100M (1 PoE in)
This ethernet router is based on the same platform as the hEX PoE lite (it
shares the same board identifier), but has no USB and no PoE out.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hEX PoE lite
https://routerboard.com/RB750UPr2
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Ethernet: 5x100M (1 PoE in, 1 PoE out)
- USB: Type A
This ethernet router is based on the same platform as the wireless router hAP.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch implements support for the hAP lite in mach-rbspi.c
hAP lite was supported via mach-rb941.c, so this file is removed
as well as the corresponding build bits.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD mAP lite
https://routerboard.com/RBmAPL-2nD
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9533 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: builtin QCA9533, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x100M
This is another 16M SPI NOR mikrotik device. The machine file is named
mach-rbspi.c because I plan to add support for several of the other spi-based
RouterBOARD devices in subsequent patches: they share most of the hardware
and thus the same codebase.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Implement a new flag "-f" for the feeds update command which causes the
script to fall back to a more agressive git update strategy in case there
are locally modified files in the feeds directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
5f91241 procd: add cancel_timeout on rc scripts when a runtime_timeout is specified
961dc69 procd: stop service using SIGKILL if SIGTERM failed to do so
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Default trigger action timeout was added to procd.sh in commit f88e3a4c0
(procd: add default timeout for reload trigger actions)
However, the timeout value was not placed under the correct JSON-script
array nesting level and thus did not apply.
To fix this and make the timeout actually apply to the reload triggers,
we place it in the correct scope, that is the per-trigger array.
Fixes: f88e3a4c0a
Signed-off-by: Denis Osvald <denis.osvald@sartura.hr>
Some boards were apparently forgotten when ralink,portmap was renamed
to mediatek,portmap -- probably because they used the long obsolete
ralink,port-map attribute.
If this commit breaks ethernet wan/lan assignment, this is because
the port-map attribute wasn't actually parsed, you'll have to replace
"wllll" by "llllw" in the dts file belonging to that board (and send
a patch doing that!)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This adds the default LED and network settings for the PC Engines APU2
when running under the x86 target.
[dwmw2: Change Ethernet port setup]
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Based on a patch from Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>, except let's
do it by using the LED configuration instead of hard-coding it for each
board type. And try using /bin/board_detect to do the default behaviour,
on the first boot where the config hasn't yet been generated.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This change moves the files in 657418d to the root of the x86 target.
This is done in preperation for adding more devices under other
subtargets.
CC: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The DWR-512 embeds the hw slic device si3210. This device have the IRQ line
attached to the gpio1. This patch export the gpio1 with proper name and
parameters to the sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
this caused
'mv: can't rename '/mnt/sysupgrade.tgz': No such file or directory'
when running sysupgrade -n
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This can be used to tweak the buildbot behavior without having to change
buildbot's configuration.
It will also allow us to add more aggressive clean steps (e.g. on
toolchain changes), which would break developers' workflows if enable
by default.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add support for the EBR-2310, which is almost identical to the DIR-615
rev E4, without the wifi.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
fixes issue "nsa 310b u-boot can initialize usb but cannot
use usb storage so it cannot load files from usb"
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/391/195 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x internal antennas (embedded on PCB)
- 9x LED (all can be turned off with GPIO15), 2x button
- UART (J3) header on PCB
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.
You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin
Image was tested only in US version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.
Available FLASH space, with LEDE trunk, is only 240 KB.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The WN3000RPv3 is a repeater with a single ethernet port. Setting up the
switch, even to disable it, is unnecessary and possibly confusing.
Configure LAN as eth0 instead.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The list of v2/v3 devices is getting longer and makes reading the names of
the profiles unnecessary hard.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
as we do for IPv4 PPP interfaces. When we create the
dynamic IPv6 interface we should inherit ip6table from
main interface.
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <ulrich.weber@riverbed.com>
pppoe-discovery performs the same discovery process as pppoe, but does
not initiate a session
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Fixes the following issue:
root@LEDE:/# sysupgrade /tmp/lede-mvebu-armada-388-clearfog-sdcard.img.gz
Saving metaconfig...
Image metadata not found
Use sysupgrade -F to override this check when downgrading or flashing to vendor firmware
Image check 'fwtool_check_image' failed.
root@LEDE:/#
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When running wifi detect, the user will be told on error output that
wifi detect is deprecated, that wifi config must be used instead. Also
the commit that changes it is referenced for further info.
Signed-off-by: David Pinilla Caparrós <dpinitux@gmail.com>
Since commit 5f8f8a3661 wifi detect does
not longer work and wifi config it's used to configure not yet
configured wireless devices.
This commit changes command usage to reflect that change.
Signed-off-by: David Pinilla Caparrós <dpinitux@gmail.com>
The firmware hotplug script tries to read the mac address from a
partition with the name "uboot-env" which does not exist (instead it's
name is uboot_env). This broke calculation of the new checksum (after
patching the mac address) which resulted in ath9k refusing to use the
EEPROM data.
The original error reported by ath9k was:
PCI: Enabling device 0000:00:0e.0 (0000 -> 0002)
ath: phy0: Bad EEPROM checksum 0x2523
ath: phy0: Unable to initialize hardware; initialization status: -22
ath9k 0000:00:0e.0: Failed to initialize device
Fixes: a20616863d ("lantiq: use ath9k device tree bindings
binding/owl-loader")
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
f107656 netifd: Add option to configure locktime for each device
cdc0e80 interface: add prefix assignment priority support
6397f5e device: add veth support
6228d0f wireless: fix _wireless_add_process
7cc2f10 treewide: fix white space errors
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
platform_find_rootfspart() fails if the kernel partition comes before the
rootfs partition. The proposed patch fixes this while preserving what I
understand was the original idea: stop at first match.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
When running "make kernel_menuconfig" in a clean tree, it fails with:
make[1]: *** No rule to make target 'tools/quilt/install'. Stop.
Replacing the dependency with 'tools/quilt/compile' fixes the issue (quilt
and all its prerequisites will be built, and quilt will be installed in
staging_dir).
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Effects of the bugs could include memory corruption, tx hangs, kernel
crahes, possibly other things as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Upstream linux commit 7523e4dc5057e "module: use a structure to
encapsulate layout." moves some of the struct module members into a
separate struct module_layout.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Do not put the probe function into the __init section, but use the normal
section. This fixes a section mismatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following patches were dropped because they are already applied
upstream:
0012-pinctrl-lantiq-fix-up-pinmux.patch
0013-MTD-lantiq-xway-fix-invalid-operator.patch
0014-MTD-lantiq-xway-the-latched-command-should-be-persis.patch
0015-MTD-lantiq-xway-remove-endless-loop.patch
0016-MTD-lantiq-xway-add-missing-write_buf-and-read_buf-t.patch
0017-MTD-xway-fix-nand-locking.patch
0044-pinctrl-lantiq-introduce-new-dedicated-devicetree-bi.patch
0045-pinctrl-lantiq-Fix-GPIO-Setup-of-GPIO-Port3.patch
0046-pinctrl-lantiq-2-pins-have-the-wrong-mux-list.patch
0047-irq-fixes.patch
0047-mtd-plat-nand-pass-of-node.patch
0060-usb-dwc2-Add-support-for-Lantiq-ARX-and-XRX-SoCs.patch
0120-MIPS-lantiq-add-support-for-device-tree-file-from-bo.patch
0121-MIPS-lantiq-make-it-possible-to-build-in-no-device-t.patch
122-MIPS-store-the-appended-dtb-address-in-a-variable.patch
The PHY driver was reduced to the code adding the LED configuration,
the rest is already upstream:
0023-NET-PHY-adds-driver-for-lantiq-PHY11G.patch
The SPI driver was replaced with the version pending for upstream
inclusion:
New driver:
0090-spi-add-transfer_status-callback.patch
0091-spi-lantiq-ssc-add-support-for-Lantiq-SSC-SPI-controller.patch
Old driver:
0100-spi-add-support-for-Lantiq-SPI-controller.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch add ZyXEL NSA325 2-Bay Media Server
The ZyXEL NSA325 device is a Kirkwood based NAS:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6702 1600Mhz
- SDRAM memory: 512MB DDR2 400Mhz
- Gigabit ethernet: Marvell Alaska
- Flash memory: 128MB
- 1 Power button
- 1 Power LED (blue)
- 5 Status LED (green/red)
- 1 Copy/Sync button
- 1 Reset button
- 2 SATA II ports (internal)
- 2 USB 2.0 ports (back)
- 1 USB 3.0 port (front)
- Fan (fixed speed)
- hardware watchdog in a mcu
Basically a bigger, more powerful version of NSA310,
installation is the same as they share the same flash layout.
A notable difference is that there is a hardware watchdog
in a mcu on the board, which is disabled by default in the LEDE u-boot.
The watchdog is also disabled with a GPIO activation through
raw register change when kwbooting or it would reset the board before
the new uboot was transferred.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [remove dead code]
switch nsa310b mac address reading to mtd_get_mac_ascii helper as
it seems the fw_env.config file is created way later than when
network is set up, when I tested I still had that file included
in the image through /files folder.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
When we merged all the Geode boards into one generic target, the default
network and LED configuration was lost. Put it back.
Fixes: 9e0759ea26 ("x86: merge all geode based subtargets into one")
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Currently on attempt to configure uClibc with "V=s" user is prompted
to answer on configuration questions. Major inconvenience here is
build procedure get paused until user answers all questions.
That happens because not all symbols are defined in our .config.
Solution is as simple as usage of "olddefconfig" target instead of
simple "oldconfig". In that case default values get silently set
for symbols not defined by our .config explicitly.
We haven't noticed that subtle issue before because without "V=s"
what we do is "make oldconfig < /dev/null" which automatically
answers all questions :)
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
-mXXX option is deprecated already in arc-2016.03 toolchain
and removed completely starting from arc-2016.09.
Direct replacement is -mcpu=XXX which is already supported by
arc-2016.03 used today in Lede.
With that change we'll be ready for ARC toolchain update still
keeping everything working with current tools.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The only HMACs currently available use MD5 and SHA1, both of which have known
weaknesses. We already compile in the SHA256 code since we use Curve25519
by default, so there's no significant size penalty to enabling this.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Sible <josephcsible@users.noreply.github.com>
Adds preliminary kernel 4.9 support for this target.
- Refreshed/Updated all patches
Added 3 new patches:
- 093 --> Add virtual PCI MMIO mapping
- 230 --> Remove deprecated code
- 240 --> Rework AT24 eeprom code to use the new NVMEM API
Compiled & tested on cns3xxx (gw2388)
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Add support for the Observa Telecom VH4032N router.
This is another BCM6368 router, 128 MB RAM, 32MB flash and 3 USB
host ports.
The wifi chip is an onboard Broadcom BCM43222.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: use gpio-hog instead of abusing ephy-reset]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Passing -iremap argument separately causes problems with projects that
use scons and its ParseFlags function. Consider this SConscript
example:
env = Environment()
d = env.ParseFlags("-iremap one:two")
ParseFlags will interpret one:two as a file name and the returned dict
d will contain only "-iremap". When the -iremap is passed to the
compiler without an argument, compilation obviously fails.
Signed-off-by: Michal Sojka <sojkam1@fel.cvut.cz>
Remove CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q overrides for two targets
These features are built into the kernel image for all targets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the staging dir was deleted, the build needs to recompile some files.
This change speeds up this corner case significantly
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Probe the switch through DT instead of a platform device. This fixes
probe, as GPIO offsets are now properly accounted for.
Fixes the following issue:
[ 0.802953] 8021q: 802.1Q VLAN Support v1.8
[ 0.810518] rtl8366_smi: gpio_request failed for 18, err=-517
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
BCM6362 and BCM3380 seem to share the same PRID. Disable serial output
for them until we can find a way to tell them apart reliably.
Fixes: 8f3cfe4ba2 ("brcm63xx: lzma-loader: add BCM3380 support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the ADB P.DG AV4202N aka Pirelli PRG AV4202N.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for mapping some GPIO lines to IRQs. GPIO to IRQ mappings
were found out through experimentation, helped by having the GPIO as
output still toggling the IRQ input.
Based-on: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/660534/
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Setting the clear bit for an interrupt seems to cause interrupts to be
deasserted again immediately. So unset the bit for BCM6318 to allow
subsequent interrupts to still work.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When calling erase() on a containers derived from __base_associative
(e.g. multimap) and providing a pair of iterators a segfault will
occur.
Example code to reproduce:
typedef std::multimap<int, int> testmap;
testmap t;
t.insert(std::pair<int, int>(1, 1));
t.insert(std::pair<int, int>(2, 1));
t.insert(std::pair<int, int>(3, 1));
t.erase(t.begin(), t.end());
Signed-off-by: Ben Kelly <ben@benjii.net>
Goflexhome/net use uImage, and to boot an uImage the u-boot
must use bootm command, not bootz.
Fixes the "i cannot boot LEDE with this u-boot" issue that I
found out myself with my goflexnet.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
all patches for CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD are obsolete for
uboot 2016 sources.
Run-tested with the uboot of goflexnet, also the md5sum of
all other uboots is the same with or without these patches.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Default CONSOLE value for ar71xx target is "ttyS0,115200", so there
is no need to specify the same value in device profiles.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This commit reverts 42f3c1f ("arc770: fix broken upstream change")
and simultaneously adds back-ported fix from Linus' tree:
a524c218bc94 ("ARC: [arcompact] brown paper bag bug in unaligned
access delay slot fixup").
Note mentioned patch will appear in stable trees soon as well so
IMHO there's not much sense in adding this separate patch in lede/master branch.
As well as we will get rid of it here in 17.01 once we bump 4.4 kernel here
later down the line.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
mtdsplit_lzma requires that the rootfs be aligned to a block boundary.
Pad the kernel partition to make this so.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Leite <leitec@gmail.com>
This commit combines all the changes I've made on my staging tree
into a single commit fixing many issues with our patch for MT7620.
First of all, checkpatch.pl revealed numerous code style issues with
the patch, so fix all the white-space and commets. Also use
usleep_range instead of legacy timing and relax timing for VCO
calibration just like the vendor driver does.
Several line programming registers were commented out in the patch.
Originally this came from the features present but disabled by default
in the vendor's driver (RTMP_TEMPERATURE_CALIBRATION and
ADJUST_POWER_CONSUMPTION_SUPPORT). Remove the dead code for now, it can
easily be re-added if we actually intend to support those features.
Move values from mt7620_freqconfig type into the existing rf_channel
struct, this shouldn't be a new typedef and it is possible to use the
existing struct because rf_channel got 4 32-bit fields, so two of the
8-bit values from mt7620_freqconfig can easily be stored in the same
32-bit field.
Map values such that
Rdiv -> rf1
N -> rf2
K -> rf3[0:7]
D -> rf3[8:15]
Ksd -> rf4
This makes the channel switching logic already look a bit more like
what we are used to in rt2x00... Probably many of the read-modify-write
calls could still be replaced by macros intended for that.
iq calibration seems to be identical to RT5592, so just enable it.
Test shows that this improves things quite a lot, datarates went up
by a couple of megabits when running iperf, signal quality seems jumpy
in the first few seconds once a station connencts, the stabelizes on a
value significantly better than what it was before.
Add description to the patch and reference the original OpenWrt commit
by which it was added.
The patch now passes checkpatch.pl and can thus be discussed with the
upstream authors of the rt2x00 driver.
Funded-by: https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/1327597961/better-support-for-mt7620a-n-in-openwrt-lede/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
buildbot fails to build without regmap, which I couldn't reproduce locally.
Hopefully this fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
64 bit support for Raspberry Pi 3 is experimental. However, bcm2709 subtarget
should serve as a stable and compatible 32 bit support.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This adds support for Raspberry Pi 3 on the bcm2709 subtarget, in order to
keep 32 bit image support when 64 bit support is added on bcm2710 subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Initial idea was to use package with this PHY driver for devices that
need it. Unfortunately this can't work as bgmac is built-in and PHY
probing happens before loading modules - it results in PHY subsystem
picking default (generic) PHY driver.
There were two ways of solving this:
1) Making bcm53xx use bgmac as module
xor
2) Built-in Broadcom PHY driver
After some quick discussion it seems we can simply built-in the driver
as increased kenel size is relatively small (1805 B).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Use 2.27 as default which is the current relese.
Makes it easier to get support and submit patches upstream if needed.
Tested on ar71xx, mt7621, kirkwood (arm)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
These are patches queued for 4.11. It adds support for even more hw and
removes some annoying WARN_ONCE.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's needed for macaddr_add.
Fixes: 50efd403e6 ("bcm53xx: set WAN MAC address to don't share one with LAN interface")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
After "73d923e base-files: emit tagged switch configuration by default"
some default network configurations are broken because the lan and wan
ifnames are forcibly set to untagged netdevs.
Adjust the offending set_interfaces_lan_wan() calls to use the proper
tagged device names.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It just makes code consistent. This trivial change may be a 17.01
candidate to provide simpler backporting experience.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit dde5c729ec.
The uClibc update was completely untested, does not build with Kernel 4.4 and
did not adjust the configuration to predeclare new config symbols.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In kernel 4.9 it's already present so we don't want to overwite it (with
older & API incompatible version).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked
broken, except arc770 and arch38 due to broken toolchain.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon, ramips and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Bump to dnsmasq 2.77test1 - this includes a number of fixes since 2.76
and allows dropping of 2 LEDE carried patches.
Notable fix in rrfilter code when talking to Nominum's DNS servers
especially with DNSSEC.
A patch to switch dnsmasq back to 'soft fail' for SERVFAIL responses
from dns servers is also included. This mean dnsmasq tries all
configured servers before giving up.
A 'localise queries' enhancement has also been backported (it will
appear in test2/rc'n') this is especially important if using the
recently imported to LEDE 'use dnsmasq standalone' feature 9525743c
I have been following dnsmasq HEAD ever since 2.76 release.
Compile & Run tested: ar71xx, Archer C7 v2
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
ref commit 9525743c07
dnsmasq: make DHCPv6 viable for standalone dnsmasq install
Above commit broke instancing by missing filter_dnsmasq()
as part of the dhcp_add() execution.
Signed-off-by: Eric Luehrsen <ericluehrsen@hotmail.com>
The Sanlinking Technologies D240
(http://www.sanlinking.com/en/29-dual-4g-wifi-router.html) is basically the same
device as the ZBT WE826, so adding support for it in LEDE is straight forward.
The differences is that the D240 has two mini-PCIe slots (instead of one), blue
LEDs and supports PoE.
Specification:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps POE (802.3af/802.3at) Ethernet, 4x 10/100Mbps.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 128 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port.
* 2x mini-PCIe slots.
* 2x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x button.
Wifi, USB, switch and both mini-PCIe slots are working. I have not been able to
test the SD card reader.
The device comes pre-installed with an older version of OpenWRT, including Luci.
In order to install LEDE, you need to follow the existing procedure for updating
OpenWRT/LEDE using Luci. I.e., you need to access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to keep
existing settings. The default router address is 192.168.10.1 and
username/password admin/root (at least on my devices).
If you brick the device, the procedure for recovery is the same as for the
WE826. Please see the wiki page for that device for instructions.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Do not spam the syslog with DHCPv6 lease info if quietdhcp option
is selected. This already works for DHCPv4, make it work in the same
way for DHCPv6.
Signed-off-by: Arjen de Korte <build+lede@de-korte.org>
[Originally written by Arjen de Korte on GitHub but had issues providing
a SoB in correct format.]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch moves the fakeroot code required by some devices to
`image-commands.mk`.
Create the fakeroot on the fly by using the undocumented -s (skip copy)
parameter of mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
[remove unused NETGEAR_KERNEL_MAGIC, remove workarounds to have a dummy
rootfs for mkimage]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The factory image can't be bigger than 3328 KByte. If the image is
bigger than that, the gemtek-header tool throws an error and breaks
the build.
Make sure the output file to which the gemtek header should be added
exists and wasn't removed during the check-size step because of it
size. This will prevent hard errors in case the factory image is to big
similar to what is done for sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Adds the following fixes:
91acde6 libubus: do not modify uloop_cancelled
763b9b2 libubus: reset ctx->sock.eof to fix reconnect issues
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Adds the following changes:
de3f14b uloop: add uloop_cancelling function
3b6181b utils: fix build on Mac OS X 10.12
7f671b1 blobmsg: add support for double
0fe1374 utils: add helper functions useful for allocating a ring buffer
8fc1c30 libubox: replace strtok with _r version.
4a9f74f libubox: allow reading out the pid of uloop process in lua
372e1e6 uloop: remove useless epoll data assignment
f9db1cb libubox: allow reading out the remaining time of a uloop timer in Lua
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit 71a39b8 ("ipq806x: Fix wireless support for Netgear Nighthawk X4S
D7800") added a trailing TAB char after the backslash which prevents
the assignment of the correct MACs for wifi devices.
Fixes: FS#451
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
After analyzing numerous NVRAMs and vendor firmwares it seems the base
MAC address is used for LAN interface. WAN interface has different one
which sometimes is set directly in NVRAM and sometines needs to be
calculated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Added the missing audio pcm interface in the .dtsi file for the rt5350
device. The update has been verified from the data get from the datasheet
and is very similar to the mt7620a.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
key_direction shows up as an openvpn option in the user-interface but does not end up in the /var/etc/openvpn*.conf file. Adding it to the list here fixed the issue for me.
Signed-off-by: Brandon Koepke <bdkoepke@fastmail.com>
Use a vendor prefix as it has to be for all not core driver. Update the
compatible string in the device tree files accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The comptible string is neither added by any LEDE patch nor exists in
in the kernel. Drop the sound node which was obviously added
accidentally with 9195d8da ("ramips: DTS rework").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use only the jedec,spi-nor compatible string. Everything else either
never worked or is only support to keep compatibility.
Remove the linux,modalias property. It is obsolete since kernel 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The setting mmc-ddr-1_8v in the platform dts leads to read errors. The
device is unusable and system reboots in a loop. Because NBG6817 is the
only mmc device, I removed it in base dts.
The second change removes settings now present in base dts.
The third change references was a wrong conversion of constants in the switch settings.
Switch now initializes again.
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
Refreshed patches for all supported targets.
Compile-tested on ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6, mt7621, oxnas and x86/64.
Run-tested on ar71xx, cns3xxx, imx6 and mt7621.
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Update ubox to latest Git HEAD in order to import the following fixes:
ac2d43e kmodloader: support '-q' quiet option
f8d3d16 ubox: Add an option for more accurate timestamps in log
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Lots of users try random stuff when they encounter any kind of
difficulty. I've had to debug a number of cases where people had enabled
this option for no reason. Hopefully this warning will reduce the number
of useless support cases.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
I needed a moment to figure out relation between this patchset and the
nl80211: fix validation of scheduled scan info for wowlan netdetect
It appears nl80211 commit will go on top of brcmfmac changes so it's
safe to backport these patches.
One patch that was excluded is commit 2a2a5d1835b6 ("brcmfmac: add
.update_connect_params() callback") as it depends on missing commit
088e8df82f91 ("cfg80211: Add support to update connection parameters").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
samba.org has started to enforce https and
currently plain http downloads with curl/wget fail,
so convert samba.org download links to use https.
Modernise links at the same time.
Also convert samba.org URL fields to have https.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Add a fallback case to get_source_date_epoch.sh which reports the modification
time of the script itself in case there is no SCM information available, e.g.
when downloading .tar.gz or .zip tarballs produced by Github.
Also fix the mercurial case while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
dnsmasq has sufficient services to meet the needs of DHCP
and RA with IP6 for single router router users. This is
the most common use for consumer routers. Its reenforced
as most ISP tend to only DHCP-PD /64. dnsmasq has year
over year demonstrated great flexibility in its option
set, and support for off-standard DHCP clients.
odhcpd has enhanced capabilities focused on IP6 such
as DHCP/RA relay and NDP proxy. However, it is not as
flexible in its option set. odhcpd is not as forgiving
with off-standard DHCP clients. Some points may represent
a long term TODO list, but it is the state currently.
These changes make any such combination possible. Already
odhcpd can be set as the main dhcp server. Now odhcpd
can be removed or disabled and dnsmasq will take over
if DHCPv6 compiled in. The existing DHCPv6 and RA UCI
are translated into dnsmasq.conf. The changes focus on
'--dhcp-range', '--dhcp-host', and '--dhcp-options'.
DHCP host ID is least 16 bits [::1000-::FFFF], but
leaves low range for typical infrastructure assignments.
dnsmasq accepts DHCPv6 options in the tranditional
'--dhcp-option' put they must be prefixed 'option6:'.
dnsmasq will also discover SLAAC DNS entries from DHCPv4
clients MAC, and confirm with a ping at least renew.
Long term TODO include improving use of dnsmasq relay
options for DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 in parallel. It would also
be possible to preconfigure DHCP-PD in host-with-options
records for fixed infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Luehrsen <ericluehrsen@hotmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: emit proper IPv6 hostid format in dhcp-host directive]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
ref commit 612e2276b4
ref commit ec63e3bf13
'option add_local_hostname' scripted implementation statically assigns
this host in auto generated host file at init. If IFUP or other signals
do not occur, then address changes are not tracked. The script doesn't
apply all the addresses at an interface. This may make logs obscure.
The script only puts the bare host name (maybe not FQDN) in host file,
but if '--exapandhosts' is enabled, then /etc/hosts entries will be
suffixed, and "127.0.0.1 localhost" becomes "localhost.lan".
dnsmasq provides an option to perform this function, but it is rather
greedy. '--interface-name=<name>,<iface>' will assign the name to all
IP on the specified interface (except link local). This is a useful
feature, but some setups depend on the original restrictive behavior.
'option add_local_fqdn' is added to enhance the feature set, but
if not entered or empty string, then it will default to original
option and behavior. This new option has a few settings. At each
increased setting the most detailed name becomes the PTR record:
0 - same as add_local_hostname 0 or disabled
1 - same as add_local_hostname 1
2 - assigns the bare host name to all IP w/ --dnsmasq-interface
3 - assigns the FQDN and host to all IP w/ --dnsmasq-interface
4 - assigns <iface>.<host>.<domain> and above w/ --dnsmasq-nterface
'option add_wan_fqdn' is added to run the same procedure on
inferred WAN intefaces. If an interface has 'config dhcp' and
'option ignore 1' set, then it is considered WAN. The original
option would only run on DHCP serving interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric Luehrsen <ericluehrsen@hotmail.com>
This activates the CONFIG_MIPS_APPENDED_RAW_DTB kernel configuration and
configures the F5D8235 V1 target to use append-dtb for kernel creation
instead of OWRTDTB.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This commit introduces CONFIG_MIPS_APPENDED_RAW_DTB as an alternative to
OWRTDTB. Both solutions can be used concurrently until all board
configurations have been changed.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rewrap commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of only using tagged CPU port configurations when more than one VLAN
is present on the switch, always emit tagged configurations unless a board
explicitely opts out of this behaviour by using the previously introduced
[0-9]u@netdev syntax.
Emitting default tagged configurations has the following benefits:
- Relation of switch vlans to netdevs is easier to understand, especially
for multi-cpu-port switches
- Adding additional VLANs (e.g. to break out a LAN port for other purposes)
becomes easier as users are not forced to change the existing untagged
VLAN to tagged and the existing ifname notation from ethX to ethX.Y
anymore, drastly reducing the likelyhood of soft-bricks.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In order to prepare support for generating tagged switch configurations by
default, explicitely request untagged configs for boards which do not already
request tagging to retain default behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use silent make invocations for sub-makes like build_image or checksum to
avoid bloating the IB output with non-status info.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes firmware crash in rare cases and a bug
ath10k_pci 0001:01:00.0: received unexpected tx_fetch_ind event: in
push mode
for those who kept experiencing it after previous firmware update.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Uses upstream code to parse DT supported band/frequency information.
Update existing .dts files to the new format and remove unnecessary
overrides.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
And, update support for 9880 chipsets. The new firmware
fixes a regression with EAPOL 4/4 packets added in
a recent commit.
It also fixes a case where the firmware would improperly try
to use STBC when configured for 1x1 (as 9887 always is).
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
The driver had a bug when calculating the rateset. This resolves
that and allows full VHT mcs rates on 2x2 hardware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
The short git hash suffix printed by getver.sh is taken from the
latest local commit, change this to use the hash from latest
upstream commit if available. This is considered the intended
behavior based on commit message a642a11fac,
introducing getver.sh.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
We override default Ethernet interface with eth0 which often uses random
MAC due to missing proper NVRAM entry. Fix this by manually assigning
MAC in the config.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since the main stamp file depends on the _check stampfile, the _check
stampfile needs to be created on the first run as well.
Fixes spurious rebuilds with CONFIG_AUTOREBUILD=y
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
All mvebu boards have three USB LEDs. The first one is used for the
USB1 port.
There are two LEDs related to the second USB port. The top (bar) LED
gets bright in case any USB device is connected to the second USB port.
If the connected device is an USB 3 (SuperSpeed) device, the small dot
LED bellow the "bar" LED gets also bright.
While at it, use a name for the USB LEDs that matches the names printed
on the case.
Fixes: FS#423, FS#425
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownbuild@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is a pure rename without any changes. It makes maintaining bgmac
simpler and will hopefully make adding new kernel a bit easier.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Some debugging/error messages are printed using wpa_printf and this
change allows finally reading them out of the syslog.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This will allow starting hostapd with the new -s parameter and finally
read all (error) messages from the syslog.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Buffalo WCR-1166DS is a small wireless router with
- MT7628AN + MT7612E
- 64MiB DDR2 SDRAM
- 16MiB SPI flash
- 2T2R 11ac/a/b/g/n Wi-Fi
- 2x 10/100M ethernet switch
- 8x programmable LED
- 3x button
- UART pad on PCB (J2: 3.3V, GND, TX, RX)
factory image can be installed via stock web UI.
due to the "dual image" function in the bootloader, the second half of
the SPI flash ("firmware2" partition) cannot be used as a part of the
file system.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
only factory images for DHP-EU and DHP2-JP (fw ver. 2.x) are built.
this will not work for DHP-JP/AP/TW (fw ver. 1.x) because they use
different buffalo_csum() formula.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
some of Buffalo DHP series use slightly different trx magic, buffalo-enc,
buffalo-tag, and factory image begin with 'bgn'.
this patch adds support for building those images.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
Qemu's local AES code defines symbols that conflict with
LibreSSL/OpenSSL's libcrypto. Rename them to avoid build problems.
See upstream commit c8d70e59738e672021926c7747af8ef9dea15c82.
Fixes FS#444.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
wash, mpu & some memory optimisation have now made it to the official
cake repository.
Point LEDE to the official repository.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
c13b6a0 dhcpv6: fix white space error
e9d80cc dhcpv6: trigger restart of DHCPv6 state machine when not
receiving statefull options
c7122ec update README
419fb63 dhcpv6: server unicast option support
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The condition is always true due to the literal string followed the
-n test parameter. A model name set by target scripts always gets
overwritten this way.
Change the condition to check for an already existing destination file
as it was before 5e85ae9 ("base-files: fix error message during boot").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It wasn't possible to read hostapd wpa_printf messages unless running
hostapd manually. It was because hostapd was printing them using vprintf
and not directly to the syslog.
We were trying to workaround this problem by redirecting STDIN_FILENO
and STDOUT_FILENO but it was working only for the initialization phase.
As soon as hostapd did os_daemonize our solution stopped working.
Please note despite the subject this change doesn't affect debug level
messages only but just everything printed by hostapd with wpa_printf
including MSG_ERROR-s. This makes it even more important as reading
error messages can be quite useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fixes build issues with some toolchains that don't add lcrypt in the default
search paths:
CMakeFiles/rpcd.dir/session.c.o: In function `rpc_login_test_password':
build_dir/target-mipsel-linux-gnu/rpcd-2016-12-03-0577cfc1/session.c:823: undefined reference to `crypt'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Some toolchains will produce executables with an interpreter that is e.g:
ld.so.1 (typically a symbolic link). Due to our current LIBC_SPEC_FILE value,
we would not be able to copy this symbolic link/file over to the rootfs and
executables would fail to load. Extend the search pattern to include all
ld*.so* files that could be needed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
For external toolchain, we also know the type of C library used, and the
toolchain triplet may not always be reflective of that, therefore make
$(TARGET_DIR_NAME) suffixed with _$(LIBC).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This fixes logic bug(in function netdev_trig_notify) introduced in
0b2991a8ed commit.
Events triggered by different interfaces were stopping work queue so it
wasn't working for tx/rx mode.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
Refresh patches, delete patches that have been applied upstream.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix defaults]
The "new style" busybox applet approach moves all config and build
definitions related to an applet to its .c file. This makes the
patches easier to maintain, as they only add new files to the busybox
build directory, without modifying BusyBox files.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Commit 29443e2 (mxs: remove modules.mk, select drivers in the kernel config)
missed to remove these references, so cleanup it now.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The VGV7510KW22BRN and VGV7519BRN do not have the same brnImage
signature. It was accidentally changed with ba42c1d ("lantiq: un-macro
the image building code").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the following security problems:
CVE-2017-3731: Truncated packet could crash via OOB read
CVE-2017-3732: BN_mod_exp may produce incorrect results on x86_64
CVE-2016-7055: Montgomery multiplication may produce incorrect results
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit e79ecb4c26.
The commit was incomplete and the issue that should be fixed isn't
that easy fixable. The Archer C7 mach file is used for the Archer C5,
WDR4900 and WDR7500 as well. Where the WDRs in compare to the Archer
do have blue LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not put the apex images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the apex packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot and ucode images into the kernel build directory as this
directory might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages
InstallDev recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered
current, leading to image build failures later on due to missing images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Do not put the u-boot images into the kernel build directory as this directory
might get removed after kernel updates while the u-boot packages InstallDev
recipe is not getting re-executed because it is still considered current,
leading to image build failures later on due to missing u-boot images.
To ensure that built bootloader images persist over kernel version updates in
the buildroot, put them into the new STAGING_DIR_IMAGE directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new location STAGING_DIR_IMAGE which is intended to be used by
bootloader iamges and similar image-related artifacts.
This directory is guaranteed to be persistent across kernel upgrades which
might involve a removal of KERNEL_BUILD_DIR and is guranteed to be bundled
with the image builder.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds support for the PCB LEDs and Reset Button found on the PC
Engines APU2/APU3 embedded boards.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Updates to openvpn.init were included in early OpenVPN 2.4 patch
series, but got lost along the way and were never merged.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Bump kernel to 4.4.44. Compile-tested on ar71xx, ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
.44 has been run-tested on the 17.01 branch here on ar71xx and mt7621.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
HTB and TBF are the basic traffic shapers used by sqm-scripts. Moving
these into kmod-sched-core enables sqm-scripts to downgrade its
dependency from kmod-sched to kmod-sched-core, potentially making it
useful on devices with smaller flash sizes.
This adds around 30k to the size of kmod-sched-core (20k for sch_htb.ko
and 10k for sch_tbf.ko).
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
This adds support for the SuperIO chip nct5104d found on the PC Engines
APU boards, which allows for a handful of additional ports, such as 2x
additional UART pinouts, enabling an external watchdog (no driver for
this functionality yet), and 16 GPIO pins. More info can be found at
https://pcengines.ch/ht_gpio.htm
Thanks to @feckert for helping package this.
Cc: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The following changes enables GPIO sysfs as well as the LEDS_GPIO option
within the kernel. This is required to enable LEDs over a GPIO
interface.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The GPL licensed source code of Belkin contains an ASIC based "Green
Feature". This change adds support for this Green Feature that can be
activated with an DTS option or swconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
Before this change only port 4 of F5D8235 V1 worked at 1000Mpbs.
Comparing the current driver with the GPL_BELKIN_F5D8235-4_v1000
v1.01.24 sources showed that additional steps are required to set-up
the rlt8366s switch correctly.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
This change provides the possibility to define per-device initvals in
the DTS file for a rlt8366s switch.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
The name will appear in shell prompt and LuCI page title. Uppercase
letters seem to be more vigorous
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Update ubox to latest Git head in order to import the following fixes:
14839f0 kmodloader: make insert_module() idempotent
6e3c6dc kmodloader: add module alias awareness
9371411 kmodloader: fix out-of-bound access when parsing .modinfo
a62c946 kmodloader: modprobe: skip possible command line arguments
46a4b5f kmodloader: log to kmsg when loading directories of modules
eacc426 kmodloader: remove redundant glob wildcard char
8488bb5 ubox: Initialize conditionally uninitialized variable
db070f1 ubox: Fix some memory leaks
acc48b5 kmodloader: Fix typo in error message
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This is how other Linux distributions are doing and kernel
modprobe_path[] of request_module() also has a default value of
/sbin/modprobe
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
A given signal-name is now converted to the corresonding number. In general
it's good style to use names (readability) and it's more portable: signal
numbers can be architecture-dependent, so we are more safe giving names.
A real world example is signal 10, which is BUS on ramips and USR1 on PPC.
All users of 'procd_send_signal' must change their code to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Bastian Bittorf <bb@npl.de>
When relying on x.509 certs for auth and / or encryption of traffic you can't
use package openvpn-nossl.
Just have your package depend on openvpn-crypto to have SSL-encryption and
X.509-support enabled in OpenVPN. If encryption / X.509 is not a must, use
virtual packge openvpn, which is provided by all OpenVPN-variants.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
ramips/rt288x WLI-TX4-AG300N was missing support for its 100Mbit switch which
should be included by default.
Signed-off-by: Yo Abe <abe.geel@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: picked from OpenWrt PR#359, rewrap commit msg, fix Sob]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
ap_setup_locked is named wps_ap_setup_locked in uci for consistency with other
wps related uci options.
Signed-off-by: Steven Honson <steven@honson.id.au>
On some EX2700 devices, the MAC address from the eeprom data differs
from the actual MAC address. Fix that, and cleanup the DTS file
while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
The author of the upstream mwlwifi edited the history of the previous commit.
This commit not only fixes the updated hash but also sends in the latest
commits he made to the code which are mainly testing.
Signed-off-by: Gabe Rodriguez <lifehacksback@gmail.com>
This commit adds 4 patches, one per kernel version that was used for
picking updates. This adds support for few new PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
TP-Link Archer C59v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 port
- 8x LED (controled by 74HC595), 3x button
- UART header on PCB
TP-Link Archer C60v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Currently not working:
- Port LAN1 on C59, LAN4 on C60
- WiFi 5GHz (missing ath10k firmware for QCA9886 chip)
- Update from oficial web interface ( tplink-saveloader not support "product-info")
Flash instruction:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-cXX-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
4. reset
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: remove duplicate ATH79_MACH_ARCHER_C59/C60_V1 entries]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Clarify opkg's messages related to downloads:
* more visible error message for package list download failure
* separate error message for signature file download error
* if wget returns 4, signal the network error more clearly
* remove '.' from end of filenames and URLs
* try signature check only if the package list was downloaded ok.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The name "Plat'Home OpenBlocks AX3" causes the imagebuilders "make info"
command to fail with:
bash: -c: line 0: syntax error near unexpected token `('
bash: -c: line 0: `echo; [...]'
Makefile:99: recipe for target '_call_info' failed
Properly escape single quotes to avoid breaking the echo commands.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The radio would stop communicating completely. This issue was easiest to
trigger on AR913x devices, e.g. the TP-Link TL-WR1043ND, but other
hardware was occasionally affected as well.
The most critical issue was a race condition in disabling/enabling IRQs
between the IRQ handler and the IRQ processing tasklet
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This device has 2 TRX partitions (main one and failsafe one) and Linux
may not detect them properly failing to run userspace.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
All SPL variants are lzo compressed. The lzop binary is used for
compression but is not available in tools.
Additionally at least the NAND SPL support is broken and doesn't create
working bootloaders.
The fb3370 SPI NOR SPL enabled u-boot isn't required for LEDE since the
LEDE images are targeting the pre-installed EVA bootloader.
Mark these u-boot variants as well as the SPL variants for the
reference boards as broken till the lzma issues are fixed upstream and
we can use lzma instead of lzo compression.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Even when the disk uses 4k blocks, the partition table still uses units
of 512 byte sectors. Always use ibs=512 for the offsets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the base-files package is not selected, we will fail executing the
very first postinst script:
make[3]: Leaving directory `/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk'
cp -fpR
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl-1.1.15_eabi/root-orion
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl-1.1.15_eabi/root.orig-orion
./usr/lib/opkg/info/busybox.postinst: line 3:
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl-1.1.15_eabi/root-orion/lib/functions.sh:
No such file or directory
./usr/lib/opkg/info/busybox.postinst: line 4: default_postinst: command
not found
postinst script ./usr/lib/opkg/info/busybox.postinst has failed with
exit code 127
make[2]: *** [package/install] Error 1
Check for the existence of lib/functions.sh, and if it does not exist,
just bail out gracefully.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
If only a single opkg control file exists (which can happen with
CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG), grep would not print the file name by default. Instead
of forcing it using -H, we just switch to -l (print only file names) and
get rid of the cut.
Add -s to suppress an error message when no control files exist.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Require-User is handled by /etc/uci-defaults/13_fix_group_user on first
boot, so we need to keep these when removing all opkg data with
CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
There was a bug in brcmfmac patch that could result in treating random
memory as source of country codes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit c296ba834d.
According to several reports, the issues with the airtime fairness
changes are gone in current versions.
It's time to re-apply the patch now.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The ZyXEL NSA310 device is a Kirkwood based NAS:
- SoC: Marvell 88F6702 1200Mhz
- SDRAM memory: 256MB DDR2 400Mhz
- Gigabit ethernet: Realtek (over pcie)
- Flash memory: 128MB
- 1 Power button
- 1 Power LED (blue)
- 5 Status LED (green/red)
- 1 Copy/Sync button
- 1 Reset button
- 2 SATA II port (1 internal and 1 external)
- 2 USB 2.0 ports (1 front and 1 back)
- Smart fan
The stock u-boot cannot read ubi so it should be replaced with the
LEDE/OpenWRT's u-boot or with a u-boot from here
https://github.com/mibodhi/u-boot-kirkwood
This device's boot ROM supports "kwboot" tool
(in mainline u-boot, built automatically if CONFIG_KIRKWOOD is declared)
that sends an uboot image to the board over serial connection, it is very easy to unbrick.
The stock bootloader can use usb and read from FAT filesystems,
so the installation process is simple, place the uboot file on a USB flashdrive
formatted as FAT (here it is "openwrt-kirkwood-nsa310.bin", then connect TTL
to the board and write the following commands in the bootloader console:
usb reset
fatload usb 0 0x1000000 openwrt-kirkwood-nsa310.bin
nand write 0x1000000 0x00000 0x100000
reset
Now you are rebooting in the new u-boot, write this in its console to install the firmware:
usb reset
fatload usb 0 0x2000000 lede-kirkwood-nsa310b-squashfs-factory.bin
nand erase.part ubi
nand write 0x2000000 ubi 0x600000
If your firmware file is bigger than 6 MiBs you should write its size in hex
instead of 0x600000 above, or remove that number entirely (it will take a while in this case).
If you are using another uboot that can read ubi, set mtdparts like this
mtdparts=mtdparts=orion_nand:0x00c0000(uboot),0x80000(uboot_env),0x7ec0000(ubi)
And set your bootcmd to be like this
bootcmd=run setenv bootargs; ubi part ubi; ubi read 0x800000 kernel; bootm 0x800000
Then you can install the firmware as described above.
After you installed (or configured) the u-boot for booting the firmware,
write the device's mac address in the ethaddr u-boot env.
The MAC address is usually on a sticker under the device (one of the two codes is the serial),
it should begin with "107BEF" as it is assigned to ZyXEL.
write in the u-boot console (use your MAC address instead of the example)
setenv ethaddr 10:7B:EF:00:00:00
saveenv
to save the mac address in the u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
accessing the u-boot's envs on this device is required to read the mac address.
These are the envs of the new u-boot, not of the stock one.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Instead of referencing u-boot packages from device profiles and having a
-all metapackage, make the u-boot packages hidden (they don't install to
bin/ anyway), and name the files in KERNEL_BUILD_DIR appropriately
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
this commit allows to make a standalone u-boot for nsa310b.
While both first-stage and second-stage u-boot work fine if
installed to flash or loaded with kwboot,
I could not get stock u-boot nor bodhi's u-boot to chainload
any second stage u-boot (I also tried with dockstar's uboot
that works fine on this device if loaded with kwboot).
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Upon first invocation, the ccache program will create the required directory
hierarchy so there is no point in shipping these empty directories.
Removing those paths also avoids shipping dangling symlinks in case the
directories got linked elsewhere, e.g. into a shared global cache.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
According to some reports, -march=pentium-mmx is a better choice for
older Geode CPUs than -march=geode anyway.
Bump the minimum architecture of the legacy target from i486 to
pentium-mmx. Anything older is not worth supporting anyway.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The le64 and be64 subtargets do not share a package architecture with
any other targets, so they are pretty wasteful for a development-only
target.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
While rt288x only has a MIPS 4KEc processor, it implements the MIPS32r2
architecture just like the 24Kc, so the instruction set should be 100%
compatible.
Switching it to 24kc allows it to share the package architecture with a
lot of other targets instead of creating a special case, saving
buildbot resources.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The subtarget on which the driver still depends was removed with
dee8986b95 because it was unmaintained
for a long time.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This avoids repeatedly unpacking and rebuilding packages that are
failing the build. Re-running the failing step should be much faster.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The hostapd_append_wpa_key_mgmt() procedure uses the possibly uninitialized
$ieee80211r and $ieee80211w variables in a numerical comparisation, leading
to stray "netifd: radio0 (0000): sh: out of range" errors in logread when
WPA-PSK security is enabled.
Ensure that those variables are substituted with a default value in order to
avoid emitting this (harmless) shell error.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Calling the clean target removes all .ipk files and un-stages the
package. Add a new target just for clearing the build dir and call that
one instead of the full clean target
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The libtool target package stages its files into the host staging directory
and moves the libltdl library parts from there into the target staging
directory afterwards.
By doing so, the package essentially renders the host libtool infrastructure
unusable, leading to the below error in subsequent package builds:
libtoolize: $pkgltdldir is not a directory: `.../hostpkg/share/libtool`
Prevent this problem by using a dedicated libltdl install prefix in order to
avoid overwriting and moving away preexisting files belonging to tools/libtool.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add PROVIDES:=openvpn to the default recipe in order to let all build variants
provide a virtual openvpn package.
The advantage of this approach is that downstream packages can depend on just
"openvpn" without having to require a specific flavor.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The last two parameters passed between user space tc and kernel space
sched-cake were transposed due to a merge mistake in a parameter header
file.
As such, using a packet overhead figure was likely to set cake to wash
packet DSCP values. Similarly, the DSCP wash flag was used as an offset
to the displayed packet overhead value.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
- Adds support for passing file descriptors in ubus invoke requests
- Fixes clearing pending timers on ubus_shutdown()
- Fixes checking the amount of written data in ubusd
- Fixes an ubusd crash when trying to subscribe to system objects
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of relying on complex sed patterns that trip up make syntax rules, use
GNU Makes builtin filter function to match desired URLs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support Abicom International Scorpion SC450 Board
QCA9550 700MHz Extended Temperature Range
256MB DDR2
256MB NAND Flash
16MB NOR Flash
10/100/1000 Ethernet
15W Max, 3x3 Mode, Full Power TX Power
802.3-at POE+ & DC Input options
100x 85mm
USB
PCIe
SFP
GPIO/LED
Signed-off-by: Conor O'Gorman <i@conorogorman.net>
Support Abicom International Scorpion SC300M Module
QCA9550 700MHz Extended Temperature Range
256MB DDR2
256MB Nand Flash
16MB SPI Flash
802.11a/na/b/g/ng
GPIO x 22, USB x2, PCIe x2
10/100/1000 Ethernet
23dBm, Optional Onboard Antenna
DC Input, 8-20V DC
85 x 55 mm
Signed-off-by: Conor O'Gorman <i@conorogorman.net>
Changes the platform to use the Chipidea driver instead of the
generic USB host driver which has support for both host and
device modes (selected on boot).
The changes in 930-chipidea-pullup.patch are already in mainline.
I'll upstream 920-usb-chipidea-AR933x-platform-support.patch once I
can test the changes with a newer kernel.
Signed-off-by: Svetoslav Neykov <svetoslav@neykov.name>
erlite mtdparts exposes boot0, boot1 and eeprom regions
as read/write.
this patch adds readonly flags, so these regions can't be
modified. same as it is already for ER profile.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kastner <cz172638@gmail.com>
Only consider the repository origin url as valid base feed entry if it is a
git://, http:// or https:// location.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Disabling ethernet during reboot (only to enable it again when the
ethernet driver attaches) can put the chip into a faulty state where it
corrupts the header of all incoming packets.
This happens if packets arrive during the time window where the core is
disabled, and it can be easily reproduced by rebooting while sending a
flood ping to the broadcast address.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since the MIPS IRQ stack patches, lantiq devices were emitting a storm
of messages like this:
[ 567.872172] Spurious IRQ: CAUSE=0x1100c300
Fix this by reworking the IRQ dispatch code
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit 131db36 "build: remove separate /install step for host builds" dropped
the package/*/host/install targets in favor to performing the install steps
within the compile target instead.
Adjust package/Makefile accordingly in order to prevent a missing
staging_dir/host/bin/opkg when staging package archives into the rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This is used to save space on buildbot instances.
If any part of a package needs to be rebuild, the whole package is
rebuilt from scratch. Stamp files are preserved to allow dependency
checks to work
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This makes the build slightly more efficient by avoiding the need to
re-stage packages on every full build run.
It is also necessary for the upcoming CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE feature
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This makes the build slightly more efficient by avoiding the need to
re-stage packages on every full build run.
It is also necessary for the upcoming CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE feature
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The make target does not rewrite the file if the contents didn't
change. This causes make to always consider the target old.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Before SUBDIR was set to $(PATCHVER) which may
or may not include the minor version number of
the linux kernel version. Usually it doesn't.
So the git-clone'd linux kernel was packed without
the minor version number taken into account, which
broke further processing, as it expected the
extracted dir being named linux-$(LINUX_VERSION)
(=with minor version) rather than linux-$(PATCHVER)
(=without minor version).
Changing SUBDIR to $(LINUX_VERSION) creates
consistent behaviour here.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Vogt <mirko-openwrt@nanl.de>
Using a single host package staging dir (and build dir) significantly speeds up
builds when multiple targets are built in succession, especially for large host
packages like NodeJS.
$(STAGING_DIR)/host is kept in addition to $(STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG) in most
places; it is still used as destination for host files in Build/InstallDev.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This patch adds support for the Netgear WN3000RPv3
http://www.netgear.com/support/product/wn3000rpv3.aspx
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A (580MHz, ramips)
- RAM: 32MB DDR
- Storage: 8MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: builtin MT7620A, 2x2:2 with u.FL connectors
- Ethernet: 1x100M
- Serial: JP1 header, 57600-8N1
- Stock firmware based on OpenWRT Kamikaze
Like the EX2700, the bootloader expects a secondary image signature,
see https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=312577#p312577
This is why the same fakeroot image is used for the WN3000
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The soft_config partition must be writeable for rbcfg to be able to
enact changes to the routerboot configuration.
The read-only flag was a mistake in the initial patch. Removing it
brings mach-rb941.c in line with all other RB platforms.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
D7800 has a simular hardware to R7800 and uses dual QCA9980 for both 2.4GHz and 5GHz band.
However there is no proper initialization for them, which causes a kernel panic due to failed firmware loading.
This patch adds d7800 to ath10k caldata extraction list.
I can get two functional wireless bands after making change to it.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Jingye <934526987@qq.com>
For the miwifi-mini, the offset of ethernet mac should be 0x28
which you can easyily dump from 'Factory' partition.
Signed-off-by: BangLang Huang <banglang.huang@foxmail.com>
Admittedly, this is my own OCD wanting to get rid of this.
Because I tried (a while back to upgrade QEMU to a newer version),
and (during that attempt) I tried to get rid of this.
Tested on Linux & Mac.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Do not strip static libraries shipped with the SDK in order to preserve the
archive index. If we strip the index of the shipped libraries, host programs
will fail to link these libraries with errors like:
libssl.a: error adding symbols: Archive has no index; run ranlib to add one
The error was found while investigating a Python host build failure within
the SDK environment.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The final semantic is the same, but this is a bit more correct.
Build tested on Windows 10 (yes, there is some
Ubuntu mode for Windows 10, and I've been also building LEDE
on it for a few weeks).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This change adds the sp5100_tco driver as a kernel module for the x86
target. Specifically, this can be used by the PCEngines APU2/APU3. The
reason for having this as a kernel module is to allow users to
load/unload it on demand, as the I2C interface on the APU2/APU3 will not
work while this module is loaded. More info can be found on GitHub at
https://github.com/riptidewave93/LEDE-APU2/pull/5#issuecomment-255667736
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This adds the following patches to the x86 target:
sp5100_tco: Add AMD Mullins platform support
sp5100_tco: Add AMD Carrizo platform support
sp5100_tco: fix the device check for SB800 and later chipsets
watchdog: sp5100_tco: properly check for new register layouts
With these added, the sp5100_tco driver can then be used on newer AMD
platforms, such as the PCEngines APU2/APU3 boards.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Mikrotik RB411U has only one ethernet port - eth0. This patch allows to create
correct config with one lan section.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Add full support for Mikrotik RB-941-2nD (hAP lite)
Original patch by Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net> and
more information is available here:
https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb941_2nd
I updated and adapted the patch to apply cleanly to LEDE trunk
and added proper numbering for the switch ports (matching case
labels).
Tested working on actual hardware with the information
provided in the above webpage. Sysupgrade works.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove the wget2nand script, drop the need for manual installation,
use sysupgrade instead.
There are now two different NAND images, one for 64 MiB flashes, the
other for >= 128 MiB
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch updates musl to 1.1.16+ [0] and removes all the
backported patches. This is a major release and tagged as such.
For more information visit musl-libc.org or read the WHATSNEW.
Furthermore, this patch also changes musl to download directly
from git. This makes it easier to update musl in the future.
The patch custom Add-format-attribute-to-some-function-declarations.patch
was assigned a new 400- number. This should avoid confusion
since 0xx numbers are usually assigned to backports.
[0] <http://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/commit/?id=769f53598e781ffc89191520f3f8a93cb58db91f>
Cc: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Update to 1.2.11 as suggested by upstream
Also add SF as primary source and main site as fallback
Note: SF doesn't carry the 1.2.11 update yet.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Running ar8327_get_arl_entry() early after boot leads to MDIO related system
lockups on several devices using this driver.
Since dumping the ARL table contens is an optional, uncritical feature, simply
disable the code for now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Knowing the package architecture at runtime can be useful, e.g. to
configure opkg repository URLs. The value of ARCH_PACKAGES ("%A" in
VERSION_SED) as added to openwrt_release (as DISTRIB_ARCH) and os-release
(as LEDE_ARCH).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Currently system log is always included as a part of ubox. Add logd as a
seperate package and add it to default packages list.
Signed-off-by: Andrej Vlasic <andrej.vlasic@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
This fixes hangs in igb that happen if the update call interrupts an
already existing dev_get_stats call. In that case the calling CPU
deadlocks because it's trying to acquire the same spinlock recursively.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
opkg doesn't have BUILD_VARIANTs anymore, so the previously defined
PKG_BUILD_DIR would lead to a weird 'opkg-' path component.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This allows some basic region switching on Netgear R8000. More devices &
codes may be added. Ideally it should be converted into DT info & patch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This makes use of cfg80211 feature backported & described in
188626f17c ("mac80211: backport cfg80211 support for
ieee80211-freq-limit DT property").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This specifies wireless limitations for Netgear R8000 making sure people
won't use channels incorrectly (limited performance). There are also 2
new DTS files not used by us yet.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
At the moment we have 2 seperate device tree sources: 1 for ipq8064 soc located
in kernel source and 1 custom in LEDE for ipq8065.
ipq8064 and ipq8065 SoCs are completely identical except ipq8065 has higher cpu
frequencies and adjusted corresponding power supply.
This commit makes ipq8065 DTS to contain only specific for ipq8065 DT entries while
pulling all the basic SoC stuff from ipq8064 DTS.
It makes easier to manage ipq806x device trees and instead of committing changes into
2 seperate equal DTS we are ending up with only 1.
It also enables ipq8065 devices to automatically receive changes made in upstream kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
According to Qualcomm SDK usb3 phy suspend should be disabled for
ipq806x.
This may solve issue on some ipq806x devices that breaks usb3
storage peripherals during system boot.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Onion Omega2 and Omega2+ (https://onion.io)
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7688AN (580MHz, ramips)
- Omega2
- RAM: 64MB DDR
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash onboard
- Omega2+
- RAM: 128MB DDR
- Storage: 32MB NOR SPI flash onboard + microSD slot
- Wireless: Built into MT7688AN (mt76) with onboard 1x chip antenna and u.FL connecter
- Ethernet: 1x100M pins on Omega2 & Omega2+, can use Ethernet Expansion and an Omega Dock to get a physical Ethernet port
- Strongly recommend using the Omega2 & Omega2+ with a Dock (Expansion Dock, Power Dock, Arduino Dock 2, Mini Dock)
- All Docks Provide:
- Micro-USB port to provide power to the Omega
- On the Expansion and Mini Docks, can also access the terminal (UART0) via serial
- USB 2.0 socket connected to Omega
- Just the Expansion Dock, Power Dock, and Arduino Dock 2 provide:
- Omega GPIO breakout
- Allows for connection of Omega Expansions:
- Ethernet Expansion
- Relay Expansion
- PWM Expansion
- OLED Expansion
- Ethernet Expansion
- Proto Expansion
- Cellular Expansion
Signed-off-by: Lazar Demin <lazar@onion.io>
Fixes build failure for kmod-can-c-can-platform which depends on
kmod-regmap for kernel 4.1 and 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
I made a commit that added the RTC driver to the kernel config with
the intent that it would fix hctosys. Unfortunately while the RTC
driver is in there, it's connected through I2C, the driver for which
comes in module form and is thus loaded late. After this commit, it
works fine.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Prevents crashes when IRQs arrive when the current kernel stack context
already contains deeply nested function calls, e.g. when stacking lots
of network devices on top of each other
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Similar to /files, /overlay is only useful for modifications not tracked in
the LEDE repository itself.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This patch updates the QCA988X firmware to the latest revision
firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00016
found in the official ath10k-firmware repository.
Tested on TP-Link Archer C7 v2.
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
Host files installed in Build/InstallDev are target-specific and will stay
in $(STAGING_DIR)/host after the STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG unification.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Make sure binaries install to STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG are still found when
this variable is eventually modified.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Packets which are merely forwarded by the router and which are neither
involved in any DNAT/SNAT nor originate locally, are considered INVALID
from a conntrack point of view, causing them to get dropped in the
zone_*_dest_ACCEPT chains, since those only allow stream with state NEW
or UNTRACKED.
Remove the ctstate restriction on dest accept chains to properly pass-
through unrelated 3rd party traffic.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Unify switch configuration on Linksys WRTxx00AC series.
LAN = eth0, WAN = eth1
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
[Álvaro]: also change WAN LEDs
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This reduces the amount of hacks in the makefile code.
Remove the apm821xx code to do the same - it was broken and left both
compressed and uncompressed images in $(BIN_DIR)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use ubus process signalling instead of 'kill pidof dnsmasq' for
SIGHUP signalling to dnsmasq when ntp says time is valid.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It could cause crashes with some forms of virtualization, and it is
unlikely to work properly with most systems.
It's safer to just disable it.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The generated 'its' is passed to mkimage which expects linux arch
strings rather than the full arch (e.g. mips not mipsel).
It currently works in some cases where LINUX_KARCH == ARCH but
otherwise you get an unknown arch build error.
Signed-off-by: Ian Pozella <Ian.Pozella@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There's a GPIO that can switch between power to USB pins for the
internal MiniPCIe slot or the external USB port.
People are more likely to use the external one so enable it by default.
Existing configurations should be unaffected
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This should hopefully fix build issues where libraries that we ship in
tools/ were accidentally picked up from other places on the system, e.g.
/usr/local
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Is it used by VMware Fusion by default. This allows images to boot
without further config changes in VMware.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Most mac80211 drivers leave the SMPS field in the HT capabilities
uninitialized (unfortunately defaults to static SMPS), which leads to
some devices limiting themselves to single-stream rates in some modes
(mostly mesh and IBSS).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
For 988X, 9980, 9984 CT firmware.
This should allow IBSS + RSN on at least the 988X firmware,
and includes recent stability fixes for all firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This at least makes it harder to hit some txq related
crashes on firmware restart, a potential memory leak,
and some other fixes.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Partition label "linux" prevents the root file system to be mounted at
boot time leading to a kernel panic. After changing it to "firmware",
the 2 uimage partitions "kernel", "rootfs" and squashfs "rootfs_data"
are correctly recognized.
The attached IP175C 10/100 MBit switch cannot connect to a link with
fixed 1000Mbit speed. The correct link speed is 100MBit. The switch
is detected and can be configured via mdio bus and should allow two
separable VLANs to be configured for the 4 available ports.
Signed-off-by: Yo Abe <abe.geel@gmail.com>
[picked from openwrt/PR#330]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for the VoCore VoCore2 and its complementary
"ultimate" dock.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz, ramips)
- RAM: 128MB DDR2 166MHz
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash onboard + microSD slot on dock
- Wireless: Built into MT7628AN (mt76) with 1T1R firmware on VoCore2
boards with onboard 1x chip antenna
- Ethernet: 1x100M (port0) on dock, 1x100M (port2) on PCB header
- Dock hardware:
- USB 2.0 socket
- MicroSD socket
- 100Mbps Ethernet x1
- 3.5mm headphone jack (TRRS) connected to Everest Semi ES8388 I2S
DAC/ADC (support WIP)
- Micro USB for power and console (UART2)
Initial installation:
- VoCore2 comes preinstalled with a fork of OpenWrt CC and AP on
SSID "VoCore2"
- Connect to VoCore2 by Ethernet or Wi-Fi
- `ssh root@192.168.1.1` (password is "vocore")
- scp/wget/etc. LEDE sysupgrade.bin to VoCore2
- `sysupgrade -n <your image>.bin` (don't keep old config, as the
original firmware uses Ralink SDK Wi-Fi drivers and not
mt76+mac80211)
- after sysupgrade completes, Wi-Fi will be disabled by default so use
Ethernet or the micro USB console to configure Wi-Fi again
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This patch adds support for serial console on Mikrotik RB411 and RB433
series devices.
Signed-off-by: David Varga <duvi@duvinet.hu>
[picked from FS#377]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This causes problem when a FQDN is configured in /etc/config/system. The
domain name will appear twice in reverse DNS.
Next to that, there seems to be a bug in dnsmasq. From the manual page:
--interface-name=<name>,<interface>[/4|/6]
Return a DNS record associating the name with the primary address
on the given interface. This flag specifies an A or AAAA record for the
given name in the same way as an /etc/hosts line, except that the address
is not constant, but taken from the given interface. The interface may be
followed by "/4" or "/6" to specify that only IPv4 or IPv6 addresses
of the interface should be used. If the interface is down, not configured
or non-existent, an empty record is returned. The matching PTR record is
also created, mapping the interface address to the name. More than one name
may be associated with an interface address by repeating the flag; in that
case the first instance is used for the reverse address-to-name mapping.
It does not just create an A/AAAA record for the primary address, it creates
one for all addresses. And what is worse, it seems to actually resolve to the
non-primary address first. This is quite annoying when you use floating IP
addresses (e.g. VRRP), because when the floating IP is on the other device,
SSH failes due to incorrect entry in the known hosts file.
I know that this is not a common setup, but it would be nice if there was an
option to restore the previous behaviour, rather than just forcing this new
feature on everybody.
Reported-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Delete the map-t device when tearing down the map-t interface; as such
there's no conflict when the map-t interface comes up again when trying
to add the map-t device as the map-t device was still present
(Can not add: device 'map-wan6_4' already exists!).
Only call ifdown in teardown for map-e and lw6o4 map interfaces types
in order to suppress the trace "wan6_4 (6652): Interface wan6_4_ not found"
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts the following commits:
fbe522d120278ad007ee863888e44f96daf6352fcfd83555fc
This seems to trigger some mconf bugs when built with all feeds
packages, so I will try to find a less intrusive solution before the
release.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Conditional dependencies use the '(!cond) || dep' syntax, whereas
conditional select uses 'dep if cond'.
Add an extra check to suppress emitting a conditional if an equal
conditional select already exists.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The hardware queue scheduling is apparently configured with fixed
priorities, which creates a nasty fairness issue where traffic from one
CPU can starve traffic from all other CPUs.
Work around this issue by forcing all tx packets to go through one CPU,
until this issue is fixed properly.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit af79fdbe4a changed the code to use tx_nbits for dual SPI tx
transfers, however the SPI stack only allows this when the device mode
includes the relevant bit as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
wpa_supplicant allows only SAE as the key management
type for mesh mode. The recent key_mgmt rework unconditionally
added WPA-PSK - this breaks interface bringup and wpa_s
throws this error message:
Line 10: key_mgmt for mesh network should be open or SAE
Line 10: failed to parse network block.
Failed to read or parse configuration '/var/run/wpa_supplicant-wlan0.conf
Fix this by making sure that only SAE is used for mesh.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <m.sujith@gmail.com>
The gettext-full host build might pick up iconv-stub host build headers
during the build, leading to stray linker errors with unresolved references
to libiconv_open(), libiconv() and libiconv_close().
Since we're not needing iconv support on the host, pass the appropriate
cache variables to configure to prevent detection and linking of iconv.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Patch cmakes cmcurl component to unconditionally link librt when we discover
a clock_gettime() symbol in -lrt.
This is required to sucessfully link LibreSSL's libcrypto which might or
might not reqauire librt.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since linker argument order is significant on modern host compilers, pass
the required libcrypto libraries through the HOST_LOADLIBES variable in
order to ensure proper order of the final linker command line.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes link errors for host packages like ruby like the following:
/usr/bin/ld: .../staging_dir/host/lib/libcrypto.a(libcrypto_la-md5_dgst.o):
relocation R_X86_64_PC32 against symbol `memcpy@@GLIBC_2.14' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Cleanup to prepare for changing STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG. The actual change of
STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG (i.e., moving the host packages back into a common, not
target-specific directory) will be done after the first LEDE release, but
the cleanup will also be useful for projects like Gluon.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The removal of the ".+Package" pattern in scan.mk also caused the build
system to skip over Makefiles defining only kmods. Adjust the grep pattern
to consider packages with "call KernelPackage" signatures as well.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This code was marked as incompatible to Linux 4.4 well over a year ago
and nobody cared, and now it's breaking builds.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit af0b91c "allow scan.mk to find python packages introduced in [8639]"
added some special casing to scan.mk to accomodate some nonstandard python
packages.
Nowadays this pattern is not needed anymore and produces false positives
when using the LEDE source repository as feed within the SDK since the
metadata scanning wrongly picks up target/imagebuilder/Makefile as package,
leading to an "ERROR: please fix feeds/base/target/imagebuilder/Makefile"
message.
Remove the now uneeded pattern to fix such stray errors during metadata
scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Current board-2.bin file for qca9984 in Kvalo's repo is from branch
10.4-3.2, while board-2.bin file in code-aurora repo is newer and
corresponds to the branch 10.4-3.3, the same as recently updated firmware.
Considering that it's better to have all parts from the same branch
we are updating board-2.bin as well.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
It has never been used by default (due to being too bloated), and it is
properly replaced by usign (which has been the default for a long time
now).
Remove this feature to simplify the build system
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Enabling this makes it possible to query LLDP neighbors via SNMP.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This target has consistently failed builds for a long time and it does
not look like it has any users left, nor any maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of passing HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS as arguments to the configure script,
pass it as environment variables which brings the logic in line with the
behaviour of package-defaults.mk.
The change is needed since passing environment variables as configure
parameters only works with GNU autoconf which evaluates command line arguments
looking like variable assignments. Doing the same with non-autoconf configure
scripts is not guaranteed to work since such scripts might terminate due to
unknown argument errors.
One example case is the cmake configure script which bails out when called
as "./configure LDFLAGS=..." but not when called as "LDFLAGS=... ./configure".
Also change the SHELL override to CONFIG_SHELL in the default
HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS as the former is not properly propagated through the
various GNU configure invocations since it gets lost when configure re-
executes itself.
A prior attempt to change the variable placement had to be reverted due to
the missing SHELL -> CONFIG_SHELL change, leading to misgenerated libtool
executables in various packages.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Rework the bundle-libraries.sh implementation to use a more robust approach
for executing host binaries through the shipped ELF loader and libraries.
The previous approach relied on symlinks pointing to a wrapper script which
caused various issues, especially with multicall binaries as the original
argv[0] name was not preserved through the ld.so invocation. Another down-
side was the fact that the actual binaries got moved into another directory
which caused executables to fail looking up resources with paths relative
to the executable location.
The new library wrapper implements the following improvements:
- Instead of symlinks pointing to a common wrapper, each ELF executable
is now replaced by a unqiue shell script which retains the original
program name getting called
- Instead of letting ld.so invoke the ELF executable directly, launch
the final ELF binary through a helper program which fixes up the argv[0]
argument for the target program
- Support sharing a common location for the bundled libraries instead of
having one copy in each directory containing wrapped binaries
Finally modify the SDK build to wrap the staging_dir and toolchain binaries
which allows to use the SDK on systems with a different glibc version.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since mtd-utils embeds ubi-utils and ubi-utils depends on @NAND_SUPPORT, we
cannot share this package among targets as the SDK processing the package is
not guaranteed to claim NAND_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Without this patch swconfig will only allow setting up a total of 16
VLANs, with VLAN ID range of 0-15.
Tested on ubnt-erx.
Signed-off-by: Antonis Kanouras <antonis@metadosis.eu>
Fixing pvs1 bin voltage as found in GPL tarball and Qualcomm SDK.
Also adjusting smb208_s2a/b minimum voltage to reflect lowest value in pvs table.
Current ipq8065 devices in LEDE choose (based on eFuse data) pvs bin n4, that has
correct values in DT, but in future a new device may choose n1 or n6.
Without this change n1 is semi-correct and n6 is not available, because OPP driver
disregards bins with voltage values that regulator cannot supply.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
This adds USB initialization fixes for Danube, Amazon SE and xrx300 and
should fix the clock on at least Danube which hopefully closes FS#351.
The xrx200 usb driver now uses more memory for the dwc2 fifos, this was
increased in the chip compared to ar9.
This is based in part on the vendor documentation and the vendor code
base as a reference.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The DMA controller used only local locks, which will not lock the
section against other CPUs, fix this by using spin locks.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
A lot of packages (especially those using libtool) depend on sed being
available. xz fails on an incremental build pretty early if it's not
there.
Clean up handling if essential core tools (patch, tar, xz), build them
in parallel and make them depend on sed
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add option keep_ra_dnslifetime which will preserve the received
lifetime for RDNSS and DNSSL RA records and not overwrite it
by the RA router lifetime as specified in RFC6106.
This allows to accept RDNNS records from RAs that don't announce
a default route by setting router lifetime to 0 in the RAs.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Ensure that BIN_DIR exists when the diffconfig target needs it.
Otherwise 'make diffconfig' fails after 'make clean'
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
ef3c563 dhcpv6-ia: filter out prefixes having invalid length
16cd87e dhcpv6-ia: fix dereference after freeing assignment
d6b0c99 dhcpv6-ia: log only IPv6 addresses which are effectively
assigned to a DHCPv6 client
08a9367 config: respect ignore uci option
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* Fix bug in deflate_stored() for zero-length input
* Fix bug in gzwrite.c that produced corrupt gzip files
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Now that we generate images with metadata attached, require it in order
to prevent accidentally flashing the wrong image to a board.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This property allows specifying extra limits for wireless device in DT.
For a full documentation see upstream commit b330b25eaabd ("dt-bindings:
document common IEEE 802.11 frequency limit property").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Add support for the integrated AC97 sound device on motherboards
with AMD CS5535/CS5536 chipsets.
Tested on Wyse Winterm S30.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
The boot loader of many boards provides a kernel boot argument with a
broken console parameter to the kernel. This will be taken before the
stdout-path defined in device tree and the serial will not work on this
board. Multiple boards are affected by this problem, so revert this
patch for all boards. Later we can remove the boot arguments from the
device tree again, after the individual board was checked to work.
This partly reverts this commit:
commit 4995c64857
Author: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Date: Sun Dec 11 21:55:00 2016 +0100
lantiq: specify console using stdout-path instead of cmdline argument
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
'add_local_hostname' previous implementation may drop some addresses.
Soft addition of IP6 addresses may not cause a reload or restart event.
dnsmasq '--interface-name' robustly applies DNS to all addresses per
interface (except fe80::/10).
Change UCI 'add_local_hostname' to expand during each interface assignement
during add_dhcp().
Assign '<iface>.<host>.<domain>' as true name (reflexive A, AAAA, and PTR).
Assign '<host>.<domain>' and '<host>' as convinience aliases (no PTR, not
technically CNAME).
This is accomplished with the '--interface-name' order, first is PTR.
We could also assign each <ip4/6>.<iface>.<host>.<domain> to the respective
dual stack on the interface.
That seemed excessive so it was skipped (/4 or /6 suffix to the interface).
Add UCI 'add_wan_hostname' similar to 'add_local_hostname' function for
external WAN.
WAN IP4 are less often named by the ISP and rarely WAN IP6 due to complexity.
For logs, LuCI connection graph, and other uses assigning a WAN name is desired.
'add_local_hostname' only applies with DHCP and 'add_wam_hostname' only applies
without DHCP. Common residential users will want to set both options TRUE.
Businesses will probably have global DNS, static IP, and 'add_wan_hostname' FALSE.
Signed-off-by: Eric Luehrsen <ericluehrsen@hotmail.com>
Funnel the required LDFLAGS environment through HOST_CONFIGURE_CMD for now
as the HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS semantics are completely broken.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 8395b63aac616f72fd835c59240fc2a4a6b28106.
Various host builds currently rely on the broken behaviour of
HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS so roll back to the previous state.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
LibreSSL's libcrypto.so has an indirect dependency to librt for clock_gettime()
on Linux.
Use pkg-config to portably discover the required linker flags.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
LibreSSL's libcrypto.so has an indirect dependency to librt for clock_gettime()
on Linux.
Use pkg-config to portably discover the required linker flags.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Ensure that pkg-config is available before building libressl as we're going
to need it for setting proper link flags in utilities requiring libcrypto.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Ensure that HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS are set before the actual configure command
instead of passing them as configure command arguments.
This change brings host-build.mk in line with package-defaults.mk and makes
host configure environment variables work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
To achieve this, device tree compatible string was used as boardname and
the value of it will be checked against supported_devices list.
It should be noted that we do not distinguish between
sun5i-a13-olimex-som and sun5i-a13-olinuxino as they share the same dts
file.
The other thing is that we need to gunzip the generated firmware to do
fwtool check.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Enalbe builtin support for FAT filesystem as we need to mount boot
partition to store sysupgrade.tgz there
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Two things that need to be noted
- There is no partition type id allocated for squashfs yet. In the
case of sunxi, any non-zero value should work and we keep it 83 (the
value for ext4)
- Remaining spare space within the rootfs partition, not the entire
sdcard space will be formated as either f2fs or ext4 and mounted as
overlay to serve the role of rootfs_data.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The new Device/xxx were transformed automatically from old profiles.
Most device names are now taken from basename of the corresponding
kernel device tree file. Device/sun5i-a13-olimex-som is an exception
because it is not explicitly supported in the kernel yet and shares the
same dts file with Device/sun5i-a13-olinuxino
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
While at it, the following changes are introduced
- Rewrite the Makefile for better readability
- Make parallel builds possible
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
To squash error messages at boot time
mv: can't rename '/mnt/sysupgrade.tgz': No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This will be used to simplify the build system code for checking hashes.
Instead of using various variants of md5sum / openssl, use one simple
utility for all of them
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a call to KernelPackage/$(1)/$(BOARD)/$(SUBTARGET) to the
KernelPackage macro. This allows to add kernel packages for x86/64,
without breaking x86. It's not possible to do this with BOARD, as
BOARD=x86 for x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The kernel will detect if the host supports this, so we can just enable
it in the kernel config.
Tested on an APU2 with AES-NI support and a KVM VM on a Xeon E5520 host
without AES-NI support.
Throughput over an IPsec tunnel between these 2 hosts increased from
~63Mbps to ~140Mbps. Ciphers: AES_GCM_16_256/PRF_HMAC_SHA2_512/ECP_521.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
WL500GPv1 profile included ath5k which made it usable only for people
who decided to replace default BCM4318 card with Atheros one. We can't
have profile for every possible configuration. If someone adjusts hw in
such a way he can always install a proper package.
WRTSL54GS profile got extra packages for a specific USB usage. Our
standard profile provides basic USB and we should stick to this. We
can't make everyone happy by including packages for all common USB use
cases and all common filesystems.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Add a "diffconfig" build target which stores the output of
"scripts/diffconfig.sh" as "config.seed" in the image output directory and
invoke that target by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The powerpc boot wrapper Makefile is not parallel build safe, causing fixdep
to fail reading dependency files of the addnote, hack-coff and mktree
utilities when concurrently building different image targets.
A typical failure looks like:
Building modules, stage 2.
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/addnote
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff
DTC arch/powerpc/boot/taishan.dtb
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/addnote
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff
MODPOST 800 modules
fixdep: error opening depfile: arch/powerpc/boot/.hack-coff.d: No such file or directory
scripts/Makefile.host:91: recipe for target 'arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff' failed
make[5]: *** [arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff] Error 2
make[5]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
fixdep: error opening depfile: arch/powerpc/boot/.addnote.d: No such file or directory
scripts/Makefile.host:91: recipe for target 'arch/powerpc/boot/addnote' failed
make[5]: *** [arch/powerpc/boot/addnote] Error 2
rm arch/powerpc/boot/taishan.dtb
arch/powerpc/Makefile:263: recipe for target 'cuImage.taishan' failed
make[4]: *** [cuImage.taishan] Error 2
make[4]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Add a GNU make specific .NOTPARALLEL pseudo rule to enforce sequential building
of the addnote, hack-coff and mktree executables.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This allows more feature complete images. Of course it affect the size,
e.g. enabling b43 bumped rootfs from 1569618 to 2029122 for me.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit 528f46d082.
After this commit, several users reported stability issues. Revert it
now so it doesn't cause issues for the upcoming release
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add DHCPv6 matching by DHCP Unique Identifier (RFC-3315) in addition to
existing MAC-address (RFC-6939). The latter is not widely supported yet.
Signed-off-by: Arjen de Korte <build+lede@de-korte.org>
Enable support for stronger SHA256-based algorithms in hostapd and
wpa_supplicant when using WPA-EAP or WPA-PSK with 802.11w enabled.
We cannot unconditionally enable it, as it requires hostapd to be
compiled with 802.11w support, which is disabled in the -mini variants.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Now that wpa_key_mgmt handling for hostapd and wpa_supplicant are
consistent, we can move parts of it to a dedicated function.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Rework wpa_key_mgmt handling for wpa_supplicant to be consistent with
how it is done for hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
This chip has write protection enabled on power-up, so this flag is
necessary to support write operations.
Signed-off-by: Victor Shyba <victor1984@riseup.net>
This flag was added to 4.9 with upstream commit
76a4707de5e18dc32d9cb4e990686140c5664a15.
Signed-off-by: Victor Shyba <victor1984@riseup.net>
[refresh and adjust platform patches, fix commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
LS1088A is an ARMv8 implementation combining eight ARM A53 processor
cores. The LS1088ARDB is an evaluatoin platform that supports the
LS1088A family SoCs.
Features summary:
- Eight 64-bit ARM v8 Cortex-A53 CPUs
- Data path acceleration architecture 2.0 (DPAA2)
- Ethernet interfaces
- QUADSPI flash, 3 PCIe, 2 USB, 1 SD, 2 DUARTs etc
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
This commit modifies the /lib/netifd/proto/gre.sh script so that, when
GRE-TAP tunnels are created, either IPv4 or IPv6, the prefix before the chosen
interface name contains the "tap" substring, to differentiate them from non-TAP
GRE tunnels.
Right now, both GRE and GRE-TAP tunnel (either IPv4 or IPv6) interfaces defined
in /etc/config/network are named equally ("gre-"+$ifname or "grev6"+$ifname)
upon creation. For instance, the following tunnels:
config interface 'tuna'
option peeraddr '172.30.22.1'
option proto 'gre'
config interface 'tunb'
option peeraddr '192.168.233.4'
option proto 'gretap'
config interface 'tunc'
option peer6addr 'fdc5:7c9e:e93d:45af::1'
option proto 'grev6'
config interface 'tund'
option peer6addr 'fdc0:6071:1348:31ff::2'
option proto 'grev6tap'
are named, respectively, "gre-tuna", "gre-tunb", "grev6-tunc" and "grev6-tund".
The current change makes that each GRE tunnel interface of the four different
types available (gre, gretap, grev6 and grev6tap) gets a different prefix.
Therefore, the abovementioned tunnels will be named, respectively:
"gre4-tuna", "gre4t-tunb", "gre6-tunc" and "gre6t-tund".
This is coherent with other types of virtual interfaces (i.e. PPP, PPPoE, PPPoA)
where the whole protocol name is used. For instance, a PPPoA interface named
"p1" and a PPPoE interface named "p2" will respectively appear as "pppoa-p1"
and "pppoe-p2", not as "ppp-p1" and "ppp-p2").
Since Linux interfaces names are limited to 15 characters, these prefixes leave,
for the worst case (TAP tunnels), 9 characters for the actual name.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Looks like this was meant to workaround some limitations with
non-GNU tar variants (like BSD-tar which are present on Mac os BSD hosts).
Though, I cannot find any use of that `+s` option that's mentioned
in the comment.
Last hash of this I found was 24faf55360
In my case, it now this fails for `python-setuptools` on Mac OS X (the host-build with):
```
trapret 2 tar -C <home-dir>/work/sources-work/lede/build_dir/target-i386_pentium4_musl-1.1.15/python-setuptools-27.2.0 --strip-components=1 -xzf <home-dir>/work/sources-work/lede/dl/setuptools-27.2.0.tar.gz
bash: trapret: command not found
```
So, I was thinking maybe it's time to remove this workaround (9 years later).
I could also fix the `python-setuptools` host build. If that's more preferred.
[ Btw, I just recently transitioned to a Mac machine for dev-ing,
so a lot of (this Mac) stuff I'm finding out is new to me too. ]
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Other changes:
- Project moved to sourceware.org
- musl patch where cleaned up and submitted upstream
- TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY macro fixed and submitted upstream
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: add missing .patch extension to 007-fix_TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Because wget doesn't know how to do Negotiate authentication with a proxy
and curl does, use curl if it's present. The user is expected to have a
~/.curlrc that sets the options necessary for any proxy authentication.
A ~/.curlrc is completely optional however and curl will work in exactly
the same manner as wget without one.
Signed-off-by: Brian J. Murrell <brian@interlinx.bc.ca>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: Rework code to detect curl usability by checking --version,
Use vararg style open() to bypass the shell when downloading,
Use Text::ParseWords to decompose env vars into arguments]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Brings in the following changes:
84b530a732b1 libfstools: Check return values for fread and system
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Brings in the following changes:
52d955fd802a remove obsolete mac os x /opt/local include/library search path
a4e49b4163b2 Fix unused results warnings
48cfff3fbec9 uclient-http: send correct "Host:" header if port is set
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Increasing CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN from 8 MB to 16 MB is necessary to
support uncompressing images larger than 8 MB when using the bootm
command.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In case the soft reset in dwc2_core_reset() timeouts, the
hsotg->core_params are freed albeit it is owned by the core. This
results into a kernel panic as shown in FS#351.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the the dt-bindings macros and add the reset button.
Set the correct polarity for the LEDs and drop the default state.
Remove all trigger for the LEDs. According to the manual the LEDs are
only used to show the operation state, where blue means normal
operation.
Use the MAC-Addresses stored in EEPROM for the ethernet and the
wireless interface.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
[use leds only for boot status indication, add proper commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
currently (after blogic's edit to my commit) it prints like this:
root@lede:/# service aa
aa does not exist. the following services are available :adblock dnsmasq gpio_switch rpcd system
boot done led sqm uhttpd
crelay dropbear log sysctl umount
cron firewall network sysfixtime urandom_seed
ddns fstab odhcpd sysntpd
which looks pretty bad, and is even worse if someone writes only "service" without arguments, as it will print " does not exist. " which is confusing.
with this commit it looks like this:
root@lede:/# service
service "" not found, the following services are available:
adblock dnsmasq gpio_switch rpcd system
boot done led sqm uhttpd
crelay dropbear log sysctl umount
cron firewall network sysfixtime urandom_seed
ddns fstab odhcpd sysntpd
Yes there is some play with " and ', it is to display "name" or just "" if no service name is entered (like in the example).
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
bnx2 driver support for the x86 architecture. Includes module and
firmware for Broadcom BCM5706/5708/5709/5716 ethernet adapters.
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <g_amanakis@yahoo.com>
This commit introduced a syntax error in ox820-akitio.dts which is
fixed now:
commit 5cde94d9ab
Author: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Date: Sat Sep 24 01:14:53 2016 +0200
oxnas: backport upstream NAND driver
This caused the folowing error message in the build bot:
Error: arch/arm/boot/dts/ox820-akitio.dts:146.3-147.1 syntax error
FATAL ERROR: Unable to parse input tree
scripts/Makefile.lib:293: recipe for target 'arch/arm/boot/dts/ox820-akitio.dtb' failed
make[5]: *** [arch/arm/boot/dts/ox820-akitio.dtb] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the folowing security problems:
CVE-2016-9586: printf floating point buffer overflow
CVE-2016-9952: Win CE schannel cert wildcard matches too much
CVE-2016-9953: Win CE schannel cert name out of buffer read
CVE-2016-9594: unititialized random
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Currently both libustream-polarssl and libustream-mbedtls
variants define themselves as the DEFAULT_VARIANT
Remove extra DEFAULT_VARIANT from libustream-polarssl.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Later OpenVPN 2.3-openssl versions only enable
TLS cipher suites with perfect forward secrecy, i.e. DHE and ECDHE
cipher suites. ECDHE key exchange is not supported by
OpenVPN 2.3-openssl, enable DHE key exchange to allow LEDE
OpenVPN 2.4-mbedtls clients to connect to such servers.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Reported-by: Lucian Cristian <luci@createc.ro>
Secp384r1 is the default curve for OpenVPN 2.4+. Enable this to
make OpenVPN-mbedtls clients able to perform ECDHE key exchange
with remote OpenVPN 2.4-openssl servers that use the default
OpenVPN curve.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
We don't use this driver since commit 741715331a ("bcm53xx: switch to
m25p80 and drop bcm53xxspiflash").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
There was a typo in Makefile that prevented using these profiles.
Fixes: a75ce960ac ("ramips: use different board names for variants")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
depending packages have been moved to kernel-config
- kmod-xen-kbddev in 9fde361
- kmod-xen-fs, kmod-xen-evtchn, kmod-xen-netdev in 018807d
this will also fix imagebuilder
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
An external reset patch for AR955x accidentally led to external reset
being issued twice on AR913x, once before the RTC reset and once after.
This may be causing some stability issues.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit was added to improve reset time on old SoC devices that run
into chip hangs more frequently. However with the more recent addition
of full WMAC reset on these chips, it could be problematic.
Drop this patch to ensure that DMA activity is really stopped before the
chip reset is issued
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Opkg's builtin decompression code is unsuitable to process nested archives as
it uses a single shared state and relies on undefined seek behaviour for pipes.
Rework the extraction logic to use the external gzip command as I/O filter for
decompressing data and remove the builtin inflate code entirely.
This shrinks the final opkg binary by about 4KB and results in less runtime
memory consumption due to efficient use of vfork() and less copy-on-write
operations in the forked child.
Rework by Felix: create a thread that relays data to the gzip process
instead of using a fragile poll loop
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The external script used to generate the package lists for the
LEDE wiki's table of packages [1] and package indexes [2] requires
a "Source:" field in the package lists to find package makefiles.
The package makefiles are used to read the package's Category and Submenu.
The "Source:" field was removed in commit
b4aa3c899c
to reduce package list sizes and lessen opkg issues in low ram devices.
Add a separate package list file with full data to be used by the wiki's script.
It's called Packages.manifest and isn't compressed as it's not necessary.
1. https://lede-project.org/packages/start
2. https://lede-project.org/packages/index/start
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Backport most important fixes up to latest HEAD
- Taken post-commit reverts/fixes into account
Compile tested
Run-tested on cns3xxx & imx6 targets
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Opkg's builtin decompression code is unsuitable to process nested archives as
it uses a single shared state and relies on undefined seek behaviour for pipes.
Rework the extraction logic to use the external gzip command as I/O filter for
decompressing data and remove the builtin inflate code entirely.
This shrinks the final opkg binary by about 4KB and results in less runtime
memory consumption due to efficient use of vfork() and less copy-on-write
operations in the forked child.
Rework by Felix: create a thread that relays data to the gzip process
instead of using a fragile poll loop
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
64a655d proto: allow configuring deprecated static IPv6 addresses
c99182e remove obsolete /opt/local prefix on Mac OS X
0249d5f system-linux: Don't set gre tunnel ttl by default to 64 (#FS312)
edc15ca ubus: Display the IPv6 prefix assigned address
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
We do not have the needed platform support for VOICE_CPE_VMMC_PMC. The
vmmc driver will not compile with this option activated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
crypto4xx_probe() is in the __init section and referenced by code form
other sections, which causes a build error. Backport a patch from
mainline kernel to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following commit changed the build templates name but forgot to
update the TARGET_DEVICES variable properly.
commit f9226158be (lantiq: rename EASY98000 to EASY98000NOR)
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
These options are needed to create /dev/mem or /dev/kmem .
/dev/mem is needed by the io tool to access raw hardware memory, which
is helpful when debugging and developing drivers.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The generic lzma-loader uses vmlinux.lzma as an input to compress so we
need to provide a lzma compressed version of the initramfs kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add patches provided upstream [1] by Fabio Berton to fix error:
> ./gencode.c: In function 'pcap_compile':
> ./gencode.c:693:8: error: 'compiler_state_t {aka struct _compiler_state}' has no member named 'ai'
> cstate.ai = NULL;
> ^
> ./gencode.c: In function 'gen_gateway':
> ./gencode.c:4914:13: error: 'cstate' undeclared (first use in this function)
> bpf_error(cstate, "direction applied to 'gateway'");
> ^
[1] https://github.com/the-tcpdump-group/libpcap/pull/541
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Tested-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
The power LED can not be used for indicating the xDSL line state and
the in system (boot) state at the same time in LEDE. As soon as the
xDSL Line goes down, the power LED is switched off.
During xDSL handshake the power led would blink with the same or a
similar pattern as during boot.
Both might confuse users.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to a hardware bug of Atheros 8030 phys, the driver need to reset
the phys on link state change.
Use the correct compatible string for the at903x phys connected to
switch port 0 and 1.
Fix the pinmux of the gpio lines connected to the reset pin of the phys
and define the reset-pins to let the driver do the fixups.
Fixes FS#343
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use different names for flash size related board variants, to make sure
that only images for the actual flash size are considered as valid by
the image validation code.
Remove the flash size suffix from the string returned by
ramips_board_detect() to ensure that existing scripts relying on the
former used boardname are still working.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The name from the Device define will be used in the metadata. Due to
typos/different spelling, this name might not match the one exported in
/lib/ramips.sh.
Fix all name mismatches which were found by checking if the name used
in the metadata exists in /lib/ramips.sh.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use a distinct board name even if the board is near to identical to
the WeVO W2914NS v2.
To make sure that a 11AC NAS image can not be installed on a
WeVO W2914NS v2, both board need to use different names.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove dt: it is implicitly enabled based on the kernel config
Remove tar.gz and jffs2_nand: Legacy build code has been removed,
NAND devices are only supported with UBI now.
Remove ubifs: deprecated, use squashfs images instead
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
graphite is disabled by default and it's not worth carrying ppl and
cloog for supporting this feature on the old gcc 4.8, which is only used
for ARC
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The priv->vlan_id member is of size AR8X16_MAX_VLANS, not AR8X16_MAX_PORTS,
so check for the proper maximum value in order to avoid capping valid VLAN IDs
to 7 (AR8X16_MAX_PORTS - 1).
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
add possibility to set the facility to which dnsmasq will send syslog entries, i.e. set it to '/dev/null' to mute dnsmasq output at all.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Brenken dev@brenken.org
Before the rewrite, uhttpd-mod-tls used to contain a tls plugin.
Afterwards it was left in for compatibility reasons, but given how much
has changed, and that we're about to change the default SSL
implementation again, it's better to just drop this now
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit 0d4f02dfd6, which was
obviously untested. git downloads cannot handle multiple URLs at the
moment.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This makes it easier to unify versioning of git based package downloads.
PKG_SOURCE_DATE along with an 8-character abbreviation of the git hash
is used as PKG_VERSION, PKG_RELEASE should be used like normal packages.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
- Source updated to fix noise level, DTS
- Added support for BB and RF
Tested working on WRT1900ACv1 (mamba) kernel 4.4.38. No regressions found.
Signed-off-by: Gabe Rodriguez <lifehacksback@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix mirror hash]
A new firmware that is available on code-aurora repository is newer
than in Kvalo's repo.
Taking into account that firmwares that are in Kvalo's repo are considered
to be tested by internal QCA team, this one seems to be more stable
and fixes this bug:
ath10k_pci 0000:01:00.0: received unexpected tx_fetch_ind event: in
push mode
At least i havent faced it for a while in contradiction to current version.
Thus switching firmware source for qca9984 until it or a newer version
gets into Kvalo's repo.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Sometimes I'm getting error on the host-side build:
```
/usr/lib64/gcc/x86_64-suse-linux/4.8/../../../../x86_64-suse-linux/bin/ld: /home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/host/lib/liblzma.a(liblzma_la-common.o): relocation R_X86_64_32 against `.rodata.str1.1' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
/home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/host/lib/liblzma.a: error adding symbols: Bad value
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:2847: recipe for target 'libgettextlib.la' failed
make[9]: *** [libgettextlib.la] Error 1
make[9]: Leaving directory '/home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl-1.1.15/host/gettext-0.19.8.1/gettext-tools/gnulib-lib'
Makefile:2597: recipe for target 'all' failed
```
Disabling the shared-lib build, seems to fix this.
This is when building glib2 on the host-side.
glib2 is required by newer QEMU package [which is in the feeds].
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Enabled Hyper-V network interface card driver, display adapter driver,
storage driver, keyboard driver, mouse driver and Hyper-V utility and
EFI boot support in the kernel for subtarget x86/64.
Convert the img file to vhd by Ubuntu qemu-img, rather than by the buildroot's
built-in qemu-img.
Tested on Windows Server 2008 r2 and 2012 r2 Gen1 and Gen2 VMs.
Signed-off-by: Tedaz <tedaz99999@hotmail.com>
This adds a patch that introduces airtime fairness scheduling to ath9k,
which can significantly improve network efficiency in mixed-rate
environments.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
OpenVPN 2.4 builds with mbedTLS 2.x, rename openvpn-polarssl
variant to openvpn-mbedtls.
Some feature highlights:
* Data channel cipher negotiation
* AEAD cipher support for data channel encryption (currently only
* AES-GCM)
* ECDH key exchange for control channel
* LZ4 compression support
See https://github.com/OpenVPN/openvpn/blob/master/Changes.rst
for additional change notes.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Build seems to fail with:
```
Collected errors:
* satisfy_dependencies_for: Cannot satisfy the following dependencies for X:
* grev4 *
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package X
```
After adding an empty install rule, the failure goes away.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
uqmi has the possibility to allow the modem to start a regsitration
process only to this specified plmn
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Add full support for TP-Link RE450.
The wireless SoC is similiar to Archer C7: QCA9558 + QCA9880 (pci).
The ethernet interface is AR8035, but the mdio is connected to the gpio and
the chipset builtin mdio bus isn't used, which is unique (and weird), so the
kernel gpio mdio module is used.
The two ethernet leds are connected to the GPIO, so they are both configured,
one to indicate link status and the other to indicate data transfer.
The generation of the image was added to the image Makefile.
The return value of tplink-safeloader is not ignored anymore (to fail on error)
The result factory image is flashable from the stock web ui.
Signed-off-by: Tal Keren <kooolk@gmail.com>
[rd@radekdostal.com: ar71xx: RE450: do not build RE450 for nand]
Signed-off-by: Radek Dostál <rd@radekdostal.com>
[hyniu@o2.pl: ar71xx: RE450: Renaming LED accordance with the standard]
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[jo@mein.io: squash fixes from Radek and Henryk into original commit]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The firmware image that is used in TP-Link RE450 (and some more devices from
the RE series) is tplink-safeloader.
In the kernel partition, the kernel is compressed in a regular tp-link
firmware that is just used for booting. Since it is only used for compressing
and booting, only four fields are filled in the header:
Vendor, version, kernel load address and kernel entry point.
mktplinkfw-kernel is a simpler version of mktpolinkfw that generate such
images. It also specifies the hardware id (as it is in the product info
section), so when doing a sysupgrade - the existing code will check for
hardware compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Tal Keren <kooolk@gmail.com>
[rd@radekdostal.com: add build target to .../image/tp-link.mk]
Signed-off-by: Radek Dostál <rd@radekdostal.com>
mktplinkfw ignores -j in combined mode, the EOF marker is added by
tplink-safeloader.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Let dnsmasq reread the leasefile by using procd_send_signal
which triggers procd to send SIGHUP kill signal by default
if signal is not specified
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This allows users of this package to configure DFS channels.
It mimics the behaviour of the ath10k module included in
package mac80211
Signed-off-by: Andy Strohman <andrew@andrewstrohman.com>
In the latest version of grub-mkimage, the prefix option is mandatory.
Not supplying it fails with:
```
Prefix not specified (use the -p option).
```
In grub-2.02-beta2 a DEFAULT_DIRECTORY was defined
in `include/grub/osdep/hostfile_unix.h` as:
```
#if defined (__NetBSD__)
/* NetBSD uses /boot for its boot block. */
# define DEFAULT_DIRECTORY "/"GRUB_DIR_NAME
#else
# define DEFAULT_DIRECTORY "/"GRUB_BOOT_DIR_NAME"/"GRUB_DIR_NAME
#endif
```
Where:
* GRUB_BOOT_DIR_NAME == boot
* GRUB_DIR_NAME == grub
This was used if the -p option was omitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This seems to occur when gettext-full is built on the host-side
and the autoreconf stuff re-generates some of the build files,
except for the po/Makefile.in.in
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Even though these fonts may not be installed, they seem to be
generated at build time.
Seems that the configure script re-generated from configure.ac
is a bit more annoying than it has to be.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Reboot of: a0ea22ac43
Reverted: 3c52cbfa53
The host-side build of grub2 requires this sometimes.
This will re-generate the ./configure script from configure.ac.
I don't know the conditions of how this reproduces, it just
sometimes appears, and sometimes doesn't.
Build error
```
<lede-dir>/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl-1.1.15_yogi/host/grub-2.02~beta2/build-aux/missing: line 81: aclocal-1.14: command not found
WARNING: 'aclocal-1.14' is missing on your system.
You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or
'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'.
The 'aclocal' program is part of the GNU Automake package:
<http://www.gnu.org/software/automake>
It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:
<http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf>
<http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/>
<http://www.perl.org/>
Makefile:3962: recipe for target 'aclocal.m4' failed
```
Adding PKG_FIXUP adds sanity (i.e. autoreconf is used for host & target
builds) over just using HOST_FIXUP.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Update to latest upstream HEAD:
- Refreshed all
- Delete patches and parts which made it upstream
Compile tested Full & Mini configs
Run-tested Mini config
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [another update, remove broken patch]
The TL-WR1043ND v4 uses a kernel image with a mktplinkfw header inside the
os-image partition of a tplink-safeloader image.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
In order to make it easier to add new boards in the future, refactor the code
to describe the image layouts of supported boards in a struct array and alter
the image generation routines to figure out the sysupgrade partitions
automatically.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This partially reverts commit 15734b023b.
--enable-stunnel was actually important and properly described in
commit 9b118cde89. Removing it broke ustream-cyassl
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch is part of a series adding support for 0x9200 and 0x9300. The
prior was merged into the upstream kernel while the latter was not due
to lack of testers. Drop the patch as it is untested and most likely
unused.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add procd_send_signal which allows to send an optional specified
kill signal to one specified or all instances of a given service.
By default SIGHUP is sent if no signal is specified
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When running sysupgrade for the first time over the second partition
(that still had stock firmware) the rootfs wasn't flashed as there
wasn't enough space.
This happend because stock also uses UBI, but the volume name wasn't
recognised and wasn't deleted before flashing.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
The si3210 is a SLIC device providing a complete analog telephone
interface and therefore frequently used in soho router.
The si3210 have a native spi interface to be controlled by the CPU
but currently there is no dedicated driver in lede.
Adding a registration for this device in spidev allow to control the
device in user space.
This way of patching is also in line with the rationale of the spidev
driver, see: http://marc.info/?t=148145791900001&r=1&w=2
The si3210 has been also added in the DWR-512 DT to properly describe
the HW.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
This adds support for install-overlay define. When used in package it
allows installing files to a special directory that gets copied to the
root when installing it.
It allows overwriting files provided by other packages.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If _GNU_SOURCE was added as part of a package's TARGET_CFLAGS,
then compilation would fail for that module (especially if
warnings get treated as errors).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Follow upstream cake:
diffserv3: a simple 3 tin classifier more in line with sqm-scripts
defaults for other qdisc algorithms.
defaults: default qdisc options are now diffserv3 and triple-isolate.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Update tc to track upstream cake changes:
diffserv3 - a simple 3 tin classifier
Also make diffserv3 and triple-isolate default
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
While researching for the armvirt target, I looked at the
existing arm platforms. It turns out that the mediatek target
with its sole MT7623N/A chip is sold as a "highly integrated
multimedia network router system-on-chip". To that end, it
lists support for the "NEON multimedia processing engine with
SIMDv2 / VFPv4 ISA support".
<http://topics.mediatek.com/en/products/connectivity/wifi/home-network/wifi-ap/mt7623na/>
So this patch enables the CPU_SUBTYPE to use this information.
This should have the nice side effect that LEDE's phase2 builders
no longer need to built a separate "cortex-a7" target, so this
should free up some resources.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
More and more platforms are multicore SoCs, don't enforce singlethreading.
Drop stunnel option as stunnel code isn't available for download from upstream website.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Bump & refresh patches for all 4.4 targets.
Compile & run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add .cis firmware for Sierra Wireless Aircard GPRS/3G PCMCIA modems:
- Aircard 555
- Aircards 7xx
- Aircards 8x0
There is a package named sierra-pcmcia in obsoleted repository for
packages at git.openwrt.org but there's no reason to reintroduce it in
current packages repo because these files are part of upstream
linux-firmware.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Allow to load .cis firmware updates from userspace. Some of PCMCIA cards
need to update Card Information Structure (CIS) to work properly.
Signen-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Few minor code formatting style fixes, including:
- keep one board per line
- always use "|\" (for consistency)
- remove redundant double quotes and empty lines
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Add uqmi 'sync' command call to release stalled cid when preparing to
setup new connection. As a result it prevents 'POLICY MISMATCH' errors.
Signed-off-by: Nickolay Ledovskikh <nledovskikh@gmail.com>
8ceeab6 uqmi: Change returned value to QMI_CMD_REQUEST for 'sync' command.
1dc7be1 uqmi: Add sync command to release all cids.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Fix the mtd partition layout and enable both radios in the dts
Tested-by Andrius Štikonas <andrius@stikonas.eu>
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
It's useful when using multiple usb devices that should be bound to
certain usb ports. Symlinks are created by hotplug handlers.
Signed-off-by: Nickolay Ledovskikh <nledovskikh@gmail.com>
It's useful when using multiple usb devices that should be bound to
certain usb ports. Symlinks are created by hotplug handlers.
Signed-off-by: Nickolay Ledovskikh <nledovskikh@gmail.com>
The build system only accepts Package/<name>/description and since the
typoed version virtually has the same content as the TITLE field, remove
them altogether
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Force root/root as names for uid0/gid0 instead of using the system
names. This helps make packed download tarballs more reproducible
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This adds a patch that introduces airtime fairness scheduling to ath9k,
which can significantly improve network efficiency in mixed-rate
environments.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The patch commit states:
"It's possible to make scanning consume almost arbitrary amounts
of memory, e.g. by sending beacon frames with random BSSIDs at
high rates while somebody is scanning.
Limit the number of BSS table entries we're willing to cache to
1000, limiting maximum memory usage to maybe 4-5MB, but lower
in practice - that would be the case for having both full-sized
beacon and probe response frames for each entry; this seems not
possible in practice, so a limit of 1000 entries will likely be
closer to 0.5 MB."
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>"
This patch was added in 4.4.36. But because LEDE backports
cfg80211, mac80211 and the wifi drivers separately, it needs
to be added manually for now. It can be dropped later as it
will be part of the next mac80211 refresh.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
This will attempt to automatically fix common mistakes like using MD5
instead of SHA256, using the MD5SUM variable instead of HASH, or even a
missing mirror file hash.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This is intended to be used for a wide array of package sanity checks.
The first check that is implemented is for the hash of downloaded files.
It checks:
- Missing hash
- Use of SHA256 instead of MD5
- dl/<file> hash not matching hash in makefile
- deprecated MD5SUM variable
The deprecated MD5SUM variable check is skipped for feeds/ until OpenWrt
is updated as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This works around deadlock and/or memory corruption during
firmware crash and improves ability to configure number of
tids in firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
In the build system, flock will prevent multiple concurrent downloads
for the same file. However, if one download request for the same file is
waiting for another one to finish, it will result in downloading the
same file twice consecutively.
Prevent this issue by exiting immediately if the file has already been
downloaded
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CT firmware files use the same filename with a different URL for
different chips. Since all files end up in dl/, filenames need to be
unique as well.
Add a chip prefix to the output filename to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since we've switched to preferring SHA256 over MD5, the old variable
name is misleading. Packages using the old name remain compatible.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The SIGHUP also got sent to the reload script making it bail out
with an error
Revert "dnsmasq: reload config if host name is modified"
This reverts commit 854459a2f9.
Reported-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2 GB is overkill and was only added to allow unlimited ext4 resizing,
which is a pretty rare use case. 256 MB allows resizing up to 256 GB,
which should be good enough for almost all users.
A lot of this is mostly irrelevant anyway, since you can just use
squashfs + ext4 overlay.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The sha256sum was not updated in the last commit.
Fixes: a7c231027 [odhcpd: Fix dnsmasq re-reading hostfile]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Calling a build ##.##-CURRENT might mislead users into thinking that this
build is the most current release of a branch.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The TL-WR842N v2 has the following switch port layout with swconfig port 0
being connected to eth1:
Power LAN4 LAN3 LAN2 LAN1 WAN USB
(*) | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [.]
swconfig port: 1 4 3 2 n/a
netdev: eth1 eth1 eth1 eth1 eth0
Adjust the board defaults to match this model specific layout.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently, installing kmod-sdhci fails with "sdhci is already loaded" since
"sdhci.ko" is inserted explicitely first, the implicitely loaded again when
"sdhci-pltfm.ko" is inserted as the latter depends on the former.
Remove the explicit autoprobe of "sdhci.ko" to fix the postinstall script.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The imagetag RSA signature field may not exceed 20 characters, so trim the
Git hash portion from the REVISION variable in order to ensure that the
resulting string fits within this field.
The current revision values may be longer than 20 chars, especially when
building within a dirty tree. In this case, the revision will look like
"r2435+75-b4aa3c8" which, combined with the "LEDE-" prefix, is 21 chars long.
Fixes the following error spotted by the buildbots:
Error: RSA Signature (rsa_signature,r) too long.
make[4]: *** [.../lede-brcm63xx-generic-NEUFBOX6-squashfs-cfe.bin] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We have switched opkg to sha256 a long time ago, and shrinking package
lists is useful for systems that are running low on RAM
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This will avoid loading it in the default configuration, which reduces
image size a bit, and (more importantly) improves performance by
avoiding some unnecessary netfilter hooks
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update libpcap to upstream release 1.8.1
Change the name from libpcap.so.1.3 to libpcap.so.1
Remove parts of patch 201 which moved code among src files.
Import patch 204 from Debian to update the USB path.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix parallel build bug]
this package references an undefined variable for its submenu.
Remove this NOP variable assignment.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
this kernel module currently does not set submenu.
Fix this by adding it to the "Others" submenu
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Add support for specifying a call profile index instead of APN. A
specific index different from 1 must be used for some service
provider and modem combinations.
In addition, change the manufacturer detection to use the standard
AT+CGMI command, which produces more predictable output than ATI,
remove the redundant ipv6 option, since it is less ambiguous to
directly specify the PDP context type with mobile connections, and
fix missing device during teardown when using ncm through the wwan
proto.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <malaakso@elisanet.fi>
Update uqmi to latest version, which brings about support for
specifying a call profile index instead of APN. A specific index
different from 1 must be used for some service provider and modem
combinations.
Also change option dhcp to dhcpv6, since IPv4 now always uses DHCP,
replace option ipv6 with pdptype, which is less ambiguous, and
make autoconnect optional and default it to off for IPv6 due to it
not working with statically configured IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <malaakso@elisanet.fi>
Harmonise handling of DEFAULT_PATH by removing the patch introducing #ifndef
guards around the path, and only using one means to set the path in the
makefile.
Signed-off-by: Dario Ernst <Dario.Ernst@riverbed.com>
This patch add the 3G modem DWM-158 to the usb-serial option driver.
The DWM-158 is a pcie 3G modem. It is embedded in the DWR-512 modem
supportet by lede. The patch has been submitted and merged in the upstream
linux-next repository.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
This patch adds supports for the WNR2000v1 board with 4MB flash, and
produces device-specific factory, rootfs, and sysupgrade files for the
WNR2000v1. This board is errorneously claimed as supported on the OpenWRT
wiki as AP81, but AP81 image would not work because of APT81 image
requiring having 8MB of flash, while WNR2000v1 has only 4MB.
The image requires the u-boot bootloader to be modified to fuhry's
bootloader first.
Short specification:
- CPU: Atheros AR9132
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 1x WAN 10/100 Mbps
- 4 MB of Flash
- 32 MB of RAM
- UART header (J1) on board
- 1x button
Factory/Initial flash instructions:
- Set up a TFTP server on your local machine.
- Download the uImage for ar71xx-generic and the rootfs image for
ar71xx-generic-wnr2000 and save in the tftp server root.
- Gain serial access to the router via the UART port (telnetenable over
the network only won't work!).
- Upgrade the u-boot bootloader to fuhry's version by running the
script: http://fuhry.com/b/wnr2000/install-repart.sh
- When the router restarts, interrupt u-boot and gain access to u-boot command line.
- Repartititon the board and flash initial uImage and rootfs as follow.
Commands to type in u-boot:
# tells u-boot that we have a tftp server on 192.168.1.10
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10
# tells u-boot that the router should take the address 192.168.1.1
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
# erase the region from 0x050000-0x3f0000
erase 0xbf050000 +0x3A0000
# loads sqfs.bin on TFTP server, and put it to memory address 0x81000000
tftpboot 0x81000000 sqfs.bin
# it will tell you the length of sqfs.bin in hex, let's say ZZZZZZ
# copy bit by bit 0xZZZZZZ bytes from offset 0x050000
cp.b 0x81000000 0xbf050000 0xZZZZZZ
# same to the uImage.bin, write it right next to sqfs.bin
# again, 0xYYYYYY is the length that tftpboot reports
tftpboot 0x81000000 uImage.bin
cp.b 0x81000000 0xbf2a0000 0xYYYYYY
# We need to tell the kernel what board it is booting into, and where to find the partitions
setenv bootargs "board=WNR2000 console=ttyS0,115200 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(u-boot)ro,64k(u-boot-env)ro,3712k(firmware),64k(art)ro rootfstype=squashfs,jffs2 noinitrd"
# Tell u-boot where to find the uImage
setenv bootcmd "bootm 0xbf2a0000"
# Tell u-boot to save parameters to the u-boot-env partitions
saveenv
# Reset the board
reset
Tested on:
- WNR2000v1 board.
- Initial flash works.
Known bugs:
- I don't know why factory image doesn't work on initial flash on stock
firmware in u-boot recovery mode while it should.
- Sysupgrade does not yet work, if you do -f it will mess up your
installation (requiring a reinstall of sqfs and uImage).
Signed-off-by: Huan Truong <htruong@tnhh.net>
Update procd to latest HEAD in order to introduce support for services signals:
- Adds a new service.signal ubus call to send a kill() signal to one or all
running instances of a given service
- Adds a new "reload_signal" property which allows service init scripts to
request procd to send a specific kill() signal on reload, instead of
stopping and restarting running processes
Also fixes some potential memory leaks reported by cppcheck and an environment
variable corruption in the trace command.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The xt_id match was used by the firewall3 package to track its own rules but
the approach has been changed to use xt_comment instead now, so we can drop
this nonstandard extension.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to current HEAD in order to drop automatic generation of per-zone
NOTRACK rules.
The NOTRACK rules used to provide a little performance improvement but the
later introduction of the netfilter conntrack cache made those rules largely
unnecessary. Additionally, those rules caused various issues which broke
stateful firewalling in some scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Depending on the dhcp uci config pidof dnsmasq can return
multiple pids. Fix re-reading of the hostfile by dnsmasq in
such case by sending SIGHUP signal to each of the returned
pids.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Let dnsmasq read all hosts files in /tmp/hosts directory by specifying
/tmp/hosts as argument of --addn-host
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
These patches were queued for 4.10. For possible use cases see added:
[PATCH] ubifs: Use dirty_writeback_interval value for wbuf timer
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Support new packet overhead passing paradigm in cake qdisc, also restore
DSCP wash/nowash keywords.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Track upstream changes, incl changes in packet overhead accounting
(automatically taking care of linux' packet sizing knowledge),
improvements to triple isolated DRR handling (new flow dominance),
statistics tweak & allow more packet drops in stressed conditions.
Under tests this has significantly improved latency control under
'many flows to one' scenarious as is typical of bittorrent and MS
Windows update.
I also restored 'DSCP washing' functionality in my repo which follows
upstream closely (like a hawk!) with tc keywords 'wash/nowash'. This
allows cake to limit/control packets in bands determined by a packet's
DSCP but to clear those DSCP bits on qdisc egress. This functionality
was originally removed as part of an attempt to push cake into the
kernel, which hasn't actually happened as yet.
A matching commit is required to iproute2/tc to support the new overhead
handling, keyword changes as well as the 'wash/nowash' tweak.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Adds support for new EU and US variants; removes a few strings that were
never actually used and have been removed from the stock firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This also makes the detection more flexible, as it doesn't need to check
for each model explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
One of those changes is re-enabling blowfish support to make
openvpn-mbedtls compatible with common configurations
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
OpenVPN requires arguments to --push to be enclosed in double quotes.
One set of quotes is stripped when the UCI config is parsed.
Change append_params() of openvpn.init to enclose push parameters in
double quotes.
Unquoted push parameters do not cause errors in OpenVPN 2.3,
but OpenVPN 2.4 fails to start with unquoted push parameters.
Fixes: FS#290.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
This option is required by OpenVPN, and OpenVPN 2.4 uses mbedTLS 2.x.
DHM_C is also already enabled in the PolarSSL 1.3.x config.h.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
This board is very old and unlikely to still be relevant today. Support
for it contains a significant amount of device specific baggage which is
worth getting rid of.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There are many targets using user space scripts to generate firmware but
bcm53xx doesn't need this, so let's disable that kernel option.
This lets us avoid some scary-looking kernel warnings like:
brcmfmac 0001:04:00.0: Falling back to user helper
firmware brcm!brcmfmac43602-pcie.txt: firmware_loading_store: map pages failed
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
/etc/preinit has been the default init-script for a very long time (at
least since Linux 2.6.30 in OpenWrt). Remove the kernel command line
"init" parameter to get rid of duplicate and inconsistent definitions
of this parameter (some boards, like FRITZ3370 for example did not use
it at all, while it's just copy and paste on others).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Use devicetree's /chosen/stdout-path instead of the kernel command line
(embedded in the .dts-files) to specify the serial console. Using the
chosen node is recommended on devicetree based platforms.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
YunCore SR3200 is a dual-band AC1200 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9563+QCA9882+QCA8337N.
YunCore XD3200 (FCC ID: 2ADUG-XD3200) is a dual-band AC1200 ceiling mount
AP with PoE support, based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563+QCA9882+QCA8334.
Common specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB or RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, with ext. PA (SKY65174-21), up to 30 dBm
- 2T2R 5 GHz, with ext. PA (SKY85405-11) and LNA (SKY85601-11), up to 30 dBm
SR3200 specification:
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x ext. RP-SMA antennas (actually, only 4 are connected with radio chips)
- 3x LED (+ 5x LED in RJ45 sockets), 1x button
- UART header on PCB
XD3200 specification:
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with 802.3at PoE support (WAN port)
- 4x internal antennas
- 3 sets of LEDs on external PCB (+ 2x LED near RJ45 sockets), 1x button
- UART and JTAG (custom 6-pin, 2 mm pitch) headers on PCB
LED for 5 GHz WLAN is currently not supported on both devices as it is
connected directly to the QCA9882 radio chip.
Flash instruction under vendor firmware, using telnet/SSH:
1. If your firmware does not have root password, go to point 5
2. Connect PC with 192.168.1.x address to LAN or WAN port
3. Power up device, enter failsafe mode with button (no LED indicator!)
4. Change root password and reboot (mount_root, passwd ..., reboot -f)
5. Upload lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin to /tmp using SCP
6. Connect PC with 192.168.188.x address to LAN port, SSH to 192.168.188.253
7. Invoke:
- cd /tmp
- fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9fe80000 || bootm 0x9f050000"
- mtd -e firmware -r write lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin firmware
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9fe80000 || bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Add support for NXP layerscape ls1046ardb 64b/32b Dev board.
LS1046ARDB Specification:
-------------------------
Memory subsystem:
* 8GByte DDR4 SDRAM (64bit bus)
* 512 Mbyte NAND flash
* Two 64 Mbyte high-speed SPI flash
* SD connector to interface with the SD memory card
* On-board 4G eMMC
Ethernet:
* Two XFI 10G ports
* Two SGMII ports
* Two RGMII ports
PCIe:
* PCIe1 (SerDes2 Lane0) to miniPCIe slot
* PCIe2 (SerDes2 Lane1) to x2 PCIe slot
* PCIe3 (SerDes2 Lane2) to x4 PCIe slot
* USB 3.0: one super speed USB 3.0 type A port, one Micro-AB port
* UART: supports two UARTs up to 115200 bps for console
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
In order to prevent the impact of the merger of the company and the potential
rebase of the SDK repositories, migrate the u-boot source to github.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
In order to prevent the impact of the merger of the company and the potential
rebase of the SDK repositories, migrate the u-boot source to github.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
This attribute is not evaluated any more and the boot loader on these
reference boards does not provide a broken root= or console= parameter.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This just adds the kmods for these kernel modules.
This is found on some Lantiq / Intel reference boards.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This makes it possible to activate the gpio and the pinctl debugging
from LEDE menuconfig.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Now that the VERSION_NUMBER variable holds the human friendly name and not
the commit ID anymore, we need to support adding the revision ID as well.
Introduce a new config variable CONFIG_VERSION_CODE_FILENAMES which, if set,
causes the resulting file names to contain a commit ID designation as printed
by scripts/getver.sh.
Also sanitize the input variables to ensure that the resulting strings are
lowercased and no not contain spaces.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add an extra function to patch the mac and fixup the checksum
afterwards. Calculate the checksum position automatically. The offset
to the mac address is the same for all checksum protected EEPROMs.
No EEPROM requires a byte swapped mac address. The mac byte swap code
was required due to an bug in the script that is now fixed.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The EEPROM data in the flash of the ARV7518PW, ARV8539PW22,
BTHOMEHUBV2B and BTHOMEHUBV3A is stored byte-swapped (swab16), meaning
that for example the ath9k base_eep_header fields "version" (high and
low byte), "opCapFlags" and "eepMisc" are swapped (the latter ones are
just 1 byte wide, thus their position is swapped).
The old "ath,eep-endian" property enabled the corresponding swapping
logic in the ath9k driver (swab16 in ath9k_hw_nvram_swap_data, which is
based on the magic bytes in the EEPROM data which have nothing to do
with the calibration data - thus this logic should not be used
anymore).
Since we have switched to the upstream ath9k devicetree bindings there
is no binding anymore which enables swab16 in ath9k (as this logic is
not recommended anymore as explained above), leading to ath9k
initialization errors:
ath: phy0: Bad EEPROM VER 0x0001 or REV 0x00e0
(this shows that the version field is swapped, expected values are VER
0x000E and REV 0x0001)
Swapping the ath9k calibration data when extracting it from the flash
fixes the devices listed above (all other devices do not require
additional swapping, since the position of the fields is already as
expected by ath9k). This allows ath9k to read the version correctly
again, as well as the more important "eepmisc" field (which is used for
determining whether the data inside the EEPROM is Big or Little Endian
which is required to parse the EEPROM contents correctly).
Fixes: a20616863d ("lantiq: use ath9k device tree bindings
binding/owl-loader")
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Rob suggested I should use of_machine_is_compatible insteak of a new
property and updated patch has been sent.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Correct splitting the 32-bit 'hostid' value to two 16-bit hexadecimal
values. Previously, the lower 16-bit value was truncated to an 8-bit
value, which would result in hostid values 100 and 200 both to be set
to [::0:0] instead of [::0:100] and [::0:200] respectively.
Signed-off-by: Arjen de Korte <build+lede@de-korte.org>
If the hostname in /etc/config/system is modified the dnsmasq will not
reread the update host file under /tmp/hosts/dhcp.$cfg.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Last release of libnetfilter-queue was in 2012.
There don't seem to be any release tarballs since then.
This updates it to a more recent version, pointing to the git repo.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This is helpful for Orion-based NAS boxes that have the XOR engine enabled
since it provides faster software RAID.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The harddisk target is for NAS boxes, so set the DEVICE_TYPE accordingly so we
get a sensible default package selection.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Enable support for this machine in the kernel and also produce valid image
files with the correct machine id.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Utilize the existing git download logic from include/download.mk and migrate
the kernel download over to it. This avoids repeatedly cloning kernel sources
after a make target/linux/clean for instance.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix build error]
This is going to be used to migrate the hand rolled git clone for the kernel
into using the git download method. The kernel uses custom options that we may
have to pass down.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Needed to work around ethernet hang issues on Ubiquiti NanoStation Loco XW,
because ar71xx is not converted to device tree yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
By default, forwarding between all ports is allowed on init. This is
problematic in cases where some ports are supposed to be isolated from
each other, most commonly LAN/WAN separation.
REG_ESW_PORT_PCR(port) has a destination mask for a particular port,
controlling what other ports it is allowed to send packets to.
Instead of initializing all to 0xff (all ports), allow each physical
port to send to the CPU port, and the CPU port to send to all other
ports.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This fixes the partition name for the firmware splitter, the cfi
address and adds the mtd-eeprom address for wmac. It adds additional
LEDs and make use of them in diag.sh and 01_leds.
Please note that the ":blue:wired" LED is used because the
":blue:router" behaviour is unpredictable for failsafe indication. The
issue with the router LED is that you have two states only.
"off" is steady on and "on" blinks. Therefore the wired LED is more
suitable.
Furthermore it reuses the correct switch configuration definition to
reflect the device ports and numbering. Additionally fixes the issue
that the default configuration is not applied as no port 6 exists on
this device.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
sysupgrade command fails due to missing U-Boot environment-processing
binaries on sysupgrade ramdisk. The missing binaries result in the
following output:
Switching to ramdisk...
Performing system upgrade...
ash: /usr/sbin/fw_printenv: not found
ash: fw_setenv: not found
ash: touch: not found
cannot find target partition
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Balasubramaniam <vigneshb.hp@gmail.com>
The name from the Device define will be used in the metadata. Due to
typo/different spelling, this name might not match the one exported in
/lib/mvebu.sh.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the following security problems:
CVE-2016-7440: Software AES table lookups do not properly consider cache-bank access times
CVE-2016-7439: Software RSA does not properly consider cache-bank monitoring
CVE-2016-7438: Software ECC does not properly consider cache-bank monitoring
SWEET32 Attack
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Support for MIPS toolchains without FPU support was added upstream,
so remove our patch.
patches/310-mips-link-tool.patch was a backport form this version of valgrind
src/abort.c is not referenced anywhere
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the following security problems:
CVE-2016-8615: cookie injection for other servers
CVE-2016-8616: case insensitive password comparison
CVE-2016-8617: OOB write via unchecked multiplication
CVE-2016-8618: double-free in curl_maprintf
CVE-2016-8619: double-free in krb5 code
CVE-2016-8620: glob parser write/read out of bounds
CVE-2016-8621: curl_getdate read out of bounds
CVE-2016-8622: URL unescape heap overflow via integer truncation
CVE-2016-8623: Use-after-free via shared cookies
CVE-2016-8624: invalid URL parsing with '#'
CVE-2016-8625: IDNA 2003 makes curl use wrong host
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Change getver.sh to append a short Git commit hash to the end of the artifical
revision number. This way we still have order- and comparable commit numbers
but also a direct relation to the Git commit.
The new output format will look like "r2400+2-882472e" for dirty trees or like
"r2402-882472e" for clean ones.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Move the revision info to the VERSION_CODE variable and default VERSION_NUMBER
to CURRENT for master branch builds.
Also introduce a new menuconfig option CONFIG_VERSION_CODE which allows users
to override the revision value put into VERSION_CODE and adjust the template
files used by the base-files package to accomodate for the changed semantics.
While we're at it, also adjust the various URLs to match the current web site.
After this commit, the relevent files will look like the examples given below:
# cat /etc/openwrt_version
r2398+1
# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='LEDE'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='CURRENT'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r2398+1'
DISTRIB_CODENAME='reboot'
DISTRIB_TARGET='x86/64'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='LEDE Reboot CURRENT r2398+1'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all override'
# cat /usr/lib/os-release
NAME="LEDE"
VERSION="CURRENT, Reboot"
ID="lede"
ID_LIKE="lede openwrt"
PRETTY_NAME="LEDE Reboot CURRENT"
VERSION_ID="current"
HOME_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
BUG_URL="http://bugs.lede-project.org/"
SUPPORT_URL="http://forum.lede-project.org/"
BUILD_ID="r2398+1"
LEDE_BOARD="x86/64"
LEDE_TAINTS="no-all override"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER="LEDE"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
LEDE_DEVICE_PRODUCT="Generic"
LEDE_DEVICE_REVISION="v0"
LEDE_RELEASE="LEDE Reboot CURRENT r2398+1"
On a release branch, those files would look like:
# cat /etc/openwrt_version
r2399
# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='LEDE'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='16.12-CURRENT'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r2399'
DISTRIB_CODENAME='test_release'
DISTRIB_TARGET='x86/64'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='LEDE Test Release 16.12-CURRENT r2399'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all override'
# cat /usr/lib/os-release
NAME="LEDE"
VERSION="16.12-CURRENT, Test Release"
ID="lede"
ID_LIKE="lede openwrt"
PRETTY_NAME="LEDE Test Release 16.12-CURRENT"
VERSION_ID="16.12-current"
HOME_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
BUG_URL="http://bugs.lede-project.org/"
SUPPORT_URL="http://forum.lede-project.org/"
BUILD_ID="r2399"
LEDE_BOARD="x86/64"
LEDE_TAINTS="no-all override"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER="LEDE"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
LEDE_DEVICE_PRODUCT="Generic"
LEDE_DEVICE_REVISION="v0"
LEDE_RELEASE="LEDE Test Release 16.12-CURRENT r2399"
On a release tag, those files would look like:
# cat /etc/openwrt_version
r2500
# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='LEDE'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='17.02.1'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r2500'
DISTRIB_CODENAME='mighty_unicorn'
DISTRIB_TARGET='x86/64'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='LEDE Mighty Unicorn 17.02.1 r2500'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all override'
# cat /usr/lib/os-release
NAME="LEDE"
VERSION="17.02.1, Mighty Unicorn"
ID="lede"
ID_LIKE="lede openwrt"
PRETTY_NAME="LEDE Mighty Unicorn 17.02.1"
VERSION_ID="17.02.1"
HOME_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
BUG_URL="http://bugs.lede-project.org/"
SUPPORT_URL="http://forum.lede-project.org/"
BUILD_ID="r2500"
LEDE_BOARD="x86/64"
LEDE_TAINTS="no-all override"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER="LEDE"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
LEDE_DEVICE_PRODUCT="Generic"
LEDE_DEVICE_REVISION="v0"
LEDE_RELEASE="LEDE Mighty Unicorn 17.02.1 r2500"
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Sadly, LibreSSL claims to be OpenSSL v2.0.0 while not providing the new
interfaces introduced with OpenSSL v1.1.x, so extend the pre-OpenSSL 1.1.x
compat checks to consider LibreSSL as well.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
use pwr LED in diag.sh
Expose unused pinmux pins as GPIOs
export power LED and buzzer pins
Use rb750gr3:blue:pwr LED in diag.sh for boot status instead of rb750gr3:green:usr
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
Imported from e1aaf7ec00%5E%21/#F0
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: net: ar8216: address security vulnerabilities in swconfig & ar8216
This patch does the following changes:
*address the security vulnerabilities in both swconfig framework and in
ar8216 driver (many bound check additions, and turned swconfig structure
signed element into unsigned when applicable)
*address a couple of whitespaces and indendation issues
BUG=chrome-os-partner:33096
TEST=none
Change-Id: I94ea78fcce8c1932cc584d1508c6e3b5dfb93ce9
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/236490
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Commit-Queue: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Import from fd7b89dd46%5E%21/#F0
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: drivers: ar8216: prevent device duplication in ar8xxx_dev_list
If probe is called twice, once for PHY0 and a second time for PHY4,
the same switch device will be added twice to ar8xxx_dev_list, while
supposedly this list should have one element per hardware switch present
in the system.
While no negative impact have been observed, it does happen if a
platform instanciates these two PHYs from device-tree, as an example.
Change-Id: Iddcbdf7d4adacb0af01975b73f8e56b4582e894e
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/234790
Reviewed-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Import from c3fd96a7b8%5E%21/#F0
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: drivers: ar8216: hold ar8xxx_dev_list_lock during use_count--
It is possible for the remove() callback to run twice in parallel, which
could result into --use_count returning only 1 in both cases and the
rest of the unregistration path to never be reached.
This case has never been observed in practice, but we will fix
preventively to make the code more robust.
BUG=chrome-os-partner:33096
TEST=none
Change-Id: If09abe27fdb2037f514f8674418bafaab3cbdef6
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/232870
Reviewed-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
RPM clock controller driver had made its way upstream and previous
approach of directly redoing a driver to support ipq806x is a no go anymore.
Thus reverting mentioned patches to upstream state and renaming
in correct patch numbering accordance.
To make the driver work on ipq806x boards we introduce a custom patch.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Not all kmod packages depends on kmod-ipt-compat-xtables, but this
kernel config option is required for building the whole package
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit 2728512 ("e2fsprogs: List all libraries explicitly") forced the
e2fsprogs build system to link libcom_err.so in various places.
Unfortunately, the krb5 package also ships a libcom_err.so with a totally
different ABI and puts it into the global staging directory which causes
e2fsprogs to pick up this wrong library, leading to the following failure:
LD blkid
../lib/libext2fs.so: undefined reference to `_et_list'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:504: recipe for target 'blkid' failed
Change the SYSLIBS specification to explicitely link libcom_err.so.0.0
which in order to work around the problem.
In the long run, the libcom_err clash between e2fsprogs and krb5 needs to
be solved properly.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The OpenSSL 1.1.x version series undergone some major API changes which made
the RSA structure opaque and deprecated a number of methods, so add some
conditional compat code to make the u-boot source build again.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The SDK Makefile still trys to copy the docs folder which was removed
with 882f4d2d63. This causes an SDK build
error.
All other removals are just cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
"service" is a simple wrapper that will allow to call init.d scripts
current method: # /etc/init.d/network reload
with the wrapper: # service network reload
If the wrapper is called without arguments or with a wrong init script name, it will print an error and list the content of /etc/init.d/ folder
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Refresh patches on all 4.4 supported platforms.
077-0005-bgmac-stop-clearing-DMA-receive-control-register-rig.patch
removed as now upstream.
Compile & run tested: ar71xx - Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
the docs in /docs folder are pretty much obsolete and in a not very friendly format (latex, that requires to be
compiled), leaving them there only causes confusion.
LEDE documentation's place is the wiki, or the site.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
ifxhcd never had roothub support but since kernel 3.x it was expected
that a roothub always exists.
The patched fixed a null pointer deref in the usb subsystem because of
the missing roothub.
Since ifxhcd is gone, this whole patch isn't required any longer.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Based on the submission to the uboot-lantiq repo by Martin Blumenstingl.
Use the ddr_settings.h from the GPL tarball. The NAND boot optimized
one (with memory tuning enabled) doesn't work for the UART boot image.
Use the same mtd layout as the stock u-boot. Add add UBI support.
Use the leds to indicate boot status like it is done with the stock
u-boot. Switch on the red power led if kernel image can't be loaded.
Otherwise switch the green led on.
Make only the ramboot u-boot available. Only this image is required for
the first installation of LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This way the on nand bad block table is preserved and used. Add support
for nand OOB ECC checksums as well. It should fix all reported ubi
errors, which were all related to bad nand blocks and a purged on nand
bad block table.
The existing ubi partition will be reused, which eliminates the need
to touch the caldata during initial install. The BT u-boot has support
for loading a kernel from an ubi volume. It isn't necessary any longer
to replace the BT u-boot with a custom compiled one to use LEDE.
It is required to restore the BT Firmware and install LEDE from scratch
to switch to the new partition layout.
An image for restoring the BT firmware and installing LEDE is provided
at https://github.com/mkresin/lede/releases.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backport upstream commit a61ae81a1907af1987ad4c77300508327bc48b23.
The actually purpose of the patch was to do some cleanup. As a side
effect of this cleanup, the device node is now passed to nand_dt_init.
This allows to use the common nand device tree properties
- nand-bus-width
- nand-on-flash-bbt
- nand-ecc-mode
- nand-ecc-step-size
- nand-ecc-strength
for the plat_nand driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the addition of the bindings to the ath9k driver, this code
isn't used any longer. The fixup is now done by the owloader.
Rename the ath_eep.c file to ath5k_eep.c to indicate that this files
includes ath5k related code only.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This moves the extraction of the eeprom/calibration data to a hotplug
firmware script. Additionally it modifies all .dts to configure ath9k
directly from within the .dts.
The owl-loader approach enables support on devices with exotic eeprom
data locations (such as unaligned positions on the flash or data
inside an UBI volume).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[add ath9k caldata mac address patcher]
[fixes DGN3500 wifi mac]
[fixes BTHOMEHUBV3A wifi mac]
[set invalid mac for BTHOMEHUB2B, FRITZ3370, FRITZ7320 & FRITZ7360SL to restore previous random mac behavior]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
These properties allow overriding the settings from the EEPROM
which indicate whether a band is enabled or not.
Setting this property is only needed when the RF circuit does not
support the 2.4GHz or 5GHz band while it is enabled nevertheless in the
EEPROM.
These patches will be replaced with a future upstream version which
will introduces an ieee80211 device tree property to disable bands.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
There are two types of swapping the EEPROM data in the ath9k driver.
Before this series one type of swapping could not be used without the
other.
The first type of swapping looks at the "magic bytes" at the start of
the EEPROM data and performs swab16 on the EEPROM contents if needed.
The second type of swapping is EEPROM format specific and swaps
specific fields within the EEPROM itself (swab16, swab32 - depends on
the EEPROM format).
With this series the second part now looks at the EEPMISC register
inside the EEPROM, which uses a bit to indicate if the EEPROM data
is Big Endian (this is also done by the FreeBSD kernel).
This has a nice advantage: currently there are some out-of-tree hacks
(in OpenWrt and LEDE) where the EEPROM has a Big Endian header on a
Big Endian system (= no swab16 is performed) but the EEPROM itself
indicates that it's data is Little Endian. Until now the out-of-tree
code simply did a swab16 before passing the data to ath9k, so ath9k
first did the swab16 - this also enabled the format specific swapping.
These out-of-tree hacks are still working with the new logic, but it
is recommended to remove them. This implementation is based on a
discussion with Arnd Bergmann who raised concerns about the
robustness and portability of the swapping logic in the original OF
support patch review, see [0].
After a second round of patches (= v1 of this series) neither Arnd
Bergmann nor I were really happy with the complexity of the EEPROM
swapping logic. Based on a discussion (see [1] and [2]) we decided
that ath9k should use a defined format (specifying the endianness
of the data - I went with __le16 and __le32) when accessing the
EEPROM fields. A benefit of this is that we enable the EEPMISC based
swapping logic by default, just like the FreeBSD driver, see [3]. On
the devices which I have tested (see below) ath9k now works without
having to specify the "endian_check" field in ath9k_platform_data (or
a similar logic which could provide this via devicetree) as ath9k now
detects the endianness automatically. Only EEPROMs which are mangled
by some out-of-tree code still need the endian_check flag (or one can
simply remove that mangling from the out-of-tree code).
[0] http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg152634.html
[1] https://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=147250597503174&w=2
[2] https://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=147254388611344&w=2
[3] 50719b56d9/sys/dev/ath/ath_hal/ah_eeprom_9287.c (L351)
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
These patches add support for configuring ath9k based devices via
devicetree. This was tested on PCI(e) based devices. This should work
for AHB based devices as well (adding more AHB specific properties may
still be needed) as soon as the ath79 platform is ready to populate the
ath9k wmac via devicetree.
This patchset was accepted upstream, more information can be found on
the linux-wireless list:
https://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg155474.html
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Remove all comments in ubnt_xm_board_detect(), as it's not possible to add
comments to specific lines of the case construct anyways.
Fixes: 9a5801e7 "ar71xx: add model detection for UBNT Rocket Ti"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The ESP algorithms in CBC mode require echainiv, so have kmod-ipsec
depend on kmod-crypto-echainiv.
See upstream commit 32b6170ca59ccf07d0e394561e54b2cd9726038c.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Our current implementation is pretty old and uses some pre-standard/old
ANSI C style that triggers warnings like:
warning: call to function 'MD5_Init' without a real prototype [-Wunprototyped-calls]
This is caused by declarations specified in a following way:
src/md5.h:60:6: note: 'MD5_Init' was declared here
void MD5_Init ();
Having these warnings makes it harded to notice real problems. We could
try hiding them but it makes more sense to just use a cleaner code.
Another tiny gain from this switch is slightly reduced binary size, on
x86_64 tplink-safeloader's size 48104 became 48003.
The new code is public domain, uses "heavily cut-down BSD license".
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This adds support for the Intel Falcon SoC for GPON.
Support for the Falcon SoC was removed in commit c821836395 svn rev:
40392 from OpenWrt, this commit adds it again.
This patch adds a new subtarget for the Falcon SoC, but it still misses
all the drivers needed to control the GPON part.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The DEVICE_PACKAGES are not included in the initramfs image in case
TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS is set. This might produces initramfs images
with a not working network configuration because of a missing swconfig.
Workaround the issues by adding the essential swconfig package to the
default packages selection and deselect swconfig for boards not having
swconfig included before via device packages.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove the wifi5g LED from the the d7800, r7500 and r7800. Albeit this
GPIO is mentioned in the GPL tarball, it doesn't do anything. The
2.4/5 GHz LEDs are connected to the wifi chips and not be controlled
from the the userspace.
Use the LEDs names/colours as they are used in the board manuals. Merge
redundant LED configurations. Use the phy[0|1]tpt trigger for the
wireless LEDs. Remove the workarounds for the not controllable wireless
LEDs.
Fix spi compatible strings and remove superfluous spi-max-frequency
parameters.
If there are two power leds, use one for indicating normal operation and
one for failsafe/upgrade. Keep the on/off state of the main power led
during boot.
Use the usb pinmux settings from the nbg6817 gpl sources.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the pinmux to the values found in the GPL tarballs of the boards.
Remove pinmux which are is not used (like nand pinmux for spi
flash boards).
This allows to use the wan orange led of the C2600 which had a wrong
pinmux before. Might fix buttons or leds of other boards as well.
Fix the LED color and the ledswitch key code of the C2600. Rename the
ledgnr to ledswitch.
Add support for indication the boot state using LEDs to the D7800,
NBG6817, R7500 and R7500v2.
Change GPIO active to readable values in D7800, EA8500, R7500,
R7500v2 and R7800.
Change gpioexport to gpio pinmux.
Add proper "drive strenght" to i2c4_pins and use it for RPM on
C2600, D7800, EA8500, R7500, R7500v2.
Remove pcie pinmux from D7800.
Move pinctrl to correct place in NBG6817 and R7800.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Earlier compilers such as GCC 4 do not like anynomous unions, make it a named
union "u", and update the code where relevant.
Fixes FS#298
Fixes: a72e1692b8 ("firmware-utils: Add support for the Cisco Meraki MX60/MX60W")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This allows specifying PCI devices as children of the PCIe controller
node to pass configuration data to them.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Fix bug that LEDE failed to boot with this message:
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 1 at drivers/spi/spi-mt7621.c:214
mt7621_spi_transfer_one_message+0x28c/0x620()
Signed-off-by: Yong-hyu, Ban <perillamint@gentoo.moe>
Use gpio.h definition of GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW. Remove unused backup partition to increase available JFFS space. As long as U-Boot env variable "bootcount" is < 3 (reset to 0 after boot by init script) SamKnow's U-Boot will not attempt to boot from the backup flash address (0xe30000).
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
User-visible changes since 0.64 are as follows:
- Translation fixes
- Project settings have priority
- Reject binary files in patches
- Fix a race condition in diff_file
- Performance: Optimizations to the setup command
- Performance: Optimizations to the bash completion script
- Test suite: Improve the edit test case
- Test suite: Make the symlink test more robust
- Test suite: Test backup failure
- Test suite: Test the header command with hard links
- diff: Report diff failures
- edit: Fix a corner case bug
- mail: Fix the help text
- push: Fix the synopsis
- refresh: Do not remove symlinks
- refresh: Break links to read-only patch files
- refresh: Always preserve modification time
- setup: Report failed look-ups in inspect-wrapper
- quilt.el: Fix quilt-editable when patches are stored in subdirs
- bash_completion: Handle spaces in file names
- bash_completion: Update the list of commands
- bash_completion: Add new command options
- bash_completion: Fix handling of mail, new, push options
- guards: Simplify the help text
- guards: Include the file name also in the "Not found" case
- guards: Add support for an external filelist in --check mode
- guards: Report which config file has problem in --check mode
- guards: Documentation update
- guards: Clarify a user message
Note to packagers: the Makefile was modified to take configure's
--sysconfdir into account as other projects do. As a result, setting
--prefix=/usr will no longer put the configuration files under /etc.
You now need to explicitly pass --sysconfdir=/etc. If you don't,
configuration files will go under /usr/etc, which is not what you want.
This is somewhat less intuitive, but also more consistent with what
other projects are doing.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
RELEASE 2.5.1 - Mon, 03 Nov 2016 13:37:42 -0400
- Add scons-configure-cache.py to packaging. It was omitted
- Use memoization to optimize PATH evaluation across
all dependencies per node.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This device uses NAND FLASH, so it should be kept in nand subtarget.
Also, inlcude in packages kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport instead of
obsolete kmod-ledtrig-usbdev.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This router is similar to the C2600. Ethernet on WAN + LAN, switch,
sysupgrade, LEDs, buttons and WiFi on 2G + 5G do work. The xDSL modem
and the POTS/DECT interface are not supported yet.
It is not possible to flash LEDE via the TP-Link webinterface. The
image need to be signed. The first 0x200 bytes of the image is the
TP-Link header including the signature. The signature is not validated
by the bootloader. The LEDE image is zeroed in this area.
To install LEDE it is necessary to solder a four pin header to JP2.
Connect a serial interface to this header and interrupt the autostart
of kernel. Transfer the sysupgrade image via TFTP and write it to the
serial flash at 0x320000.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Quilitz <zeraphim@x-pantion.de>
This constant was always defined to 0, and recently got removed in
upstream commit a07ea4d9941af5a0c6f0be2a71b51ac9c083c5e5 ("genetlink: no
longer support using static family IDs")
Fixes libnl-tiny builds with latest upstream kernels.
Fixes: d723f2573a ("libnl-tiny: remove include/linux overrides to fix various build issues")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS was previously set to y but did not take
effect because of the absence of CONFIG_CRYPTO_HW=y
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Targets like malta can have no patches/ directory available and this
commit tries quash "no such file or directory" messages from `find`
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Currently, the device-tree partition is marked as read-only.
Hence, userspace tools like mtd can't write into the partition.
This however will be necessary in case the DTB needs to be
updated.
This patch also adds the kernel.dtb image, so the compiled
DTB is exported as a file and available in the binary
directory along the firmware images.
Note: the u-boot does expects the dtb to be a uimage.
To update the dtb manually:
1. copy the generated dtb to the router.
2. mtd erase /dev/mtd2
3. mtd write wndr4700.dtb /dev/mtd2
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Unlike x86, kvm for arm has to be built into the kernel. The kernel
config was prepared with the following command
make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=platform
Then enable ARM_LPAE, VIRTUALIZATION, KVM in that order
Other config changes are done by the build system. The following text
tries to explain some of them, for archive purposes probably...
- BUILD_BIN2C. It was dropped probably because the prompt is empty and
no other config option selects it. bin2c is a host executable for
converting binary content to a piece of c code for inclusion
- CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS. It was dropped because the dependency CRYPTO_HW
was not enabled. Setting that aside, packaging it as a loadbable
module in lieu of other sunxi specific modules seems more appropriate
- PGTABLE_LEVELS. It was changed from 2 to 3 because 3 is the default
when ARM_LPAE is enabled
- HAVE_KERNEL_GZIP, etc.. These are enabled in generic config
- SCHED_INFO, ZLIB_INFLATE. These were dropped probably for the same
reason as for BUILD_BIN2C
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Otherwise the built binaries may fail with
Error relocating /usr/bin/qemu-system-x86_64: unsupported relocation type 37
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Update fuse+libfuse to upstream 2.9.7. Drop the patch for CVE-2015-3202,
which is already integrated in the newer version. Rework the other patches.
Also switch PKG_SOURCE from @SF to libfuse's github releases.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The Dlink DWR-512-B modem is a ralink 5350 processor based embedding
a 3G mini-pcie router.
The oem JBOOT bootloader has to be replaced by a RT5350 SDK
U-Boot such as https://github.com/stevenylai/ralink_sdk - U-Boot
configured for the RT5350 256MiB SDR.
Main reason to change the bootloader is the encrypted header used to
store the kernel image. In this way an image can only be generated
using the propietary binboy tool (included in the GPL distribution
from Dlink). The binboy tool doesn't allow to modify the kernel/rootfs
partition scheme. This is considered a big constraint (limited kernel
size and inefficient usage of flash space).
For interested people I pubblished the details of my investigation
about the encrypted firmware header here:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/lede-dev/2016-October/003435.html
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
Fix a typo in mt7621.dtsi compatible string. Disable spi, sdhci and pci
in mt7621.dtsi and enable the nodes in the indiviual board dts files.
The nodes require further device specific configuration anyway.
Remove the m25p80@0 spi child node from mt7621.dtsi and add the
chunked-io parameter to the individual board dts files. Fix the spi
flash compatible string for the WNDR3700V5.
Drop the mt7621-eval-board compatible string for all boards which are
not the eval board.
Drop the linux,modalias parameter from spi flash node.
Remove the xhci node from board files, it is already enabled in dtsi.
Disable xhci for boards not having usb ports populated.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The 10.1 includes a good many stability fixes related to the effort of
backporting upstream 10.2 firmware. Also enables 802.1q vlan support.
Successfully tested on apu2.
The 10.4 firmwares including new backported code as well as stability
fixes. 10.4 has been tested on Fedora x86-64 platforms, but not on LEDE
specifically since I had issues compiling LEDE for my 9980/9984 AP hardware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Fix configuration files for the Livebox 1 routers.
- Add status led
- Set eth0 as the LAN port, for coherence with RedBoot and comfortability.
- Add led triggers
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix Image generation for the Livebox 1
- missing "relocate-kernel", wrong "LOADADDR", fix it
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the DTS file for the Livebox 1 routers:
- part probe wrong, it should be RedBoot (uppercase matters)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the DTS file for the Livebox 1 routers:
- leds are totally wrong, fix them.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the DTS file for the Livebox 1 routers:
- no failsafe button, use button 1 for this purpose
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Packages that do a killall <cmd> with the same name as the init script
will fail the prerm step when the service isn't running. Do make them
removable without having to restart the service, ignore the return code.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
To make sure we properly restart services on upgrade we need to
call the prerm script of the old package, in case the init script
changes (or vanishes).
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Properly stop/start services on upgrade, but don't change the enabled
state.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Allow scripts from the package to be upgraded to be aware of being
upgraded.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
fix in sdhci Use ralink_soc == MT762X_SOC_MT7621AT instead of CONFIG_SOC_MT7621 which is
wrong and breaks builds on mt7620a-similar platforms (MT7621, MT7688)
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
If something goes wrong and script can't find upstream revision it will
return something like:
r2220
which looks like a valid upstream revision 2220. We cant' distinguish it
from e.g. 2200 upstream commits and 20 local ones.
The new format still provides revision number but also points clearly
that is may be not the upstream one:
r0+2220
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: John Crispin < john@phrozen.org>
The host-side build of grub2 requires this sometimes.
This will re-generate the ./configure script from configure.ac.
I don't know the conditions of how this reproduces, it just
sometimes appears, and sometimes doesn't.
Build error
```
<lede-dir>/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl-1.1.15_yogi/host/grub-2.02~beta2/build-aux/missing: line 81: aclocal-1.14: command not found
WARNING: 'aclocal-1.14' is missing on your system.
You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or
'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'.
The 'aclocal' program is part of the GNU Automake package:
<http://www.gnu.org/software/automake>
It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:
<http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf>
<http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/>
<http://www.perl.org/>
Makefile:3962: recipe for target 'aclocal.m4' failed
```
Adding PKG_FIXUP adds sanity (i.e. autoreconf is used for host & target
builds) over just using HOST_FIXUP.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Enable work-arounds present in the code commented-out but needed to write to
sdcard on mt7621 which currently causes kernel to oops when engaging in
serious writing to sdcard. With this change applied, there are still
occasional warnings thrown by the mmc driver, however, at least it no longer
crashes the system and even large writes (full-card dump/erase/write/compare)
don't show any corruption.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Rebase to LEDE and added "CONFIG_SOC_MT7621" check to ensure non-MT7621 devices do not face performance regressions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This adds the patch submitted to upstream that adds BQL to the mvneta
driver: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9328413/. Helps latency under
load when the physical link is saturated.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
This patch adds header support for the Cisco Meraki MX60/MX60W, which
are a part of the apm821xx target. Some structure changes were needed
due to the fact this device uses U-Boot (unlike other devices in
mkmerakifw.c) which uses a different header structure to define the load
offsets for the image.
A thanks to Christian for helping implement this properly.
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Parameters for dwc2 on lantiq.
A separate dwc2_core_params structure is defined for danube because danube
fifo sizes are large enough to be autodetected. This is not the case on
arx and vrx.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
Device tree binding for dwc2 usb driver on danube.
Leave old ifxhcd-danube driver as an alternative.
Also adds dr_mode = "host" to eliminate warning on boot.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Cisco Meraki MX60/MX60W Security
Appliance. Flashing information can be found at
https://github.com/riptidewave93/LEDE-MX60
Specs are as follows:
AppliedMicro APM82181 SoC at 800MHz
1GiB NAND - Samsung K9K8G08U0D
512MB DDR RAM - 4x Nanya NT5TU128M8GE-AC
Atheros AR8327-BL1A Gigabit Ethernet Switch
1x USB 2.0 Port
More info can be found at https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mx60
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the ethernet switch initial config for Mikrotik RB450 and RB450G.
The previous version wrongly changed the RouterStation Pro config. This one creates a specific config for the RB450G and leaves the RouterStation Pro unchanged.
Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
CPE830 is a clone of AP90Q, with different type of antenna (panel)
and additional 4 LEDs for WiFi signal level indication.
Use the same flash approach as for YunCore AP90Q.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
YunCore AP90Q is an outdoor CPE/AP based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Short specification:
- 650/600/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, passive PoE support
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external PA, up to 29 dBm
- 2x internal 5 dBi omni antennas
- 4x LED, 1x button
- UART (JP1) header on PCB
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-ap90q-squashfs-sysupgrade
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Flash instruction under vendor fimrware, using telnet/SSH:
1. Connect PC with 192.168.1.x address to WAN port
2. Power up device, enter failsafe mode with button (no LED indicator!)
3. Change root password and reboot (mount_root, passwd ..., reboot -f)
4. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-ap90q-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin to /tmp using SCP
5. Connect PC with 192.168.188.x address to LAN port, SSH to 192.168.188.253
6. Invoke:
- cd /tmp
- fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
- mtd erase firmware
- mtd -r write lede-ar71xx-generic-ap90q-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin firmware
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
COMFAST CF-E380AC v1/v2 is a ceiling mount AP with PoE
support, based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558+QCA9880+AR8035.
There are two versions of this model, with different RAM
and U-Boot mtd partition sizes:
- v1: 128 MB of RAM, 128 KB U-Boot image size
- v2: 256 MB of RAM, 256 KB U-Boot image size
Version number is available only inside vendor GUI,
hardware and markings are the same.
Short specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 128 or 256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz, with external PA (SE2576L), up to 28 dBm
- 3T3R 5 GHz, with external PA (SE5003L1), up to 30 dBm
- 6x internal antennas
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- UART (T11), LEDs/GPIO (J7) and USB (T12) headers on PCB
- external watchdog (Pericon Technology PT7A7514)
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
As we already have support for CF-E316N v2 and many devices from
this vendor look similar, the support was included in existing
mach-*.c file, with few cleanups and fixes.
All 3 devices are based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
COMFAST CF-E320N v2 is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support.
Short specification:
- 650/393/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, both with PoE support
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 22 dBm
- 2x internal antennas
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- UART (J1), GPIO (J9) and USB (J2) headers on PCB
- external watchdog (Pericon Technology PT7A7514)
COMFAST CF-E520N/CF-E530N are in-wall APs with USB and PoE support.
They seem to have different only the front panel.
Short specification:
- 650/393/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, WAN with PoE support
- 1x USB 2.0 (in CF-E520N covered by panel, available on PCB)
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 22 dBm
- 2x internal antennas
- 1x LED, 1x button
- UART (J1) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Update patch to remove pipetypes var declaration which was throwing
unused variable warning due to the original patch removing the only use.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fix the incorrect usage of ar934x_nfc_write_page and ar934x_nfc_write_page_raw.
Add *page* in the argument list and remove the local variable.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Recent refactoring introduced a regression. It ignored second argument
of make_support_list function which was originally true for C2600. The
new generic build_image function always passes false.
This patch allows specifying trailing char in a device specific info. It
also switches Archer C9 to the \0 char to make it compliant with vendor
images.
I verified generated images to be binary identical to the ones that
were created before whole refactoring.
Reported-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes: fd924d2068 ("firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: use one function for generating images")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes parsing partition placed after TRX with block-aligned length.
It's important e.g. for Archer C9 which has TRX with kernel only and
rootfs as separated partition.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fix build on targets not using CONFIG_MODULE_STRIPPED.
Neither RTL8367_DRIVER_DESC nor RTL8367B_DRIVER_DESC are defined
anywhere. It worked for targets using CONFIG_MODULE_STRIPPED since our
module stripper no-ops the various module info macros.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Change grub's root device to xen/xvda,msdos1 for the x86_xen_domu
target so that it will boot without further changes.
Signed-off-by: Wilfried Klaebe <w+lede-project@chaos.in-kiel.de>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: fixed and rebased patch from FS#264, added subject]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use fwtool to extract it, only require metadata to be present if the
platform sysupgrade script sets REQUIRE_IMAGE_METADATA=1
Image metadata is in JSON format and contains a list of supported
devices, along with version information that could be displayed by a UI
later before the actual upgrade happens.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This will be used to append extra information to images which allows the
system to verify if an image is compatible with the system.
The extra data is appended to the end of the image, where it will be
ignored when upgrading from systems that do not process this data yet:
If the image is a squashfs or jffs2 image, the extra data will land
after the end-of-filesystem marker, where it will be overwritten once
the system boots for the first timee.
If the image is a sysupgrade tar file, tar will simply ignore the extra
data when unpacking.
The layout of the metadata/signature chunks is constructed in a way
that the last part contains just a magic and size information, so that
the tool can quickly check if any valid data is present without having
to do a pattern search throughout the full image.
Chunks also contain CRC32 information to detect file corruption, even
when the image is not signed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
SafeLoader is image format used by some TP-LINK devices. This tool
allows extracting selected partitions out of it. It can be used for
sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Factory image can be installed via Zyxel WebUI.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Chekryzhev <13hakta@gmail.com>
[removed linux,modalias parameter from flash node in dts]
[removed sdhci node from dts; no sd card slot here]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch refreshes the ipq806x kernel patches.
There was a large PR for ipq806x in the queue when the kernel patches
were refreshed for 4.4.32, so currently there is quite much fuzz for
ipq806x.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The Sitecom firmware upgrade file has SENAO_FIRMWARE_TYPE 2 set. This
looks rather wrong since SENAO_FIRMWARE_TYPE 2 is kernel only but the
file is way to big for only including a kernel.
The factory image need to have the dlf file extension. Otherwise the
Sitecom firmware rejects the file.
The stock firmware uses the following mac addresses:
LAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D8 (u-boot env: ethaddr)
2,4: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D8 (EEPROM)
5: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:DC (EEPROM)
WAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:C8:43 (u-boot env: wanaddr)
Assuming the mac address range :D8 to :DC is reserved for this device,
the MAC addresses were reorder to have a unique MAC address for each
interface:
2.4GHz: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D8
LAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D9
WAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:DA
5 GHz: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:DC
The first MAC is assigned to the 2.4GHz WiFi interface
to keep compatibility with the SSIDs printed on the case, which have
the last three sextets of the MAC address appended.
There are still issues with the rt2x00 driver. It is not possible to
use both wireless interfaces at the same time. The 2.4 GHz
wireless (PCIe) only works if the internal 5GHz wireless is/has been
enabled or used for scanning. The internal 5GHz wireless only works if
the 2.4GHz wireless (PCIe) was never enabled. Disabling the 2.4Ghz
after it was enabled will result in stations seeing the 5Ghz AP but are
unable to connect.
Due to the not optimal working wifi the manufacture, backup and storage
partitions of the OEM firmware are kept for now to allow an easy switch
back to the Sitecom firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jasper Scholte <NightNL@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is a powerful API for parallel crypto from which many other modules
can benefit. It only winds up being turned on on SMP systems, which
means this adds 0 bytes to the kernel on tiny machines, while only
adding a small bit to SMP systems for big performance improvements.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked broken.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Reboot of 519a199cbc
Which broke other builds.
This time, added compile flags to build only for POWERPC archs
Tested on mpc85xx, ar71xx and bcm2708.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Updating spi pins configuration in R7800 and C2600 DTs
Adding more usb power pin export and gsbi6 in R7800 DT
Updating and fixing leds
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
The patch #179 for RPM has initially been made for apq806x board. It has been modified to support ipq806x instead of apq8064.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
In Device/ls1012ardb IMAGES variable, there are two separate firmware
references to the same packages, while do mult-job compile, the same package
build process will arise conflict occasionally. So, only reserve one ext4 fs
as the default firmware.bin.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
OpenMesh devices have often LEDs which are not yet used by OpenWrt. These
should still be available as disabled LEDs in the system configuration for
easier modification.
Signed-off-by: Jaylin Yu <jaylin.yu@open-mesh.com>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: Remove LEDs already specified via diag.sh,
add wifi/status LEDs]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
TI wl18xx and wl12xx are Wi-Fi/Bluetooth combo modules
that could be found on different existing boards.
But it is possible to get those modules as a separate
component and use with existing boards as well as
new boards equipped with either module may appear so we
remove dependency on OMAP instead we add dependency on MMC
because this Wi-Fi module uses SDIO interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: Imre Kaloz <kaloz@openwrt.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
MMC support has been added to x86-64 a while ago, there is no reason not
to support it in x86-generic as well.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <github@andreas-ziegler.de>
[Matthias Schiffer: add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
PATA support has been removed from x86-generic without any note in LEDE
r538. Not including them makes the generated images incompatible with older
(and some newer) hardware without any significant gain.
Add it back, and also add the same drivers (as far as available) to x86-64.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <github@andreas-ziegler.de>
[Matthias Schiffer: add back x86-generic, update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Polling every 40ms causes more than 10% CPU load on weak devices. An
interval of 200ms is much more reasonable.
Signed-off-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
[Matthias Schiffer: adapt OpenWrt patch; add ramips; extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Without setting the HSR to the selected channel, the WLAN of the UAP
Outdoor+ will exhibit high packet loss in RX.
Based-on-patch-by: Stefan Rompf <stefan@loplof.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
odhcpd daemon has hitless config reload support by means of the
sighup signal; add reload_service function which uses sighup
signal to reload the config
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This fixes building with musl and drops the dependency on the OpenWrt
kernel-header patches:
270-uapi-kernel.h-glibc-specific-inclusion-of-sysinfo.h.patch
271-uapi-libc-compat.h-do-not-rely-on-__GLIBC__.patch
272-uapi-if_ether.h-prevent-redefinition-of-struct-ethhd.patch
Use the new upstream location at netfilter.org and use a define instead
of a patch to "optimize".
See also: https://git.netfilter.org/arptables/log/
Signed-off-by: Ralph Sennhauser <ralph.sennhauser@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: add mirror SHA256 sum]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This allows to include optimizations such as ARM neon which
are detected on run-time.
Signed-off-by: Nikos Mavrogiannopoulos <nmav@gnutls.org>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: picked from openwrt#191 and rebased onto LEDE master]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The marvell,88e6352 and marvell,88e6172 compatible strings are used in
target/linux/generic/files/drivers/net/phy/mvsw61xx.c. No idea why grep
missed them when I searched for them.
Thanks to Syrone Wong for noticing and reporting my mistake.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All compiled device tree files not mentioned are binary identical to the
former ones.
Fix the obvious decimal/hex confusion for the power key of ramips/M2M.dts.
Due to the include of the input binding header, the BTN_* node names in:
- ramips/GL-MT300A.dts
- ramips/GL-MT300N.dts
- ramips/GL-MT750.dts
- ramips/Timecloud.dts
will be changed by the compiler to the numerical equivalent.
Move the binding include of lantiq boards to the file where they are
used the first time to hint the user where the values do come from.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fixes invalid device tree parameters.
Drop the mvsw61xx node used in mvebu device tree source files. It looks
like some kind of ethernet switch cargo cult. Neither the
marvell,88e6352 nor the marvell,88e6172 compatible strings can be found
in any LEDE file or in the kernel sources.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This special dwc2 device definition for the Netgear WNDR4700
has been replaced by amcc,usb-otg-405ex.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch moves the common SoC device tree entries
from the currently four supported platforms into a
common apm82181.dtsi.
Furthermore, this patch also changes the GPIO, IRQ and
input definitions of the supported platforms to use the
defined dt-bindings macros for GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW|HIGH,
KEY_WPS|RESTART|*, IRQ_TYPE_* when it's appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the amcc,usb-otg-405ex device
which is found in all APM82181 SoCs.
Note: The system can't use the generic "snps,dwc2" compatible
because of the special ahbcfg configuration. The default
GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_INCR4 of snps,dwc2 can cause a system hang
when the USB and SATA is used concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As specified by e0229a16b0 if the VR9
based router provides FXS ports and they should enabled then the
following must added to the kernel command line:
mem=[TOTALMEMSIZE-2M] vpe1_load_addr=ADDRESS vpe1_mem=2M
By adding mem= parameter a pci device stop working correctly. The
pci-lantiq.c module use get_num_physpages() to compute dynamically the
memory amount of the board.
The mem= make the module to compute in the wrong way the BAR11MASK, so
in this situation the mask is misaligned with the dma area that the
hardware expects.
This patch is a port of what legacy ifxmips_pci.c does.
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
This adds support for "channels" command which displays more details
about channels. It includes e.g. info about available widths.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The latest stock firmwares for US and EU regions have started checking the
region code.
Tested-by: Andreas Ziegler <ml@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some builders have troubles cloning the boot-wrapper-aarch64.git repository so
provide a mirror checksum to allow downloading from sources.lede-project.org
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
A firmware compiled with BUSYBOX_CONFIG_ARP should also use by default the
arp binary from busybox. Otherwise the extra functionality the user
requested can only be used when running arp with the path to the binary.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Assign an unused MAC addresses to the 2.4GHz wifi interface as it was
originally planed but not possible.
The MAC address numbering of the TEW-691GR changes to the following
pattern:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:0C
WIFI: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:0D
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:0F
The MAC address numbering of the TEW-692GR changes to the following
pattern:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e4
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e5
2.4GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e7
5 GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e8
Set the label and compatible string for the TEW-692GR PCIe wireless
according to the the PCI binding documentation.
Use the wifi@0,0 label and the pci0,0 compatible string since the PCI
vendor and device id is unknown. It should work anyway since the
compatible string isn't evaluated (yet).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the ralink,mtd-eeprom instead of invoking the userspace firmware
loader.
Set the label and compatible string according to the the PCI binding
documentation.
Use the wifi@0,0 label and the pci0,0 compatible string in case the
PCI vendor and device id is unknown. It should work anyway since the
compatible string isn't evaluated (yet).
This commit might fixes the PCIe wireless for the Buffalo WHR-600D.
This board was mentioned in the board 10-rt2x00-eeprom firmware hotplug
script but never had the correct eeprom name set to trigger the
firmware from flash extraction.
Use the usual eeprom for the soc wmac of the Dovado Tiny AC.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set a device specific wireless mac address for ARV7506PW11, VGV7519 and
VGV7510KW22. The one from the EEPROM is a generic one and the same on
all boards.
Use the wifi@0,0 label and the pci0,0 compatible string for the
ARV7519PW and ARV7525PW since the pci vendor and device id is unknown.
It should work anyway since the compatible string isn't evaluated
(yet).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backport upstream accepted patch which allows to override the EEPROM
mac address with one from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The patch 615-rt2x00-fix_20mhz_clk.patch fixes code introduced by
611-rt2x00-rf_vals-rt3352-xtal20.patch and makes the the platform data
property clk_is_20mhz obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit 519a199cbc.
Multiple users have reported building failures on ARM architectures, e.g.:
In file included from defs.h:42:0,
from process.c:37:
process.c:51:22: error: 'struct user_regs' has no member named 'ARM_r0'
#define uoff(member) offsetof(struct user, member)
^
./linux/arm/userent.h:1:3: note: in expansion of macro 'uoff'
{ uoff(regs.ARM_r0), "r0" },
^
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest Git head in order to import several fixes and enhancements.
- Disable drop invalid by default (FS#73, FS#154)
Instead of dropping packets with conntrack state INVALID, only allow streams
with explicit NEW or UNTRACKED conntrack state.
This change gives user defined rules the chance to accept traffic like ICMPv6
multicast which would be filtered away by the very early ctstate INVALID drop
rule otherwise.
The old behaviour can be restored by explicitely setting "drop_invalid" to 1
in the global firewall config section.
- Fix re-initialization of loadable iptables extensions on musl (FS#31)
Since musl does not implement actual dlclose() semantics, it is impossible to
re-run initializers on subsequent dlopen() calls.
The firewall3 executable now intercepts the extension registration calls
instead in order to be able to re-call them when needed.
This also allowed us to switch to libxtables' builtin extension loader as a
positive side-effect.
- Fix masquerade rules for multiple negated IP addresses (FS#248)
When building MASQUERADE rules for zones which specify multiple negated
addresses in masq_src or masq_dest, emit -j RETURN rules which jump out of
the masquerading chain instead of creating multiple rules with inverted "-s"
arguments.
- Tag own rules using comments
Instead of relying on the nonstandard xt_id match, use the xt_comment match
to mark own rules. Existing comments are prefixed with "!fw3: " while
uncommented rules are marked with a sole "!fw3" string.
This allows removing the xt_id match entirely in a later commit.
- Make missing ubus connection nonfatal
Technically, firewall3 is able to operate without ubus just fine as long as
the zones are declared using "option device" or "option subnet" instead of
"option network" so do not abort execution if ubus could not be connected or
of no network namespace is exported in ubus.
This allows running firewall3 on ordinary Linux systems.
- Fix conntrack requirement detection for indirectly connected zones
The current code fails to apply the conntrack requirement flag recursively to
zones, leading to stray NOTRACK rules which break conntrack based traffic
policing.
Change the implementation to iteratively reapply the conntrack fixup logic
until no more zones had been changed in order to ensure that all directly and
indirectly connected zones receive the conntrack requirement flag.
- Add support for iptables 1.6.x
Adds support for the xtables version 11 api in order to allow building
against iptables 1.6.x
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
So far we were displaying "local" which could be misinterpreted. It
wasn't possible e.g. to say if src-link feed was initialized or not.
Hopefully "X" makes (a bit) more sense.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Most of the lantiq devices with ralink wifi have the EEPROM stored
in big endian byte order in flash, but the driver expects the EEPROM to
be in little endian.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The ralink,mtd-eeprom device tree property doesn't require the
ralink,eeprom property to work.
Rework the error handling and user notification as well. Do not log an
error if the mtd-eeprom parameter isn't used. It could be intentional
and should not scare the user.
Check if the number of bytes read from the mtd devices matches the
requested number of bytes.
In case of an mtd read error, give a hint to the user which partition
was tried to read from.
In case everything is fine, notify the user as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Call the rt2x00lib_get_eeprom_file_name only once and from the function
where the EEPROM filename is required.
Error only out if an EEPROM file is mandatory. Use the
REQUIRE_EEPROM_FILE bit to determine if it is mandatory.
Do not set the REQUIRE_EEPROM_FILE bit while requesting an EEPROM file.
It should be (and is) set before requesting an EEPROM file.
Do not redirect users to upstream while using a function of a custom
patch.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Because the WAN port is handled by the internal AR8327N switch, the
device should use swconfig_leds trigger to handle the link activity
of the WAN LED. This has the added bonus that the WAN LED will now
go dark if there's no ethernet cable connected to the WAN port.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Adds the mac address of the DNS requestor to DNS queries which
are forwarded upstream and can be used to do filtering by the
upstream servers. This only works if the requestor is on the
same subnet as the dnsmasq server
The addmac parameter can hold the following values:
0 : mac address is not added
1 : mac address is added in binary format
base64 : mac address is added base64 encoded
text: : mac address is added in human readable format
as hex and colons
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
moving comgt and its modules to WWAN submenu to join uqmi as both are tools for WWAN modems.
I replaced the link with comgt's ubuntu manpage because the old link isn't working anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
If a package nonshared status is changed, a stale .ipk file might still
be present in the old package directory. Remove the .ipk file from all
package directories when building a new one (or explicitly running
clean)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Package the driver for the DS1374 chip present on the T4240RDB.
Signed-off-by: Florian Larysch <fl@n621.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix missing symbol]
For Huawei devices like E3372 proper command for set lte mode is:
AT^SYSCFGEX="03",3fffffff,2,4,7fffffffffffffff,,
Eval is required for proper quotation.
Without this fix:
Fri Nov 4 19:07:49 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is setting up now
Fri Nov 4 19:07:52 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> AT
Fri Nov 4 19:07:52 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATZ
Fri Nov 4 19:07:53 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATQ0
Fri Nov 4 19:07:53 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATV1
Fri Nov 4 19:07:54 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATE1
Fri Nov 4 19:07:55 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATS0=0
Fri Nov 4 19:07:55 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","internet"
Fri Nov 4 19:07:57 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> AT^SYSCFGEX=\"03\",3fffffff,2,4,7fffffffffffffff,,
Fri Nov 4 19:07:58 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): Error running AT-command
Fri Nov 4 19:07:58 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): Failed to set operating mode
Fri Nov 4 19:07:58 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2092): Stopping network
...
With this fix:
Fri Nov 4 19:10:59 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is setting up now
Fri Nov 4 19:11:01 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> AT
Fri Nov 4 19:11:01 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATZ
Fri Nov 4 19:11:02 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATQ0
Fri Nov 4 19:11:03 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATV1
Fri Nov 4 19:11:03 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATE1
Fri Nov 4 19:11:04 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATS0=0
Fri Nov 4 19:11:05 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","internet"
Fri Nov 4 19:11:06 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> AT^SYSCFGEX="03",3fffffff,2,4,7fffffffffffffff,,
Fri Nov 4 19:11:07 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> AT^NDISDUP=1,1,"internet"
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): Connected, starting DHCP on wwan0
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is now up
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Network device 'wwan0' link is up
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Network alias 'wwan0' link is up
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan_4' is enabled
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan_4' has link connectivity
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan_4' is setting up now
...
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
It's supposed to significantly improve performance but doesn't seem to
affect Northstar unfortunately. It seems only some other platforms were
limited because of this DMA setup mistake.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
FS#256
Fix audio not working due to unset SND_PCM_TIMER. CONFIG_SND_PCM_TIMER
is required for ALSA to work (at least for some audio devices),
otherwise applications using sound may fail. Can be reproduced by
installing "alsa-utils-tests" and running "speaker-test":
...
ALSA lib pcm_direct.c:1159:(snd1_pcm_direct_initialize_poll_fd) unable to open timer 'hw:CLASS=3,SCLASS=0,CARD=0,DEV=0,SUBDEV=0'
ALSA lib pcm_dmix.c:1106:(snd_pcm_dmix_open) unable to initialize poll_fd
Playback open error: -19,No such device
The kernel size does not increase, only the size of the kernel module
increases.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Sutyagin <f3flight@gmail.com>
The original repo in this Makefile disappeared from the internet so use another
copy of this repository on kernel.org. Also switch from git:// to https://
while being at it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Port 1 registers the same IO resources as port 2 in the kernel resource
tree, which is wrong.
Fix this by using it's own resources as indicated in the overview
(cns3xxx.h).
Compiled & Tested on several GW2388-4 laguna boards which utilizes all 3
ports.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Since commit 484cb91 "sdk: bundle required firmware files" there is an
implicit dependency of the SDK on a prior Kernel compilation.
Change target/Makefile to make this dependency explicit to avoid race
conditions with parallel builds.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Specifying a mtune option with cortex-a53 is also valid for an aarch64
toolchain
Fixes: SVN 48964
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This reverts commit efd9dec319.
ath10k can take a long time to probe, long enough for netifd to fail to
initialize already configured wireless devices
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Switch to xz compression instead of using bz2.
This makes a considerable difference in size, ar71xx SDK from 60M to 35M.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
- remove not existing properties
- remove properties having the same values as the included dtsi
- remove nodes which are disabled in the included dtsi and not enabled
in dts
- replace the deprecated pinctrl-* compatible strings
- use the same labels for nodes as the included dtsi
- move common used vr9 pci properties to vr9.dtsi
- remove the unused stp node from HomeHub 2B devcie tree source file
- fix spaces vs. tabs and remove superfluous linebreaks
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
LEDE no longer requires all PHYs to be initialized to
create the configuration files during bootup. This patch
removes the now obsolete ath10k patch.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently, the wifi detection script is executed as part of
the (early) boot process. Pluggable wifi USB devices, which
are inserted at a later time are not automatically
detected and therefore they don't show up in LuCI.
A user has to deal with wifi detection manually, or restart
the router.
However, the current "sleep 1" window - which the boot
process waits for wifi devices to "settle down" - is too
short to detect wifi devices for some routers anyway.
For example, this can happen with USB WLAN devices on the
WNDR4700. This is because the usb controller needs to load
its firmware from UBI and initialize, before it can operate.
The issue can be seen on a BT HomeHub 5A as well as soon as
the caldata are on an ubi volume. This is because the ath9k
card has to be initialized by owl-loader first. Which has to
wait for the firmware extraction script to retrieve the pci
initialization values inside the caldata.
This patch moves the wifi configuration to hotplug scripts.
For mac80211, the wifi configuration will now automatically
run any time a "ieee80211" device is added. Likewise
broadcom-wl's script checks for new "net" devices which
have the "wl$NUMBER" moniker.
Issues with spawning multiple interface configuration - in
case the detection script is run concurrently - have been
resolved by using a named section for the initial
configuration. Concurrent configuration scripts will now
simply overwrite the same existing configuration.
A workaround which preserves the "sleep 1" window for just
the first boot has been added. This allows the existing
brcm47xx boot and mvebu uci-default scripts to correctly
setup the initial mac addresses and regulatory domain.
And finally, the patch renames the "wifi detect" into
"wifi config". As the script no longer produces any output
that has to be redirected or appended to the configuration
file.
Thanks to Martin Blumenstingl for helping with the implementation
and testing of the patch.
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Previously, wifi detect simply dumped its generated wireless
configuration to STDOUT. A second step was needed to append
the configuration to /etc/config/wireless (or create it, if
it didn't exist).
With this patch, The wifi detection script will now use uci
to update the wireless configuration directly.
This patch also makes the initially created wifi-iface a
named section ('default_radio$X' for mac80211 and
'default_wl$X' for broadcom). With this change, uci will
not print the cfgHASH to STDOUT (which would now corrupt
the wireless configuration). It will also prevent adding
duplicated wifi interface configurations, if the wifi
configuration is run concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds a check in "wifi detect" to test if the wireless
configuration file does exist. If it doesn't exist, an empty
/etc/config/wireless file will be created.
This is necessary because uci doesn't create new files,
instead the tool just exits with "uci: Entry not found".
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It's always hard to find a reasonable width that will make everyone
happy. This one at least makes "telephony" (one of default feeds) name
fit the column and hopefully isn't too big.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes ondemand frequency scaling and moves ipq806x onto upstream driver
Also switching to ondemand frequency scaling as it is fixed now
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
The MikroTik hEX v3 (RB750Gr3) is a MT7621AT board which is similar to most MT7621 reference designs, it can be easily supported by this patch; however, the stock RouterBOOT bootloader has to be replaced by a MT7621 SDK U-Boot such as https://github.com/ndoo/RB750Gr3-U-Boot - U-Boot configured for the RB750Gr3 (16MiB SPI flash, 256MiB DDR3 RAM at 1200MHz).
RouterBOOT, the stock bootloader, does not initialize the UART and boots silently, making it preferable to replace it with a MT7621 SDK U-Boot with UART (57600 8N1) that supports HTTP, TFTP or serial upload of sysupgrade firmware and U-Boot.
Furthermore, RouterOS, the stock firmware, is contained in a proprietary modification of SquashFS without GPL sources; UART is also disabled in stock firmware.
The combination of LEDE firmware generated by this PR and MT7621 SDK U-Boot expects the printed MAC address to reside at offset `0xe000` of the factory partition (absolute offset is `0x4e000`); this is similar to the factory MAC address offset for several other MT7621 devices.
A 16MiB flash dump suitable for use with flashrom will be provided if/once this patch is accepted and binaries are built by LEDE buildbot. Alternatively, writing the U-Boot to the SPI flash starting at 0x0 offset and booting the board with serial console attached will allow TFTP, HTTP or serial upload of sysupgrade firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This patch bumps the 4.4 kernel from .28 to .30 and refreshes the patches.
Compile-tested on ar71xx, x86/64, ramips/mt7621, brcm47xx and kirkwood.
Run-tested on ar71xx & ramips/mt7621, brcm47xx and kirkwood (last two confirmed
by P. Wassi).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
This patch adds the kmod-usb3 and kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport packages to the
DIR-860L B1 profile. The DIR-860L B1 has a USB 3 port.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
Rename the "ip" package declaration to "ip-tiny" and let both "ip-tiny" and
"ip-full" provide the virtual "ip" package. This allows users to freely choose
the "ip" command variant while other packages can continue to depend on "ip"
without needing to enforce a specific variant.
Note that this commit does not add busybox as "ip" provider due to
the following reasons:
- The builtin Busybox ip applet cannot be added or removed at runtime
- Both "ip-tiny" and "ip-full" are able to install without file clashes even
if the busybox applet is enabled
- The system is preferring full "ip-tiny" and "ip-full" at runtime, even
if Busybox ip is still present.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The current uboot default config for the A13 SOM erroneously enables support
for the AXP209 power regulator IC which is not present on the board.
This superfluous support module sets an incorrect initial clock frequency and
confuses the kernel, ultimately leading to a boot failure later on.
Properly disable the PMIC support and enable the EHCI support by translating
the deprecated SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS values into proper SUNXI_NO_PMIC and
USB_EHCI_HCD symbols respectively.
Also rename 002-add-olimex-a13-som.diff to 002-add-olimex-a13-som.patch and
refresh the remaining patches of the series while we're at it.
Reported-by: Mario Fischer <mario-fischer@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
So far, package-metadata.pl always considered the first provider of a virtual
package to be the default variant which might deviate from what buildroot
considers to be the default.
Change the Kconfig dependency / select code generation for virtual package
providers to consider the DEFAULT_VARIANT to be the primary provider and only
fall back to the first provider if no default variant was explicitely tagged.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce support for a new [0-9]u@netdev syntax to ucidev_add_switch() to let
board.d network files request default network switch configurations which do
not use tagged CPU ports.
This commit itself has no effect on generated configurations at the moment
since we still emit untagged configurations by default but it allows boards to
opt-out from default tagged configs in case we start emitting tagged settings
by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Right now the $(PKG_INSTALL_STAMP) files are only written if a package is
selected as <*> but never deleted or emptied if the corresponding package
is getting deselected.
For ordinary packages this usually is no problem as the package/install
recipe performs its own check for enabled packages when assembling the
list of install stamp files to consider, but this logic might fail under
certain circumstances for packages providing multiple build variants.
In case of a multi-variant package, the buildroot first checks if any
of the variants is enabled, then resolves all variants of the common
source package and finally processes the corresponding .install stamp
files of all variants, relying on the assumption that only the selected
.install stamp file exists.
When an initially selected variant is getting deselected or changed from
<*> to <m> and another variant is marked as <*> instead, the .install
stamp file of the deselected variant remains unchanged and a second
.install stamp file for the newly selected variant is getting created,
causing the package/install recipe to pick up two .install stamps with
conflicting variants, leading to opkg file clashes.
This issue happens for example if package "ip" is set to <m> and package
"ip-full" to <*> - the install command will eventually fail with:
* check_conflicts_for: The following packages conflict with ip:
* check_conflicts_for: ip-full *
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package ip.
In order to fix the problem, always process the removal requests or the
.install stamp files, even for deselected packages but only write the
package base name into the stamp file if the corresponding package is
marked as builtin.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently the code emitting dependencies for provide candidates is overwriting
the specification calculated by the previous conditional dependency handling
code, rendering dependencies on virtual PROVIDES packages in conjunction with
conditional dependencies unusable.
Instead of overwriting, append the PROVIDES dependency spec in order to fix
using DEPENDS on virtual provider packages in conjunction with conditions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of hardcoding $(STAGING_DIR)/host, use the new $(STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG)
variable to refer to the directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG variable which refers to $(STAGING_DIR)/host in order
to prepare support for relocating that directory in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The libblkid probe support in fstools git head requires blkid/blkid.h for
compilation, so add a build dependency on util-linux which provides libblkid.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The QorIQ LS1012A processor, optimized for battery-backed or
USB-powered, integrates a single ARM Cortex-A53 core with a hardware
packet forwarding engine and high-speed interfaces to deliver
line-rate networking performance.
QorIQ LS1012A Reference Design System (LS1012ARDB) is a high-performance
development platform, with a complete debugging environment.
The LS1012ARDB board supports the QorIQ LS1012A processor and is
optimized to support the high-bandwidth DDR3L memory and
a full complement of high-speed SerDes ports.
LEDE/OPENWRT will auto strip executable program file while make. So we
need select CONFIG_NO_STRIP=y while make menuconfig to avoid the ppfe network
fiemware be destroyed, then run make to build ls1012ardb firmware.
The fsl-quadspi flash with jffs2 fs is unstable and arise some failed message.
This issue have noticed the IP owner for investigate, hope he can solve it
earlier. So the ls1012ardb now also provide a xx-firmware.ext4.bin as default
firmware, and the uboot bootcmd will run wrtboot_ext4rfs for "rootfstype=ext4"
bootargs.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
Add support for NXP layerscape ls1043ardb 64b/32b Dev board.
LS1043a is an SoC with 4x64-bit up to 1.6 GHz ARMv8 A53 cores.
ls1043ardb support features as: 2GB DDR4, 128MB NOR/512MB NAND, USB3.0, eSDHC,
I2C, GPIO, PCIe/Mini-PCIe, 6x1G/1x10G network port, etc.
64b/32b ls1043ardb target is using 4.4 kernel, and rcw/u-boot/fman images from
NXP QorIQ SDK release.
All of 4.4 kernel patches porting from SDK release or upstream.
QorIQ SDK ISOs can be downloaded from this location:
http://www.nxp.com/products/software-and-tools/run-time-software/linux-sdk/linux-sdk-for-qoriq-processors:SDKLINUX
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
- setting read-only flag to important partitions
- enabling PA to improve 2.4 GHz signal strength
- add missing leds
- rename colour led
- add mac adress to 5GHz wlan interface
- included <dt-bindings/input/input.h> and <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig hyniu@o2.pl
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit 064f467264c5c9b6eca0bb96b587f9412b770cc5)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit eb0ce57270d0b5b81b224b9336cf54707497eede)
Modified after cherry-pick:
obj in Makefile
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Created minimal patchset based on BB rev 43158 by Eddi De Pieri
14.07/openwrt.git 79472c025449efae9310defad0d3a73cff14d756
If the VR9 based router provides FXS ports and they shoud enabled then
the following must added to the kernel command line:
mem=[TOTALMEMSIZE-2M] vpe1_load_addr=ADDRESS vpe1_mem=2M maxvpes=1
maxtcs=1
To use FXS 2M of RAM are needed for the VPE firmware. The size is set
by vpe1_mem.
The available RAM must be reduced by this size using the mem argument.
A correct load address (example 0x83e00000) for the firmware must be given,
too.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit 8d924d43c0ea6839a3a33e54982e8da48b736001)
Modified after cherry-pick:
compatible attribute
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit 47b1ff965b0cb57013b40fbe2bcd7f3c6eb6b606)
Modified after cherry-pick:
FW_MD5SUM in Makefile
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit ea9e61b8eb61a2e362a50541f03466dc7d087947)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Build the RTC driver into the kernel, (and remove the optional module), in order
to make hctosys working. (Currently the module is loaded after hctosys has failed previously)
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on ar71xx, brcm47xx, kirkwood.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
We need to tell hwclock with -u commandline option, that we would like
to keep our RTC clock in UTC timezone. Linux kernel expects RTC in UTC
timezone anyway.
In current state of things, we don't tell hwclock to load/store time
from/to RTC in UTC timezone so it uses the timezone from the system
time. If it's set to different timezone then UTC, sysfixtime is going to
screw the time in RTC.
I've following in the setup script:
uci set system.@system[0].timezone='CET-1CEST,M3.5.0,M10.5.0/3'
uci set system.@system[0].zonename='Europe/Prague'
I've this RTC setup (rtc1 is RTC on i.MX6 SoC, rtc0 is battery backed RTC mcp7941x):
rtc-ds1307 3-006f: rtc core: registered mcp7941x as rtc0
snvs_rtc 20cc000.snvs:snvs-rtc-lp: rtc core: registered 20cc000.snvs:snvs-r as rtc1
Then we can experience following (current time is 10:15am):
$ date
Fri Oct 21 10:15:07 CEST 2016
$ hwclock -r -f /dev/rtc0
Fri Oct 21 08:14:46 2016 0.000000 seconds
$ hwclock -u -r -f /dev/rtc0
Fri Oct 21 10:14:46 2016 0.000000 seconds
And after current broken sysfixtime:
$ /etc/init.d/sysfixtime stop
$ date
Fri Oct 21 10:15:25 CEST 2016
$ hwclock -r -f /dev/rtc0
Fri Oct 21 10:15:31 2016 0.000000 seconds
Now we've time in our battery backed RTC in CEST timezone instead of
UTC. Then once again, but with this patch applied to sysfixtime, where
hwclock is using correctly the -u parameter:
$ /etc/init.d/sysfixtime stop
$ date
Fri Oct 21 10:15:53 CEST 2016
$ hwclock -r -f /dev/rtc0
Fri Oct 21 08:15:55 2016 0.000000 seconds
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Ensure that selecting the wpa-supplicant-mesh package actually packages the
wpa_supplicant binary with SAE support and add missing dependency on OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <alexis@cessp.it>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: slightly reword commit message for clarity]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We add an 'httpauth' section type that contains the options:
prefix: What virtual or real URL is being protected
username: The username for the Basic Auth dialogue
password: Hashed (crypt()) or plaintext password for the Basic Auth dialogue
httpauth section names are given included as list
items to the instances to which they are to be applied.
Further any existing httpd.conf file (really whatever
is configured in the instance, but default of
/etc/httpd.conf) is appended to the per-instance httpd.conf
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@cshore.thecshore.com>
Both the MR12 and MR16 are single gigabit ethernet devices, similar to the
MR18. This change gives them the correct network config on a fresh install.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: adjust for alphabetical ordering, line wrap commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In 814d70b2 the member mac06_exchange_en of struct
ar8327_pad_cfg was changed to mac06_exchange_dis,
but wpj344 was not adopted to stay in sync.
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
Reported-by: Nick Dennis <ndennis@rapiduswireless.com>
During reload, we could send invalid information to the other
side and confuse it.
That's why, during reload we'll pause execution, do the reconfig
and resume + update when reload is done.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The problem is that interfaces are specified at start as
command line arguments, making them unchange-able via reload.
That means, we have to move (since lldpd allows this) the
interfaces-match-pattern option to be in a config file and reload
the configuration.
It's either that, or do a 'restart'.
Since we're generating the lldpd.conf file, we'll have to
move the 'sysconfdir' of lldpd to /tmp, where the files will
get written ; this will prevent any unncessary flash writes.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Looking into /usr/include/stdlib.h, there's a `devname()` function defined
under some #ifdef's which conflicts with the `static char *devname` definition
in `src/mkwrggimg.c`.
Defining `_ANSI_SOURCE` in the `src/mkwrggimg.c` file, omits that part of the
header.
Another more intrusive approach is to rename `devname` to something like
`g_devname` in `src/mkwrggimg.c`. But I think the `_ANSI_SOURCE` define should
be enough.
Compilation error is:
src/mkwrggimg.c:64:14: error: redefinition of 'devname' as different kind of symbol
static char *devname;
^
/usr/include/stdlib.h:286:7: note: previous definition is here
char *devname(dev_t, mode_t);
^
src/mkwrggimg.c:147:12: error: non-object type 'char *(dev_t, mode_t)' (aka 'char *(int, unsigned short)') is not assignable
devname = optarg;
~~~~~~~ ^
src/mkwrggimg.c:192:6: warning: comparison of function 'devname' equal to a null pointer is always false [-Wtautological-pointer-compare]
if (devname == NULL) {
^~~~~~~ ~~~~
src/mkwrggimg.c:192:6: note: prefix with the address-of operator to silence this warning
if (devname == NULL) {
^
&
src/mkwrggimg.c:251:27: warning: incompatible pointer types passing 'char *(dev_t, mode_t)' (aka 'char *(int, unsigned short)') to parameter of type 'const char *' [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
strncpy(header->devname, devname, sizeof(header->devname));
^~~~~~~
/usr/include/secure/_string.h:119:34: note: expanded from macro 'strncpy'
__builtin___strncpy_chk (dest, src, len, __darwin_obsz (dest))
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: slightly reformat commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Thanks to leaving .pattern file we can easily insert extra step between
linksys-pattern-partition and trx-v2-with-loader, e.g. rootfs one.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The old usbdev trigger never supported assigning more than 1 USB port.
This code we got was never working as expected and it was missing 2 more
ports. Switch to usbport to have LED working with all ports.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The current default rootfs size of 256MB in conjunction with 4K blocks
produces an ext4 filesystem which lacks the appropriate amount of backup GDT
entries to support online-resizing.
For x86 targets, increase the default rootfs size to 2048MB which allows
online resizing the filesystem to up to 2TB which is the current theoretical
maximum for LEDE, due to missing GPT support on the root block device.
Note that the filesystem artefact will not occupy 2GB on the build system as
the make_ext4fs utility uses sparse files to generate the filesystem images,
so the actual disk usage is much lower. Furthermore the filesystem images
are gzip compressed, shrinking them to only a few megabytes on the download
server.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
There is very little practical use to limit the number of available inodes on
an ext4 filesystem and the make_ext4fs utility is able to calculate useful
defaults by itself.
Drop the option to make resulting ext4 filesystems more flexible by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Allow CONFIG_TARGET_EXT4_RESERVED_PCT to be empty as make_ext4fs is usually
able to figure out a suitable default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Reviewed-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Capitalized "disc" submenu name as all submenu names are capitalized (apart from "database", but I'll fix that
later).
moved "swap-utils" to Filesystem submenu as it is "formatting" a partition as swap so it looks out of place in Disc.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Currently the reset script will try to run jffs2reset on boards that are
running a rw rootfs, such as ext4. This will cause jffs2reset to fail
and the board to never reboot while the LED blinks until a manual
reboot.
This commit does two different things:
1. Disables reset on boards that do not have an overlay mount
2. Disables the Blinking LED after 5 seconds if the board does not
support reset
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Fix the default value for the 'bootcmd' environment variable.
Therefore make the default bootcmd work for buildbot's images.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Fixes the same hctosys init issue as described in commit
5481ce9a11
The Gateworks Ventana family uses an emulated Dallas 1672
RTC device.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Support splitting WRGG images, found in some D-Link devices (e.g.
DAP-2695).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Adds support in uci for configuring multiple dnsmasq instances via
multiple dnsmasq sections.
The uci sections host, boot, mac, tag, vendorclass, userclass,
circuitid, ... will refer to a dnsmasq instance via the instance
parameter defined in the section; if the instance parameter is
not specified backwards compatibility is preserved.
Start/Stopping a dnsmasq instance can be achieved by passing the
dnsmasq instance name as argument to start/stop via the init script.
Multiple dnsmasq instances is usefull in scenarios where you want to
bind a dnsmasq instance to an interface in order to isolate networks.
This patch is a rework of a multiple dnsmasq instance patch by Daniel Dickinson
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Fix metadata scan failure in the grub2 package by removing an unexpected
invisible space character and by adding back the missing SECTION variable
which was removed with d140648.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a partially random O= item to the certificate subject in order
to make the automatically generated certificates' subjects unique.
Firefox has problems when several self-signed certificates
with CA:true attribute and identical subjects have been
seen (and stored) by the browser. Reference to upstream bugs:
https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1147544https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1056341https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1204670#c34
Certificates created by the OpenSSL one-liner fall into that category.
Avoid identical certificate subjects by including a new 'O=' item
with CommonName + a random part (8 chars). Example:
/CN=LEDE/O=LEDEb986be0b/L=Unknown/ST=Somewhere/C=ZZ
That ensures that the browser properly sees the accumulating
certificates as separate items and does not spend time
trying to form a trust chain from them.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Prefer the old default 'px5g' for certificate creation
as Firefox seems to dislike OpenSSL-created certs.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This option, defined by RFC3442, allows a DHCP server to send static
routes to a client. But the client has to request this option
explicitely.
Static routes are useful when the gateway configured by DHCP cannot be
in the same subnet as the client. This happens, for instance, when
using DHCP to hand out addresses in /32 subnets.
A new configuration option "classlessroute" is available, allowing
users to disable this feature (the option defaults to true).
Other DHCP clients already request this option by default (dhcpcd, for
instance, and possibly Windows). If a DHCP server does not support
this option, it will simply ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
moved px5g-standalone to Encryption submenu of Utilities.
Fixed title by removing the first "standalone" word from title.
The name is now consistent with other px5g packages, it is also shorter and will be shown in make menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
moved px5g to Encryption submenu of Utilities, in an effort to tidy up a bit the Utilities section of make menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
mkfs.ext4 und losetup are needed for sysupgrade support on mmc devices
with automatic rootfs split (loopback device usage).
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
CPU: 2x1.8GHz ARM, RAM: 512MiB
Storage: 4MiB serial Flash, 3.9GiB MMC
NIC: 2x1GBit/s, Switch with 5 external and 2 internal ports
WiFi: Dualband, ath10k 2.4GHz, 5GHz MU-MIMO
For installation copy xx-mmcblk0p4-kernel.bin and xx-mmcblk0p5-rootfs-full.bin
to device. Then run:
cat xx-mmcblk0p4-kernel.bin > /dev/mmc0blk0p4
cat xx-mmcblk0p5-rootfs-full.bin > /dev/mmc0blk0p5
reboot -f
For debugging serial console is easily visible on board, no soldering needed.
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
This bugfix enables FXS support on dabube based devices.
Changed "compatible" attribute from "vmmc" to "vmmc-xway".
The vmmc driver uses "vmmc-xway".
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
While enable zynq uboot:
CONFIG_PACKAGE_uboot-zynq-zc702
CONFIG_PACKAGE_uboot-zynq-zed
CONFIG_PACKAGE_uboot-zynq-zybo
make will arise dtc error:
./scripts/dtc-version.sh: line 17: dtc: command not found
./scripts/dtc-version.sh: line 18: dtc: command not found
*** Your dtc is too old, please upgrade to dtc 1.4 or newer
make[4]: *** [checkdtc] Error 1
Pass the kernel dtc to uboot for compile.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
because boot loaders are in Boot Loaders, not in Utilities -> Boot Loaders
Also moved brub2-editenv in Utilities -> Boot Loaders
Part of a wider housekeeping effort on the packages repository.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Boot Loaders submenu of Utilities is the most logical place to find fconfig and other bootloader tools.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Boot Loaders submenu of Utilities is the most logical place to find rbcfg and other bootloader tools.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
This patch adds support solely for version 1 of the TP-Link WR802N.
It is based on Rick Pannen's patch posted on the OpenWrt devel list.
Signed-off-by: Julius Schulz-Zander <julius@inet.tu-berlin.de>
Remove redundant code: merge boards/cases that share
the same network configuration.
Also fix the alphabetical ordering of the cases.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
These boards do not have a switch, so they should have never been added
to this file in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
On the stock Meraki Firmare for the MR12/MR16, a chunk of SPI space
after u-boot-env is used to store the boards Mac address. Sadly as this
was removed on any device already on OpenWRT/LEDE, moving forward a new,
64k partition named "mac" will be used to store the mac address for the
device (which is the minimum size). This allows users to properly set
the correct MAC, without editing the ART partition (which holds the same
MAC for all devices).
The reason the space is taken from kernel instead of rootfs is currently
kernels are only 1.3MB, so that way we can leave the current rootfs
space alone for users who fully utilize the available storage space.
Once this partition is added to a device, you can set your MAC doing the
following:
mtd erase mac
echo -n -e '\x00\x18\x0a\x33\x44\x55' > /dev/mtd5
sync && reboot
Where 00:18:0a:33:44:55 is your MAC address.
This was tested, and confirmed working on both the MR12 and MR16.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This moves the Meraki MR12 and Meraki MR16 to the new generic target.
Tested and verified working on both devices.
Note that kernel/rootfs images are still generated. This is because they
are used for the inital flashing process due to the fun pace at which
UBoot erases/writes to SPI.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Otherwise if we use ds1307 as kernel module, hctosys fails as ds1307 is
being initialized later then hctosys:
[ 2.427349] hctosys: unable to open rtc device (rtc0)
[ 3.714263] snvs_rtc 20cc000.snvs:snvs-rtc-lp: rtc core: registered 20cc000.snvs:snvs-r as rtc1
[ 8.990061] rtc-ds1307 3-006f: rtc core: registered mcp7941x as rtc0
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Build the RTC driver into the kernel, (and remove the optional module), in order
to make hctosys working. (Currently the module is loaded after hctosys has failed previously)
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The special prefix of "/" should match any url by definition but the final
assertion which ensures that the matched prefix ends in '\0' or '/' is causing
matches against the "/" prefix to fail.
Update to current HEAD in order to fix this particular case.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Refresh patches for all targets supporting 3.18 and not marked broken.
Compile-tested on all targets using 3.18 and not marked broken.
Changes to generic/610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_checks.patch based
on 84d489f64f.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Refresh patches for all targets supporting 4.1 and not marked broken.
Compile-tested on all targets using 4.1 and not marked broken.
Changes to generic/610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_checks.patch based
on 84d489f64f.
Changes to generic/666-Add-support-for-MAP-E-FMRs-mesh-mode.patch based
on a90ee92337.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Kernel 4.4 was ready for brcm47xx for almost a year now but I kept
postponing the bump due to problems with Linksys WRT300N v1.0. OpenWrt
and LEDE with 4.4 were hanging at the booting with the:
> Starting program at 0x80001000
(the last CFE message).
This was a permanent state, "make distclean" wasn't helping, I spent
hours debugging this and I was reliably reproducing the issue every
time. I also reported it on linux-mips ML in the thread:
> BCM4704 stopped booting with 4.4 (due to vmlinux size?)
After ~month I started working on WRT300N again. I got hangs as expected
every time I switched from 4.1 to 4.4. I started experimenting with:
1) TRX content (I tried dropping rootfs partition)
2) BZ_TEXT_START of lzma-loader
3) Flashing other variants of image: lzma compressed kernel (without a
loader), gzip compressed one, uncompressed one.
At some point I got rootfs-less image booting and after that I couldn't
reproduce problem anymore, even with a complete firmware. It seems like
hardware was in some locked/unstable state that got magically fixed.
I have LEDE working now, tested it even with "make distclean", it seems
we can bump kernel now. I'll keep testing it on WRT300N for some time.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Linksys WRT300N V1 has pretty bugged CFE bootloader (it crashes in a lot
of situations) that doesn't accept .bin image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on brcm2708/bcm2710 only.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This helper allows using usbport trigger directly. It requires usbport
compatible syntax and supports specifying multiple USB ports, e.g.:
ucidef_set_led_usbport "usb" "USB" "devicename:colour:function" "usb1-port1" "usb2-port1"
This adds a proper object to the board.json, e.g.
"usb": {
"name": "USB",
"type": "usbport",
"sysfs": "devicename:colour:function",
"ports": [
"usb1-port1",
"usb2-port1"
]
}
and supports translating it into uci section.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on cns3xxx & imx6.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
* Adjust download locations:
- use https as busybox.net permanently redirects http to https
- gentoo mirror has neither 1.25.0 nor 1.25.1 available, so drop it
in favor of buildroot.net that has 1.25.1
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
When building packages within the SDK, there is no Git revision history
available so prepopulate SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH in version.mk, similar to
how we handle REVISION already.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Read the temperature including the decimale place from the CGU_GPHY1_CR
register.
Decrement the temperature read from the register by 38.0 degree celsius.
The temperature range of the sensor is -38.0 to +154 °C and the register
value 0 is equal to -38.0 °C. This fixes the report of unrealistic
temperatures as seen on all tested boards.
Give the SoC a few milliseconds to get the first temperature value. On
some rare occasions there is no temperature value in the register when
read the first time after activation. This leads to a reported
temperature of -38.0 °C on boot.
Only version 1.2 of the vr9 SoC has a temperature sensor. Add a check
to make sure the driver doesn't load on v1.1 vr9 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The device tree file of ARV752DPW uses numbers/hex values for gpio states and input event codes.
This cleans it up and uses the available macros from header files. This way the functions are easier to read and comprehend.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Eberlein <foodeas@aeberlein.de>
[sanitize all device tree files]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The GPIO for reset switch is wrong in definition. Further the key codes for the two additional buttons are ineffective.
Both is fixed here.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Eberlein <foodeas@aeberlein.de>
Use the new image build code and remove the lzma loader. The lzma
loader was used to cheat the signature validation of the bootloader and
I found another way to do this.
To migrate boards already using LEDE/OpenWrt to the new image the
following steps need to be done once:
VR9 # run reset_uboot_config
VR9 # reset
VR9 # setenv ethaddr AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
VR9 # setenv preboot ping 1.1.1.1\;bootm 0xb001f000
VR9 # saveenv
VR9 # tftp 0x81000000 lede-lantiq-xrx200-VG3503J-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
VR9 # erase 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
VR9 # cp.b 0x81000000 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
The mac address is printed on the label at the bottom of the case.
The following steps are need to be done during first install:
VR9 # setenv preboot ping 1.1.1.1\;bootm 0xb001f000
VR9 # saveenv
VR9 # tftp 0x81000000 lede-lantiq-xrx200-VG3503J-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
VR9 # erase 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
VR9 # cp.b 0x81000000 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
The image uses the uImage firmware splitter now instead of hardcoded
kernel and rootfs partitions. The firmware partition size was extended
to use flash space that was reserved for partitions required only by
the ECI firmware.
Due to the changes an upgrade to a later LEDE revision from a running
LEDE is supported now.
A default switch config was added and the device uses the same MAC
addresses as the ECI firmware now instead of the same for all VG3503J.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
We don't have any code for enabling it automatically yet but it allows
adding entries manually to the /etc/config/system.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This makes init.d script handle existing UCI entries using the new
trigger. It also switches all targets to use its package.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
* Backport much of the 10.2 firmware features from upstream QCA driver.
This includes ANI support, adaptive CCA, tx-hang workarounds,
and lots of other things.
Not all of this may be enabled at this point, and more code waits to
be backported as time and motivation allows.
* Fix some rate-control issues where ath10k in station mode (at least), would
sometimes get stuck at low rates. This appeared to be a probe related
state machine issue in the firmware, so I added some timeout logic to kick
the state machine if it gets stuck. This signicantly improves throughput
tests with many stations.
* Support configuring WMI WD timeout using SET_SPECIAL API.
* Properly configure the rx-mask on bootup to work around problem found
by Mr. Kazior. This should remove the need to add the driver hack he
posted.
* Allow configuring pdev failed-retry threshold. This is how many consecutive
tx failures the firmware will allow before resetting the wifi chip (not a full
firmware crash).
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Adds Sebastian's 160Mhz support (un-tested), remove DMA32 change that
broke some x86 systems, allow setting 10.1 CT firmware keepalive watchdog
timeout, support QCA 9887 hardware, and some other tweaks.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This is upstream alternative for LEDE's ledtrig-usbdev. It's main
advantages are:
1) Support for assigning more than 1 USB port to the LED
2) Setting proper state when activating with device already connected
3) FWIW it's an upstream driver
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
changed install path from /sbin to /usr/sbin to be consistent with other filesystem tools
ext2-3-4 and f2fs tools are in /usr/sbin, for example
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on cns3xxx & imx6.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
iperf upstream added some bugfixes to the already released 2.0.9 version
without changing the filename. This conflicts with old mirrored files
and the hash that we previously used.
To avoid conflict, use a renamed tarball from mirror2.openwrt.org
containing the new upstream changes
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There is no US firmware for the TL-WA901ND v4 yet, so we'll just
unconditionally set the EU region for now.
This makes LEDE flashable on these devices again. The format of the region
string is slightly different from the one used on the Archer C7 that is
generated by mktplinkfw (the second half of the region string is missing),
but it's similar enough to make it work.
Tested-by: Jannis Pinter <jannis@pinterjann.is>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Commit f5c741b5e0 updated procd to a more recent version, but did not
change the hash of the tar. Update it to the one matching the file on
the download servers.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The file to patch doesn't exists. Due to the fact that a src directory
exists, the patch was never applied.
With 28502a9 the behaviour was changed and revealed the issue.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is outdated and bad practice, general dependencies should be documented and leave the rest up to the user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This more of a demo for the previous commit that comes with
this one, where I added support for copying source from 'src' to
the build dir(s).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The normal Prepare step for a build is unpack, apply patches.
But for certain packages, patches contain whole files, which
would be nice to have separately and copied over as a last step
in the Prepare phase.
We need it for some other packages + patches, but I think
the 'hostapd' package can be used as a test for this.
As a quick note:
the reason the condition is being evaluated as
`[ ! -d ./src/ ] || $(CP) ./src/* $(HOST_BUILD_DIR)`
and not with
`[ -d ./src/ ] && $(CP) ./src/* $(HOST_BUILD_DIR)`
is that the latter would translate in a build failure if the `src`
folder is not present (the exit code would be 1).
The first one, succeeds for both cases (if `src` present or not).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
OpenWrt uses ancient u-boot thats not reproducible.
There are multiple upstream changes that introduce
reproducible builds like:
859e92b775fd8ebcfacc591eaf621b677c95b6f7
(not used here - the CMD_DATE/TIMESTAMP functionality
seems to be disabled by config)
70d39f57146a6cb94736db39c770c3d95e07bedb
f3f431a712729a1af94d01bd1bfde17a252ff02c
2d9efa1227262249d381ed5d9d341cbdba76e62d
Instead of changing the Makefile too much
this changeset just tries to use the
changes in Makefile from current upstream git f5fd45f
*Should* fix issue reported by reproducible lede page:
https://tests.reproducible-builds.org/lede/lede.html
Compile tested only
(verified w. hexdump & md5sum)
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
We have packages with their own parts appended to standard STAMP_CONFIGURED
(mostly with an underscore character). This will render the current
STAMP_CONFIGURED_WILD setting invalid and the build system may miss a rebuild
on config change
1. Build with config A
2. Build with config B, yet .configured_A_xx did not get cleaned
3. Return to config A, but rebuild will not happen because stamp file
of config A still exists
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
When selecting devices from the Target Devices menu, the brand choices
of naming makes it confusing to find particular devices by name, as the
sorting is case sensitve. AirTight came after ALFA, and devolo and
jjPlus both came after Zyxel.
This does _not_ apply to the Target Profile list, as that includes
"Default - all profiles" inside the profile list.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
TARGET_MULTI_PROFILE and TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS get some help text to
try and clarify their behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Tested with VDSL on TP-Link WD8970, I see full 1500-byte PPP data
frames, which end up being 1526 byte Ethernet frames (including
Ethernet+VLAN headers) on the wire.
Fixes: FS#210
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
If core packages are overridden, CONFIG_OVERRIDE_PKGS is set
based on the scan order of packages, which eventually causes
that config value to be modified on each build and with
that causes the build process to warn for configuration
being out of sync.
This commit changes the CONFIG_OVERRIDE_PKGS to be sorted
and prevents that false warning.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
In dc92917 there was introduced login.sh wrapper which allows
configuration of console passwords via UCI system ttylogin config
option.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Switch to xz tarball, there's no point pulling two different tarballs of the same source code (tools/libtool uses xz).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This patch adds support for the Airtight C-60.
SOC: Atheros AR9344 rev 2 (CPU:560.000MHz)
RAM: 128 MiB
NOR: MX25L3205D 4MiB
NAND: ST Micro NAND 32MiB 3,3V 8-bit
SW-NET: AR8327N (2 Ports)
WLAN1: Dual-Band AR9340 Rev:2 (built-in SoC)
WLAN2: Dual-Band AR9300 Rev:4 PCIe Chip
The switch is setup for an accesspoint:
LAN1: (gigabit) is the wan-port.
LAN2: (fast ethernet) is bridged with the br-lan.
Flashing Guide (via initramfs):
1. Connect a PC to the serial port of the C-60.
power up the C-60.
Enter u-boot command prompt:
#> nand erase
#> setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f060000"
#> saveenv
#> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
#> setenv netmask 255.255.255.0
#> setenv serverip 192.168.1.100
#> setenv bootfile lede-ar71xx-nand-c-60-initramfs-kernel.bin
#> tftpboot
#> bootm
2. Wait for the C-60 to boot LEDE.
On the root prompt. Enter:
# ubiformat /dev/mtd4
# ubiattach -p /dev/mtd4
3. After that copy the sysupgrade.tar onto the router and run:
# sysupgrade sysupgrade.tar
to flash the image.
Special thanks to Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>. He provided
a C-60 unit and he helped with debugging the switch, LEDs and platfrom
support.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The commit "generic: ar8216: add sanity check to ar8216_probe"
(774da6c7a4) stated that PHY IDs
should be checked at address 0-4. However, the PHY 4 was
never check by the loop. This patch extends the check to be
similar to the Atheors SDK. It tries all 4 ports and skips
unconnected PHYs if necessary. If it cannot find any familiar
PHYs, it will prevent the phy driver from initializing.
This patch is necessary for the C-60. It doesn't have a
PHY at port 3, so this caused the check in ar8xxx_is_possible
to fail. As a result, the ethernet ports on the C-60 didn't
work.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The WBMR boards are the only ones in the whole tree selecting the wpad
and hostapd-utils package by default.
Remove the wps uci-default script as well, there is no obvious reason
why the wps config need to be set only for this board.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All of the touched boards don't have an ethernet port. Allow to use the
wps button on these boards to enable the wireless radio after boot.
The force enabled wireless for the DCH-M225 is removed. It is reckless
to bring up an unencrypted wireless network by default these days.
Using the wps button to bring up the radio seam to me the better
approach.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Images installed via TFTP recovery or the Edimax webinterface of the
3g-6200n(l) are writting with the edimax header to flash.
Use only one image type for these boards. The migration to the
factory only images need to be done via TFTP recovery.
Use the same start address for the 3g-6200n(l) factory images as the
stock firmware images.
Thanks to Jan Dostrasil for reporting all the issues of the 3g-6200nl
and the patient testing of all changes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the author the code was added to in preparation for adding
support for a new board. The patch for the board was never send and the
code never really tested.
The edimax header starting with the edimax magic is put in front of the
uImage header. There is no special uImage header used. Means, default
magic and the type field is set to kernel as usual.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
edimax parser fix
The return value of the find_header function need to be added to the
uimage_size, otherwise mtd_find_rootfs_from() might search for a rootfs
within a custom header and fails.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Assign the reset functionality to the wps/reset buttons. Use the wlan
switch of the 6200n to enable/disable wlan.
Add the internet led of the 6200nl and use the led for boot status
indication
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With 3a9752bbd2 and later changes to
ramips_set_preinit_iface() the default vlan config applied during
preinit was changed. These changes were made without updating the
default network config to ensure that vlan interfaces used for lan/wan
are still configured.
Fix the issue by using the default all LAN portmap and disabling not
connected switch ports using portdisable device tree parameter.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With de51026515 the explicit tagging of
the CPU port was removed. This leads to a not working default network
config, with vlans enabled but disabled CPU tagging, for boards where
all switch ports are having the same role.
In case the ports are having different roles set, tagging is is set
implicit for the CPU port by ucidef_add_switch().
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't set the lan/wan interface when using ucidef_add_switch. This
results into a wan interface albeit all ports a annotated as lan ports.
ucidef_add_switch takes care of setting the correct lan/wan interface
according to the annotation of the ports.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
luci using ustream-mbedtls is extremely slow vs ustream-polarssl.
polarssl alias mbedtls v1 is configured to use NIST prime speed
optimisation, so no longer disable the default optimisation for
mbedtls v2.
Compile & run tested: Archer C7v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: refresh patch to use common format]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
0.19.8.1 gettext-full uses "archive-version" of 0.19.8
to replace makros, leading to breakage of PKG_FIXUP:=gettext-version
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
COPYING is not present in $(LINUX_DIR) on imagebuilder and prevents a
successful image creation.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Adds per-host leasetime support
Various bugfixes :
-Prioritize ifname resolving via ubus
-Free interface if ifindex cannot be resolved
-...
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [update mirror sha256]
Instead of using TARGET_CFLAGS and EXTRA_CFLAGS in cmake and scons
build use the TARGET_CXXFLAGS and EXTRA_CXXFLAGS like it is done for
normal make and configure. configure used TARGET_CXXFLAGS and
EXTRA_CFLAGS for the CXXFLAGS. The package-default.mk sets
"EXTRA_CXXFLAGS = $(EXTRA_CFLAGS)" so using EXTRA_CXXFLAGS flags should
be save.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The patch "images: bump default rootfs size to 256 MB"
a1f83bad60 caused a crash
during boot for the recovery images. This is because
both variants of the MyBook Live only have 256MB of RAM
and for the recovery option, the ext4 rootfs was simply
stored in the RAMDISK.
This patch replaces recovery image for the MBL with an
initramfs kernel.
In order to boot the initramfs (for recovery or development):
0. copy the initramfs and device tree into tftp's server directory
# cp *-initramfs-kernel.bin to /tftp-server/mbl.bin
# cp *-ext4-kernel.dtb to /tftp-server/fdt.bin
1. Connect the MyBook Live (Duo) serial port.
(Warning! Use a 3.3v level shifter).
2. Hit Enter during u-boot and insert these three lines:
# setenv serverip 192.168.1.254; setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1;
# tftp ${kernel_addr_r} mbl.bin; tftp ${fdt_addr_r} fdt.bin
# run addtty addmisc; bootm ${kernel_addr_r} - ${fdt_addr_r}
Where 192.168.1.254 is your TFTP server.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This fixes the following error when mounting a ext4 filesystem
----
[ 166.240000] EXT4-fs (sda1): Cannot load crc32c driver.
----
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
This will allow dynamically adding/removing at least virtio-net pci
devices which are quite the norm in cloud environment with QEMU/KVM
netdev_add bridge,id=wan2,br=br-wan,helper=/home/yousong/.usr/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper
device_add virtio-net-pci,id=devwan2,netdev=wan2,mac=11:22:33:22:11:00
The config was formed by selecting target x86/64 first, then select
CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI and CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI with
make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
The following text tries to explain how the current config was formed
1. CONFIG_PCI_LABEL and CONFIG_ATA_PIIX were removed because they were
already enabled in x86 platform config
2. CONFIG_ATA_SFF was removed because it was enabled in generic config
3. CONFIG_NLS was removed because it will be selected by CONFIG_PCI_LABEL
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
- use default host install and clean.
- backport compatibility patch for OS X and LEDE (avoids having to force iconv
for OS X).
- use default HOST_BUILD_DIR.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Commit 8f24ee6382 ("uqmi: Add proper IPv6 support") changed the code
to fetch the IPv4 address via QMI by default instead of using DHCP to
make it consistent with the IPv6 codepath.
This breaks on at least some Sierra Wireless cards, where data exchanges
fail to work until the host has fetched a DHCP lease.
Leave v6 as it is, but always use DHCP for v4.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The D-Link DIR-869 A1 doesn't accept images with the jffs2 marker added
after the checksummed range, so we need to include it in the checksum and
fix it on first boot.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Split seama-factory and seama-sysupgrade into smaller pieces (similar to
the ramips code) to make the image generation more flexible.
Also use standard pad-offset instead of adding a block of zeros at the
beginning of the image that is later cut off again. Standard pad-rootfs can
be used as the seal header doesn't contain an image size or checksum.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Adjust the check for gcp (GNU copy command) to rule out false positives
with "Goffi's CoPier" a python copy command.
Fixes FS#218.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In case the adsl/vdsl service is disabled intentional, the output is
cluttered with the following message multiple times if the status of
the dsl line is queried:
killall: vdsl_cpe_control: no process killed
If the dsl line status is queried by LuCI, the logfile is spammed with
the message.
Fix the issue by using killall in quite mode. In quite mode killall
still returns a non-zero value if the to be killed process can not be
found so that existing logic based on the return value still works.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
nf_tproxy_core was removed during 3.12 development with kernel commit
fd158d79d33d3c8b693e3e2d8c0e3068d529c2dc. The code was moved
to xt_TPROXY.c.
Fixes FS#212
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link uses a different region coding mechanism for IL firmware for the Archer
C7 v2. Instead of of setting the region, they set a different TPLINK_HWREV.
Signed-off-by: Amir Rachum <amir@rachum.com>
Adds the latest patches from Jes Sorensen for rtl8xxxu, which improve
rtl8732bu, rtl8192eu and rtl8188eu support.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on brcm2708/bcm2710 only.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Due to the introduced double whitespace the default package selection
isn't applied. This leads to errors like a not working networking
because of a missing swconfig binary.
Fixes FS#208.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since XZ is needed to bootstrap building ccache we must not depend on it,
so remove the dependency on ccache to avoid circular dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since XZ is required to bootstrap ccache we must not use the ccache compiler
wrapper to avoid circular dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Make all tools except tar (which is required to bootstrap xz-utils) and XZ
itself depend on XZ, in order to be able to handle .tar.xz downloads.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The "tar" utility is required to bootstrap XZ which is required to handle
.tar.xz archives, therfore revert to using the bz2 archive.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In order to build XZ itself we cannot assume that XZ support is available,
so fetch the bz2 archive variant of its sources instead.
Also drop the FreeBSD portability patch and apply it at prepare time using
sed, to avoid a dependency on GNU patch which in turn depends on XZ support.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* Change git packages to xz
* Update mirror checksums in packages where they are used
* Change a few source tarballs to xz if available upstream
* Remove unused lines in packages we're touching, requested by jow- and blogic
* We're relying more on xz-utils so add official mirror as primary source, master site as secondary.
* Add SHA256 checksums to multiple git tarball packages
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Quote resolveip hostname argument to avoid bad shell injections.
While at it fix pattern match logic in case multiple IPv6 addresses
are returned for a hostname as they're seperated by newline by
resolveip and not a white space
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Adds u-boot for the at91 platform and a couple of boards.
The build honours COPTS to benefit from fortify source et al.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Now that the uhttpd init script can generate certificates using openssl as
well, update the section name and related comment to be more generic.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Package/*/install was using a different PATH than all other steps like
Build/Install, which was confusing and easily led to mistakes.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Having a different PATH in Host/Install than in other steps like Host/Build
is confusing and easily leads to mistakes. Setting all of Host/Exports
makes host builds match target builds (Build/Install is part of
$(STAMP_BUILT), which has Build/Exports set).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
It seems the intention was to add both $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/... and
$(STAGING_DIR)/host/... instead of passing $(STAGING_DIR_HOST) twice. This
makes the definition match HOST_CPPFLAGS and HOST_LDFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Using HOST_BUILD_PREFIX instead of STAGING_DIR_HOST will make the argument
work as expected from packages.
Nothing changes for tools, for which HOST_BUILD_PREFIX and STAGING_DIR_HOST
are equivalent.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Before a configuration is generated, an empty file is created to store
it in. (required by UCI)
If something happens during config generation
(power cut, interruption, ..) an empty file exists and it is never
regenerated again, causing some daemons to fail starting
(NTPD, logread, ..)
Fix this by also generating new configs if a critical file
is empty.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Add USB led aliases to boards having an led which is meant to be used
as USB led according to the manuals.
Remove the kmod-ledtrig-usbdev from the default package selection for
boards not having an USB led. Add the kmod-ledtrig-usbdev to boards
where it is missing.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use a more generic name for the lantiq_get_dt_led_chosen function.
Drop the lantiq_is_dt_led_chosen function. The lantiq_get_dt_led
function can be used to achieve the same.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Adds a slightly higher compression level to xz by default which roughly raises memory usage from 100MiB to about 200MiB during compression, about 10MiB for decompression. (Source: xz manpage)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The kmod-sound-hda-core module attempts to package snd-hda-core.ko which
does not exist in Linux 3.18, therfore only use it for kernels >= 4.1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Convert the Zynq target to use the new image build code in order to fix
broken image generation after 9945a1dca5
changed the handling of CPIO images.
Also remove the misapplied ubifs feature flag since the image generation is
not using UBIFS for building FIT images.
As part of the conversion, move the DTB building and the uImage ramdisk
generation into separate build steps which can be generalized and shared
with other targets, like APM821xx, in the long run.
Also remove the legacy profile declarations and use new-style per-device
profiles which will allow different package sets per image in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support the usage of the OpenSSL command-line tool for generating
the SSL certificate for uhttpd. Traditionally 'px5g' based on
PolarSSL (or mbedTLS in LEDE), has been used for the creation.
uhttpd init script is enhanced by adding detection of an installed
openssl command-line binary (provided by 'openssl-util' package),
and if found, the tool is used for certificate generation.
Note: After this patch the script prefers to use the OpenSSL tool
if both it and px5g are installed.
This enables creating a truly OpenSSL-only version of LuCI
without dependency to PolarSSL/mbedTLS based px5g.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Apply a number of changes to the tarball generation in order to produce
identical files on different systems:
1) Use an explicit `gzip -cn` to avoid storing file mtime in the gzip header
2) Instruct `tar` to unconditionally use uid and gid 0 for archive members
3) Instruct `tar` to sort archive members by file name
4) For SCMs that do not preserve file modification times like Git or Mercurial,
use the date of the last commit to the repository and pass it as `--mtime`
value to `tar`
After these changes, locally produced tarballs generated from SCM checkouts
should be identical on any system, simplifying the mirroring of cache archives.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Prior to kernel 4.4, the hda-intel module depends on the hda-controller
utility submodule so bundle it for the older kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The build system overrides HOST_LOADLIBES to add the staging dir to the
library search path. menuconfig needs -lncurses, add another override
for it.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add some missing symbols to the generic 4.1 kernel config which got triggered
by the introduction of the hda-intel sound module.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
For now we only want to ensure that the group permission mask is permissive
enough to not clobber required permissions on the rootfs, so allow less
strict masks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This includes:
- use of local 'board' variable in LED names, wherever possible
- merge of boards with exactly the same LED configuration
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Keep everything in alphabetical order. Boards are ordered in two steps,
first within/inside common configuration (case section), then sections,
globally.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This includes:
- code style fixes
- removal of huge comment (it should be in doc, not here) and some small ones
- removal of redundant config for DR531/WPJ531 as the default is the same
- merge of boards with exactly the same interfaces config
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Convert etc/board.d/02_network in ar71xx target to the same shape
as we have in ramips target. Split code into two new functions:
- interface/s setup in ar71xx_setup_interfaces()
- MAC/s setup in ar71xx_setup_macs()
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
sysupgrade command fails due to missing U-Boot environment-processing binaries on sysupgrade ramdisk. The missing binaries result in the following output:
Switching to ramdisk...
Performing system upgrade...
ash: /usr/sbin/fw_printenv: not found
ash: fw_setenv: not found
ash: touch: not found
cannot find target partition
Fixes FS#197.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Curley <accwebs@gmail.com>
This patch removes the non-working wifi driver filter for
the wifi detection script.
I figured that rather than replacing ${2:-$DRIVERS} with
${1:-$DRIVERS}, it would be better to remove it. Nobody
needed it in the previous years.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
vfat filesystem fails to mount due to missing codepages with
factory-formatted flash drives. Depend on cp437 iso8559-1 and
utf8 nls modules as this covers most factory-formatted vfat
filesystems.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@cshore.thecshore.com>
Updates expat to 2.2.0
Fixes several CVEs:
CVE-2016-0718
CVE-2016-4472
CVE-2016-5300
CVE-2012-6702
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update ccache 3.3.2 and refresh patch
Preserving the original patch comments here by Karl Vogel:
"From 90762a9b8d9a50b6176f10bd6c2e2b9501117561 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
Date: Tue, 14 Jul 2015 11:05:33 +0200
Subject: [PATCH] Include environment variable GCC_HONOUR_COPTS in hash.
The OpenWRT patch, 910-mbsd_multi.patch, to GCC adds an extra
compilation flag, -fhonour-copts, which is influenced by an
environment variable called GCC_HONOUR_COPTS.
Include this environment var in the hash calculation as otherwise
the gcc stdout warning from a previous compilation might be shown
where, even when GCC_HONOUR_COPTS is in 's'ilent mode.
Signed-off-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>"
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This patch set adds support for PCI Intel HD Audio
sound devices. This is useful for multimedia packages
in the packages feed that one may use to create audio
servers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@cshore.thecshore.com>
- CPU: MT7620A 580MHz
- Flash: 8MB - RAM: 64MB
- External PA+LNA on both WLAN2.4 and WLAN5
- 4x LAN ethernet and 1x WAN ethernet
Signed-off-by: Xuefu Lin <xuefulin@gmail.com>
When building LEDE with umask values other than 022, the resulting packages
will embed improper permissions, which may lead to random errors or non-
functional scripts on the target.
In order to make users aware of this problem, add a build-prereq check to
assert a correct umask setting before starting the build.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We have to remove the FPU check, it will run in an endless loop on LEDE
when compile without FPU emulation support.
The second patch fixes this problem: valgrind: mmap(0x400000, 303104)
failed in UME with error 22 (Invalid argument).
valgrind still does not support mips16, build LEDE without mips16 support.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
It missed some changes needed for kernel 4.4. This is only used by the
Falcon SoC and not for the xRX SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The main difference is it supports DT binding. This allows us to use DT
for specifying controller and the new standalone USB 3.0 PHY driver.
Thanks to that we don't need out of tree patch adding PHY initialization
to the controller driver anymore.
This problem has been fixed by upstream commit 757de492f2d ("xhci: fix
platform quirks overwrite regression in 4.7-rc1").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This drops built-in support for USB 2.0 PHY and starts using separated
driver that was upstreamed & backported some time ago.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The nf_reject_* and nf_nat_masquerade_* modules are moved into the
corresponding kmod-nf- packages. Appropriate dependencies are added to the
kmod-nft- packages.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Since the kernel makefile is using .ONESHELL, we need to add -e to
.SHELLFLAGS so errors are not ignored.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on brcm2708/bcm2710 only.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Forgot to update kernel-version.mk, so updated patch. Compile-tested on x86/64 and ar71xx; run-tested on x86/64 and ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
Fix rt_names build failure when FORTIFY_SOURCE disabled.
Include limits.h which otherwise gets automatically included
by fortify headers.
Solves FS #194
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
-add spi pins
-move mdio and rgmii pinctrl from gmac and mdio into pinmux node
-add i2c4 pinctrl into rpm node
-add pin details into several nodes
-update gmac1 and gmac2 parameters
-update mdio phy0 and phy4 registers by ddwrt devs findings
-fix i2c4 pin drive-strengh
-remove pcie pins as it's already present in ipq8065 DT
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
With symlink tree some directories are just symlinked which
means IB and SDK end up with a symlink instead of an actual
directory; this fixes the missing files by dereferencesing
the directories instead of copying the symlinks.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@cshore.thecshore.com>
Now that the firmware for BCM43430 has been submitted to linux-firmware use it
and remove RPiDistro package.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Add patches for SFP support and package it for ClearFog. Tested with a
Juniper SFP module.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MSI interrupts do not seem to be working on mvebu, and they break
ath10k. Since nothing else seems to be using them, especially not
mwlwifi, disable them until we can fix MSI interrupts.
Works around the following issue:
[ 9.001457] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to receive control response completion, polling..
[ 10.001453] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: Service connect timeout
[ 10.007126] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to connect htt (-110)
[ 10.092224] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: could not init core (-110)
[ 10.098177] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: could not probe fw (-110)
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Make it a choice menu which offers the 3 C libraries we know about: glibc,
uClibc and musl. While at it, make it possible for the external toolchain libc
to select USE_GLIBC, USE_UCLIBC or USE_MUSL which is used by several packages
to conditionally include specific CFLAGS (e.g: iproute2).
Because USE_GLIBC et al. can now be selected by external toolchains, we need to
restrict the per-libc menus to check on !EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN.
While at it, make musl the default C library for external toolchain to match
the internal toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch moves the ath10k firmware packages to the firmware submenu
in the buildroot, where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
ar71xx has an init-script for special devices where the ath10k OTP
calibration data is stored on the PCIe card's EEPROM (and thus can only
be read by ath10k). Unfortunately the OTP data uses the default mac
address (= all devices come with the same mac address, which leads to
problems when you have multiple of these devices in the same network).
To work around this the mac address is patched in the firmware during
the first boot of the device. To prevent flash wear this was only done
if the ath10k firmware matched a hardcoded md5sum.
However, if the md5sum does not match this can mean that either the mac
address was already patched (which is fine) - unfortunately it can also
mean that the firmware version was updated without updating the
hardcoded md5sum.
Change the "was the mac address already patched" check to actually
compare the mac address inside the ath10k firmware.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Use firmware version 10.2.4.70.54 from kvalo's git repository. The old
version (even though it's version number is greater) is an old version
from September 2015.
Using only the firmware versions from kvalo's git repo is recommended,
because those are tested by QCA's internal QCA.
The QCA988X directory received a small reorganization as a "hw2.0"
subdirectory was added - this patch also takes care of that as
board.bin was moved to that subdirectory.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
For 64-bit capable systems, a symbolic link is set up for /lib64 to point to
/lib, so make sure the installation goes into /lib, irrespective of where the C
library files come from in an external toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
There is a separate package kmod-crypto-echainiv for echainiv.ko. Selecting
both packages led to a conflict, so remove the file from kmod-crypto-iv.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This fixes bug that could cause WARNING on every add_key/del_key call.
It also replaces WARNING with a simple message. They may still occur
e.g. on station going out of range and A-MPDU stall in the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
A bug fix which included a CRL sanity check was added to OpenSSL 1.1.0
but was omitted from OpenSSL 1.0.2i. As a result any attempt to use
CRLs in OpenSSL 1.0.2i will crash with a null pointer exception.
Patches applied upstream:
* 301-fix_no_nextprotoneg_build.patch
* 302-Fix_typo_introduced_by_a03f81f4.patch
Security advisory: https://www.openssl.org/news/secadv/20160926.txt
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Adds Google's mirrors as primary source and kernel.org as fallback.
Discussed in #lede-dev on Freenode
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Within the Lua binding, use the same logic as the command line interface for
reporting the used WPA ciphers. Instead of printing the intersection of
pairwise and group ciphers, report both group and pairwise ciphers.
This fixes a case where a connection which uses CCMP for pairwise and TKIP
as groupwise cipher is getting reported as using the NONE cipher.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Linux kernel uses two distinct fields to denote the routing table ID in
use by network routes; the 8 bit `rtm_table` member of `struct rtmsg` and the
32 bit `RTA_TABLE` netlink attribute.
If a routing table ID is larger than 255, the `RT_TABLE` attribute must be used
and the `rtm_table` field has to be set to the special `RT_TABLE_UNSPEC` value.
This commit adds a patch which...
- switches the *_n2a() and *_a2n() functions of rt_names.c to use dynamically
sized, name-sorted arrays instead of fixed arrays limited to 1024 slots in
order to support IDs up to 65535
- adds proper handling of high table IDs to iprule.c and iproute.c when
adding, removing and dumping ip rules and network routes
After this change, the Busybox ip applet fully supports IP rules with high ID
numbers, using the same logic as the full iproute2.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Remove an invalid local variable declaration in the tunnel update subshell
invocation. Local declarations outside of function scopes are illegal since
the Busybox update to version 1.25.0 .
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
All these patches are in wireless-drirvers-next. There is support for
hidden SSID, few new devices and many fixes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The Gluon firmware framework [1] uses postinst scripts for sanity checks.
Make the build fail when a postinst script exits with an error to make
these sanity checks effective.
All postinst scripts in packages from the LEDE core and the packages feed
seem to work correctly with this change and will always return 0 unless
something is very broken.
[1] https://github.com/freifunk-gluon/gluon
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Especially --force-overwrite and --force-depends will often lead to broken
images; it's better to fail the build in such cases than to silently ignore
the errors.
Instead, ignore errors in the per-device rootfs opkg remove command, so
the build doesn't break when packages can't be removed because of
dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some DEVICE_PACKAGES definitions replace one package variant with another
(e.g. wpad-mini is replaced with wpad). To avoid file conflicts, first
remove, then install packages.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
kmod-rt2x00-lib and kmod-mac80211 need to be removed, as they depend on
kmod-cfg80211. kmod-rt2800-pci should not be installed anyways.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Modifying the file permissions can be harmful, as it would make files
world-readable even if they weren't in the ipk packages. The
Image/mkfs/prepare step is removed completely, as it is redundant now (/tmp
and /overlay are already provided by base-files with the correct
permissions).
It has been verified that this change does not affect any permissions of
files in the default package set except /etc/ppp/chap-secrets, which was
world-readable before. All packages not in the default set are more likely
to be installed via opkg than being part of a base image and thus were
usually not affected by the permission modification anyways.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Now that we know that the password is in /etc/shadow and not in
/etc/passwd, we can properly fix the logic for the empty password check.
Only 'root::' is an empty password, 'root❌' and 'root:!:' allow no
password login at all.
This fixes the empty password warning still showing after the root password
has been locked using 'passwd -l root' (e.g. to allow public-key auth
only).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Configurations without shadow passwords have been broken since the removal
of telnet: as the default entry in /etc/passwd is not empty (but rather
unset), there will be no way to log onto such a system by default. As
disabling shadow passwords is not useful anyways, remove this configuration
option.
The config symbol is kept (for a while), as packages from feeds depend on
it.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add and enable sysupgrade support for clearfog boards, based on how the
brcm2708 target does it.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a switch node to clearfog to probe and initialize it on Clearfog
Pro. This make the switch work and allows using all six switch ports.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the cpu port is connected through SGMII we need to enable SerDes for
it to work.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The clearfog u-boot does not initialize the switch at all, so we need to
power up the phys ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Make the dts file match with what is upstream, to ensure it has the
latest changes and switching to newer kernels is easier.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Some of the PCIe and USB signals use a GPIO expander on I2C on ClearFog,
so enable the driver so that they can be configured to their required
values.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Uboot-mvebu isn't a real package, which will break the image builder
when it tries to install it during the packing step. Instead of cleafog
selecting it through its default packages, make it default to m if the
clearfog profile is selected.
This will ensure it is always build, but never added to the rootfs. This
fixes creating images for clearfog with IB.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The clearfog image requires u-boot, so package it into KDIR to make sure
it is available in imageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Some gcc versions seem to miscompile code using ternary operators,
work around this by just returning the result if exp is 0.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Running prepare_rootfs on TARGET_DIR deletes the opkg state when
CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG is enabled, making the per-device rootfs package install
fail.
To avoid this, create a copy of the TARGET_DIR before prepare_rootfs is run
and use this as basis for per-device rootfs generation.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
br_netfilter.ko and the corresponding Kconfig symbol are already provided
by kmod-br-netfilter, which is a dependency of kmod-ebtables.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add a new option to each device in multi-profile mode, allowing to provide
a list of packages to add or remove. In case of added packages, the user
must take care that these are selected to be built.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Local variable declarations outside of functions are illegal since the Busybox
update to v1.25.0, therfore remove them from the appropriate places.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
opkg's -l option is always interpreted relative to the installation root.
This leads to very weird paths inside the rootfs (containing the whole path
to the LEDE tree on the build machine) and causes the subsequent deletion
of the list directory to fail (cluttering the resulting images).
Instead, use the default list directory and remove its contents in
prepare_rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Older busybox versions allowed using the local keyword outside of
functions, whereas 1.25.0 (which was introduced in 06fa1c46fc) do not
allow this anymore (leading to the following error when executing the
script: "file: local: line nn: not in a function").
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Older busybox versions allowed using the local keyword outside of
functions, whereas 1.25.0 (which was introduced in 06fa1c46fc) do not
allow this anymore (leading to the following error when executing the
script: "file: local: line nn: not in a function").
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Dependencies on purely virtual packages (satisfied by PROVIDES) that were
not using "selects" ("+" flag) would be prepended with the prefix
"PACKAGE_" twice, breaking the first alternative.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Update the linux-firmware package in order to force the buildbots to fetch the
proper mirrored version.
Currently each builder has its own copy of the linux-firmware checkout staged
in its own dl/, since the package was updated before the mirrored copy has
been uploaded. The builders then subsequently uploaded their own copy instead,
leading to md5sum mismatches since each clone produces different tarballs.
By bumping the package to a new version and uploading the mirrored archive
with the proper md5sum beforehand, the builders will fetch that instead and
not upload their own copies.
To properly solve that problem in the future we need to ensure that packed
checkouts become reproducable.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since the md5sum of the mirrored Git clone archive has been set in the Makefile
before that particular archive was uploaded to the source mirror, the buildbots
uploaded their own, different copy instead invalidating the mirror md5sum for
anyone else.
In order to fix the mismatch, update the md5sum to reflect the archive being
present on the download server.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Annex A firmware will be updated to:
05.08.01.08.01.06_05.08.00.0B.01.01_osc
The Annex B firmware will be updated to:
05.07.09.09.00.06_05.07.04.04.00.02_osc
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Some devices (like the Cisco Meraki Z1 Cloud Managed Teleworker Gateway)
need to be able to initialize the PCIe wifi device. Normally, this is done
during the early stages of booting linux, because the necessary init code
is read from the memory mapped SPI and passed to pci_enable_ath9k_fixup.
However,this isn't possible for devices which have the init code for the
Atheros chip stored on NAND in an UBI volume. Hence, this module can be
used to initialze the chip when the user-space is ready to extract the
init code.
Martin Blumenstingl made a few fixes and added support for lantiq:
kernel: owl-loader: add support for OWL emulation PCI devices
kernel: owl-loader: don't re-scan the bus when ath9k_pci_fixup failed
kernel: owl-loader: use dev_* instead of pr_* logging functions
kernel: owl-loader: auto-generate the eeprom filename as fallback
kernel: owl-loader: add a debug message when swapping the eeprom data
kernel: owl-loader: add missing newlines in log messages
kernel: owl-loader: add support for the lantiq platform
These patches have been integrated. Thanks!
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
The default configuration might not be suitable for
every use case. Add options to enable/disable additional
options.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Match sections allow to set a tag specified by the option networkid if the client
sends an option and optionally the option value specified by the match option.
The force option will convert the dhcp-option to force-dhcp-option if set to 1 in
the dnsmasq config if options are specified in the dhcp_option option.
config match
option networkid tag
option match 12,myhost
option force 1
list dhcp_option '3,192.168.1.1'
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
General convention is to keep U-Boot and radio calibration
data (ART) mtd partitions marked as read-only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This changes the sysupgrade format. To support upgrades from the old
firmware to the new one, legacy images are provided. Because of the old
partition split, these have to be specific to the NOR or SPI device.
The new sysupgrade images are suitable for begin put on flash directly,
and they are independent of NOR vs SPI flash variant.
Flashing back to old firmware is supported via using the old full-flash
images instead of the old sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
A padding to align a message should not only be added between
different attributes of a netlink message, but also at the end of the
message to pad it to the correct size.
Without this patch the following command does not work and returns an
error code:
ip link add type nlmon
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Now that we have firmwares separated and brcm2708 being the only target that
actually selects SDIO support, avoid selecting all firmwares by default.
sunxi should select the proper firmwares once SDIO support is enabled and
tested.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Using few packages will allow saving some space by decreasing rootfs
size.
Moreover there are more firmware files that may require packaging and
even more to come later.
This can especially useful now, with per device rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
There are currently two stock firmwares for the TL-WDR3600/4300, a US and
a universal version. Both allow installing images with US region code, so
we don't need to provide multiple images.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Simplify modifying some of the images without affecting the others.
While we're at it, also unify the profiles to use := syntax and add "v1" to
the TL-WDR4300 name to make things more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
clean up usb gadget support:
- rename gadget modules so that they appear together and are easier to
identify as gadget modules
- make usb-lib-composite and usb-gadget hidden as there is no point in
selecting those without gadget drivers that require them as deps
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The D-Link DIR-860L B1 has a flash chip which doesn't support
4K sectors. Since the DIR-860L B1 was the only mt7621 board which had
the 4k blocksize set, the 4K sector support is removed from the kernel
config.
I've checked the flash chips of all boards having set a 4K blocksize
again. This time I searched harder to finding bootlogs instead of
relying on wikis articles and/or the device tree source file.
The Planex MZK-DP150N has an en25q32b instead of the mentioned one in
the dts. Albeit the en25q32b supports 4K sectors, 4K support is not
enabled in the driver. Change the blocksize for this board back to 64K.
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Now we have firmwares separated and bcm53xx selecting required ones make
use of it to actually save that rootfs space.
Other targets using brcmfmac (brcm2708 and sunxi) use SDIO interface and
firmware so they don't won't be affected.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This is a follow up to 28110727f1
"ramips: set blocksize for 4MB devices". I've missed to include the
required changes of the kernel configs to enable 4K sector size
support.
The option is only enabled for targets having boards with 4k sector
size flash chips.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Using pad-to instead of passing the optional padding to append-kernel
or append-rootfs. It could be that the value of a variable is passed.
In case the variable is empty no error is thrown.
Furthermore the purpose of the extra parameter is hard to get without
reading the code.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Using few packages will allow saving some space by decreasing rootfs
size. Dropping 43602a1 firmware saves 316 580 B. Dropping 4366b1 saves
468 188 B.
Moreover there are more firmware files that may require packaging and
even more to come later (e.g. 4366c0).
This can especially useful now, with per device rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Backport patches from upstream Linux kernel which are making the
kernel stores the appended dtb not in the same resisters as defined in
the UHI specification, use a separate variable on MIPS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[some modifications]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Only add them where they are actually required.
Should help with compatibility issues with stock U-Boot images that
access UBI
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The KERNEL_SIZE variable is unset and no padding is applied. This looks
like a typo to me since the ubinized image need to be aligned to the
flash blocksize.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The kernel size isn't passed to the append-kernel build step and the
resulting image bricks the device.
Fixes FS#168.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
- quote the interface name
- remove call of not existing function
- remove the proto if it's the default proto
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
No functional change, it's just to have the same style everywhere. This
way I don't need to use any regex magic to extract all subtargets for
compile tests.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add or fix the physical port number of switch ports to allow LuCI to
display the ports in physical order.
Remove the physical port number in case bridge port and physical port
order are the same.
Reorder the ucidef_add_switch parameter to be aligned with the switch
port number.
Remove board settings which are covered by the default case and remove
comments.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Permit users of the full variant to disable the NO_ID *.bind pseudo
domain masking.
Defaulted 'on' in all variants.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
As security precaution and to limit the attack surface based on
the version reported by tools like nmap mask out the dropbear
version so the version is not visible anymore by snooping on the
wire. Version is still visible by 'dropbear -V'
Based on a patch by Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [remove trailing _]
commit a2386c384d requires the
module to be static in the kernel.
So lets actually add support for it inside the kernel config.
Tested on Ventana
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Now that all seama images are using the new build code this seama recipe
used with the old build code can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the blocksize for devices having only 4MB of flash for ramips
devices already using the new image build code.
Informations about the used flash chip are gathered from the OpenWrt
wiki, wikidevi, forums, OEM bootlogs or the compatible property in the
device tree source file.
The en25q32b from the AirLive Air3GII does not have 4k support in the
kernel.
For the following boards no information about the used flash chip could
be found and a 64k blocksize is assumed:
- Ralink V11ST-FE
- Ralink AP-RT3052-V22RW-2X2
- MediaTek MT7628 EVB
- MediaTek MT7621 EVB
- UPVEL UR-326N4G
- Buffalo WZR-AGL300NH
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
At the moment the padding steps are hardcoded. Especially images for
devices with a 4K sector size can be unnecessarily bloated using the
hardcoded padding steps.
It has been observed that 192Kb of padding was added to the image of a
4MB device, albeit due to the 4K sector size the minimum required extra
padding for the jffs2 rootfs_data is 20Kb.
In worst case it means that the image-size check could fail albeit
there is enough space for all selected packages
For device build code not exposing the blocksize, use the hardcoded
padding further on.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Allows to use the same unit for all definitions of the blocksize to be
consistent regardless of the used filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Some devices (e.g. Tenda AC9 based on BCM47189B0) have BCM53125 with
port 5 connected to the second Ethernet interface on the SoC. In such
case there is no PHY and we need to force link manually.
This assumes port 5 can be marked as enabled for such devices. It's not
implemented yet unfortunately.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Don't expose dnsmasq version & other data to clients via the *.bind
pseudo domain. This uses a new 'NO_ID' compile time option which has been
discussed and submitted upstream.
This is an alternate to replacing version with 'unknown' which affects
the version reported to syslog and 'dnsmasq --version'
Run time tested with & without NO_ID on Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
e2fsprogs would fail linking with external toolchains which would not be able
to find several dependencies, explicit them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The insertion or removal of the sd-card cannot be detected
by the hardware itself. This is by design. To workaround this,
for the WNDR4700 unload/load the dwc2 module in case the
the special SD CARD GPIO line is low/high.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
A few linux BSP's create a manifest file of installed packages for a given
target in order to help them understand exactly what's on their images. Create
one here as well as a build artifact since many users have an affinity to
prune down on packages to save valuable flash space.
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
First two patches weren't marked for stable but are dependencies for
laters ones. The rest of patches was marked for stable but most likely
will be backported to 4.5+ only so we need to get them on our own.
An important fix is eea2fb4851e9d ("ovl: proper cleanup of workdir") as
it allows mounting overlayfs with dirty workdir, e.g. after power cut.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If the toolchain is packaged for later use as external toolchain, the resulting
tarball is created in $BIN_DIR. But without building all packages first that
directory isn't created, hence 'make target/toolchain/compile' fails when
trying to create the toolchain tarball with error "Cannot open: No such file or
directory".
To fix that the $BIN_DIR is created before using it.
Signed-off-by: Micha Lenk <micha@lenk.info>
Regression introduced by 3481d0d dnsmasq: run as dedicated UID/GID
dnsmasq is unable to remove its own pidfile as /var/run/dnsmasq is owned
by root and now dnsmasq runs as dnsmasq:dnsmasq. Change directory
ownership to match.
dnsmasq initially starts as root, creates the pidfile, then drops to
requested non-root user. Until this fix dnsmasq had insufficient
privilege to remove its own pidfile.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add a dependency on DRIVER_11W_SUPPORT in order to enable the IEEE
802.11w functionality in hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
Russell Senior reported an issue with the MR24 initramfs kernels:
> ## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 00c10000 ...
> Image Name: POWERPC LEDE Linux-4.4.19
> Created: 2016-08-31 11:57:05 UTC
> Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
> Data Size: 2155723 Bytes = 2.1 MiB
> Load Address: 00000000
> Entry Point: 00000000
> Verifying Checksum ... OK
>Wrong Ramdisk Image Format
>Ramdisk image is corrupt or invalid
For the MR24, the kernel is uploaded to 0x10000. The ramdisk starts
at 0x200000. This leaves the kernel with just 0x1f0000 bytes = 1984kb.
This patch adds a size check so the image creation script will abort
instead of producing a unbootable initramfs image. A separate patch
"apm821xx: Fix initramfs image for the Meraki MR24" which fixed the
reported issue was submitted earlier.
Cc: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Cc: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
When gzip is used, our kernel is too large and this causes the ramdisk
to be at the wrong offset. Fix by moving to lzma.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
oneshot trigger configurations for LEDs are created, but the on/off
timing configurations are ignored. generate_config is correctly creating
oneshot configs, but the later led script doesn't recognise the trigger
details.
Fixes: c0c3f2d4c9 leds: support oneshot as well as timer triggers
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Enable CONFIG_PROCD_ZRAM_TMPFS compatibility via two changes to list_cpu_idx():
* detect if /tmp is being used by /dev/zram0; if yes, offset initial value by 1 to skip first zram device.
* hot-add /dev/zram1, if not already present.
Signed-off-by: Conn O'Griofa >connogriofa@gmail.com>
Add a patch to backport 5185c91385d73cdf79836eb8548e4726e43ae831
from Linux 4.8 adding USB2380 support to the NET2280 driver and
create an OpenWrt menu option to select it as a module.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The Gateworks Ventana GW553x is a single-board computer based on the NXP
IMX6 SoC with the following features:
* IMX6 DualLite Soc (supports IMX6S,IMX6DL,IMX6Q)
* small form factor (35x70mm)
* 512MB DDR3 DRAM (2x32bit) (options up to 2GB)
* 256MB NAND flash (4GB option)
* Gateworks System Controller:
- hardware watchdog
- hardware monitor
- pushbutton controller
- EEPROM storage
- power control
* JTAG programmable
* 1x miniPCI socket (with PCIe, USB, SIM)
* 1x microSD socket
* 1x SIM socket
* Inertial Module (LSM9DS1 9DOF: 3x acc, 3x rate, 3x mag)
* analog CVBS video in
* GPS (optional uBlox EVA-M8M)
* Application headers:
- 2x TTL UART (TX/RX)
- 4x TTL GPIO (3x configurable as PWM)
- 3x CVBS Analog video input (1x decoder with 3x selectable inputs)
* Front panel connectors:
* micro-HDMI audio/video out
- 1x user programmable LED
- 1x configurable user pushbutton
- 1x USB OTG
See http://www.gateworks.com for more info
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This allows kobs-ng to flash the SPL successfully on the 4.4 kernel used by
the Gateworks IMX boards supporting NAND. The previous version of kobs-ng
worked with the 3.14 kernel but will brick a board making its SPL unbootable
for the 4.4 kernel.
See http://trac.gateworks.com/wiki/ventana/bootloader#nandspl for instructions
on updating the SPL from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
power save response frames can go through the old tx path, and the tid
needs to be set for sequence numbers to be assigned correctly.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Added gen_mvebu_sdcard_img.sh to facilitate creating an fixed-size sdcard image,
adding the bootloader and populating it with actual data.
Added the required rules for creating a 4GB sdcard image according to this layout:
p0: boot (fat32)
p1: rootfs (squashfs)
p2: rootfs_data (ext4)
This should be generic to any mvebu boards that can boot from block storage.
Added the new sdcard image to the Clearfog image profile.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup]
The u-boot variant for the clearfog is provided by the uboot-mvebu-clearfog,
and not by the generic uboot-mvebu packae.
Make sure the clearfog variant is selected when building for it.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Enable selection of the kernel key retention framework and some of its
additional facilities; see Documentation/security/keys.txt and
security/keys/Kconfig for details
Signed-off-by: Nathaniel Wesley Filardo <nwfilardo@gmail.com>
since eglibc is deprecated just use glibc as name
- fix build errors w. stack-protector (observed for x86_64):
libresolv_pic.a(gethnamaddr.os): In function `addrsort':
gethnamaddr.c:(.text+0x425): undefined reference to `__stack_chk_guard'
by additionally setting libc_cv_ssp_strong=no
like previously libc_cv_ssp=no was set
- fix compile errors on 2.24 x86 introduced by
upstream changesets "Optimize i386 syscall inlining"
errors are like:
- https://sourceware.org/ml/libc-alpha/2015-10/msg00745.html
and trying to fix with the whats suggested at:
https://patchwork.openembedded.org/patch/118909/
leads to other error:
gcc6: elf/librtld.os: In function `__mmap':
(.text+0x131a9): undefined reference to `__libc_do_syscall'
or:
gcc5: elf/dl-load.os
{standard input}: Assembler messages:
{standard input}:5129: Error: symbol `__x86.get_pc_thunk.cx' is already defined
instead of testing other flags/effects (-fno-omit-frame-pointer)
just use -O2 (like buildroot does) instead of -Os
boot+pings tested on:
qemu malta (le+be) (gcc5+bin2.25.1)
qemu aarch64 (gcc5+bin2.25.1)
qemu x86_64 (gcc6+bin2.26)
qemu x86 generic (gcc6+bin2.26)
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
This triggers HAS_FPU=y, and unsets CONFIG_SOFT_FLOAT.
Considering all mvebu boards have an fpu, this is the desirable behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
microSD is the primary boot media for the Clearfog Pro board, and should
work unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup]
Add Support for the ESMT_F25L32QA and ESMT_F25L64QA.
These are 4MB and 8MB SPI NOR Chips from Elite Semiconductor Memory Technology
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit 763f5d7873.
Currently the vfork() code path in opkg is broken and relies on unsupported
ftello() / fseeko() operations on pipes - we need to restructure the code
before we can reconsider this approach.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 02e3c718e9.
Currently the vfork() code path in opkg is broken and relies on unsupported
ftello() / fseeko() operations on pipes - we need to restructure the code
before we can reconsider this approach.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Tested briefly on Netgear r7800. Firmware failed to load on first
boot, but then it worked after that and I could not reproduce the
failure.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
TP-Link has started providing US- and EU-specific stock firmwares that only
allow upgrading to firmwares with the same region code. Provide factory
images for both these regions.
To avoid confusing users outside these regions, we still provide a
"universal" factory.bin without a region code, although flashing either of
the US and EU images would work as well.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
TP-Link has changed the way the region is stored in the firmware header,
and now provides US- and EU-specific images for the Archer C7. Adding the
new region codes is necessary to make LEDE/OpenWrt flashable on devices
with the new stock firmwares again.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Historically on ARC we started from initramfs-based images because:
a) It was much easier to debug especially when toolchain and other
components were changing quite dynamically
b) It was our usual approach for embedded Linux
But now with ARC port of Lede/OpenWRT getting more stable and mature
we're ready for more real-life scenarios with FS permanently stored
on SD-card. This essentially benefits from ability to setup devices
that survive reboots with all settings and extra packages kept in place.
Still we keep an ability to build images with initramfs.
This allows us to use storage-less simulators for testing still.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
If we want to boot from SD-card we need to have corresponding
drivers already built-in so there's no point in having these
modules.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Now when we're switching to FS on SD-card it's necessary to have
full stack of MMC block & FC drivers built-in otherwise kernel won't
be able to mount FS with needed modules.
Also we enable parsing of input parameters passed to the kernel by
U-Boot. Otherwise kernel won't know where to look for command line and
what's worse device tree blob (we had to disable this by default for
cases when kernel is loaded by JTAG and core registers may have
undefined state lading to kernel going bonkers).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As support of ARC 770 in OpenWRT/Lede matures we don't need
debug-only output binaries any longer, so purging vmlinux for
AXS10x boards.
As for uImage for nSIM it makes completely no sense because there's no
way to run U-Boot on nSIM.
So we remove add_arcYYY_XXX scripts making code more compact and
cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
This tool can periodically check for ath10k firmware crashes.
If it finds a crash, it will package up the binary crash dump,
some OS level things like dmesg, lspci, etc into a tar file.
It then notifies the user about the crash and asks them to report
the bug to the appropriate email address.
This is most useful when used with ath10k-ct driver and
CT ath10k firmware, but it should also report issues with stock
ath10k driver and firmware in case one has appropriate contacts
to debug them.
This tool could be extended later for other modules/bugs/etc.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Drivers have been modified to use it and new ones have to be written
this way, so we need it for backporting code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The iwinfo library might get compiled with different backends, depending on
the driver selection of the current target, so mark it as nonshared to avoid
broken libiwinfo support on other targets with same cpu architecture but
different wireless driver types.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With 12fe4b5798 I switched the ath5k
eeprom extraction to an alternate code path. Unfortunately this code
seams to be broken since ages and broke the ath5k EEPROM extraction.
Reported-by: Mohammed Berdai <mohammed.berdai@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
DW GMAC on ARC SDP boards doesn't enter promiscuous mode if
Ethernet PHY haven't got established link. Good examples are
auto-negotiation in progress or disconnected cable.
We do see Linux kernel sets GMAC's MAC filter register
properly but GMAC's hardware doesn't accept new settings.
We believe it is a hardware issue, most probably problem of
integration of DW GMAC and PHY on the board.
As a work-around we completely disable frame filtering
in GMAC hardware (once and for good) which forces GMAC to enter
promiscuous mode with the first write to MAC filter register.
That gives us working bridge that consists of eth0 and wlan0
(USB Wi-Fi dongle). I.e. we finally have working "Dumb AP" setup made
of ARC AXS10x boards.
Given that hack is quite dirty (in loaded wired networks this will
effectively load CPU with junk packets even if user doesn't need promisc
mode) and there's no indication any other boards with DW GMAC suffer
from the same issue we're patching only kernel for ARC boards.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>,
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This allows referencing USB ports/devices that are always present in a
device. This applies to some internal devices, root hub ports and
internal USB hubs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The R7800 is an IPQ8065, so rename its dts file to reflect that fact.
Also fold the R7500v2 dts addition into the existing 800-devicetree.patch.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ATH9K_STATION_STATISTICS kernel config variable enables some extra
statistics that are useful for debugging (in particular with the airtime
fairness patches enabled). This adds that kernel config when selecting
ath9k debugging.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
This uses GFP_DMA32 for firmware swap. Fixes issue on x86-64 with
QCA 9984 chipset when host system does not have vt-d enabled.
Also tested on linksys ea8500 with 9980 chipset.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
1004kc is just a SMP capable 34kc, and GCC treats 24kc and 34kc exactly
the same and will generate identical code, so there is no need to tune
to 1004kc instead of 24kc.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
GCC treats 24kc and 34kc exactly the same and will generate identical
code, so there is no need to tune to 34kc instead of 24kc.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
GCC treats 24kc and 34kc exactly the same and will generate identical
code, so there is no need to tune to 34kc instead of 24kc.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked broken.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The default configuration might not be suitable for
every use case. Add options to enable/disable additional
options.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Point to correct devices when booting from msata or MMC
Changes fetched from Gateworks git
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rebased to apply against current LEDE version]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <alexis@cessp.it>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: add missing DEVICE_TITLE, fix model name in commit title]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Without any in-tree users enabled the Kernel's build process doesn't
actually build those modules. Enable some potential in-tree users
during Kernel build, so out-of-tree modules can depend on them.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
According to Jonas Gorski this is no longer needed, the problem
originally addressed by first adding 07_preinit_iface and subsequently
merging that into 02_network was probably a bug during the transition
to the new board.d pre-init approach.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Device/AVM unconditionally inherits Device/NAND, which changes the
sysupgrade image to sysupgrade-tar (instead of a "raw" sysupgrade image
as used in the Device/Default template).
This moves the Device/NAND call to the FRITZ3370 device definition, as
this is the only AVM/EVA device that uses NAND.
Additionally we have to define the IMAGE_SIZE for the AVM/EVA NOR
devices to ensure that the images are not discarded.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
The image builder does not bundle sub-directories within $(KERNEL_BUILD_DIR),
therfore the intermediate "ventana-uImage.boot" directory is not shipped,
leading to failures with "make image" later on.
To circumvent the issue, store the intermediate boot files as tar archive
instead of putting them into a directory to ensure that they end up in the
final image builder tarball. Fixes FS#102
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The image generation for TEW-691GR and TEW-692GR was broken since
79d02229 due to the move of the UMedia recipe to another Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the missing phy-mode setting, the switch wasn't initialised.
The wireless requires an eeprom to work. Use the same mac addresses as
the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The AR8327 initvals were not copied to the DTS during the switch from
mach file to device tree and broke the switch on the device.
The former used PORT6 related initvals were wrong and have been
corrected.
The phy mode setting for the switch was missing in the DTS as well.
The wireless requires an eeprom to work. The dual band wireless chips
have both bands enabled by default but only one band per chip is
working.
The stock firmware uses the following mac addresses:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
2.4GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
5 GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E8
Assuming the mac address range :E4 to :E8 is reserved for this device,
the MAC addresses were reorder to have a unique MAC address for each
interface:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
2.4GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E5
5 GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E8
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fixes the following compiler warning:
Warning (reg_format): "reg" property in /ethernet@10100000/port@0 has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #address-cells value for /ethernet@10100000/port@0
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #size-cells value for /ethernet@10100000/port@0
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
As it turned out we may actually build both initramfs and
SD-based images in one run with just a small tweak in
existing image/Makefile and so we do here.
We're back with one "generic" target for all ARC HS38-based bords.
Kudos to John for his patience and very helpful tips!
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With the default priority of 0, the DEU algos would be overlapped
by the generic algos (if available).
To fix this, set the cra_priority of the hardware algos to the
recommended value of 300/400.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <mschiller@tdt.de>
Previous version was based on code from kernel 2.6.22 with Broadcom two
trivial modifications. This updates the copy to the version from current
kernel and refreshes the patch.
This was tested for regressions on Netgear R6250 (BCM4708A0), D-Link
DIR-885L (BCM4709C0) and Tenda AC9 (BCM47189B0).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
We finally got kernel booting on this device and LAN ports are working,
so it won't "brick" the device. One more big missing thing is WAN port
support. It requires fix for BCM53125 to get switch port 5 working.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Over a year ago in a commit ac96a1665a ("bcm53xx: update Disable MMU
and Dcache during decompression") we switched to Florian's patch for
workarounding CFE bug. The main difference was using a part of existing
__armv7_mmu_cache_flush instead of implementing flushing separately.
This worked well for Northstar devices but doesn't work for BCM53573 as
these devices simply don't start booting with Florian's patch. It's
because of the ldmfd ASM instruction in the __armv7_mmu_cache_flush.
So this commit switches back to using standalone implementation. This
time instead of copying Broadcom's copy of cache-v7.S, we just make a
copy of the original file on our own. Unfortunately we can't cross-dir
compile cache-v7.S from ../../mm/ as that one also adds __INITDATA with
define_cache_functions v7 which would just trigger
> Error: unrecognized/unsupported machine ID (r1 = 0x0000007f).
The only real change Broadcom did in copied .S file was modifying mcr
instruction to use c6 instead of c14. It isn't clear to me if we really
need it, but let's use it for now.
By the way we also update commit message of the
[PATCH] ARM: BCM5301X: Disable MMU and Dcache during decompression
This makes kernel booting on BCM53573 successfully.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Pass KERNEL_FILE_DEPENDS to rdep instead of PKG_FILE_DEPENDS, which is
empty. Also don't pass $(CURDIR) as the directory to timestamp, as it
would also pick up non kernel related changes like image building code.
Should fix kernel being rebuild for unrelated changes, as well as not
being rebuild for changes in target/linux/generic.
Fixes: 22ef1c83b3 ("kernel: make the kernel build auto-clean the build dir like package build")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
In commit df4f41261c ("archs38: Introduce images for SD-cards")
we introduced building of SD-card images for ARC HS38-based boards.
While building images mkdosfs utility is used.
On machines I used for testing mentioned change this utility was
already installed so I didn't figure-out that requirement.
But thanks to Lede's autobuilder this missing bit was highlighted,
see failed build job here:
http://phase1.builds.lede-project.org/builders/archs38%2Fsd/builds/0/steps/images/logs/stdio
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that snapshot builds are only publishing SHA-256 checksums, it makes
sense to ship an appropriate utility for verification.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
PPP daemon can be put into persist mode meaning the
daemon will not exit after a connection gets terminated
but will instead try to reopen the connection.
The re-initiation after the link has been terminated
can be controlled via holdoff; this is helpfull in
scenarios where a BRAS is in denial of service mode
due to link setup requests after a BRAS has gone down
Following uci parameters have been added :
persist (boolean) : Puts the ppp daemon in persist mode
maxfail (integer) : Number of consecutive fail attempts which
puts the PPP daemon in exit mode
holdoff (interget) : Specifies how many seconds to wait
before re-initiating link setup after it has been terminated
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Zbtlink ZBT-WE1526 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Short specification:
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 22 dBm
- two external, non-detachable antennas
- 8x LED, 1x button
- UART header (pinout: VCC, RX, TX, GND)
Flash instruction:
Use sysupgrade in vendor firmare which is based on OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
When the kernel build picks up a localversion file in the source tree,
that string is unconditionally appended to LOCALVERSION and affects the
uname string.
Make sure to delete any such file.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
When building the kernel from a git repository, the kernel build appends
either a + or a short commit hash to localversion.
This behaviour can be prevented by passing the empty LOCALVERSION variable
to make.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
src/linksys_bootcount.c misses to include stdint.h.
Apparently musl doesn't mind and includes this header by default,
but glibc does not and causes the build to fail.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
tools/env/fw_env.c misses to include stdint.h.
Apparently musl doesn't mind and includes this header by default,
but glibc does not and causes the build to fail.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
It was needed upstream to avoid bcma references in the main code. To
match this new code our patch adding SRAB was also updated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Historically on ARC we started from initramfs-based images because:
a) It was much easier to debug especially when toolchain and other
components were changing quite dynamically
b) It was our usual approach for embedded Linux
But now with ARC port of Lede/OpenWRT getting more stable and mature
we're ready for more real-life scenarios with FS permanently stored
on SD-card. This essentially benefits from ability to setup devices
that survive reboots with all settings and extra packages kept in place.
Still we keep an ability to build images with initramfs.
This allows us to use storage-less simulators for testing still.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
If we want to boot from SD-card we need to have corresponding
drivers already built-in so there's no point in having these
modules.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Now when we're switching to FS on SD-card it's necessary to have
full stack of MMC block & FC drivers built-in otherwise kernel won't
be able to mount FS with needed modules.
Also we enable parsing of input parameters passed to the kernel by
U-Boot. Otherwise kernel won't know where to look for command line and
what's worse device tree blob (we had to disable this by default for
cases when kernel is loaded by JTAG and core registers may have
undefined state lading to kernel going bonkers).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As support of ARC HS38 in OpenWRT/Lede matures we don't need
debug-only output binaries any longer, so purging vmlinux for
AXS10x boards.
As for uImage for nSIM it makes completely no sense because there's no
way to run U-Boot on nSIM.
So we remove add_archs38_XXX scripts making code more compact and
cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
These 2 trivial patches will be followed by a bigger bgmac rework so
they are worth backporting in a separated patch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes flash corruptions. It touches bcm47xxsflash driver shared
between brcm47xx and bcm53xx so put it in generic.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It was adding unused variable:
drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c: In function 'm25p80_write':
drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c:85:6: warning: unused variable 'i' [-Wunused-variable]
int i;
^
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Use priv->wan instead of priv->id as indicator if packets should go to the
Ethernet WAN group (DPID=1) or not (DPID=0). This way, it's independant of
interface names or indexes.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <mschiller@tdt.de>
By default USB LEDs are associated with usbdev trigger. However,
not all devices which have USB LEDs have kmod-ledtrig-usbdev in their
list of default packages. Add it to the relevant devices.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <matti.laakso@outlook.com>
With an own DMA TX channel for each network device (eth0 + eth1) there
won't be any "tx ring full" errors any more.
This patch also move the spinlocks to the channel level instead of locking
the whole xrx200_hw structure.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <mschiller@tdt.de>
* Only parse interfaces that are up during init_config (as the
script depends on this to determine the proper IP/subnet range)
* Add reload interface triggers for samba-designated interfaces
* Force full service restart upon config change to ensure Samba
binds to new interfaces (sending HUP signal doesn't work)
* Rename "interface" variable to "samba_iface" and move into
global scope
Needed to fix Samba connectivity for clients connecting from a
different LAN subnet (e.g. pseudobridge configurations) due to the
'bind interfaces only' setting.
Signed-off-by: Conn O'Griofa <connogriofa@gmail.com>
The mw4530r-v1 profile in tp-link.mk is for Mercury MW4530R.
There is no such a device called TL-WDR4530.
Also change MERCURY to Mercury in /lib/ar71xx.sh
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
When PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR was unset in the environment, the configure
script was deducing the PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR from the location of the
pkg-config binary, which doesn't make a lot of sense, and isn't done
by other autotools based packages.
Patch imported from the Buildroot project:
https://github.com/buildroot/buildroot/blob/master/package/ncurses/0001-fixup-pkg-config-handling.patch
Also refresh patches while we're at.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Move the "which svn" and "which git" calls next to the timestamp commands
using those tools to not prematurely fail on systems where svn or git are
not present.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The bootmem area reserved for crashlog might be smaller than CRASHLOG_OFFSET
bytes, leading to an integer underflow when calculating the memory address
in crashlog_set_addr() which subsequently causes the kernel to crash when
attempting to vmap() the crashlog pages.
Change the logic to only consider the offset when the size of the used memory
area is sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It adds and uses ILP clock that requires some other work (in progress)
for upstreaming it. Other than that it adds a quick fix for bcma to add
serial flash before trying to read SPROM.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It wasn't accepted upstream as there was a discusson on Northstar vs.
BCM53573. Once we get a new ARM arch Kconfig entry it should be
possible to upstream it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Due to an empty pi_ifname in the generic failsafe setup, the deconfig
never removed the failsafe networking interface, causing broken
networking later on.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Update make_ext4fs to latest git head in order to support creating empty
filesystem images by making the source directory argument optional.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of introducing a fake filesystem type, move the tar generation step
directly into the image build step.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous image building code rework removed the rootfs.tar.gz with embedded
kernel and dtb build artifact which is required to build suitable SD images.
Reintroduce a .tar.gz artifact locally which embeds kernel and dtb, similar to
how the old code handled it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Yue Cao claims that current host rate limiting of challenge ACKS
(RFC 5961) could leak enough information to allow a patient attacker
to hijack TCP sessions. He will soon provide details in an academic
paper.
Backports upstream commit 75ff39ccc1bd5d3c455b6822ab09e533c551f758
to the used LEDE kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Also configure the switch based on the failsafe config, and create the
failsafe interface as tagged if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
In preparation of properly setting up vlans and switches, add
support for configuring failsafe on a vlan tagged interface.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Move preinit interface and ip config to its own function to allow
calling it from more than one place.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Instead of board_detect generating the config as a side effect, let
config_generate call board_detect as needed.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Should fix parser data containing uninitialized values for of probed
physmap flashes, which could break e.g. the redboot parser.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Similar how we fix the file times in the filesystems, fix the build time
of the kernel, and make the build number static. This should allow the
kernel build to be reproducable when combined with setting the
KERNEL_BUILD_USER and _DOMAIN in case of different machines.
The reproducability only applies to non-initramfs kernels, those still
require additional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
- Security: Message printout was vulnerable to format string injection.
If specific usernames including "%" symbols can be created on a system
(validated by getpwnam()) then an attacker could run arbitrary code as root
when connecting to Dropbear server.
A dbclient user who can control username or host arguments could potentially
run arbitrary code as the dbclient user. This could be a problem if scripts
or webpages pass untrusted input to the dbclient program.
- Security: dropbearconvert import of OpenSSH keys could run arbitrary code as
the local dropbearconvert user when parsing malicious key files
- Security: dbclient could run arbitrary code as the local dbclient user if
particular -m or -c arguments are provided. This could be an issue where
dbclient is used in scripts.
- Security: dbclient or dropbear server could expose process memory to the
running user if compiled with DEBUG_TRACE and running with -v
The security issues were reported by an anonymous researcher working with
Beyond Security's SecuriTeam Secure Disclosure www.beyondsecurity.com/ssd.html
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This generates proper images when using CONFIG_TARGET_MULTI_PROFILE and
CONFIG_TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Thanks to this images for SoftMAC devices don't get brcmfmac anymore and
b43 is added for devices with (quite poor) support only.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Among other things, this compiles out support for peer caching.
The feature did not seem to work well in my testing of AP mode,
and totally breaks my own special use of station mode.
Briefly tested on ea8500.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
ath10k-ct driver was using bad defaults for 9980 if user
had not specified a fwcfg file to over-ride them.
Also, support configurable station-kickout-threshold,
which might work around issues with flakey connections.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix PKG_VERSION]
9pfs is used by kvm to share files between host and guest,
add proper config option to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <matteo.croce@canonical.com>
RADIUS accounting can be used even when RADIUS authentication is not
used. Move the accounting configuration outside of the EAP-exclusive
sections.
Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
This allows building images for selected devices with brcmfmac only
(without b43 which is for SoftMAC devices).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Thunder Timecloud is a small NAS with MT7621A. It has 1 USB port and an
SD Card slot. There is no wireless cards.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The pi_* variables and the fs_failsafe_wait_timeout variable are set by
the CONFIG_TARGET_PREINIT_* config options. No need to maintain the same
values twice.
All other fs_ variables were never used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the missing carrier status set, the interface wasn't usable on a
BTHOMEHUB2B after ip link down and up as it is done in preinit.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the author of the cpu temp driver, not all xrx200 boards
have a cpu temperature sensor. For that reason enable the sensor only
for tested boards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not set the lan mac address for boards which having the lan mac
address already set in device tree source file.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The device tree binding and the associated code duplicates functionality
already patched into the etop driver. The compatible string isn't used
any more. Therefore the whole code can be dropped.
The "mac-increment" property allowed to increment a mac address received
via kernel cmdline. This functionality isn't used by any device and
should be added as etop driver device tree property if required again.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic mtd-mac-address dts property to get a mac address from
flash instead of the lantiq specific one.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the same mac address increment in device tree source file and
userspace.
Don't add a mac address increment to either the only mtd mac-address or
to all mac-addresses.
Fix a typo in the TDW89X0.dtsi file to add an increment.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All device tree nodes are using the named properties now and the code
path handling the reg property isn't required any more.
The code related to the ath,eep-flash property has been reformatted to
be better readable.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The conversion to the new image building code accidentally caused the kernel
image to get compressed twice, leading to boot failures when kernel and rootfs
are flashed separately.
The sysupgrade images have been unaffected by this. Also restore the elf
kernel build artifact while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Change the error message about missing SSL support to be more explicit by
mentioning required package names.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since the only difference between 24Kec and 24Kc is the addition of DSP
ASE support, and we don't use it anymore, there is no need to keep 24Kec
as a separate cpu type.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Changes include:
* Higher maximum transmit power in the 5170-5250 band of the BG
regdomain
* Introduction of the CU regdomain
* Introduction of the 5725-5875 band (short-range devices) in the DE
regdomain
* Introduction of 60 GHz channels 1-4 in the KR regdomain
* Introduction of the 5725-5875 band (short-range devices) in the NL
regdomain
Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
sysupgrade immediately reboots after flashing an image and doesn't
allow to unmount filesystems. At least in case the image used for
sysupgrade is stored on a FAT formatted usb flash drive, the following
warning is printed during the next mount of the flash drive:
FAT-fs (sda1): Volume was not properly unmounted. Some data may be
corrupt. Please run fsck.
Although a data corruption during read operations is unlikely, there is
no need to scare the users.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the copyright printing code to the usage printing function, to
reduce noise from regular execution but preserve information about
the author.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
/etc/init.d/boot tried to create /dev/root based on the kernel's
cmdline which won't work on any recent targets. Remove that code now
that fstools can detect the mounted rootfs based on
/proc/self/mountinfo and /dev/root was long gone anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Targets that need switch drivers should select them in their kernel
config. This prevents some bloat from creeping into targets that don't
need switchdev/dsa
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CPU frequency scaling enables the operating system to scale the CPU
frequency up or down in order to save power. CPU frequencies can be
scaled automatically depending on the system load, in response to ACPI
events, or manually by userspace programs.
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
There does not seem to be any meaningful difference in generated code.
This will save some time and space on snapshot builds
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
GitHub seems to be a bit unreliable on feeds updates on the buildbot
lately, so hopefully our own mirror will be more reliable than that.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix the scripts/remote-gdb script when CONFIG_BUILD_SUFFIX is set.
CONFIG_BUILD_SUFFIX extends the name of the folder build_dir/target*
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Now that we globally calculate sha256sums over the bin/ directory we can remove
the target image specific checksum handling.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a new "checksum" make target which generates an sha256sums file over the
image files produced in bin/targets/ and automatically call it during make
world after the package index generation.
The advantage of this new target is that it is guaranteed to run after the
images, the SDK and the ImageBuilder archives have been generated to ensure
that they all end up in the checksum file. Fixes FS#51.
Uses sed to postprocess the OpenSSL digest output into an sha256sum command
compatible format.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Change the image build code to generate the DTB files as part of the kernel
build phase in order to fix the image build in the ImageBuilder environment.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Network drivers typically allocate memory in atomic context. For that to
be reliable, there needs to be enough free memory. Set the value
heuristically based on the total amount of system RAM.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes instability/corruption on the ethernet interface connected to port0 on the switch on Netgear R7800 as well.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
If option ist not set then ipv6 is still enabled on this Interface.
Check if variable is zero will fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Fix support for the Comtrend CT-536+, CT-5361 and CT-5621T routers support.
Currently the firmware is broken for these routers, because there is a missing
bar in the code at the DTS file avoiding to match with DTS stuff at the kernel. This
causes the router boots without ethernet connectivity. The status led also has a typo.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The ATB DTB mangle code will enter an infinite loop if it encounters a
word in the command line that contains an r in the middle of the word.
Fix this by increasing ptr everytime before invoking strchr, ot avoid
finding the same r again.
This fixes booting at least on Netgear R7500v1, which contains
"ubi.mtd=rootfs" in its commandline, triggering the misbehaviour.
Fixes: 0ddcbee261 ("ipq806x: activate ATAG DTB mangle and EA8500 rootblock in dts")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove the previous PIO delay patch and add a revert patch for a faulty
upstream commit, which seems to have introduced this issue in the first
place
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix ubifs mkfs options
Use standard Build/* commands instead of doing everything in the hackish
ubi-boot-overlay template
Fix bootfs.tar.gz build error
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Check memblock regions for sufficient size before attempting to use
them. Allow checks for multiple memblock regions until a suitable one is
found.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Now that the "sysupgrade-nand" step is used by non-NAND targets as well,
rename it to "sysupgrade-tar" to make it more generic.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the generic "sysupgrade-nand" build step to pack the sysupgrade file,
it performs the same steps as the inline "tar-file" macro.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
multiple invocation of dnsmasq script (e.g. by procd and hotplugd)
might cause procd to restart dnsmasq with an incomplete config file.
Config file generation might take quite a long time on larger configs
due ubus calls for each listening interface...
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <ulrich.weber@riverbed.com>
Emits an initial event after the first link-up of a force_link
interface. This is needed for making the dnsmasq dhcp check more
reliable
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Open/close triggers array around service_triggers call to make using
multiple triggers easier to deal with.
The API was quite confusing, because some functions contained implicit
trigger open/close calls and some didn't.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The device tree description misses some Ethernet ports and there was no
model specified for this board. In addition there was no switch
specific default configuration created.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
After b47f438 "build: remove image prefix from kernel files in KDIR", the
kernel image in $(KDIR) has a different name and could not be found by the
tar-file build step anymore, leading to the following error on the build
servers:
cp: cannot stat `.../linux-octeon/lede-octeon-generic-kernel.bin': No such file or directory
make[4]: *** [.../linux-octeon/tmp/lede-octeon-generic-ext4-sysupgrade.tar] Error 1
Adjust the path to the source kernel image in order to fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The stock firmware uses the single LED as status indicator only. Using the
same LED both for status and as ethernet indicator is uncommon, and has
been confusing users who were using the device as a WLAN mesh node (so the
LED was just off, as no ethernet was connected).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Passing the hostname is currently broken in since the shipped busybox includes this commit:
https://git.busybox.net/busybox/commit/networking/udhcp/dhcpc.c?id=2017d48c0d70bef8768efb42909e605ea8eb5a21
Before:
Sun Jan 31 18:11:32 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is now down
Sun Jan 31 18:11:32 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is setting up now
Sun Jan 31 18:11:32 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18158): udhcpc: option -h NAME is deprecated, use -x hostname:NAME
Sun Jan 31 18:11:32 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18158): udhcpc: malformed hex string 'WR150'
After:
Sun Jan 31 18:11:33 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18169): udhcpc (v1.23.2) started
Sun Jan 31 18:11:33 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18169): Sending discover...
Sun Jan 31 18:11:33 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18169): Sending select for xxx.yyy.zzz.xyz...
Sun Jan 31 18:11:33 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18169): Lease of xxx.yyy.zzz.xyz obtained, lease time 600
Signed-off-by: Merlijn Wajer <merlijn@wizzup.org>
Treat 'relayd' as an essential service to avoid connection interruptions during sysupgrade on devices configured as a pseudobridge.
Signed-off-by: Conn O'Griofa <connogriofa@gmail.com>
Our code was assuming CPU port uses the highest number. My BCM53573
device has eth0 connected to port 8 and eth1 connected to port 5. While
working on support for it I tried to:
1) Enable all ports (including port 8)
2) Set CPU port to 5
I noticed port 8 is not accessible anymore. It was just a development
process but it seems like something worth fixing anyway.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Introduce an optional parameter at the local set_usb_led and
set_wifi_led function such that they can take a triggering
device. If no parameter is passed, behaviour is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: P.Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Several legacy images were not buildable because of missing profile
definitions in legacy-devices.mk since MultiProfile was removed. Update
legacy-devices.mk to provide all necessary profiles, and change ordering
to match legacy.mk.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Fixes duplicate ubiblock entries being listed and improves
find_mount_point to also match against a block device's
major:minor numbers (needed e.g. for /dev/root).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Previous implementation was blocking the init and
breaking halt/reboot/sysupgrade (reported by Daniel Golle)
v2: use procd logging, use set -e + trap for error handling
Signed-off-by: Etienne CHAMPETIER <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This allows the image builder to change EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME at a later
point in time without breaking the build
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
They are not used to produce regular firmware images anyway. Instead,
call their build templates directly if enabled in the config
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The consolidation of the MR24 and WNDR4700 subtargets
into the nand subtarget broke MR24's atheros wlan.
This was because the wndr4700's board code used a
pci_fixup routines to supply the ath9k module with
the calibration data.
This is not necessary on the MR24 as it has standard
mini-pcie ports. Hence the two AR9380 mini-pcie cards
do not need any calibration data overrides.
Cc: chrisrblake93@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The MR24's u-boot takes it sweet time decompressing the
LZMA-packed initramfs image. A user reported that
compared to the old gzip method in v2: it "takes a ton
longer to decompress like 4\x the old boot time for
decompression".
This patch also fixes a issue with the WNDR4700's initramfs
image getting to big and causing the following u-boot crash
during the decompression:
"Uncompressing Multi-File Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
out-of-mem or overwrite error - must RESET board to recover"
This patch fixes both issues by reverting the MR24's initramfs
compression method back to gzip. And choosing to compress the
initramfs within the initramfs image as LZMA by default.
Cc: chrisrblake93@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 8c68c104ea.
It is used for apm821xx, which needs ext2 (not ext4) images for some
devices.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With that patch in place for initramfs no additional options are
reported for "/" partition. What's really important is missing
info about sizes. Which in its turn makes opkg think that there's
no space on "/" partition to install software.
I understand that's a sort of corner-case, people rarely install
packages on ramfs but anyways why not?
Just in case that's what I see with the patch:
---------------------->8--------------------
root@lede:/# cat /proc/mounts
rootfs / rootfs rw 0 0
proc /proc proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
sysfs /sys sysfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /tmp tmpfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /dev tmpfs rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755 0 0
devpts /dev/pts devpts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600 0 0
debugfs /sys/kernel/debug debugfs rw,noatime 0 0
---------------------->8--------------------
And without:
---------------------->8--------------------
root@lede:/# cat /proc/mounts
rootfs / rootfs rw,size=256168k,nr_inodes=32021 0 0
proc /proc proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
sysfs /sys sysfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /tmp tmpfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /dev tmpfs rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755 0 0
devpts /dev/pts devpts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600 0 0
debugfs /sys/kernel/debug debugfs rw,noatime 0 0
---------------------->8--------------------
Note how different is entry for rootfs.
And given there's no known rationale for that patch we're
getting rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This firmware has been lightly tested on non LEDE system
to date, and will be undergoing further testing and development.
Allow users to easily install this on their LEDE system as
they prefer.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This patch adds support for Netgear Centria N900 WNDR4700/WNDR4720
hardware highlights:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC APM82181 Rev. E at 1000 MHz (PLB=166, OPB=83, EBC=83 MHz)
Security support, Boot ROM Location NAND wo/ECC 2k page (8 bits)
32 kB I-Cache 32 kB D-Cache, 256 kB L2-Cache, 32 kB OnChip Memory
Board: AMCC APM82181 Evaluation Board, PCIE0/SATA1, 1*USB OTG
DRAM: 256 MB (ECC not enabled, 500 Mb/s, 32-bit, CL3)
NAND: 128 MiB (SLC, erase size: 128 KiB, page size: 2048, OOB size: 64)
ETH: Atheros AR8327N Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 2 x 3.0 (Renesas uPD720202K8-711-BAA-A, firmware not included)
SATA: 1 x SATA-II 3.5" Hard Drive Bay for HDDs (DesignWare SATA).
WLAN1: Atheros AR9380 5GHz 802.11an 3:3x3
WLAN2: Atheros AR9581 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 3:3x3
SDCARD: GL827L SD/MMC/MS Flash Card Reader (on internal dwc2 USB 2.0 host)
I2C: GMT G781 (i2c-0 @ 0x4d - lm90 compatible temperature sensor)
TC654 (i2c-0 @ 0x1b - Dual PWM fan Speed controller)
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
INFO: Since this device only has a NAND chip. I opted for going with
root.squashfs in a UBI volume. There's no squashfs/jffs2 image.
This target produces three images.
a. netgear factory image
This image can be used to flash the Netgear WNDR4700 via the
firmware recovery mechanism and the web admin site.
The bootloader can be instructed to do a firmware recovery via the
# fw_recovery
command. It will start a tftp server and listen on 192.168.1.1
(the ipaddr variable in u-boot) for incoming, binary tftp clients.
The firmware recovery mechanism is also started if any of the flash
content which contains the kernel, device-tree definitions or the
(fake)rootfs fails to verify or load.
b. sysupgrade.tar image for sysupgrade
An sysupgrade will replace the entire current LEDE installation
with a newer version. This does include the kernel and the ubi rootfs
partition. The configuration can be carried over automatically as well
if desired.
simply copy the sysupgrade.tar to a the WNDR4700 running LEDE and run:
root@lede:~# sysupgrade sysupgrade.tar
and let it reboot.
Note: The devicetree flash area is NOT updated. Until the devicetree
definition is stable, this can lead to all sorts of hardware
detection problems! So make sure, if you experience issues: try
the fw_recovery. If you are unsure whenever this affects you:
test if you can reproduce your issue with the initramfs method.
As it will always have up-to-date device-tree definitions.
c. initramfs image for TFTP (for development and testing)
To use the initramfs method, follow the following steps:
1) Move the "lede-apm821xx-netgear-WNDR4700-initramfs-kernel.bin"
file to to the root directory of your TFTP server.
2) rename it to wndr4700.bin
3) On the WNDR4700 - Hit Enter during u-boot and insert:
# tftp 400000 wndr4700.bin; run addtty; bootm 400000 -
This will boot the LEDE image.
Note: The default tftp server is 192.168.1.7, if you want to change it:
# setenv serverip 192.168.8.7;
Note2: The default address for the WNDR4700 is 192.168.1.1:
# setenv ipaddr 192.168.8.8;
Note: Connect you tftp server on the last LAN port (not the WAN)
Note: The firmware for the USB 3.0 Host chip is not included anymore.
Therefore the two USB 3.0 ports will not work without the
uPD7070x-firmware package installed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
From 912-hwmon-lm90-expose-to-thermal-fw-via-DT.patch:
"This patch adds to lm90 temperature sensor the possibility
to expose itself as thermal zone device, registered on the
thermal framework.
The thermal zone is built only if a device tree node
describing a thermal zone for this sensor is present
inside the lm90 DT node. Otherwise, the driver behavior
will be the same."
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds a hwmon driver for the Microchip TC654 and TC655
Dual SMBus PWM Fan Speed Controllers with Fan Fault detection.
The chip is described in the DS2001734C Spec Document from Microchip.
It supports:
- Shared PWM Fan Drive for two fans
- Provides RPM
- automatic PWM controller (needs additional
NTC/PTC Thermistors.)
- Overtemperature alarm (when using NTC/PTC
Thermistors)
The TC654 is used by the Netgear WNDR47X0 to control its
system fan.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Hardware Highlights:
This patch adds support for Western Digital MyBook Live Series:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC UNKNOWN (PVR=12c41c83) at 800 MHz (PLB=200, OPB=100, EBC=100 MHz)
32 kB I-Cache 32 kB D-Cache, 256 kB L2-Cache, 32 kB OnChip Memory
Board: Apollo-3G - APM82181 Board, 1*SATA
DRAM: 256 MB (2x NT5TU64M16GG-AC)
FLASH: 512 kB (SST 39VF040)
Ethernet: 1xRGMII - 1 Gbit - Broadcom PHY BCM54610
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
The MyBook Live Duo additionally features a 1x USB 2.0 host port
and can support a second hard-drive.
This target produces two images for a target.
1. ext4 image
The extracted/raw image can be directly installed on
the internal HDD via "dd if=img.ext4 of=/dev/sdX".
This can either be done in place with the stock MyBook Live
firmware via ssh. Or by removing the HDD and writing the image
with a different PC.
The the compressed images are useful for sysupgrade.
2. recovery.tar image for TFTP and Serial.
extract the recovery.tar to a TFTP server directory.
On the MyBook Live (Duo) serial port - Hit Enter during u-boot and insert:
# setenv serverip 192.168.1.254; setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1; run net_self
Where 192.168.1.254 is your TFTP server.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the sata_dwc_460ex SATA driver which is used
by the SATA controllers in the MyBook Live Series and WNDR4700.
The code was backported from the upstream kernel.
It can be dropped completely on 4.7+.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the dw_dmac dma engine which is used
by the SATA controllers in the MyBook Live Series and WNDR4700.
The code was backported from the upstream kernel.
It can be dropped completely on 4.7+.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds a new target for PowerPC APM82181 and APM82161
(464-based) boards, as well as adds support for the booke-wdt
watchdog package.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This patch gets rid of the booke watchdog kmod package.
Instead the affected boards will enable it in their
kernel configs.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Both devices were converted to the new image build code but still using
the LegacyDevice define. Therefore an image isn't created for the
mentioned devices.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There seems to be a situation in which a rebuild of libpcap.so is triggered
in the install step of the libpcap Makefile. libpcap.so is the wrong
target, leading to the build failure reported in [1].
Fix the dependency of install-shared-so to $(SHAREDLIB) so the build can
succeed in this case.
[1] https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/19894
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This is required to update bcma without build breakage. One of bcma
patches changes BCMA_SFLASH dependency.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Specifying the device profile in PROFILES is unnecessary, and for all
devices the DEVICE_PROFILE variable matched the device name.
Get rid of this useless variable and set DEVICE_DTS to $(1)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If jffs2 support was not enabled by the target, jffs2 are quite likely
to be broken, so we shouldn't build them.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The network defaults for the WZR-HP-G300NH and CR3000 models wrongly set the
lan interface to a vlan tagged device while the switch was set up in untagged
mode, leading to broken lan side ethernet connectivity by default.
Fix the issue by emitting untagged interfaces, consistent with the switch
setting on the device.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
On UBI-enabled devices using squashfs as their rootfs an error
message like
UBIFS error (ubi0:3 pid 1): init_constants_early: too few LEBs (12), min. is 17
was thrown while probe-mounting the rootfs which later on succeeds and
thus shouldn't alert the user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
A bug resulting in the NAND not being detected by newer kernels has
kept me sleepless for months and yet I wasn't able to discover the
cause.
Bring back patches and files for 4.1 until this has been resolved.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Older git versions seem output the original argument to stdout if there
is no upstream, presumably because they try to do things with it
internally. This can be prevented by passing --verify to it, which
should be safe on newer git versions.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
-fno-plt and musl-libc patches already get upstream, then dropped
in GCC 6. Other patches are almost identical compared to GCC 5.4.
Compile and run tested on ar71xx/Qihoo C301 and
mvebu/Linksys WRT1900ac v1
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanups/fixes]
Use ./patches and ./patches-arc instead of version dependent patches.
We should have only one main supported version (along with the special
case for arc).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
-march forces the compiler to generate generic code, whereas -mcpu
allows it to target the specific CPU variant and use instructions that
the generic architecture may not have
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use kernel config as input instead of -march CFLAGS.
With this change, -march can be dropped and replaced with more specific
optimization flags for better code generation.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
It is used by a core build template, so the variable should be
initialized and added to DEVICE_VARS in the core.
Same for DEVICE_DTS_DIR
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This lets one use the CT ath10k driver instead of the built-in
ath10k driver from the upstream kernel (or backports).
This should be a drop-in replacement, as well as enabling
better CT firmware support.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
We call all commands normally, with standard echoing. It's useful for
debugging with V=s. Don't make lzma compression an exception, it's a bit
confusing this way.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
The removed patch is already integrated in upstream musl.
Add one additional patch which fixes a regression on mips.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
- avoid using tools/include/endian.h on OS X to fix compilation.
- remove unneeded Host/Compile definition.
- refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
jjPlus JWAP230 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 + QCA8337.
Short specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz with external PA (SST12LP15A), up to 28 dBm
- 3x MMCX connectors
- power input: 802.3at PoE or wide range DC (36-57 V)
- optional 802.3af PSE
- 1x mini-PCIe connector with PCIe, USB buses and SIM slot
- 1x mini-PCIe connector with PCIe bus
- 1x USB type-A connector
- 6x LED, 1x button (hardware reset)
- RS232 (MAX3223) and (E)JTAG headers
Default configuration:
- WAN on eth1 (RJ45 near LEDs with PoE input)
- LAN on eth0 (RJ45 near DC jack)
- left top LED set to be status LED
- all LEDs configurable form user space
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using RS232):
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-jwap230-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Wallys DR531 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external PA (SE2576L), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors
- mini-PCIe connector with PCIe/USB buses and SIM slot
- 7x LED, 1x button, 1x optional buzzer
- UART, (E)JTAG and LED headers
Default configuration:
- WAN on eth1 (RJ45 near DC jack)
- LAN on eth0 (RJ45 near button)
- S4 LED set to be status LED
- all LEDs configurable form user space
- button configured for reset
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-dr531-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Instead of assuming master is the current branch and origin the right
upstream, try to get both dynamically. If the current branch is not
tracking any upstream, use the origin of the master branch.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 31e5ed4152.
I've noticed some weird powersave related issues with this commit.
Revert until they've been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of disabling unwinding entirely this upstream patch
just disables generation of async unwind tables.
Once the patch in question lands in stable 4.4 tree this change
essentially must be removed (otherwise patch application will fail).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
This reverts commit acd41539d6.
There's a fix in upstream that will at some point land in 4.4 stable as
well so we'll get rid of this hack and with the next commit will apply
upstream fix.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Now when ath9k-htc USB dongle works with axs103 in OHCI mode
quite fine adding corresponding features to default configuration.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Removed socket options = TCP_NODELAY IPTOS_LOWDELAY
TCP_NODELAY (disables Nagle algorithm) is default since samba2.
IPTOS_LOWDELAY sets DSCP 0x10 coding (CS2)
The alternate IPTOS_THROUGHPUT sets DSCP 0x08 coding (CS1)
CS1 is a scavenger class, whilst CS2 is more OAM/interactive
(SNMP,SSH,syslog)
Using CS2 is definitely an abuse of DSCP classification, CS1 less so
however even if the ISP takes note of DSCP codings having a default that
sets traffic to CS2 is wrong. Better to use the default Best Effort
class.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
iftop would display portions of mac address with large ffffff prefixes.
Make if_hw_addr type consistent.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Move logging command line option to uci:
option verbose [0]/1/2 - mono-syllabic/verbose/noisy
Previously handled as 'OPTIONS' in .init script however variable
was ignored so never worked.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
* add gdma and hsdma kernel modules
* i2s support all ramips targets except rt288x
* i2s need gdma to transfer data
* add simple audio kernel module. it support device tree binding
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
D-Link DCH-M225 is based on Mediatek MT7620 with 64MB ram, 8MB flash,
3.5mm audio out support. but no ethernet and usb ports.
so you must default enable wifi.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
It was intended as a workaround when jffs2 eof mark was included in the
checksum calculation in seama header. When qihoo-c301 support was
introduced the board name was not inserted into the case list (because I
was not aware of it's existence), but the issue was fixed by excluding
the jffs2 marker as part of the checksum data
Now we are at it, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This is not a valid option in older git version, used in e.g. RHEL6.
Reported-by: Steven Haigh <netwiz@crc.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Defer the CFE_EXTRAs evaluation to allow overriden BLOCK_SIZE and
IMAGE_OFFSET take effect, and replace the unused IMAGE_SIZE with
IMAGE_OFFSET in DEVICE_VARS.
This fixes image generation for targets using different offsets or
blocksizes.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The CVG834G claimed to be a BCM6348, but is actually BCM3368. Since we
don't test against it, this was harmless.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Change the revision output to r<upstream-revision>+<local commits> so
it is easier to get the base revision (and see if there are local
commits).
Example:
$ ./scripts/getver.sh
r794+3
$
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
To work correctly hostapd requires wireless driver to allow interfaces
removal. It was working with brcmfmac only partially. Firmware for
BCM43602 got some special hack (feature?) that allowed removing all
interfaces by disabling mbss mode. It wasn't working with BCM4366
firmware and remaining interfaces were preventing hostapd from starting
again.
Those patches add support for "interface_remove" firmware method which
works with BCM4366 firmware and they make it finally possible to use
BCM4366 & brcmfmac & multiple interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
No extra libc header build step is done, so no extra toolchain is needed
for preparing it.
This saves a significant amount of build time and disk space
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of ignoring all metadata for package/kernel/linux, process it
and only suppress emitting config data to tmp/.config-package.in
This ensures that packages that select kmod-* packages can inherit their
depdendencies.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There are multiple prism54/p54 firmware versions for different
drivers and devices. Therefore, assigning the package version
of all the different firmware packages on the old prism54
firmware could break if any of the p54 firmwares are updated
and we need to roll out new packages.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[removed PKG_VERSION]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
commit 5b72807416 ("include/toplevel.mk: fix defconfig when
~/.openwrt/defconfig exists") was missing a !
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
./scripts/feeds update will reset the .config file if ~/.openwrt/defconfig
exists, thus resetting the target to ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
When USB Wi-Fi dongle based on Atheros AR9271 is connected to OHCI
(USB 1.1) controller following warnings flood debug console:
------------------------>8---------------------------
usb 1-1: new full-speed USB device number 2 using ohci-platform
usb 1-1: ath9k_htc: Firmware ath9k_htc/htc_9271-1.4.0.fw requested
usb 1-1: ath9k_htc: Transferred FW: ath9k_htc/htc_9271-1.4.0.fw, size: 51008
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 4 at drivers/usb/core/urb.c:450
usb_submit_urb+0x162/0x404
usb 1-1: BOGUS urb xfer, pipe 1 != type 3
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Not tainted 4.6.3 #10
Workqueue: events request_firmware_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core.constprop.1+0x94/0x10c
---[ end trace 2249b79eac9991d1 ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 4 at drivers/usb/core/urb.c:450 usb_submit_urb+0x162/0x404
usb 1-1: BOGUS urb xfer, pipe 1 != type 3
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G W 4.6.3 #10
Workqueue: events request_firmware_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core.constprop.1+0x94/0x10c
---[ end trace 2249b79eac9991d2 ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 4 at drivers/usb/core/urb.c:450 usb_submit_urb+0x162/0x404
usb 1-1: BOGUS urb xfer, pipe 1 != type 3
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G W 4.6.3 #10
Workqueue: events request_firmware_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core.constprop.1+0x94/0x10c
---[ end trace 2249b79eac9991d3 ]---
...
------------------------>8---------------------------
With removed warning Wi-Fi dongle works properly.
Even though this is not the best solution it gets us a working Wireless
AP. Anyways new discussion was started in linux-usb mailing list to find
a proper solution instead of that hack.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As of today USB 2.0 (AKA EHCI) doesn't work on axs103 board
and so there's no reason to build corresponding software for it.
Once USB 2.0 gets fixed on axs103 thi patch might be reverted.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Rename uboot environment partition on BT Home Hub 3A so that mac address
setting works correctly.
Also, the mac address field in the ath9k calibration data is not used,
and should not be referenced in the dts.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
This patch adds support of Mikrotik yaffs2 filesystem image for kernel file
and tools/kernel2minor package.
We neede this to boot kernel through RouterBoot on new Mikrotik NOR flash devices.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
Removed some options which are default anyway and added bind interfaces
only which causes the interfaces line to actually have an effect. Can be
verified with netstat.
Signed-off by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Make global options menuconfig cleaner by moving POSIX ACL
and attr support options into a submenu.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
When using scripts/feeds upgrade the .config needs to be
updated but the code to do so was also autocreating a
.config if one didn't exist. This is counter-productive
when you have not yet used menuconfig (or other config targets)
because things like selecting or deselecting CONFIG_ALL
(to build all package by default) only works if the
package selection has not already been done via an
existing .config selection.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
px5g has been listed as a blocker for switching to new mbedtls
as the default, therefore make and mbedtls variant of px5g so
that an new mbedtls-only image can be created.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
This reverts commit abf0768131.
The description is wrong, there is no recursive dependency here. The
conditions were added intentionally to avoid bogus build dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit d9b20a6f35 (SVN r48426) changed the
mac80211 phy lookup logic to strip the platform/ directory component from
the phy path specification.
Fix iwinfo to follow that logic by trying to lookup phys both with and
without "platform/" prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
On OS X systems, the compilation of e2fsprogs fails at subst.c due to a
missing sys/stat.h include:
subst.c:333:14: error: variable has incomplete type 'struct stat'
struct stat stbuf;
^
subst.c:333:9: note: forward declaration of 'struct stat'
struct stat stbuf;
^
subst.c:392:8: warning: implicit declaration of function 'fstat' is invalid in C99
[-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
if (fstat(fd, &stbuf) == 0) {
^
subst.c:438:12: warning: implicit declaration of function 'fchmod' is invalid in C99
[-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
(void) fchmod(ofd, 0444);
^
2 warnings and 1 error generated.
make[3]: *** [subst.o] Error 1
Declare the nescessary HAVE_SYS_STAT_H macro to include the required header in
order to avoid the undeclared stat structure.
Tested-By: David Thornley <david.thornley@touchstargroup.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We don't want checksum to cover any part of UBI as even its part with
SquashFS may be changed due to e.g. flash wearing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
This reverts commit b3be33f135.
CFE is known to fail in some non-standard cases, e.g. when using kernel
or format different that what was tested by Broadcom. This kernel change
triggered some problem with booting OpenWrt kernel stored in Seama.
As long as Seama checksum was covering enough data, it was working fine.
We need to change it however, because calculating MD5 over part of UBI
containing SquashFS is unsafe. UBI may move PEBs depending on flash
wearing level which would break CFE booting the image.
For some reason this kernel change was breaking CFE. Calculating MD5
over 0x47ffc0 B data or less (there is 0x40 B long header) was stopping
booting process at:
Starting program at 0x00008000
As our kernel is usually 0x3fffc0 B it was affected by this problem.
Reverting this change fixes sysupgrade (which already uses kernel size
for MD5 calculation) and will allow us to adjust "fixseama" command call
on the first boot.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Two variants incorrectly include themselves in
conditional depends on ssl libraries, which results
in a recursive dependency.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
Pinmux for rgmii needs to be set to rgmii, not gpio.
Hide the ESW switch on boot (using new rgmii esw devicetree attribute).
Also add a Sitecom-specific profile, since the image needs to include
the rtl8366 kernel driver.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Diedrich <ranma+openwrt@tdiedrich.de>
This allows gpiolib to re-use ath9k's devicetree node as GPIO
controller.
Example:
ath9k: ath9k@0 {
#gpio-cells = <2>;
gpio-controller;
}
Now the ath9k node can be used just like any other GPIO controller:
gpios = <&ath9k 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This enables ath9k's built-in GPIO controller for all chip versions
(instead of an explicit whitelist). This also allows us to get rid of
some duplicate code between hw.c and gpio.c because hw.c already
determines the number of GPIOs.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This folds 550-ath9k_add_ar9280_gpio_chip.patch into
548-ath9k_enable_gpio_chip.patch because the former patch only extends
code which is introduced in the latter.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Use first caldata for devices without OTP. The driver uses the caldata
instead of the board.bin data anyway
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The kernel config option CONFIG_NET_UDP_TUNNEL is not visible and can
not directly be activated. When kmod-udptunnel4 or kmod-udptunnel6 are
build these packages could be empty when no other kernel module selects
CONFIG_NET_UDP_TUNNEL.
Reported-by: Baptiste Jonglez <baptiste@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Small cleanup. I initially though /dev/kmsg was used for dmsg(and journald
on desktops) but this seems not to be the case. dmsg is still accessible
as non-root(gives output) which begs the question what does this do? Some
googling reveals that permissions are set to 600 for some embedded systems
while 644 for others. I can't find any justification for the latter. Might
as well err on the side of caution.
Signed-off by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
In new kernels we should use clk_prepare_enable instead of clk_enable
since clk_enable does not make proper initialization that leads
to rise WARN_ON messages and not working spi bus on the device.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
This package is a custom build(like ubi-utils) of mtd-utils from infradead.org
It is required to work with Mikrotik NAND based devices
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
This adds this commit from normal libnl to libnl-tiny:
2dbc1ca76c
commit 2dbc1ca76c5b82c40749e609eb83877418abb006
Author: dima <dima.ky@gmail.com>
Date: Wed Oct 13 17:53:34 2010 +0300
Generic Netlink multicast groups support
I have a patch against commit d378220c96c3c8b6f27dca33e7d8ba03318f9c2d
extending libnl with a facility to receive generic netlink messages sent
to multicast groups.
Essentially it add one new function genl_ctrl_resolve_grp which
prototype looks like this
int genl_ctrl_resolve_grp(struct nl_sock *sk, const char *family_name,
const char *grp_name)
It resolves the family name and the group name to group id. Then
the returned id can be used in nl_socket_add_membership to subscribe
to multicast messages.
Besides that it adds two more functions
uint32_t nl_socket_get_peer_groups(struct nl_sock *sk)
void nl_socket_set_peer_groups(struct nl_sock *sk, uint32_t groups)
allowing to modify the socket peer groups field. So it's possible to
multicast messages from the user space using the legacy interface.
Looks like there is no way (or I was not able to find one?) to modify
the netlink socket destination group from the user space, when the
group id is greater then 32.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cosmetic style fix]
This patch is a backport for current LEDE 4.4 Kernels.
It is already upstream, for linux-next and stable.
The initial commit message is below:
The bridge is falsly dropping ipv6 mulitcast packets if there is:
1. No ipv6 address assigned on the brigde.
2. No external mld querier present.
3. The internal querier enabled.
When the bridge fails to build mld queries, because it has no
ipv6 address, it slilently returns, but keeps the local querier enabled.
This specific case causes confusing packet loss.
Ipv6 multicast snooping can only work if:
a) An external querier is present
OR
b) The bridge has an ipv6 address an is capable of sending own queries
Otherwise it has to forward/flood the ipv6 multicast traffic,
because snooping cannot work.
This patch fixes the issue by adding a flag to the bridge struct that
indicates that there is currently no ipv6 address assinged to the bridge
and returns a false state for the local querier in
__br_multicast_querier_exists().
Special thanks to Linus Lüssing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
The pps-ldisc kernel module supports Pulse-Per-Second connected with the CD (Carrier Detect) pin.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Walker <stephendwalker+github@gmail.com>
rootfs part needs to be aligned to erase block size which is passed as
the 6th argument to Image/Build/Seama and is now 65536 since commit
commit 5119ee9 "ar71xx: fix bogus hardcoded kernel image size for Seama
images (fixes#20585)", but $(($(6) - 64)) still assumes that the
argument is a limit on kernel partition size, i.e. 1310720, so the
generated factory image is wrong in that the kernel will fail to find
the rootfs (FlySpray link at [1])
This patch will workaround it with the following steps
1. Calculate the required space for seama header and META data in step 5
2. Pre-padding 64 bytes to lzma-compressed loader
3. Generate correctly padded image-$(2).tmp
4. Strip out the padding
5. Seal it with seama utility
While at it convert seama to new build method
[1] FS#35 - mynet-n750 factory images don't find root partition,
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=35
Reported-by: Steven Haigh <netwiz@crc.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Remove kmod-crypto-deflate and kmod-ledtrig-gpio as the device works the
same by default without them
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This changes the default permissions for /dev entries to be more similar to
a desktop distro. Taken from the defaults of Arch Linux and Ubuntu. Also
changed some that were nonsensical. For example, all 660 permissions on
desktop distros were of the form root:x where x is something other than
root. As such, 660 is useless for LEDE where the specific group is missing.
audio seems to be the only group that isn't.
Signed-off by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This commit:
1) seed /dev/urandom with the saved seeds as early as possible
(see /lib/preinit/81_urandom_seed)
2) save a seed at /etc/urandom.seed if it doesn't exists
3) save a new seed each boot at "system.@system[0].urandom_seed"
(see /etc/init.d/urandom_seed)
We use getrandom() so we are sure /dev/urandom pool is initialized
Seed size is 512 bytes (ie /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize / 8)
it's the same size as in ubuntu 14.04 and all systemd systems
Seeding /dev/urandom doesn't change entropy estimation, so we still have
"random: ubus urandom read with 4 bits of entropy available"
messages in the logs, but we can now ignore them if
after "urandom-seed: Seeding with ..." message
Saving a new seed on each boot is disabled by default to avoid too much
writes without user consent
v2: log preinit messages to /dev/kmsg
v3: use non generic function name for logging, as /lib/preinit/ files
are all sourced together in /etc/preinit
v4: after a lot of discussion on the ML, use a uci config param
v5: config param is now the path of the seed
Signed-off-by: Etienne CHAMPETIER <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds a configuration options that allows to make filesystem ACL support
the default in the kernel, except for old nfs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
OpenWrt enables XATTR support pretty much universally, therefore
for filesystems that a loaded as modules also enable XATTR support
so that there are no unexpected missing capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
The libmagic shipped with RedHat 5 does not define
MAGIC_NO_CHECK_ELF and MAGIC_NO_CHECK_COMPRESS. e2fsprogs should
check for that, otherwise the build will fail.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Instead of downloading the firmware for prism54 devices in the
wireless.mk do it in an extra package Makefile. To ship the complete
source code Intel ships our modified OpenWrt/LEDE + the content of the
dl directory. We do not want to have any files in the dl/ directory
which are not needed to build our images. The prism54 gets downloaded
every time independently of building kmod-net-prism54 or not. When it
is in a own package it only gets downloaded when the firmware package
is selected.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Commit "kernel: mtdsplit: calculate kernel partition precisely for Seama"
changed the kernel partition to only contain the kernel itself and not
the Seama header. Adjust the fixseama call to match what is used on
brcm53xx.
This fixes failing to boot a second time after flashing the factory image
on the affected devices.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Reviewed-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Following fixes are included in the latest version:
-Script is launched with incorrect action
-Possible buffer overflows
-Lots of minor bugfixes
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
COBALT is a hybrid codel/blue algo combining best elements of both.
Exhibits improved behaviour in presence of abuse from unresponsive flows
handled by 'blue', whereas responsive flows are still handled by codel.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Cake AQM is experimenting with a codel/blue hybrid AQM COBALT instead
of just using codel alone. This patch updates tc to cope with some new
stats produced by COBALT.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
By default dnsmasq uses the time function; which returns the time since
Epoch; to retrieve the current time. On boards which have no realtime
clock this can lead to side effects when the time is synced via ntp
as the "time wrap" forces dhcp leases to be considered as expired.
By enabling the broken realtime clock build switch dnsmasq uses the
times utility which returns the number of clock tick.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: change symbol name, add sym to PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
93d5629a introduced a build failure on older platforms (<4.4)
because bmp085 is a boolean and not a tristate.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
add BMP085 and BMP180 pressure sensors
this driver supports the SPI and I2C and
older chips (BMP280 is supported by iio subsystem)
issue found when cleaning up omap/config
found while writing this patch that a
similar patch was submitted in June/July 2014 but not integrated
only compile tested
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
The PDU length of incoming LLC frames is set to the total skb payload size
in __ieee80211_data_to_8023() of net/wireless/util.c which incorrectly
includes the length of the IEEE 802.11 header.
The resulting LLC frame header has a too large PDU length, causing the
llc_fixup_skb() function of net/llc/llc_input.c to reject the incoming
skb, effectively breaking STP.
Solve the problem by properly substracting the IEEE 802.11 frame header size
from the PDU length, allowing the LLC processor to pick up the incoming
control messages.
Special thanks to Gerry Rozema for tracking down the regression and proposing
a suitable patch.
Fixes FS#24.
References:
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=24
Reported-by: Gerry Rozema <gerryr@rozeware.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Upstream OpenSSL hardening work introduced a change in shared code that
causes polarssl / mbedtls builds to break when no --tls-cipher is specified.
Import the upstream fix commit as patch until the next OpenVPN release gets
released and packaged.
Reported-by: Sebastian Koch <seb@metafly.info>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With the addition of /etc/os-release patching lldpd to use
/etc/openwrt_release and to have the initscript use
/etc/openwrt_release and/or /etc/openwrt_version becomes
unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
- Add missing macro to trigger the generation of 64k padded squashfs images
- Revert Zcomax image generation to use the prepared 64k squashfs image
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Remove old style device profiles and convert them to device definitions
within the image building code
- Fix the legacy build macros for the changed eval depth in the legacy
image build wrapper
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch is already included in the Linux mainline kernel since
v3.15, remove it from LEDE, see the lines directly before this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch was introduced in commit r16412 for the brcm47xx target only
and then moved to generic in commit r32395. It was initially added
because of ticket #5186 and should fix some problems with fuse file
systems and MIPS caches. The commit comment in r32395 says that this a
generic problem in MIPS CPUs, but does not name any specifics about
that. There was a fix added to kernel 2.6.21 in commit commit
7575a49f20 "[MIPS] Implement flush_anon_page()." that should fix this
problem, but that was already available before both commits were done
to OpenWrt.
I just tested fuse with ntfs.3g without this patch on a BCM4704
(BMIPS3300 V0.6) SoC and haven't seen any problems. Someone reported
that removing this patch improves some fuse operations by 5 times on
some modern MIPS cores.
My test was only a simple "dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/zero bs=5000" to an
USB stick.
This patch removes the patch to OpenWrt, because I assume that it is
not needed any more and Felix, the orginal author, also thinks so.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
There are 2 issues fixed by this patch:
- UDP checksum is computed incorrectly, the used pseudo IP header
contains transport protocol 6 iso 17
- on big endian arches the UDP/TCP checksum is incorrectly
computed when payload length is odd
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [refresh patch]
If KERNEL_INITRAMFS := in the target/linux/*/image/Makefile->Device/%NAME% section is set to ''
then personal initramfs file for this target device will not be created.
This var is similar to the Device/Build/kernel KERNEL_INSTALL :=
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
Should fix LAN speed issues on some devices. This is an updated version
of the previously reverted commit with the same name.
It improves the check for MACs connected to a built-in switch
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The copy on the mirror has a different md5sum as specified in this
package Makefile. The content of the file on the mirror is the same as
in the checkout so just update our md5sum.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of downloading the firmware from some website take it from
linux-firmware package and do not download it separately any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 59e98b27c9.
and
Revert "ar71xx: merge profiles into image building code"
This reverts commit 636089ead6.
these are still causing issues
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The ebtables code relies on the `-nostartfiles` linker argument to execute the
extension modules' `_init()` functions automatically which is not working
reliably across all supported targets and gcc versions.
Running an ebtables executable linked this way just crashes with a segmentation
fault at runtime on program startup, e.g. on ARM architectures.
In order to fix the issue ...
- remove the use of the -nostartfiles linker flag
- rename the init procedures to a generic name without implicit semantics
- explicitely annotate those init procedures as constructors
The patch has been taken from the Alpine Linux distribution at
http://git.alpinelinux.org/cgit/aports/tree/main/ebtables/fix-extension-init.patch
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
dnsmasq's dnssec time checking method now uses a ntp hotplug mechanism,
therefore dnsmasq.time is redudant and no longer needs to be explicitly
excluded from sysfixtime.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Change dnsmasq's dnssec time check handling to use time validity
indicated by ntpd rather than maintaining a cross boot/upgrade
/etc/dnsmasq.time timestamp file. This saves flash device wear.
If ntpd client is configured in uci and you're using dnssec, then
dnsmasq will not check dnssec timestamp validity until ntpd hotplug
indicates sync via a stratum change. The ntpd hotplug leaves a status
flag file to indicate to dnsmasq.init that time is valid and that it
should now start in 'check dnssec timestamp valid' mode.
If ntpd client is not configured and you're using dnssec, then it is
presumed you're using an alternate time sync mechanism and that time is
correct, thus dnsmasq checks dnssec timestamps are valid from 1st start.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
V2 - stratum & step ntp changes indicate time is valid
V3 - on initial flag file step signal dnsmasq with SIGHUP if running
V4 - only accept step ntp changes. Accepting both stratum & step could
result in unpleasant script race conditions
V5 - Actually only accepting stratum is the correct thing to do after
further testing
V6 - improve handling of non busybox ntpd
if sysntpd not executable
dnsmasq checks dnssec timestamps
else
sysntp script disabled - look for timestamp file - allows external mechanism to use hotplug flag file
sysntp script enabled & uci ntp enabled - look for timestamp file
sysntp script enabled & uci ntp disabled - dnsmasq checks dnssec
timestamps
fi
/etc/os-release is the standard distribution release information
file, therefore add it (and image configuration options for
fields not previously present in LEDE). Once it is deemed
reasonable the non-standard openwrt_release, openwrt_version,
and device_info files could be removed (that is with this patch
we consider them deprecated in favour of the standard file).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
After the conversion from legacy device profiles to the newer profile
information embedded in the image building code, the legacy recipes got
triggered twice with different eval depths, leading to shell syntax errors
when processing certain images.
The double processing was caused by the remaining Image/Build macro in
legacy.mk which serves as main entry point for the new style image build code
in conjunction with the newly introduced LegacyDevice/* macros which caused
the legacy image build fallback code to kick in.
In order to fix the issue, rework all legacy macros to work under the legacy
image build wrapper and remove the Image/Build macro of legacy.mk to prevent
legacy profiles getting executed in the context of the new build code.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ZBT APE522II is a dual-radio outdoor CPE based on the MT7620a SoC. It has
64 MB RAM, 8 MB flash, 2 Fast Ethernet ports via internal switch (one with
802.3af 48V PoE support), a 802.11b/g/n SoC 2.4 GHz radio and an 802.11a/n/ac
MT7612E-based 5 GHz radio.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Calibration data for QCA99x0 in this device has bogus macaddress.
The data cannot be modified directly, as it breaks checksum control.
Instead change the macaddress from phy add hotplug event.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
In the upstream kernel and the upstream squashfs4 tools the xz
compression header looks the following:
struct disk_comp_opts {
__le32 dictionary_size;
__le32 flags;
};
We added some other members and also moved some existing members. Place
the members which are already in upstream header at the same position
as in that kernel and add our own at the end. The kernel should not
have a problem when there are some additional members and just ignore
them.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
So far the network in failsafe is setup only for one board. Use the
eth0 interface as lan interface for all boards for now.
If a board has its lan interface(s) on another eth, a special
handling based on the board name can be added.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With update of binutils for ARC (this is now based on upstream 2.26)
we noticed issues with loadable kernel modules.
Something like that was happening:
--------------------->8-------------------
mbcache: unknown relocation: 49
insmod: can't insert './mbcache.ko': invalid module format
--------------------->8-------------------
More details could be found in that discussion in binutils mailing list:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnu.binutils/74662
As of now the simplest work-around is to disable in-kernel unwinder
for now. That will at least allow us to use modules again.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
In company networks everything except the http and https protocol is
often causes problems, because the network administrators try to block
everything else. To make it easier to use LEDE in company networks use
the https/http protocol for git access when possible.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Ethernet, ADSL2+ and LEDs are fully functional.
Supporting the two TAE ports and SIP gateway was not attempted.
The WiFi is unreliable, due to experimental support for rt35xx family
devices by the rt2800pci driver.
Signed-off-by: Oswald Buddenhagen <oswald.buddenhagen@gmx.de>
[rebase to LEDE HEAD]
[switch to normal image instead of brnboot image]
[remove not required pinmux child nodes keys, leds, ebu, exin, pci_in and pci_out]
[remove switch_rst pinmux child node (no support for hw reset in driver/setting a default GPIO value in DT]
[enable usage of the wireless LED]
[fixup mac address configuration]
Sgned-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The patch has been run-tested and the relevant dmsg logs are as the
following
[ 0.762447] Creating 5 MTD partitions on "spi0.0":
[ 0.767217] 0x000000000000-0x000000010000 : "u-boot"
[ 0.775139] 0x000000010000-0x000000020000 : "bdinfo"
[ 0.781014] 0x000000020000-0x000000fe0000 : "firmware"
[ 0.810558] 2 uimage-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
[ 0.815043] 0x000000020000-0x000000170000 : "kernel"
[ 0.821925] 0x000000170000-0x000000fe0000 : "rootfs"
[ 0.827587] mtd: device 4 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 0.831937] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[ 0.837983] 0x0000005c0000-0x000000fe0000 : "rootfs_data"
[ 0.845621] 0x000000fe0000-0x000000ff0000 : "backup"
[ 0.851445] 0x000000ff0000-0x000001000000 : "art"
While at it, convert to new build method
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
puts br2684ctl init after ADSL init instead of before, so that the ESI
is set at the right time, and for consistency with the PTM driver.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
The bootloader uses 30 MHz as the SPI frequency for flash on the Germany and
North America models, and 50 MHz for it on the worldwide model, but the Lantiq
SPI driver in OpenWrt and LEDE may access the flash differently such that
writes are capped at 20 MHz, leading to read errors reported on the worldwide
model at 30 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The EASY80920 is available with the A1X and the A2X chip version
depending on the board version. Add both firmware versions to device
tree and make the driver load the correct version depending on the chip
version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This image format is used by Lantiq's / Intel's UGW version 6.1 to 7.1.
These images can be flashed onto a board with the SoC vendor boot
loader as a replacement for the vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The lantiq kernel arch code selects CONFIG_RESET_CONTROLLER always, so
it is always selected when the lantiq target is build. we do not need
support for unselected CONFIG_RESET_CONTROLLER option.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Added optional command line option for patch-image tool
Default 16KB size is still maintained as this is an optional argument.
if one wants to specify or increase size they can provide this option.
sample usage: patch-dtb <file> <dtb> [dtb max size]
Signed-off-by: Vishnu Swaroop Duddu <duddu.swaroop@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of having CFE_EXTRAS for every device that need specific block sizes
and image offset, let's define a couple of vars which can be customized for
each device.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Some devices require padded images in order to prevent CFE from flashing them
to the wrong offset.
For small flashes (4/8) this is no big deal, but for larger flashes (16/32) this
implies 8 and 16 MB images, which is way too large and some devices aren't
capable of flashing them through sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The configuration preservation mechanism fails to keep items was are unset
as unset. For busybox this causes issues when building with custom
settings in the SDK. Therefore preserve busybox unset settings.
In addition we preserve non-package selection unset settings because
they may be important for making sure we compile and identical
package for packages that are recompiled in the SDK.
Now that SDK not longer ships .config this becomes relevant for
any use of the SDK.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
Original URL got 303 redirect which then also dropped the commit id
leading to different file revision & MD5 mismatch.
Corrected URL & clarified commit ID use in Makefile
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The only difference is a field in the image tag header, so just define
two images for it instead of treating them as separate devices.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
External IRQs are currently broken, fix the BCM6345_EXT_IRQ driver.
Since the adoption of the new driver irq-bcm6345-ext, in Chaos Calmer,
external IRQs don't work. It seems there were some minor errors at the initial
development of the driver.
This patch fixes the ticket https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/21613
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
* add rt_i2c structure to store driver data
* rewrite read/write check function and add i2c error status check.
so we don't need to wait until time out.
* add 10 bits address support. according to the data sheet i think
it is possible. but i haven't verify it.
* the most important is start transfer only need once. otherwise
it cause I2C_STARTERR status.
* add set i2c clock speed register by dts options "clock-frequency".
not just hard code it.
* add mt7621 i2c driver. i just copy i2c-ralink.c and change register
names. and the hardware don't support error status. so i remove it.
but the logic is the same.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
The restart event code is used in LEDE to trigger a factory reset on
long press as well.
By using the power event code, the restart functionality can be used
without being prone to trigger a factory reset.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch is a follow up to commit 4cf3fd4 "add support for indicating
the boot state using three leds".
At the time of writing the patch, I wasn't aware that it's possible to
switch info failsafe after boot (factory reset).
Enabling the failsafe led without disabling the running led causes an
unexpected led colour on devices using a single multicolour led to
indicate the boot state.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The *_UBIFS_OPTS variables need to be prefixed with DEVICE_ to match
the profile name.
The conditions need to be evaluated after the *_UBIFS_OPTS are set,
otherwise the variables are always empty.
Do not append or pass the DEVICE_ prefixed profile name to the images.
Use the name that is passed by the Image/Build/Profile/ step.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In kernel 4.7 there is upstreamed b53 driver using (mostly?) the same
symbols as our b53 does. Change our symbols so both drivers can coexist
in kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
So far "kernel" partition didn't contain just a kernel. It also included
Seama header and meta data. This was making kernel update complex and it
wasn't trivial to read kernel size.
Fix it by making "kernel" parition contain just a kernel image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Despite the MS_SILENT flag being set when probing for ubifs rootfs a
logline indicating an error is generated during boot:
UBIFS error (pid: 1): cannot open "ubi0:rootfs", error -19
This leads to confusion and there shouldn't be lines containing
the word 'error' twice in a bootlog if actually everything is fine
(just the rootfs happens to be something else than ubifs)
The patch added has been submitted and was accepted upstream, see:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2016-June/068056.htmlhttp://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/637491
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The generic sysupgrade image attempted to use the wrong filesystem type due
to premature variable interpolation leading to the following error on the
buildbot system:
cp: cannot stat `.../root.squashfs': No such file or directory
make[4]: *** [.../tmp/lede-octeon-generic-ext4-sysupgrade.tar] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Reordered the VLANs so the LAN ports are set to VLAN 1 and the WAN port is set to VLAN 2, as in the other routers in the config file. Moreover, this model had this VLAN mapping in OpenWRT Chaos Calmer. It seems that the VLAN were switched when fixing a bug in the port mapping ( OpenWRT changeset 47799 )
Signed-off-by: David Pinilla Caparrós <dpinitux@gmail.com>
The command-line arguments provided by the boot loader will be
appended to a new device tree property: bootloader-args.
If there is a property "append-rootblock" in DT under /chosen
and a root= option in bootloaders command line it will be parsed
and added to DT bootargs with the form: <append-rootblock>XX.
Only command line ATAG will be processed, the rest of the ATAGs
sent by bootloader will be ignored.
This is usefull in dual boot systems, to get the current root partition
without afecting the rest of the system.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
Already reschedule when 1 or more frames came in.
Checking for a full queue could produce a re-schedule loop as
the checked RX ring location could contain undefined values
depending on activity in previous loops.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Avoid using the --parallel argument to the CMake bootstrap, as that doesn't
allow us to remove the -j argument. Instead, pass the HOST_JOBS arguments
in MAKEFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Make usually passes -j and jobserver arguments as part of MAKEFLAGS. LEDE
removes MAKEFLAGS to have better control of the build, and re-adds the
jobserver arguments with -j to the Make commandline where desired.
Make 4.2+ behave differently with these arguments passed on the commandline
than in MAKEFLAGS: -j will override the jobserver argument and the job
count will be unlimited.
Moving the flags to MAKEFLAGS will need many packages to be changed and
tested; therefore, we opt for a less invasive change for now and just
remove -j for Make 4.2+, as the jobserver argument alone is enough to
enable parallel builds for these Make versions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This can be used to prevent double compression for platforms where the
boot loader already expects compressed images.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cisco RV0XX u-boot sets MEM=2048 as boot param. We assume that at least
4MB (mem_alloc_size) of ram is needed to run linux on cavium boards, so
if mem < 4M - ignore it and set default value
Signed-off-by: Michał Osowiecki <michal.osowiecki@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 53147c2237.
These config changes break booting on C2600 and probably other devices.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
omap requires msdos partition to boot from sdcard.
Prepare for upcoming full sdcard image generation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Commit 9ff8928bb9 renamed the snd-soc-mt7620-i2s
driver and dropped snd-soc-mt7620-wm8960 which selected CONFIG_SND_SOC_WM8960
breaking all ramips builds due to undefined kernel config symbols.
Rework the kmod-sound-mt7620 package to explicitely select the
CONFIG_SND_SOC_WM8960 symbols and change it to bundle the renamed .ko file.
Also remove the @BROKEN flag and exclude it on the rt288x subtarget instead.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
/etc/init.d/fstab had some warnings in it to let users know that they
should call "block mount" directly. these ended up in the bootlog.
fix this by splitting the code into boot() and start(). this way the system
will boot without warning but manually starting the script will lead to the
message.
fixes FS#3
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The package Makefile was based on work at link [1] with the following
changes
1. Disable minidebuginfo support thus no dependency on liblzma
2. Add 2 patches for building against musl-libc and building with
mips16 enabled
3. Add LICENSE and DEPENDS info, etc.
[1] https://github.com/rpi-openwrt/rpi-packages/tree/master/libs/libunwind
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
DuZun DM06 is a develop board based on mt7628
64M RAM, 8M SPI Flash, 1 WAN, 1 LAN.
wm8960 codec with line out, line in and speaker output.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
* remove mt7620-wm8960.c use simple card and DTS to do it
* add old chips support
* add 12Mhz refclk setup. this is hard code. need use clock framework
rewrite it
* add interrupt error status support for debug. default disable it.
because it cause to many interrupts
* add setup bclk suport not hard code it
* add 24 bits support for mt7628. not verified
* use regmap api to control registers
* add txdma-req/rxdma-req DTS params for DMA use
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
* add rt_i2c structure to store driver data
* rewrite read/write check function and add i2c error status check.
so we don't need to wait until time out.
* add 10 bits address support. according to the data sheet i think
it is possible. but i haven't verify it.
* the most important is start transfer only need once. otherwise
it cause I2C_STARTERR status.
* add set i2c clock speed register by dts options "clock-frequency".
not just hard code it.
* add mt7621 i2c driver. i just copy i2c-ralink.c and change register
names. and the hardware don't support error status. so i remove it.
but the logic is the same.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
* fix compiler error. device_control operation not support now.
* add old chips support 8 channels. new chips support 16 channels.
* add mt7621 hsdma driver. data sheet says it has two channels.
but after test only one channel support.
* add memory to memory DMA support. i use dmatest kernel module to
verify this function. on rt305x it will copy more data. on mt7621
only two channels can works at the same time. these two chips
maybe have hardware bugs. because on other chips don't have these bugs.
* use tasklet to handle remaining dma requests.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
Even though ARC tools were released as arc-2016.03
we have a little bit different version name for GDB.
That's because both Binutils and GDB come from the same
git repo but from different branches (and so different tags).
Also removing an extra patch that made its way into release.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
ARC port of GDB is not yet upstream so we need to use
sources from Synopsys GitHub repo.
Given Synopys' commitment to upstream ARC support in GDB
in the nearest future it might be simpler to add a separate
package for ARC GDB instead of patching generic GDB package.
This way once ARC GDB stuff gets uptreamed we'll only need
to remove that new "gdb-arc" package.
Note 1 very minor change in generic gdb package was done -
it now depends on !arc (while "gdb-arc" depends on "arc").
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
In commit "regulator: qcom: Rework to single platform device" the smb208
regulator used in IPQ8064 was left out.
Add it to that new framework and update Docs and DT accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
this worked in 3.18 but broke at some point. the old code that loaded a
irq table was incorrewct anyhow as it mapped the irqs int he domain which
should really be done when the driver using them loads them and not the
irq driver itself.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
sparse-0.5.0 won't link against lvm 3.5.0 as "llvm-config --libs" does not
include system libs like pthreads. This problem got fixed but not released
yet, so we need to fetch from their git repo.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Sydow <stefan.sydow@tu-berlin.de>
Recent versions of Chrome require this ciphers to successfully handshake with
a TLS enabled uhttpd server using the ustream-polarssl backend.
If `CONFIG_GCM` is disabled, `ssl_ciphersuite_from_id()` will return `NULL`
when cipher `0x9d` is looked up, causing the calling `ssl_ciphersuite_match()`
to fail with `POLARSSL_ERR_SSL_INTERNAL_ERROR`.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The swconfig kernel infrastructure fails to do any permissions checks when
changing settings. As such an ordinary user account on a device with a
switch can change switch settings without any special permissions.
Routers generally have few non-admin users so this isn't a big hole, but it
is a security hole. Likely the greatest danger is for multifunction devices
which have a lot of extra daemons, compromising a low-security daemon would
allow one to modify switch settings and cause the router/switch to appear to
lock-up (or cause other sorts of troublesome nyetwork behavior).
Implement a check for CAP_NET_ADMIN in swconfig_set_attr() and deny any
requests originating from user contexts lacking this capability.
Reported-by: Elliott Mitchell <ehem+openwrt@m5p.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add support for hostid dhcp config entry to dnsmasq. This allows
specification of dhcpv6 hostid suffix and works in the same way as
odhcpd.
Entries in auto generated dnsmasq.conf should conform to:
dhcp-host=mm:mm:mm:mm:mm:mm,IPv4addr,[::V6su:ffix],hostname
example based on sample config/dhcp entry:
config host
option name 'Kermit'
option mac 'E0:3F:49:A1:D4:AA'
option ip '192.168.235.4'
option hostid '4'
dhcp-host=E0:3F:49:A1:D4:AA,192.168.235.4,[::0:4],Kermit
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
- Fix calculation of `$vht_cap` bit field
- Replace wrong reference to `$tx_stbc` variable with proper `$tx_stbc_2by1` one
- Emit proper `RX-STBC-{1,12,123,1234}` tokens for the VHT capability list
See https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/22535 for reference.
Signed-off-by: Scott Shambarger <devel@shambarger.net>
Daemons that are waiting for a timesync are only triggered when the action is stratum.
As step is the first sync action pass all actions to the ntpd hotplug scripts; it's up
to the ntpd hotplugscript to filter out the actions it is interested in.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
By default dnsmasq uses random ports for outbound dns queries;
when the maxport UCI option is specified the ports used will
always be smaller than the specified value.
This is usefull for systems behind firewalls.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Increase the default system log buffer size
from 16 kB (default both in logd source and in the startup script)
to 64 kB by adjusting the default value in startup script.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Increase the default system log buffer size
from 16 kB (built-in default in ubox logd)
to 64 kB by setting the option in /etc/config/system.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
kmod-sound-soc-digidac1-soundcard is also missing snd-soc-wm8804 dependency
for snd-soc-wm8804-i2c
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Record the state of any hardware LED configured through UCI and use that
information to revert the state when applying updated settings while
maintaining default behaviour of system LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Use KERNEL_INITRAMFS_SUFFIX for customizing initramfs name.
- Modifying $(PROFILES) is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The board_detect framework is now able to create the entire system config from
scratch so we can finally drop the copy shipped by base-files.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that config_generate is able to generate the entire /etc/config/system
from scratch we can apply the same logic as used for /etc/config/network;
when the configuration file exists already then do not do anything, else
generate it from the values provided by /etc/board.json .
In order to facilitate that move the file existance checking inside
/bin/config_generate and call it unconditionally from /bin/board_detect.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that deviations to the default /etc/config/system are registered via
board.d we can drop the target specific copy.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that deviations to the default /etc/config/system are registered via
board.d we can drop the target specific copy.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The system config file shipped by ath25 is now equivalent to the generic one
in base files, so drop the target specific copy.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ath25 target has its own unique button action config support, which is not
used anywhere except for two example logger statements in UCI.
Since there is a generic /etc/rc.button facility since some time already there
is no reason at all to keep this target specific mechanism anymore, so simply
drop it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently, the uci data model does not provide support for specifying
the minimum TLS version supported in an OpenVPN instance (be it server
or client).
This patch adds support for writing the relevant option to the openvpn
configuration file at service startup.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Panella <morpheus@level28.org>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: shorten commit title, bump pkg release]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Attempt to reset all LED states before applying the UCI configuration to
avoid leaving disabled LEDs behind in lingering glowing state, e.g. when
changing the sysfs entry in the config from one hardware LED to another.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch adds the target profile SOM9331 and configures hardware
functionality for the 3x Eth Ports & corresponding LED's, the USB Host,
the USART to USB bridge and the System LED.
Signed-off-by: Allan Nick Pedrana <nik9993@gmail.com>
Upstream dropped the `dapm` member of `struct snd_soc_component`, requiring
users to access it using `snd_soc_codec_get_dapm()` instead so change the
driver code to do just that.
Fixes the following build error spotted by the buildbots:
CC [M] sound/soc/gw-avila/gw-avila.o
sound/soc/gw-avila/gw-avila.c: In function 'avila_aic3x_init':
sound/soc/gw-avila/gw-avila.c:104:44: error: 'struct snd_soc_codec' has no member named 'dapm'
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
>From wolfssl/openssl/opensslv.h, and from skimming the contents of what
"--enable-stunnel" actually does, it seems that --enable-opensslextra
doesn't give you the "full" openssl compatibility that you may wish for
these days. Unfortuantely, while wolfssl writes the build time options
into wolfssl/options.h, it doesn't include that file itself. User
applications must include that directly.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Latest Xcode doesn't include openssl anymore. To compile
mkimage from u-boot source you need SSL headers on your host.
This patch provides libressl host package for any Darwin
compilation. Unfortunately openssl from MacPorts can not be
used, as the installed headers in /opt/local are breaking
GDB compilation. Tested with a RB532 image build and resulting
kernel booted on a device via TFTP.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fixes, dependencies]
* build for pentium4 instead of i486
* enable PAE
* enable EFI support
* enable KVM guest and host support
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add 'cake' qdisc kernel module package.
V2 - KDB Small update to base on latest cake tc changes (wash option
deprecated)
V3 - KDB Move kmod-sched-cake package to kernel as is kernel related
V4 - KDB Split into individual patches, kmod & tc
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add cake support to 'tc' in iproute2
- Use a patch to modify tc instead of adding a new tc-adv package.
Patch creates q_cake.c that matches commit 3314230bc4
- Do not include the other things from tc-adv (cake0, cake2, pie etc.).
V2 - KDB Small update to base on latest cake tc changes (wash option
deprecated)
V3 - KDB Move kmod-sched-cake package to kernel as is kernel related
v4 - KDB Split into individual patches, tc & kmod
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Use the DMI data available in sysfs to extract manufacturer and model info
and write it to /tmp/sysinfo/.
The data will be picked up by board_detect and can be used by e.g. LuCI to
display a more appropriate model description.
On an APU board the files will contain the following values:
# cat /tmp/sysinfo/model
PC Engines APU
# cat /tmp/sysinfo/board_name
pc-engines-apu
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Enable support for DMI decoding in the kernel so that we can access
manufacturer and model information via sysfs.
Also remove redundant per-subtarget DMI overrides and preset a few
previously unset symbols popping up due to the now enabled DMI support.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
most symbols should be in Kernel packages
depending on HW the removal of
CONFIG_REALTEK_PHY
and USB symbols might be wrong
compile tested only
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
uClibc-ng pretends to be GNU libc 2.2 and then a fallback
scanf check is tried, so that libmount is disabled
afterwards. Add a fix already suggested upstream.
Add librt dependency required for other apps, too.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@uclibc-ng.org>
Initially for ARC we were building vmlinux images because it
was both simpler and more convenient to debug Linux kernel
in runt-time via JTAG. Now when base system works quite nice
we may finally use U-Boot for loading the system image as
well. Still we keep building vmlinux images as some of our
boards are development boards and loading images with JTAG
could be at some points very beneficial.
Note for U-Boot header it's required to specify 2 values:
* loading address
* entry point (if it doesn't match loading address)
and in case of ARC entry point (EP) not only differs from
loading address but also changes from build to build due to
initramfs being placed between loading address and text section.
To accommodate that feature we have to calculate EP after
vmlinux gets built and before call to mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
even it's a little bit verbose, unmacrod board descriptions are much
easier to read and to understand.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
It turns out most device vendors don't set the correct country code
in their devices' on-flash-EEPROM sections as they apparently rather
provide a complete per-target-market firmware with patched drivers
instead of just setting the country code.
This results in the driver to incorrectly assume the value stored in
the on-flash-EERPOM (usually US or China) being the regulatory domain
inside which the device is being used.
To work around this issue, OpenWrt introduced the ATH_USER_REGD config
variable to decide during build whether or not to allow the user to
override the regulatory domain setting. This option, however, is not
enabled by default and thus ends up being disabled for snapshots builds
and released binaries.
As we know for a long time that most devices got borked regulatory
domain values set in their EEPROMs we should allow our users to respect
their local law (instead of just assume US or China laws).
Note that also the current default has great potential of users not
ever setting their regulatory domain and thus using inapproriate and
potentially illegal frequencies and/or tx-power settings
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This allows one to select CT firmware for ath10k
if one prefers to try this firmware instead of stock
ath10k firmware.
The 10.1 (988X) firmware can actually be installed beside the
default firmware, but it will not be used as long as the firmware-5.bin
file exists. Users could rename the files and reboot to use different
images.
The 99X0 (wave-2) firmware uses the same firmware-5.bin name as default
firmware, so it cannot be installed at the same time as default firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This patch adds support for the Netgear EVG2000 VoIP Gateway to the
bcm63xx targets.
This device was not sold to the general public, but rather is/was
provided by telcos to customers in Sweden, Australia, Singapore and
other parts of asia.
Known issues:
- Unable to detect 53115 switch. This appear to be a problem with
probing for the PHY using MDIO and results in error 5. Doesn't seem to
be a problem with the configuration, and could use someone with
experience to have a look at it.
- Uses the b43 driver as using the OpenWRT/LEDE broadcom-wl driver
fails to load the firmware for the 4322, so 802.11n is not supported.
More info on the device and the research can be found at:
https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/netgear/evg2000https://wikidevi.com/wiki/Netgear_EVG2000https://github.com/Xotic750/mirror-lede/tree/evg2000https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=63950
Signed-off-by: Graham Fairweather <xotic750@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Some devices with ath9k WiFi require changing the default active low
polarity to high in order to correctly operate the WiFi status LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
- Use default number of uarts (2) for rt288x/rt305x/rt3883/mt7620.
- Allow up to 3 uarts on MT7621 and MT7628.
- Remove unneeded SERIAL_8250_RT288X for MT7628.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Kernel module for the OMAP Random Number Generator
found on OMAP16xx, OMAP2/3/4/5 and AM33xx/AM43xx
multimedia processors.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Some Git versions have issues following the HTTP->HTTPS redirect and since
the keyring package is fetched from this host, switching to HTTPS is a
sensible choice anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Widora board is similar to the Linkit 7688 but features a larger flash
capacity.
Signed-off-by: Yuan Chenmang <771992497@qq.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: Reword commit message, cleanup initial PR]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When the gettext-full host build phase finds an `emacs` exectuble during the
build it will launch an `emacs --batch` command to run some Lisp code.
On certain Debian systems the `/usr/bin/emacs` path might point, via
alternatives, to the `/usr/bin/jove` editor which will then launch an
interactive session when invoked by the gettext build.
In order to avoid this problem, explicitely disable emacs handling during
the build through a configure environment variable.
Also remove my now unreachable maintainer address.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous image creation code would have failed if the
unpadded kernel uImage size was less than 64 bytes from the
next erase block boundary. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
The CPE210 was still described for the OEM upgrade as compatible,
even the wireless configuration isn't compatible anymore between
both series (2ghz and 5ghz).
Update the CPE210 image profile to use the new profile.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The CPE210's ancestor is the CPE510 not the other way around. The device
profile is also named after the CPE510.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The bootloader on this device expects the kernel partition to end
on a 64k boundary. The last 64 byte of the kernel partition must
contain a valid uImage header (the fakeroot partition).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
1)Changes
- Rebased the patches for linux-4.4.7
- Added patch to fix spi nor fifo and dma support
- Added patch to configure watchdog barktime
2)Testing
Tested on IPQ AP148 Board:
a. NOR boot and NAND boot
b. ethernet network and ath10k wifi
c. ubi sysupgrade
UnTested
dwc3 usb has not been validated on IPQ board(AP148)
3)Known Issues:
Once we flash ubi image on AP148, and if we reset the board, uboot on
first boot creates PEB and LEB for dynamic sized partitions, which is incorrect
and not what linux expects which causes errors when trying to mount rootfs.
In order to test this, we can use the below steps:
a. Flash the ubi image on board and don't reset the board
b. load the kernel fit image in RAM and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangi@codeaurora.org>
The user benpicco in #openwrt reported that images are build which are
bigger that the available flash size.
He provided a proof of concept fix and gave permission to me to send it
for inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The RJ45 WAN port is used for xDSL as well as the IP101A.
The pins 1,2,3,6 of the RJ45 are connected to the IP101A and the
pins 4,5 are connected to the xdsl chip.
Drop the ip101a-rst node. It can't be controlled and is not required
at all.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The STP pinmux was initially added in assumption LAN2 led is driven by
it. It worked somehow because STP group and gphy0 led0 share the GPIO.
Do it the right way by adding the gphy0 led0 the gphy function.
According to the author, the SPI node is a copy & paste leftover. Which
makes sense since nothing is connected to the SPI bus on this device.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Based on a submission to the uboot-lantiq repo by Eddi De Pieri.
Major cleanup and addition of brnboot second stage u-boot was done by
me.
The second stage brnboot u-boot is untested, since the brnboot prompt
is secured by a still unknown password. But should work.
The former ram values are replaced with the ram values extracted from
the original brnboot. The old ones didn't worked with the ramboot
image.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The default bootloader partition of some devices is to small for an
u-boot with uncompressed gphy firmware(s).
Instead of increasing the bootloader partition size, in compare to the
stock firmware, compress the firmware. This would allow the bootloader
of at least the FritzBox 3370 as well as the bootloader of the
VGV7510KW22 to fit into the bootloader partition of the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Based on a submission to the uboot-lantiq repo by Eddi De Pieri.
Devices like the xrx200 Arcadyan VGV7519 are using two NOR flash chips.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the brnboot partition layout as it is listed in the OpenWrt wiki
article for this board.
Configure the brnboot root selector for this device as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Cleanup the pinmux configuration by removing the unused spi node. Nothing is connected to the SPI bus on devices.
The stp_out pinmux child node covers the same GPIOs as the already used
stp group.
The same applies to the gphy-leds_out pinmux node and the "gphy0
led1" as well as "gphy1 led0" groups.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch fixes the missing Lan interface config in the file
/etc/config/network for ARV4518PWR01/A which results in eth0 and br-lan
being down and therefore no way to access the router unless via UART-TTL.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Berdai <mohammed.berdai@gmail.com>
This makes brcmfmac compatible with mac80211 which uses dev_alloc_name
(and so returns -ENFILE on error).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
LEDE project seems to be using "LEDE" as its acronym everywhere. To keep
things consistent adjust default wireless SSID.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Provide HTTPS URL when possible, try to keep 8 mirrors per entry and spread
over several locations of the world. Since most active contributors are in
US/CA and/or EU prioritize mirrors that are within those regions if possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The igb kmods selects kmod-i2c-algo-bit which in turn is invisible until
kmod-i2c-core gets selected, causing kmod-igb to be hidden from menuconfig
as well.
Let kmod-igb select kmod-i2c-core as well in order to make it visible
in menuconfig right away.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- install correct libs to staging/usr/lib
fixes eudev, nfs-kernel-server
the lib*.a seem broken - use the correct .so files
and remove .a libs
- some build breakage was observed with parallel builds:
text-utils/more-more.o: In function `putstring':
more.c:(.text+0x1f4): undefined reference to `tputs'
text-utils/more-more.o: In function `initterm':
more.c:(.text+0x1b74): undefined reference to `setupterm'
more.c:(.text+0x1f0c): undefined reference to `tparm'
more.c:(.text+0x20ac): undefined reference to `tigetnum'
more.c:(.text+0x20c8): undefined reference to `tigetflag'
more.c:(.text+0x20ec): undefined reference to `tigetstr'
more.c:(.text+0x2148): undefined reference to `PC'
text-utils/more-more.o: In function `reset_tty':
more.c:(.text+0x2630): undefined reference to `tputs'
- fix line length
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
Some package postinstall operations, e.g. those emitted by the LuCI build
system, source and delete the uci-defaults themselves upon package insteall,
causing the generic defaults apply code to trigger shell errors like:
.../luci-app-ddns.postinst: .: line 130: can't open './40_luci-ddns'
Rework the generic apply code to check the existence of the uci-defaults
script before trying to source it, use sed to prefilter the list of entries
from the control file and perform the directory change in a subshell,
avoiding the need for cd $OLDPWD.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
reported by reproducible openwrt project[1]:
we package some libtool shell script
- add missing dependencies
- fix paths
- make in InstallDev does not seem to be necessary
tested (cal,dmesg,sfdisk) on x86 qemu VM with allyesconfig
[1]: https://reproducible.debian.net/openwrt/openwrt.html
[Jo-Philipp Wich: fix double slash in sfdisk path, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
RB912 has one usb shared between external USB and miniPCIe slot. GPIO52 can
reroute power to external USB (=1) or internal miniPCIe slot (=0)
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Commit d79f8909c1 introduced CONFIG_ALL,
CONFIG_ALL_KMODS and CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED as menuconfig choices to the SDK,
therefor we can drop the hardcoded CONFIG_ALL symbol declaration now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that the most important options are exposed via menuconfig in the SDK we
can stop shipping a (possibly outdated) copy of .config from the emitting
buildroot.
Leaving out .config has two positive side effects:
- A simple "make" run without any prior config will launch menuconfig, forcing
interactive users to make appropriate choices
- Buildbot systems (e.g. our phase2 builder) can issue a "make defconfig" to
obtain a .config enabling all packages by default
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The query for ARMADA_THERMAL is stalling the kconfig process and as long as we
do not package it, simply disable the symbol.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Allow path specifications to refer to just '@' or '$' which is useful for
exporting the keys or array indizes of the toplevel object to the shell.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix a „semantic typo“ introduced in b78aae793e,
where TARGET_INIT_PATH was used instead of CONFIG_TARGET_INIT_PATH.
Signed-off-by: Dario Ernst <Dario.Ernst@riverbed.com>
Generalize the partition discovery in sysupgrade in order to fix sysupgrade
and config backup/recovery on MMC block devices which use a different naming
scheme compared to mtdblock or sd* devices.
The change also adds the find applet to the ramdisk utilities so that upgrade
code can rely on it.
The commit is based on the initial submission by Russell Senior at
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/625440/ .
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Centralize setting all version information in include/version.mk
* Set RELEASE env variable in include/version.mk instead of toplevel.mk.
Stop exporting the variable.
* Remove hardcoded release name from /etc/banner
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The busybox ntpd utility currently uses ntp servers specified in uci.
This patch allows the ntpd utility to use NTP servers received via DHCP(v6)
Following uci parameters have been added:
use_dhcp : enables NTP server config via DHCP(v6)
dhcp_interface : use NTP servers received only on the specified DHCP(v6) interfaces; if empty all interfaces are considered
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Instead of making assumptions about the leasefile and resolv file make sure
we use what the user configures, but fall back to defaults if no configuration
is specified
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
It is desirable to be able to use ./scripts/feeds install -a
when in the SDK without being forced to build a great number
of packages that are not actually wanted.
We therefore add the option of changing the various ALL package
build options so that we can default to packages not being built
unless we select them.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
Update to dnsmasq2.76. Refresh patches. Add new patch to fix musl
'poll.h' location warning.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Storage of such zones is provided by a nf_ct_ext struct, hence conntrack
memory foot print will not be increased if zones are not used.
Signed-off-by: Alin Năstac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
The cpe510 has two calibration tables. The first calibration
table requires to modify ath9k driver to work (patched tx gain table).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The CE image format used by OpenMesh can contain extra blocks which
are not used for flashing. Only the first three embedded images
(fwupgrade.cfg, kernel, rootfs) are required in this order to successfully
flash an image via sysupgrade. All extra embedded images should be ignored
for the available devices.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
The platform_check_image_openmesh function used break statements to signal
that the board name matched the image target. This worked because the
sysupgrade binary checked the image inside a loop. The break statement
stopped the loop and skipped any additional check.
Instead the check should be done without such sideeffects by simply
combining the board names and image targets. Only a mismatch should cause a
negative result for the caller and skipping of the additional checks.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Some OpenWrt based firmwares like Gluon expect that a sysupgrade image
exists when a device firmware can be updated via sysupgrade. This image
wasn't created until now because OpenMesh devices use the same image for
factory and sysupgrade flash. Copying the image from *factory.bin to
*sysupgrade.bin is therefore enough to make the sysupgrade functionality
visible.
Reported-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Summary of changes:
* moved config-3.18 to config-4.4 and patches-3.18 to patches-4.4
* removed most of the first two patches, that seem to be upstream already
* changed deprecated/removed IRQF_DISABLED to zero following examples in upstream kernel patches
* added config line to disable device-tree to satisfy kernel configuration
* add new image generation code
Build tested and run tested on an Accton MR3201A.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Currently, for RT5350 and MT7628, esw is marked as compatible with
"ralink,rt3050-esw". While this is true, the switches within RT5350
and MT7628 actually support more functionality than the RT3050 switch.
One such example is per-VLAN untagging, which is an important feature.
RT3352 is another example of this, but it already has an additional
compatible property, which allows to differentiate it from RT3050.
This commit adds such more specific properties for RT5350 and MT7628
as well.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
The only difference between the VG3503J profiles is the version of the
gphy firmware that gets loaded. This can be handled perfect fine in one
device tree source file.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the author, all SPI related configs are copy & paste
leftovers. Which makes sense since nothing is connected to the SPI bus
on this device.
The NOR SPL isn't required for this board, since the NOR is directly
memory mapped.
Allow to overwrite the env in ram while using brn variant. Do not set
the power GPIO pin twice.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
use:
- 00nn for u-boot patches
- 01nn for new boards
While doing the rework, the board definitions for the easy50712 and
easy80920 were moved to distinct board definitions patches.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
- disable all ethernet ports except port 0 on MPR-A2
Port 0 is the only ethernet port on this router, so disable all other PHYs in order to save power.
- don't use a VLAN for the single ethernet port of the MPR-A2
Like A5-V11, this router only has one ethernet port.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Disable marvell,nand-keep-config property on WRT1900AC to allow the
flash driver to properly probe the chip
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
wolfssl has a fine grained feature and compatibility control
for compiling stunnel, lighthttp or (partly) openssl dropin
ustream-ssl uses features that require normally
HAVE_SNI, HAVE_STUNNEL and the openssl compatibility headers
ar71xx ipkg sizes of wolfssl 3.9.0:
- with stunnel: 144022
- this patch (w.o. stunnel): 131712
- without openssl(extra): 111104
- w.o openssl/sni:108515
- w.o openssl/sni/ecc: 93954
so patch 300 saves around 12k compressed ipkg size
v2: keep & rename patch 300 for clarity, fixes ustream-ssl/cyassl
that broke with v1
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
The LNA improves the rx path. Within a simple test setup
it improved the signal from -60dbm to -40dbm.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This change switches ARC tools to the most recent arc-2016.03
version.
ARC GNU tools of version arc-2016.03 bring some quite significant
changes like:
* Binutils v2.26+ (upstream commit id 202ac19 with additional ARC
* patches)
* GCC v4.8.5
* GDB 7.10
More about changes, improvements and fixes could be found here:
https://github.com/foss-for-synopsys-dwc-arc-processors/toolchain/releases/tag/arc-2016.03
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Typo, missing space before ] in previous commit caused shell syntax
failure and incorrect restoration of time.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
fixes:
CVE-2016-3739: TLS certificate check bypass with mbedTLS/PolarSSL
- remove crypto auth compile fix
curl changelog of 7.46 states its fixed
- fix mbedtls and cyassl usability #19621 :
add path to certificate file (from Mozilla via curl) and
provide this in a new package
tested on ar71xx w. curl/mbedtls/wolfssl
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
conditionally save dnsmasq.time across sysupgrade
dnsmasq uses /etc/dnsmasq.time as record of the last known good
system time to aid its validation of dnssec timestamps. dnsmasq
updates the timestamp on process start/stop once it considers the system
time as valid. The timestamp file should be preserved across system
upgrade but should not be included as part of normal configuration
backups to prevent restores corrupting the current timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
dnsmasq maintains dnsmasq.time across reboots and uses it as a means of
determining if current time is good enough to validate dnssec time
stamps. By including /etc/dnsmasq.time as a time source for sysfixtime,
the mechanism was effectively defeated because time was set to the
last time that dnsmasq considered current even though that time is in
the past. Since that time is out of date, dns(sec) resolution would
fail thus defeating any ntp based mechanisms for setting the clock
correctly.
In theory the process is defeated by any files in /etc that are newer
than /etc/dnsmasq.time however dnsmasq now updates the file's timestamp
on process TERM so hopefully /etc/dnsmasq.time is the latest file
timestamp in /etc as part of LEDE shutdown/reboot.
Either way, including /etc/dnsmasq.time as a time source for
sysfixtime is not helpful.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When imagebuild sorts package lists it breaks opkg's ability to realize
that a providers for a Provides has already been installed, when the sort
results in the provider being later in the list of packages that a package
which depends on a Provides (and hence the provider is not yet installed
for opkg to realize the provider was available doesn't not handle the case
of a package that is to be installed satisfying a dependency, only one that
is already installed (or which it schedules to be installed, which in the
absence of an installed provider is whichever provider happens to be the
default)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
conditionally save dnsmasq.time across sysupgrade
dnsmasq uses /etc/dnsmasq.time as record of the last known good
system time to aid its validation of dnssec timestamps. dnsmasq
updates the timestamp on process start/stop once it considers the system
time as valid. The timestamp file should be preserved across system
upgrade but should not be included as part of normal configuration
backups to prevent restores corrupting the current timestamp.
dnsmasq maintains dnsmasq.time across reboots and uses it as a means of
determining if current time is good enough to validate dnssec time
stamps. By including /etc/dnsmasq.time as a time source for sysfixtime,
the mechanism was effectively defeated because time was set to the
last time that dnsmasq considered current even though that time is in
the past. Since that time is out of date, dns(sec) resolution would
fail thus defeating any ntp based mechanisms for setting the clock
correctly.
In theory the process is defeated by any files in /etc that are newer
than /etc/dnsmasq.time however dnsmasq now updates the file's timestamp
on process TERM so hopefully /etc/dnsmasq.time is the latest file
timestamp in /etc as part of LEDE shutdown/reboot.
Either way, including /etc/dnsmasq.time as a time source for
sysfixtime is not helpful.
Apparently symlink-tree has not been used in quite some time as it
fails to symlink the always required config dir
Also, if we pulled from git but .git is missing we get
many error messages on the symlinked tree without this
patch (which symlinks .git, if present)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
Some SSL applications requires a certificates bundle rather
than a directory containing certificates. For thos applications
we build the ca-bundle package
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
Add packaging of it87 hardware monitor kernel module. It is
a common thermal and voltage monitor that is in many x86
(at least) devices, and is just another i2c hwmon module.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
The patch 300-ath9k-force-rx_clear-when-disabling-rx.patch broke TX99 support
in ath9k. Fix the patch by only applying rx_clear if TX99 mode is not used.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Both scripts modified by this patch were added by me. First of all I
incorrectly added OpenWrt as Copyright holder. It was wrong because:
1) I simply can't transfer my moral rights according to the Polish law
2) Transfering copyrights (economic rights) requires an agreement which
I didn't sign with OpenWrt(.org).
Other than that I don't find these trivial scripts important enough to
put info about *my* copyrights in a header so this patch just drops them
completely.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
The libusb package is not parallel build save, a make -j16 reliably breaks it.
Forcibly disable parallel building.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
the recent fixes to make mount_root work during failsafe caused lots of
unwanted side effects. use the new preinit sentinel file to detect if
we are in preinit. this will also work if logged in via ssh.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
- CPU QCA9531-BL3A
- RAM: 64MB
- flash: 16MB
- USB
AP143 platform, similar to tl-wr841n v10/v11, but with USB
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
- Update the terminal window title with the current directory and hostname, if using an xterm-compatible terminal emulator.
- Add ll, an useful alias to ls.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
According to gzip 1.7 release note:
The GZIP environment variable is now obsolescent; gzip now warns if
it is used, and rejects attempts to use dangerous options or operands.
You can use an alias or script instead.
Fix this warning by using pipe instead
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
This was found while investigating why luarocks does not work. It was
traced to a quite old lnum patch for 5.1.3. I compared against the
latest 5.1.4 patch - https://github.com/LuaDist/lualnum and discovered
the lessthan/lessequal evaluation was not falling through to the
call_orderTM (tag methods).
I have tested LuCI (simple tests) and used the following lua code to
validate the patch (both host and target patches supplied): -
> local my_mt = {
> __eq = function(v1, v2)
> print("__eq")
> return false
> end,
> __lt = function(v1, v2)
> print("__lt")
> return false
> end,
> __le = function(v1, v2)
> print("__le")
> return false
> end
> }
>
> function get_my(vstring)
> local my = {}
> my.string = vstring;
> setmetatable(my, my_mt);
> return my;
> end
>
> local a = get_my("1.0")
> local b = get_my("1.0")
>
> local eq_works = a == b;
> local lt_works = a < b;
> local gt_works = a > b;
>
> local lte_works = a <= b;
> local gte_works = a >= b;
Without the patch the following error will be presented: -
“attempt to compare two table values”
Signed-off-by: David Thornley <david.thornley@touchstargroup.com>
Update the dropbear package to version 2016.73, refresh patches.
The measured .ipk sizes on an x86_64 build are:
94588 dropbear_2015.71-3_x86_64.ipk
95316 dropbear_2016.73-1_x86_64.ipk
This is an increase of roughly 700 bytes after compression.
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
"configure your appreciated configuration" doesn't make English sense to
me. I think it is trying to say "choose your preferred configuration"
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The original iperf package is unmaintained. This switches to the "iperf2"
project on sourceforge, a fork that started where the previous iperf left
off.
Version 2.0.8 fixes the issue that patch 002 handled, so that can be dropped.
Due to a faulty check in configure.ac, this version needs _GNU_SOURCE
defined to build properly against musl. Various other obsolete build
options were also removed.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
To avoid confusion with different unifiac devices, rename existing target
"unifiac" to "unifiac-lite", before "unifiac-pro" is introduced.
Signed-off-by: P.Wassi <p.wassi at gmx.at>
This commit makes the following modifications to ramips dts files:
1. Add clkctrl node to all dtsi files (although not used for now)
2. Add clocks and clock-names properties to some nodes (usbphy, pci)
3. Add usbphy node for rt3050 (although not used for now)
4. Add clock-frequency to uart nodes in mt7621.dtsi and mt7628an.dtsi
These modifications, although not fully used at the moment, will make
it easier for FreeBSD to adopt and use LEDE ramips dts files with
minimal changes for easier maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
OpenWRT changed the default fq_codel sch->limit from 10240 to 1024,
without also adjusting q->flows_cnt. Eric Dumazet explains below that
you must also adjust the buckets (q->flows_cnt) for this not to break.
Eric explains: Limit of 1024 packets and 1024 flows is not wise I think.
(If all buckets are in use, each bucket has a virtual queue of 1 packet,
which is almost the same than having no queue at all)
I suggest to have at least 8 packets per bucket, to let Codel have a
chance to trigger. So you could either reduce number of buckets to 128
(if memory is tight), or increase limit to 8192.
flows_cnt is now set to 1024/8=128
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add node aliases to dtsi files.
Reword dts files so they're more in-line with upstream.
Fix some more warnings and errors reported by dtc
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
The option --disable-utmpx was deleted by accident in commit 7545c1d;
add it again to the CONFIGURE_ARGS list
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
this patch fixes a bug when using uclibc on MIPS. The bug does not exist when
using musl, so drop the fix.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Building for octeon fails with
'arch/mips/vdso/vdso-n32.so.dbg' already contains a '.MIPS.abiflags'
section
if the file already exists from a prior build.
Use the same workaround as the one for vdso.so.dbg committed in
9eb155353a.
Commit 91f205acaf extended the workaround
to cover vdso-o32.so.dbg but missed the vdso-n32.so.dbg which is added
now by this change.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The json_select call fails when there are no roles or ports objects in board.json. "json_select .." must not be executed after failing.
This fixes for example LEDs not being set up in /etc/config/system.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
Remove the udhcpc -R release option as sending a DHCP release
is configurable via the uci option release.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The patch made sure the ncursesw library was not selected to save space,
but that library doesn't exist in this distribution at all.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
This patch introduces serial0 aliases in the ramips DTS files, which can
then be used to denote the active console instead of relying on bootargs.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
This router only has one ethernet port, so a VLAN is useless here, now that the rt3050 TCP bug that happened without VLANs has been fixed for a very long time.
Add this router to the VLAN-less config that is used by other single-port routers.
Also fix MAC address detection code since this router has no WAN port.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
Some routers only have one port, so eth0 is used without VLANs for them.
Revision r47720 introduced some changes, but wrongly confused "enable" with "reset".
VLANs need to be disabled for those routers, and the switch may be reset.
Fix this, by explicitly disabling VLANs instead of resetting the switch for these routers.
Also merge duplicate configuration for the "m2m".
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
The new rt3050 switch driver doesn't have problems with TCP when not
using VLANs.
This piece of code also broke failsafe for all routers where the LAN
port is not wired to port 0 of the internal switch.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49293
Port 0 is the only ethernet port on this router, so disable all other PHYs
in order to save power.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49292
Port 4 is the only ethernet port on this router, so disable all other PHYs
in order to save power.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49291
This patch allows configuring ports to be disabled in the device tree; this
saves power, since disabling ports here actually disables power to ethernet
PHYs.
Line 444 enables all ethernet ports, so line 487 is getting zero ports to be
disabled, except for port 5 in SoCs where this is not implemented as it will
be sticky disabled in register POC0. Because of this, the code will still read
the switch configuration and OR it to the device tree setting.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49290
Line 444 is actually enabling all switch ports by setting the disable bits
to 0. This needs to be done because the bootloader sets all ports to disabled
by default (which is the case for at least one router based on RT5350).
So, this patch fixes the comment in line 443.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49289
The FCT2 esw register should be set to 0x2500C to have "unknown IPv6
multicast" packets broadcasted to every port, instead of dropped.
The previous value only let those packets go through ports 1 and 3.
"Unknown IPv6 multicast" packets include packets needed by ICMPv6 echo
requests addressed to well-known addresses, such as ff02::1 (MAC address
is 33:33:00:00:00:01 in this case).
Please note that by default ICMPv6 echo requests to ff02::1 are not replied
to by the router because of ip6tables considering those packets to be invalid.
But this is another bug/patch. ;)
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49287
Currently system log is always included as a part of ubox.
Add logd as a seperate package and add it to default packages list.
Signed-off-by: Andrej Vlasic <andrej.vlasic@sartura.hr>
SVN-Revision: 49285
VGV7510KW2 with VRX288 v1.2 has brnboot 1.8 installed. Starting with
this brnboot version, the "GPHY Clock Source" isn't set anymore by
brnboot, with the result that xrx200-net fails to probe/initialize the
phys.
Use the phy clock source device tree binding to specify the clock source.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49284
brnboot based devices can have two Image partitions. When flashing
images via the brnboot recovery web interface, the Image partitions are
written alternating.
The current active Image partition is stored in the first byte of the
Primary_Setting partition by using 0x00 for Code_Image_0 and 0x01 for
Code_Image_1.
By using the information about the active "Code Image", it is possible
to ensure that the rootfs belongs to the current booted Image/Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49281
Starting with kernel 4.4, the use of partitions as direct subnodes of the
mtd device is discouraged and only supported for backward compatiblity
reasons.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49280
Use the same name for TP-Link images as it was with the old image build
code.
Move the BOARD_ID export to the TP-Link image build recipe, to indicate
that the variable is only related in this context.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49279
Based on the vg3503j_gphy_led.sh script published in the VG3503J wiki
article, the OEM Firmware uses the following PHY led functionality:
gphy led 0: LINK/ACTIVITY
gphy led 1: LINK
gphy led 2: ACTIVITY
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49278
The VGV7510KW22 has the leds for LAN1-3 connected to pin1 of the phys
and the led for LAN4 connect to pin0 of the phy. This results with the
current configuration in a fast flashing LAN4 led as soon as a network
cable is connected. Something similar was reported on the forum[1] for
the VGV7519 as well.
Since it isn't predicable to which pin a (single) phy led is connected,
use the (default) pin1 functionality
Constant On: 10/100/1000MBit
Blink Fast: None
Blink Slow: None
Pulse: TX/RX
for all ethernet phy leds.
After checking pictures of all vr9 boards, it looks like only the VG3503J
has more than one led connected per phy. Using the phy led device tree
bindings to assign the functionality to the "additional" leds, the
VG3503J phy leds should behave as before.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=321523
SVN-Revision: 49270
add support for Planex MZK-EX750NP.
MZK-EX750NP is MT7620A and MT7610E based 11ac wifi repeater.
Built-in power supply.
64MiB RAM, 8MiB SPI Flash, non Wired Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49268
So far fixtrx was calculating checksum over amount of data matching
partition erase size. It was mostly a workaround of checksum problem
after changing anything in initial TRX content (e.g. formatting JFFS2).
Its main purpose was to make bootloader accept modified TRX. This didn't
provide much protection of flash data against corruption.
This new option lets caller request calculating checksum over a bigger
amount of data. It may be used e.g. to include whole kernel data for
checksum and hopefully make bootloader go info failsafe mode if
something goes wrong.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
We plan to adjust usage of the main buffer to allow reading custom
amount of data for CRC32. This means we need another buffer that will be
always block aligned.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
1) Put sanity checks in one place
2) Respect provided offset
3) Read only as much data as needed for MD5 calculation
Thanks to the last change this is a great speedup and memory saver. On
devices with NAND flash we were allocating & reading about 128 MiB while
something about 8 MiB is enough.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
This avoid long (and unneeded) process of reading all data in case of
running on MTD not containig Seama entity.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
On platforms supporting both: TRX and Seama calling "fixtrx" was
resulting in trying to fix Seama as well.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Building for octeon fails with
'arch/mips/vdso/vdso-o32.so.dbg' already contains a '.MIPS.abiflags'
section
if the file already exists from a prior build.
Use the same workaround as the one for vdso.so.dbg committed in
9eb155353a.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Fixes the following error:
gdate.c: In function ‘g_date_strftime’:
gdate.c:2497:7: error: format not a string literal, format string not checked [-Werror=format-nonliteral]
tmplen = strftime (tmpbuf, tmpbufsize, locale_format, &tm);
^~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Packages may install scripts into /etc/uci-defaults to be executed once
after installation, usually at the first boot of the target. This works
fine if the package was installed to the rootfs during build or using
the ImageBuilder.
If the package is installed using opkg during run-time uci-defaults
were applied only after a reboot of the device. Avoid the need to
reboot by evaluting the package's uci-defaults in default-postinst.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Update to latest HEAD in order to fix MARK rule generation for local traffic,
also fix a possible race condition during firewall start.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Patch Lua packet script defines SHRT_MAX which is already defined in <linux/kernel.h> and
is included indirectly by lauxlib.h. Fix the redefintion as it leads to compile failure
on systems which treat macro redefinition as an error
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Remove the public unatteded buildkey from the opkg package to avoid
having hardcoded keys in tree. Use the external keyring package instead
which can be easily updated by users.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently the build fails with
'arch/mips/vdso/vdso.so.dbg' already contains a '.MIPS.abiflags' section
if the file already exists from a prior build.
Add a makefile rule to force the rebuild of vdso.so.dbg if genvdso has
has been changed to workaround the failure.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Conntrack support reads the connection track mark associated with
incoming DNS queries and sets the same mark value on the upstream
forwarded DNS query. This can be usefull to track traffic generated
by dnsmasq to associate it with the clients who generate the queries,
usefull for bandwidth accouting and firewall.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
A dropbear instance having an interface config won't start if the interface is down as no
IP address is available.
Adding interface triggers for each configured interface executing the dropbear reload script
will start the dropbear instance when the interface is up.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Utmp support tracks who is currenlty logged in by logging info to the file /var/run/utmp (supported by busybox)
Putuline support will use the utmp structure to write to the utmp file
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Make sending a DHCP release configurable when the client exits allowing to clean up
IP/mac state info in intermediate devices.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
For some time now m25p80 supports 32 MiB flashes and we just needed to
patch spi-nor to support JEDEC incompatible w25q128. Also by switching
to m25p80 we gain accelerated SPI flash reads.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49260
lua_packet_segment parameter start has type char pointer; in function lua_tg
it's assigned an uint16 value generating compiler warnings obviously indicating
posssible seg fault problems. Fix the issue by using the correct skb functions
so the parameter points to the position inside the sk_buff
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Cleynhens <stijn.cleynhens@gmail.com>
Commit 8c130dd (lantiq: use new image build process for some images) broke
image generation for the xway target since the generated macros reference not
existing WBMRA.dts and WBMRB.dts files leading to the following build error:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-cpp: error: ../dts/WBMRA.dts: No such file or directory
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-cpp: warning: '-x assembler-with-cpp' after last input file has no effect
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-cpp: fatal error: no input files
Previously both the WBMRA and WBMRB profiles shared a common WBMR DT since
the only difference is the embedded firmware kmod package.
Extend the lantiqImage macro to optionally support specifying a different
DTS file and use this facility to let the both WBMR profiles reference the
correct device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add nonshared flag to package depending on specific targets or subtargets as
there's no guarantee otherwise that they'll be available in the shared repo.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This regression was introduced while rebasing LEDE's commits over the latest
OpenWrt repository.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The kmod-acpi-button functionality is included in the kernel where needed
and the corresponding kmod package has been deleted long ago, therfor drop
the remaining references now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest make_ext4fs Git HEAD to fix build with recent glibc version
which does not implicitely includes sysmacros.h anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When the same package file is specified multiple times on the opkg install
command line, the name pointer on the argv array becomes stale after the
package structures have been merged, leading to invalid memory accesses
upon install.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The libc and kernel package files moved since the introduction of shared
packages and the changed output directory layout. This causes the generated
ImageBuilder archive to lack the necessary "libc" and "kernel" meta packages,
leading to opkg install errors later on.
Use the FeedPackageDir macro to figure out the proper source directory to use.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of converting the firmware files ourselves, use the files
generated during the normal kernel build process. This fixes packaging
kmod-e100 in the SDK environment.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Bundle all firmware files which have been built along with the kernel to fix
packaging of kmods in the SDK environment that rely on in-tree firmwares,
specifically kmod-e100.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add $ARCH and $CPU_SUBTYPE to the package architecture strings to differentiate
low and big endian targets as well as extended instructions sets like NEON
or DSP2.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Implement a crude but functioning sysupgrade image check for the
Raspberry Pi. The code only checks if the master boot record boot
signature (0x55aa) is present in the first 512-bytes at the correct
location. This can prevent the odd bricking of a system when flashing
the wrong file.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
One of the patched files, include/unwind-cxx.h, contains windows newlines
which lead to the following failure:
Applying ./patches/006-eabi_fix.patch using plaintext:
patching file include/typeinfo
patching file include/unwind-cxx.h
Hunk #1 FAILED at 173 (different line endings).
Hunk #2 FAILED at 181 (different line endings).
Add a fixup command to the prepare phase which normalizes the line endings
before applying source patches.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Add %A placeholder for substituting the package architecture
- Change %U placeholder to refer to the toplevel repository URL
- Construct package feed URLs relative to the toplevel one to match new layout
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the new repository metadata field to choose the output directory of the
final package archives.
Non-sharable packages will be placed in the per-target package directory
while the rest will be placed in a per-repository sub directory within the
$OUTPUT_DIR/packages/$CPU_TYPE/ prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new symbol ALL_NONSHARED which selects all non-sharable packages
by default. This option is mainly intented for buildbot setups to build the
target dependant software subset only.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new dumpinfo field "Repository" which contains the name of the
shared repository where the package will be hosted in. The name is chosen
according to the following rules:
- Name of the feed directory for any feed package, e.g. "Repository: luci" for
"feeds/luci/applications/luci-app-firewall/Makefile"
- The value "base" for any other, sharable package
- Unset for any package flagged PKG_FLAGS:=nonshared
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the more specific CPU_TYPE designation as default package architecture
and only fall back to ARCH if no specific CPU_TYPE is set.
This means that e.g. ar71xx packages will use "74kc" as architecture,
not "mips" which is a precondition for sharing packages between targets.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new variable OUTPUT_DIR which refers to the parent bin/ directory
without the architecture specific component.
Also construct the BIN_DIR variable based on OUTPUT_DIR now and add both target
and subtarget components to it to prevent different subtargets from
overwriting each others files in bin/.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a new string symbol "CONFIG_TARGET_SUBTARGET" which contains the name of
the chosen subtarget or "generic" if there are no subtargets available.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This update also adds individual download of firmware files instead of fetching
every file on the repository (10-MiB vs 100+MiB).
Also copy Linux license from kernel directory instead of using the rpi-firmware
one.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The settimeofday() syscall wrapper provided by musl filters out the timezone
argument, breaking the ability to set the kernel timezone through the function.
Adjust busybox patch to issue the syscall directly in order to circumvent the
problem.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Let DHCP client send a release when it exists so the DHCP server is
informed the IP address is released and allowing to clean up IP/mac
state info in intermediate devices.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Update to latest HEAD in order to remove the faulty "prelocal" ip rule leading
to unexpected policy rule precedence.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
// This function will make the driver clean up the MTD device mapping
static void __exit device_mtd_cleanup(void)
{
// If we found a MTD device before
if (device_mtd_info) {
// Delete every partitions
del_mtd_partitions(device_mtd_info);
// Delete the associated map
map_destroy(device_mtd_info);
}
// If the virtual address is already in use
if (device_map.virt) {
// Unmap the physical address to a kernel space address
iounmap(device_map.virt);
// Reset the structure field
device_map.virt = 0;
}
}
// Macros that indicate which function is called on loading/unloading the module
module_init(device_mtd_init);
module_exit(device_mtd_cleanup);
// Macros defining license and author, parameters can be defined here too.
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
MODULE_AUTHOR("Me, myself and I <memyselfandi@domain.tld");
\end{verbatim}
\subsection{Adding your target in OpenWrt}
Once you spotted the key changes that were made to the Linux kernel
to support your target, you will want to create a target in OpenWrt
for your hardware. This can be useful to benefit from the toolchain
that OpenWrt builds as well as the resulting user-space and kernel
configuration options.
Provided that your target is already known to OpenWrt, it will be
as simple as creating a \texttt{target/linux/board} directory
where you will be creating the following directories and files.
Here for example, is a \texttt{target/linux/board/Makefile}:
\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,numbers=left]
#
# Copyright (C) 2009 OpenWrt.org
#
# This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
# See /LICENSE for more information.
#
include $(TOPDIR)/rules.mk
ARCH:=mips
BOARD:=board
BOARDNAME:=Eval board
FEATURES:=squashfs jffs2 pci usb
LINUX_VERSION:=2.6.27.10
include $(INCLUDE_DIR)/target.mk
DEFAULT_PACKAGES += hostapd-mini
define Target/Description
Build firmware images for Evaluation board
endef
$(eval $(call BuildTarget))
\end{Verbatim}
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{ARCH}\\
The name of the architecture known by Linux and uClibc
\item\texttt{BOARD}\\
The name of your board that will be used as a package and build directory identifier
\item\texttt{BOARDNAME}\\
Expanded name that will appear in menuconfig
\item\texttt{FEATURES}\\
Set of features to build filesystem images, USB, PCI, VIDEO kernel support
\item\texttt{LINUX\_VERSION}\\
Linux kernel version to use for this target
\item\texttt{DEFAULT\_PACKAGES}\\
Set of packages to be built by default
\end{itemize}
A partial kernel configuration which is either named \texttt{config-default} or which matches the kernel version \texttt{config-2.6.x} should be present in \texttt{target/linux/board/}.
This kernel configuration will only contain the relevant symbols to support your target and can be changed using \texttt{make kernel\_menuconfig}.
To patch the kernel sources with the patches required to support your hardware, you will have to drop them in \texttt{patches} or in \texttt{patches-2.6.x} if there are specific
changes between kernel versions. Additionnaly, if you want to avoid creating a patch that will create files, you can put those files into \texttt{files} or \texttt{files-2.6.x}
with the same directory structure that the kernel uses (e.g: drivers/mtd/maps, arch/mips ..).
The build system will require you to create a \texttt{target/linux/board/image/Makefile}:
\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,numbers=left]
#
# Copyright (C) 2009 OpenWrt.org
#
# This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
To include all packages, issue the following command:
\begin{Verbatim}
$ make package/symlinks
\end{Verbatim}
\texttt{target} refers to the embedded platform, this contains items which are specific to
a specific embedded platform. Of particular interest here is the "\texttt{target/linux}"
directory which is broken down by platform \textit{<arch>} and contains the patches to the
kernel, profile config, for a particular platform. There's also the "\texttt{target/image}" directory
which describes how to package a firmware for a specific platform.
Both the target and package steps will use the directory "\texttt{build\_dir/\textit{<arch>}}"
as a temporary directory for compiling. Additionally, anything downloaded by the toolchain,
target or package steps will be placed in the "\texttt{dl}" directory.
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{build\_dir/\textit{<arch>}}
\item\texttt{dl}
\end{itemize}
\subsubsection{Building OpenWrt}
While the OpenWrt build environment was intended mostly for developers, it also has to be
simple enough that an inexperienced end user can easily build his or her own customized firmware.
Running the command "\texttt{make menuconfig}" will bring up OpenWrt's configuration menu
screen, through this menu you can select which platform you're targeting, which versions of
the toolchain you want to use to build and what packages you want to install into the
firmware image. Note that it will also check to make sure you have the basic dependencies for it
to run correctly. If that fails, you will need to install some more tools in your local environment
before you can begin.
Similar to the linux kernel config, almost every option has three choices,
\texttt{y/m/n} which are represented as follows:
\begin{itemize}
\item{\texttt{<*>}(pressing y)}\\
This will be included in the firmware image
\item{\texttt{<M>}(pressing m)}\\
This will be compiled but not included (for later install)
\item{\texttt{< >}(pressing n)}\\
This will not be compiled
\end{itemize}
After you've finished with the menu configuration, exit and when prompted, save your
configuration changes.
If you want, you can also modify the kernel config for the selected target system.
simply run "\texttt{make kernel\_menuconfig}" and the build system will unpack the kernel sources
(if necessary), run menuconfig inside of the kernel tree, and then copy the kernel config
to \texttt{target/linux/\textit{<platform>}/config} so that it is preserved over
"\texttt{make clean}" calls.
To begin compiling the firmware, type "\texttt{make}". By default
OpenWrt will only display a high level overview of the compile process and not each individual
command.
\subsubsection{Example:}
\begin{Verbatim}
make[2] toolchain/install
make[3]-C toolchain install
make[2] target/compile
make[3]-C target compile
make[4]-C target/utils prepare
[...]
\end{Verbatim}
This makes it easier to monitor which step it's actually compiling and reduces the amount
of noise caused by the compile output. To see the full output, run the command
"\texttt{make V=99}".
During the build process, buildroot will download all sources to the "\texttt{dl}"
directory and will start patching and compiling them in the "\texttt{build\_dir/\textit{<arch>}}"
directory. When finished, the resulting firmware will be in the "\texttt{bin}" directory
and packages will be in the "\texttt{bin/packages}" directory.
\subsection{Creating packages}
One of the things that we've attempted to do with OpenWrt's template system is make it
incredibly easy to port software to OpenWrt. If you look at a typical package directory
in OpenWrt you'll find several things:
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{package/\textit{<name>}/Makefile}
\item\texttt{package/\textit{<name>}/patches}
\item\texttt{package/\textit{<name>}/files}
\end{itemize}
The patches directory is optional and typically contains bug fixes or optimizations to
reduce the size of the executable. The package makefile is the important item, provides
the steps actually needed to download and compile the package.
The files directory is also optional and typicall contains package specific startup scripts or default configuration files that can be used out of the box with OpenWrt.
Looking at one of the package makefiles, you'd hardly recognize it as a makefile.
Through what can only be described as blatant disregard and abuse of the traditional
make format, the makefile has been transformed into an object oriented template which
simplifies the entire ordeal.
Here for example, is \texttt{package/bridge/Makefile}:
As you can see, there's not much work to be done; everything is hidden in other makefiles
and abstracted to the point where you only need to specify a few variables.
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{PKG\_NAME}\\
The name of the package, as seen via menuconfig and ipkg
\item\texttt{PKG\_VERSION}\\
The upstream version number that we are downloading
\item\texttt{PKG\_RELEASE}\\
The version of this package Makefile
\item\texttt{PKG\_SOURCE}\\
The filename of the original sources
\item\texttt{PKG\_SOURCE\_URL}\\
Where to download the sources from (no trailing slash), you can add multiple download sources by separating them with a \\ and a carriage return.
\item\texttt{PKG\_MD5SUM}\\
A checksum to validate the download
\item\texttt{PKG\_CAT}\\
How to decompress the sources (zcat, bzcat, unzip)
\item\texttt{PKG\_BUILD\_DIR}\\
Where to compile the package
\end{itemize}
The \texttt{PKG\_*} variables define where to download the package from;
\texttt{@SF} is a special keyword for downloading packages from sourceforge. There is also
another keyword of \texttt{@GNU} for grabbing GNU source releases. If any of the above mentionned download source fails, the OpenWrt mirrors will be used as source.
The md5sum (if present) is used to verify the package was downloaded correctly and
\texttt{PKG\_BUILD\_DIR} defines where to find the package after the sources are
uncompressed into \texttt{\$(BUILD\_DIR)}.
At the bottom of the file is where the real magic happens, "BuildPackage" is a macro
set up by the earlier include statements. BuildPackage only takes one argument directly --
the name of the package to be built, in this case "\texttt{bridge}". All other information
is taken from the define blocks. This is a way of providing a level of verbosity, it's
inherently clear what the contents of the \texttt{description} template in
\texttt{Package/bridge} is, which wouldn't be the case if we passed this information
directly as the Nth argument to \texttt{BuildPackage}.
\texttt{BuildPackage} uses the following defines:
\textbf{\texttt{Package/\textit{<name>}}:}\\
\texttt{\textit{<name>}} matches the argument passed to buildroot, this describes
the package the menuconfig and ipkg entries. Within \texttt{Package/\textit{<name>}}
you can define the following variables:
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{SECTION}\\
The section of package (currently unused)
\item\texttt{CATEGORY}\\
Which menu it appears in menuconfig: Network, Sound, Utilities, Multimedia ...
\item\texttt{TITLE}\\
A short description of the package
\item\texttt{URL}\\
Where to find the original software
\item\texttt{MAINTAINER}(optional)\\
Who to contact concerning the package
\item\texttt{DEPENDS}(optional)\\
Which packages must be built/installed before this package. To reference a dependency defined in the
same Makefile, use \textit{<dependency name>}. If defined as an external package, use
\textit{+<dependency name>}. For a kernel version dependency use: \textit{@LINUX\_2\_<minor version>}
\item\texttt{BUILDONLY}(optional)\\
Set this option to 1 if you do NOT want your package to appear in menuconfig.
This is useful for packages which are only used as build dependencies.
A set of commands to copy files out of the compiled source and into the ipkg
which is represented by the \texttt{\$(1)} directory. Note that there are currently
4 defined install macros:
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{INSTALL\_DIR}\\
install -d -m0755
\item\texttt{INSTALL\_BIN}\\
install -m0755
\item\texttt{INSTALL\_DATA}\\
install -m0644
\item\texttt{INSTALL\_CONF}\\
install -m0600
\end{itemize}
The reason that some of the defines are prefixed by "\texttt{Package/\textit{<name>}}"
and others are simply "\texttt{Build}" is because of the possibility of generating
multiple packages from a single source. OpenWrt works under the assumption of one
source per package Makefile, but you can split that source into as many packages as
desired. Since you only need to compile the sources once, there's one global set of
"\texttt{Build}" defines, but you can add as many "Package/<name>" defines as you want
by adding extra calls to \texttt{BuildPackage}-- see the dropbear package for an example.
After you have created your \texttt{package/\textit{<name>}/Makefile}, the new package
will automatically show in the menu the next time you run "make menuconfig" and if selected
will be built automatically the next time "\texttt{make}" is run.
\subsection{Creating binary packages}
You might want to create binary packages and include them in the resulting images as packages.
To do so, you can use the following template, which basically sets to nothing the Configure and
Compile templates.
\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,numbers=left]
include $(TOPDIR)/rules.mk
PKG_NAME:=binpkg
PKG_VERSION:=1.0
PKG_RELEASE:=1
PKG_SOURCE:=binpkg-$(PKG_VERSION).tar.gz
PKG_SOURCE_URL:=http://server
PKG_MD5SUM:=9b7dc52656f5cbec846a7ba3299f73bd
PKG_CAT:=zcat
include $(INCLUDE_DIR)/package.mk
define Package/binpkg
SECTION:=net
CATEGORY:=Network
TITLE:=Binary package
endef
define Package/bridge/description
Binary package
endef
define Build/Configure
endef
define Build/Compile
endef
define Package/bridge/install
$(INSTALL_DIR)$(1)/usr/sbin
$(INSTALL_BIN)$(PKG_BUILD_DIR)/* $(1)/usr/sbin/
endef
$(eval $(call BuildPackage,bridge))
\end{Verbatim}
Provided that the tarball which contains the binaries reflects the final
directory layout (/usr, /lib ...), it becomes very easy to get your package
look like one build from sources.
Note that using the same technique, you can easily create binary pcakages
for your proprietary kernel modules as well.
\subsection{Creating kernel modules packages}
The OpenWrt distribution makes the distinction between two kind of kernel modules, those coming along with the mainline kernel, and the others available as a separate project. We will see later that a common template is used for both of them.
For kernel modules that are part of the mainline kernel source, the makefiles are located in \textit{package/kernel/modules/*.mk} and they appear under the section "Kernel modules"
For external kernel modules, you can add them to the build system just like if they were software packages by defining a KernelPackage section in the package makefile.
Here for instance the Makefile for the I2C subsytem kernel modules :
To group kernel modules under a common description in menuconfig, you might want to define a \textit{<description>MENU} variable on top of the kernel modules makefile.
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{TITLE}\\
The name of the module as seen via menuconfig
\item\texttt{DESCRIPTION}\\
The description as seen via help in menuconfig
\item\texttt{SUBMENU}\\
The sub menu under which this package will be seen
\item\texttt{KCONFIG}\\
Kernel configuration option dependency. For external modules, remove it.
\item\texttt{FILES}\\
Files you want to inlude to this kernel module package, separate with spaces.
\item\texttt{AUTOLOAD}\\
Modules that will be loaded automatically on boot, the order you write them is the order they would be loaded.
\end{itemize}
After you have created your \texttt{package/kernel/modules/\textit{<name>}.mk}, the new kernel modules package
will automatically show in the menu under "Kernel modules" next time you run "make menuconfig" and if selected
will be built automatically the next time "\texttt{make}" is run.
\subsection{Conventions}
There are a couple conventions to follow regarding packages:
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{files}
\begin{enumerate}
\item configuration files follow the convention \\
\texttt{\textit{<name>}.conf}
\item init files follow the convention \\
\texttt{\textit{<name>}.init}
\end{enumerate}
\item\texttt{patches}
\begin{enumerate}
\item patches are numerically prefixed and named related to what they do
\end{enumerate}
\end{itemize}
\subsection{Troubleshooting}
If you find your package doesn't show up in menuconfig, try the following command to
see if you get the correct description:
\begin{Verbatim}
TOPDIR=$PWD make -C package/<name> DUMP=1 V=99
\end{Verbatim}
If you're just having trouble getting your package to compile, there's a few
shortcuts you can take. Instead of waiting for make to get to your package, you can
to find out how to make sure your email client doesn't destroy your patch.
\item Please use your real name and email address in the \texttt{Signed-off-by}
line, following the same guidelines as in the \href{http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git;a=blob;f=Documentation/SubmittingPatches;h=681e2b36195c98ea5271b76383b3a574b190b04f;hb=HEAD}{Linux Kernel patch submission guidelines}
\item Example of a properly formatted patch submission: \\
echo'CONFIG_INITRAMFS_ROOT_UID=$(shell id -u)'>>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo'CONFIG_INITRAMFS_ROOT_GID=$(shell id -g)'>>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_FORCE),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_FORCE=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_FORCE is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_NONE),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_NONE=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_NONE is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_GZIP),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_GZIP=y\nCONFIG_RD_GZIP=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_GZIP is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_GZIP is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
echo-e"$(if $(CONFIG_TARGET_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_BZIP2),CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_BZIP2=y\nCONFIG_RD_BZIP2=y,# CONFIG_INITRAMFS_COMPRESSION_BZIP2 is not set\n# CONFIG_RD_BZIP2 is not set)">>$(LINUX_DIR)/.config
[ -z "$IPKG_INSTROOT" -a -f /lib/config/uci.sh ]&& . /lib/config/uci.sh
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
